Savitribai Phule Pune University: S.E. Mechanical and Automobile Engineering 2015 Course

Faculty of Engineering Savitribai Phule Pune University
Savitribai Phule Pune University
Syllabus
FOR
S.E. Mechanical and Automobile Engineering

2015 Course
UNDER FACULTY OF ENGINEERING
EFFECTIVE FROM June 2016
SE(Mechanical and Automobile Engineering) 2015 Course

1
Structure of S.E. (Mechanical Engineering/ Automobile Engineering)

2015 Course
Semester-I
Subject Subject Teaching Examination Scheme Total Credits
Code Scheme Marks
Hours/Week
L Tut. PR In-Sem End- TW PR. Oral Lect/Tut PR/OR
(online) Sem
207002 Engineering 04 01 - 50 50 25 - - 125 05 -
Mathematics – III
202041 Manufacturing 03 - 02 50 50 50 - - 150 03 01
Process-I
202042 Computer Aided 01 - 02 -- -- 50 - 50 01 01
Machine Drawing
202043 Thermodynamics 04 - 02 50 50 - - 50 150 04 01
202044 Material Science 03 01 - 50 50 25 - - 125 03 01
202051 Strength of 04 - 02 50 50 - - 50 150 04 01
Materials
202055 Audit course
-- --
Total 19 02 08 250 250 100 50 100 750 20 05
Total of Part-I 29 Hrs 750 25
Note: Material Science and Engineering Mathematics-III practical may be carried out fortnightly for two hours, so that
the tutorial hours may be used as practical.
Semester-II
Subject Subject Teaching Examination Scheme Total Credits
Code Scheme Marks
Hours/Week
L Tut. PR In-Sem End- TW PR. Oral Lect/Tut PR/OR
(online) Sem
202045 Fluid Mechanics 04 - 02 50 50 - 50 - 150 04 01
202047 Soft Skills - - 02 -- -- 25 - - 25 - 01
202048 Theory of 04 01 - 50 50 25 - 25 150 04 01
Machines – I
202049 Engineering 03 01 - 50 50 - - 25 125 03 01
Metallurgy
202050 Applied 04 - 02 50 50 - 50 - 150 04 01
Thermodynamics
203152 Electrical and 03 - 02 50 50 25 - - 125 03 01
Electronics
Engineering
202053 Machine Shop – I - - 02 -- -- 25 - - 25 - 01
Total 18 02 10 250 250 100 100 50 750 18 07
Total of Part-II 30 Hrs 750 25
Note: Theory of Machine-I and Engineering Metallurgy practical may be carried out fortnightly for two hours, so that
the tutorial hours may be used as practical.

2
Audit Course1
In addition to credits courses, it is recommended that there should be audit course (non-credit course)
from second year of Engineering. The student will be awarded grade as AP on successful completion of
audit course. The student may opt for one of the audit courses, starting in second year first semester.
Though not mandatory, such audit courses can help the student to get awareness of different issues
which make impact on human lives and enhance their skill sets to improve their employability. List of
audit courses offered in each semester is provided in curriculum. Student can choose one audit course
from the list. Evaluation of audit course will be done at institute level. Method of conduction and
method of assessment for audit courses is suggested.
The student registered for audit course shall be awarded the grade AP and shall be included such grade
in the Semester grade report for that course, provided student has the minimum attendance as
prescribed by the Savitribai Phule Pune University and satisfactory in-semester performance and
secured a passing grade in that audit course. No grade points are associated with this 'AP' grade and
performance in these courses is not accounted in the calculation of the performance indices SGPA and
CGPA. Evaluation of audit course will be done at institute level itself.
(Ref-http://www.unipune.ac.in/Syllabi_PDF/revised-
2015/engineering/UG_RULE_REGULATIONS_FOR_CREDIT_SYSTEM-2015_18June.pdf)
Guidelines for Conduction and Assessment (Any one or more of following but not limited to)
• Lectures/ Guest Lectures
• Visits (Social/Field) and reports
• Demonstrations
• Surveys
• Mini Project
• Hands on experience on specific focused topic
Guidelines for Assessment (Any one or more of following but not limited to)
• Written Test
• Demonstrations/ Practical Test
• Presentations
• IPR/Publication
• Report
List of courses under Audit Course1
Course Code Audit Course Title
202054 A Road Safety
202054 B Innovations in engineering field / Agriculture
202054 C Value Education

The detail course contents of above mentioned audit courses are available in Mechanical Engineering
2015 course syllabus. Moreover students can opt for any other audit course from the list of Audit
Course1 of any branch of engineering.

3
SEMESTER-I

4
207002: Engineering Mathematics III (Mechanical + SW / Production + SW /

Industrial /Automobile Engineering)
Teaching Scheme: Credit Scheme: Examination Scheme:
Lectures: 4 Hrs./Week Theory: 04 Ins-Sem: 50 Marks
Tutorials: 1 Hr./Week Tutorial: 01 End-Sem: 50 Marks
Term work: 25 Marks
Prerequisites: - Differential and Integral Calculus, Taylor series and Infinite series, Differential
equations of first order and first degree, Fourier series, Measures of central tendency and
dispersion, Vector algebra
Course Objectives:
After completion of the course, students will have adequate background, conceptual clarity and
knowledge of mathematical principles related to:
1. Ordinary and partial differential equations applied to Mechanical engineering problems

such as mechanical vibrations and heat transfer.
2. Integral Transform techniques such as Laplace transform, Fourier transform and
applications to ordinary and partial differential equations in Vibration theory, Fluid
dynamics, Heat transfer and Thermodynamics.
3. Statistical methods such as correlation, regression analysis and probability theory in
analyzing and interpreting experimental data applicable to Reliability engineering
4. Vector differentiation and integration applied to problems in Fluid Mechanics.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, students will be able to:
1) Solve higher order linear differential equations and apply to modeling and analyzing
mass spring systems.
2) Apply Laplace transform and Fourier transform techniques to solve differential equations
involved in Vibration theory, Heat transfer and related engineering applications.
3) Apply statistical methods like correlation, regression analysis in analyzing, interpreting

experimental data and probability theory in testing and quality control.
4) Perform vector differentiation and integration, analyze the vector fields and apply to fluid
flow problems.
5) Solve various partial differential equations such as wave equation, one and two
dimensional heat flow equations.

5
Unit I: Linear Differential Equations (LDE) and Applications (09 Hours)
LDE of nth order with constant coefficients, Method of variation of parameters, Cauchy’s
& Legendre’s DE, Simultaneous & Symmetric simultaneous DE. Modeling of mass-spring
systems, free and forced damped and undamped systems.
Unit II: Transforms (09 Hours)
Laplace Transform (LT): LT of standard functions, properties and theorems, Inverse LT,
Application of LT to solve LDE.
Fourier Transform (FT): Fourier integral theorem, Fourier transform, Fourier Sine & Cosine
transform, Inverse Fourier Transforms.
Unit III: Statistics and Probability (09 Hours)
Measure of central tendency, Standard deviation, Coefficient of variation, Moments, Skewness

and Kurtosis, Correlation and Regression, Probability, Probability distributions: Binomial,
Poisson and Normal distributions, Population and sample, Sampling distributions, t-distribution,
Chi-square distribution.
Unit IV: Vector Differential Calculus (09 Hours)
Physical interpretation of Vector differentiation, Vector differential operator, Gradient,

Divergence and Curl, Directional derivative, Solenoidal, Irrotational and Conservative fields,
Scalar potential, Vector identities.
Unit V: Vector Integral Calculus and Applications (09 Hours)
Line, Surface and Volume integrals, Work-done, Green’s Lemma, Gauss’s Divergence theorem,
Stoke’s theorem. Applications to problems in Fluid Mechanics, Continuity equations,
Streamlines, Equations of motion, Bernoulli’s equation.
Unit VI: Applications of Partial Differential Equations (PDE) (09 Hours)
Basic concepts, modeling of Vibrating String, Wave equation, one and two dimensional Heat
flow equations, method of separation of variables, use of Fourier series. Solution of Heat
equation by Fourier Transforms, Two-dimensional wave equation.
Text Books:
1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9e, by Erwin Kreyszig (Wiley India).

2. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 7e, by Peter V. O'Neil (Cengage Learning).

6
Reference Books:
1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 2e, by M. D. Greenberg (Pearson Education).

2. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wylie C.R. & Barrett L.C. (McGraw-Hill, Inc.)
3. Higher Engineering Mathematics by B. S. Grewal (Khanna Publication, Delhi).
4. Applied Mathematics (Volumes I and II) by P. N. Wartikar & J. N. Wartikar (Pune Vidyarthi
Griha Prakashan, Pune).
5. Higher Engineering Mathematics by B.V. Ramana (Tata McGraw-Hill).
6. Advanced Engineering Mathematics with MATLAB, 2e, by Thomas L. Harman, James
Dabney and Norman Richert (Brooks/Cole, Thomson Learning).
Guidelines for Tutorial and Term Work:
i) Tutorial shall be engaged in four batches (batch size of 20 students maximum) per division.
ii) Term work shall be based on continuous assessment of six assignments (one per each unit)
and performance in internal tests.

7
202041: Manufacturing Process- I
Teaching Scheme: Credits Examination Scheme:
TH: 03 Hrs/week Th: 03 In-Sem: 50

Tut:-- End-Sem: 50
PR: 02 Hrs/week PR/OR/TW: 01 PR: --
OR: --
TW: 50
Course Objectives:
• To make acquaintance of foundry processes pattern making and casting

• To study metal forming processes such forging, rolling, extrusion and wire drawing.
• To make study of different plastic molding processes
• To study metal joining processes
• To design and development of product with Sheet metal working process
• Introduction to center lathe
Course Outcomes:
On completion of the course, learner will be able to–

• Understand and analyze foundry practices like pattern making, mold making, Core
making and Inspection of defects.
• Understand and analyze Hot and Cold Working, Rolling, Forging, Extrusion and
Drawing Processes.
• Understand different plastic molding processes, Extrusion of Plastic and
Thermoforming
• Understand different Welding and joining processes and its defects
• Understand, Design and Analyze different sheet metal working processes
• Understand the constructional details and Working of Centre Lathe
Course Contents
Unit I Casting Processes: (9 Hrs)
SAND CASTING – Pattern- types, material and allowances, Molding sand- types, properties
and testing, Molding – types, equipment’s, tools and machines, Core – types and
manufacturing, Gating system and Riser – types and design (Numerical), Heating and pouring,
cooling and solidification- process and time estimation (Numerical), Cleaning and Finishing,
Defects and remedies, Inspection techniques. Die casting, Investment casting, Centrifugal
Casting, Continuous Casting- Types, equipment, process parameters, material to cast.

8
Unit II Metal Forming Processes: (8 Hrs)
Hot and Cold Working – Concepts and comparative study, Material behavior in metal forming,
strain rate sensitivity, friction and lubrication in metal forming Rolling – Types of rolling mills,
flat rolling analysis, power required per roll for simple single pass two rollers. (Simple
Numerical) Forging – Types, process parameter, Analysis of open die forging (Numerical)
Extrusion – Types, process parameter, Extrusion dies, Shape factor (Numerical), Drawing –
Wire drawing and its analysis (Numerical), tube drawing
Unit III Plastic Processing: (6Hrs)

Molding – Compression molding, Transfer molding, Blow molding, Injection molding –
Process and equipment. Extrusion of Plastic – Type of extruder, extrusion of film, pipe, cable
and sheet Thermoforming – Principle, pressure forming and vacuum forming
Unit IV Joining Processes: (6Hrs)

Surface preparation and types of joints. Welding Classification Arc welding – Theory, SMAW,
GTAW, FCAW, Submerged arc welding, Stud welding. Resistance welding – Theory, Spot,
seam and projection weld process. Gas welding. Soldering, brazing and braze welding. Joint
through Adhesive – classification of adhesive, types of adhesive, applications. Weld inspection,
Defects in various joints and their remedies.
Unit V Sheet Metal Working: (7Hrs)

Types of sheet metal operations, Types of dies and punches, material for dies and punches, Die
design for Progressive and Drawing Die, clearance analysis, center of pressure, blank size
determination (Numerical), strip layout, sheet utilization ratio (Numerical), method of reducing
forces
Unit VI Centre lathe: (7Hrs)

Introduction to centre lathe, types of lathe, construction and working of lathe, attachments and
accessories, various operations on lathe, taper turning and thread cutting methods (numerical),
machining time calculation (numerical)
Books:
Text
1. Hajara Choudhari, Bose S.K. – Elements of workshop Technology Vol. I &II , Asian
Publishing House
2. D. K. Singh – Fundamentals of Manufacturing Engineering – Ane’s Books. Pvt. Ltd.

9
Reference:
1. B. Ravi – Metal Casting – Computer Aided design and analysis- Prentice Hall of India
2. Reikher – Casting: An analytical approach – Springer
3. Wang – Rapid tooling guidelines for sand casting – Springer
2. J. T. Black – Degormos Materials and process in manufacturing – John Willey and sons
3. M.P Grover – Fundamentals of modern manufacturing: Materials and systems
4. A.S Athalye – Processing of plastic – Colour Publication (Pvt.)Ltd. U.K
5. Cryil Donaldson and George H LeCain – Tool Design – Tata McGraw Hill Education
Pvt. Ltd.
6. Dr. R. S. Parmar, Welding Processes And Technology, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi.
Lab Assignments
1. Manufacturing of any one assembly consisting of minimum two components and
involving all the lathe operations
2. Demonstration of Sand Moulding Processes
3. Job on TIG/ MIG/ Resistance welding
Guidelines for Term Work assessment

Each student must complete and submit following Term Work
i) Assgmenyt-1 and assignment-3 w.r.t. above mentioned laboratory assignments
ii) Journal consisting of following write-ups:
a) Study of casting processes
b) Study of plasting moulding processes
c) Study of welding processes
d) Study of centre lathe and single point cutting tool geometry

10
202042: Computer Aided Machine Drawing
TH: 01 hr/week Th:01 TH In-Sem: 50

End-Sem: 50
PR: 02 hrs/week PR/OR/TW:01 PR: 50
OR: --
TW: --
Prerequisites: -
1. Fundamentals Engineering Drawing
2. Projection of Solids
3. Basic knowledge of 2-D drafting using graphics software
Course Objectives:
• To understand Parametric Modeling Fundamentals, Procedure, and "Shape before Size"
Approach.
• To develop an ability to Create Parametric 2-D Sketches, and Create and Edit
Parametric Dimensions.
• To develop an ability to Create Solid Models of machine components. The student
should be able to apply these skills to the solution of a variety of practical problems and
be able to employ their knowledge to solve more complicated problems.
• To develop an ability to Create assembly models of simple machine (minimum 5
components). The student should be prepared to continue the study of computer aided
machine drawing through further subjects/projects in further years of engineering.
• To develop the ability to apply Limits, Fits, and Dimensional Tolerances, as well as
Geometric Tolerances to components and assemblies on Engineering Drawings.
• To develop an ability to create 2D drawings from 3D models
Course Outcomes:
• Understand the importance of CAD in the light of allied technologies such as CAM,
CAE, FEA, CFD, PLM.
• Understand the significance of parametric technology and its application in 2D
sketching.
• Understand the significance of parametric feature-based modeling and its application in
3D machine components modeling.
• Ability to create 3D assemblies that represent static or dynamic Mechanical Systems.
• Ability to ensure manufacturability and proper assembly of components and assemblies.
• Ability to communicate between Design and Manufacturing using 2D drawings.

11
Course Contents
Unit I Introduction (2 Hrs)

Introduction – evolution of CAD, importance of CAD in the light of allied technologies, solid
modeling, introduction to Graphical User Interface (GUI) of any commercially used solid
modeling software
Unit II Parametric Sketching (2 Hrs)
Parametric sketching - draw and modify 2D entities, apply/modify constraints and dimensions
Unit III Parametric Solid Modelling (2 Hrs)

Parametric solid modeling - fundamentals, transform the parametric 2-D sketch into a 3D solid,
feature operations, Free form feature modeling, design by features, feature recognition.
Unit IV Assembly Modelling (2 Hrs)

Assembly modeling - defining relationship between various parts of machine, creation of
constraints, generation of exploded view
Unit V Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing (2 Hrs)

Geometric dimensioning and tolerancing - Limits, Fits, Dimensional Tolerances, Geometric
Tolerances, Introduction to ASME Y14.5 – 2009
Unit VI Production Drawing (2 Hrs)

Production drawing – generation of 2-D sketches from parts and assembly 3-D model,
appropriate dimensioning and tolerancing
Books:
Text Books:
1. Bhat N. D., “Machine Drawing”, Charotar Publications, New Delhi 2014
2. Ajeet Siingh, “ Machine Drawing”, Mc Graw Hill Publications, New Delhi 2012
3. ASME Y14.5 -2009, ASME, 2009
Lab Work:
1. Assignment on 2-D sketching with geometrical and dimensional constraints (2 hrs.)
2. Assignment on parametric solid modeling of a machine component (4 hrs.)
3. Assignment on solid modeling of the parts of a machine (min. 5 components) (10 hrs.)
4. Assignment on assembly modeling of the parts modeled in assignment 3 using proper
mating conditions and generation of exploded view. (4 hrs.)
5. Generation of production drawings of the parts and assembly with appropriate tolerancing.
(4 hrs.)

12
2043: Thermodynamics
TH: 04 Hr/week Th:04 TH In-Sem: 50

End-Sem: 50
PR: 02 Hrs/week PR/OR/TW:01 PR: --
OR: 50
TW: --
Prerequisites: -
1. Engg. Mathematics
2. Engg. Physics/Chemistry
3. Fundamental Concepts and laws of Thermodynamics.
Course Objectives:
• Identify and use units and notations in Thermodynamics.
• State and illustrate first and second laws of Thermodynamics.
• Explain the concepts of entropy, enthalpy, reversibility and irreversibility.
• Apply the first and second laws of Thermodynamics to various gas processes and
cycles.
• To get conversant with properties of steam, dryness fraction measurement, vapor
processes and Thermodynamic vapor cycles, performance estimation.
• To get conversant with Psychrometric Charts, Psychrometric processes, human comfort
conditions.
Course Outcomes:
• On completion of the course, learner will be able to–
• Apply various laws of thermodynamics to various processes and real systems.
• Apply the concept of Entropy, Calculate heat, work and other important thermodynamic
properties for various ideal gas processes.
• Estimate performance of various Thermodynamic gas power cycles and gas
refrigeration cycle and availability in each case.
• Estimate the condition of steam and performance of vapour power cycle and vapour
compression cycle.
• Estimate Stoichiometric air required for combustion, performance of steam generators
and natural draught requirements in boiler plants.
• Use Psychromertic charts and estimate various essential properties related to
Psychrometry and processes
Course Contents

13
Unit I Laws of thermodynamics (6 Hrs)

Introduction of thermodynamics, Review of basic definitions, Zeroth law of thermodynamics,
Macro and Microscopic Approach, State Postulate, State, Process and Thermodynamic Cycles,
First law of thermodynamics, Joules experiment, Applications of first law to flow and non flow
processes and cycles. Steady flow energy equation and its application to different devices.
Equivalence of Clausius and Kelvin Planck Statement, PMM I and II, Concept of Reversibility
and Irreversibility.
Unit II Entropy (4 Hrs)

Entropy as a property, Clausius inequality, Principle of increase of Entropy, Change of entropy
for an ideal gas and pure substance.
Ideal Gas (6 Hrs )
Ideal Gas definition Gas Laws: Boyle’s law, Charle’s law, Avagadro’s Law, Equation of
State, Ideal Gas constant and Universal Gas constant, Ideal gas processes- on P-V and T-S
diagrams Constant Pressure, Constant Volume, Isothermal, Adiabatic, Polytropic, Throttling
Processes, Calculations of heat transfer, work done, internal energy. Change in entropy,
enthalpy.
Unit III Thermodynamic cycles (6 Hrs)

Gas Power Cycles: Air Standard Cycle, Efficiency and Mean Effective Pressure, Carnot
Cycle, Otto Cycle, Diesel cycle, Dual cycle, Comparison of cycles, Brayton cycle, Gas
Refrigeration Cycle: Reversed Carnot, Bell Coleman Cycle.
Availability (4 Hrs)
Available and unavailable energy, concept of availability, availability of heat source at constant
temperature and variable temperature, Availability of non flow and steady flow systems,
Helmholtz and Gibbs function, irreversibility and second law efficiency.
Unit IV Properties of Pure substances ( 5 Hrs)

Formation of steam, Phase changes, Properties of steam, Use of Steam Tables, Study of P-v,
T-s and Mollier diagram for steam, Dryness fraction and its determination, Study of steam
calorimeters (Barrel, Separating, Throttling and combined)
Non-flow and Steady flow vapour processes, Change of properties, Work and heat transfer.
Thermodynamic Vapour Cycle (5 Hrs)

Vapour Power Cycles: Carnot cycle, Rankine cycle, Comparison of Carnot cycle and Rankine
cycle, Efficiency of Rankine cycle, Relative efficiency, Effect of superheat, boiler and
condenser pressure on performance of Rankine cycle, Vapour Refrigeration Cycles: Reversed
Carnot Vapor Cycle, Vapor Compression Cycle and representation of cycle on P-h and T-s
diagram, Refrigerating effect, Compressor power and COP estimation (Numerical treatment
using R134a only and enthalpy Cp, Cv data should be provided in tabulated form).

14
Unit V Steam Generators ( 6 Hrs)

Introduction to fuels, Theoretical amount of Oxygen / Air required for combustion.
Stoichiometric Air: Fuel ratio, Excess air, lean and rich mixtures, Stoichiometric A: F ratio for
petrol (No Numerical Treatment on fuels and combustion, only basic definitions and
terminologies to be covered).
Classification, Constructional details of low pressure boilers, Features of high pressure (power)
boilers, Introduction to IBR, Boiler performance calculations-Equivalent evaporation, Boiler
efficiency Energy balance, Boiler draught (natural draught numerical only).
Unit VI Psychrometry (6 Hrs)

Psychrometry and Psychrometric Properties, Basic Terminologies, Psychrometric Relations,
Psychrometric Chart, Psychrometric Processes, Thermodynamics of Human Body, Comfort
Conditions (Numerical treatment using Psychrometric chart only).
Books:
Text:
1. R. K. Rajput, Engineering Thermodynamics, EVSS Thermo Laxmi Publications
2. P. K. Nag, Engineering Thermodynamics, Tata McGraw Hill Publications
3.
Reference:
1. Y. Cengel & Boles: Thermodynamics – An Engineering Approach,
2. P. L Ballany: Thermal Engineering, Khanna Publishers
3. C.P. Arora: Engineering Thermodynamics, Tata McGraw Hill.
4. S. Domkundwar, C. P. Kothandaraman, Anand Domkundwar, Thermal Engineering,
Dhanpat Rai Publishers.

15
List of Practical’s:
1. Joule’s experiment to validate first law of thermodynamics.
2. Determination of Cp and Cv for Ideal gas.
3. Performance estimation of Air standard cycle using standard simulation software’s
(MATLAB, VC++ etc.).
4. Determination of dryness fraction of steam (At least two Calorimeters).
5. Experiment to Calculate COP of Simple Vapor Compression Cycle (VCC).
6. Performance estimation of VCC using any professional software (CoolPack etc.)
7. Study of Boiler Mountings.
8. Study of Boiler Accessories.
9. Trial on boiler to determine boiler efficiency, equivalent evaporation and Energy
Balance.
10. Industrial visit to any process industry which uses boiler and submission of detailed
report.
11. Demonstration of Psychrometric processes (At least four).
Notes:
1. Minimum 8 experiments should be performed.
2. Experiment No. 9 and 10 are compulsory.

16
202044: Material Science
TH: 03 Hrs/week Theory: 03 TH In-Sem: 50

End-Sem: 50
TUT: 01 Hr/week Tutorial: 01 PR: 50
OR: --
TW: 25
Course Objectives:
• To acquaint students with the basic concepts and properties of Material Science
• To impart a fundamental knowledge of Materials Processing
• Selection and application of different Metals & Alloys
• To understand the structure of Engineering Materials
• To develop futuristic insight into Materials
Course Outcomes:
• Understand the basic concepts and properties of Material.
• Understand about material fundamental and processing.
• Select proper metal, alloys, nonmetal and powder metallurgical component for specific
requirement
• Detect the defects in crystal and its effect on crystal properties.
• Evaluate the different properties of material by studying different test
• Recognize how metals can be strengthened by cold-working and hot working
Course Contents
Unit I Structure of Metals & Materials. (6 Hrs)
Basic concepts of Crystal structures, Types of crystal systems , Crystal structure of metals(
BCC, FCC and HCP systems), ceramics & molecular arrangement of polymers , Miller indices
, indexing of lattice planes & directions, Lattice parameters (coordination number, no. of
atoms per unit cell, atomic packing factor, density)

17
Unit II Mechanical Behaviors of Metal & Materials (6 Hrs)

Introduction to Crystal imperfections & Classification , Crystal imperfections : point defects,
line defects- edge and screw dislocations, surface defects, volume defects, Mechanism of
Elastic & plastic deformation (slip and twinning) ,Theory of dislocation , deformation of single
crystal by slip, plastic deformation of polycrystalline materials, work hardening theory,
Changes in properties due to cold working & hot working.
Unit III Destructive & Non-destructive Testing (8 Hrs)

Study of destructive testing, Tensile test, engineering stress-strain curve, true stress-strain
curve, types of stress-strain curves, Numerical based on Evolution of properties, compression
test, different hardness tests-Vickers, Rockwell, Brinnel, Poldi, Micro Hardness Test,
Durometers, Impact test, fatigue test, creep test, Erichsen Cupping Test.
Non Destructive testing: Principals & procedure, advantages, disadvantages and Industrial
applications of NDT, such as Visual Inspection ,Liquid /dye penetrate test, Magnaflux test,
Eddy current test, Sonic & Ultrasonic testing and Radiography testing.
Unit IV Metals Corrosion & Its Prevention (4 Hrs)

Classification of corrosion : Dry corrosion & wet corrosion, Mechanism of corrosion ,Types of
corrosion : Pitting corrosion, stress corrosion , season cracking, cavitation corrosion, caustic
embrittlement , intergranular corrosion , crevice corrosion , erosion corrosion, uniform
corrosion, galvanic corrosion,
Corrosion prevention methods : classification of different methods, e,g, inhibitors, cathodic &
anodic protection, internal & external coatings,
Low & High temperature corrosion. Design against corrosion.
Unit V Surface Modification Methods. (6 Hrs)

Importance of surface modification, classification of different methods & factors affecting :
electroplating , PVD , CVD ,IVD, powder coating, shot blasting, ion implantation, plasma
nitriding , anodizing, Surface preparation before coating & coating defects.

18
Unit VI Powder Metallurgical Technology (6 Hrs)

Basic steps of powder metallurgy process, classification & methods of powder manufacturing,
characteristics of metal powders, Conditioning of metal powders (Screening, Blending &
mixing, annealing), Compaction techniques (cold compaction, hot compaction, Isostatic
compaction & powder rolling) , mechanism & importance of sintering , Pre-sintering &
sintering secondary operations
Advantages, limitations and applications of powder metallurgy. Production of typical P/M

components (with flow charts), self lubricated bearing, cemented carbides, cermets, refractory
metals, electrical contact materials, friction materials, and diamond impregnated tools, friction
plate, clutch plate, commutator brushes.
Books:
Text:
1. Kodgire V. D. “Material Science and Metallurgy”
2. “Material Science & Engg.” Raghvan V., Prentice Hall of India , New Delhi. 2003
Reference:
1. Science of Engineering Materials, Smith, Prentice-Hall
2. Materials Science and Engineering, Callister W. D., John Wiley
3. “Engineering Metallurgy”, Higgins R. A., Viva books Pvt. Ltd., 2004.
4. Introduction to Physical Metallurgy, Avner, S.H., Tata McGraw-Hill, 1997.
5. Mechanical Metallurgy, Dieter, G.E., McGraw-Hill, 1988.
List of Tutorials
1. Numerical based on Indexing, Atomic packing factor, Density.
2. Study and Trial of Tensile Test & numerical based on Tensile test.
3. Study of Compression Test
4. Study and Trial of Rockwell Hardness Test & Hardness conversion number.
5. Study of Ultra Sonic Test.
6. Vickers Hardness Test.
7. Brinell Hardness Test
8. Poldi Hardness Test
9. Magnetic Particle Test.
10. Dye Penetrant Test.
11. Impact Test.
12. Study of Self lubricated Bearings / Cemented carbide tips ,in Powder Metallurgy
Note : Out of above Twelve Tutorials , any Eight Tutorials should be conducted .

19
202051: Strength of Materials

End-Sem: 50
PR: 02 hrs/week PR/OR/TW:01 PR: --
OR: 50
TW: --
Prerequisites: -
1. Fundamentals of engineering mechanics
2. Analysis of forces and moments
3. Laws of motion, kinetics, kinematics
4. Algebra and trigonometry
Course Objectives:
To understand
• Mechanical behavior of the body by determining the stresses, strains and deflections
produced by the loads up to the elastic limit.
• Fundamental concepts related to deformation, strain energy, moment of inertia, load
carrying capacity, slope an deflection of beams, shear forces, bending moments,
torsional moments, column and struts, principal stresses and strains and theories of
failure
Course Outcomes:
Student should be able to
• Apply knowledge of mathematics, science for engineering applications
• Design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data
• Design a component to meet desired needs within realistic constraints of health and
safety
• Identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems
• Practice professional and ethical responsibility
• Use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering
practice
Course Contents

20
Unit I Simple stresses and strains (8 Hrs)

Stress, strain, Hooke’s law, Poisson’s ratio, Modulus of Elasticity, Modulus of Rigidity, Bulk
Modulus. Interrelation between elastic constants,
Stress-strain diagram for ductile and brittle materials, factor of safety.
Stresses and strains in determinate and indeterminate, homogeneous and composite bars under
concentrated loads and self weight.
Temperature stresses in simple members.
Unit II Shear Force and Bending Moment Diagrams (8 Hrs)

Shear force and bending moment diagrams for statically determinate beam due to concentrated
load, uniformly distributed load, uniformly varying load and couple, Relationship between rate
of loading, shear force and bending moment.
Maximum bending moment and position of points of contra flexure.
Unit III Stresses in Machine Elements (8 Hrs)

Bending stresses : Theory of simple bending, assumptions, derivation of flexural formula,
second moment of area of common cross sections (rectangular, I,T,C ) with respect to
centroidal and parallel axes, bending stress distribution diagrams, moment of resistance and
section modulus.
Shear stresses: Concept, derivation of shear stress distribution formula, shear stress
distribution diagrams for common symmetrical sections, maximum and average shears stresses,
shear connection between flange and web.
Unit IV (8 Hrs)
Slope and deflection of beams: Relation between bending moment and slope, slope and
deflection of determinate beams, double integration method (Macaulay’s method), derivation of
formula for slope and deflection for standard cases.
Strain energy: Strain energy due to axial load (gradual, sudden and impact), strain energy due
to bending and torsion.
Unit V (8 Hrs)
Torsion: Stresses, strain and deformations in determinate shafts of solid and hollow,
homogeneous and composite circular cross section subjected to twisting moment, derivation of
torsion equation, stresses due to combined torsion, bending and axial force on shafts.
Buckling of columns: Concept of buckling of columns, derivation of Euler’s formula for
buckling load for column with hinged ends, concept of equivalent length for various end
conditions, limitations of Euler’s formula, Rankine’s formula, safe load on columns

21
Unit VI (8 Hrs)
Principal stresses and strains: Normal and shear stresses on any oblique plane. Concept of
principal planes, derivation of expression for principal stresses and maximum shear stress,
position of principal planes and planes of maximum shear.
Graphical solution using Mohr’s circle of stresses. Principal stresses in shaft subjected to
torsion, bending moment and axial thrust (solid as well as hollow),
Concept of equivalent torsional and bending moments.
Theories of elastic failure: Maximum principal stress theory, maximum shear stress theory,
maximum distortion energy theory – their applications and limitations.
Books:
Text:
1. G. H. Ryder- Strength of Materials- 3rd Edition, Macmillan Pub, India
2. S.S. Rattan - Strength of Material – Tata McGraw Hill Publication Co. Ltd. S.
3. Ramamurtham - Strength of material - Dhanpat Rai Publication.
4. Timoshenko and Young - Strength of Materials - CBS Publication
Reference:
1. Beer and Johnston - Strength of materials - CBS Publication.
2. E.P. Popov - Introduction to Mechanics of Solids - Prentice Hall Publication.
3. Singer and Pytel - Strength of materials - Harper and row Publication.
4. B.K. Sarkar - Strength of Material - Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi.
List of Practicals:
(Any 6 out of 1 to 8 and any 2 out of 9 to 11)
1. Tension test for aluminum alloy and mild steel using extensometer.
2. Tension test for brass using extensometer
3. Shear test of ductile material on Universal Testing Machine.
4. Experimental verification of flexural formula in bending for cantilever beam.
5. Experimental verification of flexural formula in bending for simply supported beam.
6. Measurement of stresses and strains in beams for different end conditions using strain
gauges.
7. Experimental verification of torsion formula for circular bar.
8. Experimental verification of von Mises theory of failure.
Graphical simulation of - (using suitable software like MD-Solids, Matlab, MS-Excel
etc.)
9. Shear force and bending moment diagrams with different end conditions.
10. Slope and deflection.
11. Principal stresses through graphical and analytical method.

22
202054: Value Education
TH: -- Tut:01 TH In-Sem: --

End-Sem: --
Tutorial: 01 hr/ week TW:-- PR: --
OR: --
TW: 25
Course Objectives:
• To enable the students to understand meaning of values and select their goals by self-
investigation based on personal values.
• To enable the students to understand value of truth, commitments, honesty, sacrifice,
care, unity, team work and relationship.
• To educate and make the young generation students aware of their social
responsibilities.
• To increase awareness among students about environment and create attitude towards
sustainable lifestyle.
Course Outcomes:
• Understood human values, their significance and role in life.
• Promote self-reflection and critical inquiry that foster critical thinking of one’s value
and the values of others.
• Practice respect for human rights and democratic principles.
• Familiarized with various living and non-living organisms and their interaction with
environment.
• Understood the basics regarding the leadership and to become a conscious professional.
Course Contents
UNIT 1: Introduction of Value Education (2 Hrs)
Value Education: Definition, Need, Content, Process and relevance to present day. Concept of
Human Values, self introspection.
UNIT 2: Salient values for life (2 Hrs)

Truth, commitment, honesty and integrity, forgiveness and love, empathy and ability to
sacrifice, care, unity, punctuality, Interpersonal and Intra personal relationship, Team work ,
Positive and creative thinking.

23
UNIT 3: Human Rights (2 Hrs)

Universal Declaration of Human Rights, Right to Information Act -2005, National Integration,
Peace and non-violence, Dr. A P J Kalam’s ten points for enlightened Citizenship. The role of
media in value building.
UNIT 4: Environment and Ecology (2 Hrs)

Ecological balance, interdependence of all beings – living and non-living. Man and nature,
Environment conservation and enrichment...
UNIT 5: Social values & Ethical values (2 Hrs)

Social values - Social consciousness and responsibility, Consumer rights and responsibilities.
Ethical values - Professional ethics, Code of ethics of engineers, Influence of ethics on family
life, Leadership qualities and Personality development.
Books:
Text:
1. Dr. N. Venkataiah, “Value Education”, APH Publishing Corporation, 2007
2. M. Govindarajan, S. Natarajan, V. S. Senthil Kumar, “Professional Ethics & Human
Values”, PHI Learning Press, 2013.
References:
1. Chakravarthy S. K., “Values and ethics for Organizations: Theory and Practice”,
Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 1999.
2. Man Singh Das, Vijay Kumar Gupta, “Social values among young adults: A changing
scenario”, MD Publications Pvt. Ltd, 1995.
3. Ram Ahuja, “Social Problems in India”, Rawat Publications, 2012.
4. Leah Levin, “HUMAN RIGHTS Questions and Answers”, UNESCO Publishing, 2012.
5. P D Sharma, Ecology and Environment, Rastogi publications, 2005.
6. Kalam A P J, Arun Tiwari, “Wings of Fire”, University Press Publications, 2003.
7. http://www.ncert.nic.in/recent/env_edu.html
8. http://www.unipune.ac.in/pdf_files/Final%20Book_03042012.pdf
9. https://engineering.purdue.edu/MSE/Academics/Undergrad/ethics.pdf

24
Term Work shall consist of following assignments:
1. Introduce yourself in detail. What are the goals in your life? How do you set your goals
in your life? What have been your achievements and shortcomings in your life?
(Observe and analyze by student themselves and write outcome.)
2. Visit to Non Governmental Organizations (NGO), charitable trusts working for welfare
of people in society and submit visit report.
3. (a) Presentation given by Teacher in the class on the Dr. A P J Kalam’s ten points for
enlightened Citizenship.
(b) Conduct Guest Lecturer on: The role of media in value building and Right to
Information Act - 2005 - a Tool for Good Governance. (Make report on seminars
outcome)
4. Arrange a Group Discussion on topics:
Energy and natural resource depletion, Environmental pollution, Global warming,
Ozone depletion, Deforestation, Soil degradation, Drought, Water harvesting etc. Make
a report on outcomes.
(Each batch is divided into two groups of 12 to 14 students each. Two rounds of a GD
for each group should be conducted and teacher should give them feedback. Write
outcomes.)
5. Make Report on Code of ethics for engineers, Consumer rights and responsibilities and
report conclude with role of Value, value Education and its relevance in present days.

25
202054 A: Innovations in Engineering Field/ Agriculture
Prerequisites:
1. Knowledge of Mathematics, Physics, and Chemistry is necessary.
2. Out of box/ unconventional thinking for solving typical problems.
3. Adapting analytical tools traditionally.
4. Application oriented thinking of learnt topics
Course Objectives:
• To develop holistically built thinking habit needed for innovative ideas.
• To make students aware about key field of agriculture contributing to sustenance and
development of a mankind.
• To expose students to their roles and responsibilities of building a nation through
engineering insights in agriculture
• To be updated with innovations and technological advancements in respective fields of
engineering.
Course Outcomes:
On completion of the course, learner will be able to -
• Understand what is thinking, its tools and process and its application to innovation
• Practice application of innovation in engineering
• Understand important terms like national productivity, sustainable development and
inclusive growth
• Throw a light on developing technologies in agriculture
• Learn Interdisciplinary Engineering applications in Agriculture
Course Contents
Unit I: Thinking and thinking process (2 Hrs)
Thinking and thinking tools: Thinking, Types of thinking, Top-Down (Analysis) & Bottom-Up
(Synthesis) thinking and combination of both, Judgement and Creativity, Concept Maps-
Connecting the ideas, Generating ideas. Communicating ideas. Systems thinking and beyond.
Critical thinking. Definition of innovation. Example of application of thinking process to any
one practical innovation.
Unit II: Engineering Innovation and its scope (2 Hrs)
Incremental, radical and disruptive Innovation. Scope of innovation: Product innovation,
Process innovation, Position innovation, Paradigm innovation. Innovation within the
engineering profession. Awareness about latest technological advancements.

26
Unit III: Agriculture and innovation (2 Hrs)

Definition of agriculture? Role of Agriculture in our life and in national productivity. Concept
of sustainable development and inclusive growth. India’s urban awakening. Innovation in
agriculture and its types. Importance of agriculture innovation.
Unit IV: Developing technologies in agriculture (2 Hrs)
Favorable conditions for Agriculture innovation. Dynamics of Innovation System. Role and
responsibility of Engineers in agricultural innovations and making India the net exporter of
major agricultural produces. FINOvation Awards. Ideas on developing technologies in
agriculture viz. Vehicle automation, Engine emissions technology, Fire suppression technology
etc. The future of robotics on farms.
Unit V: Interdisciplinary Engineering in Agriculture (2 Hrs)
Technological innovations that are revolutionizing Indian agriculture. Case study presenting
Interdisciplinary Engineering application in Agriculture.
Books:
Text:
1. Kasser, J., E., 2015. Holistic Thinking: Creating Innovative Solutions to Complex
Problems: Volume 1 (Solution Engineering). Create Space Independent Publishing
Platform; 2 edition.
2. Wenwu Zhang, 2011. Intelligent Energy Field Manufacturing: Interdisciplinary Process
Innovations. CRC Press, Taylor & Francis Group.
3. Educating engineers to drive the innovation economy, 2012. Publisher: The Royal
Academy of Engineering, London.
Reference:
1. Crowder, J., A., Carbone, J., N., Demijohn, R., 2016. Multidisciplinary Systems
Engineering: Architecting the Design Process. Springer Publishing.
2. India’s urban awakening: Building inclusive cities, sustaining economic growth, 2010.
Mckinsey Global Institute report.

27
List of Tutorials/Assignments:
1. What is ‘thinking?’ What are different tools of thinking? Write a note on Analysis and
Synthesis and combination of both. Give any one example of application of thinking
process to a practical innovation.
2. What are the types of innovations? What is its scope? Write a note on Innovation within
engineering. State and explain 10 engineering innovations took place in last year.
3. What is agriculture? Explain its role in our life and in national productivity. What is
sustainable development? What is inclusive growth? What is innovation in agriculture?
What is importance of agriculture innovation?
4. What is favorable condition for agriculture innovation? Write a note on dynamics of
innovation system. Discuss the ideas of developing technologies in agriculture. Write a
note on future of robotics in agriculture.
5. State and explain minimum 10 Technological innovations that are revolutionizing
Indian agriculture. Discuss any one case study encompassing Interdisciplinary
Engineering application in Agriculture
Notes: All above 5 tutorials/ assignments are compulsory

28
202054 B : Road Safety
Prerequisites:
1. Awareness about traffic rules and road accidents.
2. Understanding the need of studying such topics.
3. Considerations to other, sensitivity and care while travelling/ driving.
Course Objectives:
• To acquire knowledge and understanding of the road environment.
• To inculcate decision making and behavioral skills necessary to survive in the road
environment.
• To impart knowledge and understanding of the causes and consequences of accidents.
• To understand roles and responsibilities in ensuring road safety.
Course Outcomes:
• Generate awareness about number of people dyeing every year in road accidents, traffic
rules and characteristics of accident.
• Gain information and knowledge about people responsible for accidents and their duties
• Understand the importance of multidisciplinary approach to planning for traffic safety

and rehabilitation
• Acquire a certificate of coordination/ participation in compulsory events based on the

topic under study
Course Contents
Unit I: Introduction to Road Safety (2 Hrs)
Road traffic accidents scenario in India and in world. Road Safety and its importance. Traffic
Rules and Driving Behavior. Characteristics of accidents, accidents vs. crash.
Unit II: Planning for Road safety (2 Hrs)
Awareness about rules and regulations of traffic. Assisting Traffic control authorities.
Multidisciplinary approach to planning for traffic safety and injury control. Vulnerable road
users: crashes related to pedestrian and bicyclists, their safety, provision for disabled.
Unit III: Responsibility of Road accidents and Safety measures (2 Hrs)

People responsible for accident prevention: Police, Politicians, Community members, Policy
makers, Teachers, Parents, Infrastructure authorities, Drivers and Official road safety body.
Reasons of students/ children have accidents. 4 E’s of Accidents Prevention: 1. Engineering - by
altering the environment 2. Enforcement - by imposing laws 3. Encouragement - by the use of
publicity campaigns 4. Education - by gaining and using knowledge.

29
Unit IV: Road Safety Education (2 Hrs)

Introduction to Road Safety Education. 5 P’s of Road safety education: 1. Pre-school road safety
education 2. Practical rather than theory education 3. Principles of own development as regards
to road safety education 4. Presentations on road safety education 5. Place for road safety
education in syllabus
Unit V: Road Safety Events (2 Hrs)

Discussions on efforts done by Government on Road Safety. Celebration of Road Safety week or
Workshop on Road Safety week/ Organization of seminar on Road Safety. This is to be entirely
organized by students under the mentorship of concerned Head of the Department.
Books:
Text:
4. Kadiyali L.R., Traffic Engineering & Transport Planning, Khanna Publishers, 2003
5. CROWN AGENTS Ref: TEA/A369, 1995. (Unpublished contractors report for Ministry
of Transport and Communications, Ghana). Road safety study and the institutional
strengthening of the vehicle examination and licensing division.
6. TRRL OVERSEAS UNIT, 1991. Towards safer roads in developing countries: a guide
for planners and engineers. Crow Thorne: Transport and Road Research Laboratory.
Reference:
3. Indian Roads Congress, Highway Safety Code, IRC: SP-44:1996
4. Indian Roads Congress, Road Safety Audit Manual, IRC:SP-88-2010
List of Tutorials/ Assignments:

6. Discussion and presentations on: Road traffic accidents scenario in India. Traffic Rules
and Driving Behavior. Characteristics of accidents, accidents vs. crash.
7. Discussion and presentations on: Assisting Traffic control authorities, Multidisciplinary
approach to planning for traffic safety and injury control. Vulnerable road users: crashes
related to pedestrian and bicyclists, their safety, provision for disabled.
8. Discussion and presentations on: People responsible for accident prevention, 4 E’s of
Accidents Prevention.
9. Introduction to Road Safety Education. 5 P’s of Road safety education
10. Organization of One Day seminar/ workshop by students on Road Safety. Participation
for every student is compulsory. They are expected to prepare brief report of about 3 to 4
pages of this event.
Notes: All above 5 tutorials/ assignments are compulsory

30
202054 C: Value Education
Course Contents
UNIT 1: Introduction of Value Education (2 Hrs)
Value Education: Definition, Need, Content, Process and relevance to present day. Concept of
Human Values, self introspection.
UNIT 2: Salient values for life (2 Hrs)

Truth, commitment, honesty and integrity, forgiveness and love, empathy and ability to
sacrifice, care, unity, punctuality, Interpersonal and Intra personal relationship, Team work ,
Positive and creative thinking.
UNIT 3: Human Rights (2 Hrs)

Universal Declaration of Human Rights, Right to Information Act -2005, National Integration,
Peace and non-violence, Dr. A P J Kalam’s ten points for enlightened Citizenship. The role of
media in value building.
UNIT 4: Environment and Ecology (2 Hrs)

Ecological balance, interdependence of all beings – living and non-living. Man and nature,
Environment conservation and enrichment...
UNIT 5: Social values & Ethical values (2 Hrs)

Social values - Social consciousness and responsibility, Consumer rights and responsibilities.
Ethical values - Professional ethics, Code of ethics of engineers, Influence of ethics on family
life, Leadership qualities and Personality development.
Books:
Text:
3. Dr. N. Venkataiah, “Value Education”, APH Publishing Corporation, 2007
4. M. Govindarajan, S. Natarajan, V. S. Senthil Kumar, “Professional Ethics & Human
Values”, PHI Learning Press, 2013.

31
References:
10. Chakravarthy S. K., “Values and ethics for Organizations: Theory and Practice”,
Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 1999.
11. Man Singh Das, Vijay Kumar Gupta, “Social values among young adults: A changing
scenario”, MD Publications Pvt. Ltd, 1995.
12. Ram Ahuja, “Social Problems in India”, Rawat Publications, 2012.
13. Leah Levin, “HUMAN RIGHTS Questions and Answers”, UNESCO Publishing, 2012.
14. P D Sharma, Ecology and Environment, Rastogi publications, 2005.
15. Kalam A P J, Arun Tiwari, “Wings of Fire”, University Press Publications, 2003.
16. http://www.ncert.nic.in/recent/env_edu.html
17. http://www.unipune.ac.in/pdf_files/Final%20Book_03042012.pdf
18. https://engineering.purdue.edu/MSE/Academics/Undergrad/ethics.pdf

32
SEMESTER-II

33
202045: Fluid Mechanics

End-Sem: 50
OR: --
TW: --
Prerequisites: -
1. Engineering Mathematics
2. Engineering Physics
Course Objectives:
• To understand of various properties of fluids

• To learn fluid statics and dynamics.
• To understand of Boundary layer, Drag, and Lift
• To understand of Bernoulli’s equation
• To Know of various applications of Bernoulli’s equation
Course Outcomes:

• Use of various properties in solving the problems in fluids
• Use of Bernoulli’s equation for solutions in fluids
• Determination of forces drag and lift on immersed bodies
Course Contents
Unit I Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics (8 Hrs)
Properties of Fluids:- Definition of fluid, concept of continuum, Density, Specific Weight,
Specific Gravity, Dynamic Viscosity, Kinematic Viscosity, Newton’s law of viscosity, types of
fluid, Rheological diagram, Surface Tension, Capillarity, Compressibility, Vapour pressure
Fluid Statics: - Pascal’s Law, Pressure at a point, Total Pressure & Centre of pressure for
inclined flat plate, Buoyancy, metacenter and floatation.
(No numerical treatment for Buoyancy, metacenter and floatation)

34
Unit II: Kinematics of Fluid Motion (8 Hrs)

Eulerian and langragian approach of fluid flow, total or material derivative for velocity field,
Continuity equation, types of flows (One, two, three dimensional, steady unsteady, uniform,
non-uniform, laminar, turbulent, compressible, incompressible, rotational, Irrotational) .
Visualization of flow field (Stream, Path and Streak line), vorticity in two dimensional flow,
stream function and velocity potential function
Unit III: Fluid Dynamics (8 Hrs)

Introduction to flow models- control volume and infinitesimally small element, Linear
momentum Equation using differential Approach, Introduction to Navier – Stokes Equation,
Euler equation of motion, derivation of Bernoulli’s equation along stream line , concept of
HGL and THL or TEL, application of Bernoulli’s equation to venture meter, Pitot tube,
Submerged Orifices, Orifice meter, V-notch
Unit IV: Internal Flow (8 Hrs)

Laminar and Turbulent flow physics, entrance region and fully developed flow. Velocity and
shear Stress distribution for laminar flow in a pipe, fixed parallel plates and Couette flow,
hydro dynamically smooth and rough boundaries, Velocity profile of Turbulent flow.
Unit V: Flow through Pipes (8 Hrs)

Energy losses through pipe-Major and Minor losses, Darcy-Weisbach equation, pipes in series,
pipes in parallel and concept of equivalent pipe, Moody’s diagram, Siphons, Transmission of
power, (No derivations for minor losses)
Dimensional Analysis: Dimensions of Physical Quantities, dimensional homogeneity,

Buckingham π Theorem and important dimensionless numbers.
Unit VI: External flows (8 Hrs)

Boundary layer formation for flow over Flat plate, boundary layer thickness:-displacement,
momentum and energy, Separation of Boundary Layer and Methods of Controlling.Forces on
immersed bodies: -Lift and Drag (No derivation on lift), flow around cylinder and aerofoil
(Pressure distribution and Circulation).
Books:

35
Text:
1. Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics- Munson, Young and Okiishi- Wiley India
2. Fluid Mechanics- Potter Wiggert –Cengage Learning
3. Introduction to Fluid Mechanics- Fox, Pichard , McDonald- Wiley
4. Fluid Mechanics,- Dr. R.K. Bansal- Laxmi Publication (P) Ltd. New Delhi
5. Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics, - Modi P. N. and Seth S. M -Standard Book House.
6. Fluid Mechanics,- Cengel&Cimbla- TATA McGraw-Hill
7. Fluid Mechanics- White- TATA McGraw-Hill
Reference:
1. Fluid Mechanics- Kundu, Cohen, Dowling- Elsevier India
2. Fluid Mechanics – Chaim Gutfinger David Pnueli-Cambridge University press.
3. Introduction to Fluid Mechanics-Edward Shaughnessy, Ira Katz James Schaffer-
OXFORD University Press.
List of Practical
(Any ten of the following out of which experiment number 3 is compulsory)
1. Pressure measurement using any two types of manometer.
2. Determination of viscosity of liquids and its variation with temperature.
3. Determination of metacentric height of floating object.
4. Laminar and Turbulent flow by Reynolds’s apparatus.
5. Draw flow net using electrical analogy apparatus.
6. Verification of modified Bernoulli’s equation.
7. Calibration of Orifice meter/ Venturimeter.
8. Determination of hydraulic coefficients of orifice.
9. Calibration of V-notch
10. Determination of minor losses due to pipe fittings.
11. Determination of Major losses through metal & non-metal pipes.
Notes:
4. Experiment No. 3 is compulsory.

36
202047: Soft Skills
TH: -- hr/week Th/Tut: -- TH In-Sem: --

End-Sem: --
PR: 02 hrs/week PR: 01 PR: --
OR: --
TW: 25
Course Objectives:
• To develop students overall personality.

• To understand and aware about importance, role and contents of soft skills through
instructions, knowledge aquisitiion, demonstration and practice.To improve his writing
and documentation skills.
Course Outcomes:
• Improved communication, interaction and presentation of ideas.

• Right attitudinal and behaviouralchange
• Developed right-attitudinal and behavioral change
Course Contents
Term Work/Assignments
Term work will consist the record of any 6 assignments of following exercises
1. SWOT analysis (4 Hrs)

Student should do his/her SWOT analysis & submit the report.
Method of Execution
Explain the meaning & benefits of SWOT analysis to students. Give them time to think on their
strength, weakesses, opportunities & threats. Ask them to write their own SWOT anlalysis
2. Listening Skills (4 Hrs)
Listen to a short audio book and make notes out of it & make a report.
Method of Execution
Ask every students to download any freely available english audio book of one hour duration.
Also ask them to listen it carefully and write it’s review on journal paper

37
3. Oral presentation skills/Speaking Skills (4 Hrs)

Hold the poster of any inspirational personality & speak about his/her life for five minutes.
Method of Execution
The personality can be from the fields like sports, politics, literature, entertainment etc. Ask
every students to read & study about therespective personality & deliver the oral presentation
infront of his/her batchmates.
4. Resume writing (4 Hrs)

Design a cover letter & resume for yourself.
Method of Execution
Show some of the different resumes according to respective job profiles to students & ask them
to prepare their own resume. Also guide them to write a cover letter for any job application.
5. Corporate / Business Etiquettes (4 Hrs)

Apply to any five internship openings over internet by writing an email to the company HR.
Students must submit email print.
Method of Execution: Tell students about any five recent internship openings & ask them to
apply for same through email with resume as an attachment. Ask students to take a sent mail
print for submission record
6. Group Discussion (4 Hrs)
Organize the group discussion on a current topics in a batch of ten students & ask every student
to make minutes of meeting & submit.
Method of Execution: Take some of the current topics for group discussion, divide students in
two batches of ten students in each, Allot 10 minutes time & one topic for discussion,
meanwhile instructor have to assess each student’s performance & give feedback to respective
student. Also ask students to write the minutes of the meeting from same GD
7. Team Activity (4 Hrs)
Make a 20 minutes english video documentary & post it on a social media. Also provide the
link of the same as submission record.
Method of Execution: Make a group of four students & guide them to choose a topic for
making a video documenatry. Video can be posted on facebook, twitter or youtube.The video
can be recorded on cellphone as well
Books:
Text:
1. Basics Of Communication In English : Francis Sounderaj, MacMillan India Ltd.2
2. English for Business Communication : Simon Sweeney , Cambridge University Press
3. An Introduction to Professional English And Soft Skills : Das , Cambridge University
Press

38
Reference:
1. A course in Listening and Speaking Vol I &Vol II, V.Sasikumar, P. Kiranmai, Geetha
Rajeevan, Cambridge University Press
2. Cambridge English For Job Hunting : ColmDownes, Cambridge University Press
3. The Complete Letter Writer :MacMillan India Ltd
4. E Writing – 21st Century Tools for Effective Communication :Booher , MacMillan
India Ltd
5. NASSCOM-Global Business Foundation Skills: Cambridge University Press

39
202048: Theory of Machines – I
TH: 04 hr/week Th: 04 TH In-Sem: 50

End-Sem: 50
Tutorial: 01 hr/week Tut: 01 PR: --
OR: 25
TW: 25
Prerequisites: -
2. Engineering Physics
3. Engineering Mechanics
Course Objectives:
• To make the student conversant with commonly used mechanism for industrial
application.
• To develop competency in drawing velocity and acceleration diagram for simple and
complex mechanism.
• To develop analytical competency in solving kinematic problems using complex algebra
method.
• To develop competency in graphical and analytical method for solving problems in static
and dynamic force analysis.
• To develop competency in conducting laboratory experiments for finding moment of
inertia of rigid bodies,
Course Outcomes:
• Identify mechanisms in real life applications.
• Perform kinematic analysis of simple mechanisms.
• Perform static and dynamic force analysis of slider crank mechanism.
• Determine moment of inertia of rigid bodies experimentally.
• Analyze velocity and acceleration of mechanisms by vector and graphical methods.
Course Contents

40
Unit I Fundamentals of Kinematics and Mechanisms (10 Hrs)

Kinematic link, Types of links, Kinematic pair, Types of constrained motions, Types of
Kinematic pairs, Kinematic chain, Types of joints, Mechanism, Machine, Degree of freedom
(Mobility),Kutzbach crieterion, Grubler’s criterion. Four bar chain and its inversions, Grashoff’s
law, Slider crank chain and its inversions, Double slider crank chain and its inversions. Straight
line mechanisms such as: Peaucellier Mechanism, Scott Russell Mechanism, Grasshopper
Mechanism, watt mechanism. Equivalent linkage of mechanisms., Steering gear mechanisms:
Condition for correct steering, Davis steering gear mechanism, Ackermann steering gear
mechanism.
Unit II: Static and Dynamic Force Analysis (8Hrs)

Theory and analysis of Compound Pendulum, Concept of equivalent length of simple
pendulum, Bifilar suspension, Trifilar suspension.
Dynamics of reciprocating engines: Two mass statically and dynamically equivalent system,
correction couple, static and dynamic force analysis of reciprocating engine mechanism
(analytical method only), Crank shaft torque, Introduction to T-θ diagram.
Friction: Friction in turning pair, friction circle, friction axis, friction in slider crank mechanism.
Unit III: Friction Clutches, Brakes and Dynamometer (8 Hrs.)

Pivot and collar friction, Classification of Clutches, torque transmitting capacity of - plate clutch,
cone clutch and centrifugal clutch, Classification of brakes, braking torque of - shoe brakes,
internal shoe brake, disc brake, brake power of absorption and transmission type dynamometers
– prony brake, rope brake, belt transmission, epicyclic train and Bevis-Gibson torsion
Unit IV: Kinematic Analysis of Mechanisms: Analytical Method (8 Hrs)

Analytical method for displacement, velocity and acceleration analysis of slider crank
Mechanism.
Position analysis of links with vector and complex algebra methods, Loop closure equation,
Chase solution, Velocity and acceleration analysis of four bar and slider crank mechanisms using
vector and complex algebra methods.
Hooke’s joint, Double Hooke’s joint.
Unit V: Velocity and Acceleration Analysis of Simple Mechanisms: Graphical Methods-I

(8 Hrs)
Relative velocity method: Relative velocity of a point on a link, Angular velocity of a link,
Sliding velocity, Velocity polygons for simple mechanisms.
Relative acceleration method: Relative acceleration of a point on a link, Angular acceleration of
a link, Acceleration polygons for simple mechanisms.
(limit to only 4 link mechanisms)
Instantaneous center of rotation (ICR) method: Definition of ICR, Types of ICRs, Methods of
locating
ICRs (limit to only 6 link mechanisms), Kennedy’s Theorem, Body and space centrode.
Unit VI: Velocity and Acceleration Analysis of Mechanisms: Graphical Methods-II
(8 Hrs)
Velocity and acceleration diagrams for the mechanisms involving Coriolis component of
acceleration. (limit to only 4 link mechanisms) Klein’s construction.

41
Books:
Text:
5. Thomas Bevan, “Theory of Machines” CBS Publisher and Distributors, Delhi.
6. S. S. Ratan, “Theory of Machines”, Tata McGraw Hill.
7. Ashok G. Ambekar, “Mechanism and Machine Theory”, Prentice Hall, India
8. Sadhu Singh, “Theory of Machines”, Pearson
Reference:
1. Shigley J. E., and Uicker J.J., “Theory of Machines and Mechanism”, McGraw Hill Inc.
2. Shigley J. E ‘Mechanical Engineering Design’, McGraw Hill Inc.
3. Ghosh Amitabh and Mallik A. K. “Theory of Machines and Mechanism”, East- West
Press.
4. Wilson C.E., Sandler J. P. Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery”, Person Education.
5. Erdman A.G. and Sandor G.N., “Mechanism Design, Analysis and Synthesis” Volume-
I, Prentice –Hall of India
Term Work based on following Tutorials to be submitted in the form of Journal:
1. Draw (any 4) configurations of mechanisms and determine types of pairs, links, degree
of freedom.
2. To determine experimentally the mass moment of inertia of a connecting rod using a
compound pendulum method.
3. To determine experimentally the mass moment of inertia of a flat bar using bifilar
suspension method or to determine experimentally the mass moment of inertia of a
flywheel/gear/circular disc using trifilar suspension method.
4. Numerical based on Friction Clutches, Brakes and Dynamometer Or to measure torque
transmitting capacity of friction clutch experimentally.
5. Numerical based on - single and double Hooke’s joint.
6. One problem on velocity and acceleration analysis using: Vector algebra and Complex
algebra and comparison of results.
7. Two problems on velocity and acceleration analysis using relative velocity and
acceleration method.
8. Two problems on velocity analysis using ICR method.
9. Two problems on velocity and acceleration analysis using relative velocity and
acceleration method involving Coriolis component.
10. Problems on velocity and acceleration analysis using Klein’s construction for uniform
and non-uniform crank velocity.
Note: 1. Sr. No. 1,7,8,9 and 10 Problems based on Graphical methods are to be solved on
half imperial drawing sheets.
2. Oral based on above Term work conducted in the tutorial class.

42
202048: Engineering Metallurgy

End-Sem: 50
Tutorial: 01 hr/week PR/OR/TW:01 PR: --
OR: 25
TW: --
Course Objectives:
• To acquaint students with the basic concepts of Metal Structure

• To impart a fundamental knowledge of Ferrous & Non Ferrous Metal Processing
• Selection and application of different Metals & Alloys
• To Know Fundamentals of Metallography
• To develop futuristic insight into Metals
Course Outcomes:
• describe how metals and alloys formed and how the properties change due to
microstructure
• apply core concepts in Engineering Metallurgy to solve engineering problems.
• conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data
• select materials for design and construction.
• possess the skills and techniques necessary for modern materials engineering practice
• recognize how metals can be strengthened by alloying, cold-working, and heat
treatment
Course Contents
Unit I Overview of Metallurgy (6 Hrs)
Methods of metal extraction (Principle only of pyro , hydro & electro metallurgy), cast v/s
wrought products, Related terms and their definitions : System, Phase, Variable, Component,
Alloy, Solid solution, Hume Ruther's rule of solid solubility, Allotropy and polymorphism,
Concept of solidification of pure metals & alloys, Nucleation : homogeneous and heterogeneous,
Dendritic growth, super cooling, equiaxed and columnar grains, grain & grain boundary effect.
Cooling curves, Plotting of Equilibrium diagrams, Lever rule, Coring, Eutectic system, Partial
eutectic and isomorphous system.

43
Unit II: Micro & macroscopic study of Metals (6 Hrs)

Classification of metal observations: their definition, difference & importance.
Microscopy: Various sampling techniques, specimen preparation, specimen mounting (hot &
cold mounting) electrolytic polishing, etching procedure and reagents, electrolytic etching.
Microscopic techniques : optical microscopy, electron microscopy, transmission electron

microscopy (TEM),scanning electron microscopy ( SEM), scanning probe microscopy (SPM ),
AFM etc. ( principal & application only )
Study of Metallurgical microscope .Measurement of grain size by different methods & effect of
grain size on various mechanical properties.
Macroscopy: Sulphur printing, flow line observations, spark test.
Unit III: Iron-Carbon alloy system & Cast Iron (8 Hrs.)

Iron-iron carbide equilibrium diagram, critical temperatures, solidification and microstructure of
slowly cooled steels, structure & property relationship, classification and application of steels.
Cast Irons: Classification, Manufacturing, Composition , Properties & applications of white C.I.,
Grey cast iron, malleable C.I., S.G. cast iron, chilled and alloy cast iron, effect of various
parameters on structure and properties of cast irons. Specific applications such as machine tools,
automobiles, pumps, valves etc.
Introduction to non-equilibrium cooling of steels, widmanstaten structure
Unit IV: Heat- treatment Of Steels (6 Hrs)

Transformation products of Austenite, Time Temperature Transformation diagrams, critical
cooling rate, continuous cooling transformation diagrams. Heat treatment of steels: Annealing,
Normalising, Hardening & Tempering, quenching media, other treatments such as
Martempering, Austempering, Patenting, Ausforming. Retention of austenite, effects of retained
austenite. Elimination of retained austenite (Subzero treatment). Secondary hardening, temper
embrittlement, quench cracks, Hardenability & hardenability testing, Defects due to heat
treatment and remedial measures.
Classification of surface hardening treatments, Carburising, heat treatment after Carburizing,

Nitriding, Carbo-nitriding, Flame hardening, and Induction hardening.
Unit V: Engineering Alloy Steels & designation (4 Hrs)

Classification of alloy steels & Effect of alloying elements, examples of alloy steels, stainless
steels, sensitization & weld decay of stainless steel, tool steels, heat treatment of high speed
steel, special purpose steels with applications, super alloys. Heat affected zone. Designation (for
plane & alloy steels) : IS, AISI, SAE, DIN etc.

44
Unit VI: Non Ferrous Metals (6 Hrs)

Classification of nonferrous metals. Importance of nonferrous metals in engineering applications
& compositions, study of different mechanical properties: Cu & Cu based alloys, Al and Al
based alloys, Ni and Ni based alloys, Co and Co based alloys, Titanium & its alloys, Tin & Lead
base alloys, Bearing materials: important properties & applications.
Books:
Text:
1. “Material Science & Metallurgy For Engineers”, Dr. V.D. Kodgire & S. V. Kodgire ,
Everest Publication.
2. “Mechanical Behaviour & Testing Of Materials ”, A . K. Bhargava, C.P. Sharma
P H I Learning Private Ltd.
Reference:
1. “Engineering Metallurgy”, Higgins R. A., Viva books Pvt. Ltd., 2004.
2. “Material Science & Engg.” Raghvan V., Prentice Hall of India , New Delhi. 2003
3. Introduction to Physical Metallurgy, Avner, S.H., Tata McGraw-Hill, 1997.
4. Engineering Metallurgy Dr. O.P. Khanna
Term Work based on following
1 Study & Demonstration of Specimen Preparation for microscopic examination.

2 Study of Optical Metallurgical microscope.
3 Study and Drawing of Microstructure of Steels of various compositions.
4 Study and Drawing of Microstructure of Cast Irons.
5 Study and Drawing of Microstructure of Non Ferrous Metals.
6 Heat treatment of Plain Carbon Steel and determination of relative hardness.
7 Study and Drawing of Microstructure of Heat Affected Zone in Welding.
8 Jominy End Quench Test for hardenability.
9 Spark Test.
10 Sulfur Printing Test.
11 Flow Line Observation Test.
12 Characterization techniques like SEM, TEM.
Note : Out of above Twelve practical , any Eight practical should be conducted .

45
202050: Applied Thermodynamics

End-Sem: 50
OR: --
TW: --
Prerequisites: - 1. Engineering Thermodynamics.
Course Objectives:
• To get familiar with fundamentals of I. C. Engines, Construction and working Principle
of an Engine and Compare Actual, Fuel-Air and Air standard cycle Performance.
• To study Combustion in SI and CI engines and its controlling factor in order to extract
maximum power.
• To study emission from IC Engines and its controlling method, Various emission
norms.
• Perform Testing of I. C. Engines and methods to estimate Indicated, Brake and
Frictional Power and efficiencies
• To understand theory and performance Calculation of Positive displacement
compressor.
Course Outcomes:
• Classify various types of Engines, Compare Air standard, Fuel Air and Actual cycles
and make out various losses in real cycles.
• Understand Theory of Carburetion, Modern Carburetor, Stages of Combustion in S. I.
Engines and Theory of Detonation, Pre-ignition and factors affecting detonation.
• Understand Fuel Supply system, Types of Injectors and Injection Pumps, Stages of
Combustion in CI Engines, Theory of Detonation in CI Engines and Comparison of SI
and CI Combustion and Knocking and Factors affecting, Criteria for good combustion
chamber and types.
• Carry out Testing of I. C. Engines and analyze its performance.
• Describe construction and working of various I. C. Engine systems (Cooling,
Lubrication, Ignition, Governing, and Starting) also various harmful gases emitted from
exhaust and different devices to control pollution and emission norms for pollution
control.
• Describe construction, working of various types of reciprocating and rotary
compressors with performance calculations of positive displacement compressors.

46
Course Contents
Unit I Basics of IC Engines (5 Hrs)
Heat Engine, IC and EC engines, I.C. Engine construction - components and materials, Engine
nomenclature, Valve timing diagram, Intake and exhaust system, Engine classification,
Applications.
Fuel Air Cycle and Actual Cycle (5 Hrs)
Fuel air cycle, Assumptions, Comparison with air standard cycle, Effect of variables on
performance,
Actual cycle and various losses, Comparison of Air standard Vs Fuel Vs Actual cycle.
Unit II SI Engines (5 Hrs)

Theory of Carburetion, Types of carburetors, Electronic fuel injection system, Combustion in
spark
Ignition engines, stages of combustion, flame propagation, rate of pressure rise, abnormal
combustion,
Phenomenon of Detonation in SI engines, effect of engine variables on Detonation.
Combustion chambers, Rating of fuels in SI engines, Additives.
Unit III CI Engines (5 Hrs)

Fuel supply system, types of fuel pump, injector and distribution system, Combustion in
compression ignition engines, stages of combustion, factors affecting combustion, Phenomenon
of knocking in CI engine. Effect of knocking, Methods of knock control, Types of combustion
chambers, rating of fuels in
CI engines. Dopes & Additives, Comparison of knocking in SI & CI engines.
Unit IV Testing of IC Engines (6 Hrs)

Objective of testing, Various performance parameters for I.C. Engine - Indicated power, brake
power, friction power, SFC, AF ratio etc. Methods to determine various performance
parameters, characteristic curves, heat balance sheet.
Supercharging (2 Hrs)
Supercharging and turbo-charging methods and their limitations
Unit V I.C. Engine Systems (6 Hrs)

Cooling System, Lubrication System, Ignition System, Governing system, Starting System
I.C. Engine Emissions and Control (4 Hrs)
Air pollution due to IC engine and its effect, Emissions from petrol/gas and diesel engines,
Sources of emissions, Euro norms, Bharat stage norms, Emission control methods for SI and CI
engines

47
Unit VI Positive Displacement Compressors (Reciprocating and Rotary) (10 Hrs)

Reciprocating Compressor - Single stage compressor – computation of work done, isothermal
efficiency, effect of clearance volume, volumetric efficiency, Free air delivery, Theoretical and
actual
indicator diagram, Multistaging of compressor, Computation of work done, Volumetric
efficiency, Condition for maximum efficiency, Inter-cooling and after cooling, Capacity control
of compressors
Rotary Compressor – Introduction, vane compressors, roots blower, screw compressor.
(Numerical treatment on Reciprocating compressor single stage and multistage only)
Books:
Text:
1) V. Ganesan: Internal Combustion Engines, Tata McGraw-Hill
2) M.L. Mathur and R.P. Sharma: A course in Internal combustion engines, Dhanpat Rai
3) H.N. Gupta, Fundamentals of Internal Combustion Engines, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
Reference:
1. Heywood: Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals, Tata McGraw-Hill
2. Domkundwar & Domkundwar: Internal Combustion Engine, Dhanpat Rai
3. R. Yadav: Internal Combustion Engine, Central Book Depot, Ahmedabad.
3. S. Domkundwar, C. P. Kothandaraman, A. Domkundwar, Thermal Engineering,
Dhanpat Rai & Co.
1. Study of Carburetor
2. Study of Fuel pump and injector
3. Study of Ignition System
4. Demonstration & study of commercial exhaust gas analyzers.
5. Morse Test on Multi cylinder Petrol/ Diesel engine for determination of Friction power.
6. Variable load test on diesel engine to determine various efficiencies, SFC and Heat balance
sheet.
7. Test on variable compression ratio engine.
8. Visit to Automobile service station
9. Test on Positive Displacement Air Compressor
10. Assignment on any one advanced technology related to I.C. Engine such as VVT, VGT,
HCCI
11. Assignment on alternative fuels used in I.C. Engines.
Notes:
2. Perform any 3 from 1 to 4.
3. Perform any 2 from 5, 6, and 7.
4. Experiment 8 and 9 are compulsory.

48
203152: Electrical and Electronics Engineering
TH: 03 hr/week Th:03 TH In-Sem

[Online]: 50
End-Sem: 50
OR: --
TW: 25
Prerequisites: - 1. Basic Electrical Engineering 2. Basic Electronics Engineering
Course Objectives:
To understand
1. Principle of operation and speed control of DC machines
2. Induction motor principle and its applications
3. Working principle of special purpose motors
4.Microcontrollers
5. Embedded systems terminologies and sensors
6. Data acquisition system for mechanical applications
Course Outcomes:
Student should be able to
1.Develop the capability to identify and select suitable DC motor / induction motor / special
purpose motor and its speed control method for given industrial application.
2. Program Arduino IDE using conditional statements
3. Interfacing sensors with Arduino IDE
Course Contents
Electrical Engineering
Unit I D. C. Machines (6Hrs)
Construction, working principle of D.C. generator, emf equation of D. C. generator (derivation
not expected), working principle of D.C. motor, types of D.C. motor, back emf, torque equation
for D.C. motor, characteristics of D.C. motor (series and shunt only), three-point starter for D.C
shunt motor, methods for speed control of D.C. shunt and series motors, industrial applications.

49
Unit II Three Phase Induction Motors (6Hrs)

Constructional feature, working principle of three phase induction motors, types; torque
equation, torque slip characteristics; power stages; efficiency, starters (auto transformer starter,
star delta starter); methods of speed control and industrial applications.
Unit III Special Purpose Motors (6 Hrs)

Construction, working principle, characteristic and applications of stepper motors, A.C. and
D.C servomotors, universal motors, industrial applications, brushless DC motors, linear
induction motors, single phase induction motors,(types, construction, working principle of split
phase and shaded pole type induction motors), descriptive treatment for AC series motor
(difference between AC series and DC series motor, construction and working).
Electronics Engineering
Unit IV Introduction to Microcontrollers (6 Hrs)
Introduction to microcontroller and microprocessors, role of embedded systems, open source
embedded platforms, Atmega 328P- features, architecture, portstructure, sensors and actuators,
data acquisition systems, introduction to Arduino IDE- features, IDE overview, programming
concepts: variables, functions, conditional statements.
Unit V Peripheral Interface-1 (6 Hrs)

Concept of GPIO in Atmega 328P based Arduino board, digital input and output, UART
concept, timers, interfacing with LED, LCD and keypad, serial communication using Arduino
IDE
Unit VI Peripheral Interface-2 (6Hrs)

Concept of ADC in Atmega 328P based Arduino board, interfacing with temperature sensor
(LM35), LVDT, strain gauge, accelerometer, concept of PWM, DC motor interface using
PWM
Books:
Text:
[T1] Edward Hughes “Electrical Technology”, ELBS, Pearson Education.

[T2] Ashfaq Husain, “Electrical Machines”, Dhanpat Rai & Sons.
[T3] S. K. Bhattacharya, “Electrical Machine”, Tata Mc Graw Hill publishing Co. Ltd,
2nd Edition.
[T4] Nagrath & Kothari, “Electrical Machines”, Tata Mc Graw
[T5]Electrical Machines, R. K. Rajput, Laxmi Publications, 2002
[T6] Ajay Deshmukh, ‘Microcontrollers Theory and Applications’, TATA McGraw Hill
[T7]Arduino microcontroller processing for everyone-Steven F Barret,Morgan and Claypool
Publisher.
[T8] C programming with ardino-Warwick Smith Elektor Publication.

50
Reference:
[R1] Electrical Machines, Lowe, Nelson Publications.
[R2] A.E. Fitzgerald, Charles Kingsley, Stephen D. Umans, “Electrical Machines”, Tata
McGraw Hill Publication Ltd. Fifth Edition.
[R3]Permanent Magnet Synchronous and Brushless DC Motor Drives, R. Krishnan, CRC
press.
[R4]Smarajit Ghosh, “Electrical Machines”, Pearson Education, New Delhi.
[R5]Kenneth J. Ayala, ‘The 8051 Microcontroller’, Cengage Learning.
[R6]Started with Arduino by Massimo Banzi and Michael Shiloh Published by Maker Media,
Inc.
[R7]Getting Started With Arduino: A Beginner's Guide by by Brad Kendall (Author), Justin
Pot (Editor), Angela Alcorn (Editor)
[R8]Arduino Cookbook, 2nd Edition by Michael Margolis published by O'Reilly Media.
[R9] Application notes from “ATMEL micro controller data book.”
[R10]
Web References
1) www. alldatasheet.com
2) w ww.atmel.com/products
Unit Textbooks Reference books
1 T1,T2,T3,T4 R1,R2,R4
2 T1,T2,T3,T4,T5 R1,R2,R4
3 T1,T2,T3,T4 R1,R2,R3,R4
4 T6,T7,T8 R5,R6,R7,R10
5 T7,T8 R6,R7,R8,R9,R10
6 T7,T8 R6,R7,R8,R9,R10

51
List of Practicals:
(Any 4 out of 1 to 6 and any 4 out of 7 to 12)
Electrical Engineering
01) Speed control of DC shunt motor.
02) Brake test on DC shunt motor.
03) No load and blocked rotor test on 3 phase Induction Motor.
04) Load test on 3 phase Induction Motor.
05) Load test on single phase Induction Motor.
06) Study of starters for AC and DC motors.
Electronics Engineering
07) Interfacing of LED to blink after every 1 sec.
08) Display data using serial communication.
09) Interfacing of LCD to display the message and interface with keypad to display the key
pressed.
10) Interfacing of temperature sensor (LM35) and show output on LCD/serial terminal.
11) Interfacing of strain gauge sensor and LVDT to measure the parameters.
12) Study of interfacing accelerometer to change the speed of DC Motor.
Guidelines for Instructor's Manual

Practical Sessions -
The Instructor’s Manual should contain following related to every experiment –
• Brief theory related to the experiment.
• Connection diagram /circuit diagram
• Observation table
• Sample calculations for one reading
• Result table
• Graph and Conclusions.
• Data sheets of the ICs used( if any)

52
Guidelines for Student's Lab Journal

For Electrical Practical
1. Lab journal should be hand written
2. All the diagrams should be drawn on graph paper
3. Specifications of the instrument used for conduction of practicalshould be mentioned in
respective write up.
For Electronics Practical:

1. Title of the program.
2. The program has to be written in the following format.
Address- Instruction- Comment
3. Input data has to be specified.
4. Result of the program.
5. Flow Chart for each program has to be drawn on separate page.
Guidelines for Lab /TW Assessment
1. There is Term Work for the subject, so continuous assessment should be carried out such
as checking of previous experiment.
2. While assessment, teacher should put the remark by writing word “Complete” and not
simply “C”. Put the signature along with date at the end of experiment and in the index.
3. Assign 10 marks for each experiment as per following format.
Timely completion = 03 marks
Neat and clean writing = 02 marks
Depth of understanding = 03 marks
Regular attendance = 02 marks
Maintain continuous assessment sheet. At the end of semester, convert these marks out of as
prescribed in syllabus structure.

53
Guidelines for Laboratory Conduction

Electrical Engineering Practicals
1. Check whether the MCB / ELCB / main switch is off.
2. Make connections as per circuit diagram. Use flexible wire for connection of voltmeter and
pressure coil connection of wattmeter. For rest of the connections, usethick wire. Do not keep
loose connection. Get it checked from teacher / Lab Assistant.
3. Perform the experiment only in presence of teacher or Lab Assistant.

4. Do the calculations and get it checked from the teacher.
5. After completion of experiment, switch off the MCB / ELCB / main switch.
6. Write the experiment in the journal and get it checked within the week.
Electronics Engineering Practicals
1. The instructor is expected to shortlist necessary experiments from the suggested list of
experiments.
2. During the practical session the instructor may divide the total students in groups of 4 to 5
students and assign them with different experiments to be performed.
3. Each student within the group has to enter and execute the program turn wise.
4. Staff member has to check the result of all the groups after the execution of the program.

54
203153 : Machine Shop - I
TH: -- hr/week Th/Tut:-- TH In-Sem

[Online]: --
End-Sem: --
OR: --
TW: 25
1. Manufacture of spur gear on milling machine using indexing head.
2. Surface grinding using table grinder.
3. Manufacturing any one sheet metal component involving minimum three different
operation (use dies and press).
4. Any two plastic component like bottle, bottle caps, machine handles, etc.

55
SAVITRIBAI PHULE PUNE UNIVERSITY
FACULTY OF ENGINEERING
SYLLABUS FOR
T. E. (MECHANICAL ENGINEERING)
(2015 Course)
WITH EFFECT FROM YEAR 2017-2018
T.E. Mechanical Engineering (2015 course) – Savitribai Phule Pune University

T.E. Mechanical Engineering 2015 – Course
T. E. (Mechanical) (2015 Course) Semester – I
Teaching Scheme
Examination Scheme Credits
Hrs / week Total
Code Subject
In- Marks TW /
Lecture Tut Pract ESE TW PR OR Th
Sem PR / OR
Design of
302041 Machine 4 - 2 30@ 70@ 50 - 150 4 1
Elements-I
302042 Heat Transfer* 4 - 2 30 70 50 - 150 4 1
Theory of
302043 3 1 30 70 25 - 25 150 3 1
Machines-II$
302044 Turbo Machines 3 - 2 30 70 - - 25 125 3 1
Metrology and
302045 3 - 2 30 70 - - 25 125 3 1
Quality Control$
302046 Skill Development - - 2 - - 25 25 - 50 - 1
17 6
Total 17 1 10 150 350 100 75 75 750
23
T. E. (Mechanical) (2015 Course) Semester – II
Teaching Scheme
Examination Scheme Credits
Hrs / week
Total
Code Subject TW /
In- Marks
Lecture Tut Pract ESE TW PR OR Th PR /
Sem
OR
Numerical Methods
302047 4 - 2 30 70 - 50 - 150 4 1
and Optimization*
Design of Machine
302048 4 - 2 30@ 70@ 25 - 25 150 4 1
Elements-II
Refrigeration and Air
302049 3 - 2 30 70 - - 25 125 3 1
Conditioning
302050 Mechatronics% 3 1 30 70 - - 25 125 3 1
Manufacturing -
302051 3 - - 30 70 - - - 100 3 -
Process-II$
302052 Machine Shop-II$ - - 2 - - 50 - - 50 - 1
302053 Seminar$ - - 2 - - 25 - 25# 50 - 1
302054 Audit Course* -- -- -- -- -- - - - - - -
17 6
Total 17 1 10 150 350 100 50 100 750
23
# Though it is under Oral head Internal Panel to be appointed by Principal and HOD.
Examination schedule will not be prepared at University level.
* Marked subjects are common with TE (Auto. Engg.) and TE Mech. Sandwich
$ Marked subjects are common with TE (Auto. Engg.) only
% Marked subjects are common with TE Mech. Sandwich only
@ Examination time for Insem examination 1 Hr 30 Min. and Endsem examination

3Hrs.
Savitribai Phule Pune University, Pune
Third Year of Mechanical
(2015 Course)
Course Code: 302041 Course Name : Design of Machine Elements – I
TH: -- 4 Hrs/ Week TH:--04 TH In-Sem: -- 30

End-Sem: -- 70
PR: - 2 Hrs/ Week TW:--01 TW: -- 50
Course Objective:
1. Student shall gain appreciation and understanding of the design function in Mechanical
Engineering, different steps involved in designing and the relation of design activity with
manufacturing activity.
2. The student shall learn to choose proper materials for different machine elements
depending on their physical and mechanical properties. They will learn to apply the
knowledge of material science in real life situations.
3. Student shall gain a thorough understanding of the different types of failure modes and
criteria. They will be conversant with various failure theories and be able to judge which
criterion is to be applied for a particular situation.
4. Student shall gain design knowledge of the different types of elements used in the machine
design process, for e.g. fasteners, shafts, couplings etc. and will be able to design these
elements for each application.

Course Outcome:
1. Ability to identify and understand failure modes for mechanical elements and design of
machine elements based on strength.
2. Ability to design Shafts, Keys and Coupling for industrial applications.
3. Ability to design machine elements subjected to fluctuating loads.
4. Ability to design Power Screws for various applications.
5. Ability to design fasteners and welded joints subjected to different loading conditions.
6. Ability to design various Springs for strength and stiffness.
Course Contents
UNIT 1: Design of Simple Machine Elements (10 hrs)
Machine Design, Design cycle, Design considerations - Strength, Rigidity, Manufacture,
Assembly and Cost, Standards and codes, Use of preferred series, Factor of safety, Service factor.
Design of Cotter joint, Knuckle joint, Levers - hand / foot lever, lever for safety valve, bell crank
lever, and components subjected to eccentric loading.
UNIT 2: Design of Shafts, Keys and Couplings (08 hrs)

Shaft design on the basis of strength, torsional rigidity and lateral rigidity, A.S.M.E. code for shaft
design. Transmission shaft:- Theoretical treatment only. Design of keys and splines. Design of
Flange Coupling and Flexible Bushed Pin Coupling.
UNIT 3: Design for Fluctuating Load (08 hrs)

Stress concentration - causes & remedies, fluctuating stresses, fatigue failures, S-N curve,
endurance
limit, notch sensitivity, endurance strength modifying factors, design for finite and infinite life,
cumulative damage in fatigue failure, Soderberg, Gerber, Goodman, Modified Goodman
diagrams, Fatigue design of components under combined stresses:- Theoretical treatment only.
UNIT 4: Power Screws (06 hrs)

Forms of threads, multiple start screws, Torque analysis and Design of power screws with square
and trapezoidal threads, Self locking screw, Collar friction torque, Stresses in power screws,
design of a C-Clamp. Design of screw jack, Differential and Compound Screw and Re-circulating
Ball Screw (Theoretical treatment only).

UNIT 5: Threaded joints and Welded joints s (10 hrs)
Basic types of screw fasteners, Bolts of uniform strength, I.S.O. Metric screw threads, Bolts under
tension, eccentrically loaded bolted joint in shear, Eccentric load perpendicular and parallel to axis
of bolt, Eccentric load on circular base, design of Turn Buckle. Welding symbols, Stresses in butt
and fillet welds, Strength of butt, parallel and transverse fillet welds, Axially loaded
unsymmetrical welded joints, Eccentric load in plane of welds, Welded joints subjected to bending
and torsional moments.
UNIT 6: Mechanical Springs (06 hrs)

Types, applications and materials for springs, Stress and deflection equations for helical
compression Springs, Style of ends, Design of helical compression and tension springs, Springs in
series and parallel, Concentric helical springs, Surge in springs, Design of Multi-leaf springs.
Helical torsion Spring (Theoretical treatment only).
Books:
Text:
1) Bhandari V.B., Design of Machine Elements, Tata McGraw Hill Publication Co. Ltd.
2) Shigley J.E. and Mischke C.R., Mechanical Engineering Design, McGraw Hill Publication Co.
Ltd.
3) Spotts M.F. and Shoup T.E., Design of Machine Elements, Prentice Hall International.
4) Juvinal R.C., Fundamentals of Machine Components Design, John Wiley and Sons
References:
1) Black P.H. and O. Eugene Adams, Machine Design, McGraw Hill Book Co. Inc.
2) Willium C. Orthwein, Machine Components Design, West Publishing Co. and Jaico
Publications House.
3) Hall A.S., Holowenko A.R. and Laughlin H.G, Theory and Problems of Machine Design,
Schaum’s Outline Series.
4) C. S. Sharma and Kamlesh Purohit, Design of Machine Elements, PHI Learing Pvt. Ltd.
5) D. K. Aggarwal & P. C. Sharma, Machine Design, S.K Kataria and Sons
6) P. C. Gope, Machine Design: Fundamentals and Applications, PHI Learing Pvt. Ltd.
7) Design Data - P.S.G. College of Technology, Coimbatore.
8) Bhandari, V. B. Machine Design data book, Tata McGraw Hill Publication Co. Ltd.
9) K. Mahadevan, K. Balveera Reddy, Design Data Handbook for Mechanical Engineers, CBS
Publishers.
10)Kanhhia, Design of Machine Elements-1, Scitech Publications

Term-Work
Term work shall consist of
1. Two design projects on Assemblies covering above syllabus.

The design project shall consist of half imperial sheets (A2 size) involving assembly-
drawing with a bill of material and overall dimensions and drawings of individual
components. The Project should be assigned to a group of three to five students.
Project 1 shall be based on any one of the following topics-

i) Cotter joint/ knucle joint/turn buckle for a specified application.
ii) Transmission Shaft/Machine tool spindles/coupling for specified application.
iii) Hand or foot operated levers/lever for safety valve.
Project 2 shall be based on any one of the following topics-
i) Bench vice/Machine vice for specified applications.
ii) Bottle type/toggle jack for vehicles.
iii) Lead screw for machine tool/other applications.
Manufacturing tolerances, surface finish symbols and geometric tolerances should be
specified for important surfaces. A design report giving all necessary calculations of the
design of components and assembly should be submitted in a separate file. Design data
book shall be used wherever necessary for selection of standard components.
Drawings of design project should be done manually.

2. Assignments
The assignment shall be internally presented in the form of power point presentation, by a
group of three to five students. A report of assignment (Max 8 to 10 pages) along with print out
of ppt is to be submitted. Each student shall complete any two of the following assignments,
with Assignment
(a) compulsory.
a. Use of dimensional tolerances, Geometrical tolerances and surface finish symbols in

machine component drawings.
A. Selection of materials using weighted point method.

B. Selection of manufacturing methods for machine elements designed in any one of the
above design projects.
C. Theories of failures and their applications.

Third Year of Mechanical, Mechanical Sandwich & Automobile
(2015 Course)
Course Code: 302042 Course Name : HEAT TRANSFER
TH: - 4 Hrs/ Week TH:--04 TH In-Sem: -- 30

End-Sem: -- 70
PR: - 2 Hrs/ Week PR:--01 PR: -- 50
Course Objectives:
1. Identify the important modes of heat transfer and their applications.

2. Formulate and apply the general three dimensional heat conduction equations.
3. Analyze the thermal systems with internal heat generation and lumped heat capacitance.
4. Understand the mechanism of convective heat transfer
5. Determine the radiative heat transfer between surfaces.
6. Describe the various two phase heat transfer phenomenon. Execute the effectiveness and rating
of heat exchangers.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Analyze the various modes of heat transfer and implement the basic heat conduction
equations for steady one dimensional thermal system.
CO 2: Implement the general heat conduction equation to thermal systems with and without internal
heat generation and transient heat conduction.
CO 3: Analyze the heat transfer rate in natural and forced convection and evaluate through
experimentation investigation.
CO 4: Interpret heat transfer by radiation between objects with simple geometries.
CO 5: Analyze the heat transfer equipment and investigate the performance.
Course Contents

UNIT 1: (10 hrs)
Introduction and Basic Concepts: Application areas of heat transfer, Modes and Laws of heat
transfer, Three dimensional heat conduction equation in Cartesian coordinates and its simplified
equations, thermal conductivity, Thermal diffusivity, Thermal contact Resistance
Boundary and initial conditions: Temperature boundary condition, heat flux boundary condition,
convection boundary condition, radiation boundary condition.
One dimensional steady state heat conduction without heat generation: Heat conduction in
plane wall, composite slab, composite cylinder, composite sphere, electrical analogy, concept of
thermal resistance and conductance, three dimensional heat conduction equations in cylindrical and
spherical coordinates (no derivation) and its reduction to one dimensional form, critical radius of
insulation for cylinders and spheres, economic thickness of insulation.
UNIT 2: (08 hrs)

One dimensional steady state heat conduction with heat generation: Heat conduction with
uniform heat generation in plane wall, cylinder & sphere with different boundary conditions.
Heat transfer through extended surface: Types of fins and its applications, Governing Equation
for constant cross sectional area fins, solution for infinitely long & adequately long (with insulated
end) fins, efficiency & effectiveness of fins.
UNIT 3: (06 hrs)

Thermal Insulation – Types and selection, Economic and cost considerations, Payback period
Transient heat conduction: Validity and criteria of lumped system analysis, Biot and Fourier
number, Time constant and response of thermocouple, Transient heat analysis using charts.
UNIT4: (08hrs)
Convection
Fundamentals of convection: Mechanism of natural and forced convection, local and average heat
transfer coefficient, concept of velocity & thermal boundary layers.
Forced convection: Dimensionless numbers and their physical significance, empirical correlations
for external & internal flow for both laminar and turbulent flows.
Natural convection: Introduction, dimensionless numbers and their physical significance, empirical
correlations for natural convection.
UNIT 5: Radiation (08 hrs)

Fundamental concepts, Spectral and total emissive power, real and grey surfaces, Stefan Boltzmann
law, Radiation laws – Planks, Wiens, Kirchoff’s and Lambart’s cosine law with simple applications,
Irradiation and radiosity, Electrical analogy in radiation, Radiation shape factor, radiation heat
exchange between two black and diffuse gray surfaces, radiation shield.

UNIT 6: Heat Transfer Equipments (08 hrs)
Condensation and Boiling: Boiling heat transfer, types of boiling, pool boiling curve and forced
boiling phenomenon, condensation heat transfer, film wise and drop wise condensation (simple
numerical treatment).
Heat exchangers: Classification and applications, heat exchanger analysis – LMTD for parallel and
counter flow heat exchanger, effectiveness– NTU method for parallel and counter flow heat
exchanger, cross flow heat exchanger, LMTD correction factor, design criteria for heat exchanger,
Introduction to TEMA standards.
Introduction to heat pipe, Introduction to electronic cooling - Discussion on active and passive
methods.
Books:
Text:
1. F.P. Incropera, D.P. Dewitt, Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer, John Wiley.
2. Y. A. Cengel and A.J. Ghajar, Heat and Mass Transfer – Fundamentals and Applications,
Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited.
3. S.P. Sukhatme, A Textbook on Heat Transfer, Universities Press.
4. R.C. Sachdeva, Fundamentals of Engineering Heat and Mass Transfer, New Age Science.
5. P.K. Nag, Heat & Mass Transfer, McGraw Hill Education Private Limited.
6. M. M. Rathod, Engineering Heat and Mass Transfer, Third Edition, Laxmi Publications,
New Delhi
7. V. M. Domkundwar, Heat Transfer,
References:
1. A.F. Mills, Basic Heat and Mass Transfer, Pearson.
2. S. P. Venkatesan, Heat Transfer, Ane Books Pvt. Ltd.
3. Holman, Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer, McGraw – Hill publication.
4. M. Thirumaleshwar, Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer, Pearson Education India.
5. B.K. Dutta, Heat Transfer-Principles and Applications, PHI.
6. C.P. Kothandaraman, S. V. Subramanyam, Heat and Mass Transfer Data Book, New
Academic Science.
7. Databook, SPPU provided by the Exam Center

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Any eight experiments (1-11) and two assignments (12-14) from the following list
1. Determination of Thermal Conductivity of metal rod
2. Determination of Thermal Conductivity of insulating powder
3. Determination of Thermal Conductivity of Composite wall
4. Determination of Thermal Contact Resistance
5. Determination of heat transfer coefficient in Natural Convection
6. Determination of heat transfer coefficient in Forced Convection
7. Determination of temperature distribution, fin efficiency in Natural / Forced Convection
8. Determination of Emissivity of a Test surface
9. Determination of Stefan Boltzmann Constant
10. Determination of effectiveness of heat exchanger
11. Study of pool boiling phenomenon and determination of critical heat flux
12. Assignment on 1-D transient heat transfer program using finite difference methods.
13. Assignment to solve transient heat transfer problem using Heisler and Grober charts.
14. Assignment on multi-pass / cross-flow heat exchanger using effectiveness charts.

TE Mechanical and TE Automobile (2015 course)
Course Code: 302043 Course Name : Theory of Machine – II
TH: -- 03 Hrs/week TH:--03 TH In-Sem: -- 30

End-Sem: --70
Tut.:- 01 Hr /week TW/OR:--01
OR: -- 25
TW: -- 25
Course Objectives:
1. To develop competency in understanding of theory of all types of gears.
2. To understand the analysis of gear train.
3. To develop competency in drawing the cam profile.
4. To make the student conversant with synthesis of the mechanism.
5. To understand step-less regulations.
6. To understand mechanisms for system control – Gyroscope.
Course Outcomes:
1. Student will be able to understand fundamentals of gear theory which will be the prerequisite
for gear design.
2. Student will be able to perform force analysis of Spur, Helical, Bevel, Worm and Worm
gear.
3. The student to analyze speed and torque in epi-cyclic gear trains which will be the
prerequisite for gear box design.
4. Student will be able to design cam profile for given follower motions and understand cam
Jump phenomenon, advance cam curves.
5. The student will synthesize a four bar mechanism with analytical and graphical methods.
6. a. The student will analyze the gyroscopic couple or effect for stabilization of Ship
Aeroplane and Four wheeler vehicle.
b. Student will choose appropriate drive for given application (stepped / step-less).
Course Contents
Unit – I: Spur Gear (08 hrs)
Classification, Spur gear: definition, terminology, fundamental law of toothed gearing, involute and
cycloidal profile, path of contact, arc of contact, conjugate action, contact ratio, interference and
under cutting – Methods to avoid interference. Minimum number of teeth on gear and pinion only,
Force analysis and Friction in gears.

Unit – II: Helical, Bevel, Worm and Worm Wheel (06 hrs)
Helical and Spiral Gears: terminology, geometrical relationships, tooth forces, torque transmitted
and efficiency, virtual number of teeth for helical gears
Bevel Gear & Worm and worm wheel: terminology, geometrical relationships, tooth forces, torque
transmitted.
Bevel Gear: Theoretical treatment only
Unit – III Gear Trains (06 hrs)
Types of Gear Trains, analysis of epicyclic gear trains, Holding torque – Simple, compound and
epicyclic gear trains, torque on sun and planetary gear train, compound epicyclic gear train, Bevel
epicyclic Gear train.
Unit –IV Cam and Follower (08 hrs)
Types of cams and followers, analysis of standard motions to the follower, Determination of cam
profiles for different follower motions, Methods of control: pressure angle, radius of curvature and
undercutting. Jump phenomenon of Eccentric cam, Introduction to advanced cam curves (up to 3-4-
5 Polynomial cam only)
Unit –V Synthesis of Mechanism (06 hrs)
Steps in synthesis process: Type, number and dimensional synthesis. Tasks of Kinematic synthesis:
Path, function and motion generation (Body guidance). Precision Positions, Chebychev spacing,
Mechanical and structural errors. Three position synthesis of four bar mechanism using
Freudenstein’s equation. Analytical synthesis using kinematic coefficient in four bar mechanism.
Unit –VI Step–Less-Regulation (Theoretical Treatment only) & Gyroscope (06 hrs)
Continuous Variable Transmissions - Geometry, Velocity and torque analysis of Faceplate

variators, conical variators, Spheroidal and cone variators, Variators with axially displaceable
cones, PIV drives. Gyroscopes, Gyroscopic forces and Couples, Gyroscopic stabilisation for ship
and Aeroplane, Stability of four wheel vehicle moving on curved path.
Books:
Text:
1. S. S. Rattan, Theory of Machines, Third Edition, McGraw Hill Education ( India) Pvt. Ltd.
New Delhi.
2. Bevan T, Theory of Machines, Third Edition, Longman Publication.
3. A. G. Ambekar, Mechanism and Machine Theory, PHI.
4. N. K. Mehta, Machine Tool Design and Numerical Control, Tata McGraw Hill Publication,
5. J. J. Uicker, G. R. Pennock, J. E. Shigley, Theory of Machines and Mechanisms, Third
Edition, International Student Edition, OXFORD.

References:
1. Ghosh Malik, Theory of Mechanism and Machines, East-West Pvt. Ltd.

2. Hannah and Stephans, Mechanics of Machines, Edward Arnolde Publication.
3. R L Norton, Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, First Edition, McGraw Hill Education
(India) P Ltd. New Delhi
4. Sadhu Singh, Theory of Machines, Pearson
5. D.K. Pal, S.K. Basu, Design of Machine Tools, Oxford & Ibh Publishing Co Pvt. Ltd.
6. Dr. V. P. Singh, Theory of Machine, Dhanpatrai and sons.
7. C. S. Sharma & Kamlesh Purohit, “Theory of Machine and Mechanism”, PHI.
Tutorial (Term-work) shall consist of

Part A: Compulsory
1. To study manufacturing of gear using gear generation with rack as a cutter and to generate
involute profile
2. Kinematic analysis of synchromesh, machine tool gear box, differential gear box (Self
Study)
3. Speed and torque analysis of epicyclic gear train to determine holding torque
4. To draw the cam profile and study variation in pressure angle with respect to change in base
circle diameter and draw pitch circle for both the cases.( Half imperial drawing sheet)
5. To synthesize the four bar and slider crank mechanism using relative pole and inversion
method with three accuracy points. ( Half imperial drawing sheet)
6. To determine the effect of active gyroscopic couple on a spinning disc and verify the
gyroscopic effect.
7. Study of Continuous Variable Transmission and Infinite Variable Transmission.
Part B: Any two from the following

1. To draw conjugate profile for any general type of gear tooth. ( Half imperial drawing sheet)
2. To verify the cam jump phenomenon for an eccentric cam.
3. Synthesis a four bar mechanism based on Freudenstein’s equation using any programming
Language.
4. To measure the range of speeds obtained using any one type of continuously variable
transmission device.
5. Industrial visit to understand Machines and Mechanisms.

T.E Mechanical (2015 course)
Course Code: 302044 Course Name : Turbo Machines
Teaching Scheme: Credits: Examination Scheme:
TH: -- 03 hrs/week TH:-- 03 TH In-Sem: -- 30

PR: -- 02 hrs/week OR:-- 01 End-Sem: -- 70
OR: -- 25
Course Objectives:
1. To provide the knowledge of basic principles, governing equations and applications of turbo
machine.
2. To provide the students with opportunities to apply basic thermo-fluid dynamics flow
equations to Turbo machines.
3. To explain construction and working principle and evaluate the performance characteristics
of Turbo Machines.
Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of the course, the student will be able to,
1. Apply thermodynamics and kinematics principles to turbo machines.
2. Analyze the performance of turbo machines.
3. Ability to select turbo machine for given application.
4. Predict performance of turbo machine using model analysis.
Course Contents

Unit – I: Introduction to Turbo Machinery (08hrs)
Turbo machines (Hydraulic & Thermal), Classification of Turbo machines, Comparison with
positive displacement machines, Fundamental equation governing turbo machines, Different losses
associated with turbo-machinery, Applications of Turbo machines.
Impact of Jet
Impulse momentum principle and its applications, Force exerted on fixed and moving flat plate,
hinged plate, curved vanes, series of flat plates and radial vanes, velocity triangles and their
analysis, work done equations, vane efficiency.
Unit –II: Impulse Water Turbines (06hrs)

Introduction to Hydro power plant, classification of hydraulic turbines construction, principle of
working, velocity diagrams and analysis, design aspects, performance parameters, performance
characteristics, specific speed, selection of turbines, multi-jet Pelton wheel.
Unit –III: Reaction Water Turbines (08 hrs)
Classifications, Francis, Propeller, Kaplan Turbines, construction features, velocity diagrams and
analysis, degree of reaction, performance characteristics.
Draft tubes: types and analysis, causes and remedies for cavitation phenomenon
Governing of turbines, Similitude and dimensional analysis of hydraulic turbines
Unit –IV: Steam Turbines (08 hrs)
Steam nozzles: types and applications, Equation for velocity and mass flow rate [No numerical
treatment].
Steam Turbines: Classifications, construction details, compounding of steam turbines, velocity

diagrams and analysis of Impulse and reaction turbines (single & multi stage), governing,
dimensional analysis, performance characteristics. Losses in steam turbines, selection of turbines.

Unit –V: Centrifugal Pumps (08 hrs)
Classification of rotodynamic pumps, components of centrifugal pump, types of heads, velocity

triangles and their analysis, effect of outlet blade angle, cavitation, NPSH, Thoma’s cavitation
factor, priming of pumps, installation, specific speed, performance characteristics of centrifugal
pump, series and parallel operation of pumps, system resistance curve, selection of pumps.
Dimensional and Model analysis of hydraulic machines
Unit –VI: Centrifugal & Axial Compressor (07 hrs)
Centrifugal compressor: Classification of compressors, Construction, velocity diagram, flow

process on T-S Diagram, Euler's work, actual work input, performance characteristics, various
losses in centrifugal compressor.
Axial Compressor: Construction, stage velocity triangles and its analysis, enthalpy entropy
diagram, stage losses and efficiencies, performance characteristics. [No numerical treatment]
Books:
Text:
1. Turbines, Compressors & Fans, S.M. Yahya, Tata-McGraw Hill
2. Turbomachines, B. U. Pai, Wiley India
3. Fluid mechanics and hydraulic machines, Dr. R.K. Bansal
4. Hydraulic Machines, Dr. J. Lal, Metropolitan Book Co. Pvt. Ltd., Delhi.
5. Hydraulics, Fluid Mechanics and Machinery, Modi P N & Seth S N, Standard Book House
,New Delhi.
6. R. Yadav, Steam and Gas Turbines and Power Plant Engineering, VII edition, Central Publ.
house
References:
1. William W. Perg, Fundamentals of Turbomachinery, John Wiley & Sons.

2. Thermal Turbomachines, Dr. Onkar Singh, Wiley India
3. V. P. Vasandani, Theory of Hydraulic Machinary, Khanna Publishers, Delhi.
4. Karassik, Hand Book of Pumps, Tata McGraw Hills Ltd., New Delhi.
5. S.L. Dixon, Fluid Mechanics, Thermodynamics of Turbomachinery, IV edition,
Butterworth-Heinemann Publ., 1966.

Term-Work
List of Experiments
1. Verification of impulse momentum principle

2. Study and trial on impulse water turbine (Pelton wheel) and plotting of main and operating
characteristics
3. Study and trial on any one hydraulic reaction turbine (Francis/Kaplan) and plotting of main
and operating characteristics
4. Study and trial on centrifugal pump and plotting operating characteristics
5. Study and trial on centrifugal air compressor and plotting its characteristics
6. Visit to hydro/steam power plant and report to be submitted.
7. Study of different types of nozzles and trial on convergent-divergent air/steam nozzle.
8. Study of axial flow compressors/ centrifugal air blower.
9. Study of multi-staging of steam turbines.
10. Design of pumping system installation using manufacturers’ catalogue, specific to housing
or industrial application.
11. Visit to pumping station and report to be submitted.
Notes
1. Eight experiments from above list should be performed; out of which at least four trials
should be conducted. Data from any one trial performed should be analyzed by using
suitable software.
2. One Experiment out of Expt. no. 10 and 11 is compulsory.
3. Visit to Hydro or Steam power plant is compulsory.

TE Mechanical and TE Automobile (2015 course)
Course Code: 302045 Course Name : Metrology And Quality Control
TH: 03 Hrs/week TH:--03 TH In-Sem: -- 30

End-Sem: -- 70
PR: 02 Hrs/week OR:--01
OR: -- 25
Course Objectives:
Students are expected to –
1. Select suitable instrument / gauge / method of inspection for determining geometrical and
dimensional measurements.
2. Calibrate measuring instruments and also design inspection gauges.
3. Understand the advances in Metrology such as use of CMM, Laser, Machine Vision System
for Metrology etc.
4. Select and apply appropriate Quality Control Technique for given application.
5. Select and Apply appropriate Quality Management Tool and suggest appropriate Quality
Management System (QMS).
Course Outcomes:
The student should be able to –
1. Understand the methods of measurement, selection of measuring instruments / standards of
measurement, carryout data collection and its analysis.
2. Explain tolerance, limits of size, fits, geometric and position tolerances and gauge design
3. Understand and use/apply Quality Control Techniques/ Statistical Tools appropriately.
4. Develop an ability of problem solving and decision making by identifying and analyzing the
cause for variation and recommend suitable corrective actions for quality improvement.

Course Contents
Unit – I Measurement standards and Design of gauges (06 hrs)
Introduction: Principles of Engineering metrology, Measurement standards, Types and sources of

errors, Accuracy and Precision, Calibration: Concept and procedure, traceability,
Geometric Form Measurement: Straightness, Flatness, Roundness - Straight edge, use of level
beam comparator, autocollimator testing of flatness of surface plate.
Design of Gauges: Tolerances, Limits and Fits [IS 919-1993], Taylor’s principle, Types of
gauges, Wear allowance on gauges, Types of gauges-plain plug gauge, ring gauge, snap gauge,
limit gauge and gauge materials, Considerations of gauge design (numerical).
Unit –II Comparators, Thread and Gear Metrology, Surface Roughness

Measurement (08 hrs)
Comparators: Mechanical, Pneumatic, Optical, Electrical (LVDT).
Measurement of Thread form: Thread form errors, Measurement of Minor, Major and Effective
diameter (Three Wire Method), Flank angle and Pitch, Floating Carriage Micrometer (Numerical).
Gear Metrology: Errors in Spur Gear form, Gear tooth Vernier, Constant chord, Base tangent
(Numerical), Gear Rolling Tester. Profile Projector, Tool maker’s microscope and their
applications
Surface Roughness Measurement: Introduction to Surface texture, Parameters for measuring

surface roughness, Surface roughness measuring instrument: TalySurf.
Unit – III Advances in Metrology (06 hrs)
Coordinate Measuring Machine (CMM): Fundamental features of CMM – development of

CMMs – role of CMMs – types of CMM and Applications, – types of probes
Machine Vision Systems: vision system measurement – Multisensory systems.
Interferometer: Principle, NPL Interferometer
Laser Metrology: Basic concepts of lasers, advantages of lasers, laser interferometers, types,
applications

Unit – IV Introduction to Quality and Quality Tools (06 hrs)
Concept of Quality: Various Definitions and Quality Statements, Cost of quality & value of
quality, Deming’s cycles & 14 Points, Juran Trilogy approach, Old New Seven Tools, Quality
Circles.
Importance of Quality deployment at Design and Manufacturing Engineering: Opportunities

for improvement product design, Importance of– initial planning for quality, concept of
controllability: self-controls – defining quality responsibilities on the factory flow – self
inspection.
Unit –V Statistical quality control (08 hrs)
Statistical quality control: Statistical concept, Frequency diagram, Concept of variance analysis,
Control Chart for Variable (X & R Chart) & Attribute (P & C Chart), Process capability(Indices:
cp, cpk, ppk), Statistical Process Control (Numerical). Production Part Approval Method (PPAP).
Acceptance Sampling: Sampling Inspection, OC Curve and its characteristics, sampling methods,
Sampling Plan: Single, Double (Numerical), Multiple, Comparison of Plan, calculation of sample
size, AOQ, Probability of Acceptance (Numerical)
Unit –VI Total Quality Management (06 hrs)
TQM: Introduction, Quality Function Deployment, 5S, Kaizen, Poka yoke, Kanban, JIT,
FMECA, Zero defects, TPM. Six Sigma: DMAIC - Concept and Applications.
Quality Management System

Need for quality management system – design of quality management system - quality
management system requirements – ISO 9001, TS-16949, ISO-14000, Quality Audit.
Books:
Text:
1. Jain R.K., Engineering Metrology, Khanna Publication.
2. I. C. Gupta, Engineering Metrology, Dhanpath Rai.
3. Bewoor A. K. and Kulkarni V. A., Metrology and Measurements, Tata McGraw hill Publication.
4. Juran J. M., Quality Handbook, McGraw Hill Publications.
5. Grant S.P., Statistical Quality Control, Tata McGraw hill Publication.

References:
1. Narayana K.L., Engineering Metrology.
2. Galyer J.F & Shotbolt C.R., Metrology for engineers
3. Gupta I.C., Engineering Metrology, Dhanpatrai Publiartions
4. Judge A.W., Engineering Precision Measurements, Chapman and Hall
5. Francis T. Farago, Mark A. Curtis, Handbook of dimensional measurement.
6. ASTME, Handbook of Industrial Metrology, Prentice Hall of India Ltd.
7. Connie Dotson, Fundamentals of Dimensional Metrology, Thamson Publn., 4th Edition.
8. Basterfield D. H., Quality control, Pearson Education India, 2004.
9. Kulkarni V. A. and Bewoor A. K., Quality Control, John Wiley Publication.
10. Harrison M. Wordsworth, Stefeen Godfrey, Modern Methods for Quality control and
Improvement, Willy Publication.
Online Education resources: viz. NPTEL web site:
(1) nptel.ac.in/courses/112106179;
(2) www.nptelvideos.in/2012/12/mechanical-measurements-and-metrology.html;
(3) www.me.iitb.ac.in/~ramesh/courses/ME338/metrology6.pdf; nptel.ac.in/courses/110101010/;
(4) freevideolectures.com › Mechanical › IIT Madras
(5) nptel.ac.in/courses/112107143/37;

Term-Work
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Part: A] Experiment no. 1, 4 and 6 are mandatory. Perform any three from experiment no. 2
to 5 & any three from experiment no. 7 to 10.
1. Demonstration of linear and angular measuring instruments, slip gauges and their applications.
2. Error determination of linear / angular measuring instruments and determination of linear and
angular dimensions of given part, (MSA: Gauge R & R).
3. Calibration of measuring instrument. Example – Dial gauge, Micrometer, Vernier (any one)
(Refer ISO 17025).
4. Verification of dimensions and geometry of given components using Mechanical /Pneumatic
comparator. [An assignment with this experiment write-up as, Introduction to use of Standard
CODE viz. ASME-Y14.5, ISO-1101].
5. Machine tool alignment testing on machine tool – Lathe / Drilling / Milling.
6. Demonstration of surfaces inspection using optical flat/interferometers. / Demonstration of
surface roughness measurement using surface roughness tester.
7. Determination of geometry and dimensions of given composite object / single point tool, using
profile projector and tool maker’s microscope.
8. Measurement of thread parameters using floating carriage diameter measuring machine.
9. Measurement of spur gear parameters using Gear Tooth Vernier / Span Micrometer / Gear
Rolling Tester.
10. Determination of given geometry using coordinate measuring machine (CMM).
Part: B] Statistical Quality Control (SQC) (Any Two)

Note - Use of computational tools [such as Minitab / Matlab / MS Excel] are recommended
1. Analyze the fault in given batch of specimens by using seven quality control tools for
engineering application. Submission of these assignments USING STANDAED FORMATS.
2. Determination of process capability from given components and plot variable control chart/
attribute chart.
3. Case study on various tools in Total Quality Management (TQM).
Part: C] Industrial visit to:
Calibration lab /Quality control lab / CMM Lab / Gear Inspection Unit
OR
QA/QC Unit of Automotive Industry / Engineering Industry.

Third Year of Mechanical
(2015 Course)
Course Code: 302046 Course Name: Skill Development
PR: -- 2 Hrs/ Week TW/PR:--01

TW:-- 25
PR:-- 25
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To develop the skill for required in shop floor working.

2. To have knowledge of the different tools and tackles used in machine assembly shop.
3. Use of theoretical knowledge in practice.
4. Practical aspect of the each component in the assembly of the machine.
Course Contents

List of Experiments
1. Tail stock assembly
2. Valve Assembly ( PRV, Sluice valve, Steam stop valve)
3. IC engine of Two Wheeler (4 stroke single cylinder)
4. Hermetically sealed compressor
5. Hydraulic actuator
6. Industrial Gear box
7. Sheet drawing (Sheet will be given per group and a group consist of 04 students. The sheet
will be drawn manually by every student)
Note: 1-6 experiments are for assembly and disassembly only
Term-Work
1. Sheet drawing of assembly, which should contain the display of Geometric tolerances,
Limits, Fits, BOM, Dimensional measurements techniques. Special Operations.. Students
should make process sheet of each assembly. (One topic per four students group will be given
for sheet drawing and each student should draw the sheet manually)
Practical Examination
Practical examination will be based on opening and closing of any assembly. In addition to
this some questioning will be asked to the student based on assembly drawing, GD&T
Sequencing and tools and tackles. For this the assemblies and their drawings should be
provided to students for examination
Note: Term work will carry 25 Marks and practical examination will carry 25 marks.
A. The assessment has to be carried out based on close monitoring of involvement and intellectual
contribution of student.
B. The student should maintain the record of work in the form of diary and has to be submitted at the
end of semester.
C. The batch teacher should assess the concerned student

SEM-II

TE Mechanical, Mechanical Sandwich and Automobile (2015 course)
Course Code: 302047 Course Name : Numerical Methods and Optimization
TH: -04 hrs/week TH:--04 TH In-Sem: -- 30

End-Sem: --70
PR: 02 hrs /week PR:--01 PR: -- 50
Course Objectives:
Students are expected to –
1 Recognize the difference between analytical and Numerical Methods.
2 Effectively use Numerical Techniques for solving complex Mechanical engineering Problems.
3 Prepare base for understanding engineering analysis software.
4 Develop logical sequencing for solution procedure and skills in soft computing.
5 Optimize the solution for different real life problems with available constraints.
6 Build the foundation for engineering research.
Course Outcomes:
1. Use appropriate Numerical Methods to solve complex mechanical engineering problems.
2. Formulate algorithms and programming.
3. Use Mathematical Solver.
4. Generate Solutions for real life problem using optimization techniques.
5. Analyze the research problem
Course Contents
Unit – I: Roots of Equation and Error Approximations (08 hrs.)
Roots of Equation
Bisection Method, Newton Raphson method and Successive approximation method.
Error Approximations
Types of Errors: Absolute, Relative, Algorithmic, Truncation, Round off Error, Error Propagation,
Concept of convergence-relevance to numerical methods.
Unit – II: Simultaneous Equations (08 hrs.)

Gauss Elimination Method with Partial pivoting, Gauss-Seidal method and Thomas algorithm for
Tri-diagonal Matrix, Jacob iteration method.

Unit – III: Optimization (08 hrs.)
Introduction to optimization, Classification, Constrained optimization (maximum two constrains):
Graphical and Simplex method, One Dimensional unconstrained optimization: Newton’s Method.
Modern Optimization Techniques: Genetic Algorithm (GA), Simulated Annealing (SA).
Unit – IV: Numerical Solutions of Differential Equations (10 hrs.)

Ordinary Differential Equations [ODE]
Taylor series method, Euler Method, Runge-Kutta fourth order, Simultaneous equations using
RungeKutta2nd order method.
Partial Differential Equations [PDE]: Finite Difference methods

Introduction to finite difference method, Simple Laplace method, PDEs- Parabolic explicit solution,
Elliptic-explicit solution.
Unit – V: Curve Fitting and Regression Analysis (08 hrs.)

Curve Fitting
Least square technique- Straight line, Power equation, Exponential equation and Quadratic equation.
Regression Analysis
Introduction to multi regression analysis, Lagrange’s Interpolation, Newton’s Forward interpolation,
Inverse interpolation (Lagrange’s method only).
Unit – VI: Numerical Integration (06 hrs.)

Numerical Integration (1D only)
Trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s 1/3rdRule, Simpson’s 3/8thRule, Gauss Quadrature 2 point and 3 point
method.
Double Integration
Trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s 1/3rdRule.
Books:
Text:
1. Steven C. Chapra, Raymond P. Canale, Numerical Methods for Engineers, 4/e, Tata McGraw Hill
Editions
2. Dr. B. S. Garewal, Numerical Methods in Engineering and Science, Khanna Publishers,.
3. Steven C. Chapra, Applied Numerical Methods with MATLAB for Engineers and Scientist, Tata
Mc-Graw Hill Publishing Co-Ltd
4. Rao V. Dukkipati, Applied Numerical Methods using Matlab, New Age International Publishers

References:
1. Gerald and Wheatley, Applied Numerical Analysis, Pearson Education Asia
2. E. Balagurusamy, Numerical Methods, Tata McGraw Hill
3. P. Thangaraj, Computer Oriented Numerical Methods, PHI
4. S. S. Sastry, Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis, PHI.
Term-Work
1. Program on Roots of Equation (Validation by suitable solver, all three compulsory)
a) Bisection Method, b) Newton Raphson method c) Successive approximation method
2. Program on Simultaneous Equations (Validation by suitable solver, all three compulsory)

a) Gauss Elimination Method, b) Thomas algorithm for tridiagonal matrix, c) Gauss-Seidal method.
3. Demonstration of optimization technique using suitable solver.
4. Program on ODE(Validation by suitable solver, all three compulsory)

a) Euler Method, b) Runge-Kutta Methods- fourth order, c) Simultaneous equations.(Runge-Kutta
2nd order: One step only).Simple pendulum equation or Spring mass damper equation
5. Program on PDE(Validation by suitable solver): Laplace equation
6. Program on Curve Fitting using Least square technique (Validation by suitable solver, all four
compulsory)
a) Straight line, b) Power equation, c) Exponential equation, d) Quadratic equation
7. Program on Interpolation(Validation by suitable solver, all three compulsory)

a) Lagrange’s Interpolation, b) Newton’s Forward interpolation,
8. Program on Numerical Integration(Validation by suitable solver, all four compulsory)

a) Trapezoidal rule, b) Simpson’s Rules (1/3rd, 3/8th) [In one program only], c) Gauss Quadrature
Method- 2 point, 3 point. [In one program only], d) Double integration: Trapezoidal rule
NOTE:
1. Solver is compulsory for all above programs and compared with actual solution.
2. Manual solution for each problem.
3. Algorithms and Flowcharts are compulsory for all programs.
GUIDELINES TO CONDUCT PRACTICAL EXAMINATION
Any one program from each set A & B with flowchart and solver: Duration: 2 hrs.
Set A: (Weightage – 60 %)
a) Simultaneous Equation, b) Partial Differential Equation (Laplace equation with solver)
c) Interpolation: Lagrange’s interpolation, Newton’s Forward interpolation (Any one)
Set B: (Weightage – 40 %)
a) Roots of Equations, b) Curve Fitting, c) Ordinary Differential Equations, d) Integration

Third Year of Mechanical (2015 Course)
Course Code: 302048 Course Name : Design of Machine Elements – II
TH: -- 4 Hrs/ Week TH:--04 TH: In-Sem: -- 30

End-Sem: -- 70
PR: - 2 Hrs/ Week TW/OR:--01 TW: -- 25
OR: -- 25
Course Objective:
1. Enable students to attain the basic knowledge required to understand, analyze, design and
select machine elements required in transmission systems.
2. Reinforce the philosophy that real engineering design problems are open-ended and
challenging
3. Impart design skills to the students to apply these skills for the problems in real life
industrial applications
4. Inculcate an attitude of team work, critical thinking, communication, planning and
scheduling through design projects
5. Create awareness amongst students about safety, ethical, legal, and other societal
constraints in execution of their design projects
6. Develop an holistic design approach to find out pragmatic solutions to realistic
domestic and industrial problems

Course Outcome:
CO 1: To understand and apply principles of gear design to spur gears and industrial spur gear
boxes.
CO 2 : To become proficient in Design of Helical and Bevel Gear
CO 3: To develop capability to analyse Rolling contact bearing and its selection from
manufacturer’s Catalogue.
CO 4: To learn a skill to design worm gear box for various industrial applications.
CO 5: To inculcate an ability to design belt drives and selection of belt, rope and chain drives.
CO 6: To achieve an expertise in design of Sliding contact bearing in industrial applications.
Course Contents
Unit –I Spur Gears (08 hrs)
Introduction to gears: Gear Selection, material selection, Basic modes of tooth failure, Gear
Lubrication Methods.
Spur Gears: Number of teeth and face width, Force analysis, Beam strength (Lewis) equation,
Velocity factor, Service factor, Load concentration factor, Effective load on gear, Wear strength
(Buckingham’s) equation, Estimation of module based on beam and wear strength, Estimation of
dynamic tooth load by velocity factor and Buckingham’s equation.
Unit –I Helical and Bevel Gears (08 hrs)

Types of helical and Bevel gears, Terminology, Virtual number of teeth, and force analysis of
Helical and Straight Bevel Gear. Design of Helical and Straight Bevel Gear based on Beam
Strength, Wear strength and estimation of effective load based on Velocity factor ( Barth factor)
and Buckingham’s equation. Mountings of Bevel Gear. ( No numerical on force analysis of
helical & Bevel Gear)
Unit – III Rolling Contact Bearings (08 hrs)

Types of rolling contact Bearings, Static and dynamic load carrying capacities, Stribeck’s
Equation,
Equivalent bearing load, Load- life relationship, Selection of bearing life Selection of rolling
contact bearings from manufacturer’s catalog, Design for cyclic loads and speed, bearing with
probability of survival other than 90%
Taper roller bearing: Force analysis and selection criteria. (Theoretical Treatment only)

Unit - IV:
Worm and worm gear terminology and proportions of worm and worm gears, Force analysis of
worm gear drives, Friction in Worm gears, efficiency of worm gears, Worm and worm gear
material, Strength and wear ratings of worm gears (Bending stress factor, speed factor, surface
stress factor, zone factor) IS 1443-1974, Thermal consideration in worm gear drive, Types of
failures in worm gear drives, Methods of lubrication
Unit - V:
Belt drive: Materials and construction of flat and V belts, geometric relationships for length of
belt, power rating of belts, concept of slip & creep, initial tension, effect of centrifugal force,
maximum power condition,
Selection of Flat and V-belts from manufacturer’s catalog, belt tensioning methods, relative
advantages and limitations of Flat and V- belts, construction and applications of timing belts.
Wire Ropes (Theoretical Treatment Only): Construction of wire ropes, lay of wire rope, stresses
in wire rope, selection of wire ropes, rope drums construction and design.
Chain Drives (Theoretical Treatment Only): Types of chains and its Geometry, selection criteria
for chain drive, Polygon effect of chain, Modes of failure for chain, Lubrication of chains
UNIT VI:
Classification of sliding contact bearing.
Lubricating oils: Properties, additives, selection of lubricating oils, Properties & selection of
bearing materials.
Hydrodynamic Lubrication: Theory of Hydrodynamic Lubrication, Pressure Development in oil
film, 2DBasic Reynolds Equation, Somerfield number, Raimondi and Boyd method, Thermal
considerations, Parameters of bearing design, Length to Diameter ratio, Unit bearing Pressure,
Radial Clearance, minimum oil film thickness.
Books:
Text:
1) Bhandari V.B, Design of Machine Elements, Tata McGraw Hill Publication Co. Ltd.
2) Shigley J.E. and Mischke C.R., Mechanical Engineering Design, McGraw Hill Publication Co.
Ltd.
4) Juvinal R.C, Fundamentals of Machine Components Design, John Wiley and Sons.

References:
1. Black P.H. and O. Eugene Adams, Machine Design, McGraw Hill Book Co. Inc.
2. Willium C. Orthwein, Machine Components Design, West Publishing Co. and Jaico
Publications House.
3. Hall A.S., Holowenko A.R. and Laughlin H.G, Theory and Problems of Machine Design,
Schaum’s Outline Series
4. C.S. Sharma and Kamlesh Purohit, Design of Machine Elements, PHI Learing Pvt. Ltd.
5. D. K. Aggarwal & P.C. Sharma, Machine Design, S.K Kataria and Sons
6. P. C. Gope, Machine Design: Fundamentals and Applications, PHI Learing Pvt. Ltd.
7. Design Data - P.S.G. College of Technology, Coimbatore.
8. Bhandari, V. B. Machine Design data book, Tata McGraw Hill Publication Co. Ltd.
9. K. Mahadevan, K. Balveera Reddy, Design Data Handbook for Mechanical Engineers, CBS
Publishers

Term-Work
1. One design project based on either Design of a Two Stage Gear Box (the two stages having
different types of gear pair) or single stage worm gear box.
The design project shall consist of two full imperial (A1) size sheets involving assembly drawing
with a part list and overall dimensions and drawings of individual components.
Manufacturing tolerances, surface finish symbols and geometric tolerances should be specified for
important surfaces. A design report giving all necessary calculations of the design of components
and assembly should be submitted in a separate file. Design data book shall be used wherever
necessary to achieve selection of standard components
Note:
1. Design project should be assigned to group of 5 to 7 students.
2. Assembly drawing of project should be drawn using any CAD software.
3. Detailed parts of project should be drawn manually.
Design projects should be practical oriented, below is the list of practical applications:
i) Design of gearbox for wind mill application
ii) Design of gearbox for sluice gate application.
iii) Design of gearbox for machine tool applications like Lathe, Drilling, Milling machines etc.
iv) Design of in-line gearbox for Automobile application.
v) Design of gearbox for building Elevator
vi) Design of gearbox for Hoist.
vii) Design of gearbox for 2 wheeler .
viii) Design of gearbox for Tumbling barrel (Mixer).
ix) Design of gearbox for Cannon adjustment mechanism (Military application).
x) Design of gearbox for Worm gear box for Sugar Industry.
2. Presentation (PPT/slides) (on following topics (Any Two):

i) Application of belt drive and its selection method for Industrial application. (By
using Manufacturer’s Catalog).
ii) Application of chain drive and its selection method for Automobile application. (By
using Manufacturer’s Catalog).
iii) Mounting of machine elements on transmission shaft (like Bearings, gears, Pulley,
Sprocket, etc).
iv) Selection of Bearing from Manufacturer’s Catalog.
v) Construction and details of Gears.

TE Mechanical (2015 course)
Course Code: 302049 Course Name : Refrigeration and Air Conditioning
TH : 03 hrs/week TH:-- 03 TH In-Sem: -- 30

End-Sem: -- 70
PR : 02 hrs/ week OR:- 01 OR: -- 25
Prerequisites:
Basic Thermodynamics- Laws of thermodynamics, Ideal gas processes, Thermodynamic cycles,
Properties of pure substance, Mollier Charts, Basic Psychrometry terms and process, Fluid
properties, Fluid dynamics, Modes of heat transfer, Governing Equations in Heat Transfer,
Extended Surfaces, Condensation and Boiling, Heat Exchangers.
Course Objectives:
- Learning the fundamental principles and different methods of refrigeration and air
conditioning.
- Study of various refrigeration cycles and evaluate performance using Mollier charts and/ or
refrigerant property tables.
- Comparative study of different refrigerants with respect to properties, applications and

environmental issues.
- Understand the basic air conditioning processes on psychometric charts, calculate cooling
load for its applications in comfort and industrial air conditioning.
- Study of the various equipment-operating principles, operating and safety controls employed
in refrigeration air conditioning systems

Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course the students should be able to
- Illustrate the fundamental principles and applications of refrigeration and air conditioning system
- Obtain cooling capacity and coefficient of performance by conducting test on vapour compression
refrigeration systems
- Present the properties, applications and environmental issues of different refrigerants
- Calculate cooling load for air conditioning systems used for various
- Operate and analyze the refrigeration and air conditioning systems.
Course Contents
Unit I: Applications of Refrigeration and Air Conditioning and Refrigerants [8 hrs]
Applications
Domestic Refrigerator, Domestic Air Conditioners, Automotive Air Conditioners, Evaporative
coolers, water coolers, Commercial Refrigeration- Dairy, Cold storage, Ice plant, Commercial Air
Conditioning-Multiplex, Hospitals.
Refrigerants
Classification of refrigerants, Designation of refrigerants, Desirable properties of refrigerants,
environmental issues, Ozone depletion and global warming, ODP, GWP & LCCP, selection of
environment friendly refrigerants, secondary refrigerants, anti-freeze solutions, Zeotropes and
Azeotropes, refrigerant: recovery reclaims, recycle and recharge.
Unit II: Vapour Refrigeration Systems [8 hrs]

Vapour compression systems
Working of simple vapour compression system, representation of vapour compression cycle (VCC)
on T-s and P-h diagram, COP, EER, SEER, IPLV, NPLV, effect of operating parameters on
performance of VCC, actual VCC, methods of improving COP using flash chamber, sub-cooling,
liquid vapour heat exchanger, comparison of VCC with Reverse Carnot cycle.
Vapour absorption systems
Introduction, Working of simple vapour absorption system (VAS), desirable properties of binary
mixture (aqua-ammonia), performance evaluation of simple VAS (simple numerical treatment),
actual VAS, Li-Br absorption system, three fluid system (Electrolux refrigeration), applications of
VAS, comparison between VCC and VAC
Unit III: Multiple pressure Refrigeration Systems [8 hrs]

Introduction, need of multistage system, Intermediate pressure, two stage compression with flash
gas removal and liquid intercooler, single compressor with multiple evaporator: individual and
multiple expansion valves, individual compressors, cascade system: application and
numerical(numerical only by using p-h chart),
Introduction to cryogenics (Linde - Hampson cycle) and applications (no numerical treatment)

Unit IV: Psychrometry and Air conditioning load estimation [8 hrs]
Psychrometry
Basic Psychrometry and processes, BPF of coil, ADP, adiabatic mixing of two air streams, SHF,
RSHF, GSHF, ESHF. Factors contributing to cooling load, Numerical based on load analysis
Human Comfort
Thermodynamics of human body, comfort and comfort chart, factors affecting human comfort,
concept of infiltration and ventilation, indoor air quality requirements,
Unit V: Air Conditioning Systems [8 hrs]

Air Conditioning Systems
Working of summer, winter and all year round AC systems, all air system, all water system, air
water system, variable refrigerant flow and variable air volume systems, unitary and central air
conditioning.
Components of refrigeration and air conditioning systems
Working of reciprocating, screw and scroll compressors, working of air cooled, water cooled and
evaporative condensers, working of DX, Flooded, Forced feed evaporators, Expansion devices –
Capillary tube, TXV, EXV, operating and safety controls.
Unit VI [8 hrs]
Air Distribution Systems
Part A] Ducts
Classification of ducts, duct material, pressure in ducts, flow through duct, pressure losses in duct
(friction losses, dynamic losses), air flow through simple duct system, equivalent diameter, Methods
of duct system design: equal friction, velocity reduction, static regain method (numerical on duct
system design)
Part B] Air handling unit
Air handling unit, Fan coil unit, types of fans used air conditioning applications, fan laws, filters,
supply and return grills, sensors (humidity, temperature, smoke).
Books:
Text:
1. Arora C. P., Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Tata McGraw-Hill
2. Manohar Prasad, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Willey Eastern Ltd, 1983
3. McQuiston, ― Heating Ventilating and air Conditioning: Analysis and Design‖ 6th Edition,
Wiley India
4. Arora and Domkundwar, Refrigeration & Air Conditioning, Dhanpatrai & Company, New Delhi
5. Khurmi R.S. and Gupta J.K., Refrigeration and Air conditioning, Eurasia Publishing House Pvt.
Ltd, New Delhi,1994.
6. Ballaney P.L., Refrigeration and Air conditioning, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 1992

References:
1. Dossat Ray J, Principles of refrigeration, S.I. version, Willey Eastern Ltd, 2000
2. Stockers W.F and Jones J.W., Refrigeration and Air conditioning, McGraw Hill International
editions 1982.
3. Threlkeld J.L, Thermal Environmental Engineering, Prentice Hall Inc., New Delhi4.
Aanatnarayan, Basics of refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Tata McGraw Hill Publications
5. Roger Legg, Air Conditioning System Design, Commissioning and Maintenance
6. ASHRAE & ISHRAE handbook
Term-Work
The term work shall consist of minimum eight experiments out of the following (It should include
the visit to clod storage plant or central air-condition plant) :
1. Test on Domestic Refrigerator for evaluation of EER
2. Test on vapour compression test rig
3. Test on air conditioning test rig
4. Test on ice plant test rig
5. Test on Heat Pump test rig
6. Test/visit on Vapour absorption refrigeration test rig
7. Estimation of cooling load of simple air conditioning system (case study)
8. Visit to cold storage plant.
9. Visit to any air conditioning plant
10. Thermal analysis of refrigeration cycle using suitable software
11. Installation and servicing of split air conditioner.

TE Mechanical and Mechanical Sandwich (2015 course)
Course Code: 302050 Course Name : Mechatronics
TH: -- 03 hrs/week TH:--03 TH In-Sem: -- 30

End-Sem: --70
Tut.: - 01 hr/week OR:- 01
OR: --25
Course Objectives:
• Understand key elements of Mechatronics system, representation into block diagram
• Understand concept of transfer function, reduction and analysis
• Understand principles of sensors, its characteristics, interfacing with DAQ microcontroller
• Understand the concept of PLC system and its ladder programming, and significance of PLC
systems in industrial application
• Understand the system modeling and analysis in time domain and frequency domain.
• Understand control actions such as Proportional, derivative and integral and study its
significance in industrial applications
Course Outcomes:
On completion of the course, students will be able to –
• Identification of key elements of mechatronics system and its representation in terms of block
diagram
• Understanding the concept of signal processing and use of interfacing systems such as ADC,
DAC, digital I/O
• Interfacing of Sensors, Actuators using appropriate DAQ micro-controller
• Time and Frequency domain analysis of system model (for control application)
• PID control implementation on real time systems
• Development of PLC ladder programming and implementation of real life system.

Course Contents
UNIT 1: Introduction to Mechatronics, Sensors & Actuators (08 Hrs)
Introduction to Mechatronics and its Applications; Measurement Characteristics: Static and
Dynamic; Sensors: Position sensors- Potentiometer, LVDT, incremental Encoder; Proximity
sensors-Optical, Inductive, Capacitive; Temperature sensor-RTD, Thermocouples; Force / Pressure
Sensors-Strain gauges; Flow sensors-Electromagnetic; Actuators: Stepper motor, Servo motor,
Solenoids; Selection of Sensor & Actuator.
UNIT 2: Block Diagram Representation (08 Hrs)

Introduction to Mechatronic System Design; Identification of key elements of Mechatronics systems
and represent into Block Diagram; Open and Closed loop Control System; Concept of Transfer
Function; Block Diagram & Reduction principles; Applications of Mechatronic systems:
Household, Automotive, Industrial shop floor.
UNIT 3: Data Acquisition (08 Hrs)

Introduction to Signal Communication & Types-Synchronous, Asynchronous, Serial, Parallel; Bit
width, Sampling theorem, Aliasing, Sample and hold circuit, Sampling frequency; Interfacing of
Sensors / Actuators to Data Acquisition system; 4 bit Successive Approximation type ADC; 4 bit R-
2R type DAC; Current and Voltage Amplifier.
UNIT 4: Programmable Logic Control (08 Hrs)
Introduction to PLC; Architecture of PLC; Selection of PLC; Ladder Logic programming for
different types of logic gates; Latching; Timers, Counter; Practical examples of Ladder
Programming.
UNIT 5: Frequency Domain Modelling and Analysis (08 Hrs)
Transfer Function based modeling of Mechanical, Thermal and Fluid system; concept of Poles &
Zeros; Stability Analysis using Routh Hurwitz Criterion; Bode Plots: Introduction to Bode Plot,
Gain Margin, Phase Margin, Relative Stability Analysis, Frequency Domain Parameters-Natural
Frequency, Damping Frequency and Damping Factor; Mapping of Pole Zero plot with damping
factor, natural frequency and unit step response.
UNIT VI: Control System (08 Hrs)
Proportional (P), Integral (I) and Derivative (D) control actions; PI, PD and PID control systems in
parallel form; Unit step Response analysis via Transient response specifications: Percentage
overshoot, Rise time, Delay time, Steady state error; Manual tuning of PID control; Linear
Quadratic Control (LQR).
Books:
Text:
• K.P. Ramchandran, G.K. Vijyaraghavan, M.S. Balasundaram, Mechatronics: Integrated
Mechanical Electronic Systems, Willey Publication, 2008
• Bolton, Mechatronics - A Multidisciplinary approach, 4th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2009.

References:
• Alciatore & Histand, Introduction to Mechatronics and Measurement system, 4th Edition,
Mc-Graw Hill publication, 2011
• Bishop (Editor), Mechatronics – An Introduction, CRC Press, 2006
• Mahalik, Mechatronics – Principles, concepts and applications, Tata Mc-Graw Hill
publication, New Delhi
• C. D. Johnson, Process Control Instrumentation Technology, Prentice Hall, New Delhi
Term Work shall consist of following assignments:

The common minimum submission mentioned in point 1 and 2 should comprise of the following.
From the table below: Submission No. 04, 05, 10, 11 and 12 are mandatory; any one from 01 to 03,
any one from 06 or 07, any one from 08 or 09.
Submission Title
No
01 Measurement of Load / Force using a suitable sensor
02 Measurement of Temperature using a suitable sensor
03 Measurement of Position using a suitable sensor
04 Demonstration of any one of the following applications:
 Water Level Indicator
 Bottle Filling Plant
 Pick and Place Robot
 Any other suitable application which comprises of components of
Mechatronic system
05 Interfacing of suitable sensor with Data Acquisition system
06 Ladder Diagram simulation, using suitable software, for logic gates
07 Real time application of PLC using Ladder logic
08 Real time control of Temperature / Flow using PID control
09 Real time control of speed of DC motor using PID control
10 PID control Design, Tuning using suitable Simulation Software
11 Study of Modeling and Analysis of a typical Mechanical System (Estimation of
poles, zeros, % overshoot, natural frequency, damping frequency, rise time,
settling time)
12 Case Study: Design of Mechatronic System (to be performed in a group of 4)

Third Year of Mechanical & Automobile
(2015 Course)
Course Code: 302051 Course Name : MANUFATCURING PROCESS – II
TH: -- 3 Hrs/ Week TH:03 TH In-Sem: -- 30

End-Sem: -- 70
Course Objective:
1. To analyze and understand the metal cutting phenomena.
2. To select process parameter and tools for obtaining desired machining characteristic
3. To understand principles of manufacturing processes.
Course Outcome:
1. Student should be able to apply the knowledge of various manufacturing processes.
2. Student should be able to identify various process parameters and their effect on processes.
3. Student should be able to figure out application of modern machining.
4. Students should get the knowledge of Jigs and Fixtures for variety of operations.
Course Contents
Unit – I Theory of Metal cutting (07hrs)
Single point cutting tool: Tool geometry, Mechanics of shearing (orthogonal and oblique), Shear
plane angle, Shear stress, strain and Shear strain rate. Process parameters and their effect on
machining.
Merchant’s circle of forces (analytical) Estimation of shear force, Normal shear force, Friction
force, Normal friction force, Material Removal Rate (MRR), Cutting power estimation, Calculation of
Total power and Specific energy. Introduction to tool dynamometers.
Machinability - Factors affecting machinability, Tool life, Tool wear, Types of tool wear and
remedial actions, Cutting fluid and their types, Effect of process parameters on tool life, Taylor's tool
life equation (Derivation along with numerical).
Unit – II Machine tools and their application (07 hrs)
Drilling machine: Types of drills and operations. Twist drill geometry, Types of drilling machine,
Tool holder. Machining time calculations.
Milling machine: Types of milling machines, Cutter-types and geometry and their applications.
Universal dividing head, Methods of Indexing: Simple, Compound, Differential. (Numericals based
on simple and compound Indexing).Machining time calculations
Broaching: Introduction to broaching, Broach tool geometry, Planner and Boring Machines:
Introduction.

Unit – III Finishing processes (07hrs)
Grinding machines
Introduction: Types and Operations of grinding machines.
Grinding wheel – Shapes, Designation and selection, Mounting, Balancing and Dressing of grinding
wheels, Machining time calculation for cylindrical and plunge grinding.
Super-finishing processes – Introduction to Honing, Lapping, Buffing and Burnishing.
(Construction, working and controlling parameters)
Unit – IV Advanced Machining Processes (07 hrs)

Introduction, classification of advanced machining processes.
Principles, Working, Process Parameters, Advantages, Limitations and Application for following
processes:
Electric Discharge Machining (EDM), LASER Beam Machining (LBM), Abrasive Jet Machining
(AJM), Ultra Sonic Machining (USM) and Electro Chemical Machining (ECM)
Introduction to micro machining.
Unit –V CNC Technology (07 hrs)

Introduction, Classification, Construction and working of NC, CNC, DNC and machining center.
CNC axes and drives. Automatic Tool Changer (ATC) and Automatic pallet changer (APC)
CNC Programming: Word address format (WAF) –ISO Standards, G & M codes, Type of CNC
Control systems, Manual part programming (plain milling and Turning ), Subroutine, Canned cycles.
Unit –VI Jigs and fixtures (07 hrs)
Concept of degree of freedom, 3-2-1 principle of location, General guidelines to design Jigs and
fixtures, advantages of jig and fixtures
Jigs: Definition. Elements of jig with the types, Location guidelines, Principles of clamping,
Principles of guiding element, Channel jig, Template jig, Plate jig, Angle plate jig, Turn over jig,
Box jig, and Latch type jig.
Fixtures: Definition. Elements of fixtures, Location guidelines, Principles of clamping, Principles of
setting element, Turning fixture, Welding fixture, Milling fixture, Introduction to Assembly and
Inspection fixtures. Indexing fixtures.
Concept, elements and advantages of modular fixture, Pokayoke concept in jigs and fixtures.
Books:
Text:
1. S. K Hajra Choudhury , Elements of workshop technology – Vol. II,, Media Promoters
And Publishers, Mumbai
2. Amitabh Ghosh and Asok kumar Mallik, Manufacturing science, Ellis Horwood Ltd
3. Mikell. P. Grover, Fundamentals of Modern Manufacturing, Pearson Publications
4. P. C. Sharma, Production Engineering, S. Chand Publication.

References:
1. Production technology –HMT, Tata McGraw Hill publication
2. Lindberg, Roy A., Processes and materials of manufacture, P H I Learning
3. Serope Kalpakjian and Steven R. Schmid, Manufacturing Processes for Engineering Materials,
Pearson Education, Fourth Edition.
4. G. K Lal, Fundamentals of Design and Manufacturing, Alpha Science International Ltd(2005)
5. M.C Shaw, Metal Cutting Principles, Oxford university press
6. Yoram Koren , Numerical Control of Machine Tools Khanna Publication
7. P. K Mishra, Non- conventional machining, Narosa Publishing House
8. V. K Jain, Advanced machining processes , Allied Publisher, New Delhi
9. M. H. A Kempster, An Introduction to Jig and Tool Design, ELBS
10. P. H. Joshi, Jigs and fixtures , Tata McGraw Hill
11. P. N. Rao, CAD/CAM Principles and Applications, McGraw Hill Education, Third Edition.
12. Cyrll Donaldson, George H. LeCain and V. C. Goold, Tool design, Tata McGraw- Hill. Third
Edition

(2015 Course)
Course Code: 302052 Course Name : MACHINE SHOP – II
Credits Examination Scheme:

PR: -2 Hrs/ Week
TW:-01
TW: 50
Course Objective:
1. To set the manufacturing set–up appropriately and study the corresponding set up
parameters.
2. To select appropriate process parameter for obtaining desired characteristic on work piece.
3. To understand the operational problems and suggest remedial solution for
adopted manufacturing process.
Course Outcome:
1. Ability to develop knowledge about the working and programming techniques for various
machines and tools
Term-Work
Each student must complete and submit following term work:
I. Jobs (Both the following jobs should be completed individually)

a. Any one marketable assembly consisting of at least three components with
tolerance involving use of lathe, drilling, milling, grinding and any additional
machine tool or processes as per requirement.
b. Development and execution of one simple turning job on CNC (Trainer)
machine.
II. Journal consisting of following assignments.
a. Two views of at least one jig and one fixture designed, for a component on a half
imperial sheet.(manual drafting)
b. Process planning sheets for job 1.a and 1.b.
c. Report based on industrial visit to manufacturing plant.
Note: - Practical are to be performed under the guidance of concerned faculty member.
Job drawing essentially consisting of Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerance

(2015 Course)
Course Code: 302053 Course Name : SEMINAR
PR:-- 2 Hrs/Week OR:--01 TH In-Sem: --

End-Sem: --
TW: -- 25
OR: -- 25
Prerequisites:
Course Objective:
1. Identify and compare technical and practical issues related to the area of course
specialization.
2. Outline annotated bibliography of research demonstrating scholarly skills.
3. Prepare a well organized report employing elements of technical writing and critical
thinking.
4. Demonstrate the ability to describe, interpret and analyze technical issues and develop
competence in presenting.
Course Outcome:
With this seminar report and presentation, the student is expected to learn/achieve the following:
• Establish motivation for any topic of interest and develop a thought process for technical
presentation.
• Organize a detailed literature survey and build a document with respect to technical
publications.
• Analysis and comprehension of proof-of-concept and related data.
• Effective presentation and improve soft skills.
• Make use of new and recent technology (e.g. Latex) for creating technical reports

Course Contents:
The evaluation of the seminar report is proposed with the following stages.
Stage-I
In this stage the student is expected to deliver the following:
1. Topic selection
2. Literature review
3. State of the art related to the topic of interest
Stage-II
1. Problem statement
2. Methodology
3. Scope and objectives
A review of the student’s progress should be made after In-Sem examination, within a week.
During this review, the student is expected to complete Stage-1 and Stage-2.
Stage-III
1. Quantification of results
2. Concluding remarks or summary
Stage-IV
3. Final report
4. Final presentation/viva
The final presentation/viva will be assessed by a committee including an expert (preferably from
industry with minimum 5 years experience) and an internal panel. The internal panel will consist of
the seminar guide and two subject experts, approved by the HOD and the principal of the institute.
Examination schedule will be prepared at institute level (and not at University level), though it
is under Oral head. The appointment of the internal panel and the external (industrial) expert will be
taken care by the respective institute. The seminar presentation will be help after the term end and
before university external viva
Contents of the Seminar report
The contents of the seminar report as mentioned in section-3 are expected to include the following:
 Abstract/Summary
 Introduction: Scope and Methodology
 Literature review: The review should be conducted from at least five research papers
published during last five year.
 Case study
 References

Instructions for seminar report writing
It is important that the procedures listed below be carefully followed by all the students.
1. Prepare two spiral bound copies of your Seminar report.
2. Limit your seminar report to preferably 20 to 25 pages only.
3. Header For e.g. Title of the seminar.
4. The footer For e.g. page numbers
5. Institute Name, Mechanical Engineering and centrally aligned.
6. The report shall be prepared using LateX preferably (default font througout) with
double spacing throughout on A4 page.
Page Left margin Right margin Top margin Bottom margin

A-4 (8.5 11 inch) 1.5" 1" 1" 1"
7. Section titles should be bold typed in all capital letters and should be left aligned.
8. Sub-Section headings should be aligning at the left, bold and Title Case (the first
letter of each word is to be capitalized).
9. Figure No. and Title at bottom with 10 pt; Legends below the title in 10 pt
10. Please use SI system of units only.
11. References should be either in order as they appear in the report or in alphabetical
order by last name of first author.
12. Symbols and notations if any should be included in nomenclature section only

The report will be made in the following order:
1. Cover page and Front page as per specimen on separate sheet
2. Certificate from Institute as per specimen on separate sheet
3. Acknowledgement
4. List of Figures
5. List of Tables
6. Nomenclature
7. Contents
8. All section headings and subheadings should be numbered. For sections use numbers
1, 2, 3, .... and for subheadings 1.1, 1.2, .... etc and section subheadings 2.1.1, 2.1.2,
.... etc.
9. References should be given in the body of the text and well spread. No verbatim copy or
excessive text from only one or two references. If figures and tables are taken from any reference
then indicate source of it. Please follow the following procedure for references
Reference Books: Collier, G. J. and Thome, J. R., Convective boiling and condensation, 3 rd ed.,
Oxford University Press, UK, 1996, pp. 110 112.
Papers from Journal or Transactions:
1. Jung, D. S. and Radermacher, R., Transport properties and surface tension of pure and mixed
refrigerants, ASHRAE Trans, 1991, 97 (1), pp. 90 98.
2. Bansal, P. K., Rupasinghe, A. S. and Jain, A. S., An empirical correction for sizing capillary
tubes, Int. Journal of Refrigeration, 1996, 19 (8), pp.497 505.
Papers from Conference Proceedings:
1. Colbourne, D. and Ritter, T. J., Quantitative assessment of flammable refrigerants in room air
conditioners, Proc. of the Sixteenth International Compressor Engineering Conference and
Ninth International Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Conference, Purdue University, West
Lafayette, Indiana, USA, 2002, pp. 34 40.
Reports, Handbooks etc.
1. United Nations Environmental Programme, Report of the Refrigeration, Air Conditioning and
Heat Pumps, Technical Option Committee, 2002, Assessment - 2002. ASHRAE Handbook:
Refrigeration, 1994 (Chapter 44)
Patent: Patent no, Country (in parenthesis), date of application, title, year.
Web-links: www.(Site) [Give full length URL]

(2015 Course)
Course Code: 302054 Course Name : Audit Course I :- Fire & Safety Technology
Teaching Scheme: Credits Examination Scheme: Audit (P/F)

Written and MCQ
PR: Th/Tut:-- TH In-Sem: --

End-Sem: --
Tut: TW: PR: --
OR: --
Description:
To generate, develop and sustain a voluntary movement on Fire & Safety Engineering at the National
Level aimed at educating and influencing society to adopt appropriate policies, practices and
procedures that prevent and mitigate human suffering and economic loss arising from all types of
accidents.
Course Objective:
On completion of this Basic Fire Safety Course, participants will be able to:-
 Describe the chemistry of fire

 Identify fire hazards in the workplace
 Follow evacuation procedures
 Select and use appropriate firefighting equipment

Course Outcome:
 Students will be able
1. To create and sustain a community of learning in which students acquire knowledge in fire, safety
and hazard management and learn to apply it professionally with due consideration for ethical, human
life & property safety issues.
2. To pursue research and development in fire safety engineering, hazard management and
disseminate its findings.
3. To meet the challenges of today and tomorrow in the most effective, efficient and contemporary
educational manner.
4. To help in building national capabilities in fire safety engineering, disaster management, hazard
management, industrial safety education through practical training to ensure a fire safe nation.

Course Contents:
1. Fire & Safety Overview
Fire & safety legislation, Safety Personnel Supplier for construction sites/commissioning of
plants. Understanding the physics and chemistry of fire. Development and spread of fire.
Action in the event of fire
2. Fire Fighting Techniques
Means of raising alarm, means of summoning the fire brigade, action on hearing the fire alarm
Evacuation procedures Practical demonstration in the use of foam and CO2 fire extinguishers
using our state of the art gas fired training system.
3. Fundamentals of Fire Engineering Science
Fire Tech & Design, Fire Risk Assessment, Fire Control Technology, Fire Fighting Drills,
Fire Tender with Crew on Hire. Fire & Safety Audit. Fire & Safety Consultancy Services.
4. Industrial Aspects of Fire & Safety
Industrial Training on Fire & Safety and Disaster Management. Repair of all kinds of Fire
Equipment including Flooding System. Repair of Fire Tender including Pump and power take-off
systems.
5. Maintenance of Fire Safety Equipments
AMC of Fire System. Refilling of Fire Extinguishers. Ultrasonic Thickness Test of Extinguishers,
Vessels and Pipe lines. Hydro Testing of Fire Extinguishers, Vessels and Pipe Lines. Supply of
Fire & Safety Equipment and Spares.

Case Study & Group Work:
 Identification of fire & safety technology
 To study the Fire Fighting Properties of Foam Concentrate
 Case Studies of Salvage operations in different types of occupancy
 Design and drawing of parts contained in the syllabus
 Compilation of Results & Presentation
 Case Study on the projects (products or processes) carried out by your institution or an
organization in your vicinity, for safety.
Books:
References:
1. Accident Prevention manual for Industrial Operations, NSC, Chicago 1982.
2. The manual of fire ship – 6 – A by HMSO
3. Electricity Fire Risks – G.S. Hodges
4. Fire Pumps and Hydraulics: I.E. Ditts and T. M. Harris.
5. Fire Service Manual (Volume 2) Fire Service Operations – Petrochemical Incidents
6. The Principles and Practice of Fire Salvage Operation by Fire Salvage association.

(2015 Course)
Course Code: 302054 Course Name : Audit Course II - Entrepreneurship Development

Written and MCQ

End-Sem: --
Tut: TW: PR: --
OR: --
Description:
EDP is a program meant to develop entrepreneurial abilities among the people. In other words, it
refers to inculcation, development, and polishing of entrepreneurial skills into a person needed to
establish and successfully run his enterprise. Thus, the concept of entrepreneurship development
programme involves equipping a person with the required skills and knowledge needed for starting
and running the enterprise.
This course will help in developing the awareness and interest in entrepreneurship and create
employment for others. Students get familiar with the characteristics and motivation of successful
entrepreneurs. Students learn how to identify and refine market opportunities, how to secure
financing, how to develop and evaluate business plans and manage strategic partnerships. Students
learn various concepts including the basics of management, leadership, motivation, decision-making,
conflict management, human resource development, marketing and sustaining an organization.
Students also get basic knowledge of accounting practices and finance. The core course in
Entrepreneurship Development & Management equips students with skills and knowledge required to
start and sustain their own business.

Course Objective:
 To impart basis managerial knowledge and understanding;

 Develop and strengthen entrepreneurial quality, i.e., motivation or need for achievement.
 To analyze environmental set up relating to small industry and promoting it.
 Collect and use the information to prepare project report for business venture.
 Understand the process and procedure involved in setting up small units.
 Develop awareness about enterprise management.
Course Outcome:
The students will be able to
 Appreciate the concept of Entrepreneurship

 Identify entrepreneurship opportunity.
 Develop winning business plans

Course Contents:
Entrepreneurship- Definition; Growth of small scale industries in developing countries and their
positions large industries; role of small scale industries in the national economy; characteristics and
types of small scale industries; demand based and resources based ancillaries Government policy for
small scale industry; stages in starting a small scale industry, requirements to be an entrepreneur,
SWOT Analysis.
Projects: Identification and Selection of projects; project report: contents and formulation, concept of
project evaluation, methods of project evaluation: internal rate of return method and net present value
method.
Market Assessment and Product feasibility
Marketing -Concept and Importance Market Identification,
Customer needs assessment, Market Survey Product feasibility analysis
Business Finance & Accounts
Business Finance: Costing basics, Sources of Finance, Break Even Analysis,
Business Accounts: Preparation of balance sheets and assessment of economic viability, decision,
making, expected costs, planning and production control, quality control, marketing, Book Keeping,
Financial Statements, Financial Ratios and its importance, Concept of Audit.
Project Planning and control:

The financial functions cost of capital approach in project planning and control. Economic evaluation,
risk analysis, capital expenditures, policies and practices in public enterprises. Profit planning and
programming, planning cash flow, capital expenditure and operations. Control of financial flows,
control and communication.
Institutional Support and Policies: institutional support towards the development of

entrepreneurship in India, technical consultancy organizations, E-Commerce: Concept and process,
government policies for small scale enterprises.

 Assess yourself-are you an entrepreneur?
 Prepare a Project Report for starting a small scale business.
 An Interview with an Entrepreneur.

Books:
References:
1. Ram Chandran, ‘Entrepreneurial Development’, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
2. Saini, J. S., ‘Entrepreneurial Development Programmes and Practices’, Deep & Deep
Publications (P), Ltd.
3. Khanka, S. S. ‘Entrepreneurial Development’, S Chand & Company Ltd. New Delhi

4. Badhai, B ‘Entrepreneurship for Engineers’, Dhanpat Rai & co. (p) Ltd.
5. Desai, Vasant, ‘Project Management and Entrepreneurship’, Himalayan Publishing House,

Mumbai, 2002.
6. Gupta and Srinivasan, ‘Entrepreneurial Development’, S. Chand & Sons, New Delhi.

(2015 Course)
Course Code: 302054 Course Name : Audit Course III - Intellectual Property Right

Written and MCQ

End-Sem: --
Tut: TW: PR: --
OR: --
Objective:
Intellectual property refers to the rights which are attached to the creation of the mind and which take
the form of a property. Though intangible in nature, intellectual property has become the driving force
of many companies today. Fortune 500+ companies undoubtedly are the best examples of what a
company can achieve through the proper understanding and management of IPR.
Thus the study of intellectual property rights is inevitable for managers, considering the fact that India
is fast emerging as an economy with considerable investment in cutting-edge research and
development. India is also emerging as an economy where foreign companies propose to invest
considerably, both technically and financially, provided proper protection is guaranteed to their
intangible assets which form the cornerstone of their business.

Topics:
1. Introduction
 Concepts of IPR
 The history behind development of IPR
 Necessity of IPR and steps to create awareness of IPR
2. IP Management
 Concept of IP Management
 Intellectual Property and Marketing
 IP asset valuation
3. Patent Law
 Introduction to Patents
 Procedure for obtaining a Patent
 Licensing and Assignment of Patents
Software Licensing
General public Licensing
Compulsory Licensing
 Infringement of Patents
 Software patent US and Indian scenario
4. Copyrights
 Concept of Copyright Right
 Assignment of Copyrights
 Registration procedure of Copyrights
 Infringement (piracy) of Copyrights and Remedies
 Copyrights over software and hardware
5. Designs
 Concept of Industrial Designs
 Registration of Designs
 Piracy of registered designs and remedies
6. Trademark Law
 Concept of trademarks
 Importance of brands and the generation of “goodwill”
 Trademark registration procedure
 Infringement of trademarks and Remedies available
 Assignment and Licensing of Trademarks

 Identify the projects (products or processes) carried out by your institution or an organization in
your vicinity, which have been patented.
 A case study on significance of patents for a developing nation like India.
 Group discussion on creative / novel ideas and the feasibility of converting the idea into product or
process.
 Discussion on Correlation between IPR and Entrepreneurship in the backdrop of Make in India
Initiative.
References:
1. Ganguli Prabuddha, ‘Intellectual Property Rights: Unleashing the knowledge economy’,
Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
2. Wadehra R. L., ‘Law Relating to patents, trademarks, copyrights, designs and geographical
indicators – 2nd’, Universal Law Publishing.
3. Narayan P. S. ‘Intellectual Property Law in India’, Asia Law House Hyderabad.

(2015 Course)
Course Code: 302054 Course Name : Audit Course IV - Lean Management

Written and MCQ

End-Sem: --
Tut: TW: PR: --
OR: --
Course Objective:
To learn Lean Thinking and its applications
 To get knowledge of Tools & Techniques used in Lean Management
 To understand Business Impact of Lean Management
Course Outcome: Students

 Will be able to do practice Lean Management at the workplace
 Will be able to contribute in Continuous Improvement program of the Organization
Course Contents:
 Brief History of Lean Thinking

 Toyota Production System
 Five Steps to Lean
 Seven Types of MUDA – Waste in Manufacturing
 MURA – Unevenness / Fluctuation
 MURI – Overburden, Physical Strain
 Lean Tools & Techniques
 Value Stream Mapping
 Five ‘S’
 Visual Management
 Plan-Do-Check-Act (PDCA)
 Kanban
 Lean Distribution
 Various Lean Management Systems
 Just In Time Production
 Total Quality Management (TQM)
 Total Productive Maintenance (TPM)
 Problem Solving Techniques
 A3 Reporting Technique

Books:
References:
1. Lean Thinking: Banish Waste and Create Wealth in Your Corporation, Second Edition James P.
Womack and Daniel T. Jones, Free Press, June 2003, ISBN: 0743249275
2. Learning to See: Value Stream Mapping to Create Value and Eliminate Muda Mike Rother and
John Shook, Lean Enterprise Institute, June 2003, ISBN: 0966784308
3.Lean Production Simplified: A Plain-Language Guide to the World's Most Powerful Production
System, Second Edition Pascal Dennis, Productivity Press Inc, September 2007, ISBN:
9781563273568
4. Gemba Kaizen: A Commonsense, Low-Cost Approach to Management Masaaki Imai, McGraw-

Hill, March 1997, ISBN: 0070314462
5. World of Kaizen : By Shyam Talawadekar Paperback Publisher: Kaizen Publisher; 4 th edition

(2016) ISBN-10: 819326780X ISBN-13: 978-8193267806

(2015 Course)
Course Code: 302054 Course Name : Audit Course V - Smart Manufacturing
Teaching Scheme: Credits Examination Scheme: Audit(P/F)

Written and MCQ

End-Sem: --
Tut: TW: PR: --
OR: --
Description:
Smart Manufacturing is an amalgamation of Information Technology, Cloud Computing &

traditional Mechanical, Production Engineering towards achieving excellence in manufacturing.
Maximum results with minimum resources being used. The course will introduce the concepts of
Smart Manufacturing, how various technologies can be leveraged to achieve minimum
breakdowns, First Time Right Production, 100% Delivery on Time with minimum turnaround
time. Nine Pillars of Smart Manufacturing will be explained to the Students.
The course will make the students aware of developments in Technology those are going to alter
the Traditional Manufacturing scenario. The following topics may be broadly covered in the
classroom. The practical will be in the form of Group Discussion based on Case Study.
Course Objective:
To know more about Smart Manufacturing & Industry 4.0
 To get knowledge of various converging Technologies
 To prepare ourselves for the ever changing Manufacturing Techniques
Course Outcome: The students will be

 Comfortable with terminology and practices in Smart Manufacturing
 Able to face the challenges in Industry & also contribute towards advancement.
 Active part of Industry 4.0 (Fourth Industrial Revolution)

Course Contents:
Introduction to Industry 4.0
 Historical Background
Nine Pillars of Smart Manufacturing
Big Data & analytics
Autonomous Robots
Simulation
Universal System Integration
IIOT – Industrial Internet of Things
3 D Printing – Additive Manufacturing
Cloud Computing
Augmented Reality
Convergence of Nine Pillars
Business Propositions delivered with Smart Manufacturing
Adding Smartness to Manufacturing – Adoption & Scaling
Economic Aspects
Ecosystem Required for Smart Manufacturing
Skill set Required for Smart Manufacturing
Effects on 4 M- Man, Machine, Materials & Methods in Smart Manufacturing
References:
1. Smart Manufacturing by Shoukat Ali; Publisher: LAP LAMBERT Academic Publishing (10
August 2016)Language: EnglishISBN-10: 3659933554ISBN-13: 978-3659933554
2. Industry 4.0: The Industrial Internet of Things 2016by Alasdair Gilchrist (Author)
Publisher: Apress; 1st ed. edition (30 July 2016)
Language: English
ISBN-10: 1484220463
ISBN-13: 978-1484220467
3. Industry 4.0 Data Analytics31 July 2016 by Rajesh Agnihotri and Samuel New
Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (31 July 2016)
Language: English
ISBN-10: 1534778284
ISBN-13: 978-1534778283
4. 3D Printing: The Next Industrial Revolution4 May 2013by Christopher Barnatt

Publisher: Createspace Independent Publishing Platform (4 May 2013)
Language: English
ISBN-10: 148418176X
ISBN-13: 978-1484181768
5. Augmented Reality: Principles and Practice by Dieter Schmalstieg and Tobias Hollerer
Publisher: Pearson Education; First edition (5 October 2016)
Language: English
ISBN-10: 9332578494
ISBN-13: 978-9332578494

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS / CASE STUDIES
 Identification of areas where Smart Manufacturing can flourish
 Business Goals achieved through Smart Manufacturing
 Compilation of Results & Presentation

Faculty of Engineering
Syllabus
for
Third Year
Bachelor of Computer Engineering
(2015 Course)
(with effect from 2017-18 )
Faculty of Engineering Savitribai Phule Pune University, Pune
Prologue
It is with great pleasure and honor that I share the syllabi for Third Year of Computer Engineering
(2015 Course) on behalf of Board of Studies, Computer Engineering. We, members of BOS are giving
our best to streamline the processes and curricula design.
While revising syllabus, honest and sincere efforts are put to tune Computer Engineering program
syllabus in tandem with the objectives of Higher Education of India, AICTE, UGC and affiliated
University (SPPU) by keeping an eye on the technological advancements and industrial requirements
globally.
Syllabus revision is materialized with sincere efforts, active participation, expert opinions and
suggestions from domain professionals. Sincere efforts have been put by members of BOS, teachers,
alumni, industry experts in framing the draft with guidelines and recommendations.
Case Studies are included in almost all courses. Course Instructor is recommended to discuss
appropriate related recent technology/upgrade/Case Studies to encourage students to study from course
to the scenario and think through the largest issues/ recent trends/ utility/ developing real world/
professional skills.
I am sincerely indebted to all the minds and hands who work adroitly to materialize these tasks. I really
appreciate your contribution and suggestions in finalizing the contents.
Thanks
Dr. Varsha H. Patil

Coordinator, Board of Studies (Computer Engineering), SPPU, Pune
Tuesday, March 28, 2017
[This document contents Program Educational Objectives - Program Outcomes - Program Specific
Outcomes(page 3), Courses ( teaching scheme, examination, marks and credit)(page 4-5), Courses
syllabi(page 6-62), all four year courses(page 63), Course-Credit share(page 64)]
Syllabus for Third Year Computer Engineering #2/64


Bachelor of Computer Engineering
Program Educational Objectives
1. To prepare globally competent graduates having strong fundamentals, domain knowledge, updated
with modern technology to provide the effective solutions for engineering problems.
2. To prepare the graduates to work as a committed professional with strong professional ethics and
values, sense of responsibilities, understanding of legal, safety, health, societal, cultural and
3. To prepare committed and motivated graduates with research attitude, lifelong learning, investigative
approach, and multidisciplinary thinking.
4. To prepare the graduates with strong managerial and communication skills to work effectively as
individual as well as in teams.
Program Outcomes
Students are expected to know and be able –
1. To apply knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, problem solving skills,
algorithmic analysis and mathematical modeling to the solution of complex engineering problems.
2. To analyze the problem by finding its domain and applying domain specific skills
3. To understand the design issues of the product/software and develop effective solutions with
appropriate consideration for public health and safety, cultural, societal, and environmental
considerations.
4. To find solutions of complex problems by conducting investigations applying suitable techniques.
5. To adapt the usage of modern tools and recent software.
6. To contribute towards the society by understanding the impact of Engineering on global aspect.
7. To understand environment issues and design a sustainable system.
8. To understand and follow professional ethics.
9. To function effectively as an individual and as member or leader in diverse teams and interdisciplinary
settings.
10. To demonstrate effective communication at various levels.
11. To apply the knowledge of Computer Engineering for development of projects, and its finance and
management.
12. To keep in touch with current technologies and inculcate the practice of lifelong learning.
Program Specific Outcomes (PSO)
A graduate of the Computer Engineering Program will demonstrate-
PSO1: Professional Skills-The ability to understand, analyze and develop computer programs in the
areas related to algorithms, system software, multimedia, web design, big data analytics, and networking
for efficient design of computer-based systems of varying.
PSO2: Problem-Solving Skills- The ability to apply standard practices and strategies in software project
development using open-ended programming environments to deliver a quality product for business
success.
PSO3: Successful Career and Entrepreneurship- The ability to employ modern computer languages,
environments, and platforms in creating innovative career paths to be an entrepreneur, and a zest for
higher studies.

Savitribai Phule University of Pune

Third Year Computer Engineering (2015 Course)
(with effect from 2017-18)
Semester I
Course Course Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme and Marks Credit
Code Hours / Week
Theory Tutorial Practical In-Sem End-Sem TW PR OR Total TH/ PR
TUT
310241 Theory of 03 -- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100 03 --
Computation
310242 Database 03 -- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100 03 --
Management
Systems (DBMS)
310243 Software Engineering 03 -- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100 03 --
& Project
Management
310244 Information Systems 03 -- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100 03 --
& Engineering
Economics
310245 Computer Networks 04 -- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100 04 --
(CN)
310246 Skills Development -- 02 04 -- -- 50 -- 50 100 02 02
Lab
310247 DBMS Lab -- -- 04 -- -- 25 50 -- 75 -- 02
310248 CN Lab -- -- 02 -- -- 25 50 -- 75 -- 01
18 05
Total Credit
Total 16 02 10 150 350 100 100 50 750 23
310249 Audit Course 3 Grade
310249-Audit Course 3 (AC3) Options:
AC3-I: Cyber Security AC3-II: Professional Ethics and Etiquettes

AC3-III: Emotional Intelligence AC3-IV: MOOC- Learn New Skills
AC3-V: Foreign Language (Japanese- Module 3)
Abbreviations:
TW: Term Work TH: Theory OR: Oral TUT: Tutorial PR: Practical Sem: Semester

Savitribai Phule University of Pune

Third Year Computer Engineering (2015 Course)
(with effect from 2017-18)
Semester II
Course Course Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme and Marks Credit
Code Hours / Week
Theory Tutorial Practical In-Sem End-Sem TW PR OR Total TH/ PR
TUT
310250 Design & 04 -- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100 04
Analysis of
Algorithms
310251 Systems 04 -- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100 04 --
Programming &
Operating System
(SP & OS)
310252 Embedded 04 -- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100 04 --
Systems &
Internet of
Things
(ES & IoT)
310253 Software 03 -- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100 03 --
Modeling and
Design
310254 Web Technology 03 -- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100 03 --
310255 Seminar & -- 01 -- -- -- 50 -- -- 50 01 --

Technical
Communication
310256 Web Technology -- -- 02 -- -- 25 50 -- 75 -- 01
Lab
310257 SP & OS Lab -- -- 04 -- -- 25 50 -- 75 -- 02
310258 ES & IoT Lab -- -- 02 -- -- 50 -- -- 50 -- 01
Total Credit 19 04
Total 18 01 08 150 350 150 100 -- 750 23

310259 Audit Course 4 Grade
310259-Audit Course 4(AC4) Options:

AC4-I: Digital and Social Media Marketing AC4-II: Green Computing
AC4-III: Sustainable Energy Systems AC4-IV: Leadership and Personality Development
AC4-V: Foreign Language (Japanese- Module 4)
Abbreviations:
TW: Term Work TH: Theory OR: Oral TUT: Tutorial PR: Practical Sem: Semester

SEMESTER I


Third Year of Computer Engineering (2015 Course)
310241: Theory of Computation
Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme: Credit
In-Sem (Paper): 30 Marks
TH: 03 Hours/Week 03
End-Sem (Paper): 70 Marks
Prerequisite Courses: Discrete Mathematics (210241), Principles of Programming Languages
(210254)
Course Objectives:
 To Study abstract computing models
 To learn Grammar and Turing Machine
 To learn about the theory of computability and complexity.
Course Outcomes:
On completion of the course, student will be able to–
 design deterministic Turing machine for all inputs and all outputs
 subdivide problem space based on input subdivision using constraints
 apply linguistic theory
Course Contents
Unit I Formal Language Theory and Finite Automata 08 Hours
Introduction to Formal language, introduction to language translation logic, Essentials of
translation, Alphabets and languages, Finite representation of language, Finite Automata (FA): An
Informal Picture of FA, Finite State Machine (FSM), Language accepted by FA, Definition of
Regular Language, Deterministic and Nondeterministic FA(DFA and NFA), epsilon- NFA, FA
with output: Moore and Mealy machines -Definition, models, inter-conversion.
Case Study: FSM for vending machine, spell checker
Unit II Regular Expressions (RE) 07 Hours
Introduction, Operators of RE, Building RE, Precedence of operators, Algebraic laws for RE,
Conversions: NFA to DFA, RE to DFA Conversions: RE to DFA, DFA to RE Conversions:
State/loop elimination, Arden’s theorem Properties of Regular Languages: Pumping Lemma for
Regular languages, Closure and Decision properties.
Case Study: RE in text search and replace
Unit III Context Free Grammars (CFG) and Languages 08 Hours
Introduction, Regular Grammar, Context Free Grammar- Definition, Derivation, Language of
grammar, sentential form, parse tree, inference, derivation, parse trees, ambiguity in grammar and
Language- ambiguous Grammar, Simplification of CFG: Eliminating unit productions, useless
production, useless symbols, and Є-productions, Normal Forms- Chomsky normal form,
Greibach normal form, Closure properties of CFL, Decision properties of CFL, Chomsky
Hierarchy, Application of CFG: Parser, Markup languages, XML and Document Type
Definitions.
Case Study- CFG for Palindromes, Parenthesis Match,
Unit IV Turing Machines (TM) 08 Hours

Turing Machine Model, Representation of Turing Machines, Language Acceptability by Turing

Machines, Design of TM, Description of TM, Techniques for TM Construction, Variants of Turing
Machines, The Model of Linear Bounded Automata , TM & Type 0 grammars, TM’s Halting
Problem.
Unit V Pushdown Automata(PDA) 07 Hours
Basic Definitions, Equivalence of Acceptance by Finite State & Empty stack, PDA & Context Free
Language, Equivalence of PDA and CFG, Parsing & PDA: Top-Down Parsing, Top-down Parsing
Using Deterministic PDA, Bottom-up Parsing, Closure properties and Deterministic PDA.
Unit VI Undecidability & Intractable Problems 07 Hours

A Language that is not recursively enumerable, An un-decidable problem that is RE, Post
Correspondence Problem, The Classes P and NP : Problems Solvable in Polynomial Time, An
Example: Kruskal's Algorithm, Nondeterministic Polynomial Time, An NP Example: The
Traveling Salesman Problem, Polynomial-Time Reductions NP Complete Problems, An NP-
Complete Problem: The Satisfiability Problem, Tractable and Intractable, Representing
Satisfiability, Instances, NP Completeness of the SAT Problem, A Restricted Satisfiability
Problem: Normal Forms for Boolean Expressions, Converting Expressions to CNF, The Problem
of Independent Sets, The Node-Cover Problem.
Books:
Text:
1. John E. Hopcroft, Rajeev Motwani, Jeffrey D.Ullman, “Introduction to Automata Theory
Languages and Computation”, Addison-Wesley, ISBN 0-201-44124-1.
2. H.L. Lewis, Christos H. Papadimitriou, “Elements of the Theory of Computation”, Prentice
Hall, ISBN-10: 0132624788; ISBN-13: 978-0132624787
References:
1. John Martin, “Introduction to Languages and The Theory of Computation”, 2nd Edition, Mc
Graw Hill Education, ISBN-13: 978-1-25-900558-9, ISBN-10: 1-25-900558-5
2. Sanjeev Arora and Boaz Barak, “Computational Complexity: A Modern Approach”,
Cambridge University Pre ss, ISBN:0521424267 9780521424264
3. Daniel Cohen, “Introduction to Computer Theory”, Wiley & Sons, ISBN 9788126513345
4. J. Carroll & D Long, “Theory of Finite Automata”, Prentice Hall, ISBN 0-13-913708-4
5. Kavi Mahesh, “Theory of Computation : A Problem-Solving Approach”, Wiley India,
ISBN10 8126533110
6. Michael Sipser, “Introduction to the Theory of Computation”, Cengage Learning, ISBN-13:
9781133187813
7. Vivek Kulkarni “Theory of Computation”, Oxford University Press, ISBN 0-19-808458


310242 : Database Management Systems
Teaching Scheme: Credit Examination Scheme:
TH: 03 Hours/Week 03 In-Sem (Paper): 30 Marks
End-Sem (paper): 70 Marks
Prerequisites Courses : Discrete Mathematics (210241), Data Structures (210243 & 210252)
Companion Course: Database Management System Lab (310247)
Course Objectives :
 To understand the fundamental concepts of database management. These concepts
include aspects of database design, database languages, and database-system
implementation
 To provide a strong formal foundation in database concepts, technology and practice
 To give systematic database design approaches covering conceptual design, logical
design and an overview of physical design
 Be familiar with the basic issues of transaction processing and concurrency control
 To learn and understand various Database Architectures and Applications
 To learn a powerful, flexible and scalable general purpose database to handle big data
Course Outcomes :
 Design E-R Model for given requirements and convert the same into database tables.
 Use database techniques such as SQL & PL/SQL.
 Use modern database techniques such as NOSQL.
 Explain transaction Management in relational database System.
 Describe different database architecture and analyses the use of appropriate architecture
in real time environment.
 Use advanced database Programming concepts
Course Contents
Unit I Introduction 07 Hours
Introduction to Database Management Systems, Purpose of Database Systems, Database-System
Applications, View of Data, Database Languages, Database System Structure, Data Models,
Database Design and ER Model: Entity, Attributes, Relationships, Constraints, Keys, Design
Process, Entity Relationship Model, ER Diagram, Design Issues, Extended E-R Features,
converting E-R & EER diagram into tables.
Unit II SQL AND PL/SQL 07 Hours
SQL: Characteristics and advantages, SQL Data Types and Literals, DDL, DML, DCL, TCL,
SQL Operators, Tables: Creating, Modifying, Deleting, Views: Creating, Dropping, Updating
using Views, Indexes, SQL DML Queries: SELECT Query and clauses, Set Operations,
Predicates and Joins, Set membership, Tuple Variables, Set comparison, Ordering of Tuples,
Aggregate Functions, Nested Queries, Database Modification using SQL Insert, Update and
Delete Queries. PL/SQL: concept of Stored Procedures & Functions, Cursors, Triggers,
Assertions, roles and privileges , Embedded SQL, Dynamic SQL.
Unit III Relational Database Design 08 Hours

Relational Model: Basic concepts, Attributes and Domains, CODD's Rules, Relational Integrity:
Domain, Referential Integrities, Enterprise Constraints, Database Design: Features of Good
Relational Designs, Normalization, Atomic Domains and First Normal Form, Decomposition
using Functional Dependencies, Algorithms for Decomposition, 2NF, 3NF, BCNF, Modeling
Temporal Data.
Unit IV Database Transactions and Query Processing 08 Hours
Basic concept of a Transaction, Transaction Management, Properties of Transactions, Concept of
Schedule, Serial Schedule, Serializability: Conflict and View, Cascaded Aborts, Recoverable and
Non-recoverable Schedules, Concurrency Control: Need, Locking Methods, Deadlocks, Time-
stamping Methods, Recovery methods : Shadow-Paging and Log-Based Recovery, Checkpoints,
Query Processing, Query Optimization, Performance Tuning.
Unit V Parallel and Distributed Databases 07 Hours
Introduction to Database Architectures: Multi-user DBMS Architectures, Case study- Oracle
Architecture. Parallel Databases: Speedup and Scale up, Architectures of Parallel Databases.
Distributed Databases: Architecture of Distributed Databases, Distributed Database Design,
Distributed Data Storage, Distributed Transaction: Basics, Failure modes, Commit Protocols,
Concurrency Control in Distributed Database.
Unit VI NoSQL Database 08 Hours
Introduction to NoSQL Database, Types and examples of NoSQL Database- Key value store,
document store, graph, Performance, Structured verses unstructured data, Distributed Database
Model, CAP theorem and BASE Properties, Comparative study of SQL and NoSQL, NoSQL
Data Models, Case Study-unstructured data from social media. Introduction to Big Data,
HADOOP: HDFS, MapReduce.
Books:
Text:
1. Silberschatz A., Korth H., Sudarshan S., "Database System Concepts", McGraw Hill
Publishers, ISBN 0-07-120413-X, 6th edition
2. Connally T, Begg C., "Database Systems", Pearson Education, ISBN 81-7808-861-4
3. Pramod J. Sadalage and Martin Fowler, “NoSQL Distilled”, Addison Wesley, ISBN-
10: 0321826620, ISBN-13: 978-0321826626
References:
1. C J Date, “An Introduction to Database Systems”, Addison-Wesley, ISBN: 0201144719
2. S.K.Singh, “Database Systems : Concepts, Design and Application”, Pearson, Education,
ISBN 978-81-317-6092-5
3. Kristina Chodorow, Michael Dirolf, “MangoDB: The Definitive Guide” ,O’Reilly
Publications, ISBN: 978-1-449-34468-9.
4. Adam Fowler, “NoSQL For Dummies”, John Wiley & Sons, ISBN-1118905628
5. Kevin Roebuck, “Storing and Managing Big Data - NoSQL, HADOOP and More”,
Emereopty Limited, ISBN: 1743045743, 9781743045749
6. Joy A. Kreibich, “Using SQLite”, O'REILLY, ISBN: 13:978-93-5110-934-1
7. Garrett Grolemund, “Hands-on Programming with R”, O'REILLY, ISBN : 13:978-93-
5110-728-6


310243: Software Engineering and Project Management
Credit Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme:
Prerequisite Courses: Fundamentals of Programming Languages (110003, 110011)
Course Objectives:
 To learn and understand the principles of Software Engineering
 To be acquainted with methods of capturing, specifying, visualizing and analyzing
software requirements.
 To apply Design and Testing principles to S/W project development.
 To understand project management through life cycle of the project.
 To understand software quality attributes.
Course Outcomes:
 Decide on a process model for a developing a software project
 Classify software applications and Identify unique features of various domains
 Design test cases of a software system.
 Understand basics of IT Project management.
 Plan, schedule and execute a project considering the risk management.
 Apply quality attributes in software development life cycle.
Course Contents
Unit I Introduction to Software Engineering, Software Process Models 07 Hours
Software Engineering Fundamentals: Nature of Software, Software Engineering Principles,
The Software Process, Software Myths. Process Models :A Generic Process Model, Prescriptive
Process Models: The Waterfall, Incremental Process(RAD), Evolutionary Process, Unified
Process, Concurrent. Advanced Process Models & Tools: Agile software development: Agile
methods, Plan-driven and agile development, Extreme programming Practices, Testing in XP,
Pair programming. Introduction to agile tools: JIRA, Kanban,
Case Studies: An information system (mental health-care system), wilderness weather system
Unit II Software Requirements Engineering& Analysis 08 Hours
Requirements Engineering: User and system requirements, Functional and non-functional
requirements, Types & Metrics, A spiral view of the requirements engineering process. Software
Requirements Specification (SRS): The software requirements Specification document, The
structure of SRS, Ways of writing a SRS, structured & tabular SRS for an insulin pump case
study, Requirements elicitation & Analysis: Process, Requirements validation, Requirements
management. Case Studies: The information system.
Case study - Mental health care patient management system (MHC-PMS).
Unit III Design Engineering 08 Hours
Design Process & quality, Design Concepts, The design Model, Pattern-based Software Design.
Architectural Design :Design Decisions, Views, Patterns, Application Architectures, Modeling
Component level Design: component, Designing class based components, conducting
component-level design, User Interface Design: The golden rules, Interface Design steps &
Analysis, Design Evaluation, Case Study: Web App Interface Design
Unit IV Project Management: Process, Metrics, Estimations & Risks 08 Hours

Project Management Concepts: The Management Spectrum, People, Product, Process, Project,
The W5HH Principle, Metrics in the Process and Project Domains, Software Measurement : size
& function oriented metrics(FP & LOC), Metrics for Project and Software Quality, Project
Estimation :Observations on Estimation, Project Planning Process, Software Scope and
feasibility, Resources: Human Resources, Reusable software, Environmental Resources. Software
Project Estimation, Decomposition Techniques, Empirical Estimation Models: Structure,
COCOMO II, Estimation of Object-oriented Projects, Specialized Estimation Case Study:
Software Tools for Estimation, Project Scheduling: Basic Concepts, Defining a Task Set for the
Software Project, Defining Task Network, Scheduling with time-line charts, Schedule tracking
Tools:- Microsoft Project, Daily Activity Reporting & Tracking (DART)
Project Management: Risk Management, Configuration
Unit V Management, Maintenance & Reengineering 07 Hours
Project Risk Management : Risk Analysis & Management: Reactive versus Proactive Risk
Strategies, Software Risks, Risk Identification, Risk Projection, Risk Refinement, Risk Mitigation,
Risks Monitoring and Management, The RMMM plan for case study project
Software Configuration Management : The SCM repository, SCM process, Configuration
management for WebApps, Case study: CVS and Subversion Tools, Visual Source Safe from
Microsoft & Clear Case. Maintenance & Reengineering: Software Maintenance, Software
Supportability, Reengineering, Business Process Reengineering, Software Reengineering, Reverse
Engineering, Restructuring, Forward Engineering
Unit VI Software Testing 07 Hours
Introduction to Software Testing, Principles of Testing, Testing Life Cycle, Phases of Testing,
Types of Testing, Verification & Validation, Defect Management, Defect Life Cycle, Bug
Reporting, GUI Testing, Test Management and Automation.
Books:
Text:
1. Roger Pressman, “Software Engineering: A Practitioner’s Approach”, McGraw Hill,
ISBN 0–07–337597–7
2. Ian Sommerville, “ Software Engineering”, Addison and Wesley, ISBN 0-13-703515-2
References:
1. Carlo Ghezzi, “Fundamentals of Software Engineering", Prentice Hall India, ISBN-10:
0133056996
2. Rajib Mall, “Fundamentals of Software Engineering”, Prentice Hall India, ISBN-13: 978-
8120348981
3. Pankaj Jalote, “An Integrated Approach to Software Engineering”, Springer, ISBN 13:
9788173192715.
4. S K Chang, “Handbook of Software Engineering and Knowledge Engineering”, World
Scientific, Vol I, II, ISBN: 978-981-02-4973-1
5. Tom Halt, “Handbook of Software Engineering”, Clanye International, ISBN-
10: 1632402939


310244: Information Systems and Engineering Economics
Teaching Scheme:
Course Objectives:
 To prepare the students to various forms of the Information Systems and its application in
organizations.
 To expose the students to the managerial issues relating to information systems and help
them identify and evaluate various options in Information Systems.
 To Prepare engineering students to analyze cost / revenue data and should be able to do
economic analyses in the decision making process to justify or reject alternatives / projects
on an economic basis for an organization.
Course Outcomes:
 Understand the need, usage and importance of an Information System to an organization.
 Understand the activities that are undertaken while managing, designing, planning,
implementation, and deployment of computerized information system in an organization.
 Further the student would be aware of various Information System solutions like ERP,
CRM, Data warehouses and the issues in successful implementation of these technology
solutions in any organizations
 Outline the past history, present position and expected performance of a company engaged
in engineering practice or in the computer industry.
 Perform and evaluate present worth, future worth and annual worth analyses on one of
more economic alternatives.
 Be able to carry out and evaluate benefit/cost, life cycle and breakeven analyses on one or
more economic alternatives.
Course Contents
Unit I Basic of Management Theory & Practices 07 Hours

Role of Information Systems in Organizations, The Information System Manager and his
challenges, Concepts of Information Systems, Information Systems and Management Strategy
Case Studies - Information Systems in the Indian Railways, Information Systems in an e-
Commerce Organization.
Unit II Management Information System (MIS) 08 Hours

Managing Information Systems, Ethical and Social Issues, Information Technology Infrastructure
and Choices, Information Systems Security and Control,
Case Studies -Information Technology Infrastructure in a Bank, Information Technology
Infrastructure in a manufacturing / process industry.

Unit III Leveraging Information Systems 07 Hours

Information Systems Development and Project Management, Managing Data Resources,
Business Process Integration and Enterprise Systems, ICT for Development and E-Governance,
Case Studies - in-house or cloud based ERP implementation, UIDAI Unique Identification
Authority of India.
Unit IV Money and Economic Value 08 Hours
Engineering Economic Decisions, Time Value of Money, Understanding Money Management,
Case Studies- Economic decisions done in Multi-national companies.
Unit V Economics and Management 07 Hours
Equivalence Calculations under Inflation, Present-Worth Analysis, Annual-Equivalence Analysis.
Case Studies -comparative analysis of software enterprises from relevant domains.
Unit VI Understanding Cash Flow and Taxes 08 Hours
Accounting for Depreciation and Income Taxes, Project Cash-Flow Analysis, Understanding
Financial Statements, Case Studies - cash flow analysis done in start-up companies.
Books:
Text:
1. Rahul De, “MIS: Management Information Systems in Business, Government and
Society”, Wiley India, ISBN: 13: 978-81-265-2019-0.
2. Chan S. Park , "Fundamentals of Engineering Economics”, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education,
ISBN 13: 978-02-737-7291-0
References:
1. Turban and Wali, “Information Technology on Management”, Willey India,
ISBN:9788126558711
2. William G. Sullivan, Elin M. Wicks, C. Patrick Koelling, Engineering Economy, Pearson
Education, ISBN13: 978-01-334-3927-4


310245: Computer Networks
Teaching Scheme:
Prerequisite Courses: Computer Organization and Architecture (210244)
Companion Course: Computer Network Lab (310248)
Course Objectives:
 To understand the fundamental concepts of networking standards, protocols and
technologies.
 To learn different techniques for framing, error control, flow control and routing.
 To learn role of protocols at various layers in the protocol stacks.
 To learn network programming.
 To develop an understanding of modern network architectures from a design and
performance perspective
Course Outcomes:
 Analyze the requirements for a given organizational structure to select the most appropriate
networking architecture, topologies, transmission mediums, and technologies
 Demonstrate design issues, flow control and error control
 Analyze data flow between TCP/IP model using Application, Transport and Network Layer
Protocols.
 Illustrate applications of Computer Network capabilities, selection and usage for various
sectors of user community.
 Illustrate Client-Server architectures and prototypes by the means of correct standards and
technology.
 Demonstrate different routing and switching algorithms
Course Contents
Unit I Physical Layer 09 Hours
Introduction of LAN; MAN; WAN; PAN, Ad-hoc Network, Network Architectures: Client-Server;
Peer To Peer; Distributed and SDN, OSI Model, TCP/IP Model, Topologies: Star and
Hierarchical; Design issues for Layers, Transmission Mediums: CAT5, 5e, 6, OFC and Radio
Spectrum, Network Devices: Bridge, Switch, Router, Brouter and Access Point, Manchester and
Differential Manchester Encodings; IEEE802.11: Frequency Hopping (FHSS) and Direct
Sequence (DSSS)
Unit II Logical Link Control 09 Hours
Design Issues: Services to Network Layer, Framing, Error Control and Flow Control. Error
Control: Parity Bits, Hamming Codes (11/12-bits) and CRC. Flow Control Protocols: Unrestricted
Simplex, Stop and Wait, Sliding Window Protocol, WAN Connectivity : PPP and HDLC
Unit III Medium Access Control 09 Hours

Channel allocation: Static and Dynamic, Multiple Access Protocols: Pure and Slotted ALOHA,
CSMA, WDMA, IEEE 802.3 Standards and Frame Formats, CSMA/CD, Binary Exponential Back
-off algorithm, Fast Ethernet, Gigabit Ethernet, IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n and IEEE 802.15 and IEEE
802.16 Standards, Frame formats, CSMA/CA.
Unit IV Network Layer 09 Hours

Switching techniques, IP Protocol, IPv4 and IPv6 addressing schemes, Subnetting, NAT, CIDR,
ICMP, Routing Protocols: Distance Vector, Link State, Path Vector, Routing in Internet: RIP
,OSPF, BGP, Congestion control and QoS, , MPLS, Mobile IP, Routing in MANET : AODV,
DSR
Unit V Transport Layer 09 Hours

Services, Berkley Sockets, Addressing, Connection establishment, Connection release, Flow
control and buffering, Multiplexing, TCP, TCP Timer management, TCP Congestion Control,
Real Time Transport protocol(RTP), Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP), Quality of
Service (QoS), Differentiated services, TCP and UDP for Wireless.
Unit VI Application Layer 09 Hours

Domain Name System (DNS), Hyper Text Transfer Protocol (HTTP), Email: SMTP, MIME,
POP3, Webmail, FTP, TELNET, Dynamic Host Control Protocol (DHCP), Simple Network
Management Protocol (SNMP).
Books:
Text:
1. Andrew S. Tenenbaum, “Computer Networks”, PHI, ISBN 81-203-2175-8.
2. Fourauzan B., "Data Communications and Networking", 5th Edition, Tata McGraw- Hill,
Publications, ISBN: 0 – 07 – 058408 – 7
References:
1. 1. Kurose, Ross “Computer Networking a Top Down Approach Featuring the Internet”,
Pearson, ISBN-10: 0132856204
2. Matthew S. G, “802.11 Wireless Networks”, O’Reilly publications, ISBN: 81-7656-992-5
3. C. Siva Ram Murthy and B. S. Manoj, “Ad Hoc Wireless Networks: Architectures and
Protocols” Prentice Hall, ISBN-10: 8131706885; ISBN-13: 978-8131706886
4. Holger Karl and Andreas Willing, “Protocols and Architectures for Wireless Sensor
Networks”, Wiley India , ISBN: 9788126533695
5. Eldad Perahia, Robert Stacey, “Next Generation Wireless LANs”, Cambridge, ISBN-10:
1107016762; ISBN-13: 978-1107016767
6. Efraim Turban, Linda Volonino, Gregory R. Wood “Computer Networking a Top Down
Approach Featuring the Internet”, 10th Edition, Wiley; ISBN13: 978-1-118-96126-1


310246: Skill Development Lab
Teaching Scheme: Credit (04) Examination Scheme:
TUT: 02 Hour/Week Tutorial PR TW: 50 Marks
PR: 04 Hours/Week 02 02 OR: 50 Marks
Prerequisite Courses: Fundamentals of Programming Languages (110003 and 110011), Principles

of Programming Languages (210254), Data Structures and Algorithms (210243), Object Oriented
Programming(210245)
Course Objectives:
 To adapt the usage of modern tools and recent software.
 To evaluate problems and analyze data using current technologies
 To learn the process of creation of data-driven web applications using current technologies
 To understand how to incorporate best practices for building enterprise applications
 To learn how to employ Integrated Development Environment(IDE) for implementing and
testing of software solution
 To construct software solutions by evaluating alternate architectural patterns.
Course Outcomes:
 Evaluate problems and analyze data using current technologies in a wide variety of business
and organizational contexts.
 Create data-driven web applications
 Incorporate best practices for building applications
 Employ Integrated Development Environment(IDE) for implementing and testing of software
solution
 Construct software solutions by evaluating alternate architectural patterns.
The instructor’s manual is to be developed as a hands-on resource and reference. The instructor's
manual need to include prologue (about University/program/ institute/ department/foreword/ preface
etc), University syllabus, conduction & Assessment guidelines, topics under consideration-concept,
objectives, outcomes, set of typical applications/assignments/ guidelines, and references.
Guidelines for Student Journal
The laboratory assignments are to be submitted by student in the form of journal. Journal consists of
prologue, Certificate, table of contents, and handwritten write-up of each assignment (Title,
Objectives, Problem Statement, Outcomes, software & Hardware requirements, Date of Completion,
Assessment grade/marks and assessor's sign, Theory-Concept in brief, features of
tool/framework/language used, Design, test cases, conclusion. Program codes with sample output of
all performed assignments are to be submitted as softcopy.
As a conscious effort and little contribution towards Green IT and environment awareness, attaching
printed papers as part of write-ups and program listing to journal may be avoided. Use of DVD
containing students programs maintained by lab In-charge is highly encouraged. For reference one or
two journals may be maintained with program prints at Laboratory.

Guidelines for Assessment

Continuous assessment of laboratory work is done based on overall performance and lab assignments
performance of student. Each lab assignment assessment will assign grade/marks based on parameters
with appropriate weightage. Suggested parameters for overall assessment as well as each lab
assignment assessment include- timely completion, performance, innovation, efficient codes,
punctuality and neatness.
Guidelines for Oral Examination
It is recommended to conduct examination based on Mini-Project demonstration and related
skill learned. Team of 3 to 4 students may work on mini-project. During the assessment, the expert
evaluator should give the maximum weightage to the satisfactory implementation and software
engineering approach followed. The supplementary and relevant questions may be asked at the time
of evaluation to test the student’s for advanced learning, understanding, effective and efficient
implementation and demonstration skills. So encouraging efforts, transparent evaluation and fair
approach of the evaluator will not create any uncertainty or doubt in the minds of the students. So
adhering to these principles will consummate our team efforts to the promising start of the student's
academics.
The instructor is expected to frame the assignments by understanding the prerequisites, technological
aspects, utility and recent trends related to the topic. The assignment framing policy need to address
the average students and inclusive of an element to attract and promote the intelligent students. The
instructor may set multiple sets of assignments and distribute among batches of students. It is
appreciated if the assignments are based on real world problems/applications. Encourage students for
appropriate use of Hungarian notation, proper indentation and comments. Use of open source software
is to be encouraged.
In addition to these, instructor may assign one real life application in the form of a mini-project based
on the concepts learned. Instructor may also set one assignment or mini-project that is suitable to
respective branch beyond the scope of syllabus.
For this laboratory total five Skill Development Modules plus one Aptitude Development
Module are provided as below:
SD Module-I: Advanced JAVA and Mobile Application Development
SD Module-II: PYTHON and DATA Science with R
SD Module-III: Advanced JAVA and GROOVY on GRAILS
SD Module-IV: SCHEME and SCALA and GROOVY on GRAILS
SD Module-V: Advanced JAVA and Data Science with R
SD Module VI: Aptitude Development (To be EXCLUDED for Oral Exam)
Instructions:
Each college has to select at least one module out of five modules provided. College can select more
than one module too! Set of suggested assignments is provided. Each student must perform 7 to 8
assignments and at least one mini-project provided in each module excluding Module VI. Instructor
should frame set of mini projects or guide students to frame the problem statement of mini-project by
sticking to technologies in respected module.
Term Work will be based on assignments be carried out by students and Oral Examination will be
based on Mini-Project demonstration and related skill learned ONLY.
Operating System recommended :- 64-bit Open source Linux or its derivative
Programming tools recommended: - Open Source C,C++, JAVA, PYTHON, G++/GCC, R, Grails,
Groovy, Android Studio for Linux.
Course Contents
SD Module-I Advanced JAVA and Mobile Application Development

Theory Content for Lab
ADVANCED JAVA
Data Structures in Java: Enumeration, BitSet, Vector, Stack, Dictionary, Hash table, Properties.
Generics and Collection Framework: Generic Methods and Generic Classes. Interfaces (Set, List,
Queue, and Dequeue) and classes (ArrayList, Vector, LinkedList, PriorityQueue, HashSet,
LinkedHashSet, and TreeSet). Serialization and Networking: Serializing an Object and Deserializing
an Object, Socket Programming. Database Connectivity and Multithreading: SQL, JDBC, Thread
life cycle, Thread methods, Thread Pools, Executor Service. GUI in JAVA: AWT, Applet, Swing.
MOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT
Introduction to Android: Android Platform Architecture, Basic components of android, Features of
ART and Delvik Virtual Machine, Activity Life Cycle, Intents and Intent Filters, Resources, System
Permissions, Android Application Structure, Device screen size compatibility, Android Emulator
User Interface components: Layouts, Recycler View, List View, Grid View and Web view, Input
Controls: Buttons, Checkboxes, Radio Buttons, Toggle Buttons, Spinners, Input Events, Menus, Toast,
Dialogs, Styles and Themes, Multimedia, Animation and Graphics: Playing Audio, Playing Video,
Rotate Animation, FadeIn/FadeOut Animation, Zoom Animation, Scale Animation, 2D and 3D
Graphics. Data Storage: Shared Preferences, Internal Storage, External Storage, SQLite Databases,
Content provider. and Remote Databases, Advanced Components of Android: Web App, JSON
Parsing, Google Map, GPS, Sensors, Bluetooth/Wi-Fi Connectivity
Books:
Text:
1. Herbert Schildt, “Java: The Complete Reference”, TMG Publication, ISBN 9780070636774
2. Thomas Powell, “Java generics and collections”, O'Reilly Media, ISBN: 0596527756
3. Neil Smyth, “Android Studio 2 Development Essentials”, Payload Media, ISBN: 1532853319
4. John Horton, “Android Programming for Beginners”, ISBN 10:1785883267
Reference:
1. Sharanam Shah and Vaishali Shah , “JAVA EE 7 for Beginners”, SPD, ISBN: 13:978-93-5110-
349-3
2. Reto Meier, “Professional Android 4 Application Development”, Wrox, ISBN-10:
1118102274; ISBN-13: 978-1118102275
3. Greg Nudelman, “Android Design Patterns :Interaction Design Solutions for Developers”,
ISBN-10: 1118394151; ISBN-13: 978-1118394151
4. Sharanam Shah, Vaishali Shah,” Core Java 8 for beginners”, THE TEAM, ISBN: 13:978-93-
5213-080-1
Suggested List of Laboratory Assignments for Advanced JAVA
1. Design a system with the help of advance data structures in Java and enhance the system using
collections and generics.
2. Enhance the above system with the help of socket programming use client server architecture.
3. Enhance above system by using JDBC, Multithreading, concurrency, synchronous and
asynchronous callbacks, ThreadPools using ExecutorService.
4. Transform the above system from command line system to GUI based application
Suggested List of Laboratory Assignments for Mobile Application Development
1. Download Install and Configure Android Studio on Linux/windows platform.
2. Design a mobile app for media player.
3. Design a mobile app to store data using internal or external storage.
4. Design a mobile app using Google Map and GPS to trace the location.
Suggested Mini Project on Advanced JAVA and Mobile Application Development
Design and develop a mobile app for novice trekkers by recording the paths from regular trekkers by
using, Material Design Pattern for UI, Storage [SQLite database/File/Shared Preference/cloud],
Internet connection /Wi-Fi/Bluetooth, GPS and Google Map.
SD Module-II PYTHON and DATA Science with R

PYTHON
Python Basics : Data types, Statements and Expressions, Operators and Math’s, Conditionals, Loops,
Strings, List , Tuples , Set Operation, Dictionary (Dict), Date and Times.
Functions, Packages and Classes: Lambda function, Regular expression, Packages, Files, Exception
Handling, Classes ,Objects, Method ,class and instance variable, constructor, destructor, inheritance.
Numpy and Matplotlib :Array operations, Numpy Side Effects, 2D Numpy Arrays , Numpy Basic
Statistics, Universal Function, Matplotlib: Introduction, Simple plots, Line API, Legend API, Figures,
Subplots, Axes and Ticks.
Pandas: Look Ups, Selections and Indexing, Filling Methods, Series operation, Handling NaN values,
Mapping, Data Frames, Reading Files, Plotting, Joins, Correlation, Histograms, Rolling calculation,
Date Time indexing, Grouping, Aggregate Functions, pandas.IO. Data, Panel.
DATA SCIENCE WITH R
Introduction to Data Science- What is Data Science? Current landscape of perspectives, Skill sets
needed, The Data Science Process life cycle, Role of Data Scientist. Data pre-processing. ETL –
extract, transform, and load.
Introduction to R-What is R? Installation of R. Basic features of R. R Objects. Creating Vectors and
Matrices. Getting Data in and out of R. Using different packages related to data science. Managing
Data frames and Functions.
Descriptive Statistics using R - Discrete and continuous random variables, densities and distributions
.Data Summarization: Measures of Central Tendency, Measures of Dispersion (quartiles, five number
summary, variance, standard deviation), Measures of shape (skewness, kurtosis), Measures of
association (covariance, correlation), Outliers. Using R for descriptive statistics and data visualization
using ggplot2 package.
Predictive Analysis using Machine Learning Techniques using R: Machine learning - what, how,
where. Supervised, unsupervised and semi-supervised learning. Training, validation, testing,
generalization, over fitting. Building a Regression model using R. Features and feature engineering.
Using Decision trees, Linear classifiers, Naïve Bayes, Nearest neighbor methods in R packages.
Books:
Text:
1. Zed A. Shaw, “Learn PYTHON The Hard Way”, Pearson, ISBN: 978-93-325-8210-1
2. Kenneth A Lambert and B L Juneja, “Fundamentals of PYTHON”, CENGAGE Learning,
ISBN:978-81-315-2903-4
3. Peng, Roger D and Elizabeth Matsui, “The Art of Data Science." A Guide for Anyone Who
Works with Data. Skybrude Consulting 200 (2015): 162.
4. Evans, James R., and Carl H. Lindner, "Business analytics: the next frontier for decision
sciences." Decision Line 43.2 (2012): 4-6.
Reference:
1. Allen B Downey, “Think PYTHON”, O’Rielly, ISBN: 13:978-93-5023-863-9, 4th Indian Reprint 2015
2. Jiawei Han and Micheline Kamber, Morgan Kaufman, “Learning R, Richard Cotton”,
O’Reilly, ISBN: 13:978-93-5110-286-1, First Edition, Fourth Indian Reprint 2015
Suggested List of Laboratory Assignments on PYTHON

1. Getting Started with Python (Example Word count exercise)
2. Build the Hangman Game using Python.
3. Write python code that loads any dataset (example Game_medal.csv), and plot the graph.
4. Write python code that loads any dataset (example Game_medal.csv), and does some basic data
cleaning. Add component on data set.
Suggested List of Laboratory Assignments on DATA Science with R
1. Getting Started with R installation, R objects and basic statistics.
2. Using R for data preprocessing, exploratory analysis, visualization.
3. Using R for correlation and regression analysis.
4. Data analysis case study using R for readily available data set using any one machine learning
algorithm
Suggested Mini Project on PYTHON and DATA Science with R
1. Implementing a simple Recommender System based on user buying pattern.
2. Twitter Sentiment Analysis in Python
3. Applying linear regression model to a real world problem.
SD Module-III Advanced JAVA and GROOVY on GRAILS

ADVANCED JAVA
GROOVY on GRAIL
Introduction to Grails: Object Relational Mapping (GORM), Basic CRUD, Scaffolding JSON, REST
API, DataSources and Environments.
Web Layer: Model, View, Controllers (MVC), Redirects and Chaining, Data Binding, Groovy
Server Pages, URL Mappings, Plug-in, Grails and Hibernate.
Books:
Text:
1. Herbert Schildt, “Java: The Complete Reference”, TMG Publication, ISBN 9780070636774
2. Thomas Powell, “Java Generics and collections”, O'Reilly Media, ISBN: 0596527756.
3. Christopher M. Judd, Joseph Faisal Nusairat, and James Shingler, “Beginning Groovy and
Grails From Novice to Professional”, Apress, ISBN-13: 978-1-4302-1045-0
Reference:
1. Sharanam Shah and Vaishali Shah, “JAVA EE 7 for Beginners”, SPD, ISBN: 13:978-93-5110-
349-3
2. Official Website http://docs.grails.org/latest/
asynchronous callbacks, Thread Pools using Executor Service.
Suggested List of Laboratory Assignments on GROOVY on GRAILS

1. Download Install and Configure IDE with Grails Plug-in on Windows/Linux platform.
2. Design a simple web application using Scaffolding data source for CRUD operations
3. Design a simple web application using MySQL for CRUD operations
Suggested Mini Project on Advanced JAVA and GROOVY on GRAILS
Design a dynamic web application system(Ex, Employee Payroll System, Student Result System)
SD Module-IV SCHEME and SCALA and GROOVY on GRAILS
SCHEME and SCALA
SCHEME: lambda calculus, Atoms, Lists, lambda expressions. Functions as first class objects.
Control structures, Recursion and continuations, operations on objects, basic input output, Exceptions
and conditions, lazy evaluation and streams.
SCALA: Classes and Objects, Data Types, Control structures, composition and inheritance. Packages.
Pattern matching. Collections API. Working with XML. Actors and concurrency. GUI programming in
SCALA.
GROOVY on GRAILS
Introduction to Grails: Object Relational Mapping (GORM), Basic CRUD, Scaffolding JSON, REST
API, DataSources and Environments
Web Layer: Model ,View ,Controllers (MVC), Redirects and Chaining, Data Binding, Groovy Server
Pages, URL Mappings, Plug-in, Grails and Hibernate
Books:
Text:
1. R Kent Dybvig, “the Scheme Programming Language”, MIT Press, ISBN 978-0-262-51298-5.
2. Martin Odersky, Lex Spoon, and Bill Venners, “Programming in SCALA”, Artima. ISBN :-13:
978-0-9815316-1-8.
3. Beginning Groovy and Grails From Novice to Professional, Christopher M. Judd, Joseph Faisal
Nusairat, and James Shingler, Apress, ISBN-13: 978-1-4302-1045-0
Reference:
1. Cay S Horstmann, “Scala for the Impatient”, Pearson, ISBN: 978-81-317-9605-4,
2. Scala Cookbook, Alvin Alexander, O’Reilly, SPD,ISBN: 978-93-5110-263-2
3. Jason Swartz, “Learning Scala”, O'REILLY, ISBN: 13:978-93-5213-256-0
4. Official Website http://www.groovy-lang.org/download.html
5. Official Website https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scheme_(programming_language)
6. Official Website https://www.scala-lang.org/
7. Official Website https://grails.org/
Suggested List of Laboratory Assignments on SCHEME and SCALA
1. Create a recursive function in Scheme that displays the sum of n odd numbers starting from 1.
2. Write a program to find sum and product of all the elements of a list in scheme without using
built in functions.
3. Write a SCALA Program to perform following operations on Strings:
1. Create a String Object.
2. Check String is palindrome or not.
3. Check length of String
4. Replace all ‘a’ in a string with ‘A’
4. Develop a SCALA pattern matching programming which matches a given Person object and
displays whether he/she is Eligible for Election or not. Use name, age and eligibility as class
members.
Suggested List of Laboratory Assignments on GROOVY on GRAILS

1. Download Install and Configure IDE with Grails Plugins on Windows/Linux platform.
2. Design a simple web application using Scaffolding data source for CRUD operations
3. Design a simple web application using MySQL for CRUD operations
Suggested Mini Project on SCHEME and SCALA and GROOVY on GRAILS
Design a dynamic web application system Use Front End: Groovy on Grails, Back End: Scheme and
Scala (Ex, Employee Payroll System, Student Result System)
SD Module-V Advanced JAVA and Data Science with R

ADVANCED JAVA
DATA SCIENCE WITH R
Introduction to Data Science- What is Data Science? Current landscape of perspectives, Skill sets
needed, The Data Science Process life cycle, Role of Data Scientist. Data pre-processing. ETL –
extract, transform, and load.
Introduction to R-What is R? Installation of R. Basic features of R. R Objects. Creating Vectors and
Matrices. Getting Data in and out of R. Using different packages related to data science. Managing
Data frames and Functions.
Descriptive Statistics using R - Discrete and continuous random variables, densities and distributions
.Data Summarization: Measures of Central Tendency, Measures of Dispersion (quartiles, five number
summary, variance, standard deviation), Measures of shape (skewness, kurtosis), Measures of
association (covariance, correlation), Outliers. Using R for descriptive statistics and data visualization
using ggplot2 package.
Predictive Analysis using Machine Learning Techniques using R: Machine learning - what, how,
where. Supervised, unsupervised and semi-supervised learning. Training, validation, testing,
generalization, over fitting. Building a Regression model using R. Features and feature engineering.
Using Decision trees, Linear classifiers, Naïve Bayes, Nearest neighbor methods in R packages.
Books:
Text:
1. Herbert Schildt, “Java: The Complete Reference” ,TMG Publication, ISBN 9780070636774
2. Thomas Powell, “Java generics and collections”, O'Reilly Media, ISBN: 0596527756, 2006.
3. Peng, Roger D., and Elizabeth Matsui. "The Art of Data Science." A Guide for Anyone Who
Works with Data. Skybrude Consulting 200 (2015): 162.
4. Evans, James R., and Carl H. Lindner. "Business analytics: the next frontier for decision
sciences." Decision Line 43.2 (2012): 4-6.
Reference:
1. JAVA EE 7 for Beginners, Sharanam Shah and Vaishali Shah, SPD, ISBN: 13:978-93-5110-349-3
2. Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques, Jiawei Han and Micheline Kamber, Morgan Kaufman,
ISBN 978-81-312-0535-8
3. Learning R, Richard Cotton, O’Reilly, ISBN: 13:978-93-5110-286-1


asynchronous callbacks, Thread Pools using Executor Service.
Suggested List of Laboratory Assignments on Data Science with R
1. Getting Started with R installation, R objects and basic statistics.
2. Use R for data preprocessing, exploratory analysis, visualization.
3. Use R for correlation and regression analysis.
4. Data analysis case study using R for readily available data set using any one machine learning
algorithm
Suggested Mini Project on Advanced JAVA and Data Science with R
1. Implementing a simple Recommender System based on user buying pattern.
2. Applying linear regression model to a real world problem.
SD Module-VI Aptitude Development

Quantitative Aptitude, Logical Reasoning and Verbal Ability
An aptitude is a component of a competence to do a certain kind of work at a certain level.
Outstanding aptitude can be considered "talent". An aptitude may be physical or mental. Aptitude is
inborn potential to do certain kinds of work whether developed or undeveloped. Ability is
developed knowledge, understanding, learned or acquired abilities (skills) or attitude.
The innate nature of aptitude is in contrast to skills and achievement, which represent knowledge or
ability that is gained through learning. (Ref: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aptitude).
Aptitude and ability tests are designed to assess your logical reasoning or thinking performance. The
statistics reveal that 70 percent of world’s recruitment companies use aptitude test as a part of their
recruitment procedure. These types of tests often permit potential companies to learn more about
candidate’s personality and abilities.
It is well said that aptitude isn't really something one can easily improve, but surely practice can help
to improve. Solving number of high level of questions will surely help to succeed while subsequent
practices of solving same. Each attempt should aim to attain a level of efficiency. Practice of solving
hundreds of similar questions helps to choose right approach to solve.
It is recommended to conduct few expert talks and conduct practice tests for students for minimum 15
minutes per week in current semester and continue in semester VI, VII and VIII.
Text:
1. R.S Aggarwal, “Quantitative Aptitude”, S Chand Publisher, ISBN- 9788121924986

2. Aptipedia- Aptitude Encyclopedia, Wiley, ISBN:978-81-265-6223-7
3. Shakuntala Devi, “Puzzles to Puzzle You” and “More Puzzles to Puzzle You”, Orient
Paperbacks, 2005. ISBN, 8122200141, 9788122200140


310247: Database Management System Lab
02 Practical: 50 Marks
Practical : 04 Hours/Week Term Work: 25 Marks
Companion Course: Database Management System (310242)
Course Objectives:
• To develop basic, intermediate and advanced Database programming skills
• To develop basic Database administration skills
• To percept transaction processing
Course Outcomes:
• Develop the ability to handle databases of varying complexities
• Use advanced database Programming concepts
Assessment grade/marks and assessor's sign, Theory- Concept in brief, Database design, test cases,
conclusion/analysis. Program codes with sample output of all performed assignments are to be
submitted as softcopy.
containing students programs maintained by lab In-charge is highly encouraged. For reference one
or two journals may be maintained with program prints at Laboratory
Continuous assessment of laboratory work is done based on overall performance and lab
assignments performance of student. Each lab assignment assessment will assign grade/marks based
on parameters with appropriate weightage. Suggested parameters for overall assessment as well as
each lab assignment assessment include- timely completion, performance, innovation, efficient
codes, punctuality and neatness.
Guidelines for Practical Examination
Both internal and external examiners should jointly set problem statements. During practical
assessment, the expert evaluator should give the maximum weightage to the satisfactory
implementation of the problem statement. The supplementary and relevant questions may be asked
at the time of evaluation to test the student’s for advanced learning, understanding of the
fundamentals, effective and efficient implementation. So encouraging efforts, transparent evaluation
and fair approach of the evaluator will not create any uncertainty or doubt in the minds of the
students. So adhering to these principles will consummate our team efforts to the promising start of
the student's academics.
The instructor is expected to frame the assignments by understanding the prerequisites,
technological aspects, utility and recent trends related to the topic. The assignment framing policy
need to address the average students and inclusive of an element to attract and promote the
intelligent students. The instructor may set multiple sets of assignments and distribute among
batches of students. It is appreciated if the assignments are based on real world
problems/applications. Encourage students for appropriate use of Hungarian notation, proper
indentation and comments. Use of open source software is to be encouraged.
In addition to these, instructor may assign one real life application in the form of a mini-project
based on the concepts learned. Instructor may also set one assignment or mini-project that is
suitable to respective branch beyond the scope of syllabus.
Set of suggested assignment list is provided in groups- A and B. Each student must perform at
least 13 assignments (8-Mandotory plus 4 from remaining 8 assignments) from group A , 5
from group B and 2 mini projects from Group C
Programming tools recommended: SQL, PL/SQL, Front End: Java/Perl/PHP/Python/Ruby/.net,
Backend : Monod/MYSQL/Oracle, Database Connectivity : ODBC/JDBC
Books:
References:
1. Ivan Bayross, “SQL, PL/SQL: The Programming Language of Oracle”, BPB Publication, ISBN-
10: 8176560723; ISBN-13: 978-8176560726
2. Kristina Chodorow, Michael Dirolf, “MangoDB: The Definitive Guide”, O’Reilly Publications,
ISBN: 9781449381561
3. Import, Tidy, Transform,” R for Data Science”, O'REILLY, ISBN: 13:978-93-5213-497-7
4. http://www.tutorialspoint.com/json/ & http://docs.mongodb.org/manual/
Suggested List of Laboratory Assignments
Group A- Database Programming Languages – SQL, PL/SQL
1. Study of Open Source Relational Databases : MySQL
2. Design and Develop SQL DDL statements which demonstrate the use of SQL objects such as
Table, View, Index, Sequence, Synonym
3. Design at least 10 SQL queries for suitable database application using SQL DML statements:
Insert, Select, Update, Delete with operators, functions, and set operator.
4. Design at least 10 SQL queries for suitable database application using SQL DML statements:
all types of Join, Sub-Query and View.
5. Unnamed PL/SQL code block: Use of Control structure and Exception handling is mandatory.
Write a PL/SQL block of code for the following requirements:-
Schema:
1. Borrower(Rollin, Name, DateofIssue, NameofBook, Status)
2. Fine(Roll_no,Date,Amt)
 Accept roll_no & name of book from user.
 Check the number of days (from date of issue), if days are between 15 to 30 then fine
amount will be Rs 5per day.
 If no. of days>30, per day fine will be Rs 50 per day & for days less than 30, Rs. 5 per
day.
 After submitting the book, status will change from I to R.
 If condition of fine is true, then details will be stored into fine table.
Frame the problem statement for writing PL/SQL block inline with above statement.
6. Cursors: (All types: Implicit, Explicit, Cursor FOR Loop, Parameterized Cursor)
Write a PL/SQL block of code using parameterized Cursor, that will merge the data available
in the newly created table N_RollCall with the data available in the table O_RollCall. If the
data in the first table already exist in the second table then that data should be skipped.
Frame the separate problem statement for writing PL/SQL block to implement all types
of Cursors inline with above statement. The problem statement should clearly state the
requirements.
7. PL/SQL Stored Procedure and Stored Function.
Write a Stored Procedure namely proc_Grade for the categorization of student. If marks scored
by students in examination is <=1500 and marks>=990 then student will be placed in
distinction category if marks scored are between 989 and900 category is first class, if marks
899 and 825 category is Higher Second Class
Write a PL/SQL block for using procedure created with above requirement.
Stud_Marks(name, total_marks) Result(Roll,Name, Class)
Frame the separate problem statement for writing PL/SQL Stored Procedure and
function, inline with above statement. The problem statement should clearly state the
requirements.
8. Database Trigger (All Types: Row level and Statement level triggers, Before and After
Triggers). Write a database trigger on Library table. The System should keep track of the
records that are being updated or deleted. The old value of updated or deleted records should
be added in Library_Audit table.
Frame the problem statement for writing Database Triggers of all types, in-line with
above statement. The problem statement should clearly state the requirements.
Group B Large Scale Databases
1. Study of Open Source NOSQL Database: MongoDB (Installation, Basic CRUD operations,
Execution)
2. Design and Develop MongoDB Queries using CRUD operations. (Use CRUD operations,
SAVE method, logical operators)
3. Implement aggregation and indexing with suitable example using MongoDB.
4. Implement Map reduces operation with suitable example using MongoDB.
5. Design and Implement any 5 query using MongoDB
6. Create simple objects and array objects using JSON
7. Encode and Decode JSON Objects using Java/Perl/PHP/Python/Ruby
Group C Mini Project : Database Project Life Cycle
1. Write a program to implement MogoDB database connectivity with PHP/ python/Java
Implement Database navigation operations (add, delete, edit etc. ) using ODBC/JDBC.
2. Implement MYSQL/Oracle database connectivity with PHP/ python/Java Implement Database
navigation operations (add, delete, edit,) using ODBC/JDBC.
3. Using the database concepts covered in Part-I & Part-II & connectivity concepts covered in
Part C, students in group are expected to design and develop database application with
following details:
Requirement Gathering and Scope finalization
Database Analysis and Design:
 Design Entity Relationship Model, Relational Model, Database Normalization
Implementation :
 Front End : Java/Perl/PHP/Python/Ruby/.net
 Backend : MongoDB/MYSQL/Oracle
 Database Connectivity : ODBC/JDBC
Testing : Data Validation
Group of students should submit the Project Report which will be consist of documentation
related to different phases of Software Development Life Cycle: Title of the Project, Abstract,
Introduction, scope, Requirements, Data Modeling features, Data Dictionary, Relational
Database Design, Database Normalization, Graphical User Interface, Source Code, Testing
document, Conclusion. Instructor should maintain progress report of mini project throughout
the semester from project group and assign marks as a part of the term work

310248: Computer Networks Lab
PR: 02 Hours/Week 01 TW: 25 Marks
PR: 50 Marks
Companion Course: 310245 Computer Networks (CN)
Course Objectives:
 To establish communication among the computing nodes in P2P and Client-Server
architecture
 Configure the computing nodes with understanding of protocols and technologies.
 Use different communicating modes and standards for communication
 Use modern tools for network traffic analysis
 To learn network programming.
Course Outcomes:
 Demonstrate LAN and WAN protocol behavior using Modern Tools.
 Analyze data flow between peer to peer in an IP network using Application, Transport and
Network Layer Protocols.
 Demonstrate basic configuration of switches and routers.
 Develop Client-Server architectures and prototypes by the means of correct standards and
technology.
manual need to include prologue (about University/program/ institute/ department/foreword/
preface etc), University syllabus, conduction & Assessment guidelines, topics under consideration-
concept, objectives, outcomes, set of typical applications/assignments/ guidelines, and references.
The laboratory assignments are to be submitted by student in the form of journal. Journal consists
of prologue, Certificate, table of contents, and handwritten write-up of each assignment (Title,
Objectives, Problem Statement, Outcomes, software & Hardware requirements, Date of
Completion, Assessment grade/marks and assessor's sign, Theory- Concept in brief, algorithm,
flowchart, test cases, conclusion/analysis. Program codes with sample output of all performed
assignments are to be submitted as softcopy.
As a conscious effort and little contribution towards Green IT and environment awareness,
attaching printed papers as part of write-ups and program listing to journal may be avoided. Use of
DVD containing students programs maintained by lab In-charge is highly encouraged. For
reference one or two journals may be maintained with program prints at Laboratory.
assignments performance of student. Each lab assignment assessment will assign grade/marks
based on parameters with appropriate weightage. Suggested parameters for overall assessment as
well as each lab assignment assessment include- timely completion, performance, innovation,
efficient codes, punctuality and neatness.


fundamentals, effective and efficient implementation. So encouraging efforts, transparent
evaluation and fair approach of the evaluator will not create any uncertainty or doubt in the minds
of the students. So adhering to these principles will consummate our team efforts to the promising
start of the student's academics.
Set of suggested assignment list is provided in groups- A and B. Each student must perform
at least 8 assignments (4-Mandotory plus 4 from remaining 8 assignments) from group A and
4 from group B (2-Mandotory plus 2 from remaining 5 assignments).
Programming tools recommended: - Open Source C,C++, JAVA, PYTHON,
Programming tool like G++/GCC, Wireshark, Etheral and Packet Tracer
Books:
References:
1. Thomas D. Nadean and Ken Gray, “Software Defined Networks”, O'REILLY, ISBN:
13:978-93-5110-264-9
2. Robert Faludi, “Building Wireless Sensor Networks”, O'REILLY, ISBN: 13:978-93-5023-
289-7
Group A
All assignments should be implemented using Open Source Linux flavors, Open Source
Tools: Wireshark and Packet Tracer and C/C++, JAVA, PYTHON.
1. Lab Assignment on Unit I: (Mandatory Assignment)
Part A: Setup a wired LAN using Layer 2 Switch and then IP switch of minimum four
computers. It includes preparation of cable, testing of cable using line tester, configuration
machine using IP addresses, testing using PING utility and demonstrate the PING packets
captured traces using Wireshark Packet Analyzer Tool.
Part B: Extend the same Assignment for Wireless using Access Point
2. Lab Assignment on Unit II: (Use C/C++)
Write a Program with following four options to transfer-
a. Characters separated by space b. One Strings at a time
b. One Sentence at a time c. file
between two RS 232D or USB ports using C/C++. (To demonstrate Framing, Flow control,
Error control).
3. Lab Assignment on Unit II: (Use C/C++)

Write a program for error detection and correction for 7/8 bits ASCII codes using Hamming
Codes or CRC. Demonstrate the packets captured traces using Wireshark Packet Analyzer
Tool for peer to peer mode.( 50% students will perform Hamming Code and others will
perform CRC)
4. Lab Assignment on Unit II: (Use JAVA/PYTHON)
Write a program to simulate Go back N and Selective Repeat Modes of Sliding Window
Protocol in peer to peer mode and demonstrate the packets captured traces using Wireshark
Packet Analyzer Tool for peer to peer mode.
5. Lab Assignment on Unit IV: (Use JAVA/PYTHON)
Write a program to demonstrate subletting and find the subnet masks.
Write a program to simulate the behavior of link state routing protocol to find suitable path
for transmission.
7. Lab Assignment on Unit V: (Mandatory Assignment) (Use C/C++)
Write a program using TCP socket for wired network for following
a. Say Hello to Each other ( For all students)
b. File transfer ( For all students)
c. Calculator (Arithmetic) (50% students)
d. Calculator (Trigonometry) (50% students)
Demonstrate the packets captured traces using Wireshark Packet Analyzer Tool for peer to
peer mode.
Write a program using UDP Sockets to enable file transfer (Script, Text, Audio and Video
one file each) between two machines. Demonstrate the packets captured traces using
Wireshark Packet Analyzer Tool for peer to peer mode.
Write a program to analyze following packet formats captured through Wireshark for wired
network. 1. Ethernet 2. IP 3.TCP 4. UDP
10. Write a program to simulate the behavior of Slow Start and AIMD (Additive Increase and
Multiplicative Decrease) congestion control protocols. (Use JAVA/PYTHON)
11. Lab Assignment on Unit VI: (Use JAVA/PYTHON)
Write a program for DNS lookup. Given an IP address input, it should return URL and vice-
versa.
12. Lab Assignment on Unit VI:
Installing and configure DHCP server and write a program to install the software on remote
machine.
Group B
1. Lab Assignment on Unit II: (Use JAVA/PYTHON)
Write a Program to transfer- By using Bluetooth
a. Characters separated by space
b. One Strings at a time
c. One Sentence at a time d. File
Study of any network simulation tools - To create a network with three nodes and establish a
TCP connection between node 0 and node 1 such that node 0 will send TCP packet to node 2
via node 1
3. Lab Assignment on Unit V: (Use JAVA/PYTHON)
Write a program using TCP sockets for wired network to implement
a. Peer to Peer Chat
b. Multiuser Chat
peer mode.
Write a program using UDP sockets for wired network to implement
a. Peer to Peer Chat
b. Multiuser Chat
peer mode.
Write a program to prepare TCP and UDP packets using header files and send the packets to
destination machine in peer to peer mode. Demonstrate the packets captured traces using
Wireshark Packet Analyzer Tool for peer to peer mode.
6. Lab Assignment on Unit IV and Unit V: (Mandatory Assignment)
Use network simulator NS2 to implement:
a. Monitoring traffic for the given topology
b. Analysis of CSMA and Ethernet protocols
c. Network Routing: Shortest path routing, AODV.
d. Analysis of congestion control (TCP and UDP).
7. Lab Assignment on Unit IV: (Mandatory Assignment)
Configure RIP/OSPF/BGP using packet Tracer.


310249: Audit Course 3
In addition to credits, it is recommended that there should be audit course in preferably in each
semester from second year to supplement their knowledge and skills. Student will be awarded the
bachelor‘s degree if he/she earns 190 credits and clears all the audit courses specified in the
syllabus. The student will be awarded grade as AP on successful completion of audit course. The
student may opt for one of the audit courses per semester, starting in second year first semester.
Though not mandatory, such a selection of the audit courses helps the learner to explore the subject
of interest in greater detail resulting in achieving the very objective of audit course's inclusion. List
of options offered is provided. Each student has to choose one audit course from the list per
semester. Evaluation of audit course will be done at institute level itself. Method of conduction and
method of assessment for audit courses are suggested.
Criteria:
The student registered for audit course shall be awarded the grade AP (Audit Course Pass) and shall
be included such AP grade in the Semester grade report for that course, provided student has the
minimum attendance as prescribed by the Savitribai Phule Pune University and satisfactory in-
semester performance and secured a passing grade in that audit course. No grade points are
associated with this 'AP' grade and performance in these courses is not accounted in the calculation
of the performance indices SGPA and CGPA. Evaluation of audit course will be done at institute
level itself. (Ref- http://www.unipune.ac.in/Syllabi_PDF/revised-
 Lectures/ Guest Lectures 
Surveys
 Visits (Social/Field) and reports 
Mini Project
 Demonstrations 
Hands on experience on specific focused
topic
 Written Test  IPR/Publication
 Demonstrations/ Practical Test  Report
 Presentations
Audit Course 3 Options
AC3- I Cyber Security
AC3-II Professional Ethics and Etiquettes
AC3-III Emotional Intelligence
AC3-IV MOOC-Learn New Skills
AC3-V Foreign Language (one of Japanese/ Spanish/French/German). Course contents
for Japanese (Module 3) are provided. For other languages institute may
design suitably.
Note: It is permitted to opt one of the audit courses listed at SPPU website too, if not opted earlier
http://collegecirculars.unipune.ac.in/sites/documents/Syllabus%202017/Forms/AllItems.aspx


AC3 – I: Cyber Security
Effective information security at the enterprise level requires participation, planning, and practice.
It is an ongoing effort that requires management and staff to work together from the same script.
Fortunately, the information security community has developed a variety of resources, methods,
and best practices to help modern enterprises address the challenge. Unfortunately, employing these
tools demands a high degree of commitment, understanding, and skill attributes that must be
sustained through constant awareness and training.
Course Objectives:
 To assess the current security landscape, including the nature of the threat, the general status
of common vulnerabilities, and the likely consequences of security failures;
 To critique and assess the strengths and weaknesses of general cyber security models,
including the CIA triad
 To appraise the interrelationships among elements that comprise a modern security system,
including hardware, software, policies, and people;
 To assess how all domains of security interact to achieve effective system-wide security at
the enterprise level.
Course Outcome:
 Compare the interrelationships among security roles and responsibilities in a modern
information-driven enterprise—to include interrelationships across security do mains (IT,
physical, classification, personnel, and so on)
 Assess the role of strategy and policy in determining the success of information security;
 Estimate the possible consequences of misaligning enterprise strategy, security policy, and
security plans;
Course Contents:
1. Cyber Security Basics: Introduction, Elements of Information security, Security Policy,
Techniques, Operational Model of Network Security, Terminologies in Network Security
2. Introduction to Cryptography: Introduction, Encryption Methods: Symmetric, Asymmetric,
Public Key and Management, Authentication methods, Digital Signatures
3. Security requirements: Electronic Mail Security: Pretty Good Privacy, MIME, S/MIME, And
Comparison. WEB Security, Secure Electronic Transaction(SET).
4. Intrusion and Firewall: Introduction to threats, Intrusion detection, IDS: Need, Methods,
Types of IDS, Password Management, Limitations and Challenges, Firewall Introduction,
Characteristics and types, Benefits and limitations. Firewall architecture, Trusted Systems,
Access Control
5. Security perspective of Hacking and its counter majors : Introduction to Hacking, Counter
majors: General Strategies
Books:
1. William Stallings, “Cryptography and Network Security”, Pearson, ISBN:978-93-325-1877-3
2. Oded Goldreich, “Foundations of Cryptography: Basic Tools”, Cambridge University Press,
ISBN-10: 0521035368; ISBN-13: 978-0521035361
3. Jonathan Katz and Yehuda Lindell, “Introduction to Modern Cryptography”, CRC Book


AC3 – II: Professional Ethics and Etiquettes
Professional ethics is the underlying concept behind the successful accomplishment of any act of a
professional towards achieving the individual and societal goals. These goals should ultimately
result in morally, legally, ethically and even culturally acceptable good things for all. Engineers
being special group of professionals need to be more conscious of their acts since their duties,
rights and responsibilities permeate into the society and the surroundings. To practice professional
ethics, understanding of values and concepts are essential.
Course Objectives:
 To create awareness on professional ethics and Human Values.
 To provide basic familiarity about Engineers as responsible Experimenters, Research
Ethics, Codes of Ethics, Industrial Standards.
 To inculcate knowledge and exposure on Safety and Risk.
 To expose students to right attitudinal and behavioral aspects
Course Outcome:
 understand the basic perception of profession, professional ethics, various moral issues &
uses of ethical theories
 Understand various social issues, industrial standards, code of ethics and role of professional
ethics in engineering field.
 Follow Ethics as an engineering professional and adopt good standards & norms of
engineering practice.
 apply ethical principles to resolve situations that arise in their professional lives
Course Contents:
1. Human Values And Engineering Ethics: Morals, values and Ethics, Integrity, Work ethic,
Civic virtue , Valuing time, Cooperation, Commitment, Empathy, Self-confidence , stress
management, Senses of Engineering Ethics, Kohlberg‟s theory, Gilligan‟s theory, Models of
professional roles, Uses of Ethical Theories.
2. Research Ethics and Codes of Ethics: Industrial standardization, ethical code and its
importance, ethical accountability, law in engineering, engineering as social experimentation.
3. Safety, Responsibilities And Rights: Safety and Risk, Assessment of Safety and Risk, Risk
Benefit Analysis and Reducing Risk collegiality, Collective Bargaining , Confidentiality ,
Conflicts of Interest, Professional Rights, Employee Rights, Intellectual Property Rights
(IPR), Discrimination, Utilitarianism
4. Professional Etiquette: Etiquette at Meetings, Public Relations Office(PRO)’s Etiquettes,
Technology Etiquette Phone Etiquette, Email Etiquette, Social Media Etiquette, Video
Conferencing Etiquette, Interview Etiquette, Dressing Etiquettes : for Interview, offices and
social functions, Ethical Values: Importance of Work Ethics.
Books:
1. Caroline Whitbeck, “Ethics in Engineering Practice and Research”, Cambridge Press,
ISBN:978-1-107-66847-8
2. Prabhuddha Ganguli: ―Intellectual Property Rights‖ Tata Mc-Graw –Hill, New Delhi,
ISBN-10:0070077177
3. Professional Ethics and Etiquette (Mastering Career Skills), Checkmark, ISBN-10:
0816071179
4. A Alavudeen, ”Professional Ethics And Human Values” Firewall, ISBN13 : 8131803066


AC3 – III: Emotional Intelligence
This Emotional Intelligence (EI) training course will focus on the five core competencies of
emotional intelligence: self-awareness, self-regulation, motivation, empathy and interpersonal
skills. Participants will learn to develop and implement these to enhance their relationships in work
and life by increasing their understanding of social and emotional behaviors, and learning how to
adapt and manage their responses to particular situations. Various models of emotional intelligence
will be covered.
Course Objectives:
 To develop an awareness of EI models
 To recognize the benefits of EI
 To understand how you use emotion to facilitate thought and behavior
 To know and utilize the difference between reaction and considered response
Course Outcomes:
 Expand your knowledge of emotional patterns in yourself and others
 Discover how you can manage your emotions, and positively influence yourself and others
 Build more effective relationships with people at work and at home
 Positively influence and motivate colleagues, team members, managers
 Increase your leadership effectiveness by creating an atmosphere that engages others
 Apply EI behaviors and supports high performance
Course Contents:
1. Introduction to Emotional Intelligence (EI) : Emotional Intelligence and various EI
models, The EQ competencies of self-awareness, self-regulation, motivation, empathy, and
interpersonal skills, Understand EQ and its importance in life and the workplace
2. Know and manage your emotions: emotions, The different levels of emotional awareness,
Increase your emotional knowledge of yourself, Recognize ‘negative’ and ‘positive’
emotions. The relationship between emotions, thought and behavior, Discover the importance
of values, The impact of not managing and processing ‘negative’ emotions, Techniques to
manage your emotions in challenging situations
3. Recognize emotions in others : The universality of emotional expression, Learn tools to
enhance your ability to recognize and appropriately respond to others' emotions, Perceiving
emotions accurately in others to build empathy
4. Relate to others: Applying EI in the workplace, the role of empathy and trust in relationships,
Increase your ability to create effective working relationships with others (peers, subordinates,
managers, clients, Find out how to deal with conflict, Tools to lead, motivate others and create
a high performing team.
Books:
1. Daniel Goleman,” Emotional Intelligence – Why It Matters More Than IQ,” , Bantam
Books, ISBN-10: 055338371X13: 978-0553383713
2. Steven Stein , “The EQ Edge” , Jossey-Bass, ISBN : 978-0-470-68161-9
3. Drew Bird , “The Leader’s Guide to Emotional Intelligence” , ISBN: 9781535176002


AC3 – IV: MOOC-learn New Skill
Course Objectives:
 To promote interactive user forums to support community interactions among students,
professors, and experts
 To promote learn additional skills anytime and anywhere
 To enhance teaching and learning on campus and online
Course Outcome:
On completion of the course, learner will acquire additional knowledge and skill.
About Course:
MOOCs (Massive Open Online Courses) provide affordable and flexible way to learn new skills,
pursue lifelong interests and deliver quality educational experiences at scale. Whether you're
interested in learning for yourself, advancing your career or leveraging online courses to educate
your workforce, SWYAM, NPTEL, edx or similar ones can help.
World’s largest SWAYAM MOOCs, a new paradigm of education for anyone, anywhere, anytime,
as per your convenience, aimed to provide digital education free of cost and to facilitate hosting of
all the interactive courses prepared by the best more than 1000 specially chosen faculty and
teachers in the country. SWAYAM MOOCs enhances active learning for improving lifelong
learning skills by providing easy access to global resources.
SWAYAM is a programme initiated by Government of India and designed to achieve the three
cardinal principles of Education Policy viz., access, equity and quality. The objective of this effort
is to take the best teaching learning resources to all, including the most disadvantaged. SWAYAM
seeks to bridge the digital divide for students who have hitherto remained untouched by the digital
revolution and have not been able to join the mainstream of the knowledge economy.
This is done through an indigenous developed IT platform that facilitates hosting of all the courses,
taught in classrooms from 9th class till post-graduation to be accessed by anyone, anywhere at any
time. All the courses are interactive, prepared by the best teachers in the country and are available,
free of cost to the residents in India. More than 1,000 specially chosen faculty and teachers from
across the Country have participated in preparing these courses.
The courses hosted on SWAYAM is generally in 4 quadrants – (1) video lecture, (2) specially
prepared reading material that can be downloaded/printed (3) self-assessment tests through tests
and quizzes and (4) an online discussion forum for clearing the doubts. Steps have been taken to
enrich the learning experience by using audio-video and multi-media and state of the art pedagogy /
technology. In order to ensure best quality content are produced and delivered, seven National
Coordinators have been appointed: These are NPTEL for engineering and UGC for post-graduation
education.
Guidelines:
Instructor is requested to promote students to opt for courses with proper mentoring. The
departments will take care of providing necessary infrastructural facilities and other facilities for
the learners.
References:
1. https://swayam.gov.in/
2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/
3. https://www.edx.org


AC3 – V: Foreign Language(Japanese Module 3)
Prerequisite Courses: Audit Course AC1-V(210250), AC2-V(210258)
About Course:
With changing times, the competitiveness has gotten into the nerves and ‗Being the Best‘ at all
times is only the proof of it. Nonetheless, ‗being the best‘ differs significantly from
Communicating the best‘. The best can merely be communicated whilst using the best suited
Language!
Japanese is the new trend of 21st century. Not only youngsters but even the professionals seek
value in it. It is the engineer‘s companion in current times with an assertion of a thriving future.
Pune has indisputably grown to become a major center of Japanese Education in India while
increasing the precedence for Japanese connoisseurs.
Japanese certainly serves a great platform to unlock a notoriously tough market & find a booming
career. While the companies prefer candidates having the knowledge of the language, it can
additionally help connect better with the native people thus prospering in their professional
journey. Learning Japanese gives an extra edge to the ‗resume‘ since the recruiters consciously
make note of the fact it requires real perseverance and self-discipline to tackle one of the most
complex languages.
It would be easy for all time to quit the impossible; however it takes immense courage to reiterate
the desired outcomes, recognize that improvement is an ongoing process and ultimately soldier
on it. The need of an hour is to introduce Japanese language with utmost professionalism to
create awareness about the bright prospects and to enhance the proficiency and commitment. It
will then prove to be the ultimate path to the quest for professional excellence!
Course Objectives:
 To meet the needs of ever growing industry with respect to language support.
 To get introduced to Japanese society and culture through language.
Course Outcome:
 Have ability of basic communication.
 Have the knowledge of Japanese script.
 Get introduced to reading, writing and listening skills for language Japanese.
 Develop interest to pursue professional Japanese Language course
Course Contents:
1. Introduction to Kanji Script, Describing one’s daily routine. To ask what someone does.
Expressions of Giving & Receiving.
2. Adjectives (Types of adjectives), Asking impression or an opinion about a thing / person /
place that the listener, has experienced, visited, or met, Describing things / person / places
with the help of the adjectives.
3. Expressions of Like & Dislikes. Expressing one’s ability, hobby, Comparison between
objects, persons & cities, which resulted from a certain action in the past.
References:
1. Minna No Nihongo, ―Japanese for Everyone‖, Elementary Main Text book 1-1 (Indian
Edition), Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd.
2. http://www.tcs.com (http://www.tcs.com/news_events/press_releases/Pages/TCS-Inaugurates-
Japan-centric-Delivery-Center-Pune.aspx
SEMESTER II


310250: Design and Analysis of Algorithms
Teaching Scheme:
Prerequisite Courses: Discrete Mathematics (210241), Data Structures (210243, 210252),
Theory of Computation (310241)
Course Objectives:
 To develop problem solving abilities using mathematical theories
 To analyze the performance of algorithms
 To study algorithmic design strategies
Course Outcomes:
 Formulate the problem
 Analyze the asymptotic performance of algorithms
 Decide and apply algorithmic strategies to solve given problem
 Find optimal solution by applying various methods
Course Contents
Unit I Fundamentals 09 Hours
The Role of Algorithms in Computing - What are algorithms, Algorithms as technology, Evolution
of Algorithms, Design of Algorithm, Need of Correctness of Algorithm, Confirming correctness of
Algorithm – sample examples, Iterative algorithm design issues.
Unit II Models and Design 09 Hours
Functional Model – Features, Recursive processes, Scope rules, Tail recursion, Checking
correctness of Iterative process. Imperative Model – Basics, Specifications and Prototyping,
Stepwise Refinement, Proof Rules – Basics, For loops, Goto and Exit loops, Functions and
Procedures, Problem Solving using Greedy strategy - Knapsack problem, Huffman code
generation algorithm.
Unit III Abstract Algorithms 09 Hours
Dynamic Programming, Divide and Conquer, Greedy strategy, Branch-n-Bound, Natural
Algorithms –Evolutionary Algorithms and Evolutionary Computing, Introduction to Genetic
Algorithm, Simulated Annealing, Artificial Neural Network and Tabu Search.
Unit IV Complexity Theory 09 Hours
Complexity theory – Counting Dominant operators, Growth rate, upper bounds, asymptotic
growth, O, Ω, Ɵ, o and ω notations, polynomial and non-polynomial problems, deterministic and
non-deterministic algorithms, P-class problems, NP-class of problems, Polynomial problem
reduction NP complete problems- vertex cover and 3-SAT and NP hard problem - Hamiltonian
cycle.
Unit V Amortized Analysis 09 Hours

Amortized Analysis – Binary, Binomial and Fibonacci heaps, Dijkstra’s Shortest path algorithm,
Splay Trees, Time-Space tradeoff, Introduction to Tractable and Non-tractable Problems,
Introduction to Randomized and Approximate algorithms, Embedded Algorithms: Embedded
system scheduling (power optimized scheduling algorithm), sorting algorithm for embedded
systems.
Unit VI Multithreaded and Distributed Algorithms 09 Hours
Multithreaded Algorithms - Introduction, Performance measures, Analyzing multithreaded
algorithms, Parallel loops, Race conditions.
Problem Solving using Multithreaded Algorithms - Multithreaded matrix multiplication,
Multithreaded merge sort.
Distributed Algorithms - Introduction, Distributed breadth first search, Distributed Minimum
Spanning Tree.
String Matching- Introduction, The Naive string matching algorithm, The Rabin-Karp algorithm
Books:
Text:
1. Parag Himanshu Dave, Himanshu Bhalchandra Dave, “Design And Analysis of
Algorithms”, Pearson Education, ISBN 81-7758-595-9
2. Gilles Brassard, Paul Bratley, “Fundamentals of Algorithmics”, PHI, ISBN 978-81-203-
1131-2
References:
1. Michael T. Goodrich, Roberto Tamassia , “Algorithm Design: Foundations, Analysis and
Internet Examples”, Wiley, ISBN 978-81-265-0986-7
2. Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest and Clifford Stein,
“Introduction to Algorithms”, MIT Press; ISBN 978-0-262-03384-8
3. Horowitz and Sahani, "Fundamentals of Computer Algorithms", University Press, ISBN:
978 81 7371 6126, 81 7371 61262
4. Rajeev Motwani and Prabhakar Raghavan, “Randomized Algorithms”, Cambridge
University Press, ISBN: 978-0-521-61390-3
5. Dan Gusfield, “Algorithms on Strings, Trees and Sequences”, Cambridge University
Press,ISBN:0-521-67035-7


310251: Systems Programming and Operating System
Teaching Scheme:
Prerequisite Courses: Fundamentals of Programming Languages(110011,110003), Data
Structures (210243,210252)
Companion Course: Systems Programming and Operating System Lab (310257)
Course Objectives:
 To understand basics of System Programming.
 To learn and understand data structures used in design of system software.
 To learn and understand basics of compilers and tools.
 To understand functions of operating system.
 To learn and understand process, resource and memory management.
Course Outcomes:
 Analyze and synthesize system software
 Use tools like LEX & YACC.
 Implement operating system functions.
Course Contents
Introduction: Components of System Software: Text editors, Loaders, Assemblers, Macro
processors, Compilers, Debuggers. Machine Structure, Machine language and Assembly
Language. Assemblers: General design procedure, design of two pass assembler
Unit II Macro Processor, Linker and Loader 09 Hours
Macro Processor: Macro instructions, Features of macro facility, Design of two-pass, single pass
and nested macro processor. Loaders: Loader schemes: Compile and go, General Loader Scheme,
Absolute loaders, subroutine linkages, relocating loaders, direct linking loaders, overlay structure.
Design of an absolute loader, Design of direct linking loader. Linkers: Relocation and linking
concepts, Design of linker, self relocating programs, Static and dynamic link libraries, use of call
back functions. Case Study: Loading phases using Java.
Unit III Language Translator 09 Hours
Role of lexical analysis -parsing & Token, patterns and Lexemes & Lexical Errors, regular
definitions for the language constructs & strings, sequences, Comments & Transition diagram for
recognition of tokens, reserved words and identifiers, examples Introduction to Compilers and
Interpreters: General Model of Complier, Program interpretation, Comparison of compiler and
Interpreter, Use of Interpreter and components of Interpreter. Case Study: Overview of LEX and
YACC specification and features.
Unit IV Operating Systems 09 Hours

Operating Systems: Introduction to different types of operating Real Time Operating Systems,
System Components, OS services, System structure- Layered Approach.
Process Management: Process Concept- Process states, Process control block, Threads, Process
Scheduling: Types of process schedulers, Types of scheduling: Preemptive, Non preemptive.
Scheduling algorithms: FCFS, SJF, RR, Priority,
Deadlocks: Methods of handling deadlocks, Deadlock prevention, avoidance and detection,
Recovery from deadlocks.
Case Study: Process Management in multi-cores OS.
Unit V Memory Management 09 Hours
Memory management: Review of Programming Model of Intel 80386, Contiguous and non-
contiguous, Swapping, Paging, Segmentation, Segmentation with Paging. Virtual Memory:
Background, Demand paging, Page replacement scheme- FIFO, LRU, Optimal, Thrashing.
Case Study: Memory Management in multi-cores OS.
Unit VI I/O Management 09 Hours
I/O Management: I/O Devices, Organization of I/O function, I/O Buffering, Disk Scheduling-
Disk Scheduling policies like FIFO, LIFO, STTF, SCAN, C-SCAN.
File Management: Concept, Access methods, Directory Structure, Protection, File System
implementation, Directory Implementation, Allocation methods, Free Space management.
Case Study: I/O and File Management in multi-cores OS
Case Study: Light weight and heavy weight OS: Linux, Tizen
Books:
Text:
1. John Donovan, “System Programming”, McGraw Hill, ISBN 978-0--07-460482-3.
2. Silberschatz, Galvin, Gagne, "Operating System Principles", 9th Edition, Wiley, ISBN 978-
1-118-06333-0
References:
1. Dhamdhere D., "Systems Programming and Operating Systems", McGraw Hill, ISBN 0 -
07 - 463579 – 4
2. Randal Bryant and David O'Hallaron, “Computer Systems: A Programmer's Perspective” ,
Pearson, ISBN 10: 0-13-610804-0
3. Stallings W., "Operating Systems", 6th Edition, Prentice Hall, ISBN-978-81-317-2528-3.
4. John. R. Levine, Tony Mason and Doug Brown, “Lex and Yacc”, O'Reilly, 1998, ISBN: 1-
56592-000-7


310252: Embedded Systems and Internet of Things
Teaching Scheme:
Prerequisite Course: Computer Networks (310245)
Companion Course: Embedded Systems and IoT Lab (310258)
Course Objectives:
 To understand fundamentals of IoT and embedded system including essence, basic design
strategy and process modeling.
 To introduce students a set of advanced topics in embedded IoT and lead them to understand
research in network.
 To develop comprehensive approach towards building small low cost embedded IoT system.
 To understand fundamentals of security in IoT,
 To learn to implement secure infrastructure for IoT
 To learn real world application scenarios of IoT along with its societal and economic impact
using case studies
Course Outcomes:
 Implement an architectural design for IoT for specified requirement
 Solve the given societal challenge using IoT
 Choose between available technologies and devices for stated IoT challenge
Course Contents
Unit I Introduction to Embedded System and Internet of Things 09 Hours
Embedded Systems: Application Domain and Characteristic of Embedded System, Real time
systems and Real time scheduling, Processor basics and System-On-Chip, Introduction to ARM
processor and its architecture. IoT: Definition and characteristics of IoT, Internet of Things:
Vision, Emerging Trends, Economic Significance, Technical Building Blocks, Physical design of
IoT, Things of IoT, IoT Protocols, Logical design of IoT, IoT functional blocks, IoT
communication models, IoT Communication APIs, IoT enabling technologies, IoT levels and
deployment templates, IoT Issues and Challenges, Applications
Unit II Embedded IoT Platform Design Methodology 09 Hours
Purpose and requirement specification, Process specification, Domain model specification,
information model specification, Service specifications, IoT level specification, Functional view
specification, Operational view specification, Device and component integration, Application
development
Unit III Pillars of Embedded IoT and Physical Devices 09 Hours
Horizontal, verticals and four pillars of IoT, M2M: The internet of devices, RFID: The internet of
objects, WSN: The internet of transducer, SCADA: The internet of controllers, DCM: Device,
Connect and Manage, Device: Things that talk, Connect: Pervasive Network, Mangae: To create
business values. IoT Physical Devices and Endpoints: Basic building blocks of and IoT device,
Exemplary device: Raspberry Pi, Raspberry Pi interfaces, Programming Raspberry Pi with Python,
Beagle board and Other IoT Devices.

Unit IV IoT Protocols and Security 09 Hours

Protocol Standardization for IoT, Efforts, M2M and WSN Protocols, SCADA and RFID
Protocols, Issues with IoT Standardization, Unified Data Standards, Protocols – IEEE 802.15.4,
BACNet Protocol, Modbus, KNX, Zigbee Architecture, Network layer, APS layer.
IoT Security: Vulnerabilities of IoT, Security Requirements, Challenges for Secure IoT, Threat
Modeling, Key elements of IoT Security: Identity establishment, Access control, Data and
message security, Non-repudiation and availability, Security model for IoT.
Unit V Web of Things and Cloud of Things 09 Hours
Web of Things versus Internet of Things, Two Pillars of the Web, Architecture Standardization
for WoT, Platform Middleware for WoT, Unified Multitier WoT Architecture, WoT Portals and
Business Intelligence. Cloud of Things: Grid/SOA and Cloud Computing, Cloud Middleware,
Cloud Standards – Cloud Providers and Systems, Mobile Cloud Computing, The Cloud of
Things Architecture.
Unit VI IoT Physical Servers, Cloud Offerings and IoT Case Studies 09 Hours
Introduction to Cloud Storage Models, Communication API, WAMP: AutoBahn for IoT, Xively
Cloud for IoT, Python Web Application Framework: Djanjo, Amzon Web Services for IoT,
SkyNet IoT Messaging Platform. Case Studies: Home Intrusion Detection, Weather Monitoring
System, Air Pollution Monitoring, Smart Irrigation.
Books:
Text:
1. Arshdeep Bahga, Vijay Madisetti, “Internet of Things – A hands-on approach”, Universities
Press, ISBN: 0: 0996025510, 13: 978-0996025515
2. Honbo Zhou, “The Internet of Things in the Cloud: A Middleware Perspective”, CRC Press,
2012. ISBN : 9781439892992
3. Dieter Uckelmann, Mark Harrison, Florian Michahelles, “Architecting the Internet of
Things”, Springer, 2011. ISBN: 978-3-642-19156-5
4. Lyla B. Das, “Embedded Systems: An Integrated Approach” Pearson , ISBN: 9332511675,
9789332511675.
References:
1. David Easley and Jon Kleinberg, “Networks, Crowds, and Markets: Reasoning About a
Highly Connected World”, Cambridge University Press, 2010, ISBN:10: 0521195330
2. Olivier Hersent, Omar Elloumi and David Boswarthick, “The Internet of Things: Applications
to the Smart Grid and Building Automation”, Wiley, 2012, 9781119958345
3. Olivier Hersent, David Boswarthick, Omar Elloumi , “The Internet of Things – Key
applications and Protocols”, Wiley, 2012, ISBN:978-1-119-99435-0
4. Barrie Sosinsky, “Cloud Computing Bible”, Wiley-India, 2010.ISBN : 978-0-470-90356-8
5. Adrian McEwen, Hakim Cassimally, “Designing the Internet of Things”, Wiley, 2014, ISBN:
978-1-118-43063-7
6. Christopher Hallinan, “Embedded Linux Primer”, Prentice Hall, ISBN:13: 978-0-13-167984-9


310253: Software Modeling and Design
Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme: Credits
Prerequisite Course: Software Engineering and Project Management (310243)
Course Objectives:
 To understand and apply Object Oriented(OO) concept for designing OO based
model/application
 To transform Requirement document to Appropriate design
 To understand different architectural designs and to transform them into proper model
 To choose and use modern design tools for project development and implementation.
 To choose and use appropriate test tool for testing web-based/desktop application
Course Outcomes:
 Analyze the problem statement (SRS) and choose proper design technique for designing web-
based/ desktop application
 Design and analyze an application using UML modeling as fundamental tool
 Apply design patterns to understand reusability in OO design
 Decide and apply appropriate modern tool for designing and modeling
 Decide and apply appropriate modern testing tool for testing web-based/desktop application
Course Contents
Introduction to software design, design methods- procedural / structural and object oriented,
Requirement Vs Analysis Vs Architecture Vs Design Vs Development 4+1 Architecture, case study of
transferring requirement to design, UP, COMET use case based software life cycle, Introduction to
UML -Basic building blocks, Reusability, Use case modeling, Use case template
Case study – Transferring requirements into design using advanced tool
Unit II Static Modelling 08 Hours

Analysis Vs Design, Class diagram- Analysis - Object & classes finding analysis & Design- design
classes, refining analysis relationships, Inheritance & polymorphism, Object diagram, Component
diagram- Interfaces & components, deployment diagram, Package diagram
Unit III Dynamic Modelling 07 Hours
Interaction & Interaction overview diagram, sequence diagram, Timing diagram, Communication
diagram, Advanced state machine diagram, Activity diagram
Unit IV Architecture Design 08 Hours

Introduction to Architectural design, overview of software architecture, Object oriented software
architecture, Client server Architecture, Service oriented Architecture, Component based Architecture,
Real time software Architecture
Unit V Design patterns 07 Hours

Introduction to Creational design pattern – singleton, Factory ,Structural design pattern- Proxy design
pattern, Adapter design pattern, Behavioral – Iterator design pattern, Observer design pattern
Unit VI Testing 08 Hours

Introduction to testing, Error, Faults, Failures, verification and validation, Whit Box Testing, Black
Box Testing, Unit testing, Integration testing, GUI testing, User acceptance Validation testing,
integration testing, scenario testing, performance testing. Test cases and test plan. Case studies
expected for developing usability test plans and test cases.
Note: Instructor should frame appropriate case studies/ mini-project (different case study for a group of
6-8 students) on unit-I to unit-V. The case study framed for unit-I may be continued/carry forward for
next units if necessary. The same case studies/mini-projects should be tested using appropriate testing
tool (preferably open source like Selenium).
Books:
Text Books:
1. Jim Arlow, Ila Neustadt, “UML 2 and the unified process –practical object-oriented analysis
and design” Addison Wesley, Second edition, ISBN 978-0201770605
2. Hassan Gomaa, “Software Modeling and Design- UML, Use cases, Patterns and Software
Architectures” Cambridge University Press, 2011, ISBN 978-0-521-76414-8
3. Srinivasan Desikan, Gopalaswamy Ramesh, “Software testing- Principles and practices”
Prentice Hall, 2007, ISBN 9788177581218
References Books:
1. Eric J. Braude, “Software Design: from Programming to Architecture”, J. Wiley, 2004, ISBN
978-0-471-20459-6
2. Gardy Booch, James Rambaugh, Ivar Jacobson, “The unified modeling language user guide” ,
Pearson Education, Second edition, 2008, ISBN 0-321-24562-8


310254: Web Technology
Teaching Scheme:
Prerequisite Courses: Computer Network (310245) , Database Management Systems (310242)
Companion Course: Web Technology Lab (310256)
Course Objectives:
 To understand the principles and methodologies of web based applications development
process
 To understand current client side and server side web technologies
 To understand current client side and server side frameworks
 To understand web services and content management
Course Outcomes:
 analyze given assignment to select sustainable web development and design methodology
 develop web based application using suitable client side and server side web technologies
 develop solution to complex problems using appropriate method, technologies, frameworks,
web services and content management
Course Contents
Unit I Web Development Process, Front End Tools 07 Hours
Introduction to web technology, internet and www, Web site planning and design issues, HTML:
structure of html document , HTML elements: headings, paragraphs, line break, colors & fonts, links,
frames, lists, tables, images and forms, Difference between HTML and HTML5. CSS: Introduction to
Style Sheet, Inserting CSS in an HTML page, CSS selectors, XML: Introduction to XML, XML key
component, Transforming XML into XSLT, DTD: Schema, elements, attributes, Introduction to
JSON.
Unit II Client Side Technologies 08 Hours
JavaScript: Overview of JavaScript, using JS in an HTML (Embedded, External), Data types,
Control Structures, Arrays, Functions and Scopes, Objects in JS, DOM: DOM levels, DOM Objects
and their properties and methods, Manipulating DOM, JQuery: Introduction to JQuery, Loading
JQuery, Selecting elements, changing styles, creating elements, appending elements, removing
elements, handling events.
Unit III Server Side Technologies 08 Hours
Introduction to Server Side technology and TOMCAT, Servlet: Introduction to Servlet, need and
advantages, Servlet Lifecycle, Creating and testing of sample Servlet, session management. JSP:
Introduction to JSP, advantages of JSP over Servlet , elements of JSP page: directives, comments,
scripting elements, actions and templates, JDBC Connectivity with JSP.
Unit IV Server Side Technologies 07 Hours
PHP: Introduction to PHP, Features, sample code, PHP script working, PHP syntax, conditions &
Loops, Functions, String manipulation, Arrays & Functions, Form handling, Cookies & Sessions,
using MySQL with PHP, WAP & WML, AJAX: Introduction, Working of AJAX, AJAX processing
steps, coding AJAX script.

Unit V Client and Server Side Frameworks 07 Hours

Angular JS : Overview, MVC architecture, directives, expression, controllers, filters, tables, modules,
forms, includes, views, scopes, services, dependency injection, custom directives, Internationalization,
Introduction to NodeJS. Struts: Overview, architecture, configuration, actions, interceptors, result
types, validations, localization, exception handling, annotations.
Unit VI Web Services 08 Hours
Web Services: Overview, types of WS, difference between SOAP and REST, EJB: types of EJB,
benefits, Architecture, EJB technology, JNDI lookup, Introduction to Content Management
System(CMS) ,Wordpress / Joomala, Advanced Technology: Bootstrap, JSF, Spring.
Books:
Text:
1. Achyut Godbole & Atul Kahate, ”Web Technologies: TCP/IP to Internet Application
Architectures”, McGraw Hill Education publications, ISBN, 007047298X, 9780070472983
2. Ralph Moseley & M. T. Savaliya, “Developing Web Applications”, Wiley publications,
ISBN 13 : 9788126538676
References:
1. Adam Bretz & Colin J Ihrig, “Full Stack Javascript Development with MEAN”, SPD, ISBN-13:
978-0992461256
2. Giulio Zambon, “ Beginning JSP, JSF and Tomcat”, Apress Publication, ISBN-10:
1430246235; ISBN-13: 978-1430246237
3. Jeremy McPeak& Paul Wilton,” Beginning JavaScript”, Wrox Publication, ISBN-13: 978-
0470525937
4. Black Book, “Struts 2”, Dreamtech Press, ISBN 13, : 9788177228700
5. Black Book, “ JDBC 4.2, Servlet 3.1 & JSP 2.3”, Dreamtech Press, ISBN-13: 978-8177228700
6. Sandeep Panda, “Angular JS: Novice To Ninja”, SPD, First Edition 2014, ISBN-13: 978-
0992279455
7. B. V. Kumar, S. Sangeetha, S. V. Subrahmanya,, “J2EE Architecture, an illustrative gateway to
enterprise solutions”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company. ISBN: 9780070621633
8. Brian Fling, “Mobile Design and Development”, O'REILLY, ISBN: 13:978-81-8404-817-9
9. Robin Nixon, “Learning PHP, Mysql and Javascript with JQuery, CSS & HTML5”, O'REILLY,
ISBN: 13:978-93-5213-015-3
10. Allan Cole, Raeiva Jackson Armitage Brandon R. Jones Jeffrey Way, “Build Your Own
Wicked Wordpress Themes”, SPD, ISBN: 978-93-5213-154-9
11. Ed Burnette, “Hello , Android Introducing Google' Mobile Development Platform”, SPD,
ISBN: 13:978-93-5213-085-6


310255: Seminar and Technical Communication
TUT: 01 Hour/Week 01 TW: 50 Marks
Course Objectives:
 To explore the basic principles of communication (verbal and non-verbal) and active,
empathetic listening, speaking and writing techniques.
 To expose the student to new technologies, researches, products, algorithms, services
Course Outcomes:
On completion of the course, student will–
 be able to be familiar with basic technical writing concepts and terms, such as audience
analysis, jargon, format, visuals, and presentation.
 be able to improve skills to read, understand, and interpret material on technology.
 improve communication and writing skills
Guidelines:
 Each student will select a topic in the area of Computer Engineering and Technology
preferably keeping track with recent technological trends and development beyond scope of
syllabus avoiding repetition in consecutive years.
 The topic must be selected in consultation with the institute guide.
 Each student will make a seminar presentation using audio/visual aids
for a duration of 20-25 minutes and submit the seminar report prepared in Latex only.
 Active participation at classmate seminars is essential.
 BoS has circulated the Seminar Log book and it is recommended to use it.
Guidelines for Assessment:
Panel of staff members along with a guide would be assessing the seminar work based on these
parameters-Topic, Contents and Presentation, regularity, Punctuality and Timely Completion,
Question and Answers, Report, Paper presentation/Publication, Attendance and Active Participation.
Recommended Format of the Seminar Report:
 Title Page with Title of the topic, Name of the candidate with Exam Seat Number / Roll
Number, Name of the Guide, Name of the Department, Institution and Year & University
 Seminar Approval Sheet/Certificate
 Abstract and Keywords
 Acknowledgements
 Table of Contents, List of Figures, List of Tables and Nomenclature
 Chapters Covering topic of discussion- Introduction with section including organization of the
report, Literature Survey/Details of design/technology/Analytical and/or experimental work, if
any/ …..,Discussions and Conclusions ,Bibliography/References
 Plagiarism Check report
 Report Documentation page
References:
1. Rebecca Stott, Cordelia Bryan, Tory Young, “Speaking Your Mind: Oral Presentation and
Seminar Skills (Speak-Write Series)”, Longman, ISBN-13: 978-0582382435
2. Johnson-Sheehan, Richard, “Technical Communication”, Longman. ISBN 0-321-11764-6
3. Vikas Shirodka, “Fundamental skills for building Professionals”, SPD, ISBN 978-93-5213-
146-5


310256: Web Technology Lab
PR: 50 Marks
Companion Course: Web Technology (310254)
Course Objectives:
 To use current client side and server side web technologies
 To implement communication among the computing nodes using current client side and
server side technologies
 To design and implement web services with content management
Course Outcomes:
 develop web based application using suitable client side and server side web technologies
 develop solution to complex problems using appropriate method, technologies,
frameworks, web services and content management
Completion, Assessment grade/marks and assessor's sign, Theory- Concept/technology/tool in
brief, design, test cases, conclusion/analysis. Program codes with sample output of all
performed assignments are to be submitted as softcopy.
implementation of the problem statement. The supplementary and relevant questions may be
asked at the time of evaluation to test the student’s for advanced learning, understanding of the


indentation and comments. Use of open source software is to be encouraged. In addition to these,
instructor may assign one real life application in the form of a mini-project based on the concepts
learned. Instructor may also set one assignment or mini-project that is suitable to respective branch
beyond the scope of syllabus.
1. Lab Assignment on Unit I:
Assignment 1a: Installation and Configuration of Web Application Servers Tomcat,
Apache, WebSphere, JBoss, GlassFish.
Assignment 1b: Design and develop any suitable web application using HTML, CSS and
XML in consultation of course instructor.
2. Lab Assignment on Unit II: Assignment 2: Perform validation of all fields in
assignment no.1 by using Java script/JQuery.
3. Lab Assignment on Unit III:
Assignment 3: Add dynamic web application essence in assignment no. 2 using Servlet,
JSP and backend.
4. Lab Assignment on Unit IV:
Assignment 4: Add dynamic web application essence in assignment no. 2 using PHP,
MySQL database connectivity and AJAX controls.
5. Lab Assignment on Unit V:
Assignment 5: Re-Design, develop and deploy assignment no. 3 of unit –III using Strut
Re-Design, develop and deploy assignment no. 4 of unit –IV using Angular JS
6. Lab Assignment on Unit VI:
Assignment 6: Design, Develop and Deploy separate web application using
EJB/CMS/JSF/Spring/Bootstrap.
Reference Books:
1. Aleksa Vukotic and James Goodwill, “Apache Tomcat 7”, Apress, 2011, ISBN: 10:
1430237236
2. Bryan Basham, Kathy Sierra, Bert Bates, “JSP: Passing the Sun Certified Web Component
Developer Exam”, O'Reilly Media ISBN: 978-0-596-51668-0
3. Chirag Rathod, Jonathan Wetherbee, Peter Zadrozny, and Raghu R. Kodali, “Beginning
EJB 3: Java EE 7 Edition”, Apress, 2013, ISBN : 9781430246923
4. Richard Monson-Haefel, “J2EE Web Services”, Addison-Wesley Professional, First
Edition, 2004, ISBN: 10: 0321146182
5. Chuck Cavaness, “Programming Jakarta Struts”, O’relly Media, second edition 2004,
ISBN: 978-0-596-00651-8;
6. Michael Morrison, Lynn Beighley, “Head First PHP & MySQL: A Brain-Friendly Guide”,
O’relly Media, second edition 2008, ISBN :13: 9788184046588
7. Dan Rahmel, “Advanced Joomla!”, Apress, First Edition, 2013, ISBN: 13:
9781430216285
8. Iwein Fuld, Marius Bogoevici, Mark Fisher, Jonas Partner”, Spring Integration in Action”,
Manning, 2012, ISBN : 13: 9781935182436.

310257: System Programming & Operating System Lab
PR: 50 Marks
Companion Course: Systems Programming and Operating System (310251)
Course Objectives:
 To implement basic language translator by using various needed data structures
 To implement basic Macroprocessor
 To design and implement Dynamic Link Libraries
 To implement scheduling schemes
Course Outcomes:
 Understand the internals of language translators
 Handle tools like LEX & YACC.
 Understand the Operating System internals and functionalities with implementation point of
view
flowchart, Design, test cases, conclusion/analysis. Program codes with sample output of all
fundamentals, effective and efficient implementation.
So encouraging efforts, transparent evaluation and fair approach of the evaluator will not create any
uncertainty or doubt in the minds of the students. So adhering to these principles will consummate
our team efforts to the promising start of the student's academics.

indentation and comments. Use of open source software is to be encouraged. In addition to these,
instructor may assign one real life application in the form of a mini-project based on the concepts
learned.
Set of suggested assignment list is provided in groups- A, B, C, D (All Compulsory)
Programming tools recommended: - Eclipse IDE
Books:
1. Paul Gries Jennifer Campbll, Jason Montojo, “Practical Programming Second Edition”,
SPD, ISBN: 978-93-5110-469-8
Group A
1. Design suitable data structures and implement pass-I of a two-pass assembler for pseudo-
machine in Java using object oriented feature. Implementation should consist of a few
instructions from each category and few assembler directives.
2. Implement Pass-II of two pass assembler for pseudo-machine in Java using object oriented
features. The output of assignment-1 (intermediate file and symbol table) should be
input for this assignment.
3. Design suitable data structures and implement pass-I of a two-pass macro-processor using
OOP features in Java
4. Write a Java program for pass-II of a two-pass macro-processor. The output of assignment-3
(MNT, MDT and file without any macro definitions) should be input for this assignment.
Group B
1. Write a program to create Dynamic Link Library for any mathematical operation and write
an application program to test it. (Java Native Interface / Use VB or VC++).
2. Write a program using Lex specifications to implement lexical analysis phase of compiler to
generate tokens of subset of ‘Java’ program.
3. Write a program using Lex specifications to implement lexical analysis phase of compiler to
count no. of words, lines and characters of given input file.
4. Write a program using YACC specifications to implement syntax analysis phase of compiler
to validate type and syntax of variable declaration in Java.
5. Write a program using YACC specifications to implement syntax analysis phase of compiler
to recognize simple and compound sentences given in input file.
Group C
1. Write a Java program (using OOP features) to implement following scheduling algorithms:
FCFS , SJF (Preemptive), Priority (Non-Preemptive) and Round Robin (Preemptive)
2. Write a Java program to implement Banker’s Algorithm
3. Implement UNIX system calls like ps, fork, join, exec family, and wait for process
management (use shell script/ Java/ C programming).
4. Study assignment on process scheduling algorithms in Android and Tizen.
Group D
Write a Java Program (using OOP features) to implement paging simulation using
1. Least Recently Used (LRU)
2. Optimal algorithm

310258: Embedded Systems & Internet of Things Lab
PR: 50 Marks
Companion Course-Embedded Systems & Internet of Things (310252)
Course Objectives:
 To understand functionalities of various single board embedded platforms fundamentals
 To develop comprehensive approach towards building small low cost embedded IoT system.
 To understand different sensory inputs.
Course Outcomes:
 Design the minimum system for sensor based application
 Solve the problems related to the primitive needs using IoT
 Develop full fledged IoT application for distributed environment
Assessment grade/marks and assessor's sign, Theory- Concept in brief, algorithm, flowchart, test
cases, conclusion/analysis. Program codes with sample output of all performed assignments are
to be submitted as softcopy.
Continuous assessment of laboratory work is to be done based on overall performance and lab
assignments performance of student. Each lab assignment assessment will assign grade/marks based
on parameters with appropriate weightage. Suggested parameters for overall assessment as well as
each lab assignment assessment include- timely completion, performance, innovation, efficient codes,
implementation of the problem statement. The supplementary and relevant questions may be asked at
the time of evaluation to test the student’s for advanced learning, understanding of the fundamentals,
effective and efficient implementation. So encouraging efforts, transparent evaluation and fair
academics.


appreciated if the assignments are based on real world problems/applications.
Set of suggested assignment list is provided in groups- A, B, C, D, and E. Each student must perform
at least 11 assignments as at least 3 from group A, 3 from group B, 2 from group C, 2 from group D
and 1 from group E.
References:
1. Nitesh Dhanjani, “Abusing the Internet of Things”, O'REILLY, ISBN: 13:978-93-5313-217-1
2. Cuno Pfister, “Getting Started with the Internet of Things”, O'REILLY, ISBN: 13:978-93-
53023-413-6
3. Massimo Banzi and Michael Shiloh, “Getting Started with Arduino”, MAKER MEDIA, ISBN:
13:978-93-5110-907-5
4. Don Wilcher, “BASIC Arduino Projects”, MAKER MEDIA, ISBN: 13:978-93-5110-503-9
5. Cefn Hoile, Clare Bowman, Sjoerd Dirk Meijer, Brian Corteil, Lauren Orsini, “Raspberry Pi
and AVR Projects”, MAKER MEDIA, ISBN: 13:978-93-5110-914-3
6. Wolfrom Donot, “A Raspberry Pi Controlled Robot”, MAKER MEDIA, ISBN: 13:978-93-
5110-913-6
7. Kimmo Karvinen and Tero Karvinen, “Arduino Bots and Gadgets”, O'REILLY, ISBN:
13:978-93-5023-374-0
8. Derek Molley, “Exploring Beaglebone”, Willey, ISBN: 978-1-118-935125
9. Matt Richardson and Shawn Wallace, “Getting with Raspberry Pi”, MAKER MEDIA, ISBN:
978-93-5213-450-2
10. Dr. Simon Monk, “Raspberry PiCook-Book”, O'REILLY, ISBN: 978-93-5213-389-5

Group A
1. Study of Raspberry-Pi, Beagle board, Arduino and other micro controller ( History & Elevation)
2. Study of different operating systems for Raspberry-Pi /Beagle board. Understanding the process
of OS installation on Raspberry-Pi /Beagle board
3. Study of Connectivity and configuration of Raspberry-Pi /Beagle board circuit with basic
peripherals, LEDS. Understanding GPIO and its use in program.
4. Understanding the connectivity of Raspberry-Pi /Beagle board circuit with temperature sensor.
Write an application to read the environment temperature. If temperature crosses a threshold
value, the application indicated user using LEDSs
Group B
5. Understanding the connectivity of Raspberry-Pi /Beagle board circuit with IR sensor. Write an
application to detect obstacle and notify user using LEDs.
6. Understanding and connectivity of Raspberry-Pi /Beagle board with camera. Write an
application to capture and store the image.
7. Understanding and connectivity of Raspberry-Pi /Beagle board with a Zigbee module. Write a
network application for communication between two devices using Zigbee.
8. Study of different CPU frequency governors. Write an application to change CPU frequency of
Raspberry-Pi /Beagle board
Group C
9. Write an application using Raspberry-Pi /Beagle board to control the operation of stepper motor.
10. Write an application using Raspberry-Pi /Beagle board to control the operation of a hardware
simulated traffic signal.
11. Write an application using Raspberry-Pi /Beagle board to control the operation of a hardware
simulated lift elevator
Group D
12. Write a server application to be deployed on Raspberry-Pi /Beagle board. Write client
applications to get services from the server application.
13. Create a small dashboard application to be deployed on cloud. Different publisher devices can
publish their information and interested application can subscribe.
14. Create a simple web interface for Raspberry-Pi/Beagle board to control the connected LEDs
remotely through the interface.
Group E
15. Develop a Real time application like smart home with following requirements: When user enters
into house the required appliances like fan, light should be switched ON. Appliances should also get
controlled remotely by a suitable web interface. The objective of this application is student should
construct complete Smart application in group.
16. Develop a Real time application like a smart home with following requirements: If anyone comes at
door the camera module automatically captures his image send it to the email account of user or
send notification to the user. Door will open only after user’s approval.


bachelor degree if he/she earns 190 credits and clears all the audit courses specified in the syllabus.
The student will be awarded grade as AP on successful completion of audit course. The student
may opt for one of the audit courses per semester, starting in second year first semester. Though not
mandatory, such a selection of the audit courses helps the learner to explore the subject of interest
in greater detail resulting in achieving the very objective of audit course's inclusion. List of options
offered is provided. Each student has to choose one audit course from the list per semester.
Evaluation of audit course will be done at institute level itself. Method of conduction and method of
assessment for audit courses are as suggested.
Criteria:
The student registered for audit course shall be awarded the grade AP (Audit Course Pass) and shall
 Lectures/ Guest Lectures 

Surveys
 Visits (Social/Field) and reports 
Mini Project
 Demonstrations 
Hands on experience on specific focused
topic
 Written Test  IPR/Publication
 Demonstrations/ Practical Test  Report
 Presentations
AC4- I Digital and Social Media Marketing
AC4-II Green Computing
AC4-III Sustainable Energy Systems
AC4-IV Leadership and Personality Development
AC4-V Foreign Language (one of Japanese/ Spanish/French/German). Course contents
for Japanese (Module 4) are provided. For other languages institute may
design suitably.
Note: It is permitted to opt one of the audit courses listed at SPPU website too, if not opted earlier
http://collegecirculars.unipune.ac.in/sites/documents/Syllabus%202017/Forms/AllItems.aspx


AC4 – I: Digital & Social Media Marketing
The importance of social media’s role in modern marketing efforts can no longer be ignored. It’s an
integral component in almost all successful marketing strategies. With this increasing emphasis on
integrated social media strategies, there is an Irrefutable need for marketing professionals and
organizations to have end‐ to‐ end social media expertise. Through case studies, interactive
sessions, and class exercises, students will learn best practices and develop the skills to connect
business objectives with social media strategy, platforms and tactics. Topics will include choosing
appropriate platforms, creating effective and engaging social media content, content management,
social listening and creating a social media policy
Course Objectives:
 Identify best practices for Social Media Marketing, including platform level best practices.
 Connect business objectives to appropriate Social Media tactics.
 Create strong content that engages their target audience with their marketing message.
Course Outcome:
 Create editorial calendars to manage content distribution.
 Use Social Listening tools to create timely, relevant content.
 Create Social Media policies that combine business objectives with appropriate use of social
media channels and content.
Course Contents:
1. Introductions and review class objectives, Discuss class goals and individual goals, Fill out
questionnaire, Introduction to Blogging, Create a blog post for your project. Include
headline, imagery, links and post.
2. Introduction to Facebook and channel advertising and campaigns, Introduction to Twitter
and channel advertising and campaigns, Creative Campaign examples across social
channels
3. Introduction to both Google+ and LinkedIn. Provide an overview on LinkedIn advertising,
Create Google+ and LinkedIn outlines for your project and include: types of posts and an
example post for each platform.
4. Introduction to both Instagram and Pinterest as well as channel advertising and campaigns,
Create Instagram and Pinterest outlines for your project and include: types of posts and an
example post for each platform, review a content calendar, Lay out your own content
calendar.
References:
1. Vandana Ahuja, Digital Marketing, Oxford Press, ISBN: 9780199455447,
2. Wiley, Jeanniey Mullen, David Daniels, David Gilmour “ Email Marketing: An Hour a
Day”, ISBN: 978-0-470-38673-6
3. David Scott, “The New Rules of Marketing and PR”, Wiley India, ISBN: 978-1-119-07048-
1


AC4 – II: Green Computing
Green computing is the study and practice of using computing resources efficiently. Green
computing or green IT, refers to environmentally sustainable computing or IT. The goals of green
computing are similar to green chemistry; reduce the use of hazardous materials, Maximize energy
efficiency during the product's lifetime, and promote the recyclability or biodegradability of
defunct products and factory waste.
Course Objectives:
 To acquire knowledge to adopt green computing practices to minimize negative impacts on
the environment.
 To examine technology tools that can reduce paper waste and carbon footprint by user.
 To understand how to minimize equipment disposal requirements.
 To gain skill in energy saving practices in their use of hardware
Course Outcome:
 Understand the concept of green IT and relate it to sustainable development.
 Apply the green computing practices to save energy.
 Discuss how the choice of hardware and software can facilitate a more sustainable
operation,
 Use methods and tools to measure energy consumption
Course Contents:
1. Fundamentals of Green IT: Green IT Fundamentals: Business, IT, and the Environment –
Green computing: carbon foot Print - Measuring, Details, reasons to bother,Plan for the Future,
Cost Savings: Hardware, Power.
2. Green Assets and Power Problems: Green Assets: Buildings, Data Centers, Networks, and
Devices, Green Information Systems : Design andDevelopment Models, Monitoring Power
Usage, Servers, Low-Cost Options, Reducing Power Use, Data De-Duplication, Low-Power
Computers and peripheral devices
3. Greening Information Systems: Initial Improvement Calculations, Selecting Metrics,
Tracking Progress, Change Business Processes, Customer Interaction, Paper Reduction, Green
Supply Chain, Improve Technology Infrastructure, Reduce PCs and Servers, Shared Services,
Hardware Costs, Cooling
4. Green Grid Framework: Virtualizing of IT systems – Role of electric utilities,
Telecommuting, teleconferencing and teleporting – Materials recycling – Best ways for Green
PC – Green Data center Case Studies – Applying Green IT Strategies and Applications to a
Home Hospital, Packaging Industry and Telecom Sector
References:
1. Woody Leonhard, Katherrine Murray, “Green Home computing for dummies”,
August2009, ISBN: 978-0-470-46745-9
2. Alvin Galea, Michael Schaefer, Mike Ebbers, “Green Data Center: steps for
theJourney”,Shoff/IBM rebook, 2011. ISBN: 10: 1-933742-05-4; 13: 978-1-933742-05-2
3. John Lamb, “The Greening of IT”, Pearson Education, 2009, ISBN 10: 0137150830
4. Jason Harris, “Green Computing and Green IT- Best Practices on regulations &
industry”,Lulu.com, 2008, ISBN: 1558604898
5. Bud E. Smith, “Green Computing Tools and Techniques for Saving Energy, Money and
Resources”, CRC Press, 2014, 9781466503403


AC4 – III: Sustainable Energy Systems
Course Objectives:
 To understand the impact of engineering solutions on a global, economic, environmental,
and societal context.
 To design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs within realistic constraints
such as economic, environmental, social, political, ethical, health and safety,
manufacturability, and sustainability.
Course Outcome:
 Demonstrate an overview of the main sources of renewable energy.
 Understand benefits of renewable and sustainable energy systems.
Course Contents:
1. Introduction and Energy Fundamentals, Sustainable Energy Systems: Issues for the 21st
century, the critical challenges for a sustainable energy future, Sustainable energy systems:
definitions, indicators, Physics of Energy: Laws of Thermodynamics Energy Forms and
Conversion, First and Second Laws and Efficiencies Devices: Heat Engines, Refrigerators
and Heat Pumps Instantaneous and Average Power.
2. Introduction to Renewable Energy, Wind Energy Wind Turbine Technologies Wind
Resources and Modeling Energy Performance and Environmental Impacts Economics and
Economic Development Impacts, Photovoltaic: PV and BIPV Technologies Solar
Resources and Modeling Energy Performance and Environmental Impacts, Economics and
Net Metering
3. Biomass: Electricity Biomass Technologies Introduction Biomass Productivity and
Modeling Biopower: MSW, willows/switch grass/ poplar, wood waste, Biomass: Transport
Fuels Biofuels, Bioethanol, Biodiesel, Algal, Jatropha Biofuels and Water Land Use
Impacts, Food vs Fuel, Renewable Fuels Standards
4. Building Energy Technologies and Policy, Smart buildings, Lighting and LEDs,
Heating/cooling, technologies.
References:
1. İbrahim Dinçer, Calin Zamfirescu, “Sustainable Energy Systems and Applications”,
Springer; 2012 edition, ISBN-10: 0387958606
2. D. Mukherjee, “Fundamentals of Renewable Energy Systems”, Atlantic, ISBN: 10:
8122415407
3. John R. Barker and Marc H. Ross Am. J. Phys ,“An introduction to global warming”, ISBN:
0-632-03779-2


AC4 – IV: Leadership and Personality Development
Personality is considered as one of the integral part of an individual’s existence. Where a student is
concerned, paying close attention to Personality which is extremely important to enhance holistic
development of students and improve their employability skills
Course Objectives:
 To develop inter personal skills and be an effective goal oriented team player.
 To develop professionals with idealistic, practical and moral values.
 To develop communication and problem solving skills.
 To re-engineer attitude and understand its influence on behavior
Course Outcome:
 Enhance holistic development of students and improve employability skills
Course Contents:
1. Introduction to Personality and working towards developing it: Definition & Basics of
personality, Analyzing strengths & weaknesses, Corporate theories on personality
Development, Increasing Vocabulary, Body Language, gestures, Preparation of Self
Introduction
2. Communication skill and handling attitude: Communication Skills, Listening,
Communication Barriers, Overcoming these Barriers,
Building Self Esteem and Self Confidence, Working on attitudes: aggressive, assertive, and
submissive
3. Leadership Techniques in Personality development: Introduction to Leadership,
Leadership Styles, Group Dynamics, Team Building
4. Stress and time management skills: Interpersonal Relationships, Analysis of Ego States,
transactions & Life positions, Stress Management: Causes, Impact & Managing Stress,
Introduction to conflict management, Time Management: Concept of time management,
Steps towards better time management
References:
1. SOFT SKILLS, “ Career Development Centre”, Green Pearl Publications
2. Covey Sean,” Seven Habits of Highly Effective Teens”, New York, Fireside Publishers,
1998, ISBN: 978-1476764665
3. Carnegie Dale, “ How to win Friends and Influence People”, New York: Simon &
Schuster, 1998, ISBN: 1-4391-6734-6
4. Thomas A Harris, I am ok, You are ok , New YorkHarper and Row, 1972, ISBN 13: 978-
0060724276ISBN:
5. Daniel Coleman, Emotional Intelligence, Bantam Book, 2006, ISBN: 055380491X,
9780553804911
6. Shiv Khera, “You Can Win”, A&C Black, ISBN: 9780230331198.


AC4 – V: Foreign Language(Japanese Module 4)
Prerequisite Courses: Audit Course AC1-V(210250), AC2-V(210258), AC3-V(310249)
About Course:
With changing times, the competitiveness has gotten into the nerves and Being the Best‘ at all
times is only the proof of it. Nonetheless, being the best differs significantly from
Communicating the best. The best can merely be communicated whilst using the best suitable
Language!
Foreign languages like Japanese is the new trend of 21st century. Not only youngsters but even
the professionals seek value in it. It is the engineer‘s companion in current times with an assertion
of a thriving future. Metro cities like Pune has indisputably grown to become a major center of
Japanese Education in India while increasing the precedence for Japanese connoisseurs.
additionally help connect better with the native people thus prospering in their professional
journey. Learning Japanese gives an extra edge to the resume since the recruiters consciously
make note of the fact it requires real perseverance and self-discipline to tackle one of the most
complex languages.
the desired outcomes, recognize that improvement is an ongoing process and ultimately soldier
on it. The need of an hour is to introduce Japanese language with utmost professionalism to
create awareness about the bright prospects and to enhance the proficiency and commitment. It
will then prove to be the ultimate path to the quest for professional excellence!
Course Objectives:
Course Outcome:
 Possess ability of basic communication.
 Possess the knowledge of Japanese script.
 Get introduced to reading, writing and listening skills for language Japanese.
 Develop interest to pursue professional Japanese Language course
Course Contents:
1. Stating existence or a presence of thing (s), person (s), Relative positions, Counters
2. Expressing one’s Desire & wants, Verb groups, Asking, Instructing a person to do
something
3. Indicating an action or motion is in progress, Describing habitual action,
describing a certain continuing state which resulted from a certain action in the past.
Express permission & prohibition
References:
1. Minna No Nihongo, “Japanese for Everyone”, Elementary Main Text book 1-1 (Indian
2. http://www.tcs.com (http://www.tcs.com/news_events/press_releases/Pages/TCS-
Inaugurates-Japan-centric-Delivery-Center-Pune.aspx


Bachelor of Computer Engineering (Course 2015 )
Total Credits- 190
First Year Second Year Third Year Fourth Year (Proposed)
50 Credit 50 Credit 46 Credit 44 Credit
Semester I
FPL I Discrete Mathematics Theory of Computation Parallel Architectures and
Concurrent Computing
Engineering Maths I Digital Electronics Database Management Data Analytics
and Logic Design Systems (DBMS)
Engineering Physics Data Structures and Software Engineering & Project Software Testing & Quality
Algorithms Management Assurance
Basic Electrical Information Systems & Elective I –
Engineering Computer Engineering Economics  Digital Signal Processing
Organization and  Advanced Databases,
Architecture  Artificial Intelligence,
 Wireless Sensor Networks
Engineering Graphics I Elective II-
 Cloud Computing,
Object Oriented Computer Networks  Soft Computing
Programming(OOP) (CN)  Software Architecture &
Design
 Operation Research
Basic Civil and Skill Development Lab Lab I
OOP Lab
Environmental Engineering
Workshop Practice Digital Electronics DBMS Lab Lab II
Lab
Engineering Physics Lab Data Structures Lab CN Lab Project Stage I
--- Soft Skills Lab Audit Course 3 Audit Course 5
--- Audit Course 1 ----- ------
Semester II
FPL II Engineering Design & Analysis of Distributed Systems
Mathematics III Algorithms
Engineering Maths II Systems Programming & Information Security
Computer Graphics
Operating System (SP& OS)
Engineering Chemistry Embedded Systems & Internet Elective-III :
of Things  Data Mining & Data
Advanced Data (ES & IoT) Warehouse
Structures  Mobile Communication,
 Image Processing
 Human Computer Interface
Basic Electronics Software Modeling and Elective-IV :
Engineering Design  Principles of Compiler
Design
Microprocessor  Embedded & Real Time OS,
 Pervasive and Ubiquitous
Computing
 Open Elective
Basic Mechanical Principles of Web Technology (WT) Lab III
Engineering Programming
Languages
Engineering Mechanics Computer Graphics Seminar & Technical Lab IV
Lab Communication
Engg Graphics II Advanced Data Web Technology Lab Project Work
Structures Lab
Engg Chemistry Lab Microprocessor Lab ES & IoT Lab Audit Course 6
----- Audit Course 2 SP & OS Lab ---=-
---- ------ Audit Course 4 -------


Computer Engineering (2015 Course)
Courses-Credit Share
Sr. No Category Comprised of (Total Credit) % of Credit Share
1 Foundational Courses  Mathematics (18) 25%
(47 Credit)  Engineering Sciences (10)
 Fundamentals of Core
Engineering Domain (19)
2 Program Specific Courses Core (40) 47%
(Theory) Advanced (38)
(90 Credit)
Elective + Open Elective (12)
3 Add on Courses  Social Awareness 3%
(Audit +Credit Courses)  Environmental
(05 Credit)  Personal Development
 Economics (04)
 Soft Skills (01)
4 Skills Development Courses  Project (major) (08) 25%
(48 Credit)  Seminar (01)
 Labs + Mini-Project (39)
Courses Credit Share
Foundational Courses
25% 25%
Program Specific
Courses(Theory)
3% Add on Courses
Skills Development
47% Courses

Syllabus
of
Second Year of Computer Engineering
(Course 2015)
(with effect from June 2016 )

Computer Engineering
1. To prepare globally competent graduates having strong fundamentals and

domain knowledge to provide effective solutions for engineering problems.
2. To prepare the graduates to work as a committed professionals with strong

professional ethics and values, sense of responsibilities, understanding of
legal, safety, health, societal, cultural and environmental issues.
3. To prepare committed and motivated graduates with research attitude, lifelong

learning, investigative approach, and multidisciplinary thinking.
4. To prepare the graduates with strong managerial and communication skills to

work effectively as individual as well as in teams.
Syllabus for Second Year of Computer Engineering #1/65

Program Outcomes
Students are expected to know and be able -
1. To apply knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals,

problem solving skills, algorithmic analysis to solve complex engineering
problems.
2. To analyze the problem by finding its domain and applying domain specific
skills
3. To understand the design issues of the product/software and develop effective

solutions with appropriate consideration of public health and safety, cultural,
societal, and environmental issues.
4. To find solutions of complex problems by conducting investigations applying

suitable techniques.
5. To adapt the usage of modern tools and recent software.
6. To contribute towards the society by understanding the impact of Engineering

on global aspect.
7. To understand environment issues and design a sustainable system.
8. To understand and follow professional ethics.
9. To function effectively as an individual and as member or leader in diverse

teams and interdisciplinary settings.
10. To demonstrate effective communication at various levels.
11. To apply the knowledge of Computer Engineering for development of

projects, and its finance and management.
12. To keep in touch with current technologies and inculcate the practices of
lifelong learning.


Second Year of Computer Engineering (2015 Course)
(With effect from Academic Year 2016-17)
Semester I
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme &
Course Course Hours / Week Marks Credit
Code Name In- End- TH +
Theory Tutorial Practical TW PR OR Total PR
Sem Sem TUT
Discrete
210241 04 -- -- 50 50 -- -- -- 100 04 --
Mathematics
Digital
210242 Electronics 04 -- 50 50 -- -- -- 100 04 --
--
and Logic Design
Data Structures
210243 04 -- -- 50 50 -- -- -- 100 04 --
and Algorithms
Computer
210244 Organization 04 -- -- 50 50 -- -- -- 100 04 --
and Architecture
Object Oriented
210245 04 -- -- 50 50 -- -- -- 100 04 --
Programming
Digital
210246 -- -- 02 -- -- 25 50 -- 75 -- 01
Electronics Lab
Data Structures
210247 -- -- 04 -- -- 25 50 -- 75 -- 02
Lab
Object Oriented
210248 Programming -- -- 02 -- -- 25 50 -- 75 -- 01
Lab
210249 Soft Skills -- -- 02 -- -- 25 -- -- 25 -- 01
Total 20 05
210250 Audit Course 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Grade
Total 20 -- 10 250 250 100 150 -- 750 25

Abbreviations:
TW: Term Work TH: Theory

OR: Oral TUT: Tutorial
PR: Practical Sem: Semester


Semester II
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme &
Course Course Hours / Week Marks Credits
Code Name In- End- TH+
Theory Tutorial Practical TW PR OR Total PR
Sem Sem TUT
Engineering
207003 04 01 -- 50 50 25 -- -- 125 05
Mathematics III --
Computer --
210251 04 -- -- 50 50 -- -- -- 100 04
Graphics
Advanced Data
210252 04 -- -- 50 50 -- -- -- 100 04 --
Structures
210253 Microprocessor -- -- -- -- -- --
04 50 50 100 04
Principles of
210254 Programming -- -- -- -- --
03 50 50 100 03 --
Languages
Computer
210255 -- -- 02 -- -- 25 50 -- 75 -- 01
Graphics Lab
Advanced Data
210256 -- -- 04 -- -- 25 50 -- 75 -- 02
Structures Lab
Microprocessor
210257 -- -- 04 -- -- 25 50 -- 75 -- 02
Lab
Total 20 05
210258 Audit Course 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Grade
Total 19 01 10 250 250 100 150 -- 750 25
Abbreviations:
TW: Term Work TH: Theory

OR: Oral TUT: Tutorial
PR: Practical Sem: Semester

SEMESTER I


210241: Discrete Mathematics
Teaching Scheme:
In-Sem (online): 50 Marks
Prerequisite:- Basic Mathematics
Course Objectives:
 To use appropriate set, function and relation models to understand practical examples, and
interpret the associated operations and terminologies in context.
 Determine number of logical possibilities of events.
 Learn logic and proof techniques to expand mathematical maturity.
 Formulate problems precisely, solve the problems, apply formal proof techniques, and
explain the reasoning clearly.
Course Outcomes:
 Solve real world problems logically using appropriate set, function, and relation models
and interpret the associated operations and terminologies in context.
 Analyze and synthesize the real world problems using discrete mathematics.
Course Contents
Unit I Set Theory and Logic 09 Hours

Discrete Mathematics, Significance of Discrete Mathematics in Computer Engineering, Sets–
Naïve Set Theory (Cantorian Set Theory), Axiomatic Set Theory, Need for Sets, Representation of
Sets, Set Operations, cardinality of set, principle of inclusion and exclusion, Types of Sets –
Countable and Uncountable Sets, Finite and Infinite Sets, Countably Infinite and Uncountably
Infinite Sets. Introduction to bounded and unbounded sets and multiset. Countability of Rational
Numbers Using Cantor Diagonalization Argument, power set. Propositional Logic- logic,
Propositional Equivalences, Application of Propositional Logic-Translating English Sentences,
Proof by Mathematical Induction and Strong Mathematical Induction.
Unit II Relations and Functions 09 Hours

Relations and Their Properties, n-ary Relations and Their Applications, Representing Relations ,
Closures of Relations, Equivalence Relations, Partial Orderings, partitions, Hasse Diagram,
Lattices, Chains and Anti-Chains, Transitive Closure and Warshall‘s Algorithm, n-Ary Relations
and their Applications.
Functions- Surjective, Injective and Bijective functions, Inverse Functions and Compositions of
Functions, The Pigeonhole Principle.

Unit III Counting 09 Hours

The Basics of Counting, rule of Sum and Product, Permutations and Combinations, Binomial
Coefficients and Identities, Generalized Permutations and Combinations, Algorithms for
generating Permutations and Combinations.
Unit IV Graph Theory 09 Hours

Graphs and Graph Models, Graph Terminology and Special Types of Graphs, Representing
Graphs and Graph Isomorphism, Connectivity, Euler and Hamilton Paths, Single source shortest
path- Dijkstra's Algorithm, Planar Graphs, Graph Colouring. Case Study- Web Graph, Google
map.
Unit V Trees 09 Hours

Introduction, properties of trees, Binary search tree, decision tree, prefix codes and Huffman
coding, cut sets, Spanning Trees and Minimum Spanning Tree, Kruskal‘s and Prim‘s algorithms,
The Max flow- Min Cut Theorem (Transport network). Case Study- Game Tree, Mini-Max Tree.
Unit VI Algebraic Structures and Coding Theory 09 Hours
The structure of algebra, Algebraic Systems, Semi Groups, Monoids, Groups, Homomorphism and
Normal Subgroups, and congruence relations, Rings, Integral Domains and Fields, coding theory,
Polynomial Rings and polynomial Codes, Case Study- Brief introduction to Galois Theory –Field
Theory and Group Theory.
Books:
Text:
1. Kenneth H. Rosen, ―
Discrete Mathematics and its Applications‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, ISBN
978-0-07-288008-3, 7th Edition.
2. C. L. Liu, ―Elements of Discrete Mathematics‖, TMH, ISBN 10:0-07-066913-9.
References:
1. Bernard Kolman, Robert C. Busby and Sharon Ross, ― Discrete Mathematical Structures‖,
Prentice-Hall of India /Pearson, ISBN: 0132078457, 9780132078450.
2. N. Biggs, ― Discrete Mathematics‖, 3rd Edition, Oxford University Press, ISBN 0 –19
850717 – 8.
3. Narsingh Deo, ― Graph with application to Engineering and Computer Science‖, Prentice
Hall of India, 1990, 0 – 87692 – 145 – 4.
4. Dr. K. D. Joshi, ―Foundations of Discrete Mathematics‖, New Age International Limited,
Publishers, January 1996, ISBN: 8122408265, 9788122408263
5. C.D. Cantrell, ― Modern Mathematical Methods for Engineers‖, Cambridge University
Press, ISBN-0521670497
6. Eric Gossett, ― Discrete Mathematical Structures with Proofs‖, Wiley India Ltd,
ISBN:978-81-265-2758-8.
7. Sriram P & Steven S, ― Computational Discrete Mathematics‖, Cambridge University
Press, ISBN 13: 978-0-521-73311-3.


210242: Digital Electronics & Logic Design
04 In-Sem (online): 50 Marks
TH: 04 Hours/Week End-Sem (paper): 50 Marks
Prerequisite: - Basic Electronics Engineering
Course Objectives:
 To understand the functionality and design of Combinational and Sequential Circuits
 To understand and compare the functionalities, properties and applicability of Logic Families.
 To understand concept of programmable logic devices and ASM chart and get acquainted with
design of synchronous state machines.
 To design and implement digital circuits using VHDL.
Course Outcomes:
 Realize and simplify Boolean Algebraic assignments for designing digital circuits using K-
Maps.
 Design and implement Sequential and Combinational digital circuits as per the specifications.
 Apply the knowledge to appropriate IC as per the design specifications.
 Design simple digital systems using VHDL.
 Develop simple embedded system for simple real world application.
Course Contents
Unit I Combinational Logic Design 09 Hours
Logic minimization: Representation of truth-table, Sum of Product (SOP) form, Product of Sum
(POS) form, Simplification of logical functions, Minimization of SOP and POS forms using K-
Maps up to 4 variables and Quine-McCluskey Technique, realization of logic gates.
Design of Combinational Logic: Code converter - BCD, Excess-3, Gray code, Binary Code.
Half- Adder, Full Adder, Half Subtractor, Full Subtractor, Binary Adder (IC 7483), BCD adder,
Look ahead carry generator, Multiplexers (MUX): MUX (IC 74153, 74151), MUX tree,
Demultiplexers (DEMUX)- Decoder. (IC 74138, IC 74154). DMUX Tree, Implementation of SOP
and POS using MUX, DMUX, Comparators, Parity generators and Checker, Priority Encoders.
Unit II Sequential Logic Design 09 Hours
Flip- flop: SR, JK, D, T; Preset & Clear, Master and Slave Flip Flops, Truth Tables and Excitation
tables, Conversion from one type to another type of Flip Flop. Registers: Buffer register, shift
register, Applications of shift registers. Counters: Asynchronous counter. Synchronous counter,
ring counters, BCD Counter, Johnson Counter, Modulus of the counter (IC 7490).
Synchronous Sequential Circuit Design: Models – Moore and Mealy, State diagram and State
Tables, Design Procedure, Sequence generator and detector. Asynchronous Sequential Circuit
Design: Difference with synchronous circuit design, design principles and procedure, applications.

Unit III Algorithmic State Machines 09 Hours

Algorithmic State Machines: Finite State Machines (FSM) and ASM, ASM charts, notations,
construction of ASM chart and realization for sequential circuits, Sequence Generator, Types of
Counters. VHDL: Introduction to HDL, Data Objects & Data Types, Attributes., VHDL- Library,
Design Entity, Architecture, Modeling Styles, Concurrent and Sequential Statements,
Design Examples: VHDL for Combinational Circuits-Adder, MUX, VHDL for Sequential
Circuits, Synchronous and Asynchronous Counter.
Unit IV Programmable Logic Devices 09 Hours
ROM as PLD, Programmable Logic Array (PLA), Programmable Array Logic (PAL), Designing
combinational circuits using PLDs.
Unit V Logic Families 09 Hours
Classification of logic families: Unipolar and Bipolar Logic Families, Characteristics of Digital
ICs: Speed, power dissipation, figure of merits, fan-out, Current and voltage parameters, Noise
immunity, operating temperature range, power supply requirements. Transistor-Transistor
Logic: Operation of TTL, Current sink logic, TTL with active pull up, TTL with open collector
output, Schottkey TTL, TTL characteristics, TTL 5400/7400 series, CMOS: CMOS Inverter,
CMOS characteristics, CMOS configurations- Wired Logic, Open drain outputs, Interfacing: TTL
to CMOS and CMOS to TTL. Tristate Logic and Tristate TTL inverter.
Unit VI Microcontrollers 09 Hours
Comparison of typical microprocessor and microcontroller. Microcontroller 8051: Features,
architecture, Pin description, Programming model– Special Function Registers, addressing
modes, instruction set, Timers and Counters, serial communication, interrupts, interfacing with
ADC and DAC.
Books:
Text:
1. R.P. Jain, ―Mode
rn Digital Electronics‖, TMH, 2012, ISBN–13: 978-0-07- 066911-6.
2. Stephen Brown, Zvonko Vranesic, ― Fundamentals of Digital Logic with VHDL Design‖,
McGraw-Hill, ISBN–13:978-1-25-902597-6.
3. Muhammas Mazidi, Janice Mazidi and Rolin McKinlay, ― The 8051 Microcontroller and
Embedded Systems using Assembly and C‖, Pearson Education,
ISBN-13: 9788131758991
References:
1. John Yarbrough, ―Digital Logic applications and Design‖, Cengage Learning, ISBN – 13:
978-81-315-0058-3
2. D. Leach, Malvino, Saha, ―Digital Principles and Applications‖, Tata McGraw Hill, ISBN
– 13:978-0-07-014170-4.
3. Anil Maini, ―Digital Electronics: Principles and Integrated Circuits‖, Wiley India Ltd,
ISBN:978-81-265-1466-3.
4. Norman B & Bradley, ― Digital Logic Design Principles, Wiley India Ltd, ISBN:978-81-
265-1258-4.
5. Scott Mackenzie, ― The 8051 Microcontroller‖, Prentice Hall India, ISBN-13: 978-
0130195623


210243: Data Structures and Algorithms
TH: 04 Hours/Week 04 In-Sem (online): 50 Marks
Prerequisites: - FPL I and FPL II
Course Objectives:
 To understand the standard and abstract data representation methods.
 To acquaint with the structural constraints and advantages in usage of the data.
 To understand the memory requirement for various data structures.
 To operate on the various structured data.
 To understand various data searching and sorting methods with pros and cons.
 To understand various algorithmic strategies to approach the problem solution.
Course Outcomes:
 To discriminate the usage of various structures in approaching the problem solution.
 To design the algorithms to solve the programming problems.
 To use effective and efficient data structures in solving various Computer Engineering
domain problems.
 To analyze the problems to apply suitable algorithm and data structure.
 To use appropriate algorithmic strategy for better efficiency
Course Contents
Unit I Introduction to Algorithm and Data Structures 09 Hours
Algorithms- Problem Solving, Introduction to Algorithms, Characteristics of algorithms,
Algorithm design tools: Pseudo code and flowchart, Analysis of Algorithms, Complexity of
algorithms- Space complexity, Time complexity, Asymptotic notation- Big-O, Theta and Omega,
standard measures of efficiency.
Data Structures- Data structure, Abstract Data Types (ADT), Concept of linear and Non-linear,
static and dynamic, persistent and ephemeral data structures, and relationship among data, data
structure, and algorithm, From Problem to Program.
Algorithmic Strategies- Introduction to algorithm design strategies- Divide and Conquer, and
Greedy strategy.
Recurrence relation - Recurrence Relation, Linear Recurrence Relations, With constant
Coefficients, Homogeneous Solutions. Solving recurrence relations
Unit II Linear Data Structures Using Sequential Organization 09 Hours
Sequential Organization, Linear Data Structure Using Sequential Organization, Array as an
Abstract Data Type, Memory Representation and Address Calculation, Inserting an element into
an array, Deleting an element, Multidimensional Arrays, Two-dimensional arrays, n- dimensional
arrays, Concept of Ordered List, Single Variable Polynomial, Representation using arrays,
Polynomial as array of structure, Polynomial addition, Polynomial multiplication, Sparse Matrix,
Sparse matrix representation, Sparse matrix addition, Transpose of sparse matrix, String
Manipulation Using Array. Case Study- Use of sparse matrix in Social Networks and Maps.
Unit III Linked Lists 09 Hours

Concept, Comparison of sequential and linked organizations, Primitive operations, Realization of

Linked Lists, Realization of linked list using arrays, Dynamic Memory Management, Linked list
using dynamic memory management, Linked List Abstract Data Type, Linked list operations,
Head pointer and header node, Types of linked list- Linear and circular linked lists, Doubly
Linked List and operations, Circular Linked List, Singly circular linked list, Doubly circular linked
list, Polynomial Manipulations - Polynomial addition, Multiplication of two polynomials using
linked list. Generalized Linked List (GLL) concept, representation of polynomial and sets using
GLL. Case Study- Garbage Collection.
Unit IV Stacks 09 Hours
Stacks- concept, Primitive operations, Stack Abstract Data Type, Representation of Stacks Using
Sequential Organization, stack operations, Multiple Stacks, Applications of Stack- Expression
Evaluation and Conversion, Polish notation and expression conversion, Need for prefix and postfix
expressions, Postfix expression evaluation, Linked Stack and Operations.
Recursion- concept, variants of recursion- direct, indirect, tail and tree, Backtracking
algorithmic strategy, use of stack in backtracking. Case Study- 4 Queens problem, Android-
multiple tasks/multiple activities and back stack.
Unit V Queues 09 Hours
Concept, Queue as Abstract Data Type, Realization of Queues Using Arrays , Circular Queue,
Advantages of using circular queues, Multi-queues, Deque, Priority Queue, Array implementation
of priority queue, Linked Queue and operations. Case study- Priority queue in bandwidth
management.
Unit VI Sorting and Searching 09 Hours
Searching- Search Techniques, Sequential search, variant of sequential search- sentinel search,
Binary search, Fibonacci search. Case Study- Use of Fibonacci search in non-uniform access
memory storage and in Optimization of Unimodal Functions. Sorting- Types of sorting-Internal
and external sorting, General sort concepts-sort order, stability, efficiency, number of passes,
Sorting methods- Bubble sort, Insertion sort, Selection sort, Quick sort, Heap sort, Shell sort,
Bucket sort, Radix sort, Comparison of All Sorting Methods. Case Study- Timsort as a hybrid
stable sorting algorithm.
Books:
Text:
1. Brassard & Bratley, ―Fund
amentals of Algorithmics‖, Prentice Hall India/Pearson Education, ISBN
13-9788120311312.
2. Horowitz and Sahani, ―Fu ndamentals of Data Structures in C++‖, University Press, ISBN 10:
0716782928 ISBN 13: 9780716782926.
3. Goodrich, Tamassia, Goldwasser, ―Dat a Structures and Algorithms in C++‖, Wiley publication,
ISBN-978-81-265-1260-7
References:
1. R. Gillberg, B. Forouzn, ―Dat a Structures: A Pseudo code approach with C‖, Cenage Learning,
ISBN 9788131503140.
2. Horowitz, Sahani and Rajshekaran, ―Fu ndamentals of Computer Algorithms‖, University Press,
ISBN-13, 9788175152571.
3. Yedidyah Langsam, Moshe J Augenstein, Aron M Tenenbaum, ―Dat a Structures using C and C++‖,
Pearson Education, ISBN 81-317-0328-2.
4. A Michael Berman, ―Dat a Structures via C++: Objects by Evolution‖, Oxford University Press,
ISBN:0-19-510843-4.
5. M. Weiss, ―D ata Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++‖, 2nd edition, Pearson Education, 2002,
ISBN-81-7808-670-0.


210244: Computer Organization and Architecture
Prerequisites: -
 Fundamentals of Programming Languages-I & II and
 Basics of Electronics Engineering
Course Objectives:
 To understand the structure, function and characteristics of computer systems.
 To understand the design of the various functional units and components of digital
computers.
 To identify the elements of modern instructions sets and explain their impact on processor
design.
 To explain the function of each element of a memory hierarchy, identify and compare
different methods for computer I/O.
 To compare simple computer architectures and organizations based on established
performance metrics.
Course Outcomes:
 Demonstrate computer architecture concepts related to design of modern processors,
memories and I/Os.
 Analyze the principles of computer architecture using examples drawn from commercially
available computers.
 Evaluate various design alternatives in processor organization.
Course Contents
Unit I Computer Evolution and Performance 09 Hours
Computer Organization and Architecture, Structure and Function, Evolution (a brief history) of
computers, Designing for Performance, Evolution of Intel processor architecture- 4 bit to 64 bit,
performance assessment. A top level view of Computer function and interconnection-
Computer Components, Computer Function, Interconnection structure, bus interconnection,
Computer Arithmetic- The Arithmetic and Logic Unit, addition and subtraction of signed
numbers, design of adder and fast adder, carry look ahead addition, multiplication of positive
numbers, signed operand multiplication, booths algorithm, fast multiplication, integer division.
Floating point representation and operations – IEEE standard, arithmetic operations, guard bits
and truncation.
Unit II Computer Memory System 09 Hours
Characteristics of memory system, The memory hierarchy. Cache Memory- Cache memory
principles, Elements of cache design- cache address, size, mapping functions, replacement
algorithms, write policy, line size, number of cache, one level and two level cache, performance
characteristics of two level cache- locality & operations. Case Study- PentiumIV cache
organization. Internal Memory- semiconductor main memory, advanced DRAM organization.
External Memory- Hard Disk organization, RAID- level 1 to level 6.

Unit III Input and Output System 09 Hours

External devices, I/O modules- Module function and I/O module structure, Programmed I/O-
overview, I/O commands, I/O instructions, Interrupt driven I/O- interrupt processing, design
issues. Case Study- Study of Programmable Interrupt Controller Intel 82C59A in brief. Direct
Memory Access- drawbacks of programmed and interrupt driven I/O, DMA functions, Case
Study- DMA Controller Intel 8237A-study in brief, I/O channels and processors- evolution and
characteristics, The external Interface- Thunderbolt and Infinite Band.
Unit IV Instruction Sets 09 Hours
Characteristics and Functions- machine instruction characteristics, types of operands, Case
Study-Intel 8086, Types of operations- data transfer, arithmetic, logical, conversion, input-output,
system control, and transfer of control, Case Study-Intel 8086 operation types. Addressing modes
and Formats- Addressing modes- immediate, direct, indirect, register, register indirect,
displacement and stack, Case Study-8086 addressing modes, Instruction Formats- instruction
length, allocation of bits, variable length instructions. Case Study- 8086 instruction formats.
Unit V Processor Organization 09 Hours
Processor organization, Register organization- user visible registers, control and status registers,
Case Study- register organization of microprocessor 8086. Instruction Cycle- The machine cycle
and Data flow. Instruction Pipelining- Pipelining Strategy, pipeline performance, pipeline
hazards, dealing with branches, Case Study- pipelining in Pentium.
Instruction level parallelism and superscalar processors- Super scalar verses super pipelined,
constraints, Design Issues- instruction level and machine parallelism, Instruction issue policy,
register renaming, machine parallelism, branch prediction, superscalar execution and
implementation. Case study- Pentium IV.
Unit VI Basic Processing Unit 09 Hours
Fundamental Concepts- register transfer, performing arithmetic or logic operations, fetching a
word from memory, storing a word in memory, Execution of a complete instruction- branch
instructions,
Hardwired control, Micro-programmed control- micro instructions, micro program sequencing,
wide branch addressing, microinstruction with next address field, pre-fetching microinstructions
and emulation.
Books:
Text:
1. W. Stallings, ―
Computer Organization and Architecture: Designing for performance‖,
Pearson Education/ Prentice Hall of India, 2003, ISBN 978-93-325-1870-4, 7th Edition.
2. Zaky S, Hamacher, ― Computer Organization‖, 5th Edition, McGraw-Hill Publications,
2001, ISBN- 978-1-25-900537-5, 5th Edition.
References:
1. John P Hays, ― Computer Architecture and Organization‖, McGraw-Hill Publication, 1998,
ISBN:978-1-25-902856-4, 3rd Edition.
2. Miles Murdocca and Vincent Heuring, ― Computer Architecture and Organization- an
integrated approach, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, ISBN:978-81-265-1198-3, 2nd Edition
3. A. Tanenbaum, ― Structured Computer Organization‖, Prentice Hall of India, 1991 ISBN:
81 – 203 – 1553 – 7, 4th Edition
4. Patterson and Hennessy, ― Computer Organization and Design‖, Morgan Kaufmann
Publishers In, ISBN 978-0-12-374750-1, 4th Edition.


210245: Object Oriented Programming
Prerequisites: Fundamentals of Programming Languages-I and II
Course Objectives:
 To explore the principles of Object Oriented Programming (OOP).
 To understand object-oriented concepts such as data abstraction, encapsulation,
inheritance, dynamic binding, and polymorphism.
 To use the object-oriented paradigm in program design.
 To lay a foundation for advanced programming.
 Provide programming insight using OOP constructs.
Course Outcomes:
 Analyze the strengths of object oriented programming
 Design and apply OOP principles for effective programming
 Develop programming application using object oriented programming language C++
 Percept the utility and applicability of OOP
Course Contents
Unit I Classes and Objects 09 Hours
Need of Object-Oriented Programming (OOP), Object Oriented Programming Paradigm, Basic
Concepts of Object-Oriented Programming, Benefits of OOP, C++ as object oriented
programming language.
C++ Programming- C++ programming Basics, Data Types, Structures, Enumerations, control
structures, Arrays and Strings, Class, Object, class and data abstraction, class scope and accessing
class members, separating interface from implementation, controlling access to members.
Functions- Function, function prototype, accessing function and utility function, Constructors and
destructors, Copy Constructor, Objects and Memory requirements, Static Class members, data
abstraction and information hiding, inline function.
Unit II Polymorphism and Inheritance 09 Hours
Operator Overloading- concept of overloading, operator overloading, Overloading Unary

Operators, Overloading Binary Operators, Data Conversion, Type casting (implicit and explicit),
Pitfalls of Operator Overloading and Conversion, Keywords explicit and mutable.
Inheritance- Base Class and derived Class, protected members, relationship between base Class
and derived Class, Constructor and destructor in Derived Class, Overriding Member Functions,
Class Hierarchies, Inheritance, Public and Private Inheritance, Levels of Inheritance, Multiple
Inheritance, Ambiguity in Multiple Inheritance, Aggregation, Classes Within Classes.
Polymorphism- concept, relationship among objects in inheritance hierarchy, abstract classes,
polymorphism.

Unit III Virtual Functions 09 Hours

Virtual Functions- Pointers- indirection Operators, Memory Management: new and delete,
Pointers to Objects, A Linked List Example, accessing Arrays using pointers, Function pointers,
Pointers to Pointers, A Parsing Example, Debugging Pointers, Dynamic Pointers, smart pointers,
shared pointers, Case Study : Design of Horse Race Simulation.
Virtual Function- Friend Functions, Static Functions, Assignment and Copy Initialization, this
Pointer, virtual function, dynamic binding, Virtual destructor.
Unit IV Templates and Exception Handling 09 Hours

Templates- function templates, Function overloading, overloading Function templates, class
templates, class template and Nontype parameters, template and inheritance, template and friends
Generic Functions, Applying Generic Function, Generic Classes, The typename and export
keywords, The Power of Templates.
Exception Handling- Fundamentals, other error handling techniques, simple exception handling-
Divide by Zero, rethrowing an exception, exception specifications, processing unexpected
exceptions, stack unwinding, constructor, destructor and exception handling, exception and
inheritance.
Unit V Files and Streams 09 Hours
Data hierarchy, Stream and files, Stream Classes, Stream Errors, Disk File I/O with Streams, File
Pointers, and Error Handling in File I/O, File I/O with Member Functions, Overloading the
Extraction and Insertion Operators, memory as a Stream Object, Command-Line Arguments,
Printer output, Early vs. Late Binding.
Unit VI Standard Template Library (STL) 09 Hours

Introduction to STL, Containers, algorithms and iterators, Containers- Sequence container and
associative containers, container adapters, Algorithms- basic searching and sorting algorithms,
min-max algorithm, set operations, heap sort, Iterators- input, output, forward, bidirectional and
random access. Object Oriented Programming – a road map to future
Books:
Text:
1. Bjarne Stroustrup, ― The C++ Programming language‖, Third edition, Pearson Education.
ISBN 9780201889543.
C++ How to Program‖, 4th Edition, Pearson Education, ISBN:81-297-0276-2
2. Deitel, ―
References:
1. Robert Lafore, ― Object-Oriented Programming in C++‖, fourth edition, Sams Publishing,
ISBN:0672323087 (ISBN 13: 9780672323089)
2. Herbert Schildt, ― C++ The complete reference‖, Eighth Edition, McGraw Hill
Professional, 2011, ISBN:978-00-72226805
3. Matt Weisfeld, ― The Object-Oriented Thought Process‖, Third Edition Pearson ISBN-
13:075-2063330166
4. Cox Brad, Andrew J. Novobilski, ― Object –Oriented Programming: An Evolutionary
Approach‖, Second Edition, Addison–Wesley, ISBN:13:978-020-1548341


210246: Digital Electronics Lab

PR: 50 Marks
The instructor‘s manual is to be developed as a hands-on resource and reference. The instructor's
concept, objectives, outcomes, data sheets of various ICs, 8051 simulator and references.
Completion, Assessment grade/marks and assessor's sign, Theory- Concept, circuit diagram, pin
configuration, conclusion/analysis).
attaching printed papers as part of write-ups and program listing to journal may be avoided.

performance of student. Each lab assignment assessment should assign grade/marks based on
parameters with appropriate weightage. Suggested parameters for overall assessment as well as
each lab assignment assessment include- timely completion, performance, innovation, efficiency,

problems/applications. Student should perform at least 14 experiments-5 experiments from group
A and 5 assignments from group B, 2 from group C and 2 from group D.

asked at the time of evaluation to test the student‘s for advanced learning, understanding of the


Sr
Group A
No
1. Realize Full Adder and Subtractor using a) Basic Gates and b) Universal Gates
2. Design and implement Code converters-Binary to Gray and BCD to Excess-3
Design of n-bit Carry Save Adder (CSA) and Carry Propagation Adder (CPA). Design and
3.
Realization of BCD Adder using 4-bit Binary Adder (IC 7483).
Realization of Boolean Expression for suitable combination logic using MUX 74151 /
4.
DMUX 74154
5. Verify the truth table of one bit and two bit comparators using logic gates and comparator IC
6. Design & Implement Parity Generator using EX-OR.
Group B
7. Flip Flop Conversion: Design and Realization
Design and implement a system using flip-flops, to monitor number of vehicles entering and
8. exiting from a car parking area with maximum capacity of 15 and having separate entry and
exit gates.
9. Design of Ripple Counter using suitable Flip Flops
a. Realization of 3 bit Up/Down Counter using MS JK Flip Flop / D Flip Flop
10.
b. Realization of Mod -N counter using ( 7490 and 74193 )
Assume a scenario of a hall where students are entering to attend seminar. Design and
11. implement a system which will increment count if student is entering in the hall and will
decrement count if student is exiting the hall. Assume seating capacity of a hall is 63.
12. Design and Realization of Ring Counter and Johnson Ring counter.
13. Design and implement Sequence generator using JK flip-flop.
14. Design and implement pseudo random sequence generator.
15. Design and implement Sequence detector using JK flip-flop
16. Design of ASM chart using MUX controller Method.
Group C
17. Design and Implementation of Combinational Logic using PLAs.
Design and simulation of - Full adder , Flip flop, MUX using VHDL (Any 2)
18.
Use different modeling styles.
19. Design & simulate asynchronous 3- bit counter using VHDL.
20. Design and Implementation of Combinational Logic using PALs.
Group D (Study Assignments)
21. Study of Shift Registers ( SISO,SIPO, PISO,PIPO )
22. Study of TTL Logic Family: Feature, Characteristics and Comparison with CMOS Family
23. Study of Microcontroller 8051 : Features, Architecture and Programming Model


210247: Data Structures Lab
PR: 50 Marks



Set of suggested assignment list is provided in groups- A, B, C, D, and E. Each student must
perform at least 13 assignments as at least 3 from group A, 3 from group B, 2 from group C, 2
from group D and 3 from group E.
Programming tools recommended: - Open Source C++ Programming tool like G++/GCC
Group A
1. In Second year Computer Engineering class of M students, set A of students play cricket and
set B of students play badminton. Write C/C++ program to find and display-
i. Set of students who play either cricket or badminton or both
ii. Set of students who play both cricket and badminton
iii. Set of students who play only cricket
iv. Set of students who play only badminton
v. Number of students who play neither cricket nor badminton
(Note- While realizing the set duplicate entries are to avoided)
2. Write C/C++ program to store marks scored for first test of subject 'Data Structures and
Algorithms' for N students. Compute
I. The average score of class
ii. Highest score and lowest score of class
iii. Marks scored by most of the students
iv. list of students who were absent for the test
3. Department library has N books. Write C/C++ program to store the cost of books in array in
ascending order. Books are to be arranged in descending order of their cost. Write function
for
a) Reverse the contents of array without using temporary array.
b) Copy costs of books those with cost less than 500 in new array
c) Delete the duplicate entries using temporary array
d) Delete duplicate entries without using temporary array
e) Count number of books with cost more than 500.
4. Set A=(1,3, a, s, t, i} represent alphanumeric characters permitted to be used to set the
password of length 4. Write C/C++ program to generate all possible passwords.
5. A magazine committee is to be formed that consists of any 3 members to be selected from
{ Nikhita, Aboli, Megha, Sanika, Pratik, Saurabh}. Write C/C++ program to list all possible
committees.
6. It is decided that weekly greetings are to be furnished to wish the students having their
birthdays in that week. The consolidated sorted list with desired categorical information is

to be provided to the authority. Write C++ program for array of structures to store students
PRNs with date and month of birth. Let Array_A and Array_B be the two arrays for two SE
Computer divisions. Arrays are sorted on date and month. Merge these two arrays into third
array Array_SE_Comp_DOB resulting in sorted information about Date of Birth of SE
Computer students.
7. A magic square is an n * n matrix of the integers 1 to n2 such that the sum of each row,
column, and diagonal is the same. The figure given below is an example of magic square for
case n=5. In this example, the common sum is 65. Write C/C++ Program for magic square.
15 8 1 24 17
16 14 7 5 23
22 20 13 6 4
3 21 19 12 10
9 2 25 18 11
8. An m x n matrix is said to have a saddle point if some entry a[i][j] is the smallest value in
row i and the largest value in j. Write C/ C++ function that determines the location of a
saddle point if one exists.
9. Write C/C++ program for storing matrix. Write functions for
a) Check whether given matrix is upper triangular or not
b) Compute summation of diagonal elements
c) Compute transpose of matrix
d) Add, subtract and multiply two matrices
10. Write C++ program with class for String. Write a function
 frequency that determines the frequency of occurrence of particular character in the
string.
 delete that accepts two integers, start and length. The function computes a new string
that is equivalent to the original string, except that length characters being at start have
been removed.
 chardelete that accepts a character c. The function returns the string with all occurrences
of c removed.
 replace to make an in-place replacement of a substring w of a string by the string x. note
that w may not be of same size of x
 palindrome to check whether given string is palindrome or not
11. Write C++ program for sparse matrix realization and operations on it- Transpose, Fast
Transpose and addition of two matrices
12. Write C++ program for string operations- copy, concatenate, check substring, equal, reverse
and length
13. Write a C++ program to realize polynomial equation and perform operations. Write function
a) To input and output polynomials represented as bmxem+ bm-1xem-1 +….. +b0xe0.
Your functions should overload the << and >> operators.
1. b) Evaluates a polynomial at given value of x
2. c) Add two polynomials
3. d) Multiplies two polynomials
Group B
14. Department of Computer Engineering has student's club named 'Pinnacle Club'. Students of
Second, third and final year of department can be granted membership on request. Similarly
one may cancel the membership of club. First node is reserved for president of club and last
node is reserved for secretary of club. Write C++ program to maintain club member‘s
information using singly linked list. Store student PRN and Name. Write functions to

a) Add and delete the members as well as president or even secretary.

b) Compute total number of members of club
c) Display members
d) Display list in reverse order using recursion
e) Two linked lists exists for two divisions. Concatenate two lists.
15. The ticket booking system of Cinemax theater has to be implemented using C++ program.
There are 10 rows and 7 seats in each row. Doubly circular linked list has to be maintained
to keep track of free seats at rows. Assume some random booking to start with. Use array to
store pointers (Head pointer) to each row. On demand
a) The list of available seats is to be displayed
b) The seats are to be booked
c) The booking can be cancelled.
16. Write C++ program for storing appointment schedule for day. Appointments are booked
randomly using linked list. Set start and end time and min and max duration for visit slot.
Write functions for-
a) Display free slots
b) Book appointment
c) Cancel appointment ( check validity, time bounds, availability etc)
d) Sort list based on time
e) Sort list based on time using pointer manipulation
17. Second year Computer Engineering class, set A of students like Vanilla Ice-cream and set B
of students like butterscotch ice-cream. Write C/C++ program to store two sets using linked
list. compute and display-
i. Set of students who like either vanilla or butterscotch or both
ii. Set of students who like both vanilla and butterscotch
iii. Set of students who like only vanilla not butterscotch
iv. Set of students who like only butterscotch not vanilla
v. Number of students who like neither vanilla nor butterscotch
18. Write C++ program to store set of negative and positive numbers using linked list. Write
functions to
a) Insert numbers
b) Delete nodes with negative numbers
c) Create two more linked lists using this list, one containing all positive numbers and
other containing negative numbers
d) For two lists that are sorted; Merge these two lists into third resultant list that is sorted
19. Write C++ program for storing binary number using doubly linked lists. Write functions-
a) to compute 1‘s and 2‘s complement b) add two binary numbers
20. Let x = (x1,x2, … , xn) and y = (y 1, y2,…. , ym) be two doubly linked lists. Assume that in
each linked list, the nodes are in non-decreasing order of their data-field values. Write
C/C++ program to merge the two lists to obtain a new linked list z in which the nodes are
also in this order. Following the merge, x and y should represent empty lists because each
node initially in x or y is now in z. No additional nodes may be used.
21. Design a linked allocation system to represent and manipulate univariate polynomials with
integer coefficients (use circular linked lists with head nodes). Each term of the polynomial
will be represented as a node Thus. a node in this system will have three data members as
below:
Exponent Link
Coefficient

To erase polynomials efficiently, we need to use an available-space list and associated

functions. The external (i.e.. for input or output) representation of a univariate polynomial
will be assumed to be a sequence of integers of the form: n, c1, e1 ,c2. e2. c3. e3 . . , cn en
where ei represents an exponent and ci a coefficient; n gives the number of terms in the
polynomial. The exponents are in decreasing order — i.e., e1> e2> …. >en.
Write and test the following functions:
1. istream&operator >>(istream& is, Polynomial& x): Read in an input polynomial
and convert it to its circular list representation using a head node.
2. ostream&operator<< (ostream&os, Polynomial& x): Convert x from its linked list
representation to its external representation and output it.
3. Polynomial:: Polynomial(const Polynomial& a) [Copy Constructor]: Initialize the
polynomial *this to the polynomial a.
4. const Polynomial& Polynomial :: operator=(const Polynomial& a) [Assignment
Operator]: Assign polynomial a to*this.
5. Polynomial:: Polynomial ( ) [Destructor]: Return all nodes of the polynomial *this to
the available-space list.
6. Polynomial operator+ (const Polynomial& a, const Polynomial& b) [Addition]:
Create and return the polynomial a + b. a and b are to be left unaltered.
7. Polynomial operator* (constPolynomial& a, constPolynomial& b) [Multiplication]:
Create and return the polynomial a * b. a and b are to be left unaltered.
8. floatPolynomial ::Evaluate(float x): Evaluate the polynomial *this at x and return the
result.
22. Write C++ program to realize Set using Generalized Liked List (GLL) Ex. A ={ a, b, {c, d,e,
{}, {f,g}, h, I, {j,k}, l, m}. Store and print as set notation.
Group C
23. A palindrome is a string of character that‘s the same forward and backward. Typically,
punctuation, capitalization, and spaces are ignored. For example, ‖Poor Dan is in a droop‖ is
a palindrome, as can be seen by examining the characters ― poor danisina droop‖ and
observing that they are the same forward and backward. One way to check for a
palindrome is to reverse the characters in the string and then compare with them the
original-in a palindrome, the sequence will be identical. Write C++ program with functions-
1. To check whether given string is palindrome or not that uses a stack to determine whether
a string is a palindrome.
2. to remove spaces and punctuation in string, convert all the Characters to lowercase, and
then call above Palindrome checking function to check for a palindrome
3. to print string in reverse order using stack
24. In any language program mostly syntax error occurs due to unbalancing delimiter such as
(),{},[]. Write C++ program using stack to check whether given expression is well
parenthesized or not.
25. Implement C++ program for expression conversion as infix to postfix and its evaluation
using stack based on given conditions
i. Operands and operator, both must be single character.
ii. Input Postfix expression must be in a desired format.
iii. Only '+', '-', '*' and '/ ' operators are expected.
26. Implement C++ program for expression conversion-
a) infix to prefix, b)prefix to postfix,
c) prefix to infix, d) postfix to infix and e) postfix to prefix.
27. A classic problem that can be solved by backtracking is called the Eight Queens problem,
which comes from the game of chess. The chess board consists of 64 square arranged in an
8 by 8 grid. The board normally alternates between black and white square, but this is not
relevant for the present problem. The queen can move as far as she wants in any direction,
as long as she follows a straight line, Vertically, horizontally, or diagonally. Write C++
program with recursive function for generating all possible configurations for 4-queen's
problem.
Group D
28. Queues are frequently used in computer programming, and a typical example is the creation
of a job queue by an operating system. If the operating system does not use priorities, then
the jobs are processed in the order they enter the system. Write C++ program for simulating
job queue. Write functions to add job and delete job from queue.
29. Write program to implement a priority queue in C++ using an inorder List to store the items
in the queue. Create a class that includes the data items(which should be template) and the
priority (which should be int)The inorder list should contain these objects ,with operator <=
overloaded so that the items with highest priority appear at the beginning of the list (which
will make it relatively easy to retrieve the highest item.)
30. A double-ended queue(deque) is a linear list in which additions and deletions may be made
at either end. Obtain a data representation mapping a deque into a one-dimensional array.
Write C++ program to simulate deque with functions to add and delete elements from either
end of the deque.
31. Pizza parlor accepting maximum M orders. Orders are served in first come first served
basis. Order once placed cannot be cancelled. Write C++ program to simulate the system
using circular queue using array.
Group E
32. Write C++ program to store roll numbers of student in array who attended training program
in random order. Write function for-
a) Searching whether particular student attended training program or not using linear search
and sentinel search. b) Searching whether particular student attended training program or
not using binary search and Fibonacci search.
33. Write C++ program to store names and mobile numbers of your friends in sorted order on
names. a) Search your friend from list using binary search (recursive and non recursive).
Insert friend if not present in phonebook. b) Search your friend from list using Fibonacci
search. Insert friend if not present in phonebook.
34. Write C++ program to maintain club members, sort on roll numbers in ascending order.
Write function ‗Ternary_Search‘ to search whether particular student is member of club.
Ternary search is modified binary search that divides array into 3 halves instead of two.
35. Write C++ program to store first year percentage of students in array. Write function for
sorting array of floating point numbers in ascending order using
a) Selection Sort b) Bubble sort and display top five scores.
36. Write C++ program to store second year percentage of students in array. Write function for
sorting array of floating point numbers in ascending order using
a) Insertion sort b) Shell Sort and display top five scores.
37. Write C++ program to store first year percentage of students in array. Sort array of floating
point numbers in ascending order using quick sort and display top five scores.
38. Write C++ program to store XII percentage of students in array. Sort array of floating point
numbers in ascending order using bucket sort and display top five scores.
39. Write C++ program to store X percentage of students in array. Sort array of floating point
numbers in ascending order using radix sort and display top five scores.


210248: Object Oriented Programming Lab
PR: 50 Marks

Completion, Assessment grade/marks and assessor's sign, Theory- OOP feature/Concept in brief,
algorithm, flowchart, test cases, conclusion/analysis. Program codes with sample output of all
batches of students. Encourage students for the use coding standards such as appropriate use of
Hungarian notation, proper Indentation and comments. Use of open source software is encouraged.
Instructor may also assign one real life application in the form of a mini-project. Based on the
concepts learned.

Instructor may also set one assignment or mini-project that is suitable to respective branch beyond
the scope of syllabus.
Programming tools recommended: - Open Source C++ Programming tool like G++/GCC.
First assignment is compulsory. Set of suggested assignment list is provided in 3 groups- A, B, and
C. Instructor is suggested to design assignments list by selecting/designing at least 12 suitable
assignments from group A, B, and C- compulsory assignment, 5 from group A, 4 from group B,
3 from group C.
Compulsory Assignment
Install, Configure 64 bit Linux Operating Systems, study basic architecture, memory system,
1.
and learn basic administration.
Group A
Implement a class Complex which represents the Complex Number data type. Implement the
following operations:
1. Constructor (including a default constructor which creates the complex number 0+0i).
2.
2. Overloaded operator+ to add two complex numbers.
3. Overloaded operator* to multiply two complex numbers.
4. Overloaded << and >> to print and read Complex Numbers.
Implement a class Quadratic that represents degree two polynomials i.e., polynomials of type
ax2+bx+c. The class will require three data members corresponding to a, b and c. Implement
the following operations:
1. A constructor (including a default constructor which creates the 0 polynomial).
3. 2. Overloaded operator+ to add two polynomials of degree 2.
3. Overloaded << and >> to print and read polynomials. To do this, you will need to
decide what you want your input and output format to look like.
4. A function eval that computes the value of a polynomial for a given value of x.
5. A function that computes the two solutions of the equation ax2+bx+c=0.
Implement a class CppArray which is identical to a one-dimensional C++ array (i.e., the index
set is a set of consecutive integers starting at 0) except for the following :
1. It performs range checking.
4. 2. It allows one to be assigned to another array through the use of the assignment
operator (e.g. cp1= cp2)
3. It supports a function that returns the size of the array.
4. It allows the reading or printing of array through the use of cout and cin.
Write a C++ program create a calculator for an arithmetic operator (+, -, *, /). The program
should take two operands from user and performs the operation on those two operands
depending upon the operator entered by user. Use a switch statement to select the operation.
Finally, display the result.
Some sample interaction with the program might look like this:
5. Enter first number, operator, second number: 10 / 3
Answer = 3.333333
Do another (y/n)? y
Enter first number, operator, second number: 12 + 100
Answer = 112
Do another (y/n)? n

Develop an object oriented program in C++ to create a database of student information

system containing the following information: Name, Roll number, Class, division, Date of
Birth, Blood group, Contact address, telephone number, driving license no. etc Construct the
6.
database with suitable member functions for initializing and destroying the data viz
constructor, default constructor, Copy constructor, destructor, static member functions, friend
class, this pointer, inline code and dynamic memory allocation operators-new and delete.
Create a class template to represent a generic vector. Include following member functions:
 To create the vector.
7.  To modify the value of a given element
 To multiply by a scalar value
 To display the vector in the form (10,20,30,…)
Create a class Rational Number (fractions) with the following capabilities:
a) Create a constructor that prevents a 0 denominator in a fraction, reduces or simplifies
8. fractions that are not in reduced form and avoids negative denominators.
b) Overload the addition, subtraction, multiplication and division operators for this class.
c) Overload the relational and equality operators for this class.
Imagine a publishing company which does marketing for book and audiocassette versions.
Create a class publication that stores the title (a string) and price (type float) of a publication.
From this class derive two classes: book, which adds a page count (type int), and tape, which
9. adds a playing time in minutes (type float).
Write a program that instantiates the book and tape classes, allows user to enter data and
displays the data members. If an exception is caught, replace all the data member values with
zero values.
Write a function in C++ to count and display the number of lines not starting with
alphabet 'A' present in a text file "STORY.TXT".
Example:
If the file "STORY.TXT" contains the following lines,
The roses are red.
10.
A girl is playing there.
There is a playground.
An aeroplane is in the sky.
Numbers are not allowed in the password.
The function should display the output as 3.
Write C++ Program with base class convert declares two variables, val1 and val2, which
hold the initial and converted values, respectively. It also defines the functions getinit( ) and
getconv( ), which return the initial value and the converted value. These elements of convert
11. are fixed and applicable to all derived classes that will inherit convert. However, the function
that will actually perform the conversion, compute( ), is a pure virtual function that must be
defined by the classes derived from convert. The specific nature of compute( ) will be
determined by what type of conversion is taking place.

A book shop maintains the inventory of books that are being sold at the shop. The list includes
details such as author, title, price, publisher and stock position. Whenever a customer wants a
book, the sales person inputs the title and author and the system searches the list and displays
whether it is available or not. If it is not, an appropriate message is displayed. If it is, then the
system displays the book details and requests for the number of copies required. If the
12.
requested copies book details and requests for the number of copies required. If the requested
copies are available, the total cost of the requested copies is displayed; otherwise the message
― Required copies not in stock‖ is displayed. Design a system using a class called books with
suitable member functions and Constructors. Use new operator in constructors to allocate
memory space required. Implement C++ program for the system.
Create employee bio-data using following classes i) Personal record ii))Professional record iii)
13. Academic record Assume appropriate data members and member function to accept required
data & print bio-data. Create bio-data using multiple inheritance using C++.
Group B
Crete User defined exception to check the following conditions and throw the exception if the
criterion does not meet.
a. User has age between 18 and 55
b. User stays has income between Rs. 50,000 – Rs. 1,00,000 per month
14.
c. User stays in Pune/ Mumbai/ Bangalore / Chennai
d. User has 4-wheeler
Accept age, Income, City, Vehicle from the user and check for the conditions mentioned
above. If any of the condition not met then throw the exception.
Write a menu driven program that will create a data file containing the list of telephone
numbers in the following form
John 23456
Ahmed 9876
……….. ………
15.
Use a class object to store each set of data, access the file created and implement the following
tasks
I. Determine the telephone number of specified person
II. Determine the name if telephone number is known
III. Update the telephone number, whenever there is a change.
Write a C++ program that creates an output file, writes information to it, closes the file and
16.
open it again as an input file and read the information from the file.
Write a C++ program using command line arguments to search for a word in a file and replace
17. it with the specified word. The usage of the program is shown below.
$ change <old word> <new word> <file name>
Write a function template selection Sort. Write a program that inputs, sorts and outputs an
18.
integer array and a float array.

You are the owner of a hardware store and need to keep an inventory that can tell you what
different tools you have, how many of each you have on hand and the cost of each one. Write
a program that initializes the random-access file hardware.dat to 100 empty records, lets you
input the data concerning each tool, enables you to list all your tools, lets you delete a record
for a tool that you no longer have and lets you update any information in the file. The tool
identification number should be the record number. Use the following information to start
19. your file:
Record # Tool name Quantity Cost
3 Electric sander 7 57.98
17 Hammer 76 11.99
24 Jig saw 21 11.00
39 Lawn mower 3 79.50
56 Power saw 18 99.99
Group C
20. Write C++ program using STL for implementation of Singly, doubly and circular linked list.
21. Write C++ program using STL for implementation of stack & queue using SLL
Write C++ program using STL to add binary numbers (assume one bit as one number); use
22.
STL stack.
23. Write C++ program using STL for Dqueue (Double ended queue)
Write C++ program using STL for Sorting and searching with user-defined records such as
24. Person Record (Name, birth date, telephone no), item record (item code, item name, quantity
and cost)
Mini-projects
25. Design and develop the Tic-Tac-Toe Game using C++
Develop a Supermarket Billing System using C++. The key features of this application are
listed below :
 Bill Report: It shows the bill report of all the items added in supermarket billing
system.
 Add, Remove or Edit items: With this feature one can add, remove and modify item
26.
details. In add items, one can add information or details such as item no., item name,
manufacturing date, price, quantity, tax percent, and many more.
 Show item details: This feature allows users to see the items and the corresponding
details given for the item while adding the item.
Use file to store the data.
Design an E-mail Verifier which accepts the email address from the user. Depending upon the
27. input given by user display appropriate results. Use the following concepts in the Project –
Constructor, Destructor, new, delete, exceptional handling, string handling functions, etc.
28. Design and Develop Library Management system using OOP Concepts.
Write a C++ program to implement a small database mini project to understand persistent
objects and operations on sequential files (ex- library information, inventory systems,
automated banking system, reservation systems etc.) For example, write a program to create a
29. database for reservation system using information such as Name, sex, age, starting place of
journey and destination. Program should have following facilities a) To display entire
passenger list b) To display particular record c) To update record d) To delete and sort record.
Use Exception Handling for data verification

210249: Soft Skills
PR: 02 Hours /Week 01 TW: 25 Marks
Course Objectives:
 To encourage the all round development of students by focusing on soft skills.
 To make the engineering students aware of the importance, the role and the content of soft
skills through instruction, knowledge acquisition, demonstration and practice.
 To develop and nurture the soft skills of the students through individual and group
activities.
 To expose students to right attitudinal and behavioral aspects and to build the same through
activities
Course Outcomes:
 Effectively communicate through verbal/oral communication and improve the listening
skills
 Write precise briefs or reports and technical documents.
 Actively participate in group discussion / meetings / interviews and prepare & deliver
presentations.
 Become more effective individual through goal/target setting, self motivation and practicing
creative thinking.
 Function effectively in multi-disciplinary and heterogeneous teams through the knowledge
of team work, Inter-personal relationships, conflict management and leadership quality.
Course Contents
Unit I Self-Development
Introduction to soft skills, Self-Management: Self-Evaluation, Self-Discipline, Self-Criticism, Self-
Awareness, Self-Esteem, Positive Thinking, Perceptions and Attitudes, Values and Belief
Systems, Personal success factors, Handling failure, Knowing Yourself, identifying one‘s
strengths and weaknesses, SWOT analysis, Johari‘s Window, Career Planning & Goal setting,
prioritization, Managing self – emotions, ego, pride, stress; Personality development.
Unit II Communication Skills

Significance of Communication- types, barriers of communication, effective communication,

Verbal and non-verbal Communication, Speaking Skills – Importance of speaking effectively,
speech process, message, audience, speech. Style, feedback, conversation and oral skills, fluency
and self expression, body language phonetics and spoken English, speaking techniques, word
stress, correct stress patterns, voice quality, correct tone, types of tones, positive image projection
techniques, Public Speaking, Group discussion, Listening Skills: Virtues of Listening, Barriers and
filters, Fundamentals of Good Listening, Reading Skills: Comprehension, reading research papers,
Communication in a Digital World.
Unit III Language and Writing Skills
Vocabulary: One - Word Substitutes, Words often Confused - Pairs of Words, Synonyms and
Antonyms, Foreign Phrases, Phrasal verbs derived from the dynamic verbs, Business Writing:
Note Making, Letter writing, Writing Formal Letters. Technical Report Writing, Memo,
Notices/Circulars Agenda and Minutes of a Meeting, E-Mail, Essay writing. Employment
Communication: Job Application, Preparation of CV and Resume writing. Presentation skills:
Professional Presentation, Nature of Oral Presentation, Planning a Presentation, Preparing the
Presentation, Delivering the Presentation.
Unit IV Leadership and Team Building
Introduction, Leader and Leadership, Leadership Traits, Culture and Leadership: Salient Features
of Corporate Culture, Leadership Styles, Leadership Trends, Team Building: Team Development
Stages, Types of Teams: Cross-functional Team, Problem-solving Team, Inter- personal relations:
Types of feelings, steps to deal with complex feelings. Assertiveness and Confidence building.
Types of Conflict and resolutions. Emotions, emotional empathy and emotional intelligence.
Unit V Stress and Time Management

Introduction, Stress in Today‘s Time: Identify the Stress Source, Signs of Stress, Ways to Cope
with Stress : Healthier Ways to Combat Stress, Steps to be Taken in the Organizations : Open
communication, Time Management, Working towards Your Goals, Smart Work, Prioritize your
Tasks,4 Ds of Decision Making.
Unit VI Ethics, Etiquette and Mannerism
Professional Etiquette: Etiquette at Meetings, Etiquette at Dining. Involuntary Awkward Actions,

Public Relations Office(PRO)‘s Etiquettes, Technology Etiquette : Phone Etiquette, Email
Etiquette, Social Media Etiquette, Video Conferencing Etiquette, Interview Etiquette, Dressing
Etiquettes : for Interview, offices and social functions, Ethical Values: Importance of Work Ethics,
Problems in the Absence of Work Ethics.
Books:
Text:
1. Gajendra Singh Chauhan, Sangeeta Sharma: Soft Skills – An Integrated Approach to
Maximize Personality, WILEY INDIA, ISBN:13:9788126556397.

References:
1. Indrajit Bhattacharya, ―
An Approach to Communication Skills‖, Delhi, Dhanpat Rai, 2008.
2. Simon Sweeney, ― English for Business Communication‖, Cambridge University Press,
ISBN 13:978-0521754507.
3. Sanjay Kumar and Pushpa Lata, ― Communication Skills‖, Oxford University Press, ISBN
10:9780199457069.
4. Atkinson and Hilgard's, ― Introduction to Psychology‖, 14th Edition, Geoffrey Loftus,
ISBN-10:0155050699 © 2003
5. Kenneth G. Mcgee, ― Heads Up: How to Anticipate Business Surprises & Seize
Opportunities First‖, Harvard Business School Press, Boston, Massachusetts, 2004, ISBN
10:1591392993.
6. Krishnaswami, N. and Sriraman, T, ― Creative English for Communication‖, Macmillan.
manual need to include prologue (about University/program/ institute/
department/foreword/preface etc), University syllabus, conduction & Assessment guidelines,
topics under consideration concept objectives, outcomes, guidelines, references.
Guidelines for Student's Lab Journal and TW Assessment
The student must prepare the journal in the form of report elaborating the activities performed in the
lab. Continuous assessment of laboratory work is to be done based on overall performance and lab
well as each lab assignment assessment include- timely completion, performance, punctuality,
neatness, enthusiasm, participation and contribution in various activities-SWOT analysis,
presentations, team activity, event management, group discussion, Group exercises and interpersonal
skills and similar other activities/assignments.
Guidelines for Soft skills Lab Conduction
The instructor may frame assignments to enhance skills supporting career aspects. Multiple set of
activity based assignments can be prepared and distributed among batches. Every student must be
given adequate opportunity to participate actively in each activity. An exercise can be designed to
allow multiple skills exposure for example a group task encouraging discussions, team building, value
sharing, leadership and role play all at the same time.
SWOT analysis
The students should be made aware of their goals, strengths and weaknesses, attitude, moral
values, self confidence, etiquettes, non-verbal skills, achievements etc. through this activity.
1.
SWOT Analysis, Confidence improvement, values, positive attitude, positive thinking and
self esteem. The concern teacher should prepare a questionnaire which evaluate students in
all the above areas and make them aware about these aspects.
Personal & Career Goal setting – Short term & Long term
2. The teacher should explain to them on how to set goals and provide template to write their
short term and long term goals.

Public Speaking
Any one of the following activities may be conducted :
1. Prepared speech (Topics are given in advance, students get 10 minutes to prepare the
3. speech and 5 minutes to deliver.) 2. Extempore speech (Students deliver speeches
spontaneously for 5 minutes each on a given topic) 3. Story telling (Each student narrates a
fictional or real life story for 5 minutes each) 4. Oral review ( Each student orally presents a
review on a story or a book read by them)
Reading and Listening skills

The batch can be divided into pairs. Each pair will be given an article (any topic) by the
teacher. Each pair would come on the stage and read aloud the article one by one. After
reading by each pair, the other students will be asked questions on the article by the readers.
4.
Students will get marks for correct answers and also for their reading skills. This will
evaluate their reading and listening skills. The teacher should give them guidelines on
improving their reading and listening skills. The teacher should also give passages on
various topics to students for evaluating their reading comprehension.
Group discussion
5. Group discussions could be done for groups of 5-8 students at a time Two rounds of a GD
for each group should be conducted and teacher should give them feedback.
Letter/Application writing
Each student will write one formal letter, and one application. The teacher should teach the
6.
students how to write the letter and application. The teacher should give proper format and
layouts.
Report writing
The teacher should teach the students how to write report .The teacher should give proper
7.
format and layouts. Each student will write one report based on visit / project / business
proposal etc.
8. Resume writing- Guide students and instruct them to write resume.
Presentation Skill
Students should make a presentation on any informative topic of their choice. The topic may
9.
be technical or non-technical. The teacher should guide them on effective presentation skills.
Each student should make a presentation for at least 10 minutes.
10. Team games for team building - Students should make to participate in team activity.
11. Situational games for role playing as leaders
Faculty may arrange one or more sessions from following:
12. Yoga and meditation. Stress management, relaxation exercises, and fitness exercises.
Time management and personal planning sessions.
13. Mock interviews- guide students and conduct mock interviews


semester from second year to supplement knowledge and skills. A student will be awarded the
syllabus. The student will be awarded grade as AP on successful completion of audit course.
The student may opt for one of the audit courses per semester, starting from second year first
semester. Though not mandatory, such a selection of the audit courses helps the learner to explore
the subject of interest in greater details resulting in achieving the very objective of audit course's
inclusion. List of options offered is provided. Each student has to choose one audit course from the
list per semester. Evaluation of audit course will be done at institute level itself. Method of
conduction and method of assessment for audit courses are suggested.
Criteria:
The student registered for audit course shall be awarded the grade AP (Audit Course Pass) and
shall be included such AP grade in the Semester grade report for that course, provided student has
the minimum attendance as prescribed by the Savitribai Phule Pune University and satisfactory in-
Surveys

 Lectures/ Guest Lectures
Mini Project

 Visits (Social/Field) and reports
 Hands on experience on
 Demonstrations
specific focused topic
 Written Test
 IPR/Publication
 Demonstrations/ Practical Test
 Report
 Presentations
Course Code Audit Course Title
AC1-I Road Safety
AC1-II Humanities and Social Sciences
AC1-III Environmental Studies
AC1-IV Smart Cities
AC1-V Foreign Language (one of Japanese/Spanish/French/German). Course contents for
Japanese (Module 1) are provided. For other languages institute may design
suitably.


AC1-I: Road Safety
Road transport remains the least safe mode of transport, with road accidents representing the
main cause of death of people. The boom in the vehicle population without adequate road
infrastructure, poor attention to driver training and unsatisfactory regulation has been responsible
for increase in the number of accidents. India‘s vehicle population is negligible as compared to the
World statistics; but the comparable proportion for accidents is substantially large.
The need for stricter enforcement of law to ensure greater safety on roads and an environment-
friendly road transport operation is of paramount importance. Safety and security are growing
concerns for businesses, governments and the traveling public around the world, as also in India. It
is, therefore, essential to take new initiatives in raising awareness, skill and knowledge of students
as one of the ibid stake holders who are expected to follow the rules and policies of the government
in order to facilitate safety of individual and safe mobility of others.
Course Contents:
1. Existing Road Transport Scenario
2. Accident Causes & Remedies
3. Road Accident Investigation & Investigation Methods
4. Vehicle Technology – CMVR & Road Safety
5. Regulatory / Legislative Provisions for Improving Road Safety
6. Behavioral Training for Drivers for Improving Road Safety
7. Road Safety Education
8. Road Engineering Measures for Improving Road Safety
References:
1. ―Road Accidents in India Issues & Dimensions‖ , Ministry of Road Transport & Highways
Government of India (www.unescap.org/sites/default/files/2.12.India_.pdf)
2. ― Road Safety in India- Insights and analysis‖, http://indiatransportportal.com/wp-
content/uploads/2012/11/Road_safety_2012.pdf
3. Road User‘s Handbook, ROADS & MARITIME PUBLICATIONS
4. ―Improving Road Safety in Developing Countries‖, The national Academic Press


AC1-II: Humanities and Social Sciences
Objective of Humanities and Social Science (HSS) is to produce well-rounded engineers, not
only having good technological skills but also with the ability to interact with different organs of an
organization.
HSS is concerned with society and the relationships among individuals within a society. It in
turn has many branches, each of which is considered a "social science". The main social sciences
include economics, political science, human geography, demography and sociology. In a wider
sense, social science also includes some fields in the humanities such as anthropology, archaeology,
psychology, history, law and linguistics.
Course Objectives:
 Human and social development;
 Contemporary national and international affairs;
 Emergence of Indian society and Economics
Course Outcomes:
 Making engineering and technology students aware of the various issues concerning
man and society.
 These issues will help to sensitize students to be broader towards the social, cultural,
economic and human issues, involved in social changes
 Able to understand the nature of the individual and the relationship between the self and the
community
 Understanding major ideas, values, beliefs, and experiences that have shaped human history
and cultures
Course Contents
1. Indian Society : Structure of Indian Society, Indian Social Demography– Social
and Cultural, Differentiations: caste, class, gender and tribe; Institutions of marriage,
family and kinship- Secularization –Social Movements and Regionalism-
Panchayatraj Institutions; Indian constitution; Affirmative Action Programme of the
Government- various reservations and commissions.
2. Social Development: Scientific approach to the study of human beings. Evolution of

human kind, social change and evolution. Industrial revolution. National policy on
education, health and health care and human development.

3. Sectoral Development: Agriculture: Technology changes, Green revolutions,

Employment Rural & Urban, Government Schemes. Industrial Development: Strategies,
Public & Private Sectors, Categories, infrastructure, transport & communication,
Consumer Awareness.
4. Environment & Ecology: Ecosystems: Structure, Working, components. Pollution:

Water & Air Pollution, Global Warming, Control Strategies, International Treaties.
Energy Sources: Renewable & Non Renewable, Hydro power, Biomass, Ocean,
Geothermal & Tidal. Global Environmental Issues: Population Growth, Soil Degradation,
Loss of Biodiversity.
References:
1. Krugman, ―International Economics‖, Pearson Education, ISBN-13:000-01334-23646
2. Prakash, ―T he Indian Economy‖, Pearson Education, ISBN-8131758931
3. Thursen Gerald, ―E ngineering Economics‖, Prentice Hall, ISBN-10:0138221227
4. C.S. Rao, ― Environmental Pollution Control Engineering‖, New Age International Pvt. Ltd,
ISBN-812241835X
5. Rangarajan, ― Environmental Issues in India, Pearson Education‖, ISBN-10:8131708101
6. University of Delhi, ―The Individual & Society‖, Pearson Education. ISBN-8131704173
7. Wikipedia.org / wiki /social studies.
8. M. N. Srinivas, ― Social change in modern India, 1991‖, Orient Longman, ISBN-
10:812500422X
9. David Mandelbaum, ― Society in India‖, 1990, Popular, ISBN-10:8171540139
10. David Newman, ― Exploring the architecture of everyday life‖, Pine Forge Press, 7th
edition, ISBN-10:1452275947


AC1-III: Environmental Studies
Environmental studies are the field that examines this relationship between people and the
environment. An environmental study is an interdisciplinary subject examining the interplay
between the social, legal, management, and scientific aspects of environmental issues.
Course Objectives:
 Understanding the importance of ecological balance for sustainable development.
 Understanding the impacts of developmental activities and mitigation measures.
 Understand and realize the multi-disciplinary nature of the environment, its components,
and inter-relationship between man and environment
 Understand the relevance and importance of the natural resources in the sustenance of life
on earth and living standard
Course Outcomes:
 Comprehend the importance of ecosystem and biodiversity
 To correlate the human population growth and its trend to the environmental degradation
and develop the awareness about his/her role towards environmental protection and
prevention
 Identify different types of environmental pollution and control measures
 To correlate the exploitation and utilization of conventional and non-conventional resources
Course Contents:
1. Natural Resources: Introduction, Renewable and non-renewable, Forest, water, mineral,
food, energy and land resources, Individual and conservation of resources, Equitable use of
resources.
2. Ecosystems: Concept, Structure, Function, Energy flow, Ecological succession, Forest,
grassland, desert and aquatic ecosystems - Introduction, characteristic features, structure and
function.
3. Biodiversity: Genetic, Species and ecological diversity, Biogeographical classification of
India, Value and hot spots, Biodiversity at global, national and local levels, India as mega-
biodiversity nation, Threats to biodiversity, Endangered and endemic species of India,
Conservation of Biodiversity, Endangered and endemic species, Conservation of
biodiversity.
4. Pollution: Definition, Causes, effects and control measures of the pollution – Air, soil,
Noise, Water, Marine and Thermal and Nuclear Pollution, Solid waste management, Role of
Individual in Prevention of Pollution, Pollution case studies, Disaster management
References:
1. Bharucha, E., ― Textbook of Environmental Studies‖, Universities Press (2005), ISBN-
10:8173715408
2. Mahua Basu, ―E nvironmental Studies‖, Cambridge University Press, ISBN-978-1-107-
5317-3


AC1-IV: Smart Cities
We breathe in a world defined by urbanization and digital ubiquity, where mobile broadband
connections outnumber fixed ones, machines dominate a new "internet of things," and more people
live in cities than in the countryside. This course enables us to take a broad historical look at the
forces that have shaped the planning and design of cities and information technologies from the rise
of the great industrial cities of the nineteenth century to the present. This course considers the
motivations, aspirations, and shortcomings of them all while offering a new civics to guide our
efforts as we build the future together, one click at a time.
Course Objectives:
 To identify urban problems
 To study Effective and feasible ways to coordinate urban technologies.
 To study models and methods for effective implementation of Smart Cities.
 To study new technologies for Communication and Dissemination.
 To study new forms of Urban Governance and Organization.
Course Outcomes:
 Better understanding of the dynamic behavior of the urban system by going beyond the
physical appearance and by focusing on representations, properties and impact factors
 Exploration of the city as the most complex human-made organism with a metabolism that
can be modeled in terms of stocks and flows
 Knowledge about data-informed approaches for the development of the future city, based on
crowd sourcing and sensing
 Knowledge about the latest research results in for the development and management of
future cities
 Understanding how citizens can benefit from data-informed design to develop smart and
responsive cities
Course Contents:
Urbanization and Ubiquity - The slow emergence of learning cities in an urbanizing world
Cities as collective learners, what do we know?- Framing a view -A gamut of learning types -
Secrets of knowing and accelerating change - Why some cities learn and others do not.
References:
1. Anthony M. Townsend, W. W. Norton & Company ― Smart Cities: Big Data, Civic Hackers,
and the Quest for a New Utopia‖, ISBN: 0393082873, 9780393082876.
2. Tim Campbell, Routledge ― Beyond Smart Cities: How Cities Network, Learn and
Innovate‖, Routledge, ISBN: 9781849714266.
3. Stan Geertman, Joseph Ferreira, Jr. Robert Goodspeed, John Stillwell, ― Planning Support
System ms and Smart Cities‖, Lecture notes in Geo information and Cartography, Springer.


AC1-V: Foreign Language- Japanese (Module 1)
About course:
‗Communicating the best‘. The best can merely be communicated whilst using the best suited
Language!
value in it. It is the engineer‘s companion in current times with an assertion of a thriving future.
Pune has indisputably grown to become a major center of Japanese Education in India while
increasing the precedence for Japanese connoisseurs.
additionally help connect better with the native people thus prospering in their professional journey.
Learning Japanese gives an extra edge to the ‗resume‘ since the recruiters consciously make note of
the fact it requires real perseverance and self-discipline to tackle one of the most complex
languages.
the desired outcomes, recognize that improvement is an ongoing process and ultimately soldier on
it. The need of an hour is to introduce Japanese language with utmost professionalism to create
awareness about the bright prospects and to enhance the proficiency and commitment. It will then
prove to be the ultimate path to the quest for professional excellence!
Course Objectives:
Course Outcomes:
On completion of the course student
 will have ability of basic communication.
 will have the knowledge of Japanese script.
 will get introduced to reading , writing and listening skills
 will develop interest to pursue professional Japanese Language course.
Course Contents:
1 : Introduction to Japanese Language. Hiragana basic Script, colors, Days of the week
2 : Hiragana : modified Kana, double consonant, Letters combined with ya, yu, yo
Long vowels, Greetings and expressions
3 : Self Introduction, Introducing other person, Numbers, Months, Dates, Telephone numbers,
Stating one‘s age.
References:
1. Minna No Nihongo, ― Japanese for Everyone‖, Elementary Main Text book 1-1 (Indian
2. http://www.tcs.com (http://www.tcs.com/news_events/press_releases/Pages/TCS-Inaugurates-Japan-
centric-Delivery-Center-Pune.aspx)

SEMESTER II


Second Year of Computer Engineering/IT (2015 Course)
207003: Engineering Mathematics III
Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:
TH: 04 Hours/Week Credit In-Sem(online): 50 Marks
TUT: 01 Hour/Week 05 End-Sem(paper): 50 Marks
TW: 25 Marks
Prerequisites:
Differential and Integral Calculus, Taylor series and Infinite series, Differential equations of first
order and first degree, Fourier series, Measures of Central tendency and dispersion, Vector algebra,
Algebra of complex numbers.
Course Objectives:
After completing this course, student will have adequate mathematical background, conceptual
clarity, computational skills and algorithm design for problem solving related to:
 Linear differential equations of higher order applicable to Control systems, Computer vision
and Robotics.
 Transform techniques such as Fourier transform, Z-transform and applications to Image
processing.
 Statistical methods such as correlation, regression analysis and probability theory to analyze
data and to make predictions applicable to machine intelligence.
 Vector calculus necessary to analyze and design complex electrical and electronic devices as
appropriate to Computer engineering.
 Complex functions, conformal mappings and contour integration applicable to Image
processing, Digital filters and Computer graphics.
Course Outcomes:
 Solve higher order linear differential equation using appropriate techniques for modeling and
analyzing electrical circuits.
 Solve problems related to Fourier transform, Z-Transform and applications to Signal and
Image processing.
 Apply statistical methods like correlation, regression analysis and probability theory for
analysis and prediction of a given data as applied to machine intelligence.
 Perform vector differentiation and integration to analyze the vector fields and apply to
compute line, surface and volume integrals.
 Analyze conformal mappings, transformations and perform contour integration of complex
functions required in Image processing, Digital filters and Computer graphics.
Course Contents
Unit I Linear Differential Equations (LDE) and Applications 09 Hours
th
LDE of n order with constant coefficients, Method of variation of parameters, Cauchy‘s &
Legendre‘s DE, Simultaneous & Symmetric simultaneous DE. Modeling of Electrical circuits.
Unit II Transforms 09 Hours
Fourier Transform (FT): Complex exponential form of Fourier series, Fourier integral theorem,
Fourier Sine & Cosine integrals, Fourier transform, Fourier Sine and Cosine transforms and their
inverses, Discrete Fourier Transform.
Z - Transform (ZT): Introduction, Definition, Standard properties, ZT of standard sequences and
their inverses. Solution of difference equations.

Unit III Statistics 09 Hours
Measures of central tendency, Standard deviation, Coefficient of variation, Moments, Skewness and
Kurtosis, Curve fitting: fitting of straight line, parabola and related curves, Correlation and
Regression, Reliability of Regression Estimates.
Unit IV Probability and Probability Distributions 09 Hours
Probability, Theorems on Probability, Bayes Theorem, Random variables, Mathematical

Expectation, Probability density function, Probability distributions: Binomial, Poisson, Normal and
Hypergometric, Test of Hypothesis: Chi-Square test, t-distribution.
Unit V Vector Calculus 09 Hours
Vector differentiation, Gradient, Divergence and Curl, Directional derivative, Solenoid and
Irrigational fields, Vector identities. Line, Surface and Volume integrals, Green‘s Lemma, Gauss‘s
Divergence theorem and Stoke‘s theorem.
Unit VI Complex Variables 09 Hours
Functions of Complex variables, Analytic functions, Cauchy-Riemann equations, Conformal

mapping, Bilinear transformation, Cauchy‘s integral theorem, Cauchy‘s integral formula, Laurent‘s
series, and Residue theorem.
Books:
Text:
1. Erwin Kreyszig, ― Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖. 9e, Wiley India, ISBN - 10:
9780470458365, 13: 978-0470458365.
2. Peter V. O'Neil, ―
Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, 7e, Cengage Learning, ISBN - 10:
1111427410.
References:
1. M. D. Greenberg, ― Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, 2e, Pearson Education, ISBN: 10:
0133214311, 13: 978-0133214314.
2. Wylie C.R. & Barrett L.C., ― Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, McGraw-Hill, Inc.,
ISBN: 0-07-072188-2.
3. B. S. Grewal, ―Higher Engineering Mathematics‖, Khanna Publication, Delhi, ISBN : 92
803-11026
4. P. N. Wartikar & J. N. Wartikar,‖ Applied Mathematics‖, Vidyarthi Griha Prakashan, Pune,
ISBN: 0-7923-0594-9.
5. B.V. Ramana, ― Higher Engineering Mathematics‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, ISBN: 007063419X.
6. Thomas L. Harman, Dabney and Norman Richert, ― Advanced Engineering Mathematics
with MATLAB‖, 2e, Thomson Learning, ISBN: 13: 978-0534371647
 Tutorial shall be engaged in four batches (batch size of 20 students maximum) per division
 Term work shall be based on continuous assessment of six assignments (one per each unit)
and performance in internal tests


210251: Computer Graphics
TH: 04 Hours/Week 04 In-Sem(online): 50 Marks
End-Sem(paper): 50 Marks
Prerequisite:
 Data Structures and algorithms
 Basic Mathematics, Geometry, linear algebra, vectors and matrices.
Course Objectives:
 To acquaint the learner with the basic concepts of Computer Graphics
 To learn the various algorithms for generating and rendering graphical figures
 To get familiar with mathematics behind the graphical transformations
 To understand and apply various methods and techniques regarding projections, animation,
shading, illumination and lighting
Course Outcomes:
 Apply mathematics and logic to develop Computer programs for elementary graphic
operations
 Develop scientific and strategic approach to solve complex problems in the domain of
Computer Graphics
 Develop the competency to understand the concepts related to Computer Vision and Virtual
reality
 Apply the logic to develop animation and gaming programs
Course Contents
Unit I Graphics Primitives and Scan Conversion 09 Hours
Concepts, applications of computer graphics, pixel, frame buffer, resolution, aspect ratio.
Plotting Primitives: Scan conversions, lines, line segments, vectors, pixels and frame buffers,
vector generation
Scan Conversion: Line and line segments, qualities of good line drawing algorithms,
line drawing algorithms: Digital Differential Analyzer (DDA), Bresenham and parallel line
algorithms, Line styles: thick, dotted and dashed. Circle drawing algorithm: DDA, Bresenham.
Character generating methods: stroke and bitmap method.
Display Files: display file structure, algorithms and display file interpreter. Primitive operations
on display file.
Unit II Polygons and Clipping Algorithms 09 Hours
Introduction to polygon, types: convex, concave and complex. Representation of polygon, Inside
test, polygon filling algorithms – flood fill, seed fill, scan line fill and filling with patterns.
Windowing and clipping: viewing transformations, 2-D clipping: Cohen – Sutherland algorithm,
Polygon clipping: Sutherland Hodgeman algorithm, generalized clipping.

Unit III 2-D, 3-D Transformations and Projections 09 Hours

2-D transformations: introduction, matrices, Translation, scaling, rotation, homogeneous
coordinates and matrix representation, translation, coordinate transformation, rotation about an
arbitrary point, inverse and shear transformation.
3-D transformations: introduction, 3-D geometry, primitives, 3-D transformations and matrix
representation, rotation about an arbitrary axis, 3-D viewing transformations, 3-D Clipping
Projections : Parallel (Oblique: Cavalier, Cabinet and orthographic: isometric, diametric, trimetric)
and Perspective ( Vanishing Points – 1 point, 2 point and 3 point)
Unit IV Segment and Animation 09 Hours
Segment: Introduction, Segment table, Segment creation, closing, deleting and renaming,
Visibility. Animation: Introduction, Design of animation sequences, Animation languages, Key-
frame, Morphing, Motion specification.
Colour models and applications: Properties of Light, CIE chromaticity Diagram, RGB, HSV,
CMY, YIQ, colour Selection and applications.
Unit V Shading, and Hidden Surfaces 09 Hours
Illumination Models: Light Sources, Ambient Light, Diffuse reflection, Specular Reflection, and
the Phong model, Combined diffuse and Specular reflections with multiple light sources, warn
model, Shading Algorithms: Halftone, Gauraud and Phong Shading. Hidden Surfaces
Introduction, Back face detection and removal, Algorithms: Depth buffer (z), Depth sorts (Painter),
Area subdivision (Warnock), BSP tree, and Scan line.
Unit VI Curves and Fractals 09 Hours
Curves: Introduction, Interpolation and Approximation, Blending function, B-Spline curve, Bezier
curve, Fractals: Introduction, Classification, Applications, Fractal generation: snowflake, Triadic
curve, Hilbert curve. Gaming: Introduction, Gaming platform (NVIDIA, i8060 etc.), Advances in
Gaming, Graphics Tools: Introduction, Interactive graphics tool: OpenGL
Books:
Text:
1. S. Harrington, ―Comput er Graphics‖, 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill Publications, 1987, ISBN 0
– 07 – 100472 – 6.
2. D. Rogers, ― Procedural Elements for Computer Graphics‖, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publication, 2001, ISBN 0 – 07 – 047371 – 4.
3. Donald D. Hearn, ― Computer Graphics with Open GL‖, 4th Edition, ISBN-
13: 9780136053583.
References:
1. J. Foley, V. Dam, S. Feiner, J. Hughes, ―Computer Graphics Principles and Practice‖, 2nd
Edition, Pearson Education, 2003, ISBN 81 – 7808 – 038 – 9.
2. D. Rogers, J. Adams, ― Mathematical Elements for Computer Graphics‖, 2nd Edition, Tata
McGrawHill Publication, 2002, ISBN 0 – 07 – 048677 – 8.
3. Mario Zechner, Robert Green, ― Beginning Android 4 Games Development‖, Apress, ISBN:
978-81- 322-0575-3.


210252: Advanced Data Structures
Prerequisite:
 Data Structures and algorithms
 Basic Mathematics, Geometry, linear algebra, vectors and matrices.
Course Objectives:
 To develop a logic for graphical modelling of the real life problems.
 To suggest appropriate data structure and algorithm for graphical solutions of the problems.
 To understand advanced data structures to solve complex problems in various domains.
 To operate on the various structured data
 To build the logic to use appropriate data structure in logical and computational solutions.
 To understand various algorithmic strategies to approach the problem solution.
Course Outcomes:
 To apply appropriate advanced data structure and efficient algorithms to approach the
problems of various domain.
 To design the algorithms to solve the programming problems.
 To use effective and efficient data structures in solving various Computer Engineering
domain problems.
 To analyze the algorithmic solutions for resource requirements and optimization
 To use appropriate modern tools to understand and analyze the functionalities confined to
the data structure usage.
Course Contents
Unit I Trees 09 Hours
Tree- basic terminology, General tree and its representation, representation using sequential and
linked organization, Binary tree- properties, converting tree to binary tree, binary tree traversals-
inorder, preorder, post order, level wise -depth first and breadth first, Operations on binary tree.
Binary Search Tree (BST), BST operations, Threaded binary tree- concepts, threading, insertion
and deletion of nodes in in-order threaded binary tree, in order traversal of in-order threaded binary
tree. Case Study- Use of binary tree in expression tree-evaluation and Huffman's coding
Unit II Graphs 09 Hours
Basic Concepts, Storage representation, Adjacency matrix, adjacency list, adjacency multi list,
inverse adjacency list. Traversals-depth first and breadth first, Introduction to Greedy Strategy,
Minimum spanning Tree, Greedy algorithms for computing minimum spanning tree- Prims and
Kruskal Algorithms, Dikjtra's Single source shortest path, Topological ordering.
Case study- Data structure used in Webgraph and Google map.

Unit III Hashing 09 Hours

Hash Table- Concepts-hash table, hash function, bucket, collision, probe, synonym, overflow,
open hashing, closed hashing, perfect hash function, load density, full table, load factor, rehashing,
issues in hashing, hash functions- properties of good hash function, division, multiplication,
extraction, mid-square, folding and universal, Collision resolution strategies- open addressing and
chaining, Hash table overflow- open addressing and chaining, extendible hashing.
Dictionary- Dictionary as ADT, ordered dictionaries.
Skip List- representation, searching and operations- insertion, removal.
Unit IV Search Trees 09 Hours
Symbol Table-Representation of Symbol Tables- Static tree table and Dynamic tree table,
Introduction to Dynamic Programming, Weight balanced tree, Optimal Binary Search Tree
(OBST), OBST as an example of Dynamic Programming, Height Balanced Tree- AVL tree.
Unit V Indexing and Multiway Trees 09 Hours
Indexing and Multiway Trees- Indexing, indexing techniques, Types of search tree- Multiway
search tree, B-Tree, B+Tree, Trie Tree, Splay Tree, Red-Black Tree, K-dimensional tree, AA tree.
Set- Set ADT, realization of Set and operations.
Heap-Basic concepts, realization of heap and operations, Heap as a priority queue, heap sort
Unit VI File Organization 09 Hours
Sequential file organization- concept and primitive operations, Direct Access File- Concepts and
Primitive operations, Indexed sequential file organization-concept, types of indices, structure of
index sequential file, Linked Organization- multi list files, coral rings, inverted files and cellular
partitions.
External Sort- Consequential processing and merging two lists, multiday merging- a k way merge
algorithm.
Books:
Text:
1. Horowitz, Sahani, Dinesh Mehata, ― Fundamentals of Data Structures in C++‖, Galgotia
Publisher, ISBN: 8175152788, 9788175152786.
2. M Folk, B Zoellick, G. Riccardi, ―File Structures‖, Pearson Education, ISBN:81-7758-37-5
3. Peter Brass, ― Advanced Data Structures‖, Cambridge University Press, ISBN: 978-1-107-
43982-5
References:
1. A. Aho, J. Hopcroft, J. Ulman, ―Data Structures and Algorithms‖, Pearson Education, 1998,
ISBN-0-201-43578-0.
2. Michael J Folk, ― File Structures an Object Oriented Approach with C++‖, Pearson
Education, ISBN: 81-7758-373-5.
3. Sartaj Sahani, ― Data Structures, Algorithms and Applications in C++‖, Second Edition,
University Press, ISBN:81-7371522 X.
4. G A V Pai, ― Data Structures and Algorithms‖, The McGraw-Hill Companies, ISBN -
9780070667266.
5. Goodrich, Tamassia, Goldwasser, ― Data Structures and Algorithms in Java‖, Wiley
Publication, ISBN: 9788126551903.

210253: Microprocessor
Prerequisite: Digital Electronics and Logic Design
Course Objectives:
 To learn the architecture and programmer‘s model of advanced processor
 To understand the system level features and processes of advanced processor
 To acquaint the learner with application instruction set and logic to build assembly language
programs.
 To understand debugging and testing techniques confined to 80386 DX
Course Outcomes:
 To apply the assembly language programming to develop small real life embedded
application.
 To understand the architecture of the advanced processor thoroughly to use the resources for
programming
 To understand the higher processor architectures descended from 80386 architecture
Course Contents
Unit I 80386DX- Basic Programming Model and Applications Instruction Set 09 Hours
Memory Organization and Segmentation- Global Descriptor Table, Local Descriptor Table,
Interrupt Descriptor Table, Data Types, Registers, Instruction Format, Operand Selection,
Interrupts and Exceptions
Applications Instruction Set- Data Movement Instructions, Binary Arithmetic Instructions,
Decimal Arithmetic Instructions, Logical Instructions, Control Transfer Instructions, String and
Character Transfer Instructions, Instructions for Block Structured Language, Flag Control
Instructions, Coprocessor Interface Instructions, Segment Register Instructions, Miscellaneous
Instructions.
Unit II Systems Architecture and Memory Management 09 Hours
Systems Architecture- Systems Registers, Systems Instructions.
Memory Management- Segment Translation, Page Translation, Combining Segment and Page
Translation.
Unit III Protection and Multitasking 09 Hours
Protection- Need of Protection, Overview of 80386DX Protection Mechanisms, Segment Level
Protection, Page Level Protection, Combining Segment and Page Level Protection.
Multitasking- Task State Segment, TSS Descriptor, Task Register, Task Gate Descriptor, Task
Switching, Task Linking, Task Address Space.

Unit IV Input-Output, Exceptions and Interrupts 09 Hours

Input-Output- I/O Addressing, I/O Instructions, Protection and I/O
Exceptions and Interrupts- Identifying Interrupts, Enabling and Disabling Interrupts, Priority
among Simultaneous Interrupts and Exceptions, Interrupt Descriptor Table (IDT), IDT Descriptors,
Interrupt Tasks and Interrupt Procedures, Error Code, and Exception Conditions.
Unit V Initialization of 80386DX, Debugging and Virtual 8086 Mode 09 Hours
Initialization- Processor State after Reset, Software Initialization for Real Address Mode,
Switching to Protected Mode, Software Initialization for Protected Mode, Initialization Example,
TLB Testing
Debugging- Debugging Features of the Architecture, Debug Registers, Debug Exceptions,
Breakpoint Exception
Virtual 8086 Mode- Executing 8086 Code, Structure of V86 Stack, Entering and Leaving Virtual
8086 Mode.
Unit VI 80386DX Signals, Bus Cycles and 80387 Coprocessor 09 Hours
80386DX Signals- Signal Diagram, Description of Signals 80386DX Bus Cycles- System Clock,
Bus States, Pipelined and Non-pipelined Bus Cycles.
80387 NDP- Control Register bits for Coprocessor support, 80387 Register Stack, Data Types,
Load and Store Instructions, Trigonometric and Transcendental Instructions, Interfacing signals of
80386DX with 80387.
Books:
Text:
1. Intel 80386 Programmer's Reference Manual 1986, Intel Corporation, Order no.: 231630-
011, December 1995.
2. James Turley, ― Advanced 80386 Programming Techniques‖, McGraw-Hill, ISBN: 10:
0078813425, 13: 978-0078813429.
3. Intel 387DX Math coprocessor, Order no.: 240448-005, March1992.
References:
1. Chris H. Pappas, William H. Murray, ― 80386 Microprocessor Handbooks‖, McGraw-Hill
Osborne Media, ISBN-10: 0078812429, 13: 978-0078812422.
2. Walter A. Triebel, ― The 80386Dx Microprocessor: Hardware‖, Software, and Interfacing,
Pearson Education, ISBN: 0137877307, 9780137877300.
3. Brey, Barry B, ― 8086/8088, 80286, 80386 and 80486 Assembly Language Programming‖,
Prentice Hall, ISBN: 13: 9780023142475.
4. Mohammad Rafiquzzaman, ― Microprocessors: Theory and Applications: Intel and
Motorola", Prentice Hall, ISBN:-10:0966498011, 13:978:0966498011.
5. K. Bhurchandi, A. Ray, ― Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals‖, McGraw Hill
Education, Third Edition, ISBN: 978-1-25-900613-5.
6. Introduction to 64 bit Intel Assembly Language Programming for Linux, 2nd Edition, Ray
Seyfarth, ISBN10: 1478119209, ISBN-13: 9781478119203, 2012.
7. Assembly Language Step-by-step: Programming with Linux, 3rd Edition, Jeff Duntemann,
Wiley ISBN:-10 0470497025, ISBN-13: 978-0470497029, 2009.


210254: Principles of Programming Languages
TH: 03 Hours/Week TH: 03 In-Sem(online): 50 Marks
Prerequisite: Data Structures & Algorithms and Object Oriented Programming
Course Objectives:
 To learn principles of programming language
 To understand structural, computational and logical implications regarding programming
languages
 To explore main programming paradigms
 To understand and apply Object Oriented Programming (OOP) principles using C++ and Java
Course Outcomes:
 To analyze the strengths and weaknesses of programming languages for effective and efficient
program development.
 To inculcate the principles underlying the programming languages enabling to learn new
programming languages.
 To grasp different programming paradigms
 To use the programming paradigms effectively in application development.
Course Contents
Unit I Programming Language Syntax and semantics 07 Hours
Software development process, language and software development environments, language and
software design methods, languages and computer architecture, programming language qualities,
languages and reliability, languages and maintainability, languages and efficiency, a brief historical
perspective and early high level languages, a bird's eye view of programming language concepts.
Syntax and semantics-language definition, syntax, abstract syntax, concrete syntax, and
pragmatics, semantics, an introduction to formal semantics, languages, language processing,
interpretation, translation, the concept of binding, variables, name and scope, Type, l-value, r-value,
reference and unnamed variables, routines, generic routines, aliasing and overloading, an abstract
semantic processor, run time structure. Case study- run time structure of C.
Unit II Structuring the Data, Computations and Program 07 Hours
Structuring of Data- Built in and primitive types, Data aggregates and type constructors, Cartesian
product, Finite mapping User-defined types and abstract data types, Type systems, Static versus
dynamic program checking, Strong typing and type checking, Type compatibility, Type
conversions, Types and subtypes, Generic types, monomorphic versus polymorphic type systems,
Case Study- The type structure of C++, Java. Structuring of Computations- Structuring the
computation, Expressions and statements, Conditional execution and iteration, Routines, Style
issues: side effects and aliasing, Exceptions, Case Study-Exception handling in C++.
Unit III Structuring of Program 07 Hours

Structuring of Program-
Software design method, Concepts in support of modularity, Encapsulation, Interface and
implementation, Separate and independent compilation, Libraries of modules, Language features
for programming in the large, Program organization, Grouping of units, Encapsulation, Interface
and implementation, Abstract data types, classes, and modules, Generic units, Generic data
structures, Generic algorithms, Generic modules, Higher levels of genericity.
Programming paradigms- Introduction to programming paradigms, Introduction to four main
Programming paradigms- procedural, object oriented, functional, and logic & rule based.
Study of Java as Object oriented programming language.
Unit IV Java as Object Oriented Programming Language-Overview 07 Hours
Java History, Java Features, Java and Internet, Java and Word Wide Web, Web Browsers, Java
Virtual Machine, Data Types and Size (Signed vs. Unsigned, User Defined vs. Primitive Data
Types, Explicit Pointer type) Arrays: one dimensional array, multi-dimensional array, alternative
array declaration statements. Control Statements Revision of identical selection Statements in
brief (if, else if, Nested if, Switch, Nested Switch), Iterative Statements For Each version of For
Loop, Declaring Loop Control Variables Inside the for loop, Using comma in for loop), Jump
Statements (Labeled Break and Labeled Continue), String Handling: String class methods.
Unit V Inheritance, Polymorphism, Encapsulation using Java 07 Hours
Classes and Methods: class fundamentals, declaring objects, assigning object reference variables,
adding methods to a class, returning a value, constructors, this keyword, garbage collection,
finalize() method, overloading methods, argument passing, object as parameter, returning objects,
access control, static, final, nested and inner classes, command line arguments, variable-length
arguments. Inheritances: member access and inheritance, super class references, Using super,
multilevel hierarchy, constructor call sequence, method overriding, dynamic method dispatch,
abstract classes, Object class. Packages and Interfaces: defining a package, finding packages and
CLASSPATH, access protection, importing packages, interfaces (defining, implementation,
nesting, applying), variables in interfaces, extending interfaces, instance of operator.
Unit VI Exception Handling in Java 07 Hours
fundamental, exception types, uncaught exceptions, try, catch, throw, throws, finally, multiple catch
clauses, nested try statements, built-in exceptions, custom exceptions (creating your own exception
sub classes). Managing I/O: Streams, Byte Streams and Character Streams, Predefined Streams,
Reading console Input, Writing Console Output, Print Writer class, Applet: Applet Fundamental,
Applet Architecture, Applet Skeleton, Requesting Repainting, status window, HTML Applet tag,
passing parameters to Applets, Difference between Applet and Application Program.
Books:
Text:
1. Carlo Ghezzi, Mehdi Jazayeri, ― Programming Language Concepts‖,3rd Ed, Wiley
Publication ISBN : 978-81-265-1861-6.
2. Herbert Schildt, "The Complete Reference Java", 9th Ed, TMH,ISBN: 978-0-07-180856-9.
References:
1. Sebesta R., "Concepts of Programming Languages", 4th Edition, Pearson Education, ISBN-
81-7808-161-X.
2. Deugo, ― Java Gems‖, Cambridge University Press, ISBN 10: 0521648246 ISBN 13:
9780521648240
3. T. W. Pratt, M. V. Zelkowitz, "Programming Languages Design and Implementation‖, 4th
Ed, PHI, ISBN 81-203-2035-2.


210255: Computer Graphics Lab
Lab Scheme: Credit Examination Scheme:
PR: 50 Marks
at the time of evaluation to test the student‘s for advanced learning, understanding of the
batches of students. Encourage students for the use of industry coding standards such as appropriate
use of Hungarian notation, Indentation and comments. Use Display file where ever suitable.

Use of open source software is encouraged. In addition to these, instructor may assign one real life
application in the form of a mini-project. Based on the concepts learned. Instructor may also set
one assignment or mini-project that is suitable to respective branch beyond the scope of syllabus.
Programming tools recommended: - Open Source C++ Programming tool like G++/GCC.
Set of suggested assignment list is provided in groups- A, B, and C. Instructor is suggested to
design lab assignments list by selecting/designing 12 suitable assignments- any 5 of group A, 5
from group B, 2 from group C (assignment number 26 is mandatory).
Group A
Write C++/Java program to draw line using DDA and Bresenham‘s algorithm. Inherit pixel
1.
class and Use function overloading.
2. Write C++/Java program to draw circle using Bresenham‘s algorithm. Inherit pixel class.
Write C++/Java program to draw 2-D object and perform following basic transformations,
a) Scaling
3. b) Translation
c) Rotation
Use operator overloading.
Write C++/Java program to fill polygon using scan line algorithm. Use mouse interfacing to
4.
draw polygon.
A Mandelbrot Set is a set of complex number z that does not diverge under the
transformation with .Where, both x and z represent the complex
5. numbers. Write C++/Java program to
a). Plot the Mandelbrot set for the threshold |x|= 2.
b) Plot Julia set choosing z ≠ 0. Use 254 colors for plotting in both cases.
Write C++/Java program to draw the polygons by using the mouse. Choose colors by clicking
6.
on the designed color pane. Use window port to draw. Use DDA algorithm for line drawing.
Write C++/Java program to draw inscribed and Circumscribed circles in the triangle as shown
as an example below. (Use any Circle drawing and Line drawing algorithms)
7.
Write C++/Java program to draw the following pattern using any Line drawing algorithms.
8.

Write C++/Java program to draw a 4X4 chessboard rotated 45˚ with the horizontal axis. Use
9. Bresenham algorithm to draw all the lines. Use seed fill algorithm to fill black squares of the
rotated chessboard.
Group B
Write C++/Java program for line drawing using DDA or Bresenhams algorithm with patterns
10.
such as solid, dotted, dashed, dash dot and thick.
Write C++/Java program to draw a convex polygon and fill it with desired color using Seed
11.
fill algorithm. Use mouse interfacing to draw polygon.
Write C++/Java program to draw a concave polygon and fill it with desired pattern using scan
12.
line algorithm. Use mouse interfacing to draw polygon.
Write C++/Java program to implement Cohen-Sutherland line clipping algorithm for given
13.
window. Draw line using mouse interfacing to draw polygon
Write C++/Java program to draw any object such as flower, waves using any curve generation
14.
techniques
15. Write C++/Java program to implement Painter‘s algorithm for hidden surface removal
Write C++/Java program to implement reflection of2-D object about X axis, Y axis and about
16.
X=Y axis. Also rotate object about arbitrary point given by user.
17. Write C++/Java program to generate Hilbert curve using concept of fractals.
18. Write C++/Java program to generate snowflake using concept of fractals.
19. Write C++/Java program to generate Bouncing ball animation using Direct3D/Maya/Blender
Write program to implement Cohen Sutherland Hodgman algorithm to clip any polygon.
20.
Provide the vertices of the polygon to be clipped and pattern of clipping interactively.
Write C++/Java program to implement translation, sheer, rotation and scaling transformations
21.
on equilateral triangle and rhombus.
Group C
Write C++/Java program to draw 3-D cube and perform following transformations on it using
22.
OpenGL. a) Scaling b) Translation c) Rotation about one axis
Design and simulate any data structure like stack, queue, and trees using graphics. Simulation
23. should include all operations performed on designed data structure. Implement the same using
OpenGL.
Write C++/Java program to draw implement Cube rotation about vertical axis passing through
24.
its centroid.
25. Write C++/Java program to generate fractal patterns by using Koch curves.
Write C++/Java program to simulate any one of or similar scene-
 Clock with pendulum
 National Flag hoisting
26.  Vehicle/boat locomotion
 Water drop falling into the water and generated waves after impact
 Kaleidoscope views generation (at least 3 colorful patterns)
Mini Project (Optional)- Design and implement game / animation clip / Graphics Editor using
open source graphics library.


210256: Advanced Data Structures Lab
Lab Scheme: Credit Examination Scheme:
PR: 50 Marks


Assessment grade/marks and assessor's sign, Theory- Concept in brief, algorithm, flowchart, test
cases, conclusion/analysis. Program codes with sample output of all performed assignments are
to be submitted as softcopy.

Continuous assessment of laboratory work is done based on overall performance and lab assignments
performance of student. Each lab assignment assessment will assign grade/marks based on parameters
with appropriate weightage. Suggested parameters for overall assessment as well as each lab
assignment assessment include- timely completion, performance, innovation, efficient codes,

implementation of the problem statement. The supplementary and relevant questions may be asked at
the time of evaluation to test the student‘s for advanced learning, understanding of the fundamentals,
effective and efficient implementation. So encouraging efforts, transparent evaluation and fair
academics.


appreciated if the assignments are based on real world problems/applications. Encourage students for
appropriate use of Hungarian notation, Indentation and comments. Use of open source software is
encouraged.
Set of suggested assignment list is provided in six groups. Each student must perform at least 13
assignments as at least 02 from group A, 02 from group B, 2 from group C, 2 from group D, 01 from
group E, 01 from group F and 3 from group G.
Operating System recommended : 64-bit Open source Linux or its derivative
Programming tools recommended: Open Source C++ Programming tool like G++/GCC
Write C++/Java program for following-
Group A
1. A book consists of chapters, chapters consist of sections and sections consist of subsections.
Construct a tree and print the nodes. Find the time and space requirements of your method.
2 Beginning with an empty binary search tree, Construct binary search tree by inserting the
values in the order given. After constructing a binary tree -
i. Insert new node
ii. Find number of nodes in longest path
iii. Minimum data value found in the tree
iv. Change a tree so that the roles of the left and right pointers are swapped at
every node
v. Search a value
3 For given expression eg. a-b*c-d/e+f construct inorder sequence and traverse it using
postorder traversal(non recursive).
4 Read for the formulas in propositional calculus. Write a function that reads such a formula and
creates its binary tree representation. What is the complexity of your function?
5 Given binary tree with n nodes, assign this tree to another [operator=] and then erase all nodes
in a binary tree.
6 Convert given binary tree into threaded binary tree. Analyze time and space complexity of the
algorithm.
7 Consider threading a binary tree using preorder threads rather than inorder threads. Design an
algorithm for traversal without using stack and analyze its complexity.
8 A Dictionary stores keywords & its meanings. Provide facility for adding new keywords,
deleting keywords, updating values of any entry. Provide facility to display whole data sorted
in ascending/ Descending order. Also find how many maximum comparisons may require for
finding any keyword. Use Binary Search Tree for implementation.
Group B
9 Write a function to get the number of vertices in an undirected graph and its edges. You may
assume that no edge is input twice.
i. Use adjacency list representation of the graph and find runtime of the function
ii. Use adjacency matrix representation of the graph and find runtime of the function
10 There are flight paths between cities. If there is a flight between city A and city B then there is
an edge between the cities. The cost of the edge can be the time that flight takes to reach city
B from A, or the amount of fuel used for the journey. Represent this as a graph. The node can
be represented by airport name or name of the city. Use adjacency list representation of the
graph or use adjacency matrix representation of the graph. Justify the storage representation
used.
11 You have a business with several offices; you want to lease phone lines to connect them up
with each other; and the phone company charges different amounts of money to connect
different pairs of cities. You want a set of lines that connects all your offices with a minimum
total cost. Solve the problem by suggesting appropriate data structures.
12 Tour operator organizes guided bus trips across the Maharashtra. Tourists may have different
preferences. Tour operator offers a choice from many different routes. Every day the bus
moves from starting city S to another city F as chosen by client. On this way, the tourists can
see the sights alongside the route travelled from S to F. Client may have preference to choose
route. There is a restriction on the routes that the tourists may choose from, the bus has to take
a short route from S to F or a route having one distance unit longer than the minimal distance.
Two routes from S to F are considered different if there is at least one road from a city A to a
city B which is part of one route, but not of the other route.
13 Consider the scheduling problem. n tasks to be scheduled on single processor. Let t1, ..., tn be
durations required to execute on single processor is known. The tasks can be executed in any
order but one task at a time. Design a greedy algorithm for this problem and find a schedule
that minimizes the total time spent by all the tasks in the system. (The time spent by one is the
sum of the waiting time of task and the time spent on its execution.)
Group C
14 Consider telephone book database of N clients. Make use of a hash table implementation to
quickly look up client‘s telephone number.
15 Implement all the functions of a dictionary (ADT) using hashing.
Data: Set of (key, value) pairs, Keys are mapped to values, Keys must be comparable, Keys
must be unique
Standard Operations: Insert(key, value), Find(key), Delete(key)
16 For given set of elements create skip list. Find the element in the set that is closest to some
given value.
17 The symbol table is generated by compiler. From this perspective, the symbol table is a set of
name-attribute pairs. In a symbol table for a compiler, the name is an identifier, and the
attributes might include an initial value and a list of lines that use the identifier.
Perform the following operations on symbol table:
(1) Determine if a particular name is in the table
(2) Retrieve the attributes of that name
(3) Modify the attributes of that name
(4) Insert a new name and its attributes
(5) Delete a name and its attributes
Group D

18 Given sequence k = k1 <k2 < … < kn of n sorted keys, with a search probability pi for each
key ki . Build the Binary search tree that has the least search cost given the access probability
for each key.
19 A Dictionary stores keywords & its meanings. Provide facility for adding new keywords,
deleting keywords, updating values of any entry. Provide facility to display whole data sorted
in ascending/ Descending order. Also find how many maximum comparisons may require for
finding any keyword. Use Height balance tree and find the complexity for finding a keyword
Group E
20 To create ADT that implements the SET concept.
a. Add (newElement) -Place a value into the set b. Remove (element) Remove the value
c. Contains (element) Return true if element is in collection
d. Size () Return number of values in collection Iterator () Return an iterator used to loop over
collection
e. Intersection of two sets, f. Union of two sets, g. Difference between two sets, h. Subset
21 Read the marks obtained by students of second year in an online examination of particular
subject. Find out maximum and minimum marks obtained in that subject. Use heap data
structure. Analyze the algorithm.
Group F
22 Assume we have two input and two output tapes to perform the sorting. The internal memory
can hold and sort m records at a time. Write a program in java for external sorting. Find out
time complexity.
23 Department maintains a student information. The file contains roll number, name, division
and address. Allow user to add, delete information of student. Display information of
particular employee. If record of student does not exist an appropriate message is displayed.
If it is, then the system displays the student details. Use sequential file to main the data.
24 Company maintains employee information as employee ID, name, designation and salary.
Allow user to add, delete information of employee. Display information of particular
employee. If employee does not exist an appropriate message is displayed. If it is, then the
system displays the employee details. Use index sequential file to maintain the data.
Group G
25 Implement the Heap/Shell sort algorithm implemented in Java demonstrating heap/shell data
structure with modularity of programming language.
26 Any application defining scope of Formal parameter, Global parameter, Local parameter
accessing mechanism and also relevance to private, public and protected access. Write a Java
program which demonstrates the scope rules of the programming mechanism.
27 Write a Java program which will demonstrate a concept of Interfaces and packages: In this
assignment design and use of customized interfaces and packages for a specific application
are expected.
28 Write a Java program which will demonstrate a concept of cohesion and coupling of the
various modules in the program.
29 Write a program on template and exception handling in Java: in this assignment multiple
templates are to be designed as a pattern and these patterns to be used to take decisions.
30 Write a Java program for the implementation of different data structures using JAVA
collection libraries (Standard toolkit library): at least 5 data structures are used to design a
suitable application.
31 Design a mini project using JAVA which will use the different data structure with or without
Java collection library and show the use of specific data structure on the efficiency
(performance) of the code.


210257: Microprocessor Lab
PR: 50 Marks
manual need to include prologue (about University/program/ institute/
department/foreword/preface), University syllabus, conduction & Assessment guidelines, topics
under consideration concept objectives, outcomes, set of typical applications/assignments/
guidelines, and references.
prologue, Certificate, table of contents, and write-up of each assignment (Title, Objectives, Problem
Statement, Outcomes, software & Hardware requirements, Date of Completion, Assessment
grade/marks and assessor's sign, Theory- Concept, instructions/features used, test cases,
conclusion/analysis and references).
Program codes with sample output of all performed assignments are to be submitted as softcopy. As
a conscious effort and little contribution towards Green IT and environment awareness, attaching
containing students programs maintained by lab In-charge is highly encouraged. For reference one
or two journals may be maintained with program prints at Laboratory.
Continuous assessment of laboratory work is based on overall performance and lab assignments
performance of student. Each lab assignment assessment will assign grade/marks based on
parameters with appropriate weightage. Suggested parameters for overall assessment as well as each
lab assignment assessment include- timely completion, performance, innovation, efficient codes,
at the time of evaluation to test the student for advanced learning, understanding of the
fundamentals, effective and efficient implementation. So encouraging efforts, transparent evaluation
and fair approach of the evaluator will not create any uncertainty or doubt in the minds of the
students. So adhering to these principles will consummate our team efforts to the promising start of
the student's academics.
problems/applications. Use of open source software is encouraged.

Operating System: Latest 64-bit Version and update of Microsoft Windows 7/ Windows 8 Operating
System onwards or 64-bit Open source Linux or its derivative.
Programming Tools: Preferably using Linux equivalent or MASM 64x or equivalent, Microsoft
Visual Studio x64 Intrinsic.
Suggested List of Laboratory Assignments (Any 12)
1. Write X86/64 ALP to count number of positive and negative numbers from the array
2. Write X86/64 ALP to perform non-overlapped and overlapped block transfer (with and
without string specific instructions). Block containing data can be defined in the data
segment.
3. Write X86/64 ALP to convert 4-digit Hex number into its equivalent BCD number and 5-digit
BCD number into its equivalent HEX number. Make your program user friendly to accept the
choice from user for:
(a) HEX to BCD b) BCD to HEX (c) EXIT.
Display proper strings to prompt the user while accepting the input and displaying the result.
(wherever necessary, use 64-bit registers)
4. Write X86/64 ALP to perform multiplication of two 8-bit hexadecimal numbers. Use
successive addition and add and shift method. (use of 64-bit registers is expected)
5. Write X86 ALP to find, a) Number of Blank spaces b) Number of lines c) Occurrence of a
particular character. Accept the data from the text file. The text file has to be accessed during
Program_1 execution and write FAR PROCEDURES in Program_2 for the rest of the
processing. Use of PUBLIC and EXTERN directives is mandatory.
6. Write X86/64 ALP to switch from real mode to protected mode and display the values of
GDTR, LDTR, IDTR, TR and MSW Registers.
7. Write X86 program to sort the list of integers in ascending/descending order. Read the input
from the text file and write the sorted data back to the same text file using bubble sort
8. Write X86 menu driven Assembly Language Program (ALP) to implement OS (DOS)
commands TYPE, COPY and DELETE using file operations. User is supposed to provide
command line arguments in all cases.
9. Write x86 ALP to find the factorial of a given integer number on a command line by using
recursion. Explicit stack manipulation is expected in the code.
10. Write 80387 ALP to find the roots of the quadratic equation. All the possible cases must be
considered in calculating the roots.
11. Write 80387 ALP to plot Sine Wave, Cosine Wave and Sinc function. Access video memory
directly for plotting.
12. Write 80387 ALP to obtain: i) Mean ii) Variance iii) Standard Deviation Also plot the
histogram for the data set. The data elements are available in a text file.
13. Write a Terminate but Stay Resident (TSR) program for a key-logger. The key-presses during
the stipulated time need to be displayed at the center of the screen. OR
Write a TSR to generate the pattern of the frequency tones by reading the Real Time
Clock (RTC). The duration of the each tone is solely decided by the programmer.
14. Write 80386 ALP to implement multitasking. Where each task is supposed to change the
color of the text displayed at the center of the screen


syllabus. The student will be awarded grade as AP on successful completion of audit course.
The student may opt for one of the audit courses per semester, starting in second year first semester.
Though not mandatory, such a selection of the audit courses helps the learner to explore the subject
of interest in greater detail resulting in achieving the very objective of audit course's inclusion. List
of options offered is provided. Each student has to choose one audit course from the list per
semester. Evaluation of audit course will be done at institute level itself. Method of conduction and
method of assessment for audit courses are suggested.
Criteria:
The student registered for audit course shall be awarded the grade AP(Audit Course Pass) and shall
Surveys

 Lectures/ Guest Lectures
Mini Project

 Visits (Social/Field) and reports
 Hands on experience on specific focused
 Demonstrations
topic
 Written Test
 IPR/Publication
 Demonstrations/ Practical Test
 Report
 Presentations
Audit Course Audit Course Title
Code
AC2-I Water Management
AC2-II Intellectual Property Rights and Patents
AC2-III The Science of Happiness
AC2-IV Stress Relief: Yoga and Meditation
AC2-V Foreign Language (one of Japanese/Spanish/French/German) Course contents for
Japanese( Module 2) are provided. For other languages institute may design
suitably.


AC2-I: Water Management
Water is a vital resource for all life on the planet. Only three percent of the water resources
on Earth are fresh and two-thirds of the freshwater is locked up in ice caps and glaciers. One fifth of
the remaining one percent is in remote, inaccessible areas. As time advances, water is becoming
scarcer and having access to clean, safe, drinking water is limited among countries. Pure water
supply and disinfected water treatment are prerequisites for the well-being of communities all over
the world. One of the biggest concerns for our water-based resources in the future is the
sustainability of the current and even future water resource allocation. This course will provide
students a unique opportunity to study water management activities like planning, developing,
distributing and optimum use of water resources. This course covers the topics that
management of water treatment of drinking water, industrial water, sewage or
wastewater, management of water resources, management of flood protection.
Course Objectives:
 To develop understanding of water recourses.
 To study global water cycle and factors that affect this cycle.
 To analyze the process for water resources and management.
 To study the research and development areas necessary for efficient utilization and
management of water recourses.
Course Outcomes:
 Understanding of the global water cycle and its various processes
 Understanding of climate change and their effects on water systems
 Understanding of Drinking treatment and quality of groundwater and surface water
 Understanding of the Physical, chemical, and biological processes involved in water
treatment and distribution.
Course Contents:
1. Understanding ‗water‘-Climate change and the global water cycle, Understanding global
hydrology
2. Water resources planning and management-Water law and the search for sustainability: a
comparative analysis, Risk and uncertainty in water resources planning and management
3. Agricultural water use -The role of research and development for agriculture water use
4. Urban water supply and management - The urban water challenge, Water sensitive urban
design
References:
1. R. Quentin Graft, Karen Hussey, Quentin Graft, Karen Hussey, Publisher, "Water Resources
Planning and Management‖, Cambridge University Press, ISBN: 9780511974304,
9780521762588.
2. P. C. Basil, "Water Management in India‖, ISBN: 8180690970, 2004.
3. C.A. Brebbia, "Water Resources Management‖, ISBN: 978-1-84564-960-9


AC2-II: Intellectual Property Rights and Patents
Intellectual property is the area of law that deals with protecting the rights of those who
create original works. It covers everything from original plays and novels to inventions and
company identification marks. The purpose of intellectual property laws is to encourage new
technologies, artistic expressions and inventions while promoting economic growth.
Innovation and originality have great potential value. Whatever line of activity you are
engaged in, future success depends on them. The last few years have seen intellectual property
rights become an issue of general interest: the smart phone ― patent wars‖, the introduction of
Digital Rights management (DRM) and the rise of generic pharmaceuticals and open-source
software are just some examples that have been in the public eye. Protecting your intellectual rights
appropriately should be a top priority. Yet too many people embark on their chosen professions
without even a basic awareness of intellectual property.
Course Objectives:
 To encourage research, scholarship, and a spirit of inquiry
 To encourage students at all levels to develop patentable technologies.
 To provide environment to the students of the Institute for creation, protection, and
commercialization of intellectual property and to stimulate innovation.
Course Outcomes:
 Understand the fundamental legal principles related to confidential information, copyright,
patents, designs, trademarks and unfair competition
 Identify, apply and assess principles of law relating to each of these areas of intellectual
property
 Apply the appropriate ownership rules to intellectual property you have been involved in
creating
Course Contents:
 Introduction to Intellectual Property Law – The Evolutionary Past - The IPR Tool Kit- Para
-Legal Tasks in Intellectual Property Law
 Introduction to Trade mark – Trade mark Registration Process – Post registration Procedures
– Trade mark maintenance - Transfer of Rights – Inter partes Proceeding – Infringement -
Dilution Ownership of Trade mark
 Introduction to Copyrights – – Principles of Copyright Principles -The subjects Matter of
Copy right – The Rights Afforded by Copyright Law – Copy right Ownership, Transfer and
duration – Right to prepare Derivative works
 Introduction to Trade Secret – Maintaining Trade Secret – Physical Security – Employee
Limitation - Employee confidentiality agreement
References:
1. Debirag E. Bouchoux: ― Intellectual Property‖. Cengage learning ISBN-10:1111648573
2. Ferrera, Bird, Darrow, ― Cyber Law. Texts & Cases‖, South- ISBN:0-324-39972-3
3. Prabhuddha Ganguli: ― Intellectual Property Rights‖ TMH, ISBN-10:0070077177


AC2-III : The Science of Happiness
Everybody wants to be happy. One can explore innumerable ideas about what happiness is and how
we can get some. But not many of those ideas are based on science. That‘s where this course comes
in. The ― The subject ― Science of Happiness‖ aims to teach the pioneering science of positive
psychology, which explores the ancestry of a happy and meaningful life. Clinical psychologists
have been dealing with miserable feelings since their discipline was established. In the last 30
years, neuroscientists have made major headway in the understanding of the sources of anger,
depression, and fear.
Today, whole industries profit from this knowledge—producing pills for every sort of pathological
mood disturbance. But until recently, few neuroscientists focused on the subject of happiness. This
course focuses on discovering how cutting-edge research can be applied to their lives. Students will
learn about the Intra-disciplinary research supporting this view, spanning the fields of psychology,
neuroscience, evolutionary biology, and beyond. The course offers students practical strategies for
tapping into and nurturing their own happiness, including trying several research-backed activities
that foster social and emotional well-being, and exploring how their own happiness changes along
the way.
Course Objectives:
 To understand the feeling of happiness
 To study the sources of positive feelings
 To analyze the anatomy of the happiness system
 To study the effect of thoughts and emotions on the happiness system
Course Outcomes:
 Ability to understand what happiness is and why it matters to you
 Ability to learn how to increase your own happiness
 Understanding of the power of social connections and the science of empathy
 Ability to understand what is mindfulness and its real world applications
Course Contents:
1. Happiness: what is it? 2. The secret of smiling

3. The autonomy of positive feelings 4. Positive feelings as a compass
5. The happiness system 6. Foundations: Emotions, Motivation and nature of Well being
7. Subjective well being 8. Love and well being
9. Optimal well being 10. Religion, Spirituality and well being
References:
1. Happier, Stefan Klein , "The Science of Happiness, How Our Brains Make Us Happy and
what We Can Do to Get‖, Da Capo Press, ISBN 10: 156924328X, 13: 978-1569243282.
2. C. Compton, Edward Hoffman, "Positive Psychology: The Science of Happiness and
Flourishing‖, William, Cengage Learning, 2012, ISBN10: 1111834121.


AC2-IV: Stress Relief: Yoga and Meditation
The concepts and practices of Yoga originated in India about several thousand years ago. Its
founders were great Saints and Sages. The great Yogis presented rational interpretation of their
experiences of Yoga and brought about a practical and scientifically sound method within every
one‘s reach. Yoga today, is no longer restricted to hermits, saints, and sages; it has entered into our
everyday lives and has aroused a worldwide awakening and acceptance in the last few decades. The
science of Yoga and its techniques have now been reoriented to suit modern sociological needs and
lifestyles.
Yoga is one of the six systems of Vedic philosophy. The Yoga advocates certain restraints and
observances, physical discipline, breathe regulations, restraining the sense organs, contemplation,
meditation and Samadhi. The practice of Yoga prevents psychosomatic disorders and improves an
individual‘s resistance and ability to endure stressful situations.
Course Objectives:
 To impart knowledge about the basic technique and practice of yoga, including instruction
in breath control, meditation, and physical postures
 To gain an intellectual and theoretical understanding of the principles embodied in the Yoga
Sutras, the Bhagavad-Gita, and other important texts and doctrines
 Relaxation and stress reduction ,Personal insight and self understanding, Personal
empowerment, Gaining wisdom and spiritual discernment
 Awakening the abilities or powers of the Super conscious mind
Course Outcomes:
 Students understanding of philosophy and religion as well as daily life issues will be
challenged and enhanced.
 Enhances the immune system.
 Intellectual and philosophical understanding of the theory of yoga and basic related Hindu
scriptures will be developed.
 Powers of concentration, focus, and awareness will be heightened.
Course Contents:
1. Meaning and definition of yoga – Scope of Yoga - Aims and Objectives of Yoga –
Misconception about yoga.
2. Ayurveda: an introduction to this system of health care derived from the Vedic tradition
Anatomy and Physiology as they relate to Yoga
3. Yoga Philosophy and Psychology
References:
1. B.K.S. Iyengar, ―BKS Iyengar Yoga The Path to Holistic Health‖, DK publisher, ISBN-
13: 978-1409343479
2. Osho, ― The Essence of Yoga‖, Osho International Foundation, ISBN: 9780918963093


AC2-V: Foreign Language ( Japanese) Module 2
‗Communicating the best‘. The best can merely be communicated whilst using the best suited
Language!!
Course Objectives:
Course Outcomes:
On completion of the course student-
 will have ability of basic communication.
 will have the knowledge of Japanese script.
 will get introduced to reading, writing and listening skills for language Japanese.
 will develop interest to pursue professional Japanese Language course.
Course Contents:
 Katakana basic Script, Denoting things ( nominal & prenominal demonstratives ),

Purchasing at the Market / in a shop / mall (asking & stating price)
 Katakana : Modified kana, double consonant, letters with ya, yu, yo, Long vowels,
Describing time, describing starting & finishing time ( kara ~ made ), Point in time
(denoting the time when any action or the movement occurs)
 Means of transport (Vehicles), Places, Countries, Stating Birth date, Indicating movement to
a certain place by a vehicle
References:
1. Minna No Nihongo, ― Japanese for Everyone‖, (Indian Edition), Goyal Publishers &
Distributors Pvt. Ltd.
2. http://www.tcs.com (http://www.tcs.com/news_events/press_releases/Pages/TCS-Inaugurates-Japan-
centric-Delivery-Center-Pune.aspx)

Syllabus for the
S.E (Electronics /Electronics & Telecommunications Engineering)
2015 Course
(w.e.f . June 2016)
Page 1 of 48

SE(E&TC/Electronics Engineering) 2015 Course
Semester I
Course Course Teaching Scheme Semester Examination Scheme of Marks Credit

Code Hours / Week
Theory Tutorials Practicals In-Sem End-Sem TW PR OR Total TH/TUT PR+OR
(On (Theory)
line)
204181 Signals & 3 1 - 50 50 25 - - 125 4 -
Systems
204182 Electronic 4 - 2 50 50 - 50 - 150 4 1

Devices &
Circuits
204183 Electrical 3 - 2 50 50 25 - - 125 3 1

Circuits and
Machines
204184 Data Structures 4 - 2 50 50 - - 50 150 4 1

and Algorithms
204185 Digital 4 - 2 50 50 - 50 - 150 4 1

Electronics
204186 Electronic 1 - 2 - - 50 - - 50 1 1
Measuring
Instruments &
Tools
204192 Audit Course 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Total 19 1 10 250 250 100 100 50 750 20 05
Total Credits 25
Abbreviations:
Th : Theory
TW: Term Work TUT : Tutorial
OR: Oral PR : Practical
Note: Interested students of S.E. (Electronics/E&TC) can opt any one of the audit course from
the audit courses prescribed by BoS (Electronics/Computer/IT/Electrical/Instrumentation)
Page 2 of 48
SE(E&TC/Electronics Engineering) 2015 Course

Semester II
Course Course Teaching Scheme Semester Examination Scheme of Credit

Code Hours / Week Marks
Theory Tutorials Practicals In-Sem End-Sem TW PR OR Total TH/TUT PR+OR

(on (Theory)
line)
207005 Engineering 4 1 - 50 50 25 - - 125 5 -
Mathematics III
204187 Integrated Circuits 4 - 2 50 50 25 50 - 175 4 1
204188 Control Systems 3 - - 50 50 - - - 100 3 -
204189 Analog 3 - 2 50 50 - 50 - 150 3 1

Communication
204190 Object Oriented 3 - 4 50 50 - - 50 150 3 2

Programming
204191 Employability Skill 2 - 2 - - 50 - - 50 2 1

Development
204193 Audit Course 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Total 19 1 10 250 250 100 100 50 750 20 05
Total Credits 25
Abbreviations:
TH: Theory
TW: Term Work TUT: Tutorial
OR: Oral PR: Practical
Note: Interested students of S.E (Electronics/E&TC) can opt any one of the audit course from
the audit courses prescribed by BoS (Electronics/Computer/IT/Electrical/Instrumentation)
Page 3 of 48
204181 Signals and Systems

Credits: Th- 03,Tut-01
Theory : 03 hr/week In-Sem(Online): 50 Marks
Tutorial: 01 hr/week End-Sem(Theory):50 Marks
Term Work : 25 Marks
Course Objectives:
• To understand the mathematical description of continuous and discrete time signals and systems.
• To classify signals into different categories.
• To analyse Linear Time Invariant (LTI) systems in time and transform domains.
• To build basics for understanding of courses such as signal processing, control system and
communication.
• To develop basis of probability and random variables.
Course Outcomes:
On completion of the course, student will be able to
1. Understand mathematical description and representation of continuous and discrete time

signals and systems.
2. Develop input output relationship for linear shift invariant system and understand the
convolution operator for continuous and discrete time system.
3. Understand and resolve the signals in frequency domain using Fourier series and Fourier
transforms.
4. Understand the limitations of Fourier transform and need for Laplace transform and develop
the ability to analyze the system in s- domain.
5. Understand the basic concept of probability, random variables & random signals and develop
the ability to find correlation, CDF, PDF and probability of a given event.
Course Contents
Unit I : Introduction to Signals and Systems (8 Hrs)

Introduction and Classification of signals: Definition of signal and systems, communication and
control systems as examples. Sampling of analog signals, sampling theorem, Continuous time and
discrete time signal, Classification of signals as even, odd, periodic and non-periodic, deterministic
and non-deterministic, energy and power.
Elementary signals used for testing: reasons for using standard test signals, exponential, sine,
impulse, step and its properties, ramp, rectangular, triangular, signum, sinc.
Operations on signals: Amplitude scaling, addition, multiplication, differentiation, integration
(Accumulator for DT), time scaling, time shifting and time folding.
Systems: Definition, Classification: linear and non-linear, time variant and invariant, causal and non-
causal, static and dynamic, stable and unstable, invertible.
Page 4 of 48
Unit II : Time domain representation of LTI System (6 Hrs)

System modeling: Input-output relation, definition of impulse response, convolution sum,
convolution integral, computation of convolution integral using graphical method for unit step to unit
step, unit step to exponential, exponential to exponential, unit step to rectangular and rectangular to
rectangular only. Computation of convolution sum. Properties of convolution. System
interconnection, system properties in terms of impulse response, step response in terms of impulse
response.
Unit III : Fourier Series (6 Hrs)

Fourier series (FS) representation of periodic Continuous Time (CT) signals, Dirichlet condition for
existence of Fourier series, orthogonality, basis functions, Amplitude and phase response, FS
representation of CT signals using trigonometric and exponential Fourier series. Applications of
Fourier series, properties of Fourier series and their physical significance, Gibbs phenomenon,
Discrete Time Fourier Series, properties, convergence of DTFS.
Unit IV : Fourier transform (7Hrs)

Fourier Transform (FT) representation of aperiodic CT signals, Dirichlet condition for existence of
Fourier transform, evaluation of magnitude and phase response, FT of standard CT signals, FT of
standard periodic CT signals, Properties and their significance, Interplay between time and frequency
domain using sinc and rectangular signals, Fourier Transform for periodic signals, introduction to
Discrete Time Fourier Transform.
Unit V : Laplace transform and its applications (7Hrs)

Definition of Laplace Transform (LT), Limitations of Fourier transform and need of Laplace
transform,ROC, Laplace transform of standard periodic and aperiodic functions, properties of
Laplace transform and their significance, Laplace transform evaluation using properties, Inverse
Laplace transform based on partial fraction expansion, stability considerations in S domain,
Application of Laplace transforms to the LTI system analysis.
Unit VI : Probability and Random Signals (6 Hrs)

Probability: Experiment, sample space, event, probability, conditional probability and statistical
independence, Bayes theorem, Uniform and Gaussian probability models.
Random variables: Continuous and Discrete random variables, cumulative distributive function,
Probability density function, properties of CDF and PDF.Statistical averages, mean, moments and
expectations, standard deviation and variance.
Introduction to Correlation: Autocorrelation, Cross correlation, and their properties.
Text Books:
1. Simon Haykins and Barry Van Veen, “Signals and Systems”, 2nd Edition, Wiley India.
2. Charles Phillips, “Signals, Systems and Transforms”, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education.
Page 5 of 48
Reference Books:
1. M.J. Roberts “Signal and Systems”, Tata McGraw Hill 2007.
2. Shaila Apte, “Signals and Systems-principles and applications”, Cambridge University press,
2016.
3. Mrinal Mandal and Amir Asif, Continuous and Discrete Time Signals and Systems,
Cambridge University Press, 2007.
4. Peyton Peebles, “Probability, Random Variable, Random Processes”, 4th Edition, Tata Mc
Graw Hill.
5. A. NagoorKanni “Signals and Systems”, 2nd edition, Mc Graw Hill.
6. NPTEL video lectures on Signals and Systems.
Page 6 of 48
Guidelines for Tutorial / TW Assessment

Tutorials must be conducted batch wise. Batch size should not be more than 20 students. The main
objective of this tutorial is to focus on the outcomes defined in the theory syllabus by solving the
following assignments based on paper work.
At least 8 tutorials to be conducted. (Any 4 from first 6)
List of Tutorials
1 A) Sketch and write mathematical expression for the following signals in CT and Discrete Time
(DT)
a) Sine
b) Rectangular
c) Triangular
d) Exponential
e) Unit Impulse
f) Unit Step
g) Ramp
h) Signum
i) Sinc
B) Classify and find the respective value for the above signals
a) Periodic / Non Periodic
b) Energy / Power /Neither
2. Take any two CT and DT signals and perform the following operation Amplitude scaling,
addition, multiplication, differentiation, integration (accumulator for DT), time scaling, and
time shifting and folding.
3. Express any two system mathematical expressions in input output relation form and
determine whether each one of them is, Memory less, Causal, Linear, Stable, Time invariant,
Invertible.
4. Express any two system mathematical expressions in impulse response form and determine
whether each one of them is, Memory less, Causal, Linear, Stable, Time in variant, Invertible.
5. Perform Convolution Integral of Two Continuous time Signals.
(Various Combinations can be taken for this.)
6. To find Fourier series for the signals and plot its magnitude and phase response.
(Signals like: Half/Full wave rectified signal, Saw tooth wave etc. )
7. State and prove the various properties of CT Fourier Transform. Take rectangular and sinc
Signal as examples and demonstrate the applications of CTFT properties. And also
demonstrate the interplay between the time and frequency domain.
8. State and prove the properties of CT Laplace Transform. Take any example of a system in
time domain and demonstrate the application of LT in system analysis.
9. To perform auto and cross correlation for DT and CT signals. Also explain the relation
between Convolution and Correlation.
Page 7 of 48
10.
Page 8 of 48
204182 Electronic Devices and Circuits

Credits: Th- 04, Pr -01
Theory: 04 hrs/week In-Sem (Online): 50 Marks
Practical: 02 hrs/week End-Sem(Theory):50Marks
Practical : 50 Marks
Prerequisites: - Basic knowledge of Semiconductor Physics
Course Objectives:
• To introduce semiconductor devices FET and MOSFET, their characteristics, operations,
circuits and applications.
• To introduce concepts of both positive and negative feedback in electronic circuits.
• To analyse and interpret FET and MOSFET circuits for small signal at low and high
frequencies.
• To simulate electronics circuits using computer simulation software and verify desired
results.
• To study the different types of voltage regulators.
Course Outcomes:
On completion of the course, student will be able to:
1. Comply and verify parameters after exciting devices by any stated method.
2. Implement circuit and test the performance.
3. Analyze small signal model of FET and MOSFET.
4. Explain behavior of FET at low frequency.
5. Design an adjustable voltage regulator circuits.
Course Contents
UNIT I: JFET (8 Hrs)
Introduction to JFET, Types, Construction, Operation, Static Characteristics, Pinch off
voltage, FET Volt-Ampere characteristics, FET Configurations (CS/CD/CG) and their
Comparison. Biasing of FET (Self). FET as an amplifier and its analysis (CS) and its
frequency response. Small signal model, FET as High Impedance circuits.
Unit II :MOSFET& its DC Analysis (8 Hrs)

Basics of MOS Transistor operation, Construction of n-channel E-MOSFET, E-MOSFET
characteristics & parameters, non-ideal voltage current characteristics viz. Finite output
resistance, body effect, sub-threshold conduction, breakdown effects and temperature effects.
Common source circuit, Load Line & Modes of operation, common MOSFET configurations:
DC Analysis, constant current source biasing.
Page 9 of 48
Unit III : MOSFET A C Circuit Analysis: (8 Hrs)

The MOSFET CS small signal amplifier, Small signal parameters, small signal equivalent
circuit, Modeling, Body effect, Analysis of CS amplifier. Introduction to BiCMOS technology.
The MOSFET internal capacitances and high frequency model.
Introduction to MOSFET as basic element in VLSI, V-I characteristic equation in terms of
W/L ratio, MOSFET scaling and small geometry effects, MOSFET capacitances.
Unit IV : MOSFET Circuits (7 Hrs)

MOSFET as switch, diode/active resistor, Current sink and source, current mirror, Voltage
references, Basic principle of band gap reference, CMOS Inverter as amplifier: Active load,
Current source and Push pull configurations.
Unit V : Feedback amplifiers and Oscillators (8 Hrs)

Four types of amplifiers. Feedback topologies. Effect of feedback on terminal characteristics of
amplifiers. Examples of voltage series and Current series FET feedback amplifiers and their
analysis. Barkhausen criterion, stability with feedback. General form of LC oscillator. FET RC
Phase Shift oscillator, Wein bridge oscillator, Hartley and Colpitts oscillators.
Unit VI : VoltageRegulator: (7 Hrs)

Block diagram of an adjustable three terminal positive and negative regulators
(317,337).Typical connection diagram, current boosting. Low drop out voltage regulators.
Introduction to Switch Mode Power supply (SMPS), Block diagram of SMPS, Types of SMPS.
Comparison of Linear Power supply and SMPS.
Text Books:
1.MillmanHalkias, “Integrated Electronics-Analog and Digital Circuits and Systems”, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2000.
rd
2. Donald Neaman, “Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design”,3 Edition, Tata McGraw Hill.
Reference:
th
1. David A.Bell,“ElectronicDevicesandCircuits”,5 Edition, Oxford press
2. R. L. Boylstad, L. Nashlesky, “Electronic Devices and circuitsTheory”, 9thEdition,
PrenticeHall of India, 2006.
3. Anil K. Maini and Varsha Agarwal “Electronic Devices and Circuits”, Wiley India
4. Phillip E. Allen, Douglas R. Holberg, “CMOS Analog Circuit Design”, Second
Edition, Oxford.
5. K. R. Botkar, “Integrated Circuits”, 5th Edition, Khanna Publication.
Page 10 of 48

Perform minimum eight experiments out of which at least three experiments should be
conducted on bread board.
List of Practical
1. Design a single stage FET Amplifier in CS configuration and verify DC operating point.
2. Build and test single stage CS amplifier using FET. Calculate Ri, Ro and Av.
3. Simulate frequency response of single stage CS amplifier (use same circuit) and find the
bandwidth.
4. SimulateVoltage-Series feedback amplifier and calculate Rif, Rof, Avf and Bandwidth.
5. Implement current series feedback amplifier and find Rif, Rof, Gmf and Bandwidth.
6. Simulate LC oscillator using FET.
OR
7. Implement Weinbridge /RC phase shift oscillator using FET/MOSFET.
8. Simulate MOSFET/ CMOS Inverter.
OR
9. Build and test MOSFET as a switch.
10. Design and implement an adjustable voltage regulator using three terminals voltage regulator
IC.
Page 11 of 48
204183 Electrical Circuits and Machines

Credits: Th – 03, Pr -01
Theory: 03hrs/week In-Sem(Online): 50 Marks
Practical: 02 hrs/week End-Sem: (Theory): 50 Marks
Term Work: 25 Marks
Course Objectives:
• To analyse AC and DC networks with network simplification techniques.
• To gain basic knowledge of transformers and their types.
• To conduct experimental procedures on different types of electrical machines.
• To understand the constructional details, characteristics, features and application areas
ofvarious types of electric motors.
Course Outcomes:
1. Analyze basic AC & DC circuit for voltage, current and power by using KVL,
KCL, andnetwork theorems.
2. Explain the working principle of different electrical machines.
3. Select proper electrical motor for given application.
4. Design and analyze transformers.
Course Contents
Unit I :Basic Circuit Analysis and Simplification Techniques (8 Hrs)

Kirchhoff’s Current and Voltage Laws, Independent and dependent sources and their
interconnection, power calculations.
Network Analysis: Mesh, Super mesh, Node and Super Node analysis. Source
transformation and source shifting.
Network Theorems: Superposition, Thevenin’s, Norton’s and Maximum Power Transfer
Theorems, Millers Theorem and its dual. (AC circuit analysis for all the topics of this unit)
Unit II :Transformer (6 Hrs)

Types, Construction, Transformer on No-load (Transformation ratio, emf equation),
impedance transformation, losses in transformer, regulation and efficiency, rating. Auto
transformer, coupling transformer, Isolation transformer, C.T. and P.T., Design of single
phase transformer for instrument power supply, High frequency transformers.
Unit III :DC Machines (7 Hrs)
Construction of DC Machine, Motoring and generation action, types, EMF equation,
Torque equation (Torque-armature current characteristics, Torque-speed characteristics,
speed-armature current characteristics), Power flow diagram. Problems on speed, torque &
losses. Different methods of speed control, different types of starters for DC shunt motor.
Permanent Magnet DC motors, Applications of DC Motors
Page 12 of 48
Unit IV :AC Motors (7 Hrs)

Three phase Induction motors, construction and principle of operation, types, slip and
torque equation, Torque-slip characteristics, condition for maximum torque & ratios, types
of starters, speed control, V/f control, Applications.
Synchronous motors: Construction, principle of operation, characteristics (V curves) and
applications.
Unit V :Special Motors 1 (6 Hrs)

BLDC Motor, Construction, principle, characteristics, control circuit, sensors,
applications. Construction, principle & applications of Reluctance Motor, Universal
Motor.
Unit VI :Special Motors 2 (6Hrs)

Construction, types, principle, Characteristics, control circuit & applications of Stepper
Motor and Servo motor.
Construction, principle, characteristics, Types and applications of single phase Induction
Motor.
Text Books:
1. Abhijit Chakrabarti & Sudipta Debnath, “Electrical Machines”,Tata McGraw-hill
Publication.
2. William H Hayt, Jack E Kimmerly and Steven M. Durbin, “Engineering Circuit
Analysis”, TataMcGraw Hill.
Reference:
1. A.E. Fitzgerald, Charles Kingsley & Jr. Stephen D. Umans,“Electrical Machinery”,
TataMcGraw-hill Publication 6th Edition.
2. I.J Nagarath& D.P Kothari, “Electrical Machines”, Tata McGraw-hill Publication 4th
Edition.
3. T. J. E. Miller, “Brushless permanent-magnet and reluctance motor
drives”,OxfordUniversity Press(1989)
4. Ned Mohan, “Electric Machines and Drives”: A first course, Wiley.
5. B. L. Theraja, ”Electrical technology” volume 2, S. Chand
Page 13 of 48

Perform any 8 experiments:
List of Practical
1. Network Theorems : To verify Thevenin’s and Norton’s theorem ( DC or AC)
2. O.C. And S.C. Test on single phase transformer
3. Polarity test on single phase transformer.
4. Equivalent Circuit of a Single Phase Induction Motor by performing the no- load
and blocked rotor tests.
5. Study of BLDC Motor Drive.
6. Speed control of DC motor using armature voltage and field current control
method. Measure RPM and plot graph of speed versus armature voltage and field
current.
7. Load test on 3-phase induction motor
8. Determination of equivalent circuit parameters of 3-phase induction motor using
no load & blocked-rotor test.
9. To plot speed- torque characteristic of three phase induction motor.
10. To study various operating modes of stepper motor.
Page 14 of 48
Data Structures and Algorithms


Theory: 04 hrs/week In-Sem(Online): 50 Marks
Practical: 02 hrs/week End-Sem: (Theory):50 Marks
Oral : 50 Marks
Prerequisites: Basic knowledge of C language is required.
Course Objectives:
• To assess how the choice of data structures and algorithm design methods impacts the
performance of programs.
• To choose the appropriate data structure and algorithm design method for a specified
application.
• To study the systematic way of solving problems, various methods of organizing
large amounts of data.
• To solve problems using data structures such as linear lists, stacks, queues, binary
trees, binary search trees, and graphs and writing programs for these solutions.
To employ the different data structures to find the solutions for specific problems
Course Outcomes:
On completion of the course, student will be able to :
1. Discuss the computational efficiency of the principal algorithms such as sorting &
searching.
2. Write and understand the programs that use arrays & pointers in C
3. Describe how arrays, records, linked structures are represented in memory and use
them in algorithms.
4. Implement stacks & queues for various applications.
5. Understand various terminologies and traversals of trees and use them for various
applications.
6. Understand various terminologies and traversals of graphs and use them for
various applications.
Course Contents
Unit I : Introduction to C and Algorithm (8 Hrs)
Constants, variables and keywords in C, operators and control structure in c(decision, loop and
case), functions, macros, arrays and string manipulation, structure, union, enumeration, bitwise
operations Functions: Parameter passing call by value and call by reference, scope rules,
functions and pointers, function returning pointer, pointer to function, String manipulations
using Arrays, pointer to pointer, Dynamic memory management.
Analysis of algorithm: frequency count and its importance in analysis of an algorithm, Time
complexity & Space complexity of an algorithm, Big ‘O’ notation
Unit II :Searching and Sorting (8 Hrs)
Need of searching and sorting, why various methods of searching and sorting, Sorting
methods: Linear, binary search and Fibonacci Search.
Sorting methods: Bubble, insertion, selection, merge, Time complexity of each searching and
sorting algorithm, Hashing Techniques.
Page 15 of 48
Unit III : Stack and Queues (7 Hrs)

Stacks: Concept, Basic Stack operations, Array representation of stacks, Stack as ADT, Stack
Applications: Reversing data, Arithmetic expressions conversion and evaluation.
Queues: Concept, Queue operations, Array representation of queues, Queue as ADT,
Circular queues, Application of queues: Categorizing data, Simulation of queues.
Unit IV : Linked List (7 Hrs)
Concept of linked organization, singly linked list, stack using linked list, queue using linked
list, doubly linked list, circular linked list, Linked list as ADT. Representation and
manipulations of polynomials using linked lists, ,comparison of sequential linked
organization with linked organization
Unit V : Trees (7 Hrs)
Introduction to trees: Basic Tree Concepts, Binary Trees:Concept & Terminologies,
Representation of Binary Tree in memory, Traversing a binary tree, Binary Search Trees
(BST): Basic Concepts, BST operations.
Unit VI : Graphs (7 Hrs)

Basic Concepts & terminology, Sequential representation of graphs; Adjacency matrix, Path
matrix, Linked representation of a graph, Operations on graph, Traversing a graph, Spanning
trees; Minimum Spanning tree, Kruskal’s Algorithm, Prim’s Algorithm. Dijkstra's Shortest
Path Algorithm
Text Books:
1. Ellis Horowitz, SartajSahni, “Fundamentals of Data Structures”, Galgotia Books
Source. ISBN:10: 0716782928
2. Richard F. Gilberg& Behrouz A. Forouzan, Data Structures APseudocode Approach
with C, Cengage Learning, second edition. ISBN-10: 0534390803
Reference:
1. Seymour Lipschutz, Data Structure with C, Schaum’s Outlines, Tata McGrawHill.
ISBN-10: 1259029964
2. E Balgurusamy - Programming in ANSI C, Tata McGraw-Hill, Third Edition.
ISBN-10: 1259004619
3. YedidyahLangsam, Moshe J Augenstein, Aaron M Tenenbaum – Data structures
using C and C++ - PHI Publications, Second Edition ). ISBN 10: 8120311779
List of Practical
Note: Practical 1-8 are compulsory. Practical 9-15 are optional.
Write C program to implement
1. Write C program to store student information (e.g. RollNo, Name, Percentage etc.).
a. Display the data in descending order of Percentage (Bubble Sort).
b. Display data for Roll No specified by user (Linear Search).
c. Display the number of passes and comparisons for different test cases (Worst,
Average, Best case).
2. Perform following String operations with and without pointers to arrays (without using
the library functions): a. substring, b. palindrome, c. compare, d. copy, e. reverse.
3. Data base Management using array of structure with operations Create, display,
Modify, Append, Search and Sort.(For any database like Employee or Bank
database with andwithout pointers to structures)
Page 16 of 48
4. Create a singly linked list with options:
a. Insert (at front, at end, in the middle),
b. Delete (at front, at end, in the middle),
c. Display,
d. Display Reverse,
e. Revert the SLL.
5. Implement Stack using arrays & Linked Lists. Write a menu driven program to
perform following operations on stack a) Push b) Pop c) Display
6. Implement Queue using arrays & Linked Lists. Write a menu driven program to
perform following operations on Queue a) Insert b) Delete c) Display
7. Binary search tree: Create, search, recursive traversals.
8. Graph using adjacency Matrix with BFS & DFS traversals.

9. Implement set operations using arrays and perform union, intersection, difference,
symmetric difference
10. Accept input as a string and construct a Doubly Linked List for the input string
with eachnode contains, as a data one character from the string and perform:
a) Insert b) delete, c) Display forward, d) Display backward
11. Represent graph using adjacency list or matrix and generate minimum spanning
tree using Prism’s algorithm
12 Read & write operations in a text file.

13 Polynomial addition using array of structure.
14 Evaluation of postfix expression (input will be postfix expression)
15 Implement following Matrix operations:
a. addition with pointers to arrays

b. multiplication without pointers to arrays
c. transpose with pointers to arrays
Page 17 of 48
204185 Digital Electronics

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
Theory: 04 hrs/week In-Sem(Online): 50 Marks

Practicals: 02 hrs/week End-Sem (Theory):50 Marks
Course Objectives:
• To acquaint the students with the fundamental principles of two-valued logic and various
devices used to implement logical operations on variables.
• To lay the foundation for further studies in areas such as communication, VLSI,
computer, microprocessor.
Course Outcomes:
1. Use the basic logic gates and various reduction techniques of digital logic circuit in detail.
2. Design combinational and sequential circuits.
3. Design and implement hardware circuit to test performance and application.
4. Understand the architecture and use of microcontrollers for basic operations and Simulate
using simulation software.
Course Contents
Unit I : Combinational Logic Design (8 Hrs)
Standard representations for logic functions, k map representation of logic functions (SOP
and POS forms), minimization of logical functions for min-terms and max-terms (upto 4
variables), don’t care conditions, Design Examples: Arithmetic Circuits, BCD - to – 7
segment decoder, Code converters. Adders and their use as subtractor, look ahead carry,
ALU, Digital Comparator, Parity generators/checkers, Multiplexers and their use in
combinational logic designs, multiplexer trees, De-multiplexers and their use in
combinational logic designs, Decoders, demultiplexer trees. Introduction to Quine-
McCluskey method.
Unit II :Sequential Logic Design (8 Hrs)

1 Bit Memory Cell, Clocked SR, JK, MS J-K flip flop, D and T flip-flops. Use of preset and
clear terminals,
Excitation Table for flip flops. Conversion of flip flops. Application of Flip flops: Registers,
Shift registers, Counters (ring counters, twisted ring counters), Sequence Generators, ripple
counters, up/down counters, synchronous counters, lock out, Clock Skew, Clock jitter. Effect
on synchronous designs.
Unit III : State Machines (8 Hrs)

Basic design steps- State diagram, State table, State reduction, State assignment, Mealy and
Moore machines representation, Implementation, finite state machine implementation,
Sequencedetector. Introduction to Algorithmic state machines- construction of ASM chart
and realization forsequential circuits
Page 18 of 48
Unit IV : Digital Logic Families (8 Hrs)

Classification of logic families, Characteristics of digital ICs-Speed of operation, power
dissipation, figure of merit, fan in, fan out, current and voltage parameters, noise immunity,
operating temperatures and power supply requirements.TTL logic. Operation of TTL NAND
gate, active pull up, wired AND, open collector output, unconnected inputs. Tri-State logic.
CMOS logic – CMOS inverter, NAND, NOR gates, unconnected inputs, wired logic , open
drain output. Interfacing CMOS and TTL. Comparison table of Characteristics of TTL,
CMOS, ECL, RTL, I2L, DCTL.
Unit V : Programmable Logic Devices and Semiconductor Memories (6 Hrs)

Programmable logic devices: Detail architecture, Study of PROM, PAL, PLA, Designing
combinational circuits using PLDs. General Architecture of FPGA and CPLD
Semiconductor memories: memory organization and operation, expanding memory size,
Classification and characteristics of memories, RAM, ROM, EPROM, EEPROM,
NVRAM, SRAM,DRAM.
Unit VI : Introduction to Microcontroller 8051 (7 Hrs)

Microprocessors and Microcontrollers comparison, 8051 architecture, Pin description,
addressing modes, instruction set of 8051, concepts of Counters and Timers with the help of
status registers, Port Structure and Interrupts. Simple programming examples – for addition,
subtraction, multiplication and delay.
TextBooks:
1. R.P. Jain , “Modern digital electronics” , 3rd edition , 12threprint Tata McGraw
Hill Publication, 2007.
2. M. Morris Mano, “Digital Logic and Computer Design” 4th edition,Prentice Hall
of India, 2013.
Reference:
1. Anand Kumar, “Fundamentals of digital circuits” 1st edition, Prentice Hall of India,
2001
2. MykePredko, “Programming and customizing the 8051 microcontroller”, Tata McGraw
Hill 2003.
3. Muhammad Mazidi, Janice Mazidi and RolinMcKinlay, ‘The 8051 Microcontroller and
Embedded Systems using Assembly and C’, Pearson Education, 2nd edition.
Page 19 of 48
Instructions for Laboratory Conduction

At least six practical (on bread board) from list 1 to 8 and two practicals from list 9 to 11.
List of Practicals
1. Study of IC-74LS153 as a Multiplexer. (Refer Data-Sheet).
Design and Implement 8:1 MUX using IC-74LS153 & Verify its Truth Table.
Design & Implement the given 4 variable function using IC74LS153. Verify its Truth-
Table.
2. Study of IC-74LS138 as a Demultiplexer / Decoder (Refer Data-Sheet). Practical) (Test
Benches and FSM excluded). Design and Implement full adder and subtractor function
using IC- 74LS138.
Design & Implement 3-bit code converter using IC-74LS138.(Gray to Binary/Binary to
Gray)
3. Study of IC-74LS83 as a BCD adder,(Refer Data-Sheet).
Design and Implement 1 digit BCD adder using IC-74LS83
Design and Implement 4-bit Binary sub tractor using IC-74LS83.
4. Study of IC-74LS85 as a magnitude comparator,(Refer Data-Sheet)
Design and Implement 4-bit Comparator.
Design and Implement 8-bit Comparator
5. Study of Counter ICs (74LS90/74LS93). (Refer Data-Sheet)
Design and Implement MOD-N and MOD-NN using IC-74LS90 and draw Timing
diagram.
Design and Implement MOD-N and MOD-NN using IC-74LS93 and draw Timing
diagram.
6. Study of synchronous counter
Design & Implement 4-bit Up/down Counter and MOD-N Up/down Counter using
IC74HC191/ IC74HC193. Draw Timing Diagram
7 Verify four voltage and current parameters for TTL and CMOS (IC 74LSXX, 74HCXX),
(Refer Data-Sheet).
8. Study of Shift Register (74HC194/74LS95), (Refer data-Sheet)

Design and Implement Pulse train generator using IC-74HC194/IC74LS95 (Use right
shift/left shift). Design and Implement 4-bit Ring Counter/ Twisted ring Counter using
shift registers IC 74HC194/IC74LS95.
9. Write a assembly/C language program to perform arithmetic operations.
10. Write a assembly/C language program to perform internal and external memory transfer
operations
11. Write a assembly/C language program to use port pin for simple application
Page 20 of 48
204186 Electronic Measuring Instruments and Tools


Theory: 01hrs/week Term work : 50 Marks
Practical: 02 hrs/week
Course Objective:
• To make student competent for handling measuring instruments and to able to select right
instrument for the purpose of measurement under different conditions.
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand fundamental of various electrical measurements.
2. Understand and describe specifications, features and capabilities of electronic instruments.
3. Finalize the specifications of instrument and select an appropriate instrument for given
measurement.
4. Carry out required measurement using various instruments under different setups.
5. Able to compare measuring instruments for performance parameters
6. Select appropriate instrument for the measurement of electrical parameter professionally.
Course Contents
Theory
It is expected that operating principle, block diagram and other details shall be taught in theory
sessions. Teachers will explore these instruments in detail in respective laboratory sessions.
Specification sheet / functions of the instrument should be listed and attached in file/journal.
Theory lectures shall cover following topics along-with discussion of practicals

1. Measurement: Necessity, units, ways of measurements.
2. Performance parameters for measuring instruments.
3. Information about OIML standards.
4. Statistical analysis ( Definitions and Introductions only), sources of errors and remedies
5. Calibration and Maintenance of Instruments.
6. Techno-commercial Comparative Analysis and Ordering Information of Instruments.
TextBooks:
1. Instrument manuals published by respective Manufactures.
2. KalsiH.S “ Electronic Instrumentation”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004.

At least eight practical must be performed.
1. Use of everyday practicing testing/measuring instruments.
Electrical tester, cable (continuity) tester, Indicators with Neon and LEDs Megger for
insulation test, open/short circuit test Digital Panel Meter (DPM)
2. Perform following using analog and digital multimeter: Measurement of DC voltage, DC
current, AC (rms) voltage, AC (rms) current, resistance, capacitance. Understand the effect
of decimal point of resolution. Comment on bandwidth (only for digital multimeter) to test
continuity, PN junction and transistor. Calculate mean, standard deviation, average
deviation and variance of measured quantity.
Page 21 of 48
3. Set up Power Supply for Conduction of Laboratory experiments ( 30V / 300 V) Set up
Current limit, Check Over current (CC mode) and Short circuit. Setting Individual / Dual
Power Supply Series / Parallel Operation of Power Supplies
4. Perform following using CRO : Set up CRO for operation: Ground check, Probe check,
Dual/ Mono/Component Tester
1) Check signal coupling. Observe alternate, chop modes.
2) Perform Probe check and calibration of CRO, adjust if necessary
Measure unknown frequency and phase using XY mode. Perform locking of input signal
using auto, normal, external, edge trigger modes.
5. Perform following using DSO
1) Perform Roll, Average, Peak detection operations on signal, Capture transients.
2) Perform FFT analysis of sine and square signals.
3) Perform various math operations like add, subtract and multiplication of two
waves.
4) Check store and retrieval of signals. Use Print, save on disk/USB
6. Compare True RMS meter with Multi-meter
Measure RMS, peak and average voltages for half controlled rectifier or Full controlled
rectifier by varying firing angle.
Compare readings of DMM and/or Power-scope with TRMS for analyzing why TRMS is
better.
7. Signal Analysis using Logic Analyzer
Set up logic analyzer for 8/16/32 channels. Use logic analyser in stand-alone mode or with
PC / Mixed Signal Oscilloscope. Verify timing diagram for any digital circuit like counter
/ shift register
8. Measurements using Spectrum Analyzer. Perform harmonic analysis and Total Harmonic
Distortion (THD) measurement for sine and square waves. Verify frequency response of
filters& high frequency (HF) amplifier.
Analyze Spectrum of AM & FM and to measure percent modulation and bandwidth.
9. Measurements using programmable LCR meter: Measure L, C & R in series / parallel
operation, at different frequencies. Comment on readings in different connections / at
different frequencies. Measure Q and Dissipation factor.
10. Set up function generator/Arbitrary waveform generator. Generate signal of required
amplitude, frequency, duty cycle, offset etc. Generate special signals such as noise, ECG,
sweep, burst, AM, FM, PM etc. Check generated signal on oscilloscope and verify under
different attenuation.
11. Compare Frequency Counter with Oscilloscope. Carry out measurements through
different modes of measurement. Measure frequency, time, ratio, events & pulse width.
Measure signals using oscilloscopes and compare readings with frequency counter.
Comment on bandwidth of oscilloscope and compare specifications of scope and freq.
counter
12. Measure Sound / Video signal strength using db-meter. Measure signal strength before /
after signal amplifier. Measure loss of signal strength in connection splitters / attenuator.
Plot signal strength at different frequencies
Page 22 of 48
Audit course-I
204192:Japanese Language module-I
About course:
With changing times, the competitiveness has gotten into the nerves and ‘Being the
Best’ at all times is only the proof of it. Nonetheless, ‘being the best’ differs significantly
from ‘Communicating the best’! The best can merely be communicated whilst using the
best… suited Language!!
value in it. It is the engineer’s companion in current times with an assertion of a thriving
future. Pune has indisputably grown to become a major center of Japanese Education in India
while increasing the precedence for Japanese connoisseurs.
Japanese certainly serves a great platform to unlock a notoriously tough market & find a
booming career. While the companies prefer candidates having the knowledge of the
language, it can additionally help connect better with the native people thus prospering in
their professional journey. Learning Japanese gives an extra edge to the ‘resume’ since the
recruiters consciously make note of the fact it requires real perseverance and self-discipline to
tackle one of the most complex languages.
It would be easy for all time to quit the impossible; however it takes immense courage to
reiterate the desired outcomes, recognize that improvement is an ongoing process and
ultimately soldier on it.
The need of an hour is to introduce Japanese language with utmost professionalism to create
awareness about the bright prospects and to enhance the proficiency and commitment. It will
then prove to be the ultimate path to the quest for professional excellence!
Course Objectives:
• To meet the needs of ever growing industry with respect to language support.
• To get introduced to Japanese society and culture through language.
Page 23 of 48
Course Outcomes:
• will have ability of basic communication.
• will have the knowledge of Japanese script.
• will get introduced to reading , writing and listening skills
• will develop interest to pursue professional Japanese Language course.
Course Contents
Unit 1 : Introduction to Japanese Language.
Hiragana basic Script, colors, Days of the week
Unit 2 : Hiragana : modified Kana, double consonant, Letters combined with ya, yu, yo
Long vowels, Greetings and expressions
Unit 3 : Self Introduction, Introducing other person,
Numbers, Months, Dates, Telephone numbers, Stating one’s age.
Text Book:
1. Minna No Nihongo, “Japanese for Everyone”, Elementary Main Text book 1-1
(Indian Edition), Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd.
Guidelines for Conduction
(Any one or more of following but not limited to)
• Guest Lectures
• Visiting lectures
• Language Lab
Guidelines for Assessment (Any one of following but not limited to)
• Written Test
• Practical Test
• Presentation
• Paper
• Report
Page 24 of 48
Audit Course-I
204192: Road Safety Management
Road transport remains the least safe mode of transport, with road accidents representing the main
cause of death of people. The boom in the vehicle population without adequate road infrastructure,
poor attention to driver training and unsatisfactory regulation has been responsible for increase in the
number of accidents. India’s vehicle population is negligible as compared to the World statistics; but
the comparable proportion for accidents is substantially large.
The need for stricter enforcement of law to ensure greater safety on roads and an environment-
friendly road transport operation is of paramount importance. Safety and security are growing
concerns for businesses, governments and the traveling public around the world, as also in India. It is,
therefore, essential to take new initiatives in raising awareness, skill and knowledge of students as one
of the ibid stake holders who are expected to follow the rules and policies of the government in order
to facilitate safety of individual and safe mobility of others.
Course Objectives:
• Provide basic overview on road safety & traffic management issues in view of the alarming
increase in vehicular population of the country.
• Insight into the transportation system management (TSM) techniques.
• Overview of the engineering & legislative measures for road safety.
• Discuss measures for improving road safety education levels among the public.
Course Outcomes:
On completion of the course, society will observe –
• Changes in awareness levels, knowledge and understanding
• A change in attitudes / behavior e.g. against drink-drive;
• Casualty Reduction;
• That remedial education for those who make mistakes and for low level
offences where this is more effective than financial penalties and penalty
points;
• Improving Road Safety Together
Course Contents
1. Existing Road Transport Scenario
2. Accident Causes & Remedies
3. Road Accident Investigation & Investigation Methods
4. Vehicle Technology – CMVR & Road Safety
5. Regulatory / Legislative Provisions for Improving Road Safety
6. Behavioral Training for Drivers for Improving Road Safety
7. Road Safety Education
8. Road Engineering Measures for Improving Road Safety
Guidelines for Conduction (Any one or more of following but not limited to)
• Guest Lectures
• Visits and reports
• Assist authorities like RTO for audits (e.g. Particular road safety audit as critical on-site
assessment of the shortcomings in the various elements of the road)
• Mini Project
Page 25 of 48
Guidelines for Assessment(Any one of following but not limited to)
• Written Test
• Practical Test
• Presentation
• Paper
• Report
Page 26 of 48
207005 Engineering Mathematics -III

Credits: Th – 04 ,Tut-01

Tutorial: 01 hr/week End-Sem (Theory):50 Marks
Prerequisites: - Differential and Integral Calculus, Taylor series and Infinite series,
Differential equations of first order and first degree, Fourier series, Vector algebra, Algebra
of complex numbers.
Course Objectives:
After completion of the course, students will have adequate background, conceptual clarity
and knowledge of appropriate solution techniques related to:
• Linear differential equations of higher order using analytical methods and numerical
methods applicable to Control systems and Network analysis.
• Transforms such as Fourier transform, Z-transform and applications to
Communication systems and Signal processing.
• Vector differentiation and integration required in Electro-Magnetics and Wave
theory.
• Complex functions, conformal mappings, contour integration applicable to
Electrostatics, Digital filters, Signal and Image processing.
Course Outcomes:
1. Solve higher order linear differential equation using appropriate techniques for
modeling and analyzing electrical circuits.
2. Solve problems related to Fourier transform, Z-transform and applications to
Communication systems and Signal processing.
3. Obtain Interpolating polynomials, numerically differentiate and integrate functions,
numerical solutions of differential equations using single step and multi-step iterative
methods used in modern scientific computing.
4. Perform vector differentiation and integration, analyze the vector fields and apply to
Electro-Magnetic fields.
5. Analyze conformal mappings, transformations and perform contour integration of
complex functions in the study of electrostatics and signal processing.
Course Contents
Unit I: Linear Differential Equations (LDE) and Applications (09 Hours)
LDE of nth order with constant coefficients, Method of variation of parameters, Cauchy’s &
Legendre’s DE, Simultaneous & Symmetric simultaneous DE. Modeling of Electrical
circuits.
Page 27 of 48
Unit II: Transforms (09 Hours)
Fourier Transform (FT): Complex exponential form of Fourier series, Fourier integral
theorem, Fourier Sine & Cosine integrals, Fourier transform, Fourier Sine and Cosine
transforms and their inverses.
Z - Transform (ZT): Introduction, Definition, Standard properties, ZT of standard sequences

and their inverses. Solution of difference equations.
Unit III: Numerical Methods (09 Hours)
Interpolation: Finite Differences, Newton’s and Lagrange’s Interpolation formulae,

Numerical Differentiation.
Numerical Integration: Trapezoidal and Simpson’s rules, Bound of truncation error,
Solution of Ordinary differential equations: Euler’s, Modified Euler’s, Runge-Kutta 4th order
methods.
Unit IV: Vector Differential Calculus (09 Hours)
Physical interpretation of Vector differentiation, Vector differential operator, Gradient,

Divergence and Curl, Directional derivative, Solenoidal, Irrotational and Conservative fields,
Scalar potential, Vector identities.
Unit V: Vector Integral Calculus and Applications (09 Hours)
Line, Surface and Volume integrals, Work-done, Green’s Lemma, Gauss’s Divergence
theorem, Stoke’s theorem. Applications to problems in Electro-magnetic fields.
Unit VI : Complex Variables (09 Hours)

Functions of Complex variables, Analytic functions, Cauchy-Riemann equations, Conformal
mapping, Bilinear transformation, Cauchy’s integral theorem, Cauchy’s integral formula,
Laurent’s series, Residue theorem.
Text Books:
1. Erwin Kreyszig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, 9e, Wiley India.

2. Peter V. O'Neil, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, 7e, Cengage Learning.
Page 28 of 48
Reference Books:
1. M. D. Greenberg, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, 2e, Pearson Education.

2. Wylie C.R. & Barrett L.C. , “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, McGraw-Hill, Inc.
3. B. S. Grewal, “Higher Engineering Mathematics” Khanna Publication, Delhi.
4. P. N. Wartikar & J. N. Wartikar, “Applied Mathematics”, Volumes I and II, Pune
VidyarthiGrihaPrakashan,.
5. B.V. Ramana, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Tata McGraw-Hill.
6. Thomas L. Harman, James
7. Dabney and Norman Richert, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics with MATLAB”, 2e,
Brooks/Cole, Thomson Learning.
i) Tutorial shall be engaged in four batches (batch size of 20 students maximum) per
division.
ii) Term work shall be based on continuous assessment of six assignments (one per each
unit) and performance in internal tests.
Page 29 of 48
204187 Integrated Circuits


Theory: 04hrs/week In-Sem(Online): 50 Marks
Practical: 02 hrs/week End-Sem (Theory) :50 Marks
Course Objectives:
• To understand characteristics of IC and Op-Amp and identify the internal structure.

• To introduce various manufacturing techniques.
• To study various op-amp parameters and their significance for Op-Amp.
• To learn frequency response, transient response and frequency compensation techniques
for Op-Amp.
• To analyse and identify linear and nonlinear applications of Op-Amp.
• To understand functionalities of PLL and its use in various applications in
communication and control systems.
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand the characteristics of IC and Op-Amp and identify the internal structure.
2. Understand and identify various manufacturing techniques.
3. Derive and determine various performances based parameters and their significance for
Op-Amp.
4. Comply and verify parameters after exciting IC by any stated method.
5. Analyze and identify the closed loop stability considerations and I/O limitations.
6. Analyze and identify linear and nonlinear applications of Op-Amp.
7. Understand and verify results (levels of V & I) with hardware implementation.
8. Implement hardwired circuit to test performance and application for what it is being
designed.
9. Understand and apply the functionalities of PLL to Frequency synthesizer, multiplier,
FM, and AM demodulators
Course Contents
Unit I : OP-AMP Basics (6 Hrs)
Block diagram of OP-AMP, Differential Amplifier configurations, Differential amplifier
analysis for dual-input balanced-output configurations using ‘r’ parameters, Need and types
of level shifter, current mirror circuits. Voltage series and voltage shunt feedback amplifier
and its effect on Ri, Ro, bandwidth and voltage gain.
Page 30 of 48
Unit II : Linear Applications of OP-AMP (8

Hrs)
Inverting and Non-inverting amplifier, voltage follower. Summing, averaging scaling
amplifier, difference amplifier, Ideal integrator, practical integrator with frequency
response, Ideal differentiator, practical differentiator withfrequency response.
Instrumentation amplifiers.
Unit III : Non-linear Applications of OP-AMP (8
Hrs)
Comparator, characteristics of comparator, applications of comparator, Schmitt trigger
(symmetrical/asymmetrical), clippers and clampers, voltage limiters, Square wave
generator, triangular wave generator, Need of precision rectifier, Half wave , Full wave
precision rectifiers, peak detectors, sample and hold circuits.
Unit IV : Converters using OP-AMP (6

Hrs)
V-F, I-V and V-I converter, DAC: types of DAC, characteristics, specifications,
advantages and disadvantages of each type of DAC, ADC: types of ADC, characteristics,
specifications, advantages and disadvantages of each type of ADC.
Unit V : Phase Locked Loop &Oscillators (8

Hrs)
Block diagram of PLL and its function, PLL types, characteristics/parameters of PLL, and
different applications of PLL. Oscillators principle, types and frequency stability, design of
phase shift, wein bridge, Quadrature, voltage controlled oscillators.
Unit VI : Active filters (8

Hrs)
Design and frequency scaling of First order and second order Active LP, HP, BP and wide
and narrow band BR Butterworthfilters and notch filter. All pass filters.
TextBooks:
1. Ramakant A. Gaikwad, “Op Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits”, Pearson

Education 2000.
2. Salivahanan and KanchanaBhaskaran, “Linear Integrated Circuits”, Tata McGraw
Hill,India 2008
Reference:
1. George Clayton and Steve Winder, “Operational Amplifiers”, 5th Edition Newnes.
2. Sergio Franco, “Design with Operational Amplifiers and Analog Integrated Circuits”,
Tata McGraw Hill.
3. Bali,”Linear Integrated Circuits”, Mc Graw Hill 2008.
4. Gray, Hurst, Lewise, Meyer, “Analysis & Design of Analog Integrated Circuits”, Wiley
Publications.
Page 31 of 48

1- 8 experiments are compulsory and should be conducted on bread board.
List of Practical’s
1. Measure Op-Amp parameters and compare with the specifications.
Input bias current, input offset current and input offset voltage. slew rate , CMRR
Compare the result with datasheet of corresponding Op-Amp.
2. Design, build and test integrator for given frequency f a .
3. Design, build and test three Op-Amp instrumentation amplifiers for typical application
4. Design, build and test precision half & full wave rectifier.
5. Design, build and test Schmitt trigger and plot transfer characteristics.
6. Design, build and test PLL.
7. 2 bit DAC and 2 bit ADC.
A) Design and implement 2bit R-2R ladder DAC.
B) Design and implement 2bit flash type ADC.
8. Design, build and test square & triangular wave generator.
Optional Experiments:
1. Verify and understand practically virtual ground and virtual short concept in
inverting and non-inverting configuration.
2. Plot DC transfer characteristics of emitter coupled differential amplifier.
3. Study effect of emitter resistance and constant current source on figure of merit
(CMRR) of emitter coupled differential amplifier.
4. Design and implement V-I converter.
5. Any experiment based on application of Op-Amp.
Page 32 of 48
204188 Control Systems

Credits: Th – 03

End-Sem(Theory): 50 Marks
Course Objectives:
• To introduce the elements of control system and their modelling using various
Techniques.
• To introduce methods for analyzing the time response, the frequency response and the
stability of systems.
• To introduce the concept of root locus, Bode plots, Nyquist plots.
• To introduce the state variable analysis method.
• To introduce concepts of PID controllers and digital and control systems.
• To introduce concepts programmable logic controller.
Course Outcomes:
1. Determine and use models of physical systems in forms suitable for use in the
analysis and design of control systems.
2. Determine the (absolute) stability of a closed-loop control system.
3. Perform time domain and frequency domain analysis of control systems required for
stability analysis.
4. Perform time domain and frequency domain correlation analysis.
5. Apply root-locus, Frequency Plots technique to analyze control systems.
6. Express and solve system equations in state variable form.
Course Contents
Unit I :Control System Modeling (6 Hrs)
Basic Elements of Control System, Open loop and Closed loop systems, Differential
equations and Transfer function, Modeling of Electric systems, Translational and rotational
mechanical systems, Block diagram reduction Techniques, Signal flow graph
Unit II :Time Response Analysis (6 Hrs)

Standard input signals, Time response analysis of First Order Systems, Time response
analysis of second order systems, Steady state errors and error constants, design
specifications for second order systems.
Unit III : Stability Analysis (6 Hrs)

Concept of Stability, Routh-Hurwitz Criterion, Relative Stability, Root Locus Technique,
Construction of Root Locus, Dominant Poles, Application of Root Locus Diagram.
Page 33 of 48
Unit IV :Frequency Response Analysis (6 Hrs)

Frequency domain Versus Time domain analysis and its correlation, Bode Plots, Polar Plots
and development of Nyquist Plots. Frequency Domain specifications from the plots, Stability
analysis from plots.
Unit V :State Variable Analysis (6 Hrs)

State space advantages and representation, Transfer function from State space, physical
variable form, phase variable forms: controllable canonical form, observable canonical
form, Solution of homogeneous state equations, state transition matrix and its properties,
computation of state transition matrix by Laplace transform method only, Concepts of
Controllability and Observability.
Unit VI :Controllers And Digital Control Systems (6 Hrs)
Introduction to PLC: Block schematic, PLC addressing, any one application of PLC using
Ladder diagram. Introduction to PID controller: P, PI, PD and PID Characteristics and
concept of Zeigler-Nicholas method.
Digital control systems: Special features of digital control systems, Necessity of sample and
hold operations for computer control, z-transform and pulse transfer function, Stability and
response of sampled-data systems.
TextBooks:
N. J. Nagrath and M.Gopal, “Control System Engineering”, New Age International
Publishers, 5th Edition, 2009.
Reference:
1. Benjamin C. Kuo, “Automatic control systems”, Prentice Hall of India, 7th Edition,1995.
2. M. Gopal, “Control System – Principles and Design”, Tata McGraw Hill, 4th Edition,
2012.
3. Schaum’s Outline Series, “Feedback and Control Systems” Tata McGraw-Hill, 2007.
4. John J. D’Azzo& Constantine H. Houpis, “Linear Control System Analysis
and Design”, Tata McGraw-Hill, Inc., 1995.
5. Richard C. Dorf and Robert H. Bishop, “Modern Control Systems”, Addison
– Wesley, 1999.
Page 34 of 48
204189 Analog Communications


Theory: 03hrs/week In-Sem(Online): 50Marks
Practical: 02 hrs/week End-Sem (Theory): 50 Marks
Course Objectives:
The students are expected to demonstrate the ability to:
• Describe and analyze the mathematical techniques of generation, transmission and
reception of amplitude modulation (AM), frequency modulation (FM) and phase
modulation (PM) signals.
• Evaluate the performance levels (Signal-to-Noise Ratio) of AM, FM and PM systems in
the presence of additive white noise.
• Convert analog signals to digital format and describe Pulse and digital Modulation
techniques.
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand and identify the fundamental concepts and various components of

analogcommunication systems.
2. Explain signal to noise ratio, noise figure and noise temperature for single and cascaded
stages in a communication system.
3. Describe analog pulse modulation techniques and digital modulation technique.
4. Develop the ability to compare and contrast the strengths and weaknesses of
variouscommunication systems.
Course Contents
Unit I :AM Transmission (8 Hrs)
Base band & Carrier communication, Generation of AM (DSBFC) and its spectrum, Power
relations applied to sinusoidal signals, DSBSC – multiplier modulator, Nonlinear generation,
switching modulator, Ring modulator & its spectrum, Modulation Index. SSBSC, ISB &
VSB, their generation methods & Comparison, Block Diagram of AM Transmitter and
Broadcast technical standards.
Unit II :AM Reception (8 Hrs)

Block diagram of TRF AM Receivers, Super Heterodyne Receiver, Dual Conversion Super
heterodyne Receiver, Concept of Series & Parallel resonant circuits for Bandwidth &
Selectivity. Performance Characteristics: Sensitivity, Selectivity, Fidelity, Image Frequency
Rejection and IFRR. Tracking, Mixers. AM Detection: Rectifier detection, Envelope
detection; Demodulation of DSBSC: Synchronous detection; Demodulation of SSBSC:
Envelope detection
Page 35 of 48
Unit III : FM Transmission (8 Hrs)

Instantaneous frequency, Concept of Angle modulation, frequency spectrum& Eigen Values,
Narrow band & wide band FM, Modulation index, Bandwidth, Phase Modulation, Bessel’s
Function and its mathematical analysis, Generation of FM (Direct & Indirect Method), FM
stereo Transmitter, Two way FM Radio Transmitter, Comparison of FM and PM.
Unit IV : FM Reception (6 Hrs)

Block diagram of FM Receiver, FM Stereo Receiver , Two way FM Radio Receiver, FM
detection using Phase lock loop(PLL) ,Slope detector, Balanced Slope detector etc.
Unit V :Noise (6 Hrs)

Sources of Noise, Types of Noise, White Noise, Thermal noise, shot noise, partition noise,
Low frequency or flicker noise, burst noise, avalanche noise, Signal to Noise Ratio, SNR of
tandem connection, Noise Figure, Noise Temperature, Friss formula for Noise Figure,
Noise Bandwidth, Behavior of Baseband systems and Amplitude modulated systems
i.e.DSBSC and SSBSC in presence of noise.
Unit VI : Pulse Analog Modulation (6 Hrs)

Band limited & time limited signals, Narrowband signals and systems, Sampling theorem in
time domain, Nyquist criteria, Types of sampling- ideal, natural, flat top, Aliasing &
Aperture effect. PAM PWM & PPM. Introduction to Pulse Code Modulation.
TextBooks:
1. George Kennedy, “Electronic Communication Systems” 5th Edition, McGraw-Hill.
2 Dennis Roddy &Coolen, “Electronic Communication”,4th Edition, Prentice Hall.
Reference:
1. B. P. Lathi, “Modern Digital and Analog. Communication Systems”, 3rd Edition,
Oxford University Press.
2. Simon Haykin, “Communication Systems”, 4th Edition, John Wiley & Sons.
3. Taub& Schilling, “Principles of Communication Systems”, Tata McGraw-Hill.
4. Frenzel, “Principles of Electronic Communication Systems”3rd Edition, Tata McGraw-
Hill.
Page 36 of 48

Perform any 8 experiments from following
List of Practical
1. Design, Build & Test class C tuned amplifier for AM Generation / Simulate using
desirable Software
2. AM Generation (DSB-FC): Calculation of modulation index by graphical method,
Power of AM Wave for different modulating signal.
3. Envelope Detector - Practical diode detector, Observe effect of change in RC time
constant which leads to diagonal and negative clipping
4. Generation of DSB-SC with the help of Balanced Modulator IC1496/1596 & its
detection
5. SSB modulator using Filter method/ phase shift method & its detection
6. Frequency modulator & demodulator using IC 565 (PLL based), calculation of
modulation index & BW of FM.
7. Frequency modulator & demodulator using Varicap/Varactor Diode and NE 566
VCO.
8. Study of AM & FM Spectrum: Observe Spectrum of AM & FM on Spectrum
Analyzer, Compare & comment on AM & FM spectrum. Observe Effect of Eigen
values on carrier power in FM.
9. Measurement of Performance Characteristics of Receiver: Sensitivity, Selectivity,
Fidelity
10. Verification of Sampling Theorem, PAM Techniques, (Flat top & Natural sampling),
reconstruction of original signal, Observe Aliasing Effect in frequency
domain.Following can be performed using suitable software(Any One)
11. Generate AM and FM waveform for given modulation index, signal frequency and
carrier Frequency using suitable software.
12. Prove sampling Theorem. Reconstruct the analog signal from its samples. Observe
aliasing effect by varying sampling frequency.
13. SNR and PSD of any system (Baseband or AM)(Kit based/Simulated)
Note: Visit to Broadcasting Station is desirable.
Page 37 of 48
204190 Object Oriented Programming

Credit:Th-03,Pr-02

Theory: 3 Hrs/ Week Online: 50 Marks
Practical : 4 Hr/Week Paper: 50 Marks
Oral : 50 Marks
Course Objectives:
• Make the students familiar with basic concepts and techniques of object oriented programming
in C++ & Java.
• Develop an ability to write programs in C++ and Java for problem solving.
Course Outcomes:
Upon successful completion of this course, students should be able to:
1. Describe the principles of object oriented programming.
2. Apply the concepts of data encapsulation, inheritance in C++.
3. Understand basic program constructs in Java
4. Apply the concepts of classes, methods and inheritance to write programs Java.
5. Use arrays, vectors and strings concepts and interfaces to write programs in Java.
6. Describe and use the concepts in Java to develop user friendly program,
UNIT I: Introduction to Object Oriented Programming (6L)
Principles of OOP: Software crisis, Software evolution, OOP paradigm, Basic Concepts of OOP,
Benefits & applications of OOP.
Beginning with C++: What is C++, Applications of C++, A Simple C++ Program, More C++
statements.
Moving from C to C++: Declaration of variable, Reference variables, Scope resolution operator,
Member dereferencing operator, memory management operators.
Functions in C++: Function prototyping, Call by reference.
Unit II: Concepts of Object Oriented Programming with C++ (6L)
Classes & Objects: Specifying a class, Defining member functions, A C++ program with class, Making
Page 38 of 48
an outside function inline, Nesting of member function, Private member function, Arrays within class,
Member allocation for objects, Arrays of objects, Objects as function arguments.
Constructors & Destructors: Constructors, Parameterized constructors, Multiple constructors in a

class, Constructors with default arguments.
Operator overloading concept: Use of operator overloading, defining operator overloading, Binary
operator overloading.
Introduction to Inheritance: Concept and types of Inheritance, Defining derived classes, Single
inheritance, Making a private member inheritable, multilevel inheritance.
UNIT III: Java Fundamentals (6L)
Evolution of Java, Comparison of Java with other programming languages, Java features, Java
Environment, Simple Java Program, Java Tokens, Java Statements, Constants, variables, data types.
Declaration of variables, Giving values to variables, Scope of variables, arrays, Symbolic constants,
Typecasting, Getting values of variables, Standard default values, Operators, Expressions, Type
conversion in expressions, Operator precedence and associativity, Mathematical functions, Control
statements- Decision making & branching, Decision making & looping.
UNIT IV: Classes, Methods & Objects in Java (6L)
Class Fundamentals, Declaring Objects, Assigning Object reference variables, Methods, Constructors,
The This keyword, Garbage collection, finalize method, Overloading methods, using objects as
parameters, Argument passing, returning objects, Recursion, access control, static, final, arrays, strings
class, Command line arguments.
UNIT V: Inheritance, Packages and Interfaces (6L)
Inheritance basics, Using Super, Creating Multilevel hierarchy, Constructors in derived class, Method
overriding, Dynamic method dispatch, Using Abstract classes, Using final with inheritance, Object
class, Packages, Access protection, Importing packages, Interfaces: Define, implement and extend.
Default interface methods, Use static method in interface.
UNIT VI: Multithreading, Exception handling & Applets (6L)
Introduction to multithreading: Introduction, Creating thread and extending thread class.
Concept of Exception handling: Introduction, Types of errors, Exception handling syntax, Multiple
catch statements.
Page 39 of 48
I/O basics, Reading console inputs, Writing Console output.
Applets: Concepts of Applets, differences between applets and applications, life cycle of an applet,
types of applets, creating a simple applet.
Text Books:
1. E Balagurusamy, Programming with C++, Tata McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition.
2. Herbert Schildt, Java: The complete reference, Tata McGraw Hill, 7th Editon.
Reference Books:
1. Robert Lafore, “Object Oriented Programming in C++”, Sams Publishing, 4th Edition.
2. T. Budd, Understanding OOP with Java, Pearson Education.
3. Matt Weisfeld, “The Object-Oriented Thought Process”, Pearson
4. Cox Brad, “Object –Oriented Programming: An Evolutionary Approach”, Addison –Wesley
5. E Balagurusamy, Programming with Java A Primer, Tata McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition.
List of Practical:
(Perform any 4 from group I and any 12 from group II)
Group I
1. Write a program in C++ to implement database of persons having different profession e,g.
engineer, doctor, student, laborer etc. using the concept of multiple inheritance. The objective
of this assignment is to learn the concepts of inheritance.
2. Write a program in C++ to sort the numbers in an array using separate functions for read,
display, sort and swap. The objective of this assignment is to learn the concepts of input,
output, functions, call by reference in C++.
3. Write a program in C++ to perform following operations on complex numbers Add, Subtract,
Multiply, Divide, Complex conjugate. Design the class for complex number representation and
the operations to be performed. The objective of this assignment is to learn the concepts classes
and objects
4. Write a program in C++ to implement Stack. Design the class for stack and the operations to be
Page 40 of 48
performed on stack. Use Constructors and destructors. The objective of this assignment is to
learn the concepts classes and objects, constructors and destructors.
Multiply, Divide. Use operator overloading for these operations. The objective of this
assignment is to learn the concepts operator overloading.
Group II
6. Write some simple programs in Java such as

i) To find factorial of number.
ii) To display first 50 prime numbers.
iii) To find sum and average of N numbers.
7. Write a program in Java to implement a Calculator with simple arithmetic operations such as
add, subtract, multiply, divide, factorial etc. using switch case and other simple java statements.
The objective of this assignment is to learn Constants, Variables, and Data Types, Operators
and Expressions, Decision making statements in Java.
8. Write a program in Java with class Rectangle with the data fields width, length, area and
colour. The length, width and area are of double type and colour is of string type. The methods
are get_length(), get_width(), get_colour() and find_area(). Create two objects of Rectangle and
compare their area and colour. If the area and colour both are the same for the objects then
display “ Matching Rectangles”, otherwise display “ Non-matching Rectangle”.
9. Write Programs in Java to sort i) List of integers ii) List of names. The objective of this
assignment is to learn Arrays and Strings in Java
10. Write a Program in Java to add two matrices. The objective of this assignment is to learn
Arrays in Java
11. Write a program in Java to create a player class. Inherit the classes Cricket_player,
Football_player and Hockey_player from player class. The objective of this assignment is to
learn the concepts of inheritance in Java.
12. Write a Java program which imports user defined package and uses members of the classes
contained in the package.
13. Write a Java program which implements interface.
14. Create an applet with three text Fields and four buttons add, subtract, multiply and divide. User
will enter two values in the Text Fields. When any button is pressed, the corresponding
Page 41 of 48
operation is performed and the result is displayed in the third Text Fields.
15. Write a java program which use try and catch for exception handling.
16. Implement Java program to implement a base class consisting of the data members such as
name of the student, roll number and subject. The derived class consists of the data members
subject code, internal assessment and university examination marks. The program should have
the facilities. i) Build a master table ii) List a table iii) Insert a new entry iv) Delete old entry
v) Edit an entry vi) Search for a record. Use virtual functions.
17. Write a program to implement stack or any other data structure in Java
18. Write a program to create multiple threads and demonstrate how two threads communicate with
each other.
19. Write a program to implement addition, subtraction and multiplication of two complex numbers
in Java
20. A Mini project in Java: A group of 4 students can develop a small application in Java.
Page 42 of 48
204191 EMPLOYABILITY SKILL DEVELOPMENT
Credits:Th – 02, Pr -01

Subject Code:

Theory / Week : 2 Hrs Term Work: 50 Marks
Practical /Week : 2Hrs.
Course Objectives:
1. To develop analytical abilities

2. To develop communication skills
3. To introduce the students to skills necessary for getting, keeping and being successful
in a profession.
4. To expose the students to leadership and team-building skills.
Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, student will be able to:
1. Have skills and preparedness for aptitude tests.

2. Be equipped with essential communication skills (writing, verbal and non-verbal)
3. Master the presentation skill and be ready for facing interviews.
4. Build team and lead it for problem solving.
Unit I :Soft Skills & Communication basics (4Hrs)

Soft skills Vs hard skills, Skills to master, Interdisciplinary relevance, Global and national
perspectives on soft skills. Resume, Curriculum vitae, How to develop an impressive
resume, Different formats of resume – Chronological, Functional, Hybrid, Job application
or cover letter, Professional presentation- planning, preparing and delivering presentation,
Technical writing
Unit II: Arithmetic and Mathematical Reasoning (4 Hours)
Aspects of intelligence, Bloom taxonomy, multiple intelligence theory, Number sequence

test, mental arithmetic (square and square root, LCM and HCF, speed calculation, reminder
theorem)
Unit III: Analytical Reasoning and Quantitative Ability (4 Hours)
Matching, Selection, Arrangement, Verifications (Exercises on each of these types). Verbal

aptitude (Synonym, Antonym, Analogy)
Page 43 of 48
Unit IV: Grammar and Comprehension (4 Hours)
English sentences and phrases, Analysis of complex sentences, Transformation of sentences,

Paragraph writing, Story writing, Reproduction of a story, Letter writing, précis writing,
Paraphrasing and e-mail writing.
Unit V: Skills for interviews (4Hours)
Interviews- types of interviews, preparatory steps for job interviews, interview skill tips,
Group discussion- importance of group discussion, types of group discussion, difference
between group discussion, panel discussion and debate, personality traits evaluated in group
discussions, tips for successful participation in group discussion, Listening skills- virtues of
listening, fundamentals of good listening, Non-verbal communication-body movement,
physical appearance, verbal sounds, closeness, time.
Unit VI: Problem Solving Techniques (4 Hours)
Problem solving model: 1. Define the problem, 2. Gather information, 3. Identify various
solution, 4. Evaluate alternatives, 5. Take actions, 6. Evaluate the actions.
Problem solving skills: 1. Communicate. 2. Brain storming, 3. Learn from mistakes.
Text Books:
1. R. Gajendra Singh Chauhan, Sangeeta Sharma, “Soft Skills- An integrated approach

to maximize personality”, ISBN: 987-81-265-5639-7, First Edition 2016, Wiley.
2. Wren and Martin, "English grammar and Composition", S. Chand publications.
3. R. S. Aggarwal, "A modern approach to verbal reasoning", S. Chand publications.
Reference Books:
1. Philip Carter, "The Complete Book Of Intelligence Test", John Willey & Sons Ltd.
2. Philip Carter, Ken Russell, "Succeed at IQ test", Kogan Page
3. Eugene Ehrlich, Daniel Murphy, "Schaum’s Outline of English Grammar", McGraw
Hills.
4. David F. Beer, David A. McMurrey, “A Guide to Writing as an Engineer”, ISBN :
978-1-118-30027-5 4th Edition, 2014, Wiley.
List of Practical:
1. Every student should collect five questions of each type

a. Number sequence
b. Mental arithmetic
c. Square, square roots
d. LCM, HCF
e. Speed calculations
Note: Teacher should distribute the question set randomly amongst the students.
Page 44 of 48
2. Write up on
a. Blooms taxonomy
b. Multiple intelligence theory
c. Every student should identify his/her strength and weaknesses
d. Action plan to improve the weaknesses
a. Matching
b. Selection
c. Arrangements
d. Verifications

a. Verbal aptitude
b. Synonym
c. Antonym
d. Analogy
5. Solve exercises from book (Wren and Martin, "English grammar and Composition")
based on
a. English sentences and phrases
b. Paragraph writing
c. Story writing
d. Letter writing
6. Formulate suitable assignment to solve a real problem using problem solving
techniques
7. Practice tests (aptitude, analytical abilities, logical reasoning)
8. Extempore, group discussions and debate.
9. Technical report writing and Seminar Presentation.
10. Mock interviews.
Page 45 of 48
Audit course-II
204193:Japanese Language module II
About course:
With changing times, the competitiveness has gotten into the nerves and ‘Being the
Best’ at all times is only the proof of it. Nonetheless, ‘being the best’ differs significantly
from ‘Communicating the best’! The best can merely be communicated whilst using the
best… suited Language!!
value in it. It is the engineer’s companion in current times with an assertion of a thriving
future. Pune has indisputably grown to become a major center of Japanese Education in India
while increasing the precedence for Japanese connoisseurs.
Japanese certainly serves a great platform to unlock a notoriously tough market & find a
booming career. While the companies prefer candidates having the knowledge of the
language, it can additionally help connect better with the native people thus prospering in
their professional journey. Learning Japanese gives an extra edge to the ‘resume’ since the
recruiters consciously make note of the fact it requires real perseverance and self-discipline to
tackle one of the most complex languages.
It would be easy for all time to quit the impossible; however it takes immense courage to
reiterate the desired outcomes, recognize that improvement is an ongoing process and
ultimately soldier on it.
awareness about the bright prospects and to enhance the proficiency and commitment. It will
then prove to be the ultimate path to the quest for professional excellence!
Course Objectives:
• To meet the needs of ever growing industry with respect to language support.
• To get introduced to Japanese society and culture through language.
Course Outcomes:
• will have ability of basic communication.
• will have the knowledge of Japanese script.
• will get introduced to reading , writing and listening skills
• will develop interest to pursue professional Japanese Language course.
Page 46 of 48
Course Contents
Unit 1 : Katakana basic Script, Denoting things ( nominal & prenominal demonstratives )
Purchasing at the Market / in a shop / mall (asking & stating price)
Unit 2 : Katakana : Modified kana, double consonant, letters with ya, yu, yo,
Long vowels
Describing time, describing starting & finishing time ( kara ~ made )
Point in time (denoting the time when any action or the movement occurs)
Unit 3 : Means of transport (Vehicles), Places, Countries,
Stating Birth date, Indicating movement to a certain place by a vehicle
Text Book:
1.Minna No Nihongo, “Japanese for Everyone”, (Indian Edition), Goyal Publishers &
Distributors Pvt. Ltd.
• Guest Lectures
• Langauge Lab
• Written Test
• Practical Test
• Presentation
• Paper
• Report
Page 47 of 48
Audit course-II
204193:Cyber Crime and law
Introduction to Cyber Crime and law:
Cyber Crimes, Types of Cybercrime, Hacking, Attack vectors, Cyberspace and

Criminal Behavior, Clarification of Terms, Traditional Problems Associated with Computer
Crime, Introduction to Incident Response, Digital Forensics, Computer Language, Network
Language, Realms of the Cyber world, A Brief History of the Internet, Recognizing and
Defining Computer Crime, Contemporary Crimes,Computers as Targets, Contaminants and
Destruction of Data, Indian IT ACT 2000
Introduction to Cyber Crime Investigation

Firewalls and Packet Filters, password Cracking, Keyloggers and Spyware, Virus
and Warms, Trojan and backdoors, Steganography, DOS and DDOS attack, SQL
injection, Buffer Overflow, Attack on wireless Networks
• Guest Lectures
• Written Test
• Practical Test
• Presentation
• Paper
• Report
Page 48 of 48

Structure for the
T.E (Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering)
(2015 Course)
(w.e.f . June 2017)
Page 1 of 48
Third Engineering-E&TC (2015 Course)

Semester I
Course Course Teaching Scheme Semester Examination Scheme of
Code Hours / Week Marks Credits
Theory Tuto Practi In- End- TW PR OR Total TH/TW PR+OR

rials cals Sem Sem
304181 Digital 4 -- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100 4 --

Communication
304182 Digital Signal 4 -- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100 4 --
Processing
304183 Electromagnetics 3 1 -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100 4 --
304184 Microcontrollers 3 -- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100 3 1
304185 Mechatronics 3 -- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100 3 1
Signal Processing
304191 and Communications -- -- 4 -- -- 50 50 100 -- 2
Lab (DC/DSP)
304192 Microcontrollers and -- -- 4 -- -- 50 50 100
Mechatronics Lab
Electronics System
304193 Design 2 -- 2 -- -- - -- 50 50 2 1
Audit Course 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- ----

Total 19 1 10 150 350 100 100 50 750
Total Credits 25
Abbreviations:
TH: Theory OR: Oral
TW: Term Work PR: Practical
Note: Interested students of T.E (Electronics/E&TC) can opt any one of the audit course from the audit
courses prescribed by BoS (Electronics/Computer/IT/Electrical/Instrumentation)
Page 2 of 48
Third Engineering-E&TC (2015 Course)

Semester II
Course Course Teaching Scheme Semester Examination Scheme

Code Hours / Week of Marks Credit
Theory Tutor Practi In- End- TW PR OR Total TH/T PR

ials cals Sem Sem W +OR
304186 Power Electronics

4 -- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100 4 --
304187
Information Theory,
Coding and 4 -- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100 4 --
Communication
Networks
304188 Business 3 -- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100 3 --
Management
306189 Advanced 4 -- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100 4 1
Processors
304190 System
Programming and 3 -- -- 30 70 -- -- 100 3 1
Operating
Systems
304194 Power and ITCT -- -- 4 -- -- 50 50 -- 100 -- 2
Lab
304195 Advanced
Processors and -- -- 4 -- -- 50 50 -- 100
System
Prograaming. Lab
304196 Employability
Skills and Mini 2 -- 2 -- -- -- -- 50 50 2 1
Project
Audit Course 4 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Total 20 --- 10 150 350 100 100 50 750
Total Credits 25
Abbreviations:
TH: Theory OR: Oral
TW: Term Work PR: Practical
Note: Interested students of T.E (Electronics/E&TC) can opt any one of the audit course from the audit
courses prescribed by BoS (Electronics/Computer/IT/Electrical/Instrumentation)
Page 3 of 48
304181 Digital Communication

Credits: 04
Lecture : 04 hr/week In-Sem : 30 Marks
End-Sem: 70 Marks
Course Objectives:
 To understand the building blocks of digital communication system.
 To prepare mathematical background for communication signal analysis.
 To understand and analyze the signal flow in a digital communication system.
 To analyze error performance of a digital communication system in presence of noise and
other interferences.
 To understand concept of spread spectrum communication system.
Course Outcomes:
1) Understand working of waveform coding techniques and analyse their performance.

2) Analyze the performance of a baseband and pass band digital communication system in terms of
error rate and spectral efficiency.
3) Perform the time and frequency domain analysis of the signals in a digital communication system.
4) Design of digital communication system.
5) Understand working of spread spectrum communication system and analyze its performance.
Course Contents
Unit I : Digital Transmission of Analog Signal (8 Hrs)
Introduction to Digital Communication System: Block Diagram and transformations, Basic Digital
Communication Nomenclature. Digital Versus Analog Performance Criteria, Sampling Process,
PCM Generation and Reconstruction, Quantization Noise,Non-uniform Quantization and
Companding, PCM with noise: Decoding noise, Error threshold, Delta Modulation, Adaptive Delta
Modulation, Delta Sigma Modulation, Differential Pulse Code Modulation, LPC speech synthesis.
Unit II :Baseband Digital Transmission (7Hrs)
Digital Multiplexing: Multiplexers and hierarchies, Data Multiplexers.Data formats and their spectra,
synchronization: BitSynchronization, Scramblers, Frame Synchronization.Inter-symbol
interference,Equalization
Page 4 of 48
Unit III : Random Signal & Noise (8Hrs)

Introduction, Mathematical definition of a random process, Stationary processes, Mean, Correlation
&Covariance function, Ergodic processes, Transmission of a random process through a LTI filter,
Power spectral density, Gaussian process, noise, Narrow band noise, Representation of narrowband
noise in terms of in phase & quadrature components.
Unit IV : Baseband Receiver (8Hrs)
Signal space representation : Geometric representation of signal, Conversion of continuous AWGN
channel to vector channel, Likelihood functions, Coherent Detection of binary signals in presence of
noise, Optimum Filter, Matched Filter, Probability of Error of Matched Filter, Correlation receiver.
Unit V : PassbandDigital Transmission (8Hrs)
Pass band transmission model, Signal space diagram, Generation and detection, Error
Probabilityderivationand Power spectra of coherent BPSK, BFSK and QPSK.
Geometric representation, Generation and detection of - M-ary PSK, M-ary QAM and their error
probability, Non-coherent BFSK, DPSK.
Unit VI : Spread Spectrum Modulation (7Hrs)
Introduction, Pseudo noise sequences, A notion of spread spectrum, Direct sequence spread spectrum
with coherent BPSK, Signal space dimensionality & processing gain, Probability of error, Concept of
jamming, Frequency hop spread spectrum.
Text Books:
1. A.B Carlson, P B Crully, J C Rutledge, ―Communication Systems‖, Fourth Edition, McGraw
Hill Publication.
2. Simon Haykin, ―Digital Communication Systems‖, John Wiley&Sons, Fourth Edition.

Reference Books:
1. P RamkrishnaRao, Digital Communication, McGrawHill Publication
2. Ha Nguyen, Ed Shwedyk, ―A First Course in Digital Communication‖, Cambridge
University Press.
3. B P Lathi, Zhi Ding ―Modern Analog and Digital Communication System‖, Oxford
University Press, Fourth Edition.
4. Bernard Sklar,Prabitra Kumar Ray, ―Digital Communications Fundamentals and
Applications‖ Second Edition,Pearson Education
5. Taub, Schilling, ―Principles of Communication System‖, Fourth Edition, McGraw Hill.
Page 5 of 48
304182 Digital Signal Processing

Credits: 04
End-Sem : 70 Marks
Course Objectives:
 To introduce students with transforms for analysis of Discrete time signals and systems.
 To understand the digital signal processing, sampling and aliasing
 To use and understand implementation of digital filters.
Course Outcomes:
1) Analyze the discrete time signals and system using different transform domain techniques.
2) Design and implement LTI filters for filtering different real world signals.
3) Develop different signal processing applications using DSP processor.
Course Contents
Unit I :DSP Preliminaries and Applications (6 Hrs)
Sampling, DT signals, sampling theorem in time domain, sampling of analog signals, recovery of
analog signals, and analytical treatment with examples, mapping between analog frequencies to
digital frequency, representation of signals as vectors, concept of Basis function and orthogonality,
Eigen value and eigen vector, Basic elements of DSP and its requirements, advantages of Digital
over Analog signal processing.
Unit II :Discrete Fourier Transform (8 Hrs)
DTFT, Definition, Frequency domain sampling , DFT, Properties of DFT, circular convolution,
linear convolution, Computation of linear convolution using circular convolution, FFT, decimation in
time and decimation in frequency using Radix-2 FFT algorithm, Linear filtering using overlap add
and overlap save method, Amplitude spectrum and power spectrum, Introduction to Discrete Cosine
Transform.
Page 6 of 48
Unit III : Z transform (6 Hrs)

Need for transform, relation between Laplace transform and Z transform, relation between Fourier
transform and Z transform, Properties of ROC, properties of Z transform, Relation between pole
locations and time domain behavior, causality and stability considerations for LTI systems, Inverse Z
transform, Power series method, partial fraction expansion method, Solution of difference equations
using Z transform.
Unit IV : IIR Filter Design (8 Hrs)
Concept of analog filter design, IIR filter design by approximation of derivatives, IIR filter design by
impulse invariance method, Bilinear transformation method, warping effect. Butterworth filter
design, Characteristics of Butterworth filters, Chebyshev filters and elliptic filters, IIR filter
realization using direct form, cascade form and parallel form, Finite word length effect in IIR filter
design
Unit V : FIR Filter Design (6 Hrs)
Ideal filter requirements, Gibbs phenomenon, windowing techniques, characteristics and comparison
of different window functions, Design of linear phase FIR filter using windows and frequency
sampling method. Magnitude and Phase response of Digital filters, Frequency response of Linear
phase FIR filters, FIR filters realization using direct form, cascade form , Finite word length effect in
FIR filter design.
Unit VI : DSP Applications (6Hrs)
Overview of DSP in real world applications such as Digital crossover audio systems, Interference
cancellation in ECG, Speech coding and compression, Compact disc recording system, Vibration
signature analysis for defective gear teeth, Speech noise reduction, two band digital crossover.
Text Books:
1. John G. Proakis, Dimitris G. Manolakis, ― Digital Signal Processing: Principles, algorithms and
applications‖ Fourth edition, Pearson Prentice Hall.
2. S. Salivahanan, C. Gnanpriya, ― Digital Signal processing‖, McGraw Hill
Reference Books:
1. Ifaeachor E.C,Jervis B. W., ― Digital Signal processing : Practical approach‖, Pearson
publication
2. Li Tan, Jean Jiang, ― Digital Signal Processing : Fundamentals and applications― Academic
press
3. Dr. Shaila Apte, ―Digital Signal Processing‖ Wiley India Publication, second edition
4. K.A. Navas, R. Jayadevan, ― Lab Primer through MATLAB‖, PHI
Page 7 of 48
304183 Electromagnetics
Credits: 04
Tutorial: 01 hr/week End-Sem : 70 Marks
Course Objectives:
 To introduce the basic mathematical concepts related to electromagnetic vector fields.
 To impart knowledge on the concepts of electrostatics, electric potential, energy density and their
applications.
 To impart knowledge on the concepts of magnetostatics, magnetic flux density, scalar and
vector potential and its applications.
 To impart knowledge on the concepts of Faraday‘s law, induced emf and Maxwell‘s equations
 To impart knowledge on the concepts of Concepts of electromagnetic waves and Transmission
lines.
Course Outcomes:
1) Understand the basic mathematical concepts related to electromagnetic vector fields.
2) Apply the principles of electrostatics to the solutions of problems relating to electric field and
electric potential, boundary conditions and electric energy density.
3) Apply the principles of magnetostatics to the solutions of problems relating to magnetic field and
magnetic potential, boundary conditions and magnetic energy density.
4) Understand the concepts related to Faraday‘s law, induced emf and Maxwell‘s equations.
5) Apply Maxwell‘s equations to solutions of problems relating to transmission lines and uniform
plane wave propagation.
Course Contents
Unit I :Electrostatics – I (8 Hrs)
Sources and effects of electromagnetic fields – Coordinate Systems – Vector
fields Gradient, Divergence, Curl – theorems and applications – Coulomb‘s Law – Electric field
intensity – Field due to discrete and continuous charges – Gauss‘s law and applications. Electric
potential –Concept of Uniform and Non-Uniform field, Utilization factor.
Unit II :Electrostatics – II (8 Hrs)
Electric field in free space, conductors, dielectrics – Dielectric polarization – Dielectric strength –
Electric field in multiple dielectrics – Boundary conditions (dielectric-dielectric, conductor –
dielectric), significance of Poisson‘s and Laplace‘sequations, Capacitance, Energy density,
Applications.
Page 8 of 48
Unit III : Magnetostatics (9 Hrs)

Lorentz force, magnetic field intensity (H) – Biot–Savart‘s Law – Ampere‘s Circuit Law – H due
to straight conductors, circular loop, infinite sheet of current, Magnetic flux density (B) – B in free
space, conductor, magnetic materials, Boundaryconditions, scalar and vector potential, Poisson‘s
Equation, Magnetic force, Torque, Inductance, Energy density, Applications.
Unit IV : Electrodynamic Fields (8 Hrs)
Faraday‘s law, Translational and motional emf, Displacement current, Time varying Maxwell‘s
equations - point form,integral form, Power and Poynting theorem, concept of Retarded magnetic
vector potential, Applications.
Unit V : Transmission Lines (8 Hrs)
Line parameters, skin effect, general solution, physical significance of the equations, wavelength,
velocity of propagation, the distortion less line, Reflection on a line not terminated in Z0, reflection
coefficient, open and short circuited lines, reflection factor and reflection loss, standing waves;
nodes; standing wave ratio, Input impedance of dissipation less line, Input impedance of open- and
short-circuited lines, Power and impedance measurement on lines, Reflection losses on the
unmatched Load, Problems solving using Smith chart.
Unit VI : Uniform Plane Waves (8Hrs)
Maxwell‘s equation using phasor notations, Electromagnetic wave equations (Helmholtz equation),
Relation between E and H, depth of penetration, concept of polarization, Reflection by perfect
conductor-normal incidence, reflection by perfect dielectric- normal incidence, snell‘s law.
Text Books:
1. Mathew N. O. Sadiku, ‗Principles of Electromagnetics‘, 4th Edition ,Oxford University Press
Inc, 2009.
2. William H. Hayt and John A. Buck, ‗Engineering Electromagnetics‘, Tata McGraw Hill,
8th Revised edition, 2011.
Reference Books:
1. Kraus and Fleish, ‗Electromagnetics with Applications‘, McGraw Hill International Editions,
5th edition, 2010.
2. Jordan and Balmain, ―Electromagnetic Waves and Radiating Systems‖, PHI, 1964.
Page 9 of 48
304184 Microcontrollers
Credits: TH-03
End-Sem : 70 Marks
Course Objectives:
 To understand architecture and features of typical Microcontroller.
 To understand need of microcontrollers in real life applications.
 To learn interfacing of real world peripheral devices
 To study various hardware and software tools for developing applications.
Course Outcomes:
1) Learn importance of microcontroller in designing embedded application.
2) Learn use of hardware and software tools.
3) Develop interfacing to real world devices.
Course Contents
Unit I :Introduction to Microcontroller Architecture (6 Hrs)
Overview of MCS-51 architecture,Block diagram and explanation of 8051, Port structure , memory
organization, Interrupt structure, timers and its modes, serial communication modes. Overview of
Instruction set, Sample programs (assembly): Delay using Timer and interrupt, Programming Timer
0&1, Data transmission and reception using Serial port
Unit II :IO Port Interfacing-I (6 Hrs)
Interfacing of:LEDS,Keypad, 7-segment multiplexed display, LCD, ADC 0809(All programs in
assembly).
Programming environment: Study of software development tool chain (IDE), hardware debugging
tools (timing analysis using logic analyser)
Unit III : Parallel Port Interfacing-II (6 Hrs)
Interfacing of: DAC,Temperature sensors,Stepper motor, Motion detectors, Relay, Buzzer,
Optoisolaters, Design of DAS and Frequency counter:All programs in assembly
Page 10 of 48
Unit IV : PIC Microcontroller Architecture (6 Hrs)

Features, comparison & selection of PIC series as per application. PIC18FXX architecture- MCU,
Program and Data memory organization,Pin out diagram, Reset operations, Oscillator options
(CONFIG), BOD, power down modes & configuration bit settings,timer and its programming,Brief
summary of Peripheral support, Overview of instruction set.
Unit V : Real World Interfacing Part I (6 Hrs)
Port structure with programming, Interrupt Structure (Legacy and priority mode) of PIC18FWith
SFRS. Interfacing of LED, LCD (4&8 bits), and Key board, use of timers with interrupts, CCP
modes: Capture, Compare and PWM generation, DC Motor speed control with CCP: All programs in
embedded C
Unit VI : Real World Interfacing Part II (6Hrs)
Basics of Serial Communication Protocol: Study of RS232,RS 485, I2C,SPI, MSSP structure(SP
&I2C),UART, Sensor interfacing using ADC, RTC(DS1306) with I2C and EEPROM with SPI. Design
PIC test Board, Home protection System:All programs in embedded C.
Text Books:
1. Mahumad Ali Mazadi, ―The 8051 microcontroller & embedded systems‖ 2nd Edition ,PHI
2. Mahumad Ali Mazadi,―PIC Microcontroller & Embedded System‖ 3rd Edition ,Pearson
Page 11 of 48
304185 Mechatronics
Credits: TH-03
End-Sem : 70 Marks
Course Objectives:
 To understand the concept and key elements of Mechatronics system, representation into
block diagram
 To understand principles of sensors their characteristics
 To Understand of various data presentation and data logging systems
 To Understand concept of actuator
 To Understand various case studies of Mechatronics systems
Course Outcomes:
1 Identification of key elements of mechatronics system and its representation in terms of block diagram
2 Understanding basic principal of Sensors and Transducer.
3. Able to prepare case study of the system given.
Course Contents
Unit I :Introduction to Mechatronics (6 Hrs)

Basics of Mechatronics Systems : Definition of Mechatronics, Key elements of Mechatronics
Systems, Levels of mechatronics systems,Measurement Characteristics,Examples of Mechatronics
systems in daily life as ,WashingMachines, Digital Cameras,CD Players, camcorders, Mechatronics
design process,phases of mechatronics design process, integrated design approach.Mechanical
Components and Servo mechanism :Mechanical System and Motion, Mass Inertia and Dashpot,
Gears, types of Gears,Servomechanism(Concepts and Theory, Problems).Case study Mechatronics
Design of Coin Counter/Coin Separator
Unit II :Overview of Sensors, Transducers and their Characteristics Specifications (8Hrs)
Specifications related to selection criterion for force, pressure, temperature and motion (Rotary and
Page 12 of 48
Linear).
Classification and selection of transducers:
Force: Load Cell, Cantilever Beam (Design aspect example)
Pressure:Strain Gauge, Piezoelectric
Motion: Rotary and Linear motions, Proximity sensors Inductive, Capacitive and Magnetic, sources
detectors in optical proximity sensors.Comparison of Various proximity sensors
Temperature:Optical Fibre and its use in temperature measurement, Fibre Optic Temperature
sensors,Ultrasonic Transducersfor applications as position, level, flow measurement.
Gas sensors, Wind sensors:Gyroscope, Accelerometer, Magnetometer (As used in smart phones)
Smart Sensors: Concept, Radiation Sensors - Smart Sensors - Film sensor, IR- temperature sensors
Introduction to MEMS& Nano Sensors . Rotary Optical Encoder
Unit III : Hydraulic Systems (6 Hrs)
Introduction to Hydraulic Actuators
Fluid Power systems:Concept of Actuators, Classification of Actuators: Pneumatic, Hydraulic and
Electrical Actuators, Fluid Power systems
Hydraulic Systems: Physical Components of a Hydraulic systems, Hydraulic Pumps (e.g. Gear
Pumps, Vane Pumps, Piston Pumps and Axial Piston Pumps) , Filters and Pressure Regulation, Relief
Valve, Accumulator.
Unit IV : Pneumatic Systems (6 hrs)
Introduction to Pneumatic a Actuators
Physical Components of a Pneumatic Systems, Pneumatic Cylinders, Pneumatic Actuators (e.g.
Spring Actuator and Spring Actuator with positioner), Air compressor ,Air Receiver, Air Dryer
Air Service Treatment: Air Filter, air regulator and Gauge, Air Lubricator and Pressure regulation
Intake and Air Filter.Case study of Robotic Pick and Place robot
Unit V : Electrical Actuators, Electron-Mechanical Actuators (6 Hrs)
Electrical-Actuation system: Selection criteria and specifications of stepper motors, solenoid
valves,relays (Solid State relays and Electromechanical relays).
Selection Criterionofcontrol valve, Single acting and Double acting Cylinders.
Electro-Pneumatic: Pneumatic Motors, Valves: Electro Hydraulic: 3/2 Valves, 4/2 Valves, 5/3 Valves
Cables: Power cable and Signal cables
Unit VI :Mechatronics Systems in Automobile (6Hrs)
(Treatment with Block Diagram Approach)
Boat Autopilot,High Speed tilting trains, Automatic car parking systems, Engine Management
Page 13 of 48
systems, Antilock Brake systems (ABS) ,CNC Machines(Only Black Diagram and explaination)
Text Books:
1) W. Boltan ―Mechatronics: Electronic Control Systems in Mechanical and Electrical Engineering‖
6th Edition, Pearson Education, 2016
2)David Alciatore and MaichaelB Histand, ―Introduction to Mechatronics and Measurement
Systems‖,4th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill 2013.
3) K.P.Ramachandran, G.K.Vijayaraghavan and M.S. Balasundaram, ―Mechatronics-Integrated
Mechanical Electronic Systems‖, Willey Publication 2008
Reference Books:
1) Nitaigour P. Mahalik ,‖ Mechatronics-Principles, Concepts and Applications‖, Tata McGraw Hill,
Eleventh reprint 2011.
2) DevdasShetty and Richard A.Kolk, ―Mechatronics System Design‖, Thomson India Edition 2007.
3) HMT Limited, ― Mechatronics‖, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Hous
Page 14 of 48
304191 Signal Processing and Communications Lab

Credits: PR-02
Practical : 04 hr/week Practical : 50 Marks
Termwork : 50 Marks
Digital Communication
Note : Perform any 6 experiments from Group A and any 3 from Group B
Group A
1 Study of PCM and Companded PCM.
2 Study of DM and ADM.
3 Study of Pulse shaping, ISI and eye diagram
4 Study of Generation &detection of BPSK and QPSK.
5 Study of Generation &detection of BFSK.
6 Study of line codes (NRZ, RZ, POLAR RZ, BIPOLAR (AMI), MANCHESTER) & their
spectral analysis.
7 Study of Detection of digital base band signal in presence of noise.
8 Study of Generation of PN Sequence and its spectrum.
9 Study of Generation &detection of DS-SS coherent BPSK&its spectrum.
Group B
1 Program for implementation to simulate PCM/ DM/ADM system.
2 Simulation program to study effect of ISI and noise in baseband communication system.
3 Simulation Program to study Random Processes.
4 Simulation program for calculation and plotting the error probability of BPSK, QPSK,
QAM. Comparison of theoretical and practical BERs.
5 Simulation of any digital communication system using Simulink or similar software.
6 Simulation program for Constellation diagram of any pass band modulated signal in
presence of noise.
Digital Signal processing
 Minimum eight experiments to be performed.
 Experiments can be performed using any appropriate software‘s such as
C/MATLAB/SCILAB etc.
Page 15 of 48
1. Write a program to verify the sampling theorem and aliasing effects with various sampling
frequencies.
2. Write a programs to study and verify DFT properties (Minimum two properties).
3. Write a program to find 4 point circular convolution and compare the result with 8 point
circular convolution to study aliasing effect in time domain.
(a) To find Z and inverse Z transform and pole zero plot of Z-transfer function.
(b) To solve the difference equation and find the system response using Z transform.
4. To plot the poles and zeros of a transfer function when the coefficients of the transfer
(a) function are given, study stability of different transfer functions.
5. To study the effect of different windows on FIR filter response. Pass the filter coefficient
designed in experiment 6 via different windows and see the effect on the filter response.
6. Design Butterworth filter using Bilnear transformation method for LPF and write a
(a) program to draw the frequency response of the filter.
7. To plot the mapping function used in bilinear transformation method of IIR filter
design.(assignment may be given)
8. Effect of coefficient quantization on the impulse response of the filter using direct form I
(a) and II realization and cascade realization.(theory assignment)
9. Design and implement two stage sampling rate converter.
10. Computation of DCT and IDCT of a discrete time signal and comment on energy compaction
density
11. Write a program for speech signal enhancement using pre-emphasis filter and speech filtering
using bandpass filter. Any biomedical signal e.g. ECG can also be used for signal enhancement
Page 16 of 48
304192 Microcontrollers and Mechatronics Lab

Credits: PR-02
Termwork : 50 Marks
Microcontrollers
List of Practical’s: Minimum 10 experiments
( Experiment number 2,3, 5,6, 7, 9,10, 12 are compulsory;Any one from 1and4 , 8, 11 and 13)
1. Simple programmes on Memory transfer.
2. Parallel port interacting of LEDS—Different programs( flashing, Counter, BCD, HEX, Display
of Characteristic)
3. Waveform Generation using DAC
4. Interfacing of Multiplexed 7-segment display ( counting application)
5. Interfacing of LCD to 8051 (4 and 8 bit modes)
6. Interfacing of Stepper motor to 8051- software delay using Timer
7. Write a program for interfacing button, LED, relay & buzzer as follows
A. On pressing button1 relay and buzzer is turned ON and LED‘s start chasing from left to right
B. On pressing button2 relay and buzzer is turned OFF and LED start chasing from right to left .
8. Interfacing 4X4 keypad and displaying key pressed on LCD.
9. Generate square wave using timer with interrupt
10. Interfacing serial port with PC both side communication.
11. Interfacing EEPROM 24C128 using SPI to store and retrieve data
12. Interface analog voltage 0-5V to internal ADC and display value on LCD
13. Generation of PWM signal for DC Motor control.
Mechatronics
1. Servomotor position control using photo electric pickup
2. Position and velocity measurement using encoders
3. Study of liquid flow measurement.
Page 17 of 48
4. Study on the application of data acquisition systems for industrial purposes.

5 . Interfacing of any 2- sensors with data acquisition systems.
6. Study of Hydraulic Trainer.
7. Study of Pneumatic Trainer.
8. Study of Electro-Pneumatic Trainer.
9. Study of Electro-Hydraulic Trainer.
10. Demonstration of any one case study.
Page 18 of 48
304193 Electronic System Design

Credits: TH-02 PR-01
Lecture : 02 hr/week Oral : 50 Marks
Practical : 02 hr/week
Course Objectives:
 Design working, reliable and electronic system to meet specifications.
 Inculcate circuit designing skills and ability and to use modern design tools.
 Enhance employability based on knowledge and understandings of electronic system design.
 To learn basics of database systems used in design / simulation software.
 To create an interest in the field of electronic design as a prospective career option.
Course Outcomes:
1. Apply the fundamental concepts and working principles of electronics devices to design
electronics systems.
2. Shall be able to interpret datasheets and thus select appropriate components and devices
3. Select appropriate transducer and signal conditioning circuit to design prototype of Data
Acquisition system.
4. Design an electronic system/sub-system and validate its performance by simulating the same.
5. Shall be able to use an EDA tool for circuit schematic and simulation.
6. Create, manage the database and query handling using suitable tools.
Course Contents
Unit I : Design of SMPS (6 Hrs)
General block diagram of SMPS, Advantages of SMPS, Comparison between SMPS and Linear
Power Supply, Basic concept of switching regulator, Basic topologies, Step down converter, Step up
converter, Fly back Converter, Forward converter.Performance parameters of SMPS. Selection
Criteria of Switching element,Switching diode, Filter capacitor and inductor, PWM circuit, High
frequency transformer design (steps only), Protection Circuits for SMPS.
Unit II : Design of Data Acquisition Systems (DAS) (6 Hrs)

Need of DAQ, Block diagram of DAQ, Application Areas of DAQ, Performance parameters of
DAQ, Selection of Sensor, Transducers, and Actuator, Interfacing of sensor, Need of signal
conditioners, Design of signal conditioning circuits, Selection criteria for ADC and DAC, Selection
Criteria of Microcontrollers, PC Interfacing using serial communication like RS-232, USB,
Overview of storage interface (like SD-Card, Serial EEPROM), Display interfaces (like 7-segment
Page 19 of 48
and LCD), GUI Development.
Unit III :Introduction to DBMS and SQL (6 Hrs)

RDBMS: Need and Overview, hierarchy, classification, creating a data base table and basics of
normalization. Data integrity. Current trends (Intro to Non-SQL databases). Basics of SQL.Insert,
Update and Deleteoperations,Retrieving Data based on query.Sorting and Filtering Data, Advanced
Filtering, Summarizing Data, Grouping Data, Using Sub-queries, Nested queries, Joining Tables,
Managing Tables. Using viewsand generating reports.
Unit IV : Design of Communication System(5Hrs)

Gathering requirements for designing a basic block diagram and detailing of any one section out of
following (One only)
1. Modulator – Demodulator Design(AM / FM / FSK)

2. Design of Mixer
3. Audio / Power Amplifier
4. HF Oscillator, Cascode Amplifier
Unit V :PCB Design (4 Hrs)
Types of PCB, PCB artwork components (pads, vias, tracks, footprints) and their metrics, Netlists,
Power planes, High frequency considerations, Power considerations, Design Artwork (double sided
PTH), Carry out signal integrity analysis.
Text Books:
1. ―Switching Power Supply Design,‖3E, Abraham I. Pressman et. al, The McGraw-Hill
Companies, 2009
2. ―Measurement, Instrumentation, and Sensors Handbook‖, John G. Webster, CRC Press, 1999
3. Reference Manual for MySQL / SQL Server / Oracle for Relational Databases
4. Roger L. Freeman,‖ Fundamentals of Telecommunications‖, John Wiley & Sons
Reference Books:
1. Practical design of power supplies‖ , Ron Lenk, John Wiley & Sons, 2005
2. The Circuit Designer‘s Companion‖, Peter Wilson, Elsevier Ltd, 2012
3. Printed Circuits Handbook, 7th Edition, Clyde Coombs, Happy Holden, McGraw-Hill ,2016
4. Printed Circuit Boards: Design, Fabrication, and Assembly‖, R. Khandpur, McGraw-Hill ,05
5. Mazidi, PIC microcontroller & embedded system, 3rd Edition ,Pearson
6. Henry Korth, "Data base system Concepts", 6th Edition, Mc-Graw Hill Education
Page 20 of 48
7. http://www.ti.com/lit/an/slua143/slua143.pdf
8. https://www.onsemi.com/pub/Collateral/SMPSRM-D.PDF
http://download.ni.com/evaluation/daq/Measurement_System_Build_Guide.pdf
Guidelines:
a) Students are expected to Design and simulate all assignments during the semester in a
group.Group shall consist of maximum of three students.
b) Institutions are requested to provide components required for implementation and required
software.
c) For hardware based assignments: Paper design should be functionally verified with an
appropriate EDA tool (NI Multisim/Orcad/Pspice / Altium Designer suite etc.) and prepare the
document which consist of :
1. Problem statement (Different for each group)
2. Specifications 3.Block Diagram
4. Component Selection 5. Design Calculations
6. Simulation results 7. Bill of Material ( generated from SQL)
8. Conclusion 9. Datasheets
10. Detailed circuit diagram (separate sheet: Imperial /Half Imperial size)
d) For software based assignments (Assignment 3): Implement the database using MySQL
software and prepare the user manual for the implemented system.
List of Practicals:
Assignment 1: Design and Implementation of SMPS
a) Design and simulate buck converter using ICslike LM3842 / LM 3524 and measure
performance parameters like load regulation, line regulation, ripple rejection, output
impedance, dropout voltage.
b) Design and Implement buck converter using ICs like LM3842 / LM 3524 and measure
performance parameters like load regulation, line regulation, ripple rejection, output
impedanceand dropout voltage.
Assignment 2:Design, simulate and implement multi-channel data acquisition system
a) Minimum two sensors must be interfaced to microcontroller and design signal conditioning
circuit for the same.
Page 21 of 48
b) Interface display device such as LED, 7-segment and LCD

c) Interface the actuators such as Relay, DC Motor, Solenoid
d) Serial interface such as RS-232, USB to transmit the data to PC
e) Optional: GUI development using Lab-View, MATLAB, C#, .net, python etc.
Assignment 3:Create Database tables to store the relevant information of various electronic
components. Define Keys for the tables and join those using relational keys.
a) Database for Electronic components shall be created with specification details.

b) Manipulate data using DML commands.
c) Use SQL queries for following
I. Add and delete particular component.
II. Display all the components with given criteria.
III. Retrieve particular component as per the specification. This shall involve join of
minimum two tables.
IV. To sort / filter component according their values / tolerances
d) Generate Report s like consumption, inventory, Purchases during specified period.
e) Generate Bill of Materials for SMPS or DAQ design by entering all related components
to database and using queries and report tool.
Assignment 4: Design of Building block in communication System
a) Design of block level system used for communication ( Choose any one system for design)
b) Design any one building block in detail with selection of components, specifications and
calculations. Specifications related to frequency and Power must be mentioned. Termination
matching with preceding and next block.
Page 22 of 48
Audit Course 3
Japanese Language Audit Course
times is only the proof of it. Nonetheless, ‗being the best‘ differs significantly from ‗Communicating
the best‘! The best can merely be communicated whilst using the best… suited Language!!
Japanese is the new trend of 21st century. Not only youngsters but even the professionals seek value in
it. It is the engineer‘s companion in current times with an assertion of a thriving future. Pune has
indisputably grown to become a major center of Japanese Education in India while increasing the
precedence for Japanese connoisseurs.
the fact it requires real perseverance and self-discipline to tackle one of the most complex languages.
It would be easy for all time to quit the impossible; however it takes immense courage to reiterate the
desired outcomes, recognize that improvement is an ongoing process and ultimately soldier on it.
Course Objectives:
Course Outcomes:
On completion of the course
 One will have ability of basic communication.

 One will have the knowledge of Japanese script.
 One will get introduced to reading , writing and listening skills
 One will develop interest to pursue professional Japanese Language course.
Course Duration: 4 semesters (3 units / semester)
Page 23 of 48
Unit 1 : Introduction to Kanji Script,

Describing one‘s daily routine. To ask what someone does.
Expressions of Giving & Receiving.
Unit 2 : Adjectives (Types of adjectives)
Asking impression or an opinion about a thing / person / place that the listener
Has experienced, visited, or met
Describing things / person / places with the help of the adjectives.
Unit 3 : Expressions of Like & Dislikes. Expressing one‘s ability, hobby
Comparison between objects, persons & cities
Audit Course 3
Cyber and Information Security
Course objective :
1.Students will able to learn the issues of security in IT
2. Students will able to investigate various security threats in IT
Course Outcomes :
On completion of course students
1. will increase the awareness about cyber security
2. will increase the awareness about information and network security
---------
Basic Concepts of Technology and Law
Basics of Information Technology, Basics of Indian Legal System, Information Technology Act 2000
(Amended), Relevant Amendments in all other laws.E-ContractThe essence of digital contracts, Law
of Contract, Construction of E-contracts, Issues of security, Employment contracts, Consultant
Agreements and Digital signature
Intelligent Property Issues in Cyber space: Doman names and related issues, Copyright in digital
media, Patents in cyber world. Rights of Neitzens and E- Governance:Privacy and freedom issues in
cyber world, E-Governance, Cyber crimes and Cyber laws.
Information Security Fundamentals:Background, Importance, Statistics, National and International

Scenario, Goals of security, Confidentiality, Privacy, Integrity, Non-repudiation, Availability.
Page 24 of 48
Essentials of computer security - Sources of security threats – Intruders, Viruses, Worms and related
threats - Threat identification - Threat analysis -Vulnerability identification and Assessment.
Security Investigation: Need for Security, Business Needs, Threats, Attacks, Legal, Ethical and
Professional Issues Access Control, Intrusion Detection and Server Management, Firewalls: Overview
of Identification and Authorization, Overview of IDS, Intrusion, Detection Systems and Intrusion
Prevention Systems, User Management, Overview of Firewalls, Types of Firewalls, DMZ and firewall
features
Security Policies and Management:Security Policy Design, Designing Security Procedures, Risk
Management and Assessment Techniques, Security stan
dards, Security Models.Security Management Practices, Security Laws, Information Classificatio
n Process, Risk Management, Security Proceduresand Guidelines, Business Continuity and Disaster
Recovery, Ethics and Best Practices, Security Assurance
Page 25 of 48
SEMESTER II
Page 26 of 48
304186 Power Electronics

Credits: 04
End-Sem : 70 Marks
Course Objectives:
To introduce students to different power devices to study their construction, characteristics and turning
on circuits.
To give an exposure to students of working & analysis of controlled rectifiers for different loads, inverters,
DC choppers, AC voltage controllers and resonant converters.
To study the different motor drives, various power electronics applications like UPS, SMPS, etc. and some
protection circuits.
Course Outcomes:
Design & implement a triggering / gate drive circuit for a power device
Understand, perform & analyze different controlled converters.
Evaluate battery backup time & design a battery charger.
Design & implement over voltage / over current protection circuit.
Course Contents
Unit I : Power Devices (8 Hrs)
Construction, Steady state characteristics & Switching characteristics of SCR, Construction, Steady state
characteristics of Power MOSFET & IGBT. SCR ratings: IL, IH, VBO, VBR, dv/dt, di/dt, surge current &
rated current. Gate characteristics, Gate drive requirements, Gate drive circuits for Power MOSFET &
IGBT,opto isolator driving circuits for SCR. Series and parallel operations of SCR‘s. Applications of above
power devices as a switch .
Unit II :AC-DC Power Converters (8 Hrs)

Concept of line & forced commutation, Single phase Semi & Full converters for R, R-L loads, Performance
parameters, Effect of freewheeling diode, Three phase Semi & Full converters for R load, effect of source
inductance, Power factor improvement techniques, Diode based boost converter. Single Phase dual converter
with inductive load.
Page 27 of 48
Unit III : DC-AC Converters (8 Hrs)

Single phase bridge inverter for R and R-L load using MOSFET / IGBT, performance Parameters , single
phase PWM inverters. Three Phase voltage source inverter for balanced star R load with 120̊ and 180 mode
of operation, Device utilization factor, Harmonics Elimination/Modulation Techniques.
Unit IV : DC-DC converters & AC Voltage Controller (8 Hrs)

Working Principle of step down chopper for R-L load (highly inductive), control strategies. Performance
parameters, Step up chopper, 2-quadrant & 4-quadrant choppers, SMPS: Fly back/ Half Bridge/ LM3524
based or equivalent Circuit. Single-Phase full wave AC voltage controller by using IGBT with R load.
Unit V : Resonant Converters & Protection of Power Devices & Circuits (8 Hrs)
Need for Resonant converters, Concept of Zero current switching (ZCS) and Zero voltage switching (ZVS)
resonant converters. Cooling & heat sinks, over voltage conditions, over voltage protection circuits, metal
oxide varistors, over current fault conditions, Over current protection. Electromagnetic interference, sources,
minimizing techniques, shielding techniques for EMI.
Unit VI : Power Electronics Applications (8 Hrs)
ON-line and OFF line UPS with battery AH, back up time, battery charger rating. Electronic Ballast, LED
Lamp with Driver Circuit, fan Regulator. Single phase separately excited DC motor drive, stepper motor
drive, BLDC motor drive. Variable voltage & variable frequency three phase induction motor drive.
Text Books:
1 ) M. H. Rashid, ―Power Electronics circuits devices and applications‖, PHI 3rd edition,
2004 edition, New Delhi.
2) M. S. Jamil Asghar, "Power Electronics", PHI, 2004, New Delhi
Reference Books:
1) Ned Mohan, T. Undeland & W. Robbins, ―Power Electronics Converters Applications and
Design‖ 2nd edition, John Willey & sons, Singapore, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2005
2) P.C. Sen, ―Modern Power Electronics‖, S Chand & Co New Delhi
3) "GE SCR MANUAL" 6th edition, General Electric, New York, USA
4) Dr. P. S. Bimbhra, ―Power Electronics‖, Khanna Publishers, Delhi.
5) M D Singh, K B Khanchandani ―Power Electronics‖ TMH
Page 28 of 48
304187 Information Theory ,Coding Techniques and

Communication Networks
Credits: 04
End-Sem : 70 Marks
Course Objectives:
 To understand information theoretic behavior of a communication system.
 To understand various source coding techniques for data compression
 To understand various channel coding techniques and their capability.
 To Build and understanding of fundamental concepts of data communication and networking.
Course Outcomes:
1) Perform information theoretic analysis of communication system.
2) Design a data compression scheme using suitable source coding technique.
3) Design a channel coding scheme for a communication system.
4) Understand and apply fundamental principles of data communication and networking.
5) Apply flow and error control techniques in communication networks.
Course Contents
Unit I :Information Theory & Source Coding (6 Hrs)
Introduction to information theory, Entropy and its properties, Source coding theorem, Huffman
coding, Shannon-Fano coding, The Lempel Ziv algorithm, Run Length Encoding, Discrete memory
less channel, Mutual information, Examples of Source coding-Audio and Video Compression.
Unit II :Information Capacity & Channel Coding (8 Hrs)
Channel capacity, Channel coding theorem, Differential entropy and mutual Information for
continuous ensembles, Information Capacity theorem, Linear Block Codes:Syndrome and error
detection, Error detection and correction capability, Standard array and syndrome decoding,
Encoding and decoding circuit, Single parity check codes, Repetition codes and dual codes,
Hamming code, Golay Code, Interleaved code.
Page 29 of 48
Unit III : Cyclic Codes (8 Hrs)

Galois field, Primitive element & Primitive polynomial, Minimal polynomial and generator
polynomial, Description of Cyclic Codes, Generator matrix for systematic cyclic code, Encoding for
cyclic code, Syndrome decoding of cyclic codes, Circuit implementation of cyclic code.
Unit IV : BCH and Convolutional Codes (7 Hrs)
Binary BCH code,Generator polynomial for BCH code, Decoding of BCH code, RS codes, generator
polynomial for RS code, Decoding of RS codes, Cyclic Hamming code and Golay code. Introduction
of convolution code, State diagram, Tree diagram, Trellis diagram, Sequential decoding and Viterbi
decoding
Unit V : Data Communication & Physical Layer(7 Hrs)
Data Communications – Networks - Network models – OSI model – Layers in OSI model – TCP / IP
protocol suite – Addressing – Guided and Unguided Transmission media.
Unit VI : Data Link Layer (7Hrs)
Data link control: Framing – Flow and error control –Protocols for Noiseless and Noisy Channels –
HDLC.
Text Books:
1) Bernad Sklar, ―Digital Communication Fundamentals & applications‖, Pearson Education.
Second Edition.
2) Behrouz A. Foruzan, ―Data communication and Networking‖, Tata McGraw-Hill
Reference Books:
1) Ranjan Bose, ―Information Theory coding and Cryptography‖, McGraw-Hill, 2nd Ed
2) Murlidhar Kulkarni, K.S.Shivaprakasha, ―Information Theory & Coding‖, Wiley Publications
3) Simon Haykin, ―Communication Systems‖, John Wiley & Sons, Fourth Edition.
4) Shu lin and Daniel j, Cistello jr., ―Error control Coding‖ Pearson, 2nd Edition.
5) Todd Moon, ―Error Correction Coding : Mathematical Methods and Algorithms‖, Wiley
Publication
6) Khalid Sayood, ―Introduction to Data compression‖, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers
Page 30 of 48
304188 Business Management

Credits: 03
Tutorial: End-Sem : 70 Marks
Term Work :
Course Objectives:
 To get awareness about various domains in Business Management.
 To understand concept of Quality Management, Financial Management and Project
Management.
 To learn Human Resource Management, marketing management are the major tasks in Business
 To promote Entrepreneurship.
Course Outcomes:
1) Get overview of Management Science aspects useful in business.
2) Get motivation for Entrepreneurship
3) Get Quality Aspects for Systematically Running the Business
4) To Develop Project Management aspect and Entrepreneurship Skills.
Course Contents
Unit I :Basics of Business Management (8 Hrs)
Introduction, Definition of management, characteristics of management, functions of management -
Planning, Organizing, Staffing, Directing, Co-ordination, Controlling, Motivating, Communication,
Decision Making, Principles of management – F.W.Taylor, Henry Fayol, Elton Mayo,
Administration and management, Nature of management, levels of management, scientific
management, managerial roles, Forms of Organization- Line , Line –staff,committee etc, Dist
Business sectors & forms of business organizations- private sector,Cooperative sectors, public sector,
joint sector, Services sector, Various forms of business organizations – Sole Proprietorship,
Partnership firms, Joint stock companies -their features, relative merits, demerits & suitability.
Concept of globalization
Unit II :Quality Management (6 Hrs)
Definition of quality, goalpost view of quality, continuous improvement definition of quality, types
Page 31 of 48
of quality – quality of design, conformance and performance, phases of quality management, Juran‘s
and Demings view of quality, Quality Management Assistance Tools: Ishikawa diagram – Pareto
Analysis – Pokka Yoke (Mi stake Proofing).quality circles, TQM, Kaizen, Five S (5S), Six sigma
Quality Management Standards Application of six sigma a CASE study - The ISO 9001:2015
Quality Management System Standard. Software quality management with respect to CMM level
and ISO standard.
Unit III : Financial Management and Project Management (6 Hrs)
Capital Structure, Fixed & working capital, Cash flow, Financial accounting concepts and
application, Scope of business, Macro analysis, micro analysis, Demand and supply analysis.
Function of money market and capital Market, sources of finance. Introduction to capital budgeting,
Techniques of capital budgeting. Break even analysis - assumptions, importance, Cost-Benefit
analysis,. Introduction to Project Management process (Project Life cycle Management),Project
selection criteria, project scope, Project planning, scheduling , Resources and constrains. Project
estimates and costing .Project qualitative and quantitative Risk analysis and Mitigation, project
quality planning and deliverables. Case study of a project Mnagement.
Unit IV : Human Resource Development (6 Hrs)
Strategic importance HRM; objectives of HRM; challenges to HR professionals; role,
Responsibilities and competencies of HR professionals; HR department operations; Human Resource
Planning - objectives and process; human resource information system.. Talent acquisition;
recruitment and selection strategies, career planning and management, training and development,
investment in training program; executive development, Case study on Recent trends in Human
Resource Development. Case study of a HR of an organization.
Unit V : Entrepreneurship Development (6 Hrs)
Concept of entrepreneurship, Identification of business opportunities, Generation of business idea,
Business plan, Preparation of business proposal, Sources of finance – government and
nongovernment agencies, , Policies and incentives for small business development, Government
policies and incentives, Woman entrepreneurship, Industrial relations, Case study on Small scale
industries in India.
Unit VI : Marketing ( 6 Hrs)
Introduction to marketing, marketing environment, segmentation. Consumer behavior and Marketing
management. Marketing research, pricing, advertising, branding and packaging. Personal selling and
sales force Management .Modern marketing system (digital Mastering฀marketing) Email
Marketing, Social Media Marketing, Web Marketing, Google (Google Analytics, Advertising and
Page 32 of 48
Applications), Facebook, LinkedIn, Twitter, Guides & Directories, Online Publications etc for sales,
customer services, staff recruitment etc, Blogging and Micro Blogging Event Management, Online
Payments, Disability Web Access, Surveys & Forms, Affiliate & Voucher Marketing, Crowd
sourcing, Mobile Social Media (Geotagging etc) and Mobile Marketing, Mobile Applications (Apps
and Mobile Web), Audio , Video podcasting.
Introduction to supply chain management and customer relationship management
Text Books:
1 ) O. P. Khanna, ―Industrial Engineering and Management‖, Dhanpatrai publications Ltd,
NewDelhi.
2) L.C.Jhamb , Savitri Jhamb , Industrial Management – I , Everest Publishing House .
3) Jenniffer Greene, Andrew Stellman,Head First PMP 3rd Edition OREILLY Publication
4) Marketing Management-Phillip Kotlar, The Millennium Edition, PHI EEE Edition
Reference Books:
1) G. S. Batra , ―Development of entrepreneurship ‖ , deep and deep publications, new delhi
2) Ashwathappa, ―human resource management‖, mc-gra w-hill education ( india ) pvt. Ltd.
3) M.Y. Khan and P. K. Jain, ―financial management‖ , mc-graw-hill education ( india ) pvt. Ltd.
4) Ravi M. Kishore, ―project management‖, mc-graw-h ill education ( india ) pvt.
5) Pravin kumar, ― fundamentals of engineering economics‖, wiley india
6) Mo n g a . .i.r. . F i n a n c i a l A c c o u n t i n g : c o n c e p t s a n d Appli c a t i o n s , ma y t i r p a p e r b a c k s
7) Business organization and management by dr. C. B. Gupta, publisher sultan chand & co. Delhi
8) Fundamentals of accounting & financial analysis: by Anil Chowdhry (Pearson education)
9) Textbook of economic theory - Stonier and Hague; LongmanGreen and co., london.
10 ) managerial economics - theory and application - D. M. Mithani
Page 33 of 48
304189 Advanced Processors

Credits: TH-04
End-Sem : 70 Marks
Course Objectives:
 To understand need and application of ARM Microprocessors in embedded system.
 To study the architecture of ARM series microprocessor
 To understand architecture and features of typical ARM7& DSP Processors.
 To learn interfacing of real world input and output devices
 To learn embedded communication systems.
Course Outcomes:
1 ) Describe the ARM microprocessor architectures and its feature.
2) Interface the advanced peripherals to ARM based microcontroller
3) Design embedded system with available resources.
4) Use of DSP Processors andresources for signal processing applications.
Course Contents
Unit I :ARM7, ARM9, ARM11 Processors (6 Hrs)
Introduction to ARM processors and its versions, ARM7, ARM9 & ARM11 features, advantages &
suitability in embedded application, registers, CPSR, SPSR, ARM and RISC design philosophy,
ARM7 data flow model, programmers model, modes of operations. Introduction to Tiva TM4C123G
Series Overview, Programming model, Tivaware Library
Unit II :ARM7 Based Microcontroller (6 Hrs)

ARM7 Based Microcontroller LPC2148: Features, Architecture (Block Diagram and Its
Description), System Control Block ( PLL and VPB divider) , Memory Map, GPIO, Pin
Connect Block, timer, Instruction set, programming in assembly language.
Page 34 of 48
Unit III : Real World Interfacing with ARM7 Based Microcontroller -1 (6 Hrs)
Interrupt structure of LPC2148, Interfacing with LED, LCD, GLCD, KEYPAD, simple LPC2148
GPIO Programming examples Using timers of LPC2148 to generate delay, serial communication
programming for transmission and reception from computer, programming for UART.
Unit IV : Real World Interfacing with ARM7 Based Microcontroller -2 (6 Hrs)

GSM and GPS module interfacing, on-chip ADC using interrupt (VIC) and without using interrupt
(VIC), EEPROM using I2C, SDCARD using SPI, on-chip DAC for waveform generation.
Unit V : Digital signal Processors –I (6 Hrs)

Introduction, Computer Architectures for signal processing, General purpose Digital signal
Processors, selecting digital signal processors, Special purpose DSP Hardware, Architecture of
TMS320C67X, Features of C67X processors, CPU, General purpose register files, Functional units
and operation, Data paths, Control register file.
Unit VI : Digital signal Processors-II (6Hrs)

TMS320C67X Functional units,Internal memory, External memory, on chip peripherals, Interrupts,
Instruction set and addressing modes, Fixed point instructions, Floating point instructions,
Conditional operations, Parallel operations, Pipeline operations, Code Composer studio, Application
programs in C67X.
Text Books:
1) Andrew Sloss, Dominic Symes, Chris Wright, ―ARM System Developer‘s Guide – Designing and
Optimizing System Software‖, ELSEVIER
2) Digital Signal Processors: Architecture, Programming and Applications By B. Venkatramani, M
Bhaskar McGraw Hill Second Edition
Reference Books:
i. LPC 214x User manual (UM10139) :- www.nxp.com
ii. ARM architecture reference manual : - www.arm.com
iii. Trevor Martin,‖An Engineer‘s Introduction to the LPC2100 series‖, Hitex (UK)
iv. TMS320C67XX User manual: www.ti.com
v. Digital Signal Processing A Practical Approach by Emmanuel Ifeachor, Barrie
W. Jervis Pearson Second edition
vi. Joseph Yiu, ―The Definitive Guide to the ARM Cortex-M‖, Newness,
ELSEVIER.
Page 35 of 48
304190 System Programming and Operating System

Credits: TH-03
End-Sem : 70 Marks
Course Objectives:
 To understand system software concepts, like the use and implementation of assembler, macros,
linker, loaders and compiler.
 To get acquainted with software tools for program development.
 To explore memory allocation methods, input output devices and file system w. r. t. various
operating system.
 To study and implement various processes scheduling techniques and dead lock avoidance
schemes in operating system.
Course Outcomes:
1) Demonstrate the knowledge of Systems Programming and Operating Systems
Formulate the Problem and develop the solution for same.
Compare and analyse the different implementation approach of system programming operating system
abstractions.
Interpret various OS functions used in Linux / Ubuntu
Course Contents
Unit I: Introduction to Systems Programming (8 Hrs)
Introduction:
Components of System Software, Language Processing Activities, Fundamentals of Language
Processing.
Assemblers:
Elements of Assembly language programming. Simple assembler scheme, Structure of an assembler,
Design of single and two pass assembler.
Macro Processors:
Macro Definition and call, Macro expansion, Nested Macro Calls, Advanced Macro Facilities,
Design of a two-pass macro-processor.
Page 36 of 48
Unit II : Compiler, Loaders and Linkers (8Hrs)

Compilers:
Basic compilers function, Phases of compilation, memory allocation, compilation of expression,
Compilation of expressions, compilation of control structures, Code of optimization.
Loaders:
Loader Schemes: Compile and go, General Loader Scheme, Absolute loaders, subroutine linkages,
relocating loaders, direct linking loaders, Design of an absolute loader.
Linkers:
Relocation and linking concepts, Design of linker, self relocating programs, Static and dynamic
linker.
Unit III : Introduction to OS and Process management (6 Hrs)
Introduction to OS :
Architecture, Goals & Structures of O.S, Basic functions, Interaction of O. S. & hardware
architecture, System calls, Batch, multiprogramming. Multitasking, time sharing, parallel, distributed
& real -time O.S.
Process Management:
Process Concept, Process states, Process control, Threads, Scheduling: Types of scheduling:
Preemptive, Non preemptive, Scheduling algorithms: FCFS, SJF, RR.
Unit IV : Concurrency control (6Hrs)

Concurrency:
Interprocess communication, Mutual Exclusion, Semaphores, Classical Problems of
Synchronization: Readers-Writers, Producer Consumer, and Dining Philosopher problem.
Deadlock:
Principles of deadlock, Deadlock Prevention, Deadlock Avoidance, Deadlock Detection.
Unit V : Memory Management (8 Hrs)
Basics of memory management, Swapping, Memory Allocation, Paging, Segmentation ,Virtual
memory, Demand Paging, Page replacement, Page replacement algorithms – Optimal FIFO,
LRU, LRU approximation, Allocation of frames
Unit VI : Input and Output, File System (8Hrs)
I/O management & Disk scheduling:
I/O Devices, Organization of I/O functions, Operating System Design issues, I/O Buffering, Disk
Scheduling (FCFS), RAID, Disk Cache.
File Management:
Concepts, File Organization, File Directories, File Sharing, Record Blocking, Allocation methods,
Free Space management
Page 37 of 48
Text Books:
1. 1 Dhamdhere D., "Systems Programming and Operating Systems", 2nd Edition, 'TMH
2. Siberschatz A; Galvin P.B; Gagne G, ―Operating System Concepts‖, John Wiley.

3. J. J. Donovan, ―Systems Programming‖, McGraw Hill
Reference Books:
1. Stalling William, "Operating Systems" , Pearson Education, fifth edition.
2. Adam Hoover, ―System Programming with C and UNIX‖, Pearson Education
3. Leland L. Beck, ―System Software,‖ Pearson Editions.
4. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, ―Modern Operating Systems‖, Second Edition, PHI.
5. A. V. Aho, R. Sethi, J. D. Ullman. Compilers: Principles, Techniques, and Tools. Addison-
Wesley
Page 38 of 48
304194 Power Electronics and Information Theory Laboratory

Credits: PR-02
Term work : 50 Marks
Power Electronics
List of Experiments (Any 8)

1) Characteristics of SCR
i) Plot V-I characteristics , ii) Observe the effect of gate current
iii) Measure IH & IL
2) V-I Characteristics of MOSFET / IGBT
i) Plot output characteristics ii) Plot transfer characteristics
3) Single phase Semi / Full Converter with R & R-L load
i) Observe load voltage waveform,
ii) Measurement of firing angle, average o/p voltage across loads,
iii) Verification of theoretical values with practically measured values.
4) Single-Phase PWM bridge inverter for R load
i) Observe output rms voltage waveforms,
5) Step down dc chopper using power MOSFET / IGBT
i) Measure duty cycle and observer effect on average load voltage for DC chopper
6) Find load & line regulation of given SMPS
7) Single phase AC voltage controller using SCRs for R load
ii) Measurement of firing angle, o/p voltage across load,
iii) Verification of theoretical values with practically measured values.
8) Speed control of DC motor / Stepper motor / AC motor
i) Speed control of DC motor using armature voltage control / field control method.
Measure RPM and plot graph of speed versus armature voltage and field currentOR
ii) Study drive circuit for stepper motor- phase sequencing and microstepping.OR
iii) Plot speed-torque characteristic of three phase induction motor.
9) To study over voltage / over current protection circuit.
10) i) Study of Power Factor improvement techniques.OR
Page 39 of 48
ii) Simulation of circuits by using Powersim software
Information Theory, Coding Techniques and Communication Networks
Note: Perform any 8 practical Assignments (1-6 and 11 are compulsory)
1 Write a program for determination of various entropies and mutual information of a given
channel. Test various types of channel such as
a) Noise free channel.b) Error free channel
c) Binary symmetric channel d) Noisy channel
Compare channel capacity of above channels.
2 Write a program for generation and evaluation of variable length source
codingusing(C/MATLABor any relevant software) (Any 2)
a) Shannon – Fano codingand decoding
b) Huffman Coding and decoding
c) Lempel Ziv Coding and decoding
3 Write a Program for coding & decoding of Linear block codes.
4 Write a Program for coding & decoding of Cyclic codes.
5 Write a program for coding and decoding of convolutional codes
6 Write a program forcoding and decoding of BCH and RS codes.
7 Write a program to study performance of a coded and uncoded communication system
(Calculate coding gain, error probability, Bit energy Vs error performance)
8 Write a simulation program to implement source coding and channel coding for
transmitting a text file.
9 Implementation of any compression algorithm by using various toolboxes inMATLAB or
any other platform for either audio, image or video data.
10 Study of Networking Components and LAN.
11 Write a simulation program to implement ARQ techniques
Page 40 of 48
304195 Advanced Microprocessors and System Programming Lab

Credits: PR-02
Term work : 50 Marks
Advanced Microprocessors
Group A: LPC2148 Based Experiments (Any 6)
1 Interfacing LPC2148 with GLCD to display image on it

OR
GPIO configuration and control with simple LED example on TIVA TM4C123G Platform
2. Using UART of LPC2148 for serial reception and transmission from/to computer
3. Interfacing GSM with LPC2148 for sending and receiving message and voice call
4. Interfacing GPS with LPC2148 for finding current location latitude and longitude values
5. Using built-in ADC of LPC2148 for displaying its values (Programming built-in ADC with
interrupt and without interrupt ) OR
Programming of onchip ADC and displaying converted digital values on HyperTerminal on
TIVA Platform
6. Interfacing SD card to LPC2148 using SPI
7. Interfacing EEPROM to LPC2148 using I2C protocol
8. Introduction to Programming environment with CCS and Tiva library
Group B: DSP Based Experiments (Any 2)
The programs may be written in assembly language, C language and combination of both
1. Convolution
2. Discrete Fourier Transform Using FFT Algorithm
3. Discrete Fourier Transform Using DFT FFT Radix 2 Algorithm
4. FIR filter
5. Real time audio signal capture
TMS320C6748 DSP Development kit(LCDK) with XDS100 V2 JTAG Emulator may found useful.
Page 41 of 48
System Programming and Operating Systems Lab

List of Practicals:
List of Assignments:
a. Study of Basic Linux Commands
1.
b. Write an shell scripting on LINUX OS
Write C Program to implement Lexical Analyzer for simple arithmetic operation which
2. creates output tables (Uniform Symbol Table or a. Identifier Table b. Literal Table c. Symbol
Table)
3. Design of PASS I of two pass assembler for pseudo machine code.
4. Design of a MACRO PASS-I
5. Implement Job scheduling algorithms: FCFS, SJF
6. Implement Bankers Algorithm for deadlock detection and avoidance
7. Implementation of page replacement algorithm: FIFO / LRU
Case Study
a. Android mobile operating system
8. b. Study of System calls to list files, directories
c. Study of System calls to handles process
Page 42 of 48
304196 Employability Skills and Mini Project

Credits: TH-02 PR-01
Lecture : 02 hr/week Oral : 50 Marks
Practical : 02 hr/week
Course Objectives:
 To understand the ―Product Development Process‟ including budgeting through Mini Project.
 To plan for various activities of the project and distribute the work amongst team members.
 To inculcate electronic hardware implementation skills by -
 Learning PCB artwork design using an appropriate EDA tool.
 Imbibing good soldering and effective trouble-shooting practices.
 Following correct grounding and shielding practices.
 To develop student‘s abilities to transmit technical information clearly and test the same by
delivery of Seminar based on the Mini Project.
 To understand the importance of document design by compiling Technical Report on the
Mini Project work carried out.
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand, plan and execute a Mini Project with team.
2. Implement electronic hardware by learning PCB artwork design, soldering techniques, testing
and troubleshooting etc.
3. Prepare a technical report based on the Mini project.
4. Deliver technical seminar based on the Mini Project work carried out.
Course Contents
Execution of Mini Project
 Project group shall consist of not more than 3 students per group.
 Mini Project Work should be carried out in the Design / Projects Laboratory.
 Project designs ideas can be necessarily adapted from recent issues of electronic design magazines
Application notes from well known device manufacturers may also be referred.
Page 43 of 48
 Use of Hardware devices/components is mandatory.

 Layout versus schematic verification is mandatory.
 Bare board test report shall be generated.
 Assembly of components and enclosure design is mandatory.
B: Selection: Domains for projects may be from the following, but not limited to:
 Instrumentation and Control Systems
 Electronic Communication Systems
 Biomedical Electronics
 Power Electronics
 Audio , Video Systems
 Embedded Systems
 Mechatronic Systems
 Microcontroller based projects should preferably use Microchip PIC controllers/ATmega
controller/AVR microcontrollers.
C. Monitoring: ( for students and teachers both)
Suggested Plan for various activities to be monitored by the teacher.
Week 1 & 2: Formation of groups, Finalization of Mini project & Distribution of work.
Week 3 & 4: PCB artwork design using an appropriate EDA tool, Simulation.
Week 5 to8:PCB manufacturing through vendor/at lab, Hardware assembly, programming (if
required) Testing, Enclosure Design, Fabrication etc
Week 9 & 10:Testing of final product, Preparation, Checking & Correcting of the Draft Copy of
Report
Week 11 & 12: Demonstration and Group presentations.
Log book for all these activities shall be maintained and shall be produced at the time of
examination.
D. Report writing
 A project report with following contents shall be prepared:
 Title
 Specifications
 Block diagram
 Circuit diagram
 Selection of components, calculations
Page 44 of 48
 Simulation results
 PCB artwork
 Layout versus schematic verification report
 Testing procedures
 Enclosure design
 Test results
Conclusion
 References
Text Books:
1. Thomas C Hayes, Paul Horowitz,, ―The Art of Electronics‖,Newens Publication
2. Analog Circuit Design: Art, Science and Personalities, by Jim Williams (Editor) , EDN series for
Design Engineers,
3. M Ashraf Rizvi,‟ Effective Technical Communication‟, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd.
Reference Books:
1. . Robert Boylested, ― Essentials of Circuit Analysis‖, PHI Puublications
2. Meenakshi Raman, Sangeeta Sharma,‟ Technical Communication, Principles and Practice‟,
Oxford University Press
3. A.E. Ward, Angus, ― Electronic Product Design‖, Stanley thornes Publishers, UK.
4. C Muralikrishna, Sunita Mishra,‟ Communication Skills for Engineers‟, Pearson
Page 45 of 48
Audit Course 4
Japanese Language Audit Course
times is only the proof of it. Nonetheless, ‗being the best‘ differs significantly from ‗Communicating
the best‘! The best can merely be communicated whilst using the best… suited Language!!
Japanese is the new trend of 21st century. Not only youngsters but even the professionals seek value in
it. It is the engineer‘s companion in current times with an assertion of a thriving future. Pune has
indisputably grown to become a major center of Japanese Education in India while increasing the
precedence for Japanese connoisseurs.
the fact it requires real perseverance and self-discipline to tackle one of the most complex languages.
It would be easy for all time to quit the impossible; however it takes immense courage to reiterate the
desired outcomes, recognize that improvement is an ongoing process and ultimately soldier on it.
Course Objectives:
Course Outcomes:
On completion of the course
 One will have ability of basic communication.

 One will have the knowledge of Japanese script.
 One will get introduced to reading , writing and listening skills
Page 46 of 48
 One will develop interest to pursue professional Japanese Language course.
Course Content
Unit 1 : Stating existence or a presence of thing (s), person (s)

Relative positions, Counters
Unit 2 : Expressing one‘s Desire & wants Verb groups,
Asking, Instructing a person to do something
Unit 3 : Indicating an action or motion is in progress. Describing habitual action
Describing a certain continuing state which resulted from a certain action in
the past. Express permission & prohibition.
Audit Course 4
Embedded System Design using MSP430
Embedded applications like automation and control, consumer electronics, test and measurement
equipment‘s, HVAC and building control, remote monitoring and other embedded applications require
Low power CPU‘s with more GPIO‘s, in-build ADC and dedicated Embedded protocols. MCU
workshop is based upon Low power 16-bit MSP430 series platforms. Participants will be exposed to
complete application-building concept using 16-bit MSP430 series MCUs. The workshop will be
designed to give hands-on experience so that every participant will get expertise in using MSP430
platform. From Standalone applications to Embedded Networking applications (Embedded Wi-Fi) will
be covered with exposure to real world interfacing techniques.
Learning outcomes:
At the end of the workshop participant will be able to learn/understand
 Embedded C programming techniques for 16-bit platform
 Embedded protocols and its interfacing techniques
 Embedded Wireless networking concepts and its implementation with application oriented
projects and case studies.
Prerequisite:
Must have exposure to building embedded applications for 8-bit platforms
Basic knowledge of C language programming
Digital Electronics fundamentals
Introduction to Embedded Curriculum: framework, concept map and role of faculty mentors.
Page 47 of 48
Embedded Systems and role of TI platforms

Introduction to MSP430 series platforms: scope, application and tools in Embedded ecosystem
Programming MSP430 using CCS
MSP430‘s Internal Architecture and Programmer‘s model
Various Configuration registers of in-build modules and their programming ( GPIO, PWM, ADC )
Clock tree structure and its role
Interfacing Analog sensors

Enabling Low power modes and understanding Interrupt based programming techniques
Various Serial Communication Interfaces : UART / I2C / SPI
UART programming and data logging applications

Programming SPI Interface, Programming I2C Interface
Embedded Wi-Fi and Internet of things
Real-time data gathering (humidity, temperature, pressure etc.) and remote monitoring for Wireless
Sensor Network applications and related use cases.
Page 48 of 48
Syllabus
BE (Computer Engineering)
2008 Course
Preamble
Dear Students and Teachers, we, the Board of Studies Computer Engineering, are very
happy to present BE Computer Engineering Syllabus (2008 course). We are sure you will
find this syllabus interesting and challenging. The objective of the syllabus is to inculcate
reading, innovative thinking, technical-writing and presentation habits in the students.
Development of skills and imparting knowledge is also important part of syllabus. To
achieve these objectives teachers are encouraged to take home tutorials, class tutorials,
students presentations and invited talks in addition to the lectures conducted by teachers.
Review and interactive discussions on home tutorials, classroom tutorials and students
presentation along with review of recent advances in the subject is a must. There is
mountainous growth in the areas of computer applications, subjects, technology and
algorithms. The computer equipments are becoming very faster, granular with concurrent
architectures and operating systems environments. Along with the Industry, the open-
source movement has also contributed to the great extent. The education must withstand
with this growth and demand of innovation and be the front-runner to lead the path of
progress and innovation. We give you best wishes to take this syllabus and travel the path
of success.
Board of Studies
Computer Engineering
BE (COMPUTER ENGINEERING)- 2008 COURSE STRUCTURE
Term-I
Subject Subject Teaching Examination Scheme Total
Code Scheme Marks
Lect. Pract. Th TW Pr Or
410441 Design & Analysis of 04 100 — 100
Algorithms
410442 Principles of Compiler 04 — 100 — — — 100
Design
410443 Object Oriented Modeling & 04 02 100 25 — 50 175
Design
410444 Elective-I 03 02 100 25 — 50 175
410445 Elective-II 03 100 ---- — --- 100
410446 Computer Laboratory-I — 04 — ---- 50 — 050
410447 Project Work --- 02 --- 50 --- --- 050
Total 18 10 500 100 50 100 750
Total of Part I (A) 28 Hrs 750
Term II
Subject Subject Teaching Examination Total
Code Scheme Scheme Marks
Lect. Pract Th TW Pr Or
410448 Distributed Operating 04 --- 100 --- --- --- 100
Systems
410449 Advanced Computer 04 100 100
Architecture
410450 Elective-III 04 02 100 50 — 50 200
410451 Elective-IV 04 --- 100 --- — --- 100
410452 Computer Laboratory II — 04 — — 50 50 — 100
410447 Project Work — 06 — 100 — 50 150
Total 16 12 400 200 50 100 750
Total of Part II (B) 28 Hrs 750
Grand Total (A+B) 1500
(A) + (B)
Th: Theory TW: Term Work Pr: Practical Or: Oral
Elective I Elective II
1) Image Processing 1) Multimedia Systems
2) Design & Analysis of Computer Networks 2) Mobile Computing
3) Artificial Intelligence 3) Embedded Systems
4) Software Architecture 4) Software Testing & Quality
Assurance
Elective III Elective IV

1) Pattern Recognition 1) VLSI & Digital System Design
2) High Performance networks 2) Operations Research
3) Neural Networks 3) Cloud Computing
4) Advanced Databases 4) Information Security
or Open Elective
Open Elective: Any other Electives that are being taught in Term II under the
Faculty of Engineering or individual college and Industry, together, can define new
elective using framework of Elective IV defined in syllabus structure and GET IT
APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES COMPUTER ENGINEERING AND
OTHER NECESSARY STATUTORY SYSTEMS IN THE UNIVERSITY OF
PUNE BEFORE 30th DECEMBER.
The BE Project Term work assessment for Term I will be done by selecting panel of
examiners amongst senior teachers of Computer Engineering. Existing prevailing
practices are followed for all remaining examinations and assessment work.
410441: Design and Analysis of Algorithms
Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme
Teaching 4Hrs/Week Theory: 100 Marks
Unit Content Teaching

Scheme
Unit I Asymptotic notations, necessary mathematical foundation, introduction to 10
Algorithm, Algorithm specifications, Performance analysis, Review of
proof techniques: Contradiction and Mathematical induction, Solving
Recurrence Equations. Introduction to NP-Hard And NP-Complete
Problems, Divide And Conquer And Greedy Strategy, Performance
analysis of Algorithmic Strategies
Divide and Conquer: General Strategy, Exponentiation, Quick Sort and
Merge Sort.
Greedy Method: General Strategy, Knapsack problem, Job sequencing
with Deadlines, Optimal merge patterns, Minimal Spanning Trees and
Dijkstra's algorithm.
Unit Dynamic Programming, Study of different ways to implement Knapsack 6

II Problem. Implementation of OBST, Traveling Salesperson Problem.
General Strategy, Multistage graphs, OBST, 0/1 Knapsack, Traveling
Salesperson Problem, Flow Shop Scheduling.
Unit Backtracking: General Strategy, 8 Queen's problem, Graph Coloring, 6
III Hamiltonian Cycles, 0/1 Knapsack.
Branch and Bound: General Strategy, 0/1 Knapsack, Traveling
Salesperson Problem.
Design of N Queen's problem, Hamiltonian Cycles
Unit Basic Concepts: Non deterministic algorithms, The classes NP Hard and 6
IV NP Complete, Cook's Theorem, NP Hard graph problems: Clique Decision
problem, Node cover Decision problem, Chromatic number decision
problem, Directed Hamiltonian Cycle Problem, TSP Decision problem,
AND/OR Graph decision problem, NP-Hard Scheduling problems:
Scheduling Identical processors, Flow shop scheduling, Job shop
scheduling. NP-Hard Scheduling. Study of NP-Hard and NP-COMPLETE
problems. Solving NP-COMPLETE problem.
Unit Parallel Algorithms, Study of different graph problems. Implementation of 6

V different sorting problems on multiprocessor system. Computational
Model, Basic Techniques and Algorithms, Complete Binary Tree, Pointer
Doubling, Prefix Computation, Selection, Merging, Sorting, Graph
Problems.
Unit Case Studies of Algorithmic Designs & Applications, Implementation of 6

VI Huffman Problem. Deadlock detection and avoidance implementation.
Image edge detection algorithms, Resource allocation algorithm with
deadlock avoidance, Heuristic search algorithm, Coding theory algorithm
(Huffman coding), Sorting & Convex hulls algorithm. Review and
interactive discussions on home tutorials, classroom tutorials and students
presentation. Review of recent advances in the subject.
Text Books:
1. Horowitz and Sahani, "Fundamentals of Computer Algorithms", 2ND Edition.
University Press, ISBN: 978 81 7371 6126, 81 7371 6126
2. Bressard, "Fundamental of Algorithm.", PHI
Reference Books:
1. Thomas H Cormen and Charles E.L Leiserson, "Introduction to Algorithm" PHI

2. A. V. Aho and J.D. Ullman, "Design and Analysis of Algorithms", Pearson Education
ISBN 978 81 317 0205 5
3. Horiowitz , Sahani: ―Computer Algorithms / C++, ", 2ND Edition. University Press,
ISBN: 978 81 7371 6119, 81 7371 611 0
41442 Principles of Compiler Design

Lectures: 4 Hrs/Week Theory: 100 marks
Unit Contents Teaching

Scheme
Unit I Introduction to lexical Analysis and Syntax analysis. Review of lexical
analysis: alphabet, token, lexical error, Block schematic of lexical
analyser, Introduction to phases of Compiler, Lexical Analysis.
Automatic construction of lexical analyser-(LEX), LEX specification and
features.
Introduction: Role of parsers, Top down-RD parser, Predictive parsers, 13
LL (k) parsers, Bottom up Parsers - Operator precedence parsers, shift-
Reduce: SLR, LR (k), LALR etc. using ambiguous grammars. Error
detection and recovery, Automatic construction of parsers (YACC),
YACC specifications,
Unit II Introduction to Semantic Analysis and syntax directed translation, Need
of semantic analysis, type checking and type conversion
Syntax directed definitions, construction of syntax trees, bottom-up
evaluation of S-attributed Definitions, L-attributed definitions, Top- 06
down translation,
Declarations, assignment statements, iterative statements, case 06

statements, arrays, structures, conditional statements, Boolean
Unit III expressions, back patching, procedure calls, Intermediate Code
Generation, Intermediate languages, Intermediate languages
programming structures, Intermediate code generation using YACC.
Review and interactive discussions on home tutorials, classroom
tutorials and students presentation. Review of recent advances in the
subject.
Unit IV Run-time Storage organization, Storage organization and allocation 05

strategies, Source language issues, Storage organization and allocation
strategies for block structured and non block structured languages,
Activation record, variable-length data, procedure parameters, nested
procedures, access to non-local names, procedure Call and return,
static and dynamic scope. Symbol Table organization and management
Run-time Storage organization
Unit V Introduction: Issues in code generation, Basic blocks and flow graphs, 06
next-use information, Target machine description, Register allocation
and assignment, Dag representation of basic blocks, Peephole
optimization, Generating code from a DAG, Dynamic programming,
Code generator concept.
Unit VI Introduction and Classification of code optimization, Principle sources Of 06
Optimization, optimization of basic blocks,
Introduction, Loops in flow graphs, Optimizing transformations:
Introduction, Loops in flow graphs, Optimizing transformations:
compile time evaluation, Common sub-expression elimination, variable
propagation, code movement, strength reduction, dead code elimination
and loop optimization, Local optimization, DAG based local
optimization. Global Optimization: Control and data flow analysis,
Computing Global Data flow information: meet over paths, Data flow
equations, Data flow analysis, Iterative data flow analysis: Available
expressions, live range identification.
Text books:
1. A V Aho, R. Sethi, .J D Ullman, "Compilers: Principles, Techniques, and Tools",
Pearson Education, ISBN 81 - 7758 - 590 - 8
References Books:
1. K. Cooper, L, Torczon, "Engineering a Compiler", Morgan Kaufinann Publishers,
ISBN 81-8147-369-8.
2. K. Louden, "Compiler Construction: Principles and Practice", Cengage Learning,
ISBN 978-81-315-0132-0
3. J. R. Levine, T. Mason, D. Brown, "Lex & Yacc", O'Reilly, 2000, ISBN 81-7366 -
061-X.
4. S. Chattopadhyay, "Compiler Design", Prentice-Hall of India, 2005, ISBN 81-203-
2725-X.
410443 Object Oriented Modeling and Design
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme:

Lectures: 4 Hours /Week Theory: 100 Marks
Practical: 2 Hours/Week Term Work: 25 Marks
Oral: 50 Marks
Units Contents Hrs/

Unit
What is modeling? Object Oriented Thinking, History of UML 7
UNIT I Building Blocks of UML, OCL: what & why, expression syntax
Introduction to OMG standards MDA, XMI, UML 2.0. RUP
emphasizing Inception, Elaboration, Construction, Transition
Phases. 4+1 Architecture, UML Meta model, Extensibility
mechanisms like stereotypes, tagged values, constraints and profiles.
MDA, XMI, UML 2.0
Requirements modeling: Gathering & classifying requirements, 7

UNIT II Requirements metamodel, Requirements workflow
Detail Use case specifications, Use cases & RUP, Advanced
use-case modeling, Activity diagrams. Review and interactive
discussions on home tutorials, classroom tutorials and students
presentation. Review of recent advances in the subject.
Use-case modeling (actors, use cases, relationships),
Package diagrams, Basic Class diagrams, Need, purpose & 7

UNIT III application of UML diagrams, CRC method, Advanced Class
diagrams, Object diagrams, Composite structure diagrams,
Illustrations of Package diagrams, Basic Class diagrams, Object
diagrams, Composite structure diagrams
Need, purpose & application of sequence diagrams, Communication 6

UNIT IV diagrams, Interaction Overview diagrams, Timing Diagram, State
Machine diagrams,
Component Diagram, Interfaces and ports, Deployment 6

UNIT V diagrams, Need, purpose & application of above diagrams two, three
tier architecture,
Concept of Forward Engineering and Reverse Engineering of 7

UNIT VI UML Diagrams, Design patterns, Forward Engineering and Reverse
Engineering of all diagrams of UML 2.0. UML diagrams for
following design patterns: Singleton, Abstract factory, Façade,
proxy, Iterator, Observer. Design pattern examples
Text Books:
1. Jim Arlow, Ila Neustadt "UML 2 and the Unified Process : Practical Object-
Oriented Analysis and Design" (2nd Edition) (Pearson)
2. Grady Booch, James Rumbaugh, Ivar Jacobson "Unified Modeling Language
User Guide", The (2nd Edition) (Addison-Wesley Object Technology Series)
(Hardcover)
3. Mike O’Docherty, ―Object Oriented Analysis & Design‖, Wieley India
4. Onject-Oriented Analysis and Design Using UML, An introduction to unified
Process and design patterns, by Mantha Mahesh, PHI Publications, ISBN 978-81-
203-3322-2.
Reference Books:
1. Erich Gamma Richard Helm, ―Design patterns‖ Elements of reusable Object –

Oriented Software, Pearson Education.
2. Tom Pender, ―UML 2 Bible‖, wiely publication,
3. Martin Fowler, "UML Distilled: A Brief Guide to the Standard Object Modeling
Language", Third Edition (Paperback),Addisioh Westey
4. Dan Pilone, Neil Pitman "UML 2.0 in a Nutshell", (In a Nutshell (O'Reiily))
Paperback)
Object Oriented Modeling and Design Lab
Objectives of the Laboratory:
• To learn how to understand the requirements of a system, its scope.

• To learn good design, good modeling practices, document them and be able to discuss
the pros and cons of your designs and models.
• To learn issues in modeling large, complex systems with example hypothetical
systems
• To learn concepts, best practices in software, firmware development today and
explore UML 2.0 Basic And Advanced concepts and notation for the same:
• To use UML 2.0 diagrams for modeling different aspects of a system throughout the
SDLC lifecycle.
• To model an entire system using UML 2.0
• To learn effective use of any CASE TOOL for UML 2.0.
Outcomes:
1) Students will be able to document SRS.
2) Students will be able to develop structural models.
3) Students will be able to develop behavioral models.
4) Students will be able to create Architectural models.
5) Students will be able to select the set of appropriate diagrams to develop a system
model.
6) Students will be skilled in a CASE Tool
To meet above objectives teachers will help students choose a hypothetical system
preferably either a commercial, web based or embedded system for modeling. The
students will try and identify scope of such a system as realistically as possible. Students
will learn to draw, discuss different UML 2.0 diagrams, their concepts, notation,
advanced notation, forward and reverse engineering aspects. As far as possible draw as
many diagrams for one single system, unless they are not applicable for the chosen
system in which case other systems may be chosen for specific diagrams.
Any 8 diagrams can be drawn using tool, the other diagrams can be drawn on paper.
Optionally one may draw Interaction overview diagrams, timing diagrams, and composite
structure diagrams, object diagrams for your system as study assignments, paper based
assignment or in cases relevant even in CASE TOOL
The faculties are advised to use Project Based Learning [PBL] to conduct this lab.
410444: Elective I: Image Processing
Teaching: 3Hrs/Week Theory: 100 Marks
Practical: 2 Hrs/week Term Work: 25 Marks
Oral: 50 Marks

Scheme
Unit I What is digital image processing? Origin, usage and application of 6
image processing. Fundamental steps and component of image
processing system. Introduction to Human Visual System. Digital
representation of images (monochrome & color). Elements of matrix
theory, Digital Imaging Hardware & Software.
Unit II Basic image preprocessing (contrast enhancement, simple noise 6

reduction, color balancing), Spatial transformation Gray Level liner and
non-linear transformation, Histogram Processing, Hadamard and Walsh
transformation. Image enhancement in spatial and frequency domain:
basic fundamental, smoothing and sharpening domain filters. Sampling
& Quantization.
Unit Image Processing filters, Image Segmentation & Analysis, 6

III Implementation Feature extraction: Edges, Lines & corners detection,
Texture & shape measures.
Segmentation & thresholding, region extraction, edge (Canny) & region
based approach, use of motion in segmentation. Feature extraction-
Edges, Lines & corners detection, Texture & shape measures.
Unit IV Image Restoration & Reconstruction. 6

Introduction, Model of Image degradation, Noise Models,
Classification of image restoration techniques, Blind-deconvolution
techniques, Lucy Richardson Filtering, Wiener Filtering.
Unit V Image Compression & Object Recognition. 6

Introduction to Image Compression and its need, Coding Redundancy,
Classification of Compression Techniques (Lossy and Losless - JPEG,
RLE, Huffman, Shannon fano), Scalar & Vector Quantization.
Introduction to Object Recognition, Object Representation (Signatures,
Boundary Skeleton), Simple Boundary Descriptors, Regional
descriptors(Texture).
Unit VI Wavelets & Application of Image Processing. 6

Background: Image pyramids, Sub-band coding, Haar and Daubechies
Wavelets. Image Compression using Wavelets (JPEG 2000). Principal
Component Analysis & Local Component Analysis for dimension
reduction.
Applications-
Medical Image Processing, Face detection, Iris Recognition
Text books:
1. Digital Image Processing and Computer Vision, Sonka, lavac, Boyle, Cenage
Learning.
2. Digital Image Processing, R.C. Gonzalez, R.R. Woods(TMH)
3. Digital Image Processing And Analysis, PHI, B. Chanda, D.Datta Mujumdar.
References Books:
1. Anil Jain, "Fundamentals Of Digital Image Processing", Anil Jain PHI, ISBN-81-
203-0929-4
2. Digital Image Processing using MATLAB, R.C. Gonzalez, R.R. Woods(Person),
2nd Edition.
3. Digital Image Processing, S.Jayaraman, T. Veerakumar ( Mc Graw Hill).
4. Introduction to Digital Image Processing with MATLAB, Alasdair McAndrew,
Cenage Learning
Assignment for Image Processing (Using Object oriented techniques/OpenCV)
1) Write a program to create a simple image file , save the same in .tiff format, and
display it .
2) Write a program for image transformation, (recommended using Hadamard or Walsh
transformation method or latest advanced transformation method).
3) Write a program using derivative filtering technique for edge detection and further
thinning the edge.
4) Write a program for image enhancement , use suitable algorithm for

a. Histogram equalization & specification,
b. Local enhancement,
c. Smoothing and
d. Sharpening
5) Write a program to illustrate
a. Constrained image restoration, and
b. Unconstrained image restoration
6) Implement any of the following application/ or any Image processing application
using MATLAB/ OpenCV
a. Medical Image Processing
b. Face detection
c. Iris Recognition
(Note: Students will submit the term work in the form of journal .The journal will contain
minimum six assignments. Oral examination will be based on term work submitted.)
410444: Elective I: Design and Analysis of Computer Networks
Oral: 50 Marks

Scheme
Unit I Introduction, Review of background concepts of computer networks 6
and data communication
Review of discrete random variables, point processes
Delay Models- Little’s theorem, M/M/1 Queue System, M/G/1
system, generalized state dependent arrival and service system,
Markov chains, Network of queues, open queuing system, closed
queuing system, Independence assumption.
Unit II Introduction, Resource constraints and their metrics, common design 6
techniques, performance analysis and tuning, summarization of
various techniques (e.g multiplexing, pipelining, virtualization,
randomization, soft state etc), Network design, Analysis and design
of switching fabrics, Access networks and Backbone design.
Modeling and simulation techniques, System Design, Study and
analysis of System Design, Implementation of System Design,
Simulation techniques of System Design
Unit III Introduction, Requirements, Fundamental choices, scheduling best 6
effort connections and guaranteed service connections, comparison of
various approaches, Open loop and closed loop flow control,
comparison of closed loop schemes (stop and wait, static window,
TCP Tahoe, TCP Vegas, ATM Forum, Credit based etc.), Study of
flow control and scheduling, Implementation aspects of open loop
and closed loop flow control.
Unit IV Introduction and Framework for Traffic management, Traffic 6

Models, Traffic classes, Renegotiation, Signaling, Admission control,
peak load pricing, capacity planning, QOS (ATM Forum and IETF
approaches), ATM Forum and IETF approaches
Unit V Router/Switch architectures and algorithms 6
Introduction and overview of router architecture and hardware Prefix
match IP lookup, IP trace back, Packet scheduling algorithms and
RED/AQM, Router algorithms for network measurements,
Implementation aspects of Router/Switch architectures and
algorithms
Unit VI Functions and responsibilities, Network planning and 6

implementation, Sub-netting, Bandwidth management, security
issues, Tools for BW and security management, Security Issues and
tools for BW
Text Books:
1. An Engineering approach to computer Networking by S.Keshav, Pearson
education
2. Network Algorithms by George Varghese, Morgan Kaufmann (For Unit 5)
Reference Books:
1. Data networks by D.Berteskas and R Gallagar, Printice Hall

2. Design and Analysis of Communication Networks By V Ahuja , McGraw Hill
3. Kershenbaum A., ―Telecommunication Network Design Algorithms‖, Tata
McGraw Hill
Design 6 suitable assignments based on following topics for the purpose of Design
and Analysis of Computer Networks Laboratory
1. Study of Network Simulators, Open Virtual Network Tools

2. Use of Little’s theorem or Marcov Chains for design and analysis of network
queues.
3. Using simulation tools and test data perform design and analysis of access
network and backbone design
4. Analysis of Flow control and scheduling algorithms using test data
5. Network Analysis based decision system for Admission control, peak load
pricing, capacity planning
6. Design and analysis of router Algorithm for network measurements using network
simulation tools
7. Network planning and implementation: Bandwidth issue, Security Issues
410444: Elective I: Artificial Intelligence
Oral: 50 Marks

Scheme
Unit I Introduction and Intelligent systems, What Is AI, The Foundations of 6
Artificial Intelligence, The History of Artificial Intelligence,
Applications of A.I.
Intelligent Agents
Agents and Environments, Good Behavior: The Concept of Rationality,
The Nature of Environments, The Structure of Agents, How the
components of agent programs work.
Unit II Solving Problems by Searching, Study and analysis of Various 6

searching algorithms. Implementation of Depth-first search
Problem-Solving Agents, Searching for Solutions, Uninformed Search
Strategies: Breadth-first search, Uniform-cost search, Depth-first search,
Depth-limited search, Iterative deepening depth-first search, Bi-
directional search Informed (Heuristic) Search Strategies: Greedy best-
first search A* search: Minimizing the total estimated solution cost,
Conditions for optimality: Admissibility and consistency, Optimality of
A*, Memory-bounded heuristic search, Heuristic Functions, Generating
admissible heuristics from sub problems: Pattern databases, Learning
heuristics from experience
Beyond Classical Search
Local Search Algorithms and Optimization Problems: Hill-climbing
search Simulated annealing, Local beam search, Genetic algorithms,
Local Search in Continuous Spaces, Searching with Non-deterministic
Actions: AND-OR search trees, Searching with Partial Observations
Unit Adversarial Search and Constraint Satisfaction Problems, Study of mini- 6

III max algorithm
Adversarial Search: Games, Optimal Decisions in Games, The mini-
max algorithm, Optimal decisions in multiplayer games, Alpha--Beta
Pruning, Move ordering , Imperfect Real-Time Decisions, Evaluation
functions, Cutting off search, Forward pruning,
Search versus lookup, Stochastic Games, Evaluation functions for
games of chance, Partially Observable Games
Constraint Satisfaction Problems: Defining Constraint Satisfaction
Problems, Variations on the CSP formalism, Constraint Propagation:
Inference in CSPs, Backtracking Search for CSPs, Local Search for
CSPs, Alpha-beta pruning and CSP, Implementation aspects of mini-
max algorithm and CSP.
Unit IV Logical agents and Classical Planning, Study and comparison of 6
knowledge representation structures. Implementation aspects of
Backtracking algorithm and forward and backward chaining
Logical Agents: Knowledge representation structures: Frames,
semantic net, Scripts, Logic: Prepositional Logic, Prepositional
Theorem Proving, Inference and proofs, Proof by resolution,
Conjunctive normal form, Horn clauses and definite clauses, Forward
and backward chaining, A complete backtracking algorithm,
Syntax and Semantics of First-Order Logic, Symbols and
interpretations, Knowledge Engineering in First-Order Logic,
Unification, Resolution, Introduction to logic programming (PROLOG)
Classical Planning: Definition of Classical Planning, The complexity
of classical planning, Algorithms for Planning as State-Space Search,
Forward (progression) state-space search, Backward (regression)
relevant-states search, Heuristics for planning, Planning Graphs, Other
Classical Planning Approaches, Hierarchical Planning
Unit V Quantifying Uncertainty: 7

Acting under Uncertainty, Basic Probability Notation, Inference Using
Full Joint Distributions, Bayes' Rule and Its Use, Representing
Knowledge in an Uncertain Domain, Other Approaches to Uncertain
Reasoning, Rule-based methods for uncertain reasoning, Representing
vagueness: Fuzzy sets and fuzzy logic, Study of fuzzy logic and
Decision trees, Implementation aspects of Decision trees
Learning from Examples:
Forms of Learning, Supervised Learning, Learning Decision Trees, The
decision tree representation, Expressiveness of decision trees, Inducing
decision trees from examples.
Unit VI Natural language processing and Expert systems, 6

Natural Language Processing:
Language Models, Steps in NLP, Syntactic Analysis (Parsing),
Semantic interpretation, Discourse and pragmatic Processing, Text
Classification. Discourse and pragmatic Processing, Implementation
aspects of Syntactic Analysis (Parsing)
Expert Systems:
What is Expert system, Components of Expert System, Case studies on
Expert System
Text Book:
1. Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach by Peter and Norvig ISBN-0-13-
103805-2,
Reference Books:
1. Artificial Intelligence by Elaine Rich, Kevin Knight and Nair ISBN-978-0-07-

008770-5, TMH,
2. Prolog Programming for A.I. by Bratko, TMH
3. Artificial Intelligence by Saroj Kausik ISBN:- 978-81-315-1099-5, Cengage
Learning
4. Artificial Intelligence and Intelligent Systems by Padhy, Oxforfd University
Press,
Artificial Intelligence Laboratory Assignments:
1. Implementation of A* algorithm for solving Puzzle problems.

2. Implementation of MinMax Search Procedure with alpha beta pruning for finding
the solutions of games.
3. Implementation of Unification algorithm by considering Resolution concept.
4. Implementation of Constraint Satisfaction Problem for solving Crypt-arithmetic
Problems.
5. Implementation of Solving Uncertainty Problems like Weather forecasting
6. Implementation of Parsing methods to categorize the text
Or
7. Implementation of Mini Expert System
420444 Elective I: Software Architecture

Practical: 2 Hrs/week Oral: 50 Marks
Term Work: 25 Marks
Unit Contents Nos.

Hrs
Introduction to Software Architecture, Architecture Business Cycle, What is 6
software architecture, software architecture requirements, Architecture
Unit I structures and views, Documenting software architectures, Opportunities and
Advances in software architectures.
Introduction to Quality Attributes, Need of quality attributes, Understanding 6

quality attributes, architecture and quality attributes, achieving quality
Unit II attributes. Case study of quality attributes in software architecture
templates. Deriving Quality Attributes for software architectures
Design Patterns: history, principles and expectations. Study of a number of 6

representative patterns like Singleton, Factory, Adaptor, Facade, Proxy,
Unit III Iterator, Observer, Mediator, composite, chain of. Ways of using patterns
Case studies of patterns in software architecture
Introduction to Middleware, Types of Middleware, Application servers, 6

Introduction to Java EE, Introduction to Java EE technologies like JMS,
Unit IV JDBC, RPC, RMI, SOCKET. EJB 3.0 Architecture, Entity, Session,
Message beans, XML, XSLT. Specifications and characteristics of
Middleware technologies. Recent advances in Middleware technologies
Introduction to three tier and n-Tier Web Architectures, XML, Client side 6
technologies HTML, DHTML, Java Applets, Active X controls, DOM,
Unit V AJAX. Need of Client side technology in multi-tier architectures
Examples of three tier and n-tier architectures, client side technologies
Case study of mobile or portable client side technologies.
Need of server side technology in multi-tier architectures, Java Web 6

Services, Server side technologies: JSP, JSF, SOA,MVC. Java Servlets,
Unit VI struts
Text Book:
1. Len Bass, Paul Clements, Rick Kazman, ''Software Architecture in Practice", Second
Edition, Pearson ,ISBN 978-81-775-8996-2
2. Erich Gamma,‖Design Patterns‖
3. ―Java Sever Programming‖ Black Book dreamTech Press ISBN: \978-81-7722-835-9
4. xyz, PHI Publications
Reference Book:
1. James L. Weaver, Kevin Mukhar, "Beginning J2EE 1 .4: From Novice to
Professional
2. Richard N.Taylor , Nenad M. ―Software Architecture Foundation Theory and practice
―,Wiley ISBN: 978-81-265-2802-8.
3. Java6 Programming, Black Book dreamTech Press ISBN:978-81-7722-736-9
Software Architecture Laboratory
Objectives:
• Understand various non-functional requirements that lead to need for good
Architecture and good Design.
• Explore various design Patterns and learn to implement them
• Understand how to design and partly implement Client Server systems using
components and web services
• Explore implementations of some of the underlying technologies of distributed client
server applications
Faculty can set assignments based on Microsoft / Java world /OR Open source based
languages, platforms, Middleware, APIs.
Design Patterns
1. Study any two patterns and SUBMIT a design pattern specification these in a
standard format along with their UML diagrams. The specification must include
Problem/ Issue, Audience/ Context, Forces, Solution, Discussion/ Consequences/
Implementation, Related Patterns, Example Instances, References.
2. Implement an ITERATOR/OBSERVER or any two patterns pattern in language

of your choice and submit it along with a write-up with its specification.
3. Study and submit a report for any of the MVC based Frameworks (J2EE/EJB)
Implement a web application for a system covering
4. A representative paper design of the above system using navigation, components,

interfaces, its deployment issue with UML
5. Develop dynamic and interactive web client using JSP, Scripting/Applets/ActiveX

controls
6. Develop server side programming with database handling/ servlets /EJB/webservice

on server side with security aspects covered.
410445: Elective II: Multimedia Systems

Scheme
Unit I MM Introduction: 6
Overview of multimedia, Multimedia building blocks, Digital
representation, Interaction techniques and devices.
Multimedia architecture:
Introduction to multimedia architectures, User interfaces, Windows
multimedia support, Windows API for Multimedia, Multimedia
Database Systems, Media streaming, Multimedia authoring tools,
Multimedia OS.
Programming aspects of using Windows/Open-source API for
developing applications, Design & programming aspects of
application for audio/video streaming.
Unit II Introduction to Image Processing and Compression applications, 6
Image Processing:
Basic Image fundamentals, Image data types, image file formats
(GIF, BMP, TIFF, JPEG), Image acquisition, Image enhancement:
Enhancement by point processing, Spatial filtering, Color image
processing.
Image compression: Types of compression: Lossy & lossless,
symmetrical & asymmetrical, intraframe & interframe Hybrid, Loss
less: RLE, Shannon- Fano algorithm, Arithmetic coding. Lossy:
Vector quantization, fractal compression technique, transform
coding, psycho-analysis, interframe correlation. Hybrid: JPEG-DCT
Programs considerations for image enhancement using point
processing and image compression.
Unit III Multimedia Audio: 6

Data structures used in audio files, Characteristics of sound waves,
psycho, digital audio, MIDI and MIDI File format, CD and DVD
formats.
Audio file formats: WAV, VOC, AVI, MPEG Audio
Audio compression: Compression in audio PCM,DM, DPCM
Study of different audio file formats and compression techniques
Programming considerations for audio compression.
Unit IV Study of different text formats and video formats. 5

Text :Visual representation of text, Digital representation of text,
Text compression: Huffman coding, LZ & LZW,
Text file formats: TXT, DOC, RTF, PDF.
Video: Digitization of video, Video capturing , Video transmission
standards; EDTV, CCER, CIF, SIF, HDTV, Video formats: H-26I,
H-263. MPEG Video compression. Video streaming. Study and
analysis of video formats, compression and streaming
Unit V Animation and Multimedia Languages, Learn to use OpenGL 5

Animation: Basics of animation, types of animation, principles of
animation, techniques of animation, Creating animation.
OpenGL: Open GL over windows/Linux, Extension, programming
languages, SDK, shadowing techniques, rendering,
Programming aspects in creating simple animation using OpenGL
Unit VI Multimedia Communication and applications, Study of Multimedia 5

networking, Quality of data transmission, Multimedia over IP,
Media on Demand
Applications
Media Entertainment, Media consumption, web-based applications,
e-learning and education, Students Presentations:
Different Multimedia applications, Analysis and development of
Multimedia application
Text Book
1. Ralf Steinmetz and Klara Nahrstedt "Multimedia Computing, Communication

andApplications", Pearson Education.
2. K.R. Rao, ‖ Multimedia Communication Systems: Techniques, Standards, and
Networks‖, TMH.
3. Ranjan Parekh, "Principles of Multimedia",TMH.
References:
1. Gonzalez, Woods, "Digital Image Processing" Addison Wesley

2. Ze-Nian Li, Marks S. Drew, "Fundamentals of Multimedia", Pearson Education.
3. Edward Angel, ‖OpenGL: A Primer‖, Addison-Wesley.
4. ―DeMustified Video‖
5. Parag Havaldar, Gerard Medioni, ‖Multimedia Systems‖, Cengage Learning.
410445 Elective II: Mobile Computing
Teaching Scheme: 3Hrs/Week Marking Scheme :

Theory: 100 Marks
Unit Content Hrs/Unit

Unit I Applications, history of mobile communication, introduction 6
to GSM system, GSM background, GSM operational and
technical requirements. cell layout and frequency planning,
mobile station, base station systems, switching sub systems,
home locations, register, Visiting Location Register (VLR),
equipment identity register, echo canceller. GSM network
structure, Recent Advances and application Standards in
Mobile OS
Unit II Time and Frequency Domains representations, structure of 6
TDMA slot with frame; Time organization of signaling
channels, frequency hopping. TDMA standards and
Applications, Time Organization of signaling Channels
Unit III Mobility Management, Signaling protocols, steps in 6

formation of a call, location updates, MS-PSTN call, PSTN-
MS call, MS-MS call, call handover. Functioning and types
of PSTN networks
Unit IV Security issues in mobile computing, Authentication, 6
encryption, Characteristics of SIM, equipment identification,
Review and interactive discussions on home tutorials,
classroom tutorials and students presentation. Review of
recent advances in the subject. Security Application
development for Mobile OS
Unit V Multiplexing issues in time and frequency domains, FDMA, 6
TDMA, CDMA,
Unit VI Physical layer, data link layer, MAP Protocols, MTP3, SCCP, 6
TCAP protocol, message formation, MAP protocol-MAP
protocol for MM, MAP protocol for basic service support.
Application layers RR-layer, MM-layer, CC-Layer, API’s for
mobile application development
Text Books
1. Asha Mehrotra, GSM System Engg. ,Artech House

2. William C.Y. Lee, Mobile Communication Design Fundamentals , Wily Series In
Telecommunication
Reference Books
1. Jerry D. Gibson, The Mobile Communication Handbook , IEEE Press

2. Jochen Schiller, Mobile Communication, Pearson Education Asia
3. Garg V., Joseph E. Wilkes, ―Wireless and personal Communications Systems‖, Prentice
Hall
4. Android: Wireless Application Development Developer’s Library, by Lauren
Darcey and Shane Conder, 2nd Edition, Addison Wesley, Free Online Edition
410445: Elective II: Embedded Systems

Scheme
Unit Introduction to Embedded Systems, Review of Microprocessors 06
I and Micro-controllers, Multiprocessor systems using General
Purpose Processor. CISC and RISC Processor architectures. DSP
processor. Design Process in Embedded System, Components of
Embedded System & its Classification, Characteristic of embedded
system. Introduction to embedded processor, Digital Signal
Processor, Application Specific System Processor, Design Process
in Embedded System, Design metrics, Steps in design process.
Challenges in Embedded System design, Design Examples.
Advances in Embedded Systems
Unit System hardware, Interrupt structure and Applications, ARM7 06
II Processor - Architecture, Programmer’s model, Modes of
operation, Interrupt Structure and Applications. Comparison with
ARM9. Details of Components of Embedded Systems-
Management of Power Supply, Clocking Unit, Real Time Clock
and Timers, Reset Circuitry and Watchdog Timer. Structural Units
of Processor, Processor and Memory Selection, Memory Map Of
Embedded System, Interfacing Processors , Memories and I/O.
Processor and Memory Selection, Memory Map Of Embedded
System
Unit I/O interfacing and Communication Buses, Serial Data 06

III Communication using USB/CAN/RS-232C and Comparison.
I/O devices, ADC / DAC, Optical Devices such as LED / LCD
Display devices, Opto-Isolator, Relay & stepper motor,
Timers/Counters. Parallel v/s serial communication. Parallel ports
their uses in device interfacing.
Different serial communication Protocols- RS232C, RS 485, I2 C,
CAN, & USB – Protocol Architecture, topology, different Packets,
Communication Cycle, Arbitration, Applications. Their comparison
and area of application.
Unit Programming concepts, Embedded System Programming, C 06
IV /C++/Java programming concepts, Software development cycle,
Assembly language V/s High Level Language and its suitability for
applications development, C program elements – Micros and
functions, data types, data structures, modifiers, statements, loops
and pointers, queues and stacks, List & Order List and their use in
the implementation of Embedded System software. Brief overview
of Embedded System Programming In C++ & Java. Process of
Converting assembly language program and C language program to
ROM image.
Difference between Compliers & Cross Compliers. Embedded
System testing, simulation and debugging tools – simulators,
laboratory tools-Oscilloscope, Logic Analyzer and In-Circuit
Emulator.
Unit Device Handling and Concepts of Real Time Operating Systems, 06
V Programmed I/O v/s Interrupt based I/O, Interrupts, their sources,
types and Interrupt service mechanisms, Context, Context
Switching, Interrupt Latency, Response time, Deadline. Device
drivers as ISRs - Brief about different types of device drivers,
Virtual Device Drivers, Real Time & embedded System OS, their
differences, Handheld Operating Systems. Interrupt Routines in
RTOS environment, RTOS Tasks and their Scheduling models,
Strategy for synchronization between the processes,
Unit Exemplary Operating Systems and Representative Embedded 06
VI Systems, Design of tasks and synchronization and IPCs
Examples of Real Time OS, embedded System OS and Handheld
OS – Windows XP Embedded, Embedded Linux, VxWorks,
MicroC/OS II, Palm OS, Symbian OS - Their features and
applications, Representative Embedded Systems – Digital
Thermometer, Handheld computer, Navigation system, IP phone,
Software Defined Radio, Design Examples and case study of –
Mobile Phone, Digital camera, Automatic Cruise control System,
their Block diagram, class diagrams, Design of tasks and
synchronization and IPCs. (Features, IPC used, Scheduling,
Applications), Design of tasks and IPCs.
Text Books
1. Rajkamal, ―Embedded System Architecture Programming Design‖ Tata Graw
Hill Publication Second Edition, 2008.
2. Dr. K. V. K. K. Prasad ―Embedded / real time System : Concepts, Design, &
Programming – Black Book‖ Dreamtech Press Publication.
3. Andrew N. Sloss, Domiic Symes, Chris Wright, ―ARM System Developer’s
Guide-Designing and Optimizing Software‖, Elsevier Publication, 2004.
Reference Book:
1. Rajkamal, ―Embedded System Architecture Programming Design‖ Tata Graw
Hill Publication first Edition.
2. Dr. K. V. K. K. Prasad, Gupta Dass, Verma ―Programming for Embedded system
― Wiley – Dreamtech India Pvt. Ltd.
3. CAN Specification Version 2.0 Protocol Standard.
4. USB Specification Version 2.0 Protocol Standard.
5. I2C Specification Protocol Standard.
6. ARM7/TDMI(ReV4)- Technical Ref Manual
7. Tammy Noergaard, ― Embedded Systems Architecture‖ by Elsevier
410445 Elective II: Software Testing and Quality Assurance

Unit Contents Hrs/

Unit
Introduction, Basics of Software Testing, Testing Principles, Goals, Testing Life 04
Unit Cycle, Phases of Testing, Defects, Defect Life Cycle, Defect Report, Test
I Plan(IEEE format), Importance of testing in software production cycle.
Introduction, Need of black box testing, Black box testing Concept, Requirement 06
Analysis, Test case design criteria, Testing Methods, requirement based testing,
Positive & negative testing, Boundary value analysis, Equivalence Partitioning
Unit class, state based or graph based, cause effect graph based, error guessing,
II documentation testing & domain testing, design of test cases. Case studies of
Black-Box testing.
Introduction, Need of white box testing, Testing types, Test adequacy criteria, 06
Unit static testing by humans, Structure - logic coverage criteria, Basis path testing,
III Graph metrics, Loop Testing, Data flow testing, Mutation Testing, Design of test
cases. Testing of Object oriented systems, Challenges in White box testing,
Case-study of White-Box testing
Test organization, Structure of testing, Measurement tools, Testing metrics: Type 06
of metric – Project, Progress, Productivity, Metric plan, Goal Question metric
Unit model, Measurement in small & large system.
IV Other Software Testing: GUI testing, Validation testing, Regression testing,
Scenario testing, Specification based testing, Adhoc testing, Sanity testing,
Smoke testing, Random Testing. Advances in Software Testing Methods
Software quality, Quality attribute, Quality Assurance, Quality control & 04

Unit assurance, Methods of quality management, Cost of quality, Quality
V management, Quality factor, Quality management & project management,
Software quality metrics-TQM, Six Sigma, ISO, SQA Model.
Manual testing, Automated Testing Tools & Case studies, Study of Testing tools 04
Unit (QTP, Rational Robot, Winrunner, Loadrunner), Case studies based on Web
VI based, GUI testing, Manual testing Vs Automated testing, Automated Testing Tools
Case studies
Text books:
1. Software Testing, Second Edition By: Ron Patton, Pearson Education
ISBN-13: 978-0-672-32798-8
2. Software Testing Principles and Tools By M.G. Limaye TMG Hill
Publication, ISBN 13:978-0-07-013990-9
3. Software Testing Principles and Practices By Naresh Chauhan, Oxford
University Press, ISBN 0-19-806184-6
4. Software testing Principle and Practices By Ramesh Desikan, Pearson
Education, ISBN 81-7758-121-X
5. Software Testing Concepts and Tools By Nageshwar Rao , Dreamtech ,ISBN
81-7722-712-2
References Books:
1. Metric and Model in Software Quality Engineering , By Stephen H Kan, Pearson
Education ISBN 81-297-0175-8
2. Effective methods for software testing by William Perry , Willey Publication,
ISBN 81-265-0893-0
3. Foundation of software testing by Dorothy Graham, Erik Van Veenendaal.
CENGAGE learning ,ISBN 978-81-315-0218-1
4. Software Testing Tools by Dr.K.V.K. Prasad, Dreamtech Press ISBN: 10:81-
7722-532-4
410446 Computer Laboratory-l

Practical: 4 hrs/week Practical: 50 Marks
Principles of Compiler Design Assignments
LEX
1. Assignment to understand basic syntax of LEX specifications, built-in functions and
Variables.
2. Implement a lexical analyzer for a subset of C using LEX Implementation should support
Error handling,
YACC
1. Assignment to understand basic syntax of YACC specifications, built-in functions and
Variables
2. Write an ambiguous CFG to recognize an infix expression and implement a parser that
recognizes the infix expression using YACC. Provide the details of all conflicting entries in
the parser table generated by LEX and YACC and how they have been resolved
Intermediate Code Generation

3. Write an attributed translation grammar to recognize declarations of simple variables,
"for", assignment, if, if-else statements as per syntax of C or Pascal and generate equivalent
three address code for the given input made up of constructs mentioned above using LEX and
YACC. Write a code to store the identifiers from the input in a symbol table and also to
record other relevant information about the identifiers. Display all records stored in the
symbol table.
Code Optimization
4. Assignment to optimize the generated equivalent three-address code in 3rd assignment.
Code Generation
5. Generate the target code for the optimized code in 4th assignment.
410447 Project Work
Objectives:
To expose students with project-product development cycle using industrial experience,
use of state-of-art technologies. To encourage and expose students for participation in
National/ International paper presentation activities. Exposure to Learning and
knowledge access techniques using Conferences, Journal papers and participation in
research activities.
Term I
Term I project term work
1. Internal guide allocation for the BE Project: Assistant Professor

in computer engineering can guide the BE Project. In case of
non-availability of qualified guide, HOD can allocate the senior
teacher as a guide, without compromising the quality of the work.
The Project laboratory of 4 project groups (3 to 4 students in one
group) constituting one laboratory batch (2 hrs per week), be
allocated to the guide.
The project group will submit the synopsis including title
of the project, Technical Key Words (Ref. ACM Keywords) and
relevant mathematics associated with the Project, names of
atleast two conferences, where papers can be published, Review
of Conference/Journal papers (atleast 10 papers + White papers
or web references, (if any)) supporting the project idea, Plan of
project execution using planner or alike project management tool.
(Recommended dates: 3 weeks after Commencement of the
Term). Preferably, the projects are Industry Sponsored or part of
high level research/ Sponsored Research Project that are not
conducted for any award of the educational degree.
2. The project conduct and procedures are amended as detailed
below:-
Problem statement feasibility assessment using, satisfiability
analysis and NP-Hard, NP-Complete or P type using modern
algebra and relevant mathematical models.(recommended date of
submission:- 8 weeks before term end)
3. Use of above to identify objects, morphism, overloading,
functions and functional relations and any other dependencies.
(recommended submission date:- 6 weeks before term end)
4. Functional dependency graphs and relevant UML diagrams or
other necessities.(recommended submission date:- 3 weeks
before term end)
5. Testing of problem statement using generated test data (using
mathematical models, Function testing principals) selection and
appropriate use of testing tools, testing of UML diagram's
reliability. (recommended submission date:- two weeks before
term end)
6. The index of submission must cover above mentioned 5 heads in
addition to the instructions by the guide.
7. Students must submit atleast one technical paper on the project
design in the conferences/workshops in IITs, Central Universities
or UoP Conferences or equivalent International Conferences.
8. A Report consisting of problem definition, literature survey,
platform choice, SRS (System Requirement Specification)
Document in specific format and high-level design document
along with Annex A: Laboratory assignments on Project Analysis
of Algorithmic Design, Annex B: Laboratory assignments on
Project Quality and Reliability Testing of Project Design at the
end of term-I and Annex C: Project Planner and progress report.
The term work at the end of Term-I shall be assessed and
evaluated for 50 marks by the panel of examiners in the subject
(Internal (preferably guide) and external examiner from
Computer Department of Engineering Colleges).
Term-I Project Laboratory Assignments
1. Project problem statement feasibility assessment using NP-Hard,

NP-Complete or satisfiability issues using modern algebra and/or
relevant mathematical models.
2. Use of above to identify objects, morphisms, overloading in
functions (if any), and functional relations and any other
dependencies (as per requirements).
3. Use of above to draw functional dependency graphs and relevant
UML diagrams or other necessities using appropriate tools.
4. Testing of project problem statement using generated test data
(using mathematical models, GUI, Function testing principals, if
any) selection and appropriate use of testing tools, testing of
UML diagram's reliability.
410448: Distributed Operating Systems

Scheme
Unit I Fundamentals – Fundamentals of OS, What is Distributed System? 7
Evolution of Distributed Computing System, Distributed Computing
System Models , Distributed Computing gaining popularity Issues in
Designing Distributed System, Introduction to Distributed Computing
Environment, Protocols for Distributed System, Network, Interprocess
Communication, Issues in Interprocess Communication
Message Passing - Introduction , Desirable features of good message

passing system, Issues in IPC by Message passing, RPC, RMI
Synchronization, Buffering, Multidatagram messages, Encoding and
decoding of message data, Process addressing, Failure Handling, Group
communication, Case Study: RMI, CORBA. Advances in Distributed
Systems
Unit II Architecture of Distributed System – Introduction, Motivations, 6
Concepts of Distributed System, Process Synchronization, System
architecture types, Distributed operating system, NOS, Middleware
Communication Networks, Communication primitives, Architectural
models of Distributed System
Synchronization
Introduction, Inherent Limitations of a Distributed System, Lamport’s
logical clock, Vector clock, Global states, Concept of Process, Process
Migration, Threads Clock synchronization, Event ordering, Mutual
Exclusion, Deadlock, Election Algorithms
Issues in Designing Distributed System and role of middleware in
Distributed System
Unit Distributed Mutual Exclusion – Introduction, Classification of mutual 8

III exclusion algorithms, Preliminaries, A simple solution to distributed
mutual exclusion, non token based algorithms, Ricart Agrawala
algorithm, Token based algorithms, Suzuki Kasami’s broadcast
algorithms
Distributed Deadlock detection – Introduction, Preliminaries ,
Deadlock handling strategies , Issues in deadlock detection and
resolution, Control organizations for distributed deadlock detection,
Centralized deadlock detection algorithms, Distributed deadlock
detection algorithms, Avoidance and Prevention algorithms,
Hierarchical deadlock detection algorithms
Agreement Protocols – Introduction, System Model, Classification of
agreement problems, Solutions to the Byzantine Agreement problem,
Applications of Agreement algorithm, Distributed Synchronization and
Agreement Protocol, Concepts of Mutual exclusion, Deadlock
Solution to Distributed Mutual exclusion
Unit IV Distributed Resource Management, Concepts of File System, 8

Scheduling Algorithms
Distributed File System
Introduction , Architecture, Mechanisms for building distributed file
system, Design issues, Case studies, Log structured file systems, Google
FS
Distributed Shared Memory – Introduction, Architecture and
Motivation, algorithms for implementing DSM, Memory Coherence,
Coherence protocols, Design issues, Case studies-Linda
Distributed Scheduling – Introduction, Motivation, Issues in load
distribution, Components of load distributing algorithms, Stability, Load
distributing algorithms, Performance Comparison, Selecting a suitable
load sharing algorithms, Requirements for load distributing, Load
sharing policies, Task migration
Distributed File System: Comparisons
Unit V Recovery and Security mechanism, Concepts of Database system 8

Security, Basic concepts of Recovery and Types of Failures
Recovery – Introduction, Basic concepts, Classification of failures,
Backward and forward error recovery, Backward error recovery,
Recovery in concurrent systems, Consistent set of checkpoints,
Synchronous and Asynchronous check pointing and recovery
Fault tolerance – Introduction, Issues, Atomic actions and committing,
Commit Protocols, Non blocking Commit protocols, Voting protocols,
Majority based Dynamic Voting protocol, Dynamic vote, Reassignment
protocols, Failure Resilient Processes, Reliable communication, Case
studies-BAR Fault Tolerance, Targon/32 UNIX
Access and Flow control – Introduction, Preliminaries, Access matrix
Model, Implementations of Access Matrix, Safety in Access matrix
model, advanced models of protection, Case studies-Unix OS
Distributed Fault tolerance and Security, Advances in Recovery and
security mechanisms
Unit VI Emerging Trends in Distributed System, Concepts of Cluster, Concepts 5
of Grid Computing
Grid Computing
Introduction to GRID Computing, How Grid Computing Works, Grid
Middleware, Grid Architecture, Types of Grids Grid Computing
Applications, Simulators
SOA: Basic SOA Definition, Overview of SOA, SOA and Web
Services, Service Oriented Grid, SOA Design and Development,
Advantages and Future of SOA
Grid computing, Cloud and SOA
Text books:
1. ―Distributed O.S Concepts and Design‖, P.K.Sinha, PHI
2. ―Advanced concepts in Operating Systems‖, Mukesh Singhal & N.G.Shivaratri,
TMH
3. ―Distributed Computing‖, Sunita Mahajan, Seema Shah, OXFORD University
Press
Reference Books:
1. ―Distributed System Principles and Paradigms‖, Andrew S. Tanenbaum, 2nd
edition , PHI
2. ―Distributed Systems‖, Colouris , 3rd Edition
410449: Advanced Computer Architecture
Theory: 4Hrs/Week Theory: 100 Marks

Scheme
Overview of Parallel Processing and Pipelining Processing, study and 6
comparison of uni-processors and parallel processors. Conventional
Unit I and EPIC architecture. Evolution of parallel processors, future trends
and there architecture.
Overview of Parallel Processing and Pipelining Processing
Necessity of high performance, Constraints of conventional architecture,
Parallelism in uni-processor system, Evolution of parallel processors,
future trends, Architectural Classification, Applications of parallel
processing, Instruction level Parallelism and Thread Level Parallelism,
Explicitly Parallel Instruction Computing (EPIC) Architecture, Case
study of Intel Itanium Processor.
Principles of scalable performance: Performance Metrics and
Measures, Speedup Performance Laws.
Programming aspects for Intel Itanium Processor
Unit II Principles and implementation of Pipelining, Classification of pipelining 8

processors, Pipeline Architecture, Study and comparison of processors
with and without pipelining. General pipelining reservation table,
Design aspect of Arithmetic and Instruction pipelining, Pipelining
hazards and resolving techniques, Data buffering techniques, Job
sequencing and Collision, Advanced pipelining techniques, loop
unrolling techniques, out of order execution, software scheduling, trace
scheduling, Predicated execution, Speculative loading, Register Stack
Engine, Software pipelining, VLIW (Very Long Instruction Word)
processor, Case study: Super scalar Architecture- Pentium, Ultra SPARC.
Super scalar architecture of Pentium, Ultra SPARC, Advances in
pipeline architectures. Implementation issues of a program on any
pipelined processor their analysis.
Study and comparison of Vector and array processors, 8
Vector and Array Processor, Basic vector architecture, Issues in Vector
Unit III Processing, Vector performance modeling, vectorizers and optimizers,
Case study: Cray Arch.
SIMD Computer Organization Masking and Data network
mechanism, Inter PE
Communication, Interconnection networks of SIMD, Static Vs Dynamic
network, cube hyper cube and Mesh Interconnection network.
Parallel Algorithms For Array Processors: Matrix Multiplication.
Sorting,
SIMD computer organization. Implementation issues of Matrix
multiplication and sorting on array processor and their analysis.
Microprocessor Architectures, study and comparison of Loosely and 8
Unit IV Tightly coupled multiprocessors.
Loosely and Tightly coupled multiprocessors, Processor
characteristics of multiprocessors, Inter Processor communication
network, Time shared bus, Crossbar switch, Multiport Memory Model,
Memory contention and arbitration techniques, Cache coherency and bus
snooping, Massively Parallel Processors (MPP), Cow’s and NOW's
Cluster and Network of Work Stations), Chip Multiprocessing (CMP),
Case Study of IBM Power4 Processor Inter Processor Communication
and Synchronization,
Implementation issues of a program on multiprocessor system.
Unit V Study of Architecture of Multithreaded processors, Latency hiding 7

techniques, Principles of multithreading, Issues and solutions.
Parallel Programming Techniques: Message passing program
development, Synchronous and asynchronous message passing, Message
passing parallel programming, Shared Memory Programming, Data
Parallel Programming. Implementation issues of a multithreaded
program.
Parallel software issues, study of parallel programming concepts. 8

a)Parallel algorithms for multiprocessors, classification of parallel
Unit VI algorithms, performance of parallel algorithms
b) Operating systems for multiprocessors systems, Message passing
libraries for parallel programming interface, PVM (in distributed memory
system), Message Passing Interfaces (MPI), Threads (in shared memory
system)
c) Parallel Programming Languages : Fortran 90, Occam, C-Linda, CCC
etc.
d) Issues towards cluster computing. Introduction to Neuro Computing
and Grid Computing:
Text Books
1. Kai Hwang, Faye A. Briggs, "Computer Architecture and Parallel Processing" McGraw-
Hill international Edition
2. Kai Hwang, "Advanced Computer Architecture", Tata McGraw-Hill
References:
1. V.Rajaraman, L Sivaram Murthy, "Parallel Computers", PHI.
2. William Stallings, "Computer Organization and Architecture, Designing for
performance" Prentice Hall, Sixth edition.
3. Kai Hwang, Scalable Parallel Computing.
4. Harrold Stone, High performance computer Architecture.
5. Richard Y. Kain, Advanced Computer Architecture
6. http://www.intel.com/products/processor (for Intel Itanium Processor)
410450: Elective III: Pattern Recognition
Practical: 2 Hrs/Week Term Work: 50 Marks
Oral: 50 Marks

Scheme
Unit I Basics of pattern recognition 7
Features, Feature Vectors and Classifiers, Supervised versus
Unsupervised Pattern Recognition, Comparison of Supervised and
unsupervised Pattern Recognition, Feature Vectors and Classifiers
Unit II Bayesian decision theory: Classifiers, Linear Discriminant Functions 7

and Decision Hyperplanes, Perceptron, Least Squares Methods, Mean
Square Estimation Revisited, Review and interactive discussions on
home tutorials, classroom tutorials and students presentation. Review of
recent advances in the subject. Challenges in Bayesian decision theory
Unit Parameter estimation methods, Maximum-Likelihood estimation, 7

III Gaussian mixture models, Expectation-maximization method, Bayesian
estimation.
Unit IV Context-dependent classification, Sequential Pattern classification, 7

Context-dependent classification Discrete hidden Markov models,
Continuous density hidden Markov models, Dimension reduction
methods, Fisher discriminant analysis, Principal component analysis,
Unit V Non-parametric techniques for density estimation, Parzen-window 7

method, K-Nearest Neighbour method, Linear discriminant function
based classifiers, Perceptron, Support vector machines.
Unit VI Non-metric methods for pattern classification, Non-numeric data or 7

nominal data, Decision trees, Unsupervised learning and clustering,
Criterion functions for clustering, Algorithms for clustering: K-means,
Hierarchical and other methods, Cluster validation, Review and
interactive discussions on home tutorials, classroom tutorials and
students presentation. Review of recent advances in the subject.
Implementation issues in algorithms for clustering
Text Books:
1. S.Theodoridis and K.Koutroumbas, Pattern Recognition, 4th Ed., Academic Press, 2009
2. R.O.Duda, P.E.Hart and D.G.Stork, Pattern Classification, John Wiley, 2001
3. C.M.Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, Springer, 2006
Reference Books:
1. Statistical Pattern Recognition, by K. Fukunaga, 2nd edition, Morgan Kaufmann, 1990.
2. Statistical Pattern Recognition, by A. Webb, Arnold, 1999.
Pattern Recognition Practical Assignment Topic (design six suitable assignments

based on the following topic)
1. Write program to build a Bayesian classifier

2. Write a program to recognize line patterns in a given set of points.
3. Implement Image Block matching by 2D Log Search and Brute-force approach
4. Write a program to implement Edit Distance Problem
5. Exploring difference between color spaces and color-based image segmentation.
Experiments with edge detection:
6. Exploring different feature spaces - using Fourier shape descriptors,
experimenting with wavelet transform, template matching.
7. Using and interpretation of ROC curves, experiments with PCA and ICA.
410450: Elective III: High Performance Networks
Oral: 50 Marks

Scheme
Unit I Introduction and Applications of Gigabit Ethernet 7
Business Drivers and need of it, Architecture and Overview of Gigabit Ethernet,
Gigabit Ethernet Media Access Control (Half Duplex operation Vs Full Duplex
Operation), Gigabit Ethernet Physical layer (1000Base X and 1000Base T),
Applications of Gigabit Ethernet, Ethernet summery Migration from 10Mbps to
Gigabit Ethernet, Network Design using Gigabit Ethernet a case study,
Architecture and Overview of Gigabit Ethernet. Gigabit Ethernet Physical
layer (1000Base X and 1000Base T)
Unit Integrated Services Digital Network, ISDN Interfaces and functions, Conceptual 6
II overview of Signaling System Numbers, Frame relay
LAPF protocol, Concept of DLCI and its significance, Frame Relay Congestion
control, ISDN Interfaces and functions (transmission structure, U-N
Configuration, Protocol architecture etc) Congestion Notification (FECN, BECN
and CLLM)
Conceptual view of ISDN and ISDN standards, ISDN Interfaces and functions
(transmission structure, U-N Configuration, Protocol architecture etc), ISDN
Data Link layer (LAPD protocol, terminal adoption, I.465/v.120 ),ISDN
Network layer (Overview, basic call control using Q.931), ISDN services,
Conceptual overview of Signaling System Number 7
Frame Relay:
Frame relay Vs X.25, Frame relay Protocols and services (protocol
architecture, Frame Mode call control), LAPF protocol (Both Core and
Control), Concept of DLCI and its significance, Frame Relay Congestion
control, Need, Congestion Control frame Work, Network use of CIR, and
DE bit, Congestion Notification (FECN,BECN and CLLM).
Unit Driving forces and need, B-ISDN standards and services, B-ISDN Functional 8
III Architecture, B-ISDN Transmission structure, B-ISDN protocol architecture,
SONET/SDH and comparison with other available standards
ATM: Overview, ATM protocol architecture, Virtual Channels and
Virtual Path Switching, Detail Functionality of ATM Layer( Cell structure
, HEC, Cell Delineation etc),ATM Adoption layer (need, different types
and comparison),ATM traffic and Congestion control ,Requirements,
ATM service categories ,ATM traffic descriptors, ATM QOS parameters,
Classical IP over ATM,ATM in LAN environment (LANE).
Unit VDSL and DSL background and technological capabilities and its 8
IV standards, Architecture, Conceptual overview of VDSL, Background and
technological capabilities, Standards and associations, Architecture,
Conceptual overview of VDSL, Deployment Case study, Market status
and future.
Unit Introduction to MPLS and QOS, Network Components of MPLS, 8

V working RSVP protocol, MPLS network Components, MPLS basic
working, Applications, IETF approach, RSVP protocol, Integrated &
differential Services Framework.
Unit WiFi & WiMax Basics, IEEE Standards, Physical layer specifications, 5
VI Introduction of WiFi and WiMax, WiMax Standards
MAC protocol and operation, WiMax physical and MAC layer overviews
Introduction to IEEE 802.11 standards, Physical layer specifications, MAC
protocol and operation, Comparison of various standards. Implementing WiFi
Network (Including configuration), Introduction to various WiMax Standards,
WiMax physical and MAC layer overviews, OFDM and OFDMA, QOS and
WiMax.
Text Books:
1. William Stallings, ―ISDN and Broadband ISDN with Frame Relay and ATM‖ 4th edition
(Pearson Education)
2. Rich Seifert, ―Gigabit Ethernet‖(Addison Wesley Inc.)
Reference Books :
1. Sumit kasera and Pankaj Sethi ,‖ATM Networks Concepts and protocols‖ Tata McGraw
Hill Publication.
2. Fundamental of WiMAX by Jeffery Andrews, Arunabha Ghosh and Rias
Muhammad Pearson Education (For Unit VI)
Design 6 suitable assignment form the following topics for HPN Laboratory
1. Survey of Open Source Simulation tools for HPN, Virtual Network Laboratory
for HPN
2. Network Scalability (Servers) using Gigabit Ethernet
3. Implementation of ISDN (U-N interface, Router configuration, Costing etc.)
4. Frame relay Congestion Control
5. Performance study of RSVP protocol using virtual HPN test-bed.
6. New node detection and authentication implementation in WiFi environment or
simulated WiFi environment
7. Latency time measurements in different HPN Server-Client graphs configurations in
simulated scalable environment (For example, HPN organization using bipartite
graph)
410450 Elective III: Neural Network
Teaching Scheme: 4 Hrs. / Week Exam Scheme:
Practical: 2 Hrs/Week Paper: 100 Marks
Term Work: 50 Marks
Oral: 50 Marks
Hrs/
Unit Contents
Unit
Unit I Introduction to Neural Networks, Biological Neural Networks, 6
Characteristics of Neural Networks, Models of Neuron, Basic data
structures: mapping of vector spaces, clusters, principal components.
Basic Learning Rules, Recent advances in Neural Networks
Unit II The Perceptron and its learning law. Classification of linearly 8
separable patterns. Adaptive networks, Supervised Learning Neural
Networks, Single layer and multi layer perceptrons, Radial basis
function networks, Modular neural networks, Adaline and madaline,
Unit III Stochastic Processes and Neural Networks and Stimulated Annealing, 8
Analysis of pattern storage Networks, Analysis of linear auto adaptive
feed forward networks, Boltzman machine.
Unit IV Analysis of linear auto adaptive feed forward networks, Feedback 6

Neural Networks, Analysis of linear auto adaptive feed forward
networks, Stochastic Networks & Stimulated Annealing, Boltzman
machine Multilayer Perceptrons, Analysis of pattern storage Networks.
Unit V Unsupervised Learning, Adaptive Resonance Theory, Unsupervised 8

Learning Networks Competitive learning, learning vector quantization,
Principal component analysis of Hebbian Learning, Adaptive
Resonance Theory, Kohonen self-organizing maps.
Unit VI Applications of Neural Networks, Pattern classification, Pattern 6

classification, Associative memories, Optimization, Applications in
Image Processing, Applications in decision making, Applications in
Image Processing, Applications in decision making
Text Books
1. B. Yegnanarayana, ―Artificial Neural Networks‖, PHI
2. Jacek M. Zurada, Introduction to artificial neural systems, Jaico Publ. House,
1994.
3. James A Freeman, David M Skapura, ―Neural Networks-Algorithms,
Applications and Programming Techniques,‖ Person Education
Reference Books
1. Haykin, ―Neural Network a comprehensive Foundation‖, PHI
2. Anderson, ―An introduction to Artificial Neural Networks‖, Prentice Hall
Neural Networks Laboratory Assignment

Teachers are instructed to frame suitable assignments on the
following topics
1. Implementation of Perceptron Learning algorithm and Adaline
algorithm for two class / three class problems.
2. Implementation of back propagation algorithm/ simulator for
character recognition.
3. Implementation of BAM simulator.
4. Implementation of Hopfield network.
5. Implementation of ART simulator
6. Implementation of SOFM network.
410450: Elective III: Advanced Databases
Oral: 50 Marks

Scheme
Unit I Introduction, Parallel database architecture, speedup, scale-up I/O 08
parallelism, Inter-query and Intra-query parallelism, Inter-operational
and Intra-operational parallelism, parallel query evaluation, Design of
parallel systems, Implementation issues of Parallel query evaluation,
Design of parallel systems, Comparison of Inter-query and Intra-query
parallelism.
Unit II Distributed Databases, Study of DDBMS architectures, Comparison of 08

Homogeneous and Heterogeneous Databases, Analysis of Concurrency
control in distributed databases, Implementation of Distributed query
processing.
Distributed data storage, Distributed transactions, Commit protocols,
Availability, Distributed query processing, Directory systems-ldap,
Distributed data storage and transactions.
Unit Overview of client server architecture, Databases and web architecture, 06

III N-tier architecture, XML, Introduction, Structure of XML Data, XML
Document Schema, DTD, Querying and Transformation: XQuery,
FLOWR, XPath, XML validation, Web server, API to XML, Storage of
XML Data, XML Applications: web services, Web based system,
Implementation of XML validations, Use of web servers. XML and
DTD implementation, Use of Web service like Amazon web service or
Microsoft Azure.
Unit IV Introduction to Decision Support, Data Warehousing, Creating and 06

maintaining a warehouse. Introduction to Data warehouse and OLAP,
Multidimensional data model, Data Warehouse architecture, OLAP and
data cubes, Operations on cubes, Data preprocessing need for
preprocessing, Multidimensional data model, OLAP and data cubes,
Data warehousing Concepts, Study of Data preprocessing need for
preprocessing, Simulating and maintaining a Warehouse, Analysis of
Data preprocessing.
Unit V Introduction to data mining , Data mining functionalities, clustering - k 06

means algorithm, classification - decision tree, Baysian classifiers,
Outlier analysis, association rules - apriori algorithm, Introduction to
text mining, Implementing Clustering - k means algorithm, Analysis of
Decision tree.
Unit VI Information retrieval - overview, Relevance ranking using terms and 06
hyperlinks, synonyms, homonyms, ontologies, Indexing of documents,
measuring retrieval effectiveness, web search engines, Information
retrieval and structured data. Information Retrieval, Study and
Comparison of Synonyms, Homonyms, Ontologies. Implementation
issues of Relevance ranking Algorithm.
Text Books :
1. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry Korth, S. Sudarshan, "Database system concepts",

5th Edition, McGraw Hill International Edition
2. Jiawei han, Micheline Kamber, "Data Mining: Concepts and systems", Morgan
Kaufmann Publishers
Reference Books
1. Rob Coronel, Database systems: "Design implementation and management", 4th
Edition, Thomson Learning Press
2. Raghu Ramkrishnan, Johannes Gehrke, "Database Management Systems",
Second Edition, McGraw Hill International Edition
3. Thomas Connolly,Carolyn Beg ―Database Systems :Practical approach to design
implementation and management ― third edition, Pearson education
List of Laboratory Assignment Topics
1. Implementation of partitioning techniques and handling of skew

2. Directory systems using LDAP (Latest version)
3. Building cubes and OLAP analysis and construction of data mart
4. Association rule (Apriori algorithm) or Clustering algorithm (K-means)
5. IR assignment: TF, IDF, Stop words
6. Case Study : Anyone DBMS from open source: mysql, postgres SQL
Anyone DBMS from: ORACLE, SQL server, DB2, CauchDB
410451 Elective IV: VLSI and Digital Systems
Teaching Scheme: 4Hrs/Week Evaluation Scheme: Theory 100 Marks

Scheme
Unit I VLSI concepts and technology, Semiconductors, Semiconductor 6
Devices, Integrated circuits and the Planar Process, Semiconductor
Technology Families, Computer Simulation of VLSI
Unit II Modern CMOS Technology 8
Introduction, Choosing a Substrate, Active Region Formation, Process
Option for Device Isolation – Shallow Trench Isolation, N and P Well
Formation, Process Options for Active Region and Well Formation,
Gate Formation, Tip or Extension(LDD) Formation, Source/Drain
Formation, Contact and Local Interconnect Formation, Multilevel
Metal Formation, CMOS Process Flow
Unit Historical Development and Basic Concepts Crystal Structure, Basic 6

III Properties of Silicon Wafers Crystal Growth Wafer Fabrication Wafer
Preparation and specification, Light sources, wafer exposure systems,
Photoresists, Defects in crystals, Raw materials and Purification,
Czochrlski and Float-Zone Crystal Growth Methods, Wafer
Preparation and specification, Lithography: Light sources, Mask
engineering: Basic concepts of Thermal oxidation and the si/sio2
Interface, Basic concepts of dopant diffusion , implants in real silicon,
basic concepts of chemical vapor deposition , physical vapor
deposition, basic concepts of wet etching and plasma etching, back-
end technology, contacts, interconnects and vias, dielectrics,
Contamination reduction: Clean factories, wafer Cleaning, gettering,
Wafer Development and Dopants.
Unit IV What is VHDL? Introduction: Modeling Digital Systems: describing 6
systems, events, propagation delays, and concurrency, waveforms and
timing, signal values, shared signals, simulation vs. synthesis: the
simulation model, the synthesis model, field programmable gate
arrays(FPGAs), basic language concepts: signals, entity-architecture,
concurrent statements, constructing VHDL models using CSAs ,
understanding delays, The role of hardware description languages,
VHDL Programming
Unit V Introduction to Digital Design, Analog versus Digital, 8
Software aspects of digital design, application-specific IC’s,
Digital devices, electronic aspects of digital design, integrated circuits,
programmable logic devices, number systems and codes, digital
circuits, digital-design levels, Software aspects of digital design
Unit VI Combinational logic design principles, sequential logic design 6
principles, Memories, CPLDS, and FPGAs
Text Books:
1. Silicon VLSI Technology: Fundamental, Practice and Modeling by James D

Plummer et. al., Pearson education ISBN 978-81-317-2604-4
2. VHDL: from simulation to synthesis by Sudhakar Yalamanchili Pearson
education ISBN 81-7808-558-5
3. Digital Design: principles and practices fourth edition by John F. Wakerly
Pearson prentice hall ISBM 978-81-317-1366-2
410451 Elective IV: Operations Research
Teaching Scheme: 4Hrs/Week Evaluation Scheme: Theory 100 Marks

Scheme
Unit I Operation Research Models, Solving the OR model, Queuing and 6
Simulation Models, Linear Programming (LP) Applications, Modeling
with Linear Programming: Two-Variable LP model, Simplex method
and sensitivity analysis, Advanced Linear Programming, Graphical LP
Solutions, Duality, Goal Programming.
Unit II Review of basic probability, Random variables and Probability 8
distributions, Random Processes, Transition Probability and
Transition Matrix, Variations in expected value criteria, Four
Common distributions, Solutions of mixed strategy games.
Decision making under certainty, Decision making under risk,
Decision making under uncertainty, Marcov Process and Marcov
chain, Game theory: Introduction and definitions, Characteristics of
Game theory, Maxima-minima, Saddle point, Optimal Strategies and
value of game, solution of game with saddle point, Continuous review
models, Multi- period models.
Unit Queuing system, queuing problem, Transient and steady States, List of 6
III symbols, Utilization factor, Elements of Queuing models, Generalized
poisson queuing model, Specialized Poisson Queues, M/G/1 formula,
Role of exponential distribution in queuing systems, Birth and Death
Models, Queuing decision models, Review of recent advances in the
subject.
Unit IV Job sequencing: Introduction, Terminology and Notions, Principal 6

Assumptions, Solution of sequencing problem,
Project Management: Applications and basic steps in PERT/CPM
techniques, Network diagrams with time estimates and analysis,
resource allocation, Processing n jobs with 2 machines, processing 2
jobs with m machines, Processing n jobs with m machines,
Problem of dimensionality, Inventory Models
Unit V Non-Linear Programming (NLP) Introduction, Practical solutions of 8
NLP, General from of NLP, Canonical form of NLP, Introduction to
Separable functions, Piece-wise linear approximation of NLP,
Geometric programming problem, Constrained and unconstrained
problems of Maxima and Minima, Lagrangian method, To derive
necessary condition of optimality, ―Normality‖ and ―Orthogonality‖
conditions, Problems with inequality constrains. Computational
procedures of Fractional Algorithms
Unit VI Concept of dynamic programming, Deterministic dynamic 6
programming, Forward and Backward recursion, Minimum path
problem, models of single additive constraint, Multiplicatively
Separable return, Applications of dynamic programming in
production, linear programming and reliability, Decision trees and
Bellman’s principal of optimality, Recursive nature of computations
in dynamic programming, Equipment replacement problem,
Investment models, Expectation of a random variable. Problem of
dimensionality, Inventory Models,
Text Books:
1. Operations Research: An Introduction by Hamdy A Taha, Eighth Edition, Pearson

Publications, ISBN 978-81-317-1104-0
2. Operations Research by Dr. S.D. Sharma, Eleventh Edition, Kedar Nath Ram
Nath Publication
410451 Elective IV: Cloud Computing
Teaching Scheme: 4Hrs/Week Examination Scheme

Theory: 100 Marks
Unit Content Hrs/

Unit
Unit I Introduction to Cloud Computing, Definition, Characteristics, Components, Cloud 8
provider, SAAS, PAAS, IAAS and Others, Organizational scenarios of clouds,
Administering & Monitoring cloud services, benefits and limitations, Deploy
application over cloud, Comparison among SAAS, PAAS, IAAS
Cloud computing platforms: Infrastructure as service: Amazon EC2,Platform as
Service: Google App Engine, Microsoft Azure, Utility Computing, Elastic
Computing
Unit Introduction to Cloud Technologies, Study of Hypervisors 8
II Compare SOAP and REST
Webservices, AJAX and mashups-Web services: SOAP and REST, SOAP versus
REST, AJAX: asynchronous 'rich' interfaces, Mashups: user interface services
Virtualization Technology: Virtual machine technology, virtualization applications in
enterprises, Pitfalls of virtualization
Multitenant software: Multi-entity support, Multi-schema approach, Multi-
tenance using cloud data stores, Data access control for enterprise applications,
Unit Data in the cloud: Relational databases, Cloud file systems: GFS and HDFS, BigTable, 6
III HBase and Dynamo.
Map-Reduce and extensions: Parallel computing, The map-Reduce model, Parallel
efficiency of Map-Reduce, Relational operations using Map-Reduce, Enterprise batch
processing using Map-Reduce, Introduction to cloud development,
Example/Application of Mapreduce, Features and comparisons among GFS,HDFS
etc, Map-Reduce model
Unit Cloud security fundamentals, Vulnerability assessment tool for cloud, Privacy and 6
IV Security in cloud
Cloud computing security architecture: Architectural Considerations- General
Issues, Trusted Cloud computing, Secure Execution Environments and
Communications, Micro-architectures; Identity Management and Access control-
Identity management, Access control, Autonomic Security
Cloud computing security challenges: Virtualization security management-
virtual threats, VM Security Recommendations, VM-Specific Security techniques,
Secure Execution Environments and Communications in cloud.
Unit Issues in cloud computing, Implementing real time application over cloud platform 6
V Issues in Intercloud environments, QOS Issues in Cloud, Dependability, data
migration, streaming in Cloud. Quality of Service (QoS) monitoring in a Cloud
computing environment.
Cloud Middleware. Mobile Cloud Computing. Inter Cloud issues. A grid of clouds,
Sky computing, load balancing, resource optimization, resource dynamic
reconfiguration, Monitoring in Cloud
Unit Cloud computing platforms, Installing cloud platforms and performance evaluation 6
VI Features and functions of cloud platforms:
Xen Cloud Platform, Eucalyptus, OpenNebula, Nimbus, TPlatform, Apache Virtual
Computing Lab (VCL), Enomaly Elastic Computing Platform,
Text Book:
1. Cloud Computing for Dummies by Judith Hurwitz, R.Bloor, M.Kanfman, F.Halper
(Wiley India Edition)
2. Enterprise Cloud Computing by Gautam Shroff,Cambridge
3. Cloud Security by Ronald Krutz and Russell Dean Vines, Wiley-India
Reference Book:
1. Google Apps by Scott Granneman,Pearson
2. Cloud Security & Privacy by Tim Malhar, S.Kumaraswammy, S.Latif
(SPD,O’REILLY)
3. Cloud Computing : A Practical Approach, Antohy T Velte, et.al McGraw Hill,
4. Cloud Computing Bible by Barrie Sosinsky, Wiley India
5. Stefano Ferretti et.al.,‖QoS–aware Clouds”, 2010 IEEE 3rd International Conference
on Cloud Computing
410451: Elective IV: Information Security

Scheme
Unit I Need of information security- Legal, Ethical and Professional Issues 8
Attributes of security- authentication, access control, confidentiality,
authorization, integrity, non-reproduction
OSI security architecture- attacks, services and mechanisms
Information security management-security policy, standards, guidelines
and procedures, security lifecycle. Introduction to cryptography- Classical
cryptography. Case-study: Information security management used in
organizations, Problems on classical ciphers, Security architecture,
Different standards related to IS.
Unit Introduction to Secret key and cryptography, Encrypt given messages 6

II using DES, AES, IDEA, Problems on cryptography algorithms,
Principles, finite fields, stream cipher, block cipher modes of operation,
DES, Triple DES, AES, IDEA, RC5, key distribution.
Unit Introduction to Public key and Cryptography, Encrypt given messages 6
III using ECC, Problems on key generation, cryptography algorithms
Principles, Introduction to number theory, RSA- algorithm, security of
RSA, Key management-Diffie-Hellman key exchange, man-in-the-
middle attack, Elliptical curve cryptography,
Unit Study of applications and comparison of authentication functions, MAC, 8

IV hash functions etc. Implementation and analysis of authentication
functions, MAC, hash functions etc. Requirements of message
authentication, authentication functions, MAC, hash functions, MD5,
SHA-512, HMAC, digital signatures, DSA, PKI, Authentication
applications-, X.509, Kerberos.
Unit Introduction to Network, Transport and Periphery Security, Study of 6

V IPSEC, TLS, and SSL, Firewalls-design principles, trusted systems,
Intrusion Detection System, Intrusion Prevention System.
Implementation and analysis of IPSEC, TLS, and SSL, Firewalls-design
principles, trusted systems, Intrusion Detection System, Intrusion
Prevention System
IPSEC, TLS, and SSL, Firewalls-design principles, trusted systems,
Intrusion Detection System, Intrusion Prevention System. Introduction to
cryptography- Classical cryptography.
Unit Study of Security services, web and email security considerations, 6

VI Electronic commerce security. Implementation and analysis of Security
services, web security considerations, Electronic commerce security.
Security services, web security considerations, PEM, PGP, S/MIME,
Electronic commerce security- SET, Smart cards, strengths of Security
services.
Text Books:
1. William Stallings "Cryptography and network security, principles and practices",

Pearson
Reference Books:
1. Bernard Menezes, ―Network Security and Cryptography‖, Cengage Learning.

2. Nina Godbole, ―Information System Security‖, Wiley India Pvt.Ltd., ISBN978-
81-265-1692-6.
3. Charlie Kaufman, Radia Perlman and mike speciner "Network security, private
communication in a public world"
4. Christopher M. King, Curtis Patton and RSA press "Security architecture, design
deployment and operations".
5. Robert Bragge, Mark Rhodes, Heith straggberg "Network Security, The Complete
Reference", Tata McGraw Hill Publication
410452 Computer Lab II
Practical: 50 Marks
1. Inter-process communication using socket programming/ RPC mechanism

including implementing multi-threaded echo server.
2. Threads clock synchronization. Assignment on election algorithms.

Simulation of election algorithms (Ring and Bus Topology).
a. a.Bully
b. b.Ring
3. Distributed/Hierarchical deadlock detection algorithms. Clock

synchronization: NTP / Lamports clock.
4. Load distributing algorithms, Performance comparison. Study of Distributed

File System: NFS – CODA
5. Backward error recovery in concurrent systems. Re-assignment protocols.
6. Application development on Cluster/Grid computing.

410447 Project Work
(Term II)
Objectives:
To expose students with project-product development cycle using industrial experience,
use of state-of-art technologies. To encourage and expose students for participation in
National/ International paper presentation activities. Exposure to Learning and
knowledge access techniques using Conferences, Journal papers and participation in
research activities.
Term II Project Term Work

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme:
Oral: 50 Marks
1) Project workstation selection, installations and setup along

with report to the guide. (recommended submission date:- 3 weeks after
commencement of second term)
2) Programming of the project, GUI (if any) as per 1st Term term-
work submission.(recommended submission date:- Progress report
every week during laboratory)
3) Test tool selection for various testing recommended by
preferably external guide and generate various testing result charts,
graphs etc. including reliability testing. (7 weeks before Term II
Conclusion)
4) Review of design and necessary corrective actions taking into
consideration feedback report of Term I assessment, and other
competitions/conferences participated like IIT, Central Universities,
University Conferences or equivalent centers of excellence etc.
5) Students must submit and preferably publish atleast one
technical paper in the conferences held by IITs, Central Universities or
UoP Conference or International Conferences in Europe or US.
6) Final term work submissions in the prescribed format given by
the guides consisting of a project report consisting of a preliminary
report prepared in term-I, detailed design (all necessary UML
diagrams) document, User Interface design, Laboratory assignments on
test cases and test results generated by selected project testing tool,
conclusions, appendix (if necessary), glossary, tools used and
references at the end of Term-II.
The Term II examination is conducted by panel of examiners
(preferably guide and expert from Industry having atleast 5 years
subject experience (or senior teacher in the subject in case of non-
availability of industry expert). The project assessment shall be done
using Live Project Demonstration [in existing functional condition],
using necessary simulators (if required) and presentation by the
students. The remarks of Term I assessment and related corrective
actions must be assessed during examining the term-work.
Term-II Project Laboratory Assignments
1. Project workstation selection, installations along with setup and

installation report preparations.
2. Programming of the project functions, interfaces and GUI (if any)
as per 1st Term term-work submission using corrective actions
recommended in Term-I assessment of Term-work.
3. Test tool selection and testing of various test cases for the project
performed and generate various testing result charts, graphs etc.
including reliability testing.
4. Review of design and necessary corrective actions taking into
consideration the feedback report of Term I assessment, and other
competitions/conferences participated like IIT, Central
Universities, University Conferences or equivalent centers of
excellence etc.
UNIVERSITY OF PUNE
TE (COMPUTER ENGINEERING)- 2008 COURSE
Term-I
Sub Subject Teaching Examination Scheme Total
Code Scheme Marks
Lect Pract Th TW Pr Or
310241 Database Management Systems 03 — 100 — — — 100
310242 Data Communications 03 — 100 — — — 100

310243 Microprocessors and Micro- 03 — 100 — — — 100
controllers
310244 Digital Signal Processing 04 — 100 — — — 100
310245 Theory of Computation 03 — 100 — — — 100
310246 RDBMS and Visual 02 04 — 50 50 — 100
Programming Laboratory
310247 Signal Processing Laboratory — 04 — 25 — 50 075
310248 Hardware Laboratory — 04 — 25 50 — 075
Total 18 12 500 100 100 50 750
Total of Part I (A) 30 Hrs 750
Term-II
Sub Subject Teaching Examination Scheme Total
Code Scheme Marks
Lect Pract Th TW Pr Or
310249 Principles of Programming 03 — 100 — — — 100
Languages
310250 Computer Networks 03 — 100 — — — 100

310251 Finance and Management 04 — 100 — — — 100
Information Systems
310252 Systems Programming & 04 — 100 — — — 100
Operating Systems
310253 Software Engineering 03 — 100 — — — 100
310254 Software Laboratory — 04 —- 25 50 — 075
310255 Computer Networks 01 04 — 25 — 50 075
310256 Software Development Tools — 02 — 50 — — 050
Laboratory
310257 Seminar and Technical — 02 — 50 — — 050
Communication
Total 18 12 500 150 50 50 750

Total of Part II (B) 30 Hrs 750
Grand Total 1500
Th: Theory Tw: Term Work Pr: Practical Or: Oral
1
310241: DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
Teaching scheme: Examination Scheme:
Lectures: 3 Hrs/Week Theory: 100 Marks
Objectives:
• To implement an entity relationship diagrams (ERD) to express requirements and
demonstrates skills to model data requirements and create data models in to normalized
designs
• To develop understanding of database systems theory in order to apply that knowledge to
any particular database implementation using SQL
• To learn and understand various Database Architectures and Applications
Prerequisites:
• Discrete Structures
• Data Structures
Unit I : Introduction to DBMS (06 Hrs)

Introduction : Basic concepts, Advantages of a DBMS over file-processing systems, Data
abstraction, Database Languages, Data Models: Introduction to Hierarchical, Network, ER, and
Object Relational Model, Data Independence, Components of a DBMS and overall structure of a
DBMS, Multi-User DBMS Architecture, System Catalogs
Data Modeling: Basic Concepts, entity, attributes, relationships, constraints, keys, E-R and EER
diagrams: Components of E-R Model, conventions, converting E-R diagram into tables, EER
Model components, converting EER diagram into tables
Relational Model: Basic concepts, Attributes and Domains, Codd's Rules, Relational Integrity:
Domain, Entity, Referential Integrities, Enterprise Constraints, Views, Schema Diagram
Unit II : Relational Algebra & SQL (08 Hrs)

Relational Query Languages: Relational Algebra
Introduction to SQL: Characteristics and advantages, SQL Data Types and Literals, DDL, DML,
SQL Operators, Tables: Creating, Modifying, Deleting, Views: Creating, Dropping, Updating using
Views, Indexes, Nulls
SQL DML Queries: SELECT Query and clauses, Set Operations, Predicates and Joins, Set
membership, Tuple Variables, Set comparison, Ordering of Tuples, Aggregate Functions, Nested
Queries, Database Modification using SQL Insert, Update and Delete Queries, concept of Stored
Procedures, Cursors, Triggers, assertions, roles and privileges Programmatic SQL: Embedded SQL,
Dynamic SQL.
Unit III : Relational Database Design (06 Hrs)

Purpose of Normalization, Data Redundancy and Update Anomalies, Functional Dependencies:
Basic concepts, closure of set of functional dependencies, closure of attribute set, canonical cover,
Decomposition: lossless join decomposition and dependency preservation, The Process of
Normalization: 1NF, 2NF, 3NF, BCNF, 4NF, 5NF.
Unit IV : File Systems & Query Processing (06 Hrs)

File Organization, Organization of records in files, Indices, Static and Dynamic Hashing, B-trees
and B+ Trees
Introduction to Query Processing: Overview, Measures of query cost, Selection and join
operations, Evaluation of Expressions, Introduction to Query Optimization, Estimation,
Transformation of Relational Expressions
2
Unit V : Transaction Management (06 Hrs)
Basic concept of a Transaction, Properties of Transactions, Concept of Schedule, Serial Schedule,
Serializability: Conflict and View, Cascaded Aborts, Recoverable and Non-recoverable Schedules,
Concurrency Control: Need, Locking Methods, Deadlocks, Timestamping Methods, Optimistic
Techniques, Multi-Version Concurrency Control, Different Crash Recovery methods such as
Shadow-Paging and Log-Based Recovery: Deferred and Immediate, Checkpoints
Unit VI : Object-Oriented Databases and Database Architectures (06 Hrs)

Need of OODBMS, Storing Objects in Relational Database, Introduction to OO Data Models,
Persistent Programming Languages, Pointer Swizzling Techniques
Database Architectures: Centralized and Client-Server Architectures, 2 Tier and 3 Tier
Architecture, Introduction to Distributed Database systems. Introduction to data mining using
association rules, introduction to data warehousing and its components.
Text Books:
1. Silberschatz A., Korth H., Sudarshan S., "Database System Concepts", 5th Edition, McGraw
Hill Publishers, 2002, ISBN 0-07-120413-X
2. Elmasri R., Navathe S., "Fundamentals of Database Systems", 4* Edition, Pearson
Education, 2003, ISBN 8129702282
Reference Books:
1. Rab P. Coronel C. "Database Systems Design, Implementation and Management", 5th
Edition, Thomson Course Technology, 2002, ISBN 981-243-135-7
2. Connally T., Begg C., "Database Systems", 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, 2002, ISBN 81-
7808-861-4
3. Date C., "An Introduction to Database Systems", 7th Edition, Pearson Education, 2002,
ISBN 81 -7808-231- 4
4. Ramkrishna R., Gehrke J., "Database Management Systems", 3rd Edition, McGraw-Hill,
2003, ISBN 0-07- 123151 –X
5. Atul Kahate, “Introduction to Database Management System”, 3rd Edition, Pearson
Education 2009, ISBN 978-81-317-0078-5.
3
310242: Data Communications
Teaching scheme: Examination Scheme:
Objectives:
• To learn and understand basic communication techniques
Prerequisites:
• Electronic devices and communication
Unit I: Basics of communication

Communication System, Baseband and Carrier Communication, transmission modes, Baud rate, bit
rate, SNR, Channel Bandwidth and rate of communication, Introduction to analog modulation
techniques (AM, FM, PM, QAM) Bandwidth Requirements in analog modulation techniques
Digital Continuous Wave Modulation techniques: Modems, ASK, FSK, PSK, BPSK, QPSK
Multiplexing techniques: TDM, FDM, WDM, CDMA (06 Hrs.)
Unit II: Pulse modulation

Pulse amplitude modulation techniques: sampling theorem, Pulse modulation, PAM, Pulse time
modulation, Pulse Transmission over Band Limited Channel, Effect of Gaussian Type Noise on
Digital Transmission, Crosstalk Pulse digital modulation techniques: PCM, PCM Encoder and
Decoder, DPCM, ADPCM, Delta modulation, Adaptive Delta Modulation, Bandwidth requirement
of digital modulation techniques, quantization noise Line Coding techniques: Bipolar, Unipolar,
RZ, NRZ, Manchester, AMI, B8ZS, Block coding techniques (06 Hrs)
Unit III: Information and Coding

Information rate, Shannon's theorems on channel capacity, Optimum Codes, Huffman Code, Code
Efficiency, Error Control Coding, Methods of Controlling Errors, Types of Errors, Types of Codes,
Linear Block Codes: Matrix Description of Linear Block Codes, Error detection and correction
capabilities, Hamming Distance, Hamming Bound, Hamming Codes, CRC Block Codes, Syndrome
Calculation, Error Detection and Correction, Handshaking Techniques, FEC, ARQ - Stop and Wait,
Go Back N, Selective Repeat, Channel Throughput and Efficiency. (06 Hrs)
Unit IV: Communications Technologies & Computer Networks

Communication technologies: PSTN, DSL technologies SONET, Video on Demand, Bluetooth,
Cellular telephony, Broadband wireless technologies Computer Networks: Need and Applications
of Network, Protocols and Standards, OSI Model, TCP/IP Model, Network topology (Physical &
logical), LAN standards, Ethernet, Wireless LAN, Virtual LAN, DQDB, SMDS, Frame relay,
ATM (06 Hrs)
Unit V : Physical layer

Transmission media: Guided transmission media - Twisted Pair, Coaxial and Fiber-optic cables,
Wireless transmission: Electromagnetic spectrum, Radio and Micro Waves, Infrared, Lightwave,
Spread Spectrum Systems, Digital hierarchy– Signaling system, DS lines, T lines, E lines, Cable
modem Switching techniques: Circuit switching, Packet switching and message switching,
4
Network Hardware Components: Connectors, Transceivers and Media Converters, Repeaters,
hubs, NICs, Bridges and Switches (06 Hrs)
Unit VI :Data link control

Data link layer design issues: Services, Framing, Error and flow control, Stop-and-Wait protocol,
Sliding Window protocol, HDLC, Data link layer in Internet and ATM Medium access control
sublayer: Channel allocation: Static and Dynamic allocation, Multiple Access Protocols: ALOHA,
CSMA, Collision-free and limited-contention protocols, Virtual LANs (06 Hrs)
Text books:
1. Lathi B. "Modern Digital and Analog Communication Systems", 3rd Edition, Oxford
University Press, 2003, ISBN 0-19-511009 - 9
2. Fourauzan B., "Data Communications and Networking", 4th edition, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publications, 2006, ISBN 0 - 07 – 0634145
References Books:
1. Andrew S. Tenenbaum ,”Computer Networks”,4th Edition,PHI,ISBN 81-203-2175-8.

2. Stallings W., "Data and Computer Communications", Sixth Edition, Prentice Hall of India
Pvt. Ltd., 2002, ISBN 81-203-2067-0
3. Shanmugam K., "Digital and Analog Communication Systems", John Wiley & Sons (Asia)
Pvt. Ltd. ISBN 9971-51-146-0
4. Gupta P., "Data Communications", PHI, 2004, ISBN 81 - 203 - 1118 - 3
5. Wayne Tomasi “Introduction to Data Communications and Networking” Pearson
Education, 2007, ISBN 81-317-0930-2
6. Godbole A., "Data Communications and Networks", Tata McGraw-Hill Publications, 2002,
0 - 07 - 047297 - 1
5
310243: MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS
Teaching scheme Examination scheme
Lectures: 3 hrs/week Theory: 100 Marks
Learning objectives:
• Introduce Intel super-scalar architecture.

• Study of Intel Pentium architecture and programming.
• Study of architecture and programming of 8051 microcontroller.
Prerequisite:
• Microprocessors and Interfacing techniques
Unit I: Introduction to Pentium microprocessor (7 hrs.)

Historical evolution of 80286, 386, 486 processors. Pentium features and Architectures,
Pentium Real mode, Pentium RISC features, Pentium super-scalar architecture - Pipelining,
Instruction paring rules, Branch prediction, Instruction and Data caches. The Floating point Unit-
features, pipeline stages & data types.
Unit II : BUS cycles and Memory organization (6 hrs.)

Initialization and configuration, Bus operations – Reset, Non pipelined and pipelined (read
and write). Memory organization and I/O organization. Data transfer mechanism – 8bit, 16bit,
32bit. Data bus interface. Pentium programmers model, Register set, Addressing modes, Data
Types, BUS cycle.
Unit III: Protected Mode Architecture (7 hrs.)

Introduction, segmentation, support registers, related instructions, descriptors, memory
management through segmentation, logical to linear address translations, protection by
segmentation, privilege-level, protection, related instructions, inter-privilege level, transfer control,
Paging-support registers, related data structures ,linear to physical address translation ,TLB ,page
level protection.
Unit IV : Multitasking, Interrupts, Exceptions and I/O (6 hrs.)

Multitasking -support registers, related data structures, Task switching, Nested task, I/O
permission bit map. Virtual mode -features, address generation, privilege level, instruction and
registers available, entering and leaving V86 mode.
Interrupt structure - real, protected, virtual 8086 mode. I/O handling in Pentium, I/O instructions
Comparison of all three modes.
Unit V: 8051 Microcontroller- Part I (6 hrs)

Features, Micro-controller MCS-51 family architecture. Programmers model-register set,
register bank, SFR’s, addressing mode, instruction set, Memory organization on-chip data memory
External data memory and program memory. Memory interfacing-external RAM/ROM interface.
Unit VI :8051 Microcontroller- Part II (6 hrs)

CPU timings, Interrupt structure, Timers and their programming, Serial port and
programming, Power saving modes in 8051.
Introduction to 8096 Microcontroller - features and architecture.
6
Text books:
1. James Antonakos , “The Pentium Microprocessor” , 2004, Pearson Education
ISBN – 81-7808-545-3
2. Muhammad Ali Mazidi and Janice Gillispie Mazidi, “ The 8051 Microcontroller and
embedded systems”, 2009, Pearson education.
ISBN – 81-7808-574-7
3. Intel 8 bit Microcontroller manual.
4. Ajay Deshmukh, “Microcontrollers – (Theory and application)” , 2004, TMH
ISBN 0-07-058595-4
5. Intel 8096 16-bit Microcontroller manual.
Reference Books:
1. The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded systems using Assembly and C.
(K.J.Ayala/ D.V.Gadre) -Cengage learning ISBN 9788131511053
2. Jeffry and Royer, “IBM PC Hardware and Assembly Language”, BPB Publication
3. 8051 Microcontroller Hardware, Software and applications.
(V Udayshankara and M.S.Mallikarjunaswamy) (TMH)
7
310244: DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING

Lectures: 4 Hrs/ Week Theory: 100 Marks
Objectives:
• To learn methodology to analyze signals and systems
• Study transformed domain representation of signals and systems
• Design of filters as DT systems
• To get acquainted with the DSP Processors and DSP applications
Prerequisite:
• Knowledge of basic Engineering Mathematics
Unit I: Signals and Systems

Continuous time (CT), Discrete-time (DT) and Digital signals, Basic DT signals and
Operations. Discrete-time Systems, Properties of DT Systems and Classification, Linear Time
Invariant (LTI) Systems, Impulse response, Linear convolution, Linear constant coefficient
difference equations, FIR and IIR systems, Periodic Sampling, Relationship between Analog
and DT frequencies, Aliasing, Sampling Theorem, A to D conversion Process: Sampling,
quantization and encoding. (09 Hrs)
Unit II: Frequency Domain Representation of Signal

Introduction to Fourier Series, Representation of DT signal by Fourier Transform (FT),
Properties of FT: Linearity, periodicity, time shifting, frequency shifting, time reversal,
differentiation, convolution theorem, windowing theorem .Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT),
DFT and FT, IDFT, Twiddle factor, DFT as linear transformation matrix, Properties of DFT,
circular shifting, Circular Convolution, DFT as Linear filtering, overlap save and add, DFT
spectral leakage (08 Hrs)
Unit III: Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) and Z-Transform (ZT)

Effective computation of DFT, Radix-2 FFT algorithms: DIT FFT, DIF FFT, Inverse DFT
using FFT, Z-transform (ZT) , ZT & FT, ZT &DFT , ROC and its properties, ZT Properties ,
Rational ZT, Pole Zero Plot, Behaviour of causal DT signals, Inverse Z Transform (IZT): power
series method, partial fraction expansion (PFE) , Residue method. (09 Hrs)
UNIT IV: Analysis of DT - LTI Systems:

System function H(z), H(z) in terms of Nth order general difference equation, all poll and all
zero systems, Analysis of LTI system using H(Z), Unilateral Z-transform: solution of difference
equation, Impulse and Step response from difference equation, Pole zero plot of H(Z) and
difference equation, Frequency response of system, Frequency response from pole-zero plot
using simple geometric construction, Ideal frequency selective filters, magnitude and phase
response (08 Hrs)
Unit V: Digital Filter Design

Concept of filtering, Ideal filters and approximations, specifications, FIR and IIR filters, linear
phase response, FIR filter Design: Fourier Series method, Windowing method, Gibbs
Phenomenon, desirable features of windows, Different window sequences and its analysis,
Design examples:
IIR filter design: Introduction, Mapping of S-plane to Z-plane, Impulse Invariance method,
Bilinear Z transformation (BLT) method, frequency warping, Prewarping, Design examples,
Practical filters e.g. Butterworth filters, Comparison of IIR and FIR Filters, Finite word length
effect (08 Hrs)
8
Unit VI: Filter Structures and DSP Processors
Basic Structures for FIR Systems: direct form, cascade form, structures for linear phase FIR
Systems, Examples
Filter structures for IIR Systems: direct form, cascade form, parallel form, examples.
DSP Processors Architecture Study: ADSP 21XX series: features, comparison with
conventional processor, Functional Block diagram: ALU, MAC, Barrel shifter, DAG, Registers
Introduction to Applications of DSP in speech and image processing (08 Hrs)
Text Books:
1. Proakis J., Manolakis D., "Digital signal processing", 4th Edition, Pearson Education,
ISBN 9788131710005
2. Oppenheium A., Schafer R., Buck J., "Discrete time signal processing", 2nd Edition,
Pearson Education, ISBN 9788131704929
Reference Books:
1. Babu R., "Digital Signal Processing", 4th Edition, Scitech Publications, ISBN 978-81-
8371-081-7
2. Mitra S., "Digital Signal Processing: A Computer Based Approach", Tata McGraw-Hill,
1998, ISBN 0-07-044705-5
3. Vallavraj A., "Digital Signal Processing", ISBN 0-07-463996-X
4. Ifeachor E. C., Jervis B. W., “Digital Signal Processing: A Practical Approach “,
Pearson-Education, 2002
5. S.Poornachandra, B.Sasikala, “DSP”,3rd Edition, McgrawHill,ISBN-13:978-07-
067279-6
9
310245: THEORY OF COMPUTATION
Objectives:
• Study abstract computing models
• Learn about the theory of computability and complexity.
Prerequisites:
• Data Structures and Algorithms
Unit I: Basic Mathematical Objects

Sets, Logic, functions, Relations,
Languages: Languages in abstract, defining languages, Kleene closure.
Recursive Definitions: New method for defining languages, important languages.
Finite Automata: An Informal Picture of FA, Deterministic Finite Automaton (DFA): How a DFA
processes Strings, Simpler Notations for DFA, Extending the transition function to strings, the
language of DFA, Non-deterministic Finite Automaton (NFA): NFA, Extended transition function,
the language of an NFA, Equivalence of NFA and DFA, FA with e-transitions: Use of e-transitions,
NFA with e, e-closures, Extended transitions and languages for e-NFA, Eliminating €-transitions-
Con version of NFA with e to NFA without e, Conversion of NFA without e to DFA, Conversion
of NFA with 6 to DFA (direct method), FA with output: Moore and Mealy machines -Definition,
models, inter-conversion. (6 hrs.)
Unit II: Regular Expressions (RE) and Languages

Regular Expressions - Operators of RE, Building RE, Precedence of operators, Algebraic
laws for RE, Arden's Theorem, FA and RE: DFA to RE, RE to DFA (RE to s-NFA & e-NFA to
DFA and RE to DFA-direct method), FA limitations, Properties of Regular Languages: pumping
lemma for regular languages, closure and decision properties of regular languages, Equivalence and
minimization of automata, Application of RE: Regular expressions in Unix, GREP utilities of Unix,
Lexical analysis and finding patterns in text. (6 hrs.)
Unit III: Context Free Grammars (CFG) and Languages

Context Free Grammar- Definition, derivations, languages of a grammar, sentential form,
Parse Tree- inference, derivation and parse tree, from inference to tree, Ambiguity in grammars and
languages: removal of ambiguity, inherent ambiguity, Properties of CFL- Normal forms- Chomsky
Normal Form and Greibach Normal Form(GNF), Eliminating unit productions, useless production,
useless symbols, and e-productions, Regular Grammar - definition, left linear and right linear
Regular Grammar, Regular Grammar and Finite Automata, FA to RG and RG to FA, Inter-
conversion between left linear and right linear regular grammar. The pumping lemma for CFL,
Closure properties of CFL, Decision properties of CFL, Chomsky Hierarchy, Application of CFG:
Parser, Markup languages, XML and Document Type Definitions. (6 hrs.)
Unit IV: Push Down Automata (PDA)

Definition, The Language of PDA, Equivalence of PDA's and CFG- CFG to PDA, PDA to
CFG, Deterministic Push Down Automata (DPDA) - Regular language and DPDA, DPDA and
CFL, DPDA and ambiguous grammar, Non-deterministic Push Down Automata (NPDA).
(6 hrs.)
Unit V: Turing Machine
10
Problems that computer cannot solve, The Turing Machine(TM)-Notation, the language of TM, TM
and Halting, Programming techniques to TM, Extensions to basic TM, TM and Computers.
Post Machine: Introduction to Post Machines, Comparison between FA, PDA, Post Machine and
TM (6 hrs.)
Unit VI: Recursively enumerable languages

Recursively Enumerable and Recursive, Enumerating a Language, More General Grammars
Context-Sensitive Languages and the Chomsky Hierarchy, Not All Languages are Recursively
Enumerable.
Un-decidability: A Language that is not recursively enumerable, An un-decidable problem that is
RE, Post Correspondence Problem, Other Undecidable Problems. (6 hrs.)
Text books:
1. Hopcroft J., Mptwani R., Ullman J., "Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages and
Computations", Third edition, Pearson Education Asia.
2. John C Martin. "Introduction to Language and Theory of Computation", Third edition, Tata
McGraw- Hill
3. Daniel Cohen., "Introduction to Computer Theory", Second edition, Wiley Publications
(india).
References Books:
1. Lewis H., Papadimitriou C., "Elements of Theory of Computation", Second edition, Pearson
2. Moret B., “The Theory of Computation", Pearson Education Asia
3. Mishra K., Chandrasekaran N., 'Theory of Computer Science (Automata, Languages and
Computation)", Second Edition, Prentice Hall of India
11
310246: RDBMS AND VISUAL PROGRAMMING LABORATORY
Theory: 2 Hrs/Week Term Work: 50 Marks
Practical: 4 Hrs/Week Practical: 50 Marks
Objectives:
• To learn and understand Visual Programming Paradigms

• To learn and understand SQL, PL/SQL ,Embedded SQL
• To learn any Relational Database such as Oracle/MySQL/SQL Server etc.
• To learn and understand Database Project Life Cycle.
Part I: Visual Programming Language

Concept of Event Driven Programming, Visual basic 6.0 Integrated Development Environment,
Visual Basic 6.0 Projects – Standard EXE, ActiveX EXE/DLL , ActiveX user Control,
Visual Basic 6.0 – Data types, Control statements, loops, Array & dynamic array handling, Sub
routines & functions, File Handling- sequential files, Binary files, random access files.
Visual Basic 6.0 - Text Box, Command, Label, Picture Box, Image Box, Graphics Control, List
Box, Combo Box, Check Box, Option Box, Frame, Image list box, Image combo box, Drive box,
Directory list box, File list box, OLE Control, Timer, Rich Text Box, Treeview Control, Progress
bar, Tool bar, Status bar, Tab strips, Sliders, Horizontal scrollbar, Vertical scrollbar, Common
Dialog Control, Message box, Input box, Menu, Properties, Events & Methods, MDI forms,
Control Array, ActiveX DLL, ActiveX user Control.
Part II: RDBMS - SQL, PL/SQL

Introduction to SQL, Introduction to DDL, DML, DCL, TCL, Data types, Integrity constraints,
SQL Operators, SQL SET Operators, SQL Functions -Character, Date, Null Values, Aggregate,
Group By, Having Clause, Order By, Joins, Subquery, Multi table Inert & Merge, Case Expression.
DDL Statement : Create, Alter, Drop – Table, View, Index, sequence, and synonyms, User, Role
DML Statement: Insert, Select, update, Delete – Table, View
DCL Statement : Grant, Revoke
TCL Statement : Commit, Rollback, Save Point
Introduction to PLSQL, PL/SQL Block, Data types, Control structure, Loops, Operators
Cursors : Implicit, Explicit, REF., Collection and Record
Sub Program : Stored Functions & Stored Procedures, Package
Database Triggers : Row level & Statement level.
Exception Handling : Built in Exception & User defined Exception
Embedded SQL and Dynamic SQL
Part III : Mini Project : Database Project Life Cycle

• Project Requirement Gathering and Scope
• Database Analysis and Design

Design Approach – Bottom Up, Top Down, inside – Out, Mixed strategy.
Design Entity Relationship Model
Relational Model
12
Database Normalization
• Implementation :
Front End : Visual Basic 6.0
Backend : Oracle/ MySQL / SQL Server
Report : Data Report
Database Programming : ODBC, OLEDB, ADO, RDO
• Testing : Form Validation
Group of students should submit the Project Report which will be consist of Title of the
Project, Abstract, Introduction, scope, Requirements, Entity Relationship Diagram with EER
features, Data Dictionary, Relational Database Design, Database Normalization, Graphical User
Interface, Source Code, VB Forms and Data Reports, Testing document, Conclusion.
Instructor should maintain progress report of mini project throughout the semester from project
group and assign marks as a part of the term work
Suggested List of Assignments
Part I : Visual Programming (Visual Basic 6.0)
1. Design and Develop Scientific Calculator using control array

2. Design and Develop Menu driven Text & Image editor
3. Design and Develop an application which demonstrates the use of Drive box, Directory list
box, File List box and Tree view control
4. Design and Develop a program for animation(traffic signal, bouncing ball, flying butterfly)
5. Design and Develop features of Paint Brush application
6. Design and Develop ActiveX user control (numeric text box, string manipulation function)
7. Set Properties, Methods, Events, and demonstrate the use of ActiveX Control in Standard
8. EXE project
9. Design and Develop ActiveX DLL for linear search & binary search and demonstrate the
use of ActiveX DLL in Standard EXE project
10. Develop a program for Sequential and Random Access file handling.
11. Design student Information form using Visual Basic 6.0 and Implement validation for Text,
Number, Email, Length, Upper Case, Lower Case, Date, Password, Character matching etc.
Part II : RDBMS – SQL, PL/SQL
1. Design and Develop SQL DDL statements which demonstrate the use of SQL objects such
as Table, View , Index, Sequence, Synonym
2. Design at least 10 SQL queries for suitable database application using SQL DML
statements: Insert, Select, Update, Delete with operators, functions, set operators, Clauses.
3. Design at least 10 SQL queries for suitable database application using SQL DML
statements: all types of Join, Sub-Query and View.
4. Write a PL/SQL block to calculate the grade of minimum 10 students.
5. Write a PL/SQL block to implement all types of cursors.
6. Write a PL/SQL stored procedure and function.
7. Write a database Trigger (Row level and Statement level).
8. Implement Embedded SQL queries using C/C++ as host language.
The problem definition should allow the use of cursors and all commonly used command and bi-
directional transfer of information (Between host language data items and backend Database)
13
Part III: Mini Project : Database Project Life Cycle
1. Design Employee Information form using Visual Basic 6.0. Implement Database
navigation operations ( add, delete, edit etc. ) using ODBC/OLEDB.
2. Write a program in Visual Basic 6.0 to access stored procedure and functions using
ODBC/OLEDB
Instructions:
Instructor should frame minimum six Practical Assignments on Part I

Instructor should frame minimum six Practical Assignments on Part II ( SQL : 3 &
PL/SQL : 3 )
Instructor should frame a Practical Assignment on embedded SQL
Instructor should frame minimum two Practical Assignments and Develop mini project on
Part III
Submission of each Practical Assignment should be in the form of handwritten write-ups,
printout of source code and output
Instructor should assign a mini project to a group of 3 - 4 students based Part III
Practical Examination will be based on the all topics covered from Part I, Part II & Part III
and questions will be asked to judge understanding of practical performed at the time of
practical examination
Reference Books:
1. “ Visual Basic 6 Programming - Black Book”, DreamTeach Press
2. “ Mastering Visual Basic 6 ”, Envagelos Petroutsos, bpb Publication
3. “ Visual Basic 6 Programming ”, Tata McgrawHill ,Content Development Group
4. “ SQL and PL/SQL for Oracle 10g Black Book”, Dr. P.S.Deshpande, DreamTech
5. “ SQL, PL/SQL: The Programming Language of Oracle”, Ivan Bayross, BPB Publication
6. “ Oracle 9i/10g The Complete Reference”, Kevin Loney, George Koch, Tata McGraw Hill
7. “ Managing and Using MySQL”, Reese G., Yarger R., King T., Williums H, 2nd Edition,
Shroff Publishers and Distributors Pvt. Ltd., ISBN 81 - 7366 - 465 – X
8. “ SQL Server – Black Book”, Dalton Patrik, DreamTech Press
14
310247: SIGNAL PROCESSING LABORATORY
Oral: 50 Marks
Part I
1. Find the output of a given system for given input sequence using linear convolution.
2. Write a C program to generate samples of sine, Cosine and exponential signals at specified
sampling frequency and signal parameters. (Test the results for different analog frequency
(F) and sampling frequency (Fs) )
3. Find the output of a system described by given difference equation and initial conditions for
given input sequence. (Solution of difference equation) (Obtain the response for different
systems by changing Degree of difference equation (N) and coefficients and also for
different input sequence x(n). Observe the response by considering system as FIR and IIR
system)
Part II
1. Write a C program to plot the magnitude and phase response of a Fourier Transform (FT).
(Observe the spectrum for different inputs. Observe the Periodicity.)
2. Find the N point DFT / IDFT of the given sequence x (n) .Plot the magnitude spectrum
|X(K)| Vs K. (Analyze the output for different N and the same input sequence x(n).Also
observe the periodicity and symmetry property)
3. Compute N point DFT using linear transformation matrix.
4. Find the N point circular convolution of given two sequences. Test it for linear convolution
5. Compute the circular convolution of given two sequences using DFT and IDFT.
Part III
1. Implement the N-point radix-2 DIT or DIF FFT algorithm to find DFT or IDFT of given
sequence x (n). (Analyze the output for different N Program should work for any value of
N (generalized))
2. Find DFT of a given sequence using Goertzel algorithm. (Analyze the output for different
N)
3. Draw a pole zero plot from a given system function H(Z) expressed as rational function.
(Display pole zero table and pole zero plot)
4. Write a C program to plot the magnitude and phase response of a given system ( given:
h(n): impulse response of system S) (Observe the frequency response for different systems.
Compare the frequency response of a system (filter) for different length h(n) i.e filter
coefficients)
Part IV
1. Obtain the Fourier transform of different window functions. Plot the magnitude and phase
spectrums. (Observe and compare the desirable features of window sequences. Observe the
main and side lobes)
2. Design an FIR filter from given specifications using Fourier Series method
3. Design an FIR filter from given specifications using windowing method ( Program should
work for different types of filter specifications i.e LPF, HPF, BPF etc and all window
sequences. Plot the frequency response for different frequency terms i.e. analog and DT
frequency)
15
4. Design of IIR filter for given specifications using Bilinear Transformation. (Programshould
work for different types of filter specifications i.e LPF, HPF, BPF etc and for different
transfer functions of an analog filter)
5. Study of DSP Processor
Note:
• All Assignments should be developed in C/C++. [Compare the output(s) of at least six
programs with the output of any software package related to signal processing like
Sigview/Octave/Matlab etc]
• Students will submit Term Work in the form of a Journal, which includes at least 13
assignments as mentioned below plus study assignment on DSP Processor.
• Assignments: All 3 from Part I + Any 4 from Part II + Any 3 from Part III (assignment
on Implementation of FFT algorithm is compulsory) + Any 3 from Part IV.
• Each assignment should include algorithm analysis and program listing.
• Oral Examination will be based on the Theory and Term Work (Subject knowledge and
assignments )
Text Books:
1. Ingale V., Proakis J., "Digital Signal Processing :A MATLAB based approach ” , Cengage
Learning , ISBN 9788131509050
2. Schuler C., Chugani M, "Digital Signal Processing- A hands on Approach", Tata McGraw-
Hill Edition, ISBN 0-07-058966-6
3. Herniter M., "Programming in Matlab", Cengage Learning , 1st Edition 2009
4. ISBN 978-81-315-1060-5
Reference Book:
1. Manuals - ADSP 21XX family DSP.
16
310248: HARDWARE LAB
Teaching scheme Examination scheme

Practical: 4 hrs/week Practical: 50 Marks
Term Work: 25 Marks
1. Write an ALP to simulate TYPE command using PSP.

2. Write an ALP to simulate COPY command using PSP.
3. Write an ALP / in line code for displaying boot sector of floppy and boot record of hard
disk.
4. Write an ALP / in line code for displaying file content using root directory and FAT for
floppy disk.
5. Write an installable DOS device driver for printers.
6. Write a C program for PC to PC communication.
a. File Transfer
b. Full duplex character transfer (chat application)
7. Write ALP for Mouse interface (Assignment old as it is)
8. Write ALP for DPMI (Assignment old as it is)
9. Study of Pentium motherboard.
10. Write ALP to implement multitasking using Pentium programming.
11. Write an 8051 ALP for rate generation using Timer0/Timer1 by using
a. Polling method
b. ISP method
12. Write an 8051 ALP for serial port programming to transfer block of data using
a. Polling method
b. ISP method
13. Write an 8051 ALP to interface stepper motor for following operations
a. Full step
b. Half step
c. Clock wise
d. Anticlockwise
17
TE TERM-II
310249: PRINCIPLES OF PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES

Objectives:
• To understand the basic building blocks of programming languages.
• To learn and understand various programming paradigms.
Prerequisites:
• Data Structures and Algorithms
• Theory of Computation
Unit I: Introduction
Role of programming languages, need to study programming languages, characteristics of a good
programming languages, Introduction to various programming paradigms: Procedural, object-
oriented, logic and functional programming, Parallel Programming, Concurrent Programming
Data Types: properties of structured and non-structured data types and Objects, variables,
constants, Derived and abstract data types, declaration, type checking. Binding and binding times,
type conversion, scalar data type, composite data types, Implementation and Storage representation
of data types and control flow statement.
Procedures: Procedure call and return, recursive subprogram, Different parameter passing
methods, Lifetime of variables, Scope rules: Static and Dynamic scope, Referencing environment:
activation records (Local, Non local and Global), Storage management (static and Dynamic),
Exceptions and exception handling (8 Hrs)
Unit II: Procedural Programming

Design Principles, Control flow: statement-oriented and block-oriented structure programming,
Execution steps, desirable and undesirable characteristics of procedural programming.
Procedural Programming with Pascal: Program structure, Lexical elements, Data Types,
Operators and punctuators, variable and type declarations, I/O, type conversion, control structures:
conditional and iterative, arrays, procedures and functions, local and global variables, nested
procedures and scope rules, pointers, parameter passing, User defined data types, comparative
study of C and PASCAL (6 Hrs)
Unit III: Object Oriented Programming

Design Principles: Objects, classes, Messages and methods, Implementation of Object-oriented
Programming, Object oriented programming with Java: Program structure, Object and class
declarations, constructors, inheritance, polymorphism, access specification, interfaces, packages,
exception handling, Java I/O, Java applications and applets, introduction to Java threads and
multithreading, Socket Programming, JDBC, Comparative study of C++ and Java. (6 Hrs)
Unit IV: Introduction to .NET Technology and C#:

Brief introduction to Microsoft .NET - The Microsoft .NET platform, .NET framework,
advantages, introduction to C#, type system, classes, method, Properties, Arrays, Interfaces,
Delegates and event handlers, Assemblies and Modules, late binding, creating and executing code
at Run Time, Multithreading Patterns, Exception Handling. (6 Hrs)
18
Unit V: Logic Programming
Logic programming language model, logical statements, resolution, unification, search structures:
backward and forward, Applications of logic programming
Logic Programming with Prolog: Program structure, logical variable, syntax structure, Control
structure, resolution and unification, depth-first search, backtracking, cut operator, recursive rules,
Prolog facilities and deficiencies (6 Hrs)
Unit VI: Functional Programming

Introduction to functional programming, Lambda calculus: Ambiguity, free and bound identifiers,
reductions, typed lambda calculus, application of functional programming
Functional Programming with LISP: Elements of functional Programming, Function declaration,
Expression evaluation, type checking (6 Hrs)
Text Books:
1. Roosta S., "Foundations of Programming Languages", Thomson Brookes/Cole, ISBN 981 -243-
141-1
2. Sethi R., "Programming Languages concepts & constructs", 2nd Edition, Pearson Education,
ISBN 81 - 7808 - 104 – 0
References Books:
1. Scbesta R., "Concepts Of Programming Languages", 4th Edition, Pearson Education, ISBN-81-
7808-161-X
2. Balagurusamy E., "Programing with C#", Tata McGraw-Hill, 2002, ISBN 0 - 07 -047339-0
3. K.Venugopal., "Programming in Turbo PASCAL", Tata-McGraw Hill,
4. Herbert Schildt "The Complete Reference Java2", 5th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill 0 - 07-
049543-2
5. Winston P., Klaus B., Horn P., "LISP", 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, 81 - 7808 -155-5
6. Carl Townsend ,”Programming in turbo PROLOG”, Tata-McGraw Hill
19
310250: COMPUTER NETWORKS
Objectives:
• To understand the Network Architecture.
• To learn and understand various Networking Protocols & Layers .
Prerequisites:
• Data Communication & Networking
Unit I: Introduction to computer network and internet

What is internet? Network edge, Network core, Protocol layers and services model, Network
standardization. Introduction to application layer services, DNS, HTTP, FTP, SMTP, DHCP,
TELNET. (06 hrs.)
Unit II: Transport Layer

Transport services, Connection management, UDP, TCP, Socket Programming(TCP & UDP),TCP
Flow control, TCP Congestion Control. (08 hrs.)
Unit III: Quality of service and Traffic Management

Introduction to quality of services, scheduling, congestion control, differentiated services,
integrated services, RSVP. (06 hrs)
Unit IV: Internetworking

Network Layer design issues, IPV4, IPV6, ARP, RARP, ICMP(V4&V6) (06 hrs.)
Unit V : Routing Principles

Introduction to IP routing, Classification of routing algorithms, distance vector, link state,
hierarchical, adhoc Net, MACA, MACAW. Routing protocols-RIP, OSPF, BGP, IGRP. (08 hrs)
Unit VI: Lower level protocols and implementation

HDLC, PPP protocols, internetworking devices like hubs, switches, routers, bridges. Link
virtualization (ATM, MPLS) (06 Hrs)
Text books:
1. Kurose, Ross, “ Computer Networking-a top down approach featuring the internet “,Pearson
Education
2. Andrew S. Tenenbaum ,”Computer Networks”,4th Edition,PHI,ISBN 81-203-2175-8.
References Books:
1. Fourauzan B, “Data communication and Computer Networks”, Tata McGraw Hill)
2. Olifer & Olifer ,”Computer Networks-principles, technologies & protocols for network design”,
WILEY
3. Comer D, “Computer networks and internet”, Pearson Education
20
310251: FINANCE & MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Unit I: Basic of management theory & practice

Evolution of management thoughts, system approach to management process, functions of
manager, social responsibilities of manager. International management and Multinational
Corporation, cultural differences in international management. Quality perspective, HR
management and selection, performance appraisal and carrier strategies (6 hrs)
Unit II: Finance

Overview of financial management: goal of financial management, fundamental principle of
finance, risk return trade off, forms of business organization .Financial statements taxes and cash
flow: balance sheet, profit and loss account, finance topics, taxes, free cash flow. Time value of
money: time lines and notations, present and future value of single amount. Mergers &
acquisition: Mergers, acquisition, takeover, privatization, Divestitures. Corporate Security: Share,
debentures & International Security (8 hrs)
Unit III: Basics of MIS -Decision making:

Concepts, process and organizational decision making, role of MIS in decision making.
Development process of MIS: MIS plan, development & implementation of MIS. Strategies design
of MIS, business process reengineering, relevance of IT, DSS concepts, philosophy and application,
knowledge management and system. (8 hrs)
Unit IV: E-business

E-business enterprise: Organization of business in digital form, e-business, e-commerce, e-
communication, e-collaboration and real time enterprise. Modern business technology: security and
businesses, web enabled business management, CMS, ECM, enterprise portal. (6 hrs)
Unit V : Enterprise and global management

Enterprise management system: EMS, ERP, SCM, CRM. Information security challenges, Global
management: outsourcing and off-shoring, cultural, political and economical challenges, global
business IT strategies and applications, global IT platform, global data access issues. (6 hrs)
Unit VI: Laws and case studies

Law: cyber law, IT act, right to information act, IPR law, IT impact on society.
Case studies: Refer case studies given in the text book (6 hrs)
Text books:
1. W.S. Jawadekar, “Management information system, text and cases: A digital firm
perspective” 4th edition, Tata Mcgraw hill, 2009
2. J.A.O’Brien, “Management information system”, 9th edition, Tata Mcgraw hill, 2009
3. H. Koontz, “Essentials of management: An international perspective”, 8th edition, Tata
Mcgraw hill, 2010
4. P. Chandra, “Financial management theory and practice”, 6th edition, Tata Mcgraw hill, 2007
References Books:
1. P.K.Goel, “Business law for managers”, priztantra, 2009
2. V. Sharan, “Fundamentals of financial management”, Pearson, 2nd edition
3. E.Turban, “Information technology for management”, 6th edition, Wiley edition, 2008
4. R. Mclead, “Management information system”, 10th edition, Pearson
21
310252: SYSTEMS PROGRAMMING AND OPERATING SYSTEMS
Lecturers: 4 Hrs/Week Theory: 100 Marks
Objectives:
• To understand the concepts and components of Systems Programming
• To Learn and understand the fundamentals of Operating systems
• To study the operations performed by Operating System as a resource manager.
Prerequisites:
• Data Structures
• Computer Organization
• C programming
Unit I: Introduction to Systems Programming

Introduction: Components of System Software, Language Processing Activities,
Fundamentals of Language Processing.
Assemblers: Elements of Assembly language programming. Simple assembler scheme, Structure
of an assembler, Design of single and two pass assembler
Macro Processors: Macro Definition and call, Macro expansion, Nested Macro Calls, Advanced
Macro Facilities, Design of a two-pass and nested macro-processor (10 hrs)
Unit II: Loaders and Linkers

Loaders: Loader Schemes: Compile and go, General Loader Scheme, Absolute loaders, subroutine
linkages, relocating loaders, direct linking loaders, overlay structure, Design of an absolute loader,
design of direct linking loader.
Linkers: Relocation and linking concepts, Design of linker, self relocating programs, Static and
dynamic link libraries, use of call back functions, Dynamic linking with and without import (8 hrs)
Unit III: Introduction to OS and Process management

Introduction to OS :Architecture, Goals & Structures of O.S, Basic functions, Interaction of O. S.
& hardware architecture, System calls, Batch, multiprogramming. Multitasking, time sharing,
parallel, distributed & real -time O.S.
Process Management
Process Concept, Process states, Process control, Threads, Uni-processor Scheduling: Types of
scheduling: Preemptive, Non preemptive, Scheduling algorithms: FCFS, SJF, RR, Priority, Thread
Scheduling, Real Time Scheduling. System calls like ps, fork, join, exec family, wait. (6 hrs)
Unit IV: Concurrency control

Concurrency: Principles of Concurrency, Mutual Exclusion: S/W approaches, H/W Support,
Semaphores, pipes, Message Passing, signals, Monitors, Classical Problems of Synchronization:
Readers-Writers, Producer Consumer, and Dining Philosopher problem.
Deadlock: Principles of deadlock, Deadlock Prevention, Deadlock Avoidance, Deadlock
Detection, System calls like signal, kill. (8 hrs)
Unit V: Memory Management

Memory Management requirements, Memory partitioning: Fixed and Variable Partitioning,
Memory Allocation: Allocation Strategies (First Fit, Best Fit, and Worst Fit), Fragmentation,
Swapping, and Paging. Segmentation, Demand paging
22
Virtual Memory: Concepts, management of VM, Page Replacement Policies (FIFO, LRU, Optimal,
Other Strategies), Thrashing. (7 hrs)
Unit VI: I/O & File management

I/O management & Disk scheduling: I/O Devices, Organization of I/O functions, Operating
System Design issues, I/O Buffering, Disk Scheduling (FCFS, SCAN, C-SCAN, SSTF), RAID,
Disk Cache.
File Management: Concepts, File Organization, File Directories, File Sharing, Record Blocking,
Allocation methods, Free Space management (6 hrs)
Text books:
1. Stalling William, "Operating Systems" , Pearson Education, fifth edition.
2. John J. Donovan,” Systems programming” ,TMGH
References Books:
1. Beck L., "System Software: An Introduction to Systems Programming", 3rd Edition Pearson
Education
2. Milan Melankovic ”Operating systems”., Second edition ,TMGH.
3. Silberschatz A., Galvin P., Gagne G., "Operating System Concepts ", John Wiley and Sons, 8th
Edition.
4. Petzold C., "Programming Windows", 5th Edition, Microsoft Press, 81-7853- 007-4
5. Dhamdhere D.M., "Systems Programming and Operating Systems", 2nd revised Edition, TMGH
6. Adam Hoover, “System Programming with C and UNIX”, Pearson Education
Sibsankar Haldar, Alex A Arvind, “Operating Systems”, Pearson Education
23
310253: SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
Objectives:
• To learn and understand the Concepts of Software Engineering

• To Learn and understand Software Development Life Cycle
• To apply the project management and analysis principles to S/W project development.
• To apply the design & testing principles to S/W project development.
Unit I: Introduction To Software Engineering

Nature of Software, Software Process, Software Engineering Practice, software Myths, Generic
Process model, Process Models: Waterfall Model, Incremental Models, Evolutionary Models,
Concurrent, Specialized Process Models, Personal and Team Process Models, Agile Process
models: Agile process, Extreme programming. (06 Hrs)
Unit II: Requirements Engineering

Requirements Engineering, Initiating the process, Eliciting Requirements, Building the
Requirements Model, Negotiating, Validating requirements, Requirements Analysis, Scenario-
Based Analysis, Requirements Modeling strategies, Flow-Oriented Modeling, Class based
modeling, SRS. (06 Hrs)
Unit III: Design Engineering

Design Process, Design Concepts, The Design Model: Data Design, Architectural, interface Design
Elements.
Architectural Design: Software Architecture, Architectural Styles, Architectural Design, User
Interface Design: Rules, User Interface Analysis and Design, Applying Interface Design Steps,
Issues, Web App Interface Design Principles (06 Hrs)
Unit IV: Testing

Testing Strategies: A Strategic approach to Software Testing, Strategic Issues, Testing Strategy
for Conventional Software and Object-Oriented Software, Testing strategies for Web App,
Validation Testing, System Testing, Validation and Verification, Debugging.
Testing Tactics: Testing Fundamentals, White Box Testing: Basis Path Testing, Control Structure
Testing, Black Box Testing. (06 Hrs)
Unit V: Project management Concepts

Management Spectrum, people, product, process, project, critical practices, Process and project
Metrics: Metrics in process and project domains, software measurement metrics for software
quality, Estimation for software project: project planning process, software scope and feasibility,
resources, Decomposition Techniques, Empirical Estimation Models, Estimation Empirical,
Estimation for Object Oriented project ,Specialized Estimation techniques, Make by decision.
(06 Hrs)
24
Unit VI: Project Planning
Risk Management: Reactive versus proactive Software Risk, Risk Identification, risk projection,
risk refinement, risk mitigation, monitoring & management, The RMMM plan. Project Scheduling:
Task set for Software project, defining a task network, scheduling, earned value analysis, Product
Metrics: A framework for product metrics, Software Quality: Software Quality Factors, Software
configuration management: software configuration management, the SCM Repository, SCM
process. (06 Hrs)
Text Books:
1. Pressman R., "Software Engineering, A Practitioners Approach", 7th Edition, Tata
MCGraw Hill Publication,2010, ISBN 978-007-126782-3
Reference Books:
1. Mall R., "Fundamentals of Software Engineering", Second Edition, Prentice Hall India,
2004, ISBN 81 -203-2445-5
2. Vliet H., "Software Engineering Princilpes and Practices", Second Edition, John Wiley and
Sons, ISBN 9971-51-357-9
3. Sommerville “Software Engineering” 8th Edition, Person Education
4. Behfarooz A:, Hudson F., "Software Engineering Fundamentals", Oxford University Press,
2002, ISBN 0-19-510539-7
5. Pankaj Jalote “An Integrated Approach to Software Engineering” ,Third Edition, Springer .
25
310254: SOFTWARE LABORATORY
Teaching scheme: Examination scheme:
Practical: 4 Hrs/Week Practical: 50 marks
Term work: 25 marks
List of assignments
1. Design suitable data structures and implement pass-I of a two-pass assembler for 8 bit
microprocessor/ pseudo-machine. Implementation should consist of a few instructions from
each category and few assembler directives
2. Implement pass-II of a two-pass assembler for 8-bit microprocessor/ pseudo-machine. The
output of assignment-1 (intermediate file and symbol table) should be input for this
assignment.
3. Design suitable data structures and implement pass-I of a two-pass macro-processor.
4. Write a program for pass-II of a two-pass macro-processor. The output of assignment-3
(MNT, MDT and file without any macro definitions) should be input for this assignment
NOTE: For Above 4 assignments use proper table handling techniques like hashing
5. Write a program to create Dynamic Link Library for any mathematical operation and write
an application program to test it
6. Write a program to implement following scheduling algorithms
7. First Come First Serve, Shortest Job First (Preemptive), Priority/Round-Robin (Non-
Preemptive).
8. Write a program to implement following scheduling algorithms: 1. Least Recently Used 2.
Optimal page replacement
9. Write a program to implement Reader-writer problem using mutex/ semaphore
10. 9 Write a program to implement Banker’s Algorithm
11. Implement producer-consumer algorithm using multi-threading concept
12. Study UNIX system calls like ps, fork, join, exec family, wait. for process management
13. Study of kernel, types of kernel, UNIX/ Linux kernel re-compilation.
Instructions:
Students must submit the term-work in the form of journal. Each assignment has to be well
documented. Staff in charge will assess the assignments continuously and grade or mark each
assignment on completion date declared for each assignments. Operating systems assignments
should be STRICTLY conducted using Open-Source platform
.
Reference Books:
1. Adam Hoover, “System Programming with C and UNIX”, Pearson Education
2. Richard Stevens: Advanced Programming in the UNIX environment, Pearson Education
3. “Beginning Linux Programming”, Wrox Press
Note: The practical examination will be based on the assignments performed by the candidates as
part of the term-work. Questions will be asked during the practical examination to judge the
understanding of the students. It is expected that the student know the theoretical aspect of the
problem.
26
310255: COMPUTER NETWORKS LABORATORY
Theory: 1 Hr/Week Term Work: 25 Marks
Practical: 4 Hrs/Week Oral: 50 Marks
Instructor should conduct classroom lectures and demonstrations to cover following topics
• HTML and XHTML: Introduction, Basic Syntax, HTML Document structure, HTML Tags,
Text formatting, Graphic Objects, Lists, Tables, Frames, Forms, Style Sheets, Prominent
features of HTML Editor such as MS Front Page
• XML: Introduction, Syntax, XML Document structure, Document Type Definitions
(DTDs), XML Schema, CSS and XSLT
• Introduction to client-side scripts using VBScript/JavaScript
• PHP: Introduction, General syntax, Primitives, Operations, Expressions, Control statements,
Arrays, Functions, Form Handling, Session Tracking, Cookies, Database Connectivity and
Access
• Case Study of a Campus Network, design details, trouble shooting
• Demonstration of a protocol analyzer tool
• Network Configuration and Administration in Linux and Windows
1. Setting up a small network(2PC’s, 4 PC’s) and configuration for sharing resources.

2. Study of protocol analyzer (Ethereal)Packet analysis (wireshark)
3. Installing and configuring DHCP server(windows 2003 server) ,Linux
4. Studying Linux network configuration and commands.
5. Installation and configuration web server(Client-server based)
6. Write a program using socket programming for TCP preferably in C.
7. Write a program using socket programming for UDP preferably in C.
8. Design a website using HTML for any application.
9. Design dynamic web pages and validate them using VB script or JAVA script.
10. Write a PHP script to access the data from assignment no 9
(Note: Instead of assignments 8, 9 & 10 lab teacher can frame a mini, web based project in a
group of 3 to 4 students)
11. Write a program to create TCP/IP packet using standard TCP/IP include files and send it to
the server [Linux platform].
12.Create a DTD for a catalog of cars, where each car has the child elements and two or three
child elements have their own child elements, each of these elements are required and has the
possible values Yes or No. Create an XML document with instances of the car elements defined
in the DTD and process this document using the DTD and produce a display of raw XML
document. Create an XML schema and CSS style sheet for the above-mentioned XML
document. Create an XSLT style sheet for one car element of the XML document and use it to
create a display of that element.
27
310256: SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT TOOLS LABORATORY
Practical: 2Hrs/Week Term Work: 50 Marks
Objectives
• To implement principles of software engineering.
• To motive students to learn latest technologies.
• To enhance leadership, team member and communication qualities among students.
• To motivate students for self learning and lifelong learning.
• To bridge the gap between curriculum and industry demand.
1. Assignments
Instructor should frame six assignments based on one of the following group of technologies
• Part I: .NET Technology
1) ASP
2) C#
3) VC++
• Part II: Java Technology
1) J2EE
2) J2ME
• Part III: Rich Internet Application
1) Flex
2) Flash
3) Cold Fusion
• Part IV
Any other technology which is demanded by industry.
2. Mini Project
Students should work in a group of 2 to 4 for each project. They should come up with project topic
in the area of systems or business applications. They are free to choose any latest technology for
implementation of project. The group should work on following phases of software development
lifecycle.
1) Requirement Analysis
2) System Design
3) Coding
4) Testing
Instructions:
Students should submit Term Work in the form of journal that should include at least six
assignments and a mini project. Each assignment should consist of laboratory work such as design,
write-up, algorithm, important test cases, program listing with proper documentation and printout if
any. A mini project should consist of 15-20 pages report and softcopy of project.
28
Reference Books:
1. Prosise J., “Programming Windows with MFC”, Second Edition, Microsoft Press, 1999,
ISBN 81-7853-012-0
2. Kruglinski D., Sheperd, Wingo, “Programming Microsoft Visual C++”, Fifth Edition,
Microsoft press, ISBN 81-2853-005-8
3. Stephen Walther, “ASP .NET 3.5 Unleashed”, Pearson Education, 2008, ISBN
9788131719466
4. Kogent, “C# 2008 Programming Blacl Book”, Wiley, 2008, 9788177228328
5. McGrovern, “J2EE 1.4 Bible”, Wiley, 2005, ISBN 8126504536
6. Michael J. Yuan, “Enterprise J2ME: Developing Mobile Java Applications”, Pearson
Education, 2004, ISBN 9788131704387
7. Adobe, “Adobe Flash CS3 Professional Classroom in a Book”, Pearson Education, 2007,
ISBN9788131715765
8. Balderson, Peter Ent, Heider, Et. Al., “Professional Adobe Flex 3”, Wiley, 9788126521692.
9. Adam Phillip Churvis, “Cold Fusion MX Bible”, Wiley.
29
310257: SEMINAR AND TECHNICAL COMMUNICATION
Objective:
• To explore the basic principles of communication (verbal and non-verbal) and active,
empathetic listening, speaking and writing techniques.
• To expose the student to new technologies, researches, products, algorithms, protocols etc.
Instructions for student
• Each student will select a topic in the area of Computer Engineering and Technology
preferably keeping track with recent technological trends and development.
• The topic must be selected in consultation with the institute guide.
• Each student will make a seminar presentation in the term making use of audio/visual aids
for a duration of 20-25 minutes and submit the seminar report in the form of bound journal
(two copies) duly signed by the guide and Head of department.
• Attendance at seminars for all students is compulsory.
• A panel of staff members from the institute will assess the seminar internally during the
presentation.
Format of the Seminar Report

• Title Page with Title of the topic, Name of the candidate with Exam Seat Number, Roll
Number, Name of the Guide, Name of the Department, Institution and Year
• Seminar Approval Sheet
• Abstract
• Table of Contents, List of Figures, List of Tables and Nomenclature
• Introduction with section describing organization of the report
• Literature Survey
• Details of Analytical and/or experimental work, if any
• Discussions and Conclusions
• Acknowledgement,
• References
Note:
1. The total workload of the seminar head can be calculated as follows:
Total Workload = (Number of students*2)/9
2. The maximum number of seminars assigned to every eligible faculty should not be more than 9.
30
!"
# $%& $ ' $
(
" # $ %
& '
) * * +*
((
(
) !* "
+ ,
- !. "
/ 0 #1
* * +*
# # 2
3 0 0 , ,
# , 4 4 / 3 0
15 1 5 3 $ $
1 1 # 1 1
- . $ / 0$
$ (
1 2 3 4(5 & (65 7 (
4 53 0 0
1 53 0 3 0 0
(
08 / 9
, 6 , 6
.2'2 2 2 6 , 6 " 7
8 /, 06 6 68 0 6 # 2
9 9 # 6 # :, , # # 2
$ : : )
; 6 # 36 < 3 < # =
6 0 36 < 6 # 3 33 <
# = 6 3> 0 " # 2
)
" ?
@ # 3 6 # 3 36, 6
0 A 6 2'2$2 3 6, 6
, > 6 # # # : , 6
, # 6 < < , 6
6 , 0 2
" ,
/ , 6 A 3 > 6 , 3 6
, 3 6 , 6 # A 3 6
: 3 > 6 # 3 63
> ,> , 2
((
& ) /:
; < 6 < 6 '
# # 6 ; # ! 6 0
3 6 3 6 3
A ## 6 3 2
9 )
# 6 ## # 6 <
# # 6 6 # 6 #
# 6 # 6 # 6 #
B C' # 2
& ; < 9 & . )
; . ?
D, 6 # , 6
# 3 , 6 # #! #6 6 6
: # 3 6 D, 7 6
, 6 A A D , 6
## , 2
9 ?
" 3 # 6 3 # 6 3 # 6 3
# 6 # 2
3 0 ?
2 /$ # > , , A 2 # > 3
# B. C = ? A A , 3 3 #
A A A 3 A # 2
6 , ,
# 0 3 0 3 2 . # A
# , , ,
# 2
# > , E ' 7 #
A , 2 , 0 , 3 A
A # 2
2 ; , , A 2
<
$ # > 3 , ".
3
< ; =
2 ' F2 2 0 "2-26 G H6 I 3
1 , " 24 2
2 '# 2;2 ' # 2 2 6G H 61
2
2 @ D2@ 6G H6 I 3 1 , " 24 2
2 @ 0 12 2 $2 . 6G H6 I 3 @ 0" 2 2
2 / "2 $ 3 6G " # H6/ 1 , " 2 F
1 , 2
&2 G H612'2I2 " 6" , 2
(2 F A -2"6G; " # H6F / ' 2
)2 .2'26 3 0 .2-2 4 2I6G 1 ,
H6' 7 $ ' 2
- . / $ 0$
$ (
1 2 4 3 <35 ) <
4 53 0 0
1 53 0 1 0
(
9 4 ) :
' 6 6 #
64 3 6 A 6A , A 6
6 # # 6 2
< "
; 61 4 # < 2 @ B # 6
: A C2 <
# B A C 2
' / )
3 # # 3 6 3 6 3 # 6
6 0 #
,
$ 3
# 3 6 # 2
)
# 6 A < 6
6 < B3 C 2; 6
A 6 A A 2
- / ?@ , 6; , 6
# # 6A # 6
((
<
1 6@ 0, 6 '# A # 3 6
6' @ = 36 - 3 1 06/ 68 7
4 , 36 6 ' , # 6
6 A 6- A 3 6 A 3 6
: , 3 3 , 0 6 6
, 6
$ 9 4 . )
A 6 A
6 A , ?A # 6
, # 6 , 3 A , 6 3
6 A A , 6 #
A
& ; )
; 3 6 # 3 6 # , 6 # , A
, # B% C
4 ? " : 6 # ,
# 6 3 6 A # 6 A
6 6 4 # % J
A = : 6
6 # ## : 6
< 2
##
# 9
. :# B C B C 3
2 A
2 A # 3
2 A # 3
2 A
2 A
&2 # , 6 5 A 2
(2 A
)2 ' @ =
+2 < A A ## 2
2' # , # :2
2 # 6 A
A : # 3
2$ A # , I ,
2 $ , 3 B# , "; C5
< ; = ,
2 F212 6 6D 6 I 3
2 K .2 " 6 9. 1 .## 6 I 3
2 2 2- 6 6 64 : 1 , 6
% 3 2
2 2 '2 8 6 . 6 '2828 !' 6 2
2 12 82 % 6 6 3 1 , " # 4 26% 3 2
&2 ' 0 '2 16 . : @ 0$ B +)+C 6 6$ 4
4 26 % 3 2
(2 " # .2F26 ; 6 D 2F / 2
)2 2 3 6; 61 2
+2 ' %2 D26 61 6 ,
2 # / 6; 6F / 2
2 $= 0 2 %26 .@ .## 6 I 3 % 3 K 02
28 "216 @ 06 % 3 . B C6 % 3 2
- . $ /
0$
$ (
1 21 4 '<> ') 3 4(5 7((
4 53 0 0
1 53 0 $ 0
(
) 0; = ? &/
) ,
; # 6 3 6; # 6; 6
; : 6; , 0 2
) ,
1A " 6 1 6 " 6 " 6 <
# 2
; = ? / ,
# , 0 6' , 0 6 : , 0 6@ 0, 0 6
@ , 0 6@ , 0, 0 6@ 0 < 6 # , #
# 2
?) : )
# 3 6 3 6
# A 3 6 3 #
6 6 6 ?# 6
A 6 8 < A 6 F # # 2
A A 2
6/ 9 ( 6 . )
I # 6 # # 6 # # 6 # #
#6 # 6 A 2
I A 6 # A B/ 6 1 6
A C6 6 A A # 3 3
6 A 6 , 6 6 6 A 2 B%
% C
((
8 9 6
" ## 6 6 3 6A
6 > 6 6# 6 6 6
6 A 6
A 6 , 3 2
8 4 0; . 6 )
4 ?
6A , 6 < 6 #
2
?! . ,
6 #6 6 < 2
& ( 6 / 6 )
6 # # 6 # 6 A #
6 # 6 < # 6 #
# 6, A # 2
&
=
3 0 3 :# ?
2 < # 2
2 # 3 , # 3 , , ,
, 0 2
2 A > ## 2
2 3 # A # 3 2
2 A A
A , 2
&2 A # , : ? , :6 '
, :6 , :6 1D , :2
(2 3 > # # 2
)2 A # 0
2
+2 < < # 2
< ; =
2 ' # 6G H6 3 . 1 , 2
2 @ A 6H H6 4 1 ,
2 ' F2 2 J 0 6 F F6 G H6
6 I 3 2
2 @ 12 42 G H6 8 1 , 2
2 F 4 6G G6 # @ 0 " 2 1A 2 4 2 %2 2
&2 8 6 -2 '2 I # 6 F2 82H H6 1 , B1A 2C
4 26 % 3 2
(2 .2 I 06 G H6 / 1A 2 4 2
)2 '2'2- G H6 I 3 2
+2 2D212 6H H6 # 2
2 "2'2' !0 1 6H H61 2
2 A 2 =0 6 H H6 1 22
(
- . /$ 0$
$ (
1 22 (5&- <(3# 56(5 <(56 ? 45'#'6> 3536 5
4 5/ 0 0
(
)
@ # 6 " , ;
6 A " 6 37 6
D 7 :# 64 #' 6" 6 2
$ # 0# / 4
4 ? # # 6 '
# , 64 ?% 6 # 6 $,> A 1 # #
6 # ## 6 ? $,> A 6 6
# # 6 # < # 6
$ . / = / )
1 A ? # 6 8 1 A 6 # A
# A 2
/ 0 ' ? 6 < 3 0 6 9 # 6
< 6 1 # 6 6 / 0
9 6 3 05 A # 6 1
6F , A 91 2
$ $ ( . /
6 ; 11"6 ; 9 A A 6 :#
6" # # 6 # # 9 #
# : 2 A 91 # 6 # 6 6, $*6
0 A B% C6 A
A .@"6 ; '6 D 2
1 > ? 1 - 5 "1 6 " 6 6
# 6 # 6 , 0 A 6
6A 6= , , 2
((
/ )
" # 6 A 3 6
6 #
, 6 6# 6 # 2
" # A A 3 ? 1 A # 6
, 0 0 , # 9 A
A # 24 0 , 3 6 A # # 6
A # B-! C # # 2
) 3 )
:# ? A 6 : # 6 3 A 6 6
A ? A 6 # 6 3
. ? 6 # 3
#6 < 6 A A 6 A
& / /
" # 6 # 6 0 # # 6 3 0 6
? < ## 6
)
., # ?- 6 A A 6 # 6
1 > # # 3 6
# B 1-C
< ; =,
2 08 6E 7 I 3 2% 3 2
2 D8% 6E A " # A . A 76
1 .
2 I 6E , 0$ 76 3 6
2 6' , "2 - 6 EI , 9"
2 '2%2" 6 E1 ! $# 67 I 3 6% 3 2
&2 4$6 3 0
(2 8 $212 2! 6 # # , 6% 3
)2 " -2 2! ; 63 0
+2 @ 3 .2 826 E1 # 7' 1 , 6% 3 6 2
2. F2-2 9 6# 4 2
2I # 0 6G 6H F / 1 , 6
2 42 "2 F ,6 G 6H A 1 ,
+
- . / $ 0$
$ (
1 2* ' $- < '<( 5 & 5- <( 3# 4'&
4 53 0 0
1 53 0 1 0
(
< @ 5 ( )
% 3 - # 6 % 3 - # 6 ' A
## : 2
# = 6' # 7 - B 5 6 5) C6 I * # 6
# 6 , 9 # = 6' # 7 5 2
( 9 & )
4 7 # 6 % 3 7 # 9 ; 3 6 @ 03 6
# 6 '# # , 6 A # 6 : # 2
2
@
I 6# #A 6 :6
I 6I 3 : 6
((
. ) )
4 < < 6< < 6# 3 < 6 :#
< 2
## :
5 '& )
6 6 6- 8
61 6 < 2
& )
6@ A # , :
< 6 1 1 , 9 :# 6" 0%
6 # , < 6 # < 2
# 3 ,
2 1 < @
2 1 5 (
2 1 ( 9
2 1 @
2 1 . )
&2 1 '&
(2 1 )
)2 $ , A # , ' A
% ?. , # , A 2
6 $
2 $ # J % 2
2 . # & # 3
< ; =
2 ' A "2 " # 6 - 12 " 6% 6 5 6

I 3 6 6 '@% ( ( (
2 2 @2 '2 I 3 6 % ' 6 (5 6 8
1 , 6 '@% ) ( + &
2 ' A "2 " # 6 .## % 3 . 4.@
' 6 5 6 I 3 1 , " 4 6 )6 '@% ( & ) 6
2 2 82 F 6 ' - 8 6 - 8 F 6 % '
" # 6 5 % 3 . 1 , '@% +() )
)
2 I 5 / 6 .## % . 6 &5 6 1 . 6
'@% ) () ) &(
&2 @2 D2 - 6 6 I 3 1 ,
" # 4 6% 3 6 '@% ? ( & +L
- . / $ 0$
$ (
1 2A (53<
1 5/ 0 3 0 0
# ,
• 2
• @ # ,> 2
• - 2
# , , # # # ,
" 5 > 5 # , # 2 2
# ,
: A 3 0 # 2 A
# # 2 3 0
# 6 # , 2
=,
' # , # 2 # , # , 2;
= # 3 , 3 2
• 1 = ? .
• # ? 2
• @ ? 2
• 4 ? 2
• - ? 2
• 1 : ?; % 3- M #
• 4 '# ? 2 4
• 1 % , ?- 2; % 3- M #
• ?% 3 - 6 # 6@
• " ?. " , ,
# 2
• , # 2- A
3
; @ 0?
2G @ 0HM . M1 , M M
; 1 # ?
2G 1 # HM . M" MK 2
=
2 ' - A 3
2 ' - #
2 1
2 * 5. 3
• A 3 , 0 A #
, A 0
• . A # A #
, # 2
• : 3 , , 3 : B ## A
C ## , 1 # 2
• ' # , # , 3 3 0
A 2
- . / $ 0$
$ ((
1 2+ 3 4(5 & (65 ((
4 53 0 0
1 53 0 $ 0
(
< ; )
# , 6 # 6
' , 07 < 6 < A , 6 #6 ,
6 , 7 6 #
, 6 # 6, 3 # , , AA
+ N6 , , 6# , 6
# , 9 6
6 , ## 0 A " 6
3 2
;
# ! ,
1 # 6 A 6 , 6# #
, 2
4/ / ! ,
, 6 # A # 6
3 - < 6
> , 6' , 6- @ 6 # 6
# , 6 6 , # 6
0 2
& ) # )
' ! 6 6 6 '%
A 6 6 A 6 6
A 6 6 A
6 ' , I 6 #
, 6 , # B$
, > C2
((
& ) ; =
) 6 6 <
# 6 # 6 # 6 6 #
6 A 6 6 #
# # 2
; = , , , , 0 6 #A , 0, 0
6 :# , 0 6 0 , 0 6 # , 0
# 2
& 9 4 6 )
(
" 6 # 6 , # #
6 6
,
9
% , 3 6 3 6 6
, B4 3 C < 6 A 6 A 6
6 A 63 B@ 0 7C < 6
, , 3 6 , A
@ 0 7 < 2
4
A 6 A 6 6 , 3
6 A 6 , A
@ 0 7 < 2
& & ; . 6
; .
' , A #6 A ,
6 6 , A 6, 3 6
, A @ 0 7 < 6 A 6
, A 6 , A 6 #
, A # # 3 , A 6
, A 2
6
/ 3 #6 # 3
3 6 6 3 A 6 3
63 3 3 6 3
3 6 3 A 6 # 3
6 ,
: =,
3 0 G /$H # > ?
2 ; # > 3 # = 6 A A ,
3 , 0 , 2
2 ' # > 3 , , 63 3 #
= 9 A A , 3 2 ,
3 # A 6
A # 6 6 , 6
, # 0 3 0 3 2
# A #
, , , # 2
, 0 , : A # 2
: , , , A 3 02
<
2 . # , 6 # , A # # 3
# > ". 3 3
# > , 3 2
2 . A ,
, 2 A 6
:# A 2. # A
, 3 02
< ; = ,
2 ' F2 2 0 "2-6 G H6 I 3 2
'# 7 2;2 ' # 2 6G H6 1 2
2 @ D2@6 G H6 I 3 1 , " 2 4 26 B'
C2
2 @ 0 12 2 $2 . 6G H6 I 3 @ 0" 24 2
2 / "2 $ 3 6G " # H6 / 1 ,2 " 2 F 1 ,2
2
&2 G H 612'2I2 " 6" , 2
(2 F A -2"6 G; " # H 6F / ' 2
)2 .2'26 3 0 .2-2 4 2I6G 1 , H
6' 7 2
&
- . / $ 0$
$ ((
1 2 <'#'6> ? B-3#( > '5 <'#
4 53 0 0
1 53 0 3 0 0
(
? 9 )
' C 1 # 6 6 3 A 6
# 6 6 # 6 1 6 .
# 6 ' # ! , 06 4 . B' , 6
' 6. 6. O A C6 " ,
9 7 6 1 6 $# 6 B A C6
B4D C2
" 0 6 ?4 6 6 2
( )
( 7 1 # 6 %14 6 ; # 6
1 64
) 7 ' : 6 , '
1 , 6 ! 6. ?
& 6 # 6 6 6 6 7 # # 2
/ :
6 > 6 A 6; 0 6 # !
3 6; " 2
6 /7 I 6I ?I D 6 6
, 6- 61 1 > 6 0 7 # 2
3 . /7 " 6J A
64 6. # 6$ $ #
A 2
((
( B / B / )
7 1 ".61 '. !F ## 6* ' 6"
< !A < 6' A * ? 0 6 3 61 6
! 6 6 @ M * M "
M @ , < 3 2
B / )
* # 6 '6 8 = 6 8 , 6 F 6 1 0 0 6 * ' B '$ + 6 '
&+ +6 '$ 6* CM 1 6 ; ".6 ; .M P 2
& @ /
' < ' #6; < 6" # A
6 A , ! , 6 1 # , 6 #
6" # ': ? . "2
. # ' # ? ' # # 6 $" " A 6
# 6 ' # 1 ? # 6 # = 6 .$*6
1 , , . # 2
(
=
3D 9 3 /
2 4 5. # # 5 #
2
2 1 . ' , 5' 6. 5.
00 2
2 . 3 0 4 6 6 2
2 3 ; 2
2 0 , D " # 5" 5 '#
2
&2 5- # 2
(2 " , , 2
)2 ' # 2
+2 ' ! ## # # > ! 0 7 # 2
2 # 1 > ,, ' # 2
;D 3 . 3 , ' , <
D ( . - # ,> 2
< ; = , /
2 82F2 1 ,
2 .2 /2 F 6G 1 H6 " #
2 F -282 9 68 1 , 2
2 % 8242 2
2 I F2; ! ' , "2-2 2
&2 2 "2 I # 6 G H6 # 1 ,
(2 8 0 D2 .2 @ 3 .2 826 H H6 I 3 " 2
4 2
< ; = ,B /
)2 F F2 26 G* , 0H6 I 3 1 , 2
+2 I '2126 G' * " H6 I 3 1 , 2
2; 2; 6 0 .2 " 6G , 0 H6
2 26 / 3 6 ' I 6 G * "
# A H6 / 1 , 2
2 82 F22 I2 2 ' #6 G1 H6 1 ,
2 .' 6G , 0 H6 1 4 2
)
- . / $ 0$
$ ((
1 2E -<;' 3 4(5
4 53 0 0
1 53 0 $ 0
(
( ! / )
# # # ## 2 ; : : # 6
A # A A 6 # 6A 6
3 0 < 6 2
( 9 !
1 3 9 6 # # 3 0 6 A 6
# A # 6 # # 2
< ! )
" 6; 8 # , 6 6A
6 , 9 # 6 A 6 6
# A 6 # # 2
!
' == < A 3 B% A C #
## 2
" 6 6 # , 6A
# , 2B C6 A 6
# 63
((
6 ! )
I , 6 # # 6 F " 6
# # I , 6 6 # , 63 0
6 I , # 6 A # 3 # 6 , 6
, # #6 , > B3 C! 0 2
< /$ 9 )
" 6 # # #6 A 3
# #6 A 6A 6
, 6 A 6 %1' 6 A 6# # # 6 6
# # # # 6# # #2
.: 6 6 , 6 # #
# #6 A 63 # , # # 2
& 9
9 , " 6 3 # ' 6 A
7 3 06 # 3 0 # 6 3 0 # 6
# 6# 3 6 6 0 6 2
3 9 , " 6 A 6
# 6 # 3 3 3 6
2 ; , 3 6
# < A 2
+
# 9
2 D # # 2
2 ' 1 3 # # 5 2
2 ' , # # 5 2
2 ' # # # # 2
2 ' A # #2
&2 # 5 # 2
(2 D # 3 5 5I , # 3 # 2
)2 D # # 2
+2 # # 6 2
2' % == 2
2 :# , A , # 3
, 2
2 # , = , , 3 2
< ; =
2 2 12 % ! ' 2 '2 %2 G ; H6 ' @ 0

6% 3 2
2 D2 12 D 6G H6 8 1 , 6 2
2 2 F2 4 6 G H6 # @ 0 " 2 1A 2 4 2
2 8 06 G @ 0 1 # H6 I 3 4 2% 3 2
2 - K A6 G ' !I , H" 1 ,26 . , 2
&2 F 8 F 6 I , F 1 # H8 1 ,26 % 3 2
(2 " 6- 6GI , H6 4 1 , 2
)2 I # 8 6G. , H6 ' 1 , 6" B C2
+2 8 , D2 ! 1 26 G , H6 % 3 . 1 , 6% 3
2
2 2'2 8 G; ; 1 3 H6 8 # , 2
- . / $ 0$
$ ((
1 * 43 <'5(
4 53 0 0
1 53 0 3 0 0
(
( )
6 6 ' 6
" ' 6
@ A " 6@ " 6
4 A 6 ?' I 1 # 6 # 6
64 " 6 # " # 62
# ? 6- 6 #
)
# ! 1 ' ? 1 ' 6 " # A A
' 6 D , - ' 64 D ,
' ? - $# 6 3 #
<
. ) )
. < ? # # 6 # ! # 6
A 6 A 2
'". . ! ##
' ? 6 6 6
2- 6@ #
2
((
$ 9
" ' ? # 6 $# #6 # 6
6 , 0 3 ##
1 " ?1 < 61 6 6D , 6"
1 - 6 2
)
" " ?1 # " 6 " 6 A A
" 63 < 6 A 6 A ## 2
" # " ?1 # 61 # Q B1 C6 1 #
Q A A B1 C6 1 # Q Q A A B1 C " 6 3
# 2
& & $ )
- " 4 ? 4 6 4
: # 2
1 , 4 " ? - < 6 14" 1 " # 6
6, 6 # 5 # # 6 6 6
6 # 6 14" 6
" 3 ## 0 3 6
3 6, # 6 A 6, 2
# 9
:# 3 M 3 :# 2
# 6 , 2 6 2& 3
(2 - :# , , > 2
2 " , 3 2
2 " , # 5- 2
2 ' 4 " 2
2 ' A # 2
2 # 5 A 2
&2 D 16 1Q 6 1Q 6 1Q Q 2
(2 ' LK # 2
)2 ' A 2
+2 ' , # 2
2 A # 5# 14" A 6#
## 2
2' .5 5. A 2
2' ; #; # 2
2' .## $# 9 . # 2
2' < 2
2' 3 !
; =
2 F "2 26 1 " 61 1A
4 26 % 3 2
< ; =
2 , 2 $26 ' 9 .## 6 I 3

1 , 4 6% 3 2
2 @ /2 6 9 " '
61 9 B' # C1 24 2
2 - "2 '26 ' I2 -26 D2 '26 9 A ' 6
I 3 1 , " # 4 26 % 3 2
2 @2 26 . 2 I26 ' 2
2 6 6 2
&2 0 %2 126 91 # 6 # ## 6 I 3
1 , " # 4 6% 3 2
(2 8 0 -2 .26 ' 26 ' 6D0 1 , 2
/ $ - .
0$
$ ((
1 * < )<(6 <3 ('5 35& 3(<7 '5&( ('5(56
4 53 0 0
1 53 0 3 0 0
(
) < )
- A 3 # ? 6 # 6 # # 6
# 6 # 1 ! 6, A
3 0 # 2
% ## 6 6 #
2
- A " 3 A # 6 # A # # ,
# 6 A # D"" " 2
?. ?@ " - A
@ 6 A : , 6 6 6
- 2
F 9 9 /
D # # 3 6 A 6 : 0
# # # D""6 # D""2
F 9 3! 9 /
6 # A #, # 6 # A # , # 6
"$1 A # #, 6 , ,
# 63 6 , , # 6 # , 3
D"" D."6 " , # ? 6 ,
< )
, # # 6 6
6 A 6 $= # 1 B$ 1C I ,
/ 1 BI/1C6 # 6 < A / #
B / C6 ? A 6 6
$ /
6 6 # 6 3 #
3 A < 6 16 41 A 6 # 3
# A # ? A # :# A A 6 A #
3 # # 6 # # 6
? ## A
((
$/ /
6# 6 # 6# # 6
, # 6 A # A 6 ?
< 6, # 6 6 , : 3
6 # ' ;6 -' ;6 I' ;6 -' ;6 . 1B #
# ." 3 C6 #
A 2
6 A # 6 .' -. 6
6 < < 6A < 2
< / 9 )
/ 0 # # 6 6 ## ? # 6 6 A # 6
:# A
3 7 /
6 ? # 6 ? M3
." 6 M 3 M 3 MA , 3
A , A 6 2
3 / 9
$# # # 6, # ?. J 6; " J 6
# 6 6 ## 6 ? "$ M 0 6 = >
6 6 6 , 2
& & )
6 6 6# 6 3 6
# 6 6 6 3 #
6 < A 6 ? < 6A
6 B C
; ## ? 36 # 6,
) $ .
" # 6 6 #
B".5 .C 6# 6, = 6 *;6 # = 6 # = 2
=
:# 3
2 A # #
2
2 #
2 A # , #
2 # #
&2 B # C
(2 ' 5 # 5 #
)2 B 5A C
+2 D # B # C 3 #
2 # #
< ; =
2 . 0 3 6 - . 6 # " # 6
% 3
2 . " 16 - . " 6 I 3
2 - F26 1 # - 6 '2 2 D 6/ 4 6
2 1 6- . 6/ 4 6 +)
2 @ 12426 - . 68 1 , 6% 3 6 ++
&2 8 -2'2 I # F2826 - . 6 1 ,
B1C 4 26 % 3 6 ++
(2 ' 0 /2;2 F F2/26 - . 6 I 3
+)
)2 0 F2426 E A 61 2% 3
+2 .' -. ! ' -. , 0
2. 6@ - . " 6 I 3 1 ,
2- 4 6. ? 6"
2 ' # '2%26 - . " 61 4 1A 2 4 26 % 3
- . / $ 0$
$ ((
1 * '<8 4'$ $<3 ( ((
1 5/ 0 3 0 0
" < # , 3
$ 3?$ # > , # A #
4 6 6 . , 2
$ ;? 5F , "%" 3 ' # #
$#
$ ?$ > , I " #
F # , A > ,2
STRUCTURE OF
B.E. (ELECTRONICS & TELECOMMUNICATIONS) 2008 COURSE
TERM - I
SUBJECT NAME OF SUBJECT TH PR TUT PP TW OR PR TOTAL

CODE MARKS
404181 ELECTRONICS PRODUCT 3 1 100 25 125
DESIGN
404182 VLSI DESIGN & 4 2 100 50 150
TECHNOLOGY
404183 COMPUTER NETWORK 4 2 100 50 150
404184 ELECTIVE-I 4 2 100 25 50 175
404185 ELECTIVE-II 4 100 100
404186 PROJECT (PART-1) 2 50 50
19 8 1 500 100 50 100 750
Elective –I
1. Digital Image Processing

2. Embedded System and RTOS
3. Industrial Drives Control
4. Microwave Communication and Radar
Elective-II
1. Entrepreneurship Development
2. Joint Time Frequency Analysis
3. Micro-electromechanical-system and System on chip ( MEMS and SOC)
4. Mobile Communication
ELECTRONIC PRODUCT DESIGN (404181)
Lectures: 3 Hrs/week Paper: 100 Marks
Tutorial: 1 Hr/week Term work: 25 Marks
Unit 1: Introduction
Stages in product design- Market survey, Product Specifications (Electrical, Mechanical,

Environmental), R&D and Engineering Prototypes, Pilot Production Batch,
Environmental testing, Documentation, Manufacturing. Electronic Products
Classification- Consumer, Industrial and Military. Their peculiarities in terms of
Cost/performance ratio and Reliability. Reliability- Bath tub curve, Measures taken (at
Component and Product level and various soldering techniques including Surface Mount
Technology) to improve reliability. Fundamentals of Communication System Design,
criteria for selection of frequency bands, requirements of Voice and Multimedia
Applications
Unit 2: Hardware designs- Analog
Analog Signal Conditioning- Factors affecting choice of OPAMPs in signal conditioning

applications. Need for Instrumentation Amplifiers- Case study. Error budget analysis
with Case study. ADCs- Interpretation of ADC specifications from design view point.
Considerations in selecting References (Vref for ADC).DACs- Interpretation of DAC
specifications from design view point.
Unit 3: Hardware design- Digital
Interface examples for- LED, HB LED, LCD, Keyboard, Touch Screen.

Microcontrollers- Comparative study of different Microcontroller Architectures, Factors
affecting choice of Microcontroller for particular application with Case study of one
application. Introduction to buses and protocols used in Electronic Products- I2C, SPI.
Unit 4: Software design and testing for Electronic Product
Different approaches to development of application software for Electronic Product.

Factors affecting choice between Assembly language and High level language like C and
C++. Documentation practices and templates for above software.Debugging tools and
techniques for software- Features and limitations of- Debuggers, Simulators, ICE, IDE.
Hardware Test Programs.
Unit 5: PCB design and EMI/EMC
PCB Design practices for Analog and Mixed signal circuits- Ground Loops, Precision
circuits, shielding and guarding. PCB Design Practices for High Speed Digital Circuits,
Signal integrity and EMC. EMI/EMC testing standards and compliance.
Unit 6: Design Considerations of Communication Systems
Implementing Radio link, Path profile. RF path loss calculations, Transmitter/Receiver

sensitivity, Signal to Noise Ratio and SINAD, Fade Margin. Study and evaluation of
Performance parameters like- Bit and Symbol error rates. Spectral bandwidth
calculations. Design of various blocks of communication systems such as- Phase-locked
Loop, Equalizer and Interleaver.
Text Books
1. Bernhard E. Bürdek, “History,Theory and Practice of Product Design”, Springer

Science, 2005
2. Paul Horowitz, “Art of Electronics”, Cambridge University Press
3. Howard Johnson, Martin Graham, “High-speed Digital design- A Handbook of Black
Magic”, Prentice Hall Publication
4. Proakis and Salehi “Contemporary Communication Systems Using Matlab”, PWS
Publishing Company, 1998
5. G. Pahl andW. Beitz J. Feldhusen and K.-H. Grote, “Engineering Design - A
Systematic Approach”, Springer,2007
6. Tim Williams, “EMC for Product Designers”, Elsevier, Fourth edition 2007
Reference Books
1. David Bailey, “Practical Radio Engineering and Telemetry for Industry”, Elsevier,
ISBN 07506 58037
2. Bernard Sklar , “Digital Communication” , Pearson Ed
3. Pressman , “Software Engineering - A Practitioner's Approach”
4. David Bailey, “Practical Radio Engineering & Telemetry for Industry”, Elsevier, ISBN
07506 58037
5. Domine Leenaerts ,Johan van der Tang , Cicero S. Vaucher , “Circuit Design for RF
Transceivers” , Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2003
Tutorials
1. Power supply sizing (Estimation of current requirement)

2. Design of SPAN ZERO circuit
3. Error budget analysis
4. ADC Interface example 6
5. DAC interface example
6. Interfaces- LED, LCD, Touch Screen
7. Case study for deciding appropriate Microcontroller for given application
8. PCB Design for Mixed Signal Circuit (Involving ADC and Signal Conditioning)
9. DC analysis of given circuit
10. AC analysis of given circuit
11. Sensitivity analysis for given circuit
12. Reliability calculations for given circuit from given data
13. Case study of CDMA and OFDM (Using software tools like SIMULINK, MATLAB)
14. Digital Phase-locked loop
15. Equalizer
16. Interleaver 7
VLSI DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY (404182)
Lectures/Week: 4Hrs Paper: 100 Marks
Practical/Week: 2Hrs. Practical: 50 Marks
Unit 1: Analog CMOS Design
Enhancement MOSFET equivalent circuit, parasitics, as resistor, diode. Active load,

current source and push pull inverter amplifiers. Current source and sink. Common
source, drain and gate amplifiers. Cascode amplifier. Differential amplifier. CMOS op-
amp.
Unit 2: Digital CMOS Design
CMOS Inverter, voltage transfer curve, body effect, hot electron effect, velocity
saturation. Static and dynamic dissipations. Power delay product. Noise margin.
Combinational logic design, W/L calculations. Transmission gate, design using TGs. λ
parameter, layout, Design Rule Check. Technology scaling.
Unit 3: VHDL and Finite State Machines
VHDL design units, modeling styles, synthesizable and non synthesizable test benches,
design flow, functions, procedures, attributes, test benches, configurations, packages.
Synchronous and asynchronous machines, Finite State Machines (FSM), metastability,
state diagrams and VHDL codes for FSMs.
Unit 4: Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs)
Need of PLDs. Comparison with ASIC, general purpose processor, DSP processor,
microcontroller, memories etc. Features, specifications, detail architectures, application
areas, limitations of Complex Programmable Logic Device (CPLD) and Field
Programmable Logic Devices (FPGA).
Unit 5: Fault tolerance and testability
Types of fault, stuck open, short, stuck at 1, 0 faults. Fault coverage. Need of Design for
Testability (DFT). Controllability, predictability, testability, Built In Self Test (BIST).
Partial and full scan check. Need of boundary scan check, JTAG, Test Access Port (TAP)
controller.
Unit 6: Signal Integrity and System on Chip
Clock skew, Clock distribution techniques, clock jitter. Supply and ground bounce,
power distribution techniques. Power optimization. Interconnect routing techniques, wire
parasitics. Design validation. Off chip connections, I/O architectures. Signal integrity
issues, EMI immune chip design.
Textbooks
1. Neil H. Weste and Kamran, “Principles of CMOS VLSI Design”, Pearson Publication.
2. Wyane Wolf, “Modern VLSI Design (System on Chip)”, Pearson Publication.
3. John F. Wakerly, “Digital Design, Principles and Practices”, Prentice Hall Publication.
Reference Books
1. Allen Holberg, “Analog CMOS Design”, Oxford University Press.

2. Perry, “VHDL”, McGraw Hill Publication.
3. Charles Roth, “Digital System Design using VHDL”, McGraw Hill Publication.
4. Data Sheets of PLDs.
5. Sung-Mo(Steve) Kang, Yusuf Leblebici, “CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits”, Tata
McGraw Hill Publication.
List of practical’s
Group A: To write VHDL code and test bench, synthesis, simulate and down load in to
PLD, for the following (Any four).
1. To sense physical parameter such as temperature/pressure/flow etc., convert in to
digital using ADC, interface to PLD and display.
2. To write/read in to RAM.
3. To generate ramp/square waveform using DAC.
4. To measure the period of a signal.
5. To design lift/traffic light controller.
6. To design programmable timer/counter.
Group B. To design following logic, calculate W/L ratios, prepare layout in multi metal
layers and simulate (Any four).
Assume suitable technology, load capacitance, free running frequency, switching timings
etc.
1. CMOS Inverter.
2. CMOS NAND, NOR.
3. 2:1 Mux by conventional method and by using Transmission gates. Comparison of
them.
4. CMOS Combinational logic for minimum 4 variables.
5. Minimum 5 stage cascaded Inverter ring counter and understand technology
limitations.
6. Clock skew generation and mitigation by any one method for synchronous machine.
COMPUTER NETWORK (404183)
Practical: 2Hrs/week Oral: 50 Marks
Unit 1: Physical Layer
Data Communications, Networks, Networks models, OSI model, Layers in OSI model,
TCP / IP protocol suite, Addressing, Guided and Unguided Transmission media.
Switching: Circuit switched networks, Data gram Networks, Virtual circuit networks.
Cable networks for Data transmission: Dialup modems, DSL, Cable TV, Cable TV for
Data transfer.
Unit 2: Data Link Layer
Data link control: Framing, Flow and error control, Protocols for Noiseless and Noisy
Channels, HDLC. Multiple access: Random access, Controlled access. Wired LANS :
Ethernet, IEEE standards, standard Ethernet, changes in the standard, Fast Ethernet,
Gigabit Ethernet.
Unit 3: Wireless LANS
Wireless LANS : IEEE 802.11–Bluetooth. Connecting LANS: Connecting devices,

Backbone networks, Virtual LANS. Virtual circuit networks: Architecture and Layers of
Frame Relay and ATM.
Unit 4: Network Layer
Logical addressing: IPv4, IPv6 addresses. Internet Protocol: Internetworking- IPv4, IPv6
- Address mapping- ARP, RARP,BOOTP, DHCP, ICMP, IGMP, Delivery- Forwarding ,
Routing -Unicast, Multicast routing protocols.
Unit 5: Transport Layer
Process-to-Process delivery, User Datagram Protocol (UDP), Transmission Control,

Protocol (TCP), Congestion Control, Quality of services (QoS), Techniques to improve
QoS.
Unit 6: Application Layer
Domain Name System (DNS), E-mail, FTP, WWW, HTTP, Multimedia Network
Security: Cryptography, Symmetric key and Public Key algorithms, Digital signature,
Management of Public keys, Communication Security, Authentication Protocols.
Objective: To study about various applications and to understand the various network
security algorithms.
Text Books
1. Behrouz A. Foruzan, “Data communication and Networking”, Tata McGraw-Hill,2006

2. Andrew S. Tannenbaum, “Computer Networks”, Pearson Education, Fourth
Edition,2003
Reference Books
1. Wayne Tomasi, “Introduction to Data Communication and Networking”, 1/e, Pearson

Education
2. James .F. Kurouse & W. Rouse, “Computer Networking: A Topdown Approach
Featuring”,3/e, Pearson Education.
3. C.Sivaram Murthy, B.S.Manoj, “Ad hoc Wireless Networks – Architecture and
Protocols”, Second Edition, Pearson Education.
4. Greg Tomshon, Ed Tittel, David Johnson. “Guide to Networking Essentials”, fifth
edition, Thomson India Learning, 2007.
5. William Stallings, “Data and Computer Communication”, Eighth Edition, Pearson
Education, 2000.
List of the Experiments (Minimum 8 experiments are to be performed).
1. Study of Windows 2000 operating System & Implementation of LAN

Introduction to Windows 2000 operating systems, Creating accounts and changing
passwords, Introduction to networking devices, cables, connectors, etc , Build a small
network using Windows 2000 Operating System, Install TCP/IP, Manually configure
TCP/IP parameters, Use the IPCONFIG utility to view configured IP parameters, Use the
PING utility to test TCP/IP communications and its different options, Share a folder,
Connect to a shared folder, Stop sharing a folder, Install and test NetBEUI.
2. Installation and configuration of Web & FTP Services

Install Microsoft Internet Information Server (IIS5) services, Connect to a Web server.
Verifying the installed IIS5 services, Assign multiple IP addresses to the web server.
Install virtual web servers using IP addresses and port numbers, Use FTP service to
transfer files. Use netstat to check the status of the TCP ports. Install virtual FTP servers
using IP addresses and port numbers, Network performance study using FTP.
3. Study of DNS, SMTP & POP3 Determine the local host address, Ping to a host using
its NetBIOS name Add IP addresses/host name mappings to the local host file Configure
DNS service on Windows 2000 server Use Domain Name Service to resolve hostnames
into IP addresses. Interact with an Email server using SMTP and POP3 protocols
commands.
4. Socket Programming for client/Server application
5. Installation and configuration of Telnet server for Telnet communication.
6. Study of IP Address Classes and DHCP.
Determine the address class, Identify invalid IP address. Assigning IP address in a local
area network. Overview about the DHCP server, Installing and configuring a DHCP
server, Installing DHCP client.
7. Study of IP Addresses subnetting and CIDR
Basic principles of subnetting, Define a range of subnetted network IDs. Implementation
of LANs using subnetted IP address. Assign classless IP address CIDR Implementation
of LANs using CIDR IP addresses.
8. Network Protocol Analyser
Examine how networking packets are transferred and exchanged in a TCP/IP network.
Student will develop an understanding of the protocols in packets transfer and
corresponding protocols like Address Resolution Protocol (ARP), and Internet Control
Message Protocol (ICMP). Ethereal software is used to capture, decode and analyze the
packets. Students learn how to detect, identify and correct some of the network problems.
9. Configuration of router & study of routing between LAN’s
This lab introduces the concepts of IP forwarding and routing between IP networks. The
lab exercise show how to set up a Windows PC and a router as an IP router and reveals
the similarities of IP forwarding and routing tables on a Widows PC and a router.
Students learn how to interpret and manually edit routing-table entries in a network with
multiple IP networks and IP routers. Since this is the first lab that uses the routers, there
is a component that shows how to access the console port of a router from a Windows PC
and how to issue configuration commands on a router.
10. Write a program for Encryption and Decryption
11. Write a program for implementation of Shortest Path algorithm.
12. Study of wireless LANs.
Elective-I
DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING (404184)
Lecturers/week: 4 hrs Paper: 100 Marks
Practicals/week: 2 hrs Practical: 50 Marks
Term work: 25 Marks

Unit 1: Digital Image Fundamentals
Components of Image Processing System. , Elements of Visual Perception, MTF of

Visual System, Image Sensing and Acquisition, Image formation model, Image Sampling
& Quantization Spatial and Gray Level Resolution, Basic Relationships between Pixels.
Statistical parameters, Measures and their significance, Mean, standard deviation,
variance, SNR, PSNR etc.
Unit 2: Image Enhancement
Enhancement in Spatial Domain: basic gray level transformations, histogram processing,

equalization, Arithmetic and logical operations between images, Basics of spatial
filtering, smoothening and sharpening spatial filters. Image Enhancement in frequency
Domain: smoothening and sharpening frequency domain filters. Fundamental of color
image processing: color models, RGB, CMY, YIQ, HIS. Pseudo Color Image processing:
Intensity filtering, gray level to color transformation, Basics of full color image
processing.
Unit 3: Image Transforms
2D-DFT, FFT, DCT, the KL Transform, Walsh/Hadamard Transform, Haar Transform
Unit 4: Image Coding and Compression
Image Coding Fundamentals, Image Compression Model, fundamentals- redundancy:

coding, interpixel, psychovisual, fidelity criteria, elements of information theory. Error
Free Compression - variable length, bit plane, Lossless Predictive, Lossy Compression-
Lossy Predictive. Fundamentals of JPEG, MPEG, fractals.
Unit 5: Image Analysis
Edge detection, spatial feature and boundary extraction, boundary representation by chain
codes and B splines, Hough Transform. Morphological Image Processing: Dilation,
Erosion, Opening, Closing on Binary Images, Segmentation: Point, line. Edge detection,
Boundary detection and Thersholding.
Unit 6: Image restoration and Image Processing Applications
Image Degradation Mode, Noise Models, and Restoration in Presence c Noise in spatial
Domain, Linear Filtering, Applications: Character Recognition, Fingerprint Recognition,
Remote Sensing. Applications using different Imaging modalities such as acoustic
Imaging, Medical imaging, electron microscopy etc.
Text Books
1. Gonzalez and Woods, "Digital Image Processing", Pearson Education,

2. Arthur Weeks Jr., "Fundamentals of Digital Intake Processing", PHI.
Reference Book
1. A. K. Jain, "Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing"; Pearson Education

2. Pratt William, "Digital Image Processing", John Wiley & Sons
List of Practicals
(Atleast 5 assignments should be done using ‘C'. Optional MATLAB support may
be given to relevant assignments.)
1. Study of BMP file format and Conversion of 24 bit color image to 8 bit image
2. Study of statistical properties- mean, standard deviation, profile, variance and
Histogram plotting.
3. Histogram equalization & modification.
4. Gray level transformations such as contrast stretching, negative, power law
transformation etc.
5. Spatial Domain filtering- smoothing & sharpening filters.
6. DCT/IDCT of given image.
7. Edge detection using Sobel, Prewitt and Roberts operators.
8. Morphological operations- erosion, dilation, opening & closing on binary
a. Image.
9. Pseudo coloring.
10. Creating noisy image and filtering using MATLAB. 12
EMBEDDED SYSTEM AND RTOS (404184)
Practical: 2Hrs/week Practical: 50 Marks
Term work: 25 Marks
Unit 1: Introduction to Embedded System
Characteristics , design metrics and optimization of various parameters of embedded

system .
Current trends and challenges of embedded systems in terms of demand of number of
applications,size,cost and power.Wireless communication like Bluetooth, GPRS, IRDA,
IEEE 802.11 and 802.16. Other protocols like CAN,LIN ,flexray Survey of applications
using linux. win CE and Android such as ipod, touch screen, tablet etc Exposure to
different architectures. Survey of currently available processors from various
manufacturers and comparison of them for embedded application
Unit 2: Processor and Memory
Limitations of 8 bit processors and need of 32 bit processors. Different series of ARM :
Arm7,Arm9, Arm11and Arm Cortex architecture. ,Features and applications of each with
typical example. Hardware interfacing of devices like LPC2148. using Embedded C
language: LED,, Switches, LCD Display ,Serial Communication using on chip UART.
On chip Multichannel ADC programming and USB interface with PC. On chip Real
Time Clock and .On chip Timer/ counter programming with practical implementation.
DSP,VLSI devices such as FPGA,IP CORES & SOC in embedded system. Memory
types such as RAM, ROM,, FLASH, EEPROM ,NVRAM, application and selection for
embedded system.
Unit 3: Real time Operating System Concept
Comparison of traditional and embedded OS. Software architectures of embedded system

and comparison of them. Architecture of kernel, types of scheduler algorithms. µcos II
RTOS services : Task management, ISR, Timer, Semaphores, mailbox, message queues,
pipes, events, signals, memory management.
Unit 4: Embedded Linux
What is Embedded Linux? Development tools required for ARM/Linux applications.

Tool chain building. Tool utilities such as Minicomp, Busybox, Redboot, Libc,
debugging tools , MTD. First Linux application on ARM: “Hello world!” Linux Kernel
architecture and 13
configuration. File system types & support. Interface and accessing PC104 compatible
digital and analog I/O cards Introduction to Ethernet and TCP/IP .Writing simple device
drivers , Real-time variants of Linux (free and commercial).Linux applications.
Unit 5: Commercial RTOS
Overview of Commercial RTOS like Vxworks, QNX, Nucleus.and symbian. Features of

each applicable for embedded applications. Features of Linux, Win CE, Android and
symbian OS used in smart mobile phones & development support features. Software
development life cycle. Various models like waterfall, spiral, V models and Comparison.
Unit 6: Case Study of Embedded system
Case study of embedded system like digital camera, smart card, ATM. Mobile phones
Automotive applications for Car area network ,engine control, safety & fuel efficiency,
energy meters, ECG Machines,industrial automations, points of sales terminals. Mobile
Internet Device(MTD). Case study should be demonstrated by suitable hardware and
software with or w/o RTOS. Should specify processor, Memory & special I/O device. In
software should mention No of tasks, priorities, RTOS services such as Semaphore,
Mailboxes queues, signals etc. Simple application W/O RTOS should have modular
design with drivers and c codes.
Text Books
1. Rajkamal “ Embedded Sytems “ TMH.

2. David Simon “ Embedded systems software primer” pearson
3. Andrew sloss “ Arm System Developer guide”
4. Christopher Hallinan “ Embedded linux primer” Prenice Hall
References Books
1. Frank Vahid, “ Embedded sytem design “ , PHI

2. Steve Furber “Arm System on chip architecture”, AddisonWesely
3. Alessandro Rubini and Jonathan Corbet, “LinuxDevice Drivers”, 3rd Edition O’Reilly
List of Practical
1. Interfacing LCD & KEYPAD to Arm microcontroller (Arm7)

2. I2C interfacing to Arm microcontroller (Arm7)
3. On chip ADC interfacing using interrupt & display on LCD(Arm7)
4. Multitasking in Ucos RTOS using min 4 tasks (LED,LCD,SERIAL,KEYPAD) on
Arm7
5. Semaphore as signaling & Synchronizing on Arm7
6. Mailbox implementation for message passing on Arm7
7. Building tool chain for Embb Linux and porting Kernel on Arm9 target board 14
8. writing simple application using embb linux on Arm9
OR
8. Writing simple application using WIN CE on Arm9
Note Simple demo should be arranged to show effect of Power down modes on power
Consumption at two different clock frequencies 15
INDUSTRIAL DRIVES AND CONTROL (404184)
Lectures/Week: 4 Hrs Paper: 100 Marks
Practical/Week: 2Hrs. Practical: 50 Marks
Term Work: 25 Marks

Unit 1: Line Commutated Converters & Choppers
Analysis of 3ф full converter with level load, comparison with 3ф semi converter. Effect
of source impedance on 1ф converters with analysis. 1ф and 3ф dual converters (ideal
and practical), control schemes for non-circulating current type dual converter, analysis
of circulating current type dual converter.Control of DC/ DC converters. Analysis of
step-down chopper (buck converter) & 2-quadrant type C chopper with level load.
Operation of 4-quadrant type E chopper.
Unit 2: Inverters & Cycloconverters
Half-bridge and full bridge 3ф voltage source inverters with square wave operation (180°
& 120°). Voltage control & harmonic reduction using sinusoidal PWM. 3ф current
source inverter. Concept of resonant & soft switched inverters. 1ф to 1ф and 3ф to 1ф
cycloconverters.
Unit 3: DC Motor Drives & Control
Motor performance parameters. 1ф & 3ф converter drives for separately excited & series
DC motors, dual converter drives, 2 quadrant and 4 quadrant DC chopper drives. Open-
loop & closed-loop control of DC drives with transfer function. Dynamic and
regenerative braking. Protection circuits for DC drives.
Unit 4: Induction Motor Drives & Control
Induction motor characteristics, control strategies like stator voltage control, V/f control,
rotor resistance control, current control, slip power recovery system, closed loop
controlled slip system, direct vector control & indirect vector control, braking of
induction motors, soft acceleration and deceleration. Protection circuits for AC drives. 16
Unit 5: Synchronous Motor & Special Motor Drives
Cylindrical-rotor motor, salient-pole motor, reluctance motor, and permanent-magnet

motors. Closed loop V/f control and load-commutated inverter (LCI) control. Variable
reluctance & permanent magnet stepper motors & drives, switched reluctance motors &
drives, brushless DC and AC motors & drives.
Unit 6: Drives Applications & Power Quality
Traction motor AC drives, fuzzy logic-based induction motor speed control, fuzzy logic-
based wind generation system. Power Quality: Types of power line disturbances, sources
of power line disturbances, preventive and nullifying techniques. Energy audit.
Text Books
1. M.H Rashid, “Power Electronics Circuit Devices & Applications”, Pearson, Third
edition
2. Bimal K. Bose, “Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives”, Pearson.
3. N. Mohan, T. M. Undeland & W. P. Robbins, “Power Electronics, Converters
Applications and Design” John Wiley and Sons, 3rd Edition.
Reference Books
1. Gopal K. Dubey, “Fundamental of Electrical Drives”, Narosa Publishing House

2. M D Singh & K B Khanchandani, “Power Electronics”, TMH
3. Krishnan R., “Electric Motor Drives: Modelling, Analysis & Control”, PHI
List of Practicals
1. DC motor control using semi/full 1-Φ /3-Φ converter.

2. Dual converter 1-Φ /3-Φ controlled DC drive.
3. 2Q /4Q chopper DC drive.
4. 3-Φ induction motor control using square wave/PWM inverter.
5. Stepper motor drive.
6. Study of cycloconverter.
7. Simulation of 3-Φ LCC (HCB or FCB or Dual Converter).
8. Simulation of 3-Φ VSI (180° or 120° or PWM)
9. Simulation of DC drives.
10. Simulation of AC drives. 17
MICROWAVE COMMUNICATION AND RADAR (404184)
Term work: 25 Marks

Unit 1: Waveguides
Introduction to microwaves, short history of microwave engineering, frequency band

definitions, advantages and applications of microwaves (overall applications).
Introduction to wave guides, advantages of waveguides, comparison of waveguides and
co-axial cables, Rectangular waveguides, modes of propagation in waveguides, cut off
frequency, dominant mode, waveguide characteristics and parameters, excitation in
waveguides, coupling methods (probe, slot, loop), application of re-entrant cavities,
coupling of cavities.
Unit 2: Microwave Components
Principle of S-parameters, S-parameters for multi-ports (2-port, 3-port, 4-port etc.)

properties of S-matrix, waveguide Tees (E, H, E-H planes), Directional Couplers,
waveguide joints, bends, corners, twists, coupling probes and coupling loops, matched
termination, Ferrite devices for microwave applications, Circulators, Isolators,
Microwave Filters, Microwave attenuators and loads, Co-axial to wave guide transitions,
Slotted line, iris, tuners.
Unit 3: Microwave Tubes
Introduction to conventional vacuum tubes, High frequency limitations of conventional

tubes, Microwave tubes and circuits, Klystrons (multi cavity, reflex); velocity
modulation, bunching process, applications, TWT: slow-wave structure, wave modes,
gain, and applications, Principle of operation, construction, characteristics, parameters
with analytical treatment of Magnetron, Magnetron oscillator, types.
Unit 4: Solid State Microwave Devices
Introduction, Principle of operation, construction, characteristics, parameters with

analysis of Microwave transistors, MOSFET, Varactor diodes, Parametric amplifiers,
PIN diodes, Tunnel diodes, application as amplifiers, oscillators, modulators,
demodulators, Schottky Barrier diodes, Transferred Electron devices: Gunn diode,
Avalanche diode, Transit Time devices like IMPATT, TRAPATT diodes.
Unit 5: Microwave measurements
Introduction to microwave measurements, definition and measurement methods of

parameters such as frequency, power, attenuation, phase shift, VSWR, impedance,
insertion loss, dielectric constant, noise factor, Q of a cavity resonator, etc using the X-
band microwave bench set-up. Block diagram and classification of network analyzer and
its applications. General overview and applications of power meter/dB meter/VSWR
meter.
Unit 6: Radar Communication
Basic principles and fundamentals, block diagram of basic radar, classification, radar
performance factors, radar range equation, factors influencing maximum range, effects of
noise, Pulsed radar systems, block diagram and description, antennas and scanning,
display methods, moving target indication, radar beacons, other radar systems such as
CW Doppler radar, FM CW Doppler radar, phased array radars, planar array radars,
various applications of radar such as navigational aids, military, surveillance.
Text Books
1. S.Y. Liao, “Microwave Devices and Circuits”, Prentice Hall India.

2. David M. Pozar, “Microwave Engineering”, John Willey & Sons.
3. Skolnik, “Principles of Radar Engineering”MCH
List of Practicals
1. Study of microwave components and equipments.
2. Reflex Klystron as a Microwave source in laboratory and plot its mode characteristics.
3. Measurement of the free space wavelength of the microwave (for TE 10 mode) with
the help of the X-band microwave test bench and verify with its theoretical calculation.
4. Study of cavity resonator and calculation of its resonant frequency and Q-factor.
5. Study of Gunn Diode & PIN Modulator as a Microwave source. Plot the V-I
characteristics.
6. Verification of Port Characteristics of Microwave Tees (E, H, E-H Planes).
7. Verification of Port Characteristics of Directional Coupler. Calculation of coupling
factor, insertion loss and directivity.
8. Verification of Port Characteristics of Isolator and Circulator. Also calculation of
insertion loss and isolation in dB.
9. Study of slotted section with probe carriage. Measure the VSWR for various values of
terminating impedances (open/short/matched termination).
10. Plot the radiation pattern of any one of the microwave antennas (ie: horn (E/H/E-H)
or parabolic antenna). Calculation of its antenna gain and beam width. 19
11. Study of Network Analyzer (Vector or Scalar) and its applications for
characterization of typical multiport microwave circuits/devices. Study of front panel &
rear panel controls, accessories, calibration methods etc. of any one analyzer.
12. Report of a „Field Trip‟ to a Microwave transmission / reception station. (Such as
Radio/ TV / Radar / Satellite earth station or any other station which uses the microwave
components). 20
Elective –II
ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT (404185)
Entrepreneur: Present and Past, Entrepreneurship for an Engineer, Identify Business

Opportunities and Set Goals. Entrepreneurs Skills: Communication Skills, Math Skills,
Problem-Solving Skills
Unit 2: Entrepreneurs in a Market Economy and Ownership
Entrepreneurs in a Market Economy: An Economy, The Concept of Cost, Government in

a Market Economy. Select a Type of Ownership: Run an Existing Business, Own a
Franchise or start a Business, Choose the legal form business
Unit 3: Business Plan
Develop a Business Plan: Necessity a business plan, What goes into a business Plan?,
Create an effective business plan. Identity and Meet a Market Need: The value of market
research, How to perform market research, Identify your competition. Finance, Protect,
and Insure Business: Put together a financial plan, Obtain financing for business, Theft
proof business, Insure business Choose Location & Setup for Business: Choose a retail
business location, Choose a location for a non-retail business, Obtain space and design
the physical layout, Purchase equipment, supplies and inventory. Market Business: The
Marketing mix-product, distribution, price, The Marketing mix-promotion, Set marketing
goals
Unit 4: Hire and Manage a Staff: Record keeping and Accounting
Hire and Manage a Staff: Hire Employees, Create a compensation package, Manage staff
, Record Keeping and Accounting: Set up a record keeping system, Understand basic
accounting, Tracking inventory
Unit 5: Financial Management, Use Technology
Financial Management: Manage cash flow, Analyze financial performance, Hire experts,
Use of Technology: Technology and business, Learning about the internet, Purchase
technology 21
Unit 6: Meeting Legal, Ethical, and Social Obligation Growth in Today’s
Marketplace
Meeting Legal, Ethical, and Social Obligation: Understanding legal requirements, Ethical
issues in business, meeting social responsibilities. Growth in Today’s Marketplace:
Developing a strategy for growth, Global Trends and opportunities, Culture and business
Text books
1. Cynthia L. Greene, “Entrepreneurship Ideas in Action”, South Western Publishing

Company (A Division of Thomson Learning Inc.,), First Edition.2000.
2. G.S. Batra, “Entrepreneurship Development”, Deep & Deep Publications : 1st Edition.
JOINT TIME FREQUENCY ANALYSIS (404185)
Review of Fourier Transform, Parseval Theorem and need for joint time-frequency
Analysis. Concept of non-stationary signals, Short-time Fourier transform (STFT),
Uncertainty Principle, Localization/Isolation in time and frequency, Hilbert Spaces,
Banach Spaces, Fundamentals of Hilbert Transform.
Unit 2: Bases for Time-Frequency Analysis
Wavelet Bases and filter Banks, Tilings of Wavelet Packet and Local Cosine Bases,
Wavelet Transform, Real Wavelets, Analytic Wavelets, Discrete Wavelets, Instantaneous
frequency, Quadratic time-frequency energy, Wavelet Frames, Dyadic wavelet
Transform, Construction of Haar and Roof scaling function using dilation equation and
graphical method.
Unit 3: Multiresolution Analysis
Haar Multiresolution Analysis, MRA Axioms, Spanning Linear Subspaces, nested

subspaces, Orthogonal Wavelets Bases, Scaling Functions, Conjugate Mirror Filters,
Haar 2-band filter Banks, Study of upsamplers and downsamplers, Conditions for alias
cancellation and perfect reconstruction, Discrete wavelet transform and relationship with
filter Banks, Frequency analysis of Haar 2-band filter banks, scaling and wavelet dilation
equations in time and frequency domains, case study of decomposition and reconstruction
of given signal using orthogonal framework of Haar 2-band filter bank.
Unit 4: Wavelets
Daubechies Wavelet Bases, Daubechies compactly supported family of wavelets,

Daubechies filter coefficient calculations, Case study of Daub-4 filter design, Connection
between Haar and Daub-4, Concept of Regularity, Vanishing moments. Other classes of
wavelets like Shannon, Meyer, Battle-Lamarie.
Unit 5: Bi-orthogonal wavelets and Applications
Construction and design. Case study of bi-orthogonal 5/3 tap design and its use in JPEG
2000. Wavelet Packet Trees, Time-frequency localization, compactly supported wavelet
packets, case study of Walsh wavelet packet bases generated using Haar conjugate mirror
filters till depth level 3. Lifting schemes for generating orthogonal bases of second-
generation wavelets. 23
Unit 6: JTFA Applications
Riesz Bases, Scalograms, Time-Frequency distributions: fundamental ideas,

Applications: Speech,audio, image and video compression; signal denoising, feature
extraction, inverse problem.
Text Books
1. S. Mallat, "A Wavelet Tour of Signal Processing," Academic Press, Second Edition,
1999.
2. L. Cohen, “Time-frequency analysis”, Prentice Hall, 1995.
Reference Books
1. G. Strang and T. Q. Nguyen, "Wavelets and Filter Banks", Wellesley-Cambridge

Press, Revised Edition, 1998.
2. I. Daubechies, "Ten Lectures on Wavelets", SIAM, 1992.
3. P. P. Vaidyanathan, "Multirate Systems and Filter Banks", Prentice Hall, 1993.
4. M. Vetterli and J. Kovacevic, "Wavelets and Subband Coding", Prentice Hall, 1995 24
MICROELECTROMECHANICAL SYSTEMS AND SYSTEMS ON CHIP
(404185)
Unit 1: Introduction to MEMS and SoC
Introduction, History, Concepts of MEMS: Principles, application and design, Scaling

Properties/Issues, Micromachining Processes: Substrates, lithography, wet/dry etching
processes, deposition processes, film stress, exotic processes. Mechanical Transducers :
transduction methods, accelerometers, gyroscopes ,pressure sensors, MEMS
microphones, mechanical structures, actuators.
Unit 2: Control and Materials of MEMS
Controls of MEMS: Analog control of MEMS, Sliding mode control of MEMS, Digital
control of MEMS, Materials for MEMS: Substrate and wafers, Active substrate material,
silicon, Silicon compound, Silicon pezoresisters, Gallium arsenide, Quartz, piezoelectric
crystals, Polymers.
Unit 3: Transducers
Chemical and Biological Transducers: basic concepts of cellular biology, chemical

sensors, molecule-based biosensors, cell-based biosensors, chemical actuators, biological
transducers, and electrophoresis: optical transducers, thermal transducers, magnetic
transducers, RF transducers.
Unit 4: Introduction to SOC
Design of system on chip, Microsystems technology and applications, core architecture

for digital media and the associated compilation techniques
Unit 5: Overview of Physical Design Automation
Physical design automation, behavioural synthesis, synthesis of FPGAs and testable

ASICs micromachining processes: substrates, lithography, wet/dry etching processes,
deposition processes, film stress, exotic process
Unit 6: SOC Testing and Packaging
Hardware/software co-design, test and design test for circuit to integrated systems,
testable design and testing of Microsystems, embedded core based system on chip test
strategies
Micro System Packaging: Over view of mechanical packaging of micro electronics micro
system packaging
Text Books
1. Kovacs, Gregory T. A. “Micromachined Transducers Sourcebook” McGraw-Hill

2. Max J. Madou: “Fundamentals Of Micro Fabrication”- The science of miniaturization,
3. Nanogen Corporation, USA, CRC press, March 2002.
4. Sergey Edward Lyshevski: “Nano-And Micro Electro Mechanical Systems”, Second
edition, CRC press, Boca Ratron London.
Reference Books
1. Jan G Korvinik and Oliver Paul, “MEMS Practical Guide to Design, analysis and
Applications” William Andrew, Inc Springer
2. G.K. Anantsuresh, K.J. Vinoy, S. Gopalkrishnan, K.N. Bhat, V.K. Atare, “ Micro and
Smart Systems” Wiley 26
MOBILE COMMUNICATION (404185)
Lectures/Week: 4 Hrs Paper: 100 Marks
Unit 1: Introduction to Mobile Communication
Introduction to wireless Communication Systems: Evolution of Mobile Radio

Communication, Examples of Wireless Communication Systems, Trends in cellular radio
& Personal Communication. Modern Wireless Communication System: Second
Generation (2G) and Third Generation (3G) cellular networks. The Cellular Concepts:
Introduction, Frequency reuse, Channel Assignment, Handoff, Interference & System
capacity, Trunking & Grade of Service, Improving coverage & capacity.
Unit 2: Mobile Radio Propagation
Propagation Mechanism: Free space loss, Reflection, Diffraction, Scattering.

Fading & Multipath: Small scale multipath propagation, Impulse response model of
multipath channel, Small scale multipath measurements, Parameters of mobile multipath
channels, Types of small scale fading.
Unit 3: Modulation & Equalization Techniques for Mobile Radio
Modulation: Analog modulation, Digital modulation, Line Coding, Pulse shaping

Technique, Geometric representation of Modulation Signal, Linear Modulation
Techniques: BPSK, DPSK, QPSK, offset QPSK, BFSK, MSK, GMSK, MPSK, QAM,
MFSK, Spread Spectrum Modulation Techniques, Modulation Performance in Fading &
Multipath channels.
Equalization: Survey of Equalization Techniques, Linear Equalization, Non-linear
Equalization, Algorithms for Adaptive Equalization, Diversity Techniques, RAKE
receiver.
Unit 4: Coding & Multiple Access Techniques for Wireless Communications
Coding: Vocoders, Linear Predictive Coders, Selection of Speech Coders for Mobile
Communication, GSM Codec. Multiple Access: FDMA, TDMA, FHMA, CDMA,
SDMA, OFDM, Packet Radio, Capacity of Cellular Systems.
Unit 5: Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM)
System Overview, The air interface, Logical & Physical channel, Synchronisation,
Coding, Equalizer, Circuit Switched data transmission, Establishing connection and
handover, GSM services. 27
Unit 6: IS-95 CDMA and CDMA 2000
System overview, Air interface, Coding, Spreading and modulation, Logical and physical
channels, Handover.
Text Books
1. Theodore S Rappaport, “Wireless Communications Principles & Practice” Second

Edition, Pearson Education
2. Andreas F Molisch, “Wireless Communications”, Wiley India.
Reference Books
1. Vijay K Garg, Joseph E Wilkes, “Principles & Applications of GSM” Pearson

Education
2. Vijay K Garg, Joseph E Wilkes, “IS-95 CDMA And cdma 2000 Cellular/PCS Systems
implementation” Pearson Education
3. R. Blake, "Wireless Communication Technology", Thomson Delmar.
4. W.C.Y. Lee, "Mobile Communications Engineering: Theory and applications”, Second
Edition,
McGraw-Hill International.
Project Part I (404186)
Tutorial: 2 Hrs/Week Term Work: 50 Marks
Note:
1. Term work assessment is based on the project topic. It consists of Literature Survey
and basic project work. The abstract of the project should be submitted before Term work
assessment.
2. The report consists of the Literature Survey, basic project work and the size of the
report should be maximum of 40 pages.
3. The examination is conducted by two examiners (internal and external) appointed by
the university. The examiners appointed must have minimum 6 years of experience with
UG qualification and 3 years with PG qualification.
4. The assessment is based on Innovative Idea, Depth of understanding, Applications,
Individual contributions, presentation, and the grade given by the internal guide based on
the work carried out in a semester.
5. A certified copy of report is required to be presented to external examiner at the time
of final examination.
TERM – II
SUBJECT NAME OF SUBJECT TH PR TUT PP TW OR PR TOTAL

CODE MARKS
404187 TELECOMMUNICATION & 4 2 1 100 50 150
SWITCHING SYSTEM
404188 OPTICAL FIBER 4 2 100 25 50 175
COMMUNICATION
404189 ELECTIVE-III 4 2 100 25 50 175
404190 ELECTIVE-IV 4 100 100
404191 PROJECT (PART-II)*** 6 100 50 150
16 12 0 400 150 100 100 750
Elective-III
1. Soft Computing
2. Speech Processing
3. Television and Video Engineering
4. Test and Measurement Systems
Elective-IV
1. Artificial intelligence
2. Automotive Electronics
3. Nanotechnology
4. PLC and Industrial Process Automation
5. Any one subject from the list of Elective IV of Computer/IT/Electrical/Instrumentation
OR institute can offer an elective-IV based on any industry need with prior approval of
BOS (Electronics)
Note:
1) All Theory papers are three hours duration
2) Practical/Oral shall be based on term-work
3) Term-work of Project Part I consist of project report based on project
4) ** * Exam at the end of II term

TELECOMMUNICATION SWITCHING SYSTEMS (404187)
Lectures / Week: 4Hrs Paper: 100 Marks
Practical /Week: 2Hrs. Oral: 50 Marks
Unit 1: Development of Telecommunication Switching Systems
Message switching, Circuit switching, Manual switching, and Electronic Switching.

Digital switching: Switching functions, space division switching, time division switching,
two dimensional switching, digital cross connect systems, digital switching in an analog
environment
Unit 2: Telecommunication Traffic
Unit of Traffic, Traffic measurement, A mathematical model, Lost- call systems: Theory,
traffic performance, loss systems in tandem. Queuing systems: Erlang Distribution,
probability of delay, Finite queue capacity, systems with a single server, Queues in
tandem, delay tables and application of Delay formulae. Analysis: Traffic Characteristics:
Arrival Distributions, Holding time Distribution. Loss Systems: Lost calls cleared, lost
calls returning, lost calls Held, lost calls cleared- Finite sources, lost calls Held - Finite
sources. Networking Blocking Probabilities: End to End Blocking Probabilities,
Overflow Traffic. Delay systems: Exponential Service Times, Constant Service Times,
Finite Queues and Tandem Queues
Unit 3: Switching Networks
Single Stage Networks, Gradings: Principle, Design of progressive grading, other

gradings, Traffic capacity of gradings, Applications of gradings. Link Systems: General,
Two stage networks, three stage networks, four stage networks. Grades of service of link
systems: General, Two stage networks, three stage networks, four stage networks Call
packing, Rearrangeable networks, Strict sense non blocking networks, Sectionalized
switching networks Control of Switching Systems: Call processing Functions: Sequence f
operations, Signal exchanges, State transition diagrams.Common Control, Reliability,
Availability and Security. Signaling:Customer line signaling. FDM carrier systems:
Outband signaling, Inband signaling. PCM signaling, Inter-register signaling, Common
channel signaling principles: general, signaling networks, CCITT signaling No. 6, CCITT
signaling No. 7: General, High level Data – link control protocol, Signal units, Signaling
information field. Digital customer line signaling
Unit 4: Network Synchronization and Management
Timing: Timing Recovery, Clock Instability, Elastic Stores, Jitter measurements,

systematic jitter. Timing Inaccuracy: Slips, Asynchronous Multiplexing, Waiting time
jitter. Network Synchronization: Plesiochronous, pulse stuffing, mutual synchronization,
Network master, Master – Slave synchronization, Hierarchical synchronization
Processes. Network management: Routing control, Flow control 31
Unit 5: Networks
Data Networks: Data Transmission in PSTN, Data Communication Architecture, Link to

link layers, End to End layers, Satellite based Data networks, LANs, MANs, Fibre optic
networks, Data network Standards, Protocol stacks, Interworking. Integrated Services
Digital Networks: ISDN, Network and protocol Architecture, Transmission Channels,
User network interfaces, signaling, Numbering and Addressing, ISDN Standards,
Broadband ISDN, Voice Data Integration
Unit 6: Cellular Telephone Concepts
Mobile telephone services, cellular telephone, Frequency reuse, Interference, Cellular

system topology, Roaming and handoffs, Cellular telephone network components,
Cellular telephone call processing. Cellular Telephone systems: Digital cellular
telephone, IS–95. GSM GPRS for Mobile communications, Personal Satellite
communication system
Books
1. J. E. Flood , “Telecommunications Switching, Traffic and Networks”, Pearson

Education
2. John C. Bellamy, “Digital Telephony”, Third Edition; Wiley Publications
3. Thiagarajan Vishwanathan, “Telecommunication Switching Systems and Networks”;
PHI Publications
4. Wayne Tomasi, “Electronic Communications Systems”; 5th Edition; Pearson
Education
List of Practicals
1. Study of PSTN TST switch

2. Study of CDMA Trainer
3. Study of Mobile phone trainer
4. Study of AT commands
5. Study of VOIP implementation
6. Study of 3G Mobile trainer Kit
7. Visit to Mobile Switching Office (MTSO)
OPTICAL FIBER COMMUNICATION (404188)
Practical /Week: 2Hrs. Practical: 50 Marks
Term work: 25 Marks
Unit 1: Fiber optic communications system
Electromagnetic Spectrum & Optical spectral bands, Key elements of fiber optic
communications system, Advantages of optical fiber communication over other
communication systems, Ray theory transmission: TIR, Acceptance angle, Numerical
aperture, Electromagnetic mode theory for optical propagation: phase and group velocity,
cutoff wavelength & group delay. Fiber types according to: materials used; refractive
index profiles & mode transmission. Optical fibers: Fiber Materials, Fiber Fabrication &
Cable design. State of art: Materials & fabrication Technology
Unit 2: Optical Fiber for Telecommunication
Transmission characteristics of optical fibers: Attenuation due to absorption, scattering &

bending, Signal Distortion in optical fibers: Intra modal Dispersion: Material &
Waveguide dispersion; Intermodal dispersion: MMSI, MMGI & modal noise; Overall
fiber dispersion: MM & SM fibers. Special use fibers: Dispersion shifted (DSF), NZDSF,
Dispersion flattened, Polarization maintaining fibers, Fiber Nonlinearities. State of art:
Fiber
Unit 3: Optical Sources & Transmitters
Introduction to optical sources: Wavelength and Material Considerations, LEDs &

semiconductor LASERs: principle of working & their Characteristics. Line coding
Different modulation schemes, Optical transmitters: LED drive circuits for digital and
analog transmission. Power launching & Coupling: Fiber optic splices, connectors &
couplers & Coupling losses. State of art: LEDs and LASERs
Unit 4: Optical detectors & Receivers
Introduction: Material Considerations, PN, P-i-N, Avalanche photodiodes & photo

transistors: Principle of working & characteristics and relative merits and demerits of
photodiodes. Receiver Noise: Noise considerations in PN, P-i-N & Avalanche
photodiodes. Receiver structures, State of art: Optical detectors & detection scheme 29
Unit 5: Design considerations in optical links
Point to point Links: System design considerations, Link Power budget, Rise Time
budget,
Analog Links: CNR, Multichannel transmission techniques.
Unit 6: Advanced Optical Systems
Overview of WDM, Optical Amplifiers: Classification of OAs, Principle of operation of

a Semiconductor Optical Amplifier (SOA) & Gain calculations of Fabry Perot Amplifiers
(FPA). SOA applications: advantages and drawbacks, Principle of operation of Erbium
Doped Fiber Amplifiers (EDFA), Gain and Noise in an EDFA.WDM Couplers/ Splitters:
Excess loss, Insertion loss Coupling ratio, Isolation and Uniformity properties. State of
art: WDM components.
Text Books
1. Gerd Keiser, Optical Fiber Communications, Tata McGraw Hill, Fourth Edition.
2. John M. Senior, Optical Fiber Communications-Principles and Practice, Prentice Hall
of India, second Edition
References
1. Djafar K. Mynbaev and Lowell L.Scheiner, “Fiber Optic Communications

Technology”, Pearson Education
2. Govind P.Agrawal, “Fiber Optic Communication Systems”, WILEY INDIA, Third
Edition
List of Experiments
1. Optical Source Characteristics:

Aim: To plot the electrical and optical characteristics of different light sources.
2. Numerical Aperture of fiber:
Aim: To estimate the numerical aperture of given fiber.
3. Fiber Attenuation:
Aim: To measure the attenuation of given MMSI and SMSI fibers.
Also study the effect of length and effect of bending on attenuation.
4. Optical Detector Characteristics:
Aim: To plot the frequency response of detectors with different values of load resistor.
5. Fiber Bandwidth/Data rate:
Aim: To estimate the bandwidth of given fiber.
6. Design, build and test a simple fiber optic link for transmission of analog signal.
7. Design, build and test a simple fiber optic link for transmission of digital signal.
8. Study of any two optical instruments: Optical Power Meter, OTDR, OSA etc.
Elective –III
SOFT COMPUTING (404189)
Lectures/Week: 4Hrs Paper: 100 Marks.
Practical/Week: 2Hrs Practical: 50 Marks
Term work: 25 Marks
Unit 1: Introduction to Neuro-Fuzzy and soft computing
Introduction, Soft computing constituents and conventional artificial intelligence, from

conventional AI to computational intelligence, neural networks, Fuzzy set theory,
Evolutionary computation, Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft Computing Characteristics
Unit 2: Fuzzy Set Theory
Fuzzy logic, Fuzzy sets, Fuzzy set operations, Fuzzy rules, Fuzzy algorithms, the fuzzy
algorithm with linear constituents, determining the fuzzy algorithm
Unit 3: Fuzzy Control
Systematic approach for the design of fuzzy control system, Synthesis and validation of a
fuzzy controller, determining the control laws, determining the fuzzy controller,
validating the fuzzy controller
Unit 4: Artificial Neural Network
Artificial neural network theory, Topologies, Multilayer perceptron, unsupervising neural

network, Radial basis function, Learning algorithm, Numerical Examples regarding
MLP’s and RBF.
Unit 5: Neural Network Application
Neural network applications for identifying non-linear dynamic system and for complex
system control, Image processing, and communication.
Unit 6: Neuro Fuzzy Modelling
Introduction, ANFIS architecture, Hybrid learning algorithm Learning methods that

cross-fertilize ANFIS and RBFN, Use of ANN for process control. 33
Text Books:
1. J.S. Jang, C.T. Sun, E. Mizutani, “Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft Computing”, PHI Learning
Private Limited.
2. L-Fortuna, G. Rizzotto, M. Lavorgna, G. Nunnari, M. G. Xibilia and R.Caponetto ,
“Soft Computing”, Springer.
Reference Books:
1. James A. Freeman, David M. Skapura, “Neural Networks Algorithms, Applications

and Programming Techniques”, Pearson Education.
2. S. N. Sivanandam, S. N. Deepa,” Principals of soft Computing”, Wiley India.
List of practicals
1. Design and implement ANN to compute OR, AND, NOT gate for the two input using
MP model .
2. Implement perceptron algorithm for solving EX-OR problem.
3. Implement Back Propogation algorithm to solve classification problem
4. Implementation of various learning learning laws
5. Implement Kohonen algorithm for character recognition
6. Implement various membership functions
7. Implement primary and composite linguistic fuzzy variables
8. Implementation of defuzzification using various method
9. Implement fuzzy controller to control simple process (Mamdani / Sugeno /
Tsukamoto) 34
SPEECH PROCESSING (404189)
Practical /Week: 2Hrs Practical: 50 Marks
Term work: 25 Marks
.
Unit 1: Fundamentals of Digital Speech Processing
Anatomy & Physiology of Speech Organs, The process of Speech Production, The
Acoustic Theory of Speech Production, Digital models for speech signals.
Time Domain Models For Speech Processing: Introduction, Window considerations,
Short time energy and average magnitude Short time average zero crossing rate, Speech
vs. silence discrimination using energy and zero crossing, Pitch period estimation using a
parallel processing approach, The short time autocorrelation function, The short time
average magnitude difference function, Pitch period estimation using the autocorrelation
function.
Unit 2: Linear Predictive Coding (LPC)
Basic principles of Linear Predictive Analysis: The Autocorrelation Method, The

Covariance Method, Solution of LPC Equations: Cholesky Decomposition Solution for
Covariance Method, Durbin’s Recursive Solution for the Autocorrelation Equations,
Pitch Detection and using LPC Parameters.
Unit 3: Homomorphic Speech Processing
Introduction, Homomorphic Systems for Convolution: Properties of the Complex

Cepstrum, Computational Considerations, The Complex Cepstrum of Speech, Pitch
Detection, Formant Estimation, Mel frequency cepstrum computation.
Unit 4: Speech Enhancement
Nature of interfering sounds, Speech enhancement techniques: spectral subtraction,

Enhancement by re-synthesis, Comb filter, Wiener filter.
Unit 5: Automatic Speech Recognition
Basic pattern recognition approaches, parametric representation of speech, evaluating the

similarity of speech patterns, isolated digit Recognition System, Continuous digit
Recognition System. Hidden Markov Model for Speech Recognition: Hidden Markov
Model (HMM) for speech recognition, Training and testing using HMMs.
Unit 6: Speaker Recognition
Issues in speaker recognition and speech synthesis of different speakers. Text to speech
conversion, Calculating acoustic parameters, synthesized speech output performance and
characteristics of text to speech, Voice processing hardware and software architectures.
Text Books
1. R Rabiner and S.W. Schafer, “Digital processing of speech signals”; Pearson

Education.
2. Thomas F. Quateri 1ed, “Discrete Time Speech Signal Processing: Principles and
Practice”
3. Deller J. R. Proakis J. G. and Hanson J.H., “Discrete Time Processing of Speech
Signal”,
Macmillian.
4. L.R Rabinar and B.H. Juang, “Fundamentals of Speech Recognition”, PUBLISHER
Reference books
1. Ben Gold & Nelson Morgan, “Speech & Audio Signal Processing” 1 ed., Wiley.
2. Claudio Becchetti and Lucio Prina Ricotti, “Speech Recognition”, Wiley
3. Douglas O'Shaughnessy, “Speech Communications: Human & Machine” 2nd ed.,
IEEE Press
List of Experiments
The Laboratory work gives hands-on exposure to the concepts conveyed in lectures. It
provides you with hands-on design experience and exposure to algorithms used in speech
processing. Software tool such as MATLAB may be used. Also the required data may be
acquired using sound card.
1. Spectral Analysis (Spectrographic).
2. Feature Extraction.
3. Linear Predictive Coding.
4. Speech Synthesis using LPC.
5. Voice Activity Detection.
6. Speech Enhancement using Homomarphic Deconvolution for removal of Distortion.
7. Speaker Recognition.
8. Speech Recognition. 37
TELEVISION AND VIDEO ENGINEERING (404189)
Lectures/week: 4 Hrs Paper: 100 Marks
Practical/week: 2Hrs Practical: 50 Marks
Term work: 25 Marks
Unit 1:Fundamentals of Television and Display
Television basics: Factors of TV systems, Composite video signal, Signal transmission

and channel bandwidth etc.., Color TV systems, colour fundamentals, mixing of colours,
colour perception, chromaticity diagram.
Unit 2:TV Standards
NTSC, PAL, SECAM systems, colour TV transmitter, high level, low level transmitters,
colour TV receivers, remote control, antennas for transmission. TV alignment and fault
finding with Wobbuloscope and TV pattern generation, field strength meter.
Unit 3:Digital TV
Introduction to Digital TV, Principle of Digital TV, Digital TV signals and parameters,
Digital TV Transmitters, MAC signals, advanced MAC signal transmission, Digital TV
receivers, Basic principles of Digital Video compression techniques, MPEG1, MPEG2,
MPEG4, Video compression ITU-Standards(H.). Digital TV recording techniques.
Unit 4:HDTV
HDTV standards and systems, HDTV transmitter and receiver/encoder, Digital TV

satellite Systems, video on demand, CCTV, CATV, direct to home TV, set top box with
recording facility, conditional access system (CAS), 3D TV systems, Digital
broadcasting, case study (Cricket match, Marathon, Foot ball match).
Unit 5:Video Recorders
IP Audio and Video, IPTV systems, Mobile TV, Video transmission in 3G mobile
System, IPod(MPEG4 Video player), Digital Video Recorders, Personal Video
Recorders, Wi-Fi Audio / Video Transmitter and Receivers. Video Projectors, HD Video
projectors, Video Intercom systems/ Video door phones. 38
Unit 6:Consumer Applications
Colour TV Digital cameras, Camcoders, Handycams, and Digicams. Display devices:

LED, LCD, TFT, Plasma, HDTV, CD/ DVD player, MP3 player, Blue Ray DVD
Players, MPEG, MP3.
Text Books
1. Television and video Engineering, A. M. Dhake, TMH Publication.

2. Video Demisified, Kelth jack, Penram International Publication.
3. Audio Video Systems, R.G. Gupta, Technical Education.
Reference Books
1. S. P. Bali, “Color TV Theory and Practice”.

2. Bernard Grobb, Charles E, “Basic TV and Video Sytems”.
3. Gulathi, “Monochrome & Color TV”.
List of Practical Assignments
1. Voltage and waveform analysis for color TV.

2. Alignment and fault finding for color TV using Wobbulosocpe and Pattern Generator.
3. Study of direct to home TV and set top box.
4. Study Wi-Fi TV systems/ Mobile TV/IPTV
5. Simulation of video compressing techniques ( Software Assignments)
6. Practical visit to TV transmitter/Digital TV studio.
7. Study of Audio system: CD /DVD / MP3 player
8. Study of HDTV.
9. Study of Digital TV. 39
TEST AND MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS (404189)
Term work: 25 Marks
Statistical metrics in measurement systems, probability of errors. Instrument /

Measurement Basics Parameters such as Sensitivity, Resolution, Dynamic Range,
Linearity, Accuracy, Settling Time, Sample Rates Analog Signal Processing, Digital
Signal Processing, Human & Computer Interfaces. Typical instrument block diagram,
Simple & Distributing types of measurements, calibration, traceability and standards.
Unit 2: Measuring Instruments
Voltage , current and impedance measurement. VTVM, TVM, DVMs, AC voltmeters,

true RMS meters, vector voltmeter, vector impedance meter. Direct current probes,
alternating current probes. RF impedance measurement, problems at RF, RF meter
methods, RF bridges. LCR Q meter.
Unit 3: Oscilloscopes
Analog CRO, HF CRO Block diagram, Working principles of special purpose

oscilloscope like Digital Storage Oscilloscope, Block diagram-Working principles of
Digital Phosphor Oscilloscope, Measurements on oscilloscope, Oscilloscope accessories.
Unit 4: Frequency Domain Measurement
Frequency domain measurement. Wave analyzer, harmonic distortion analyzer.

Microwave signal analysis, swept superheterodyne spectrum analyzer, TRF spectrum
analyzer, tracking generator, counter, microwave power measurement. Logic analyzer,
CRO vs Logic analyzer, logic timing analyzer, logic state analyzer, FFT analyzer, Mixed
signal oscilloscope.
Unit 5: Synthesizers and generators
Synthesizers and generators. Frequency synthesis techniques, digital signal generators,

microwave sources, EMI / EMC basics and measurement methods, Microwave network
analysis. 40
Unit 6:Case Study
Automatic Test Equipments. Software in instrumentation, such as labVIEW. Network

connection model, virtual instruments. Case study of complete measurements systems.
Text Books
1. Oliver-Cage, “Electronic measurements and instrumentation”, TMH edition.

2. M.M.S. Anand, “Electronics instruments and instrumentation technology”, PHI.
3. Coombs, Clide F. Jr., “Electronic instrument handbook”, McGraw –Hill.
Reference Books
1. Car Joseph, “elements of Electronics Instrumentation and Measurement”, PHI

2. A. J. Bouwens, “Digital Instrumentation”, TATA McGraw Hill.
List of practicals:
1. Statistical analysis of measurements, probable error, calibration of meters.

2. Measurement of RMS of common and true RMS of complex waveforms.
3. Measurements using Digital Storage Oscilloscope, different modes of DSO, capturing
transients and analysis of waveforms.
4. Measurement of Total Harmonic Distortion contained by output of amplifier, inverter.
5. Measurement using spectrum analyzer and tracking generator. Observing spectrum of
AM and FM waveforms for different modulation indices, plotting frequency response of
filters using tracking generator.
6. Measurement and timing analysis of digital signals using Logic Analyzer.
7. Microwave network analysis. Measurement of SWR, reflection coefficient and s
parameters using network analyzer.
8. Case study of measurement system using software package like LABVIEW. 41
Elective-IV
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE (404190)
Unit 1: Foundation
Intelligent Agents, Agents and environments, Good behavior, The nature of

environments, structure of agents, Problem Solving, problem solving agents, example
problems, searching for solutions, uniformed search strategies, avoiding repeated states,
searching with partial information.
Unit 2: Searching
Search and exploration, Informed search strategies, heuristic function, local search
algorithms and optimistic problems, local search in continuous spaces, online search
agents and unknown environments, Constraint satisfaction problems (CSP), Backtracking
search and Local search for CSP, Structure of problems, Adversarial Search, Games:
Optimal decisions in games, Alpha- Beta Pruning, imperfect real-time decision, games
that include an element of chance.
Unit 3: Knowledge Representation
First order logic, representation revisited, Syntax and semantics for first order logic,
Using first order logic, Knowledge engineering in first order logic, Inference in First
order logic, prepositional versus first order logic, unification and lifting, forward
chaining, backward chaining, Resolution, Knowledge representation, Ontological
Engineering, Categories and objects, Actions - Simulation and events, Mental events and
mental objects
Unit 4: Learning
Learning from observations: forms of learning, Inductive learning, Learning decision

trees, Ensemble learning, Knowledge in learning, Logical formulation of learning,
Explanation based learning, Learning using relevant information, Inductive logic
programming, Statistical learning methods, Learning with complete data, Learning with
hidden variable, EM algorithm, Instance based learning, Neural networks -
Reinforcement learning, Passive reinforcement learning, Active reinforcement learning,
Generalization in reinforcement learning. 42
Unit 5: Perception and Expert System
Visual perception -Waltz’s algorithm, Introduction to Expert System, Architecture and

functionality, Example Expert system
Unit 6: Natural Language Understanding
Why NL, Formal grammar for a fragment of English, Syntactic analysis, Augmented
grammars, Semantic interpretation, Ambiguity and disambiguation, Discourse
understanding, Grammar induction, Probabilistic language processing, Probabilistic
language models
Text Book
1. Stuart Russell, Peter Norvig, “Artificial Intelligence, A Modern Approach”, 2nd

Edition, Pearson Education / Prentice Hall of India, 2004.
Reference Books
1. Nils J. Nilsson, “Artificial Intelligence: A new Synthesis”, Harcourt Asia Pvt. Ltd.,
2000.
2. Elaine Rich and Kevin Knight, “Artificial Intelligence”, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw-
Hill, 2003.
3. George F. Luger, “Artificial Intelligence-Structures and Strategies for Complex
Problem Solving”, Pearson Education / PHI, 2002. 43
AUTOMOTIVE ELECTRONICS (404190)
Unit 1: Power Train Engineering and fundamentals of Automotive.
Fundamentals of Petrol, diesel and gas engines, electric motors and control systems.
Basic Automotive System, System Components. Evolution of Electronics in Automotive.
Alternators and charging, battery technology, Ignition systems. Working principles of
various electronic components and accessories used in Automotive. Emission control.
Developments in existing engine forms and alternatives, Hybrid designs (solar power,
electric/gasoline, LPG, fuel cells). Basic Transmission systems, Different forms and
developments.
Unit 2: Sensor technologies in Automotive
In-vehicle sensors: Working principles, Characteristics, limitations and use within the
automotive context of the following: Temperature sensing e.g. coolant, air intake,
Position sensing e.g. crankshaft, throttle plate. Pressure sensing e.g. manifold, exhaust
differential, tyre. Distance sensing e.g. anti-collision, Velocity sensing e.g. speedometer,
anti-skid, Torque sensing e.g. automatic transmission, Vibration sensing e.g. Airbags,
Flow sensing and measurement e.g. Fuel injection. Interfacing principles: Operation,
topologies and limitations of all sensors covered in the above to in-vehicle processing or
communications nodes. Interfacing electronics, Operational amplifier circuits,
Instrumentation amplifiers, Comparators. Level shifting, Wave-shaping, Filters. Noise
mechanisms and reduction. ADCs and DACs. Use of Actuators: Types, Working
principle, Characteristics, limitations and use within the automotive context of each type
Unit 3: Automotive Control Systems.
Control system approach in Automotive: Analog and Digital control methods, stability
augmentation, control augmentation, Transmission control, System components and
functions. Cruise control, traction control, actuator limiting, wind-up, gain scheduling,
adaptive control. Special Control Schemes: Vehicle braking fundamentals, Antilock
systems, Variable assist steering and steering control, Controls for Lighting, Wipers, Air-
conditions/Heating, Remote keyless Entry and Anti-theft System, Emission sub-system
control, Control techniques used in hybrid system. Electronic Engine control: Motion
equations, modeling of linear and non-linear systems, numerical methods, system
responses Objective of Electronic Engine control, Spark Ignition and Compression
Ignition Engines and their electronic controls. Engine management testing: Engine
management system strategies and implementation, Simulation and implementation
methods, Methods of improving engine performance and efficiency. 44
Unit 4: Electronic Control Unit Design.
Critical review of microprocessor, microcontroller and digital signal processor

development (overview of development within the automotive context). Architecture of 8
/16 bit microcontrollers with emphasis on Ports, Timer/Counters, Interrupts, Watch-dog
timers, PWM, Memory requirement and Usage. High-level language programming:
Effective use of „C‟ programming with particular reference to: Operators- including bit
wise, Control constructs, Pointers. Real-Time Program Design: Pointers to physical
addresses and linking, Input and Output device programming, Timers and interrupts,
latency. Program Development: Software development strategies, Compiling and linking,
Software testing and debugging, Use of a professional development system (Use of
Embedded C).
Unit 5: Automotive Communication Systems
Communication interface with ECUs: Interfacing techniques and interfacing with

infotainment gadgets. Relevance of internet protocols, such as TCP/IP for automotive
applications. Wireless LANs standards, such as Bluetooth, IEEE802.11x.
Communication protocols for automotive applications. Automotive Buses: Use of various
buses such as CAN, LIN, FlexRay, Recent trends in Automotive buses (Such as OBDII,
MOST, IE, IELLI, D2B, and DSI). Application of Telematics in Automotive: Global
Positioning Systems (GPS) and General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), for use in an
automotive environment. Higher End Technology: Comparative study and applications of
ARM Cortex:-A series/M-series, ARM 9 and ARM11.Current developments and issues.
Unit 6: Diagnostics and Safety in Automotive
Fundamentals of Diagnostics: Basic wiring system and Multiplex wiring system.

Preliminary checks and adjustments. Self Diagnostic system. Fault finding and corrective
measures. Electronic transmission checks and Diagnosis. Diagnostic procedures and
sequence. On board and off board diagnostics in Automotive. Safety in Automotive:
Safety norms and standards. Passenger comfort and security systems. Electromagnetic
environment and Automotive EMC Standards. SAE and IEEE Standards. Future trends in
Automotive Electronics.
Text Books
1. Williams. B.Ribbens, “Understanding Automotive Electronics”, 6th Edition, 2003,

Elsevier Science, Newness Publication.
2. Robert Bosch, “Automotive Electronics Handbook”, John Wiley and Sons, 2004.
3. Nitaigour Mahalik, “Mechatronics: Principles, Concepts and Applications”, TMH,
2003.
4. K.P.Ramchandran, G.K.Vijayraghavan, M.S. Balsundaram, “Mechatronics: Integrated
Mechanical and Electronic System”, Wiley India, 2010.
Reference Books
1. Ronald K Jurgen, “Automotive Electronics Handbook”, 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill,

1999. 2. James D Halderman, “Automotive Electricity and Electronics”, PHI Publication
2005.
3. Terence Rybak, Mark Steffka, “Automotive Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)”,
Springer, 2004.
4. Allan Bonnick, “Automotive Computer Controlled Systems: Diagnostic Tools and
Techniques”, Elsevier Science, 2001.
5. Uwe Kiencke and Lars Nielsen, “Automotive Control Systems: Engine, Driveline and
Vehicle”, 2nd Edition, Springer Verlag, 2005.
6. David Alciatore, Michael Histand, “Introduction to Mechatronics and Measurement
Systems (SIE)”, TMH, 2007.
7. Iqbal Husain, “Electric and Hybrid Vehicles: Design Fundamentals”, CRC Press, 2003.
8. Tom Denton, “Advanced Automotive Diagnosis”, 2nd Edition, Elsevier, 2006.
9. G. Meyer, J. Valldorf and W. Gessner, “Advanced Microsystems for Automotive
Applications”, Springer, 2009.
10. Tracy Martin, “How to Diagnose And Repair Automotive Electrical Systems” Motor
Books/MBI Publishing Company, 2005.
11. Mehrdad Ehsani, Ali Emadi, Yimin Gao, “Modern Electronic, Hybrid Electric, and
Fuel Cell Vehicles: Fundamentals, Theory, and Design”, 2nd Edition, CRC Press, 2009.
46
NANOTECHNOLOGY (404190)
Introduction to Nanotechnology: Fundamental science behind nanotechnology, tools for

measuring nanostructures, tools to make nanostructures and imagine nano-behaviours
Unit 2: Nano-CMOS Devices
Silicon Nanocrystal non volatile memories, Novel dielectric materials for future
transistors, Nano-CMOS devices and applications. Tools for measuring nanostructures,
scanning probe instrument, nanoscale lithography.
Unit 3: Nano particles and Nanotubes
Properties of Nano particles: Metal nanostructures and semiconducting nanoparticles,

Carbon nanostructures: carbon molecules, clusters, nanotubes, properties of nanotubes-
strength and elasticity, applications of carbon nanotubes.
Unit 4: Nanomachines and Nanodevices
Nanomachines and Nanodevices, NEMS and MEMS and their fabrication, molecular and
super molecular switches. Lithography.
Unit 5: Nanoelectronics
Introduction, the tools of manufacturing of micro and nano fabrication optical

lithography, electron beam lithography, atomic lithography. Nano-Electronics for
advanced computation and communication.
Unit 6: Nanotechnology in Electronics

Use of Nanotechnology in Electronics: Application of nano structures in electronics,
sensors, optics, energy capture, transformation and storage. Application of
nanotechnology in biomedical electronics.
Books
1. Anatoli Korkin, Jan Labanowski, Evgeni Gusev, Serge Luryi , “Nanotechnology for
Electronic Materials and Devices”; Springer.
2. Mark Ratner, Daniel Ratner , “Nanotechnology: A Gentle introduction to a next big
Idea”; Pearson Education.
3. Gregory Timp, “Nanotechnology”; Springer-Verlag NY.
4. Introduction to Nanotechnology –by Charles P. Poole Jr., Frank J. Owens – John
Wiley & Sons.
PLC AND AUTOMATON (404190)
Teaching scheme Examination Scheme
Lectures/week: 4 Hrs Paper: 100 Marks
Unit 1: Introduction to Process Control
Control Systems, Process control principles, Servomechanisms, Discrete State Control

Systems, Control System Evaluation, Stability, Transient regulation, Steady state
regulation, Evaluation criteria, Analog control, Digital control, Supervisory control,
Direct Digital control, Programmable Logic Controllers, Control System Networks,
Foundation Fieldbus and Profibus
Unit 2: Transmitters and Signal Conditioning
Need of transmitters, Standardization of signals, Current, Voltage and Pneumatic signal

standards, Two wire transmitters, Electronic Differential Pressure Transmitter, Analog
and Digital signal conditioning for RTD, Thermocouple, DPT etc , Smart and Intelligent
transmitters.
Unit 3: Controller Principles and Applications
PID Controller Principles, Tuning, Anolog Implementation, Design considerations,

Digital implementation, Modification of PID algorithms, Integral wind up, Operational
aspects of PID controllers.
Unit 4: Actuators and Final Control Elements
Final control operation, Signal conversions, Electrical actuators, Mechanical switches,

Solid state switches, AC and DC motors, Stepper Motors, Pneumatic and hydraulic
actuators , Fluid control valves.
Unit 5: Programmable Logic Controllers, Applications and Interfacing
PLC Programming, Interfacing Input and Output devices with PLC, Analog Input /
Output, Ladder programming, Selection of PLC, PLC based automated systems,
Networking of PLCs
Unit 6: Advanced Process Automation Techniques
Fuzzy logic systems and Fuzzy controllers, Artificial Neural Network (ANN) based
controllers, Introduction to Statistical Process Control. 48
Text Books
. Curtis Johnson, “Process Control Instrumentation Technology”; 8th Edition, Pearson

Education.
2. Madhuchhanda Mitra, Samarjit Sen Gupta, “Programmable Logic controllers and
Industrial Automation”; Penram International Publishing India Pvt. Ltd.
3. George J Clir, Bo Youn, “Fuzzy Sets and Fuzzy Logic Theory and Applications”,
Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
Reference Books
1. John W. Webb, Ronold A Reis, “Programmable Logic Controllers, Principles and

Applications”; 5th Edition, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
2. K. Krishna Swamy, “Process Control”; New Age International Publishers.
3. K. Astram, T Haggland, “PID Controllers, Theory, Design and Tuning”;2nd Edition,
ISA
PROJECT (404191)
Practical: 2 Hrs/Week (Sem –I) Term work: 100 Marks
Practical: 6 Hrs/Week (Sem-II) Oral: 50 Marks
1. Group Size
The student will carry the project work individually or by a group of students. Optimum
group size is in 3 students. However, if project complexity demands a maximum group
size of 4 students, the committee should be convinced about such complexity and scope
of the work.
2. Selection and approval of topic
Topic should be related to real life application in the field of Electronics and
Telecommunication
OR
Investigation of the latest development in a specific field of Electronics or
Communication or Signal Processing
OR
The investigation of practical problem in manufacture and / or testing of electronics or
communication equipments
OR
The Microprocessor / Microcontroller based applications project is preferable.
OR
Software development project related to VSDL, Communication, Instrumentation, Signal
Processing and Agriculture Engineering with the justification for techniques used /
implemented is accepted.
OR
Interdisciplinary projects should be encouraged. The examination will be conducted
independently in respective departments.
Note:
The group should maintain a logbook of activities. It should have entries related to the
work done, problems faced, solution evolved etc., duly signed by internal and external
guides.
Project report must be submitted in the prescribed format only. No variation in the format
will be accepted. One guide will be assigned at the most 3 project groups.
University of Pune, Pune
B. E. (Mechanical) Structure (2008 Course)
With effect from June 2011
Code Subject
L P/D P TW Or Pr Total
Semester I
402041 CAD/CAM Automation 4 2 100 25 -- 50 175
402042 Dynamics of Machinery 4 2 100 25 50 175
402043 Industrial Fluid Power 4 2 100 25 50 175
402044 Elective I *** 4 2 100 25 125
402045 Elective II 4 100 100
402046 A Project Work 2
Total of Semester I 20 10 500 100 100 50 750
Semester II
402046 B Project Work 6 100 50 150
402047 Power Plant Engineering 4 2 100 25 50 175
402048 Mechanical System Design ** 4 2 100 25 50 175
402049 Elective III *** 4 2 100 50 150
402050 Elective IV 4 100 100
Total of Semester II 16 12 400 200 150 750
** Theory paper of 4 hours duration

*** The term work marks shall be based on assignments / seminar as prescribed by subject syllabus.
*** 402050D Open Elective – BoS Mechanical will declare the list of subjects which can be taken under open
electives or any other Electives that are being taught in the current semester as Elective – IV under engineering
faculty or individual college and Industry can define new elective with proper syllabus using defined framework
of Elective IV and GET IT APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES AND OTHER NECESSARY
STATUTORY SYSTEMS IN THE UNIVERSITY OF PUNE BEFORE 30th DECEMBER.
402044 A Energy Audit and Management 402045 A Automobile Engineering
402044 B Product Design and Development 402045 B Machine Tool Design
402044 C Design of Pumps, Blowers and 402045 C Quantitative and decision making
Compressors Techniques
402044 D Tribology

402049 A Computational Fluid Dynamics 402050 A Industrial Heat Transfer Equipments
402049 B Finite Element Method 402050 B Management Information System
402049 C Robotics 402050 C Reliability Engineering
402049 D Advanced Air Conditioning and 402050 D Open Elective
Refrigeration
Legend: L Lecture TW Term work

P/D Practical/ Drawing Or Oral
P Paper Pr Practical
Dean, Faculty of Engineering Chairman, BOS

Mechanical Engineering
1 of 41
B E (Mechanical) Part I (2008 Course)
402041 CAD/CAM AND AUTOMATION

Lectures 4 hrs/week Theory 100 Marks
Practical 2 hrs/week Term work 25 Marks
Practical 50 Marks
Section I
1 Computer Graphics 8
Transformation-Introduction, Formulation, Translation, Rotation, Scaling, Reflection
Homogenous Representation, Concatenated Transformation, Mapping of Geometric Models,
Inverse Transformations,
Projections: Orthographic, Isometric, and Perspective.
Introduction to open GL and commands required for the transformation.
2 Modelling 10
Curves:-Introduction, Analytic Curves, Line, Circle, Parabolas, Hyperbolas, Ellipses, Conics,
Synthetic Curves, Hermite Cubic Spline, Bezier Curve, B-Spline Curve, Numericals on above
topic.
Surfaces:-Introduction, Surface Representation, Analytic Surfaces, Synthetic Surfaces,
Hermite bicubic Surface, Bezier surfaces, B-spline Surfaces, Coons Surface. No analytical
treatment.
Solids: Introduction, Geometry and Topology, Solid Representation, Boundary Representation,
Euler's equation, Constructive Solid Geometry, Boolean operation for CSG, Hybrid modeling,
Feature Based Modeling, Parametric modeling, constraint based modeling, Mass, area, volume
calculation.
3 Finite Element Analysis 8
Introduction, Stress and Equilibrium, Boundary Condition, Strain - Displacement Relations,
Stress-Strain Relation, Temperature Effects, Potential Energy and Equilibrium: - Rayleigh-Ritz
Method, Galerkin‟s Method.
One Dimensional Problem: Finite Element Modelling, Coordinate and Shape function,
Potential Energy Approach, Galerkin Approach, Assembly of Global Stiffness Matrix and
Load Vector, Properties of Stiffness Matrix, Finite Element Equations, Quadratic Shape
Function, Temperature Effects .
Trusses: Introduction, 2D Trusses, Assembly of Global Stiffness Matrix.
Introduction, Constant Strain Triangle Problem, Modeling and Boundary Conditions.
Section II
4 Computer Aided Manufacturing 8
CAD Hierarchy, Integrating CAD, NC and CAM, NC programming using G and M codes
adoptable to FANUC controller for lathe and milling, Generative programming on CNC, DNC,
Adaptive control system, CIM,CAPP.
5 Introduction to Automation 10
Types of Automation, Transfer line mechanism, Geneva mechanism, Group Technology,
Automated guided Vehicles, Automatic Storage and Retrieval System, Flexible Manufacturing
System
6 Robot Technology 8
Classification and Structure of Robotic Systems Point-to-Point Robotic Systems, Continuous
Path Robotic System. Configurations of Robotic system, Joints, Drives, Controller, Types of
end effectors mechanical, magnetic, pneumatic etc., Industrial Applications of Robots, Robot
Programming, Programming Languages.
2 of 41
Term Work
The term work shall consist of record of sis assignments of problems based on the following topics:
1. OpenGL program on transformation
2. Stress and deflection analysis of two dimensional truss using finite element package.
3. Stress and deflection analysis of any Mechanical component consisting of 2-D or 3-D elements
using finite element package.
4. Tool path generation using CAM software and Manufacturing on CNC.
5. Demonstration on any one industrial robot or Industrial visit to automation plant.
6. Assignment on Robot gripper design/ Robot programming.
Reference Books
1. Ibrahim Zeid and R. Sivasubramanian - CAD/CAM - Theory and Practice Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Co. 2009
2. Ibr
aim Zeid, “Mastering CAD/CAM” – Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. 2000
3. Ch
andrupatla T.R. and Belegunda A.D. -Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering” -
Prentice Hall India.
4. Segerling L.J. - Applied Finite Elements Analysis” John Wiley and Sons.
5. Rao P.N., Introduction to CAD/CAM Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.
6. Groover M.P.-Automation, production systems and computer integrated manufacturing‟ -
Prentice Hall of India
7. Yoram Koren - Robotics McGraw Hill Publishing Co.
8. James G. Keramas, Robot Technology Fundamentals, Delmar Publishers.
9. S.R.Deb, Robotics Technology and Flexible Automation, Tata McGraw Hill.
10. Lakshiminarayana H. V. Finite Element Analysis (Procedures in Engineering), University Press,
2004.
11. Chandrupatla T. R., Finite Element Analysis for Engineering and Technology, University Press,
2009.
12. Seshu P. Text book of Finite Element Analysis, PHI Learning Private Ltd. New Delhi, 2010.
3 of 41
402042 DYNAMICS OF MACHINERY

Oral 50 Marks
Section I
1 Balancing 8
Balancing of rotating masses in one and several planes, balancing of reciprocating masses in
single and multi cylinder engines: in-line, radial and V-type, primary and secondary
balancing analysis, concept of direct and reverse cranks method, static and dynamic balancing
machines.
2 Single Degree of Freedom Systems - Free and Damped Vibrations 8
Fundamentals of Vibration: Elements of a vibratory system, S.H.M., degrees of freedom,
modeling of a system, concept of linear and non-linear systems, equivalent spring, linear and
torsional systems.
Undamped free vibrations: Natural frequency by equilibrium and energy methods for longitudinal
and torsional vibrations.
Damped free vibrations: Different types of damping, equivalent viscous damping, free
vibrations with viscous damping - over damped, critically damped and under damped
systems, initial conditions, logarithmic decrement, dry friction or coulomb damping -
frequency and rate of decay of oscillations.
3 Single Degree of Freedom Systems - Forced Vibrations 10
Forced vibrations of longitudinal and torsional systems, Frequency Response Functions - Simple
harmonic excitation, excitation due to reciprocating and rotating unbalance, base excitation,
magnification factor, resonance phenomenon and phase difference, Quality Factor, Vibration
Isolation, Force and Motion transmissibility.
Section II
4 Two Degree of Freedom Systems - Undamped Vibrations 8

Free vibration of spring coupled systems – longitudinal and torsional, natural frequency and mode
shapes, Holzer Method, Free vibration of mass coupled systems, geared systems, undamped-
vibration absorber, critical speed of light shaft having single rotor - damped and undamped systems.
5 Introduction to Noise 10
Sound concepts, human hearing mechanisms, fundamentals of noise, decibels, sound pressure
level, sound intensity, sound fields, sound reflection, absorption and transmission, concept
and governing equation with co-relation of each other.
6 Experimental Noise and Vibration 8
Instruments – Exciters, Measuring devices and analyzers.
Types of Vibration Tests – Free and Forced. Human Exposure to Noise and Vibration - Acceptable
vibration and Noise standards
Control – Basics of noise and vibration, Control of natural frequency, Vibration isolators, and
Absorbers, Noise source control, path control, enclosures, absorbers, noise control at receiver (No
numerical treatment)
4 of 41
Term Work
The Term Work shall consist of any eight experiments of following list.
1. Experimental verification of dynamic balancing of rotating masses.

2. To determine the natural frequency of damped vibration of single degree freedom system
and to find it‟s damping coefficient.
3. To verify natural frequency of torsional vibration of two rotor system and position of node.
4. To determine critical speed of single rotor system.
5. To determine resonance frequency of transverse vibration of beam.
6. To determine the frequency response curve under different damping conditions for single
degree freedom system of vibration.
7. To study shock absorbers and to plot transmissibility curve.
8. Measurement of vibration parameters like frequency, amplitude, velocity, acceleration of
any vibrating system by using vibration measuring instruments.
9. Noise measurement and analysis using appropriate instrument
10. Analysis of machine vibration, signature, using any analysis software package.
Reference Books
1. Beven, T, “Theory of Machines”, CBS Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi

2. Jagdishlal, “Theory of Machines”, Metropolitan Publishers
3. Uicker J. J., Pennock G. R. and Shigley J. E. (2006) Indian Edition, “Theory of Machines and
Mechanisms” Oxford University Press, New York.
4. Hannah and Stephans, “Mechanics of Machines”, Edward Aronold Publication.
5. Gosh A. and Malik A. K. “Theory of Mechanism and Machines”, Affiliated East - West
Press Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.
6. Rattan S. S. “Theory of Machines”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi.
7. Grover G. K. “Mechanical Vibrations”, Nem Chand and Bros.,Roorkee
8. Thomson, W. T., “Theory of Vibration with Applications”, CBS Publishers and Distributors
9. Rao S. S. “Mechanical Vibrations“, Pearson Education Inc. Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt.
Ltd. New Delhi.
10. Kelly S. G. “Mechanical Vibrations“, Schaum„s outlines, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.
Ltd., New Delhi.
11. Meirovitch, “Elements of Mechanical Vibrations”, McGraw Hill
12. Steinberg, D. S., “Vibration Analysis for Electronic Equipments”, John Wiley and Sons.
13. Pujara, K., “Vibration and Noise for Engineering”, Dhanpat Rai and Company.
14. Bell, L. H. and Bell, D. H., “Industrial Noise Control – Fundamentals and Applications”,
Marcel Dekker Inc.
15. Bies, D. and Hansen, C. “Engineering Noise Control - Theory and Practice”, Taylor and
Francis
5 of 41
402043 INDUSTRAIL FLUID POWER

Oral 50 Marks
Section I
1 Introduction to Fluid Power 8
Fluid power system: Components, advantages and applications. Transmission of power at static
and dynamic states. Pascal„s law and its applications such as hydraulic press/Jack (Numerical
treatment). Fluids for hydraulic system : Types, properties, selection. Additives, effect of
temperature and Pressure on hydraulic fluid. Seals, sealing materials, compatibility of seal with
fluids. Types of pipes, hoses, material, quick acting couplings. Pressure drop in hoses/pipes. Fluid
conditioning through filters, strainers, sources of contamination and contamination control, heat
exchangers.
2 Pumps 8
Types, classification, principle of working and constructional details of Vane pumps, gear
pumps, radial and axial plunger pumps, screw pumps, power and efficiency calculations,
characteristics curves, selection of pumps for hydraulic Power transmission.
Power units and accessories: Types of power units, reservoir assembly, constructional details,
pressure switches, temperature switches, Temperature switches.
Accumulators: Types, selection/ design procedure, applications of accumulators. Types of
Intensifiers, Pressure switches /sensor, Temperature switches/sensor, Level sensor
3 Fluid Power Control 10
Symbols for hydraulic and pneumatic circuits. Control of fluid power through different valves such
as pressure control valves, directional control valves, and flow control valves (Principle,
classification, constructional details, symbols, advantages, disadvantages and applications).
Flow rate, working pressure, differential pressure
Check valve, Servo valves, Proportional valves and Cartridge valves, cut off Valves.
Section II
4 Hydraulics: 8
Actuators: (i) Linear and Rotary. (ii) Hydraulic motors- Types- Vane, gear, Piston types, radial
piston. (iii) Methods of control of acceleration, deceleration. (iv) Types of cylinders and mountings.
(v) Calculation of piston velocity, thrust under static and dynamic applications, considering friction,
inertia loads. (vi) Design considerations for cylinders. Cushioning of cylinders. (Numerical
treatment)
Industrial circuits – Simple reciprocating, Regenerative, Speed control (Meter in, Meter out and
bleed off), Sequencing, Synchronization, transverse and feed, circuit for riveting machine,
automatic reciprocating, fail safe circuit, counter balance circuit, actuator locking, circuit for
hydraulic press, unloading circuit (Numerical treatment), motor breaking circuit.
6 of 41
5 Pneumatics 8
Principle of Pneumatics: (i) Laws of compression, types of compressors, selection of compressors.
(ii) Comparison of Pneumatics with Hydraulic power transmissions. (iii) Types of filters, regulators,
lubricators, mufflers, dryers. (iv) Pressure regulating valves, (v) Direction control valves, two
way, three way, four way valves. Solenoid operated valves, push button, lever control valves.
(vi) Speed regulating - Methods used in Pneumatics. (vii) Pneumatic actuators-rotary,
reciprocating.(viii) Air motors- radial piston, vane, axial piston (ix) Basic pneumatic circuit,
selection of components(x) Application of pneumatics in low cost Automation and in
industrial automation
Introduction to vacuum and vacuum measurement, Vacuum pumps, types, introduction to
vacuum sensors and valves. Industrial application of vacuum
6 System Design 8
Design of hydraulic/pneumatic circuit for practical application, Selection of different components
such as reservoir, various valves, actuators, filters, pumps based on design. (Students are advised to
refer manufacturers‟ catalogues.).
List of experiments
Minimum of 8 experiments from the following; out of which serial no. 1 to 4 are compulsory, three
from serial no. 5 to 9 and one from serial no 10 and 11. Record of experiments and
assignments shall be submitted in the form of journal.
1. Trial on Gear/Vane/Piston pump and plotting of performance characteristics.

2. Following experiments to be done on hydraulic trainer:
1. Regenerative circuit
2. Speed control circuit
3. Sequencing circuit
4. Transverse and feed circuit
3. Following experiments to be done on pneumatic trainer:
a. Automatic reciprocating circuit
b. Speed control circuit
c. Pneumatic circuit involving shuttle valve/ quick exhaust valve
d. Electro pneumatic valves and circuit
4. Design report of a hydraulic or pneumatic system using manufacturer„s catalogue.
5. Study of accumulators and intensifiers.
6. Industrial visit to study automation by means of hydraulic and pneumatics such as LPG bottling
plant etc
7. Study of compressed air generation and distribution systems.
8. Study of simple hydraulic systems used in practice such as copy turning attachment, hydraulic
clamps, jack, dumper, forklift etc.
9. Study and Demonstration of hydraulic system such as hydraulic press, Injection moulding
machines.
10. Testing of pressure relief valve.
11. Testing of liner actuator.
Suggested Exercise (May be attached Journal)

Compilation of file (with logical sequence) of catalogues of pneumatic and hydraulic system
manufacturers with ref. to above major components. Best file to be kept in library for future ref.
7 of 41
Reference Books
1. Pinches, Industrial Fluid Power, Prentice hall

2. D. A. Pease, Basic Fluid Power, Prentice hall
3. J. J. Pipenger, Industrial Hydraulics, McGraw Hill
4. H. L. Stewart, Hydraulics and Pneumatics, Industrial Press
5. A. Esposito, Fluid Power with application, Prentice hall
6. B. Lall, Oil Hydraulics, International Literature Association
7. Yeaple, Fluid Power Design Handbook
8. Andrew A. Parr, Hydraulics and Pneumatics, Elsevier Science and Technology Books.
9. Majumdar, Pneumatic Systems, Tata McGraw Hill
10. ISO - 1219, Fluid Systems and components, Graphic Symbols
11. Majumdar, Oil Hydraulics- Principle and Maintenance, Tata McGraw Hill.
12. Product Manuals and books from Vickers/ Eaton, FESTO, SMC pneumatics can be referred.
8 of 41
402044A ENERGY AUDIT & MANAGMENT
Section I
1 General Aspects of Energy Management 8
Current energy scenario - India and World, Current energy consumption pattern in global
and Indian industry, Principles of Energy management, Energy policy, Energy action
planning, Energy security and reliability, Energy and environment, Need of Renewable and
energy efficiency.
2 Energy Auditing 10
Need of Energy Audit, Types of energy audit, Components of energy audit, Energy audit
methodology, Instruments, equipment used in energy audit, Analysis and recommendations
of energy audit - examples for different applications, Energy audit reporting, Energy audit
software.
Energy conservation opportunities in Boiler and steam system, Furnace, DG sets, HVAC
system, pumping system, Cooling tower and Compressed air system.
3 Energy Economics 8
Costing of Utilities- Determination of cost of steam, natural gas, compressed air and
electricity.
Financial Analysis Techniques - Simple payback, Time value of money, Net Present Value
(NPV), Return on Investment (ROI), Internal Rate of Return (IRR), Risk and Sensitivity
analysis.
Section II
4 Energy Efficiency in Thermal Utilities 10
Energy performance assessment and efficiency improvement of Boilers, Furnaces, Heat
exchangers, Fans and blowers, pumps, Compressors and HVAC systems. Steam distribution,
Assessment of steam distribution losses, Steam leakages, Steam trapping, Condensate and flash
steam recovery system.
5 Electrical Energy Management and Lighting 8
Electricity billing, Electrical load management and maximum demand control, Power factor
improvement and its benefit, Selection and location of capacitors, Distribution and
transformer losses. Electrical motors- types, efficiency and selection. Speed control, Energy
efficient motors. Electricity Act 2003.
Lighting - Lamp types and their features, recommended illumination levels, lighting system energy
efficiency.
6 Cogeneration and Waste Heat Recovery 8
Cogeneration- Need, applications, advantages, classification, the cogeneration design process.
Waste heat recovery- Classification and application, Potential for waste-heat recovery in Industry,
Commercial WHR devices, saving potential.
CDM projects and carbon credit calculations
Term Work
1. Carry out the Energy audit of a small scale industry/institute and submit report with
recommendation.
2. Carry out the Energy audit of HVAC or Compressed air or Boiler and steam system and submit
report with recommendations.
3. Carry out the Energy audit of Electrical system.
9 of 41
4. Electrical tariff calculations
5. Study and visit to any one alternate energy source installation
Reference Books
1. Handbook of Energy Audit, Albert Thumann P.E. CEM, William J. Younger CEM, The Fairmont
Press Inc., 7th Edition.
2. Energy management Handbook, Wayne C. Turner, The Fairmont Press Inc., 5th Edition, Georgia.
3. Handbook on Energy Audit and Environment management, Abbi Y. A., Jain Shashank, TERI,
Press, New Delhi, 2006
4. Energy Performance assessment for equipment and Utility Systems.-Vol. 2,3.4 BEE
Govt. of India
5. Boiler Operator„s Guide Fourth Edition, Anthony L Kohan, McGraw Hill
6. Energy Hand book, Second edition, Von Nostrand Reinhold Company - Robert L.Loftness.
7. www.enrgymanagertraining.com
8. www.bee-india.nic.in
10 of 41
402044 B PRODUCT DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT

Section I
1 Introduction to Product Design and Development 8

Definition of product design, design by evolution and innovation, factors in product design,
morphology of product design (seven phases), standardization, simplification and specialization
in product design, modern approaches- concurrent design and quality function deployment,
product development, product development versus product design, types of design and redesign,
modern product development process, product development team and product development
planning with reference to ISO standard, difference between product verification and production
validation, introduction to prototyping, rapid prototyping methods.
2 Product Development – Technical and Business Concerns 8
Technology Forecasting and Technology S-Curve (Technology Stage), Mission Statement and
Technical Questioning, Economic Analysis of Product, Customer Needs and Satisfaction,
Customer Population and Market Segmentation, Customer Needs-Types and Models, Gathering
Customer Needs Information, Analysis of Gathered Information.
3 Product Development from Concept to Product Function 10
Generating concepts, information gathering, and brainstorming, morphological analysis,
concept selection-design evaluation, estimation of technical feasibility, concept selection process,
Pugh„s concept, selection charts, numerical concept scoring, process of concept embodiment,
system modeling, FMEA, functional modeling and decomposition, fast method, subtract and
operate procedure, establishing system functionality, augmentation and aggregation.
Section II
4 Product Development in the Context of Reverse Engineering 8

Product Teardown Process, Tear Down Methods - Force Flow Diagrams, Measurement and
Experimentation, Applications of Product Teardown, Benchmarking Approach and Detailed
Procedure, Tools Used In Benchmarking - Indented Assembly Cost Analysis, Function -
Form Diagrams, Trend Analysis, Setting Product Specifications, Introduction to Product
Portfolio and Architecture
5 Design for Manufacture, Assembly and Environment 10
Design guidelines, design for manufacture, design for assembly, design for piece part
production, manufacturing cost analysis, need and importance of design for environment, global,
local and regional issues, basic DFE methods-guidelines and applications, life cycle
assessment - basic method, weighed sum assessment method, life cycle assessment method, DFX,
product testing, product validation, field trials, virtual trials, iterations
6 Introduction to Product Life Cycle and Product Data Management 8
Background, Overview, Need, Benefits, and Concept of Product Life Cycle,
Components/Elements of PLM, Emergence of PLM, Significance Of PLM, Customer
Involvement, Product Data and Product Workflow, The Link Between Product Data and Product
Workflow, Different Phases of Product Life Cycle and corresponding technologies.
11 of 41
Term work
A] Any six assignments from following;
1. Morphological analysis
2. Quality Function Deployment (QFD)
3. Technical feasibility and S-curve
4. FMEA
5. Product Tear Down
6. Design for Manufacturing (DFM)
7. Product Life cycle Management (PLM)
8. Identifying customer needs
9. Concept Selection Process
B] One assignment on actual product design with virtual product validation.
Reference
1. A. K. Chitale; R.C. Gupta, Product Design and Manufacturing, Prentice - Hall India.
2. Dieter George E., Engineering Design McGraw Hill Pub. Company, 2000.
3. Kevin Otto and Kristin Wood, Product Design: Techniques in Reverse Engineering and New
Product Development, Pearson Education Inc.
4. Grieves, Michael, Product Lifecycle Management McGraw-Hill, 2006. ISBN 0071452303
5. Bralla, James G., Handbook of Product Design for Manufacturing, McGraw Hill Pub. 1986
6. ISO Standard: 9001:2008: Clauses 7.1, 7.2, 7.3
12 of 41
402044 C DESIGN OF PUMPS, BLOWERS AND COMPRESSORS
Section I
1 Review of principles of Fluid Machinery 4
Basic equations of energy transfer between fluid and rotor, Performance characteristics,
Dimensionless parameters, Specific speed, stage velocity triangles, work and efficiency.
2 Theory of Pumps 8
Calculation of tangential and axial thrust methods to minimize axial thrust, impellers, casings,
volute pumps, vanes, velocity vector diagrams and work done by pumps, developed head,
efficiency and losses in pumps, specific speed, calculation of power requirement, operating
characteristics.
3 Design of Pumps 10
Design procedure and design optimization of Pumps. Thermal design- Selection of materials for
high temperature and corrosive fluids. Hydraulic design- Selection of impeller and casing
dimension using industrial manuals. Introduction to computer programs for iterative and
interactive design.
Section II
4 Theory of Fans and Blowers 10
Classification of blowers, Basics of stationary and moving air, Eulers characteristics, velocity
triangles and operating pressure conditions, Equations for blowers, Losses and hydraulic
efficiency flow through impeller casing inlet nozzle. volute, diffusers, leakage disc friction
mechanical losses,. Rotor design airfoil theory, vortex theory, cascade effects, degree of
reaction, blade twist stage design, surge and stall, stator and casing, mixed flow impellers.
Applications of blowers and fans.
5 Design of Fans and Blowers 8
Design procedure for selection and optimization of Blowers. Stage pressure rise, stage parameters
and design parameters. Design of impeller and casing dimension in aerodynamic design.
Introduction to computer programs for iterative and interactive design
6 Theory and Design of Compressors 8
Basic theory, classification and application, Working with enthalpy-entropy diagram,
construction and approximate calculation of centrifugal compressors, impeller flow losses, slip
factor, diffuser analysis, performance curves of centrifugal compressors. Basic design features of
axial flow compressors; velocity triangles, enthalpy-entropy diagrams, stage losses and efficiency,
work done factor, simple stage of axial flow compressors.
Term Work
Any six assignments based on above syllabus.
Reference Books
1. Shepherd, D.G., “Principles of Turbomachinery“, Macmillan, 1969.

2. Austin H. Chruch, “Centrifugal pumps and blowers“, John wiley and Sons, 1980.
3. Turbine, “Compressors and Fans“ S.M.Yahya, Tata Mc-Graw Hill Publishing Company, 1996
4. Val S.Labanoff and Robert Ross, “Centrifugal Pumps Design and Applications“ Jaico P House.
5. Igori Karassik, “Pump Hand Book,“ McGraw-Hill International Edition.
6. G.K.Sahu “Pumps“ New age international publishers.
7. John Tuzson, “Centrifugal Pump Design,“ Wiley Publication.
8. Stepanff, A.J., "Blowers and Pumps ", John Wiley and Sons Inc., 1965.
13 of 41
402044 D TRIBOLOGY
Section I
1 Introduction to Tribology 8
Introduction to Tribology, Tribology in design, Tribology in industry, economic aspects of
Tribology, lubrication, basic modes of lubrication, lubricants, properties of lubricants - physical
and chemical, types of additives, extreme pressure lubricants, recycling of used oils and oil
conservation, disposal of scrap oil, oil emulsion.
Types of sliding contact bearings, comparison of sliding and rolling contact bearings
2 Friction and Wear 8
Friction: Introduction, laws of friction, kinds of friction, causes of friction, friction
measurement, theories of friction, effect of surface preparation.
Wear: Types of wear, various factors affecting wear, measurement of wear, wear between
solids and liquids, theories of wear.
3 Hydrodynamic Lubrication 10
Hydrodynamic lubrication: Theory of hydrodynamic lubrication, mechanism of pressure
development in oil film, two-dimensional Reynold„s equation, infinitely long journal bearing,
infinitely short journal bearing, finite bearing
Hydrodynamic thrust bearing: Introduction, flat plate thrust bearing, pressure equation, load,
center of pressure, friction in tilting pad thrust bearing.
Section II
4 Hydrostatic Lubrication 8
Hydrostatic lubrication: Basic concept, advantages and limitations, viscous flow through
rectangular slot, load carrying capacity and flow requirement of hydrostatic step bearing, energy
losses, optimum design of step bearing. Compensators and their actions.
Squeeze film lubrication: Introduction, circular and rectangular plates approaching a plane.
5 Elasto-hydrodynamic Lubrication and Gas Lubrication 8
Elastohydrodynamic Lubrication: Principle and application, pressure - viscosity term in
Reynold„s equation, Hertz theory. Ertel-Grubin Equation
Gas lubrication: Introduction, merits and demerits, applications.
Lubrication in metal working: Rolling, forging, drawing and extrusion. Bearing materials,
bearing constructions, oil seals, shields and gaskets
6 Surface Engineering 10
Introduction to surface engineering, concept and scope of surface engineering, manufacturing
of surface layers, solid surface-geometrical, mechanical and physico chemical concepts,
superficial-layer, development of concept, structure of superficial layer, general characteristics
of superficial layer, obtained by machining, strengthening and weakening of superficial layer.
Surface Engineering for Wear and Corrosion resistance: Diffusion, coating, electro and
electro-less plating, hot deep coating, metal spraying, cladded coating, crystallizing coating,
selection of coating for wear and corrosion resistance, potential properties and parameters of
coating.
14 of 41
Term Work: The Term Work shall consist of,
A] Any one case study of the following
1. Friction in sliding/ rolling contact bearing.

2. Wear of cutting tool.
3. Corrosion and Surface coating.
4. Sliding/ rolling contact bearing performance.
B] Assignment based on the Tribological design of the system like I C Engine, Machine Tool,
Rolling Mill.
OR
Industrial visit: students should visit the industry to study the lubrication systems or to study the
techniques of surface coating.
OR
Seminar on recent trends in Tribology or related areas: A seminar on recent trends in
Tribology or related areas shall be given by the student. A seminar report shall be
submitted as a part of term work.
Reference Books
1. Cameron A., “Basic Lubrication Theory“, Wiley Eastern Ltd.
2. B. C. Majumdar, “Introduction to Tribology and Bearings“, S.Chand and Company Ltd.
New Delhi
3. Fuller D. D., “Theory and Practice of Lubrication for Engineers“, John Wiley and Sons
4. Halling J., “Principles of Tribology“, McMillan Press Ltd.
5. B. Bhushan, B.K. Gupta, “Handbook of tribology: materials, coatings and surface
treatments”, McGraw-Hill
6. Davis J., “Surface Engineering for corrosion and Wear Resistance“, Woodhead Publishing,
2001
7. V.B. Bhandari., “Design of Machine Elements” Tata McGraw Hill Pvt Ltd.
8. Tadausz Burakowski, “Surface Engineering of Metals: Principles, Equipments,
Technologies”, Taylor and Francis
15 of 41
402045A AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING
Section I
1 Introduction to Automobile Engineering 8
Automobile history and development, Classification, vehicle layout- engine location and drive
arrangement, safety regulations, specifications of vehicles, Type of vehicle bodies, Chassis types,
constructional details, Frames, sub frames, frameless vehicles, vehicle dimensions), details of
chassis material, Vehicle life development cycle overview
2 Drive Train 8
Classification of clutches, Single-plate, Multi-plate, Cone, diaphragm spring, Centrifugal,
Clutch materials, Electromagnetic, vacuum operated, fluid flywheel, Necessity of gear box,
Manual gear box -Constant mesh, Sliding mesh, Synchromesh, Geared automatic
transmission, Torque convertor, Epicyclic, Continuous variable transmission, Electronic
transmission control, overdrive, Propeller Shaft, Constant Velocity joint, Differential and final
drive, Non slip differential
3 Front Axle, Steering System, Rear Axle, Wheel and Tyres 10
Purpose and requirement front axle, steering mechanism, steering geometry, center point
steering, cornering force, slip angle, scrub radius, steering characteristic, steering gearbox,
Power steering, collapsible steering
Live and dead axles, live axle arrangement, single, double and triple reduction rear axle, Wheel
construction, alloy wheel, wheel alignment and balancing, type of tyres, tyre construction,
tread design
Section II
4 Suspension System, Brakes 8

Sprung and unsprung mass, Roll centre, Types of suspension linkages, Type of springs- leaf, coil,
air springs, hydro gas suspension, rubber suspension, interconnected suspension, self leveling
suspension(active suspension), damping and shock absorbers Types of brake systems - drum, disc,
Operation- mechanical, hydraulic, air brakes, servo and power braking, Stopping distance, ABS.
5 Electrical System, Modern Trends 8
Electrical systems, battery types and construction, lighting, horn, indicators, sprays, wipers,
Staring system, Instruments
Sensors and actuators, Electronic Control Unit, Electronic stability program, traction control
devices,
Electrical car layout, Hybrid drives,
6 Vehicle Performance 8
Vehicle performance parameters, road resistance, traction and tractive effort, power
requirement for propulsion, road performance curves, Stability of vehicles. SAE vehicle axis
system, vehicle body moments, roll over
Vehicle safety-active, passive safety, air bags, seat belt, types of collisions- front, rear, side,
Vehicle interior and ergonomics, comfort, NVH in automobiles
16 of 41
Reference Books:
1. K. Newton and W. Seeds, T.K. Garrett,„ Motor Vehicle‟ 13th Edition, Elsevier publications
2. Hans Hermann Braess, Ulrich Seiffen, handbook of Automotive Engineering, SAE
Publications
3. William H. Crouse., ”Automotive Mechanics„ - Tata McGraw Hill Publishing House
4. Joseph Heitner, ”Automotive Mechanics„ -C.B.S Publishers And Distributors
5. SAE Manuals and Standard
6. Automobile Mechanics -.N. K. Giri
7. Automobile Electrical Equipment -P. S. Kohali
8. Narang G. B. S ,„Automobile Engineering„ - S. Chand and Company Ltd.
9. Singh Kripal - Automobile Engineering -Volume 2 New Chand Jain.
17 of 41
402045B MACHINE TOOL DESIGN
Section I
1 Drives 10
Design considerations for drives based on continuous and intermittent requirement of power,
Types and selection of motor for the drive, Regulation and range of speed based on preferred
number series, geometric progression. Design of speed gear box for spindle drive and feed gear
box.
2 Design of Machine Tool Structure 8
Analysis of forces on machine tool structure, static and dynamic stiffness.
Design of beds, columns, housings, bases and tables.
3 Design of Guide-ways 8
Functions and types of guide-ways, design criteria and calculation for slide-ways, design of
hydrodynamic, hydrostatic and aerostatic slide-ways, Stick-Slip motion in slide-ways.
Section II
4 Design of Spindles, Spindle Supports and Power Screws 10
Design of spindle and spindle support using deflection and rigidity analysis, analysis of anti-
friction bearings, preloading of antifriction bearing.
Design of power screws: Distribution of load and rigidity analysis.
5 Dynamics of machine tools 8

Dynamic characteristic of the cutting process, Stability analysis, vibrations of machine tools.
Control Systems, Mechanical and Electrical, Adaptive Control System, relays, push button
control, electrical brakes, drum control.
6 Special features in Machine Tool Design 8
Design considerations for SPM, NC/CNC, and micro machining, Retrofitting, Recent trends in
machine tools, Design Layout of machine tool using matrices.
Step-less drives Design considerations of Step-less drives, electromechanical system of regulation,
friction, and ball variators, PIV drive, Epicyclic drive, principle of self locking,
Text Books
1. N.K. Mehta, “Machine Tool Design“, Tata McGraw Hill, ISBN 0-07-451775-9.
2. Bhattacharya and S. G. Sen., “Principles of Machine Tool“, New central book agency
Calcutta, ISBN 81-7381-1555.
3. D. K Pal, S. K. Basu, “Design of Machine Tool“, 4th Edition. Oxford IBH 2005, ISBN 81-
204-0968
Reference Books:
1. N. S. Acherkan, “Machine Tool“, Vol. I, II, III and IV, MIR publications.
2. F. Koenigsberger, “Design Principles of Metal Cutting Machine Tools“, The Macmillan
Company New York 1964
18 of 41
402045C QUANTITATIVE AND DECISION MAKING TECHNIQUES
Section I
1 Quantitative Methods 10
Definition, Evolution and Classification of Quantitative Methods and Operations Research
Techniques, Methodology, Advantages and Limitations., Decision Theory, Meaning and Steps
in Decision Making, Types of Management Decisions, Decision under Certainty, under Risk,
under Uncertainty, Decision Trees, Utility Theory. Theory of Games, Introduction, Minimax
and Maximin Principle, Solution of Game with Saddle Point, Solution by Dominance, Solution
by Graphical Method, m x n size Game Problem, size Game Problem,
2 Linear Programming 8
Introduction, Formulation, Basic Method of Solving Transportation Problem, Simplex
Methods, Duality and Sensitivity Analysis. Introduction to Parametric, Integer and Non-linear
Programming
3 Transportation Problem 8
Introduction, Formulation, Basic Method of Solving Transportation Problem, Optimization
Methods like UV and Stepping Stone Method. Trans-shipment Methods as an Extension of
Transportation. Assignment Problem- Hungarian Method to solve Assignment Problem. Travelling
Salesman as an Extension of Assignment Problem.
Section II
4 Queuing Theory 10
(a) Inventory - Deterministic Models, Shortage, without shortage
(b) Simple Probabilistic Inventory Models, Concept of Service level,
(c) Queuing Theory - Introduction, Basis Structure, Terminology and Applications. Queuing
Model M/M/1: /FIFO, MCSR.
(d) Simulation Techniques for Inventory and Queuing Problems, Monte-Carlo Simulation
5 Investment Analysis 8
(a) Break-Even Analysis, Payback Period Method, A(A)R Method, DCF Method, IRR
Method, Probabilistic Models, Risk Adjusted Discount Rate, Certainty-Equivalent
Approach, EMV, Hiller and Hertz„s Model.
(b) Replacement Analysis, Replacement of Items that Deteriorate, Replacement of Items that Fail
Suddenly.
6 Network Models 8
(a) Network Models - Shortest Route, Minimal Spanning and Maximal Flow Problems.
(b) Introduction to Multi Object Decision Making-Goal Programming Formulation.
(c) Deterministic Sequential Decision Making, Dynamic Programming,
Text books:
1) Quantitative Techniques by N.D.Vora.
2) Operations Research by H. Taha.
3) Operations Research by Hira Gupta.
4) Operations Research by J.K.Sharma.
Reference books:
1) Hillier F.S., and Lieberman G.J., Operations Research, Eight Edition, Mc. Tata McGraw Hill
Pvt. Ltd., ISBN-13:978-0-07-060092-8.
2) Ravindran, Phillips and Solberg, Operations Research Principles and Practice, Second Edition,
Mc. WSE Willey, ISBN: 978-81-265-1256-0.
19 of 41
402046A PROJECT WORK
Teaching Scheme
Practical 2 hrs/week
Section I
Objective
To embed the skill in group of students (strictly four) to work independently on a topic/
problem/ experimentation selected by them and encourage them to think independently on
their own to bring out the conclusion under the given circumstances of the curriculum
period in the budget provided with the guidance of the faculty.
To encourage creative thinking process to help them to get confidence by planning and carrying
out the work plan of the project and to successfully complete the same, through
observations, discussions and decision making process.
The project may be in-house, sponsored by an Industry.
Project Load
Maximum two groups of four students per group, shall work under one faculty member of
department. The group of one student is strictly not allowed.
Project Definition
Project work shall be based on any of the following:
1. Fabrication of product/ testing setup of an experimentation unit/ apparatus/ small equipment, in a

group.
2. Experimental verification of principles used in Mechanical Engineering Applications.
3. Projects having valid database, data flow, algorithm, and output reports, preferably software
based.
Project Term Work:

The term work under project submitted by students shall include
1. Work Diary: Work Diary maintained by group and countersigned by the guide weekly. The
contents of work diary shall reflect the efforts taken by project group for
a. Searching suitable project work
b. Brief report preferably on journals/ research or conference papers/ books or literature
surveyed to select and bring up the project.
c. Brief report of feasibility studies carried to implement the conclusion.
d. Rough Sketches/ Design Calculations
e. Synopsis
The group should submit the synopsis in following form.
i. Title of Project
ii. Names of Students
iii. Name of Guide
iv. Relevance
v. Present Theory and Practices
vi. Proposed work
vii. Expenditure
viii. References
2. The synopsis shall be signed by the each student in the group, approved by the guide(along
with external guide in case of sponsored projects) and endorsed by the Head of the Department
3 Presentation: The group has to make a presentation in front of the faculty of department at the end
of semester.
20 of 41
B E (Mechanical) Part II (2008 Course)
402046B Project Work
Theory 100 Marks
Practical 6 Hrs/Week Oral 50 Marks
Project Report
Project report should be of 50 to 60 pages. The report must be hard bound. For standardization
of the project reports the following format should be strictly followed.
1 Page size : Trimmed A4

2. Top Margin : 1.00 Inches
3. Bottom Margin : 1.32 Inches
4. Left Margin : 1.5 Inches
5. Right Margin : 1.0 Inches
6. Para Text : Times New Roman 12 point font
7. Line Spacing : 1.5 Lines
8. Page Numbers : Right aligned at footer. Font 12 point Times New Roman
9. Headings : New Times Roman, 14 Points, Boldface
10. Certificate
All students should attach standard format of Certificate as described by the
department.
Certificate should be awarded to project group and not individual student of the
group
Certificate should have signatures of Guide, Head of Department and Principal.
Entire Report has to be documented as one chapter.
11. Index of Report
i) Title Sheet
ii) Certificate
iii) Acknowledgement
iv) Synopsis
v) List of Figures
vi) List of Photographs/ Plates
vii) List of Tables
viii) Table of Contents
1. Introduction
2. Literature Survey/ Theory
3. Design/ Experimentation/ Fabrication/ Production/ Actual work carried out for the same.
4. Observation Results
5. Discussion on Result and Conclusion
12. References : References should have the following format
For books:
“Title of Books”, Authors; Publisher; Edition;
For Papers:
“Title of Paper”, Authors; Conference Details; Year.
21 of 41
Important Notes
Project group should continue maintaining a diary for project and should write
(a) Book referred (b) Company visited (c) Person contacted (d) Computer work
done (e) Paper referred (f) Creative thinking.
Students are expected to publish a paper on the project either in various paper
contests or at least within department.
The Diary along with Project Report shall be assessed at the time of oral
examination
One copy of the report should be submitted to Institute/ Department, One copy to
Guide and one copy should remain with each student of the project group.
Term Work evaluation
1 The project term work shall be evaluated on the basis of reviews. In first semester two reviews
are to be taken and evaluated for total 30 marks (15 marks each)
2 In semester two, two reviews are to be taken for total 30 marks (15 marks each)
3 The final presentation shall be taken in front of external examiner and to be evaluated
for 40 marks
10 marks for presentation for group,
15 marks for quality of the project work.
15 marks for quality of the project report.
Oral Examination
4 Oral examination shall be conducted with final presentation of the project. The
distribution of marks shall be
15 marks for contribution of the student in the project work
15 marks shall be awarded for achieving the objectives of the project set forth.
20 marks for Question/ Answer
The external examiner shall be preferably Industrial expert in the same field or senior
teaching faculty from other University. In case, the external examiner is appointed by
the college authorities, the bio data of the external examiner may please be sent to The
Chairman BOS Mechanical Engineering so that the examiner shall be included in the Panel of
Examiners for the Project oral.
22 of 41
402047 POWER PLANT ENGINEERING
Practical 2 Hrs/Week Term work 25 Marks
Oral 50 Marks
Section I
1 Power Plants 8
Introduction, Factors affecting Selection of Site, Schematic Diagrams and relative merits of steam,
Gas, Diesel, Hydro Power Plants. Present status of power generation in India. Role of private and
government organization, State Level Scenario, Load Shedding. Carbon credits
Economic Analysis: Introduction, Cost of electric Energy, Fixed and operating cost (with
numerical treatment), Selection and Type of Generation ,Selection of generation equipment,
Performance and Operation Characteristics of power plants and Tariff methods.
2 Thermal and Co-Generation Power Plant 8
Introduction, general layout of modern thermal power plant, working of thermal power plant,
coal classification, coal handling, coal blending, coal desulphurization, Indian coals, selection
of coal for TPP., coal handling, storage, preparation and feeding, ash handling and dust
collection, fluidized bed combustion systems, steam turbines, condensers, cooling pond and
cooling tower, condenser efficiency and vacuum efficiency (with numerical treatment),
necessity of feed water treatment, high pressure boilers and importance of water purity,
thermodynamic cycles. Cogeneration power Plant (with numerical treatment).
3 Hydroelectric and Gas Turbine Power Plant 10
Hydroelectric Power Plant: Hydrograph, flow duration curve, site selection, classification of
HPP, and their field of use, capacity calculation for hydro power, dam, head water control,
penstock, water turbines, specific speeds, governors, hydro electric plant auxiliaries, plant
layout, automatic and pumped storage, project cost of hydroelectric plant. Advantages of hydro
power plant
Gas Turbine Power Plant: Plant layout, method of improving output and performance, fuel and
fuel systems, method of testing open and closed cycle plants, operating characteristics,
applications, free piston engine plant, limitation and application, combined cycle plants,
advantages, need of generation power plant in power systems based load station and peak
load station, concept of maximum and optimum pressure ratio, actual cycle, effect of operating
variable on thermal efficiency, regeneration, inter-cooling, reheating, performance of closed and
semi closed cycle gas turbine plant (with numerical treatment).
Section II
4 Nuclear and diesel Power Plant 10

Elements of nuclear power plant, nuclear reactor and its types, fuels moderators, coolants,
control rod, classification of nuclear power plants, waste disposal.
Diesel Power Plant: Diesel engine performance and operation, plant layout, log sheet, application,
selection of engine size.
5 Instrumentation and Equipments in Power Station 8
Generator and exciters, earthling of power system, power and unit transformer, circuit
breakers, protective equipments, control board equipment, elements of instrumentation, plant
layout, switch gear for power station auxiliaries, recent developments in methods of power
generation, introduction to magneto hydrodynamic, fuel cells , geothermal, solar power, tidal
power.
23 of 41
6 Environmental and Equipments in Power Station 10
Environmental aspects: Introduction, Constitutes of the atmosphere, Different pollutants +due to
thermal power plant and their effect on human health, environmental control of different
pollutants such as particulate matter, oxides of sulphur (Pre and Post Treatments) oxides of
Nitrogen ,Global warming and green house effect, Thermal Pollution of Water and its control.
Term Work
List of Experiments: (Any Eight)
1. Visit to Thermal Power Plant

2. Visit to Nuclear/Gas Turbine/Hydro Power Plant
3. Study Of Fluidised Bed Combustor
4. Trial on Diesel power Plant
5. Trial on Steam Power plant
6. Study Of Power Plant Instruments
7. Study of Environmental Impact of Power Plant
8. Tariff Study ( Domestic and Industrial )
9. Study Of Co-generation Plant
10. Study of Non conventional power plant.
Reference Books
1. Domkundwar and Arora “Power Plant Engineering“, Dhanpat Rai and Sons, New Delhi
2. E.I. Wakil, “Power Plant Engineering“, Publications, New Delhi
3. P. K. Nag, “Power Plant Engineering“, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
4. R. K. Rajput,“ Power Plant Engineering“, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi.
5. R. Yadav - Steam and Gas turbines, central publishing house, Allahabad
6. G. D. Rai Non conventional energy sources,
24 of 41
402048 MECHANICAL SYSTEM DESIGN
Oral 50 Marks
Section I
1 Design of Cylinders and Pressure Vessels 10
Cylinders: Thick and thin cylinders, thin cylindrical and spherical vessels, Lame„s equation,
Clavarino„s and Birnie„s equations, design of hydraulic and pneumatic cylinders, auto frettage
and compound cylinders, gasketed joints in cylindrical vessels (No derivation).
Pressure Vessels : Modes of failures in pressure vessels, unfired pressure vessels,
classification of pressure vessels as per I. S. 2825 - categories and types of welded joints,
weld joint efficiency, stresses induced in pressure vessels, materials for pressure vessel, thickness
of cylindrical shells and design of end closures as per code, nozzles and openings in pressure
vessels , reinforcement of openings in shell and end closures - area compensation method, types of
vessel supports (theoretical treatment only)
2 Design of I. C. Engine components 8
Introduction to selection of material for I. C. engine components, Design of cylinder and cylinder
head, construction of cylinder liners, design of piston and piston-pins, piston rings, design of
connecting rod, design of crank-shaft and crank-pin, Design of valve gear system.
3 Optimum Design 8
Objectives of optimum design, adequate and optimum design, Johnson„s Method of optimum
design, primary design equation, subsidiary design equations and limit equations, optimum
design with normal and redundant specifications of simple machine elements like: tension
bar, transmission shaft, helical spring and pressure vessel.
Section II
4 Statistical and Product Design Considerations 10

Statistical considerations in design, Frequency distribution - Histogram and frequency
polygon, normal distribution - units of measurement of central tendency and dispersion - standard
deviation - population combinations - design for natural tolerances - design for assembly -
statistical analysis of tolerances, mechanical reliability and factor of safety. Aesthetics and
Ergonomic considerations in product design:
Ergonomic considerations, relation between man, machine and environmental factors, design
of displays and controls, practical examples of products or equipment using ergonomic and
aesthetic design principles
Design for manufacture, assembly and safety: General principles of design for manufacture
and assembly (DFM and DMFA), principles of design of castings and forgings, design for
machining, , design for welding, design for safety.
Introduction to Design Of Experiments (DOE).
5 Design of Machine Tool Gearbox 8
Introduction to machine tool gearboxes, design and its applications, basic considerations in design
of drives, determination of variable speed range, graphical representation of speed and
structure diagram, ray diagram, selection of optimum ray diagram, deviation diagram,
difference between numbers of teeth of successive gears in a change gear box, analysis of a twelve
speed gear box.
6 Design Principles of Material Handling Systems 8
System concept, basic principles, objectives of material handling system, unit load and
containerization. Belt conveyors, Flat belt and troughed belt conveyors, capacity of
25 of 41
conveyor, rubber covered and fabric ply belts, belt tensions, conveyor pulleys, belt idlers, tension
take-up systems, power requirement of horizontal belt conveyors for frictional resistance of
idler and pulleys, introduction to design of cranes.
Term Work
Term work shall consists of
1. One design project:

The design project shall consist of two imperial size sheets (Preferably drawn with
3D/2D CAD software) - one involving assembly drawing with a part list and overall
dimensions and the other sheet involving drawings of individual components,
manufacturing tolerances, surface finish symbols and geometric tolerances should be
specified so as to make it working drawing. A design report giving all necessary
calculations of the design of components and assembly should be submitted. Projects
shall be in the form of design of mechanical systems including pressure vessel, conveyor
system, multi speed gear box, I.C engine, etc.
2. Assignments:
The assignment shall be internally presented in the form of power point presentation, by
a group of three to five students. A report of assignment (Max 8 to 10 pages) along with print
out of ppt is to be submitted.
Each student shall complete any three of the following:
1. Design review of any product/ system for strength and rigidity considerations.
2. Design review of any product/system for manufacturing, assembly and cost considerations.
3. Design review of any product/system for aesthetic and ergonomic considerations.
4. Analysis of any product/system using reverse engineering.
5. Case study of one patent from the product design point of view.
6. Failure mode and effect analysis of one product/component.
7. Concurrent Engineering.
26 of 41
Reference Books
1. Shigley J. E. and Mischke C.R., “Mechanical Engineering Design”, McGraw Hill Pub. Co.
Ltd.
2. M. F. Spotts, “Mechanical Design Analysis”, Prentice Hall Inc.
3. Bhandari V.B., “Design of Machine Elements”, Tata McGraw Hill Pub. Co. Ltd.
4. Black P.H. and O. Eugene Adams, “Machine Design” McGraw Hill Book Co. Inc.
5. “Design Data“, P.S.G. College of Technology, Coimbatore.
6. I.S. 2825: Code for unfired pressure vessels.
7. Johnson R.C., “Mechanical Design Synthesis with Optmisation Applications”, Von Nostrand
-Reynold Pub.
8. Dieter G.E., “Engineering Design”, McGraw Hill Inc.
9. S.K. Basu and D. K. Pal, “Design of Machine Tools„, Oxford and IBH Pub Co.
10. N. K. Mehta , ”Machine tool design„, Tata McGraw Hill Pub. Co.
11. Rudenko,”Material Handling Equipment”, M.I.R. publishers, Moscow
12. Sharma, P. C. and Agarwal, D. K., “Machine Design“, S. K. Kataria and Sons, Delhi
13. Pandy, N. C. and Shah, C. S., “Elements of Machine Design“, Charotar Publishing House,
14. Mulani, I. G., “Belt Conveyors“
15. Ray T.K, “Mechanical Handling and Materials“ , Asian Books Pvt Ltd.
27 of 41
402049A COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS
Section I
1 Governing Equations 9
Conservation Equations, Derivation of Mass Momentum and Energy equations in differential and
integral forms, Application to simple control volumes
2 Discretization and Conduction 9

Overview, Discretization Methods, Taylor Series expansion, finite approximation of first order
derivatives using FDS, BDS, CDS, second order derivatives, steady state Conduction equation
solution (relaxation, over-relaxation)
3 Transient Conduction: 9
1d Transient conduction, explicit, implicit and semi-implicit methods, tridiagonal matrix solver, 2D
conduction equation discretization, Boundary conditions : Dirichlet, Neumann and mixed.
Section II
4 ADI schemes and Hyperbolic systems 9

Alternating Direction Implicit methods, Lax Wendroff, MacCormack schemes for linear wave
equation
5 Convection-Diffusion systems 9
Upwind differencing, 2D Convection diffusion equation,
Introduction to finite volume
6 Flow Solver 9
Pressure Correction- SIMPLE algorithm, Practical guidelines for CFD simulation processes (Grid
Generation types, problem setup, types of boundary conditions)
Term Work
Assignments: Any Eight
1. Problems on Gauss-Siedel/Jacobi/TDMA.
2. Numerical simulation of quasi one dimentional nozzle flow.
3. Analysis of boundary layer over a flat plate. (Blasius equation)
4. Transient Conduction equation in 2 dimensions
5. Convection-Diffusion Equation in 2 dimensions
6. Analysis of internal flow
7. Analysis of external flow: Aerofoil or similar shape
8. Validation of natural convection in a square cavity.
9. CFD analysis of heat transfer in pin fin.
10. Study of different mesh generation schemes.
Reference Books:
1) Suhas V Patankar, “Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow“, Taylor and Francis
2) J. D. Anderson, “Computational Fluid Dynamics - The Basics With Appications“, McGraw
28 of 41
Hill
3) C T Shaw, “Using Computational Fluid Dynamics“
4) H K Versteeg, W Malalasekera ,“An introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics“
5) P S Ghoshdastidar, “Computer simulation of flow and heat transfer“
6) Jiyuan Tu, Guan Heng Yeah, C Liu, “Computational Fluid dynamics“, Elsevier
7) T. J. Chung, “Computational Fluid dynamics“, Cambridge University Pres.
8) Charles Hirsch, “Numerical Computation of Internal and External Flows“, Vols I and II,
Wiley
9) Sengupta Tapan K., Fundamentals of Computational Fluid Mechanics, University Press, 2005.
10) Pradeep Niyogi, S. K. Chakravarti and M. K. Laha; „Introduction to Fluid dynamics‟, Person
Education, 2005
29 of 41
402049 B FINITE ELEMENT METHOD
Section I
1 Introduction 8
Theoretical background - Ritz method, Finite difference method and Finite element method,
Brief History of FEM, General FEM procedure, Applications of FEM in various fields,
Advantages and disadvantages of FEM.
Review of Matrix Algebra (Vectors, Matrices, Symmetric banded matrix, Determinants,
Inverses, Eigen values), Partitioning of matrix, Cholesky‟s decomposition of matrix, Consistent
units. Solutions of simultaneous equations – banded skyline solutions
Review of Solid Mechanics – Stress equilibrium equations, Strain-Displacement equations,
Stress-Strain-Temperature Relations, Plane stress, plane strain and axisymmetric problems,
Strain energy, Total potential energy, Essential and natural boundary conditions
2 1D and 2D Elements Subjected to In-plane Loads 8
Finite element modeling - Node, Element, different types of element – spring, bar, truss, beam,
frame, plane stress/strain (CST element) and axi-symmetric elements, Coordinate systems –
global, local and natural coordinate systems, Order of element, internal and external node/s,
Degrees of freedom, primary and secondary variables, shape functions – linear and quadratic,
properties of shape functions.
Calculation of elemental stiffness matrix and load vector (mechanical and thermal load) using
Potential energy (PMPE)
Transformation matrix – 2D truss and plane frame, Assembly of global stiffness matrix and
load vector, Properties of stiffness matrix, half bandwidth, Numbering system to reduce
bandwidth, Boundary conditions – elimination method and penalty approach, Multipoint
constraints, Symmetric boundary conditions, Stress calculations
3 Isoparametric Elements and Formulations: 10
Coordinate mapping - Natural coordinates, Area coordinates (for triangular elements), Global
coordinate systems for 1D and 2D linear and higher order elements (Lagrangean and serendipity
elements). Terms Isoparametric, super parametric and subparametric. Convergence requirements
– patch test, Uniqueness of mapping - Jacobian matrix.
Formulation of element equations (stiffness matrix and load vector). Numerical integration
(full and reduced integration)
FE Discretisation- higher order elements vs. refined mesh (p vs h refinements), submodel,
substructure
Section II
4 1D Steady State Heat Transfer Problems 8

Introduction, steady state heat transfer – 1D and 2D heat conduction and convection
Governing differential equation, boundary conditions, formulation of element.
5 Dynamic Considerations (Undamped Free Vibration): 8
General dynamic equation of motion, Formulation for point mass and distributed masses –
Consistent and lumped element mass matrices for bar element, truss element, beam element,
CST element, axisymmetric triangular element, quadrilatateral element and frame element
Generalized eigenvalue problem, Evaluation of eigenvalues and eigenvectors, Applications to
bars, stepped bars, and beams.
30 of 41
6 Computer Implementation of the Finite Element Method: 10
Pre processing: model definition – nodal coordinates, element connectivity, material and
element type and property definitions, type of analysis (static/modal), loading and boundary
conditions.
Meshing techniques - free and mapped meshing, Quality checks – aspect ratio, warp angle,
skew, jacobian, distortion, stretch, included angle, taper
Processing: Element level calculations, Equation assembly, Equation solver (sparse solvers,
factorization, numerical/computational issues)
Post Processing: strain and stress recovery (integration and nodal points), interpretation of
results (results validation and data interpretation) and design modification
Term Work:
The term work shall consist of record of any three from 1 to 4* and any three from 5 to 8** assignments
of the problems based on following topic:
1 Computer program for 1-D temperature analysis

2 Computer program for stress analysis 2-D truss subjected to plane forces
3 Computer program for modal analysis 1-D beam (simply supported or cantilever beams)
4 Computer program for frames subjected to transverse forces and moments
5 Static stress concentration factor calculation for a plate with center hole subjected to axial
loading in tension using FEA software.
6 2D Forced convection problem using FEA software.
7 Modal analysis of any machine components using FEA software.
8 Stress and deflection analysis of any machine component consisting of 3-D elements using
FEA software.
(*1. Students can write the program in any of the programming language (i.e., Fortran, C, C++,
Matlab, Python, VB)
2. Minimum number of elements considered should be 10
3. Comparison of the results of the program with analytical or existing FEA software(Abaqus,
Ansys, Msc-Nastran, Optistruct/Radioss, Comsol-Multiphysics) should be done )
(** 1. Students should do convergence study for all assignment problems.

2. Use different element types from element library
3. If possible use submodel/symmetry option.)
Text Books:
1. Bhavikatti S. S. Finite element analysis, New Age International Publishers

2. Chandrupatla T. R. and Belegunda A. D., Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering,
3. Liu G. R. and Quek S. S. The Finite Element Method – A Practical Course, Butterworth-
Heinemann, 2003.
4. Lakshiminarayana H. V. Finite Element Analysis (Procedures in Engineering), University
Press, 2004.
5. Chandrupatla T. R., Finite Element Analysis for Engineering and Technology, University
Press, 2009.
6. Seshu P. Text book of Finite Element Analysis, PHI Learning Private Ltd. New Delhi,
2010.
7. Y. M. Desai, T. L. Eldho and A. H. Shah; „Finite Element Method applications in
Engineering‟, Pearson Education
31 of 41
Reference Books:
1 Bathe K. J., Finite Element Procedures, Prentice-Hall of India (P) Ltd., New Delhi.
2 Fagan M. J., Finite Element Analysis, Theory and Practice, Pearson Education Limited
3 Cook R. D., Finite Element Modeling for Stress Analysis, John Wiley and Sons Inc, 1995
4 Kwon Y. W., Bang H., Finite Element Method using MATLAB, CRC Press, 1997
5 S. Moaveni Finite element analysis, theory and application with Ansys –
6 Asghar Bhatti, Fundamental Finite Element Analysis and Applications, John Wiley and
Sons Inc, 2005
7 David V. Hutton, Fundamental of Finite Element Analysis, Tata McGraw-Hill Education
Pvt. Ltd.
8 Daryl Logan, First Course in the Finite Element Method, Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd.
9 Zienkiewicz O. C., Taylor R. I., The Finite Element Method, Butterworth-Heinemann
10 Carlos A. Introduction to Finite Element Methods, Felippa
11 G. Lakshmi Narasaiah, Finite Element Application, BS Publications
12 Gokhale N. S., Deshpande S. S., Bedekar S. V. and Thite A. N., Practical Finite Element
Analysis, Finite to Infinite, Pune
32 of 41
402049 C ROBOTICS
Section - I
Unit 1 08
Introduction:- Basic Concepts, Three laws of Robotics, Robot anatomy, Classification, structure of robots, point
to point and continuous path robotic systems. Robot performance- resolution, accuracy, repeatability, dexterity,
compliance, RCC device, Socio – economic aspects of robotisation
Unit 2 08
Robot Grippers:- Types of Grippers , Design aspect for gripper, Force analysis for various basic gripper
systems including Mechanical, Hydraulic and Pneumatic systems.
Robotic Sensors:- Characteristics of sensing devices, Classification, Selection and applications of sensors.
Types of Sensors, Need for sensors and vision system in the working and control of a robot.
Unit 3 10
Drives:- Types of Drives, Actuators and its selection while designing a robot system. Types of transmission
systems,
Control Systems :- Types of Controllers, Introduction to closed loop control, second order linear systems
and their control, control law of partitioning, trajectory-following control, modeling and control of a single
joint, Present industrial robot control systems and introduction to force control.
Section - II
Unit 4 10
Kinematics :- Transformation matrices and their arithmetic, link and joint description, Denavit - Hartenberg
parameters, frame assignment to links, direct kinematics, kinematics redundancy, kinematics calibration,
inverse kinematics, solvability, algebraic and geometrical methods.
Velocities and Static forces in manipulators: Motion of the manipulator links, Jacobians, singularities, static
forces, Jacobian in force domain.
Dynamics: - Introduction to Dynamics , Trajectory generations , Manipulator Mechanism Design
Unit 5 8
Machine Vision System :- Vision System Devices, Image acquisition, Masking, Sampling and quantisation,
Image Processing Techniques , Noise reduction methods, Edge detection, Segmentation.
Robot Programming : Methods of robot programming, lead through programming, motion interpolation,
branching capabilities, WAIT, SIGNAL and DELAY commands, subroutines, Programming Languages :
Introduction to various types such as RAIL and VAL II …etc, Features of each type and development of
languages for recent robot systems.
Unit 6 8
Artificial Intelligence:- Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, AI techniques, Need and application of AI.
Simulation: - Need of Simulation, Tools and Techniques of Simulation

Associated Topics in Robotics:- Economical aspects for robot design, Safety for robot and associated mass,
New Trends and recent updates in robotics, International Scenario for implementing robots in Industrial and
other sectors. Future scope for robotisation.
Term Work
Practical: Journal must contain detailed report of any five of the following practical, essentially with one
demonstration, one gripper design and an industrial visit.
33 of 41
1. Demonstration of Cartesian/ cylindrical/ spherical robot.
2. Demonstration of Articulated/ SCARA robot.
3. Virtual modeling for kinematic and dynamic verification any one robotic structure using
suitable software.
4. Design, modeling and analysis of two different types of grippers.
5. Study of sensor integration.
6. Two program for linear and non-linear path.
7. Study of robotic system design.
8. Setting robot for any one industrial application after industrial visit.
Text Books:
1. John J. Craig, Introduction to Robotics (Mechanics and Control), Addison-Wesley,

2nd Edition, 2004
2. K.S. Fu, R.C. Gonzales, C.S.G. Lee, Robotics: Control, Sensing, Vision and Intelligence, McGraw
Hill, 1987.
3. Shimon Y. Nof , Handbook of Industrial Robotics , , John Wiley Co, 2001.
4. Groover M. P., Wiess M., Nagel R. N. and Odery N. G. Industrial Robotics- Technology,
Programming and Applications, McGraw Hill Inc. Singapore 2000.
5. Shah S. K., Introduction to Robotics, Tata McGraw Hill International, 2008.
6. Mittal R. K. and Nagrath J. J. Robotics and control, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
Reference Books:
1. Richard D. Klafter , Thomas A. Chemielewski, Michael Negin, Robotic Engineering : An Integrated

Approach , Prentice Hall India, 2002.
2. Niku, Saeed B. Introduction to Robotics – Analysis, Systems Applications, Pearson Education Inc.
New Delhi.
3. Mataric M. J., The Robotic Primer, University Press, 2009.
34 of 41
402049D ADVANCED AIR CONDITIONING AND REFRIGERATION
Section I
1 Vapour compression cycle 8
Theoretical and actual cycle; subcritical and transcritical cycle, Multi-pressure refrigeration
system: individual and multiple expansion valve with individual and multi-tage compression,
HP, LP receiver, pumped circulation system, presentation of cycle on P-h and T-s chart,
ammonia-CO2 cascade cycle, secondary refrigerant systems.
Defrost methods for sub-zero applications
Methods of defrosting: manual and auto, water, electric, hot gas, re-evaporator coils,
defrosting: multiple evaporator systems, reverse cycle defrosting, vapor defrosting
2 Refrigeration equipments 10
Compressor: Characteristic curves, rating and selection, capacity control, Factors affecting
compressor capacity, applications.
Condensers: Types, air cooled natural and forced, water cooled and evaporative, PHE, rating and
selection
Cooling tower: Principle of operation with psychrometric chart, straight line law, types, selection.
Evaporator: DX Evaporator, Flooded evaporator, pumped circulation, PHE, evaporator capacities,
circulating flow direction.
Metering devices: Theory: concept of adiabatic and diabatic flow, choking of tube, types of
metering devices, capillary tubes, TEV, electronic expansion valve, orifice tube, low side and
high side float
3 Safety Controls 8
HP/LP and Oil pressure failure control, Thermal overload protection for hermetic motors,
reduced voltage protection, motor over current protection, adjustable speed drives, variable
frequency drives, flow failure switches, safety valves, purge valves, level controller
Operating Control
Solenoid valve, regulating valves, IAQ controls
Section II
4 Applied Psychrometry 8
New ASHRAE Comfort Chart, inside design conditions and outside design conditions, cooling
and heating load calculation, methods: ETD, TF, CLTD/CLF method, hourly analysis, ECBC
and star rating for unitary products.
5 Air Conditioning Applications 10
Pharmaceutical, textile, hospitals, theaters, IT centers: design considerations.
Heat Pumps
Introduction, different heats pump Circuits, Analysis of heat pump cycles, working fluid for
heat pumps, heat pumps Heating and heating-cooling purposes, performance of heat pumps,
Controls for heat pumps.
6 Cryogenics 8
Introduction, Figure of Merit, Limitations of VCS for the production of low temperatures,
Joule-Thompson effect, Liquefaction of gases such as N2, He, Properties of cryogenic fluid,
cryogenic formulation
Insulation: Types and materials
35 of 41
Term Work
The term work shall consist of a record based on following experiments;
1. Determination of cooling load of air conditioning system (simple case study)

2. Study of installation/operation/maintenance practices for refrigeration systems
3. Determination of refrigeration load in cold storage
4. Visit to any refrigeration or air conditioning plant (compulsory) and write the report on it
5. Development of Process and Instrumentation diagram for cold storage plant
Reference books
1. Arora C P, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Tata McGraw Hill

2. Dossat Ray J., Principal of Refrigeration, S.I. Version, Wiley Eastern Limited, 2000
3. Manohar Prasad, Refrigeration and Air-conditioning, Wiley Eastern Limited, 1983
4. Stocker W.F. and Jones J.W., Refrigeration and Air-conditioning, McGraw Hill
International editions 1982
5. Threlkeld J.L., ”Thermal Environmental Engineering, Prentice Hall Inc. New Delhi
6. ASHRAE and ISHRAE Handbook
7. Anantnarayan, Basic of Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Tata McGrawHill Publications
8. Roger Legg, Air conditioning systems: Design, Commissioning and maintenance
9. Shan Wang, Handbook of Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, McGrawHill Publications
10. Wilbert Stocker, Industrial Refrigeration, McGrawHill Publications
11. Keith Harold, Absorption chillers and Heat Pumps, McGrawHill Publications
12. ASHRAE, Air Conditioning System Design Manual, IInd edition, ASHRAE
36 of 41
402050A INDUSTRIAL HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENTS
Section I
1 Double pipe heat exchanger 08
Thermal and hydraulic design - inner pipe - annulus, Hairpin heat exchanger - base inner tube -
finned inner multi tubes- parallel and series arrangements, pressure drop, constructional features
2 Shell and tube heat exchanger: 10
Basic components - shell - tube bundles - baffles - types and geometry. Design procedure -
preliminary estimation of size, pressure drop and heat transfer calculations - shell and tube
sides - Kern method - bell - Delaware method. Design of heat exchangers by TEMA and ASME
Standards.
3 Compact heat exchangers 08
Compact heat exchangers - types - constructional features, heat transfer and pressure drop
calculations - finned plate and tube. Automotive radiators. Extruded tube type, sprayed heat
exchanger, dimple heat exchangers, wrap around heat exchangers.
Gasketed, semi-welded, welded, brazed plate heat exchangers - constructional features - plate pack
and frame - operational characteristics - flow arrangement, heat transfer and pressure drop
calculation, performance analysis.
Section II
4 Condensers and Evaporators 10
Shell and tube condensers - horizontal & vertical types - design and operational consideration, plate
condensers, air cooled and direct contact types, condenser for refrigeration, evaporative condensers.
Applications to cryogenics.
Evaporation for refrigeration & air conditioning - chillers.
5 Cooling Towers 08
Types - basic relation - heat balance and heat transfer - characteristics, effects of - packing -
geometry, design of cooling towers, spray design, selection of - pumps, fans, Testing, maintenance,
visit to cooling tower.
6 Heat pipes 08
structures - applications - basic relations - performance characteristics - effects of working fluid
and operating temperature, wick - selection of material - pore size (basic concepts only)
Cooling of electrical and electronic components
Cooling of chips, PCBs, Computers, Logic chips etc., Electrical transformers, Panel boards, Electric
motors.
Reference Books:
1. Yonous A Cengel, Heat transfer: A Practical Approach, McGraw Hill
2. Donald Q. Kern, Process Heat Transfer, McGraw Hill Publications
3. TEMA Standards
4. S. P. Sukhatme, Textbook of Heat Transfer, 4th edition, Universities Press
5. G. Walkar, Industrial Heat Exchangers: A Basic Guide, Hemisphere Publications
6. Holger Martin, Heat Exchangers, CRC Press
7. Hewitt G, Shires G, Bolt T, Process Heat Transfer, CRC Press, Florida
8. Kalvin C Silverstein, Design Technology of Heat Pipes for cooling and Heating of Heat
Exchangers, CRC
9. Eduardo Cao, Heat Transfer in Process Engineering: Calculations and Design, McGraw Hill
Publications
10. Saunders E. A., Heat Exchangers, Selection, Design and Construction, New York:
Logman Scientific and Technical
37 of 41
11. Hill G. B., Pring E. J, Osborne P. D., Cooling Tower: Principles and Practice, 3ed edition,
Butterworth-Heinemann
38 of 41
402050B MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM
Section I
1 Introduction 8
Management, Information system. Role of Management Information System (MIS), Information
as a strategic resource, MIS-support to the management, Organizational structure, MIS-
organization, system- types of system, MIS-as a system
2 Decision Making 8
Concept, process, behavioral decision making, organizational decision making, MIS and
decision making. Building blocks of information system-Input, output, models, technology,
database and control blocks. System development life cycle (SDLC) and its approach.
3 Decision support system (DSS) 10
Concept, group DSS, knowledge based expert system
Database management system (DBMS): Distributed data management, data mining and
warehousing, system requirement specifications, charting tools- data flow diagrams, E-R
diagrams.
Section II
4 System implementation 10
Modern software design techniques, verification and validation, methods, performance of
software systems, software matrix and models, software standards, introduction to Capability
maturity model (CMM), and quality management in software organization
5 System testing and security issues 8
Software testing, review, walkthrough and inspection, testing approaches, software reliability,
errors, faults, repairs and availability, reliability and maintenance.
6 Application 8
Application in Manufacturing sectors- Personnel management, financial management, production
management, material management, marketing management, supply chain management
Case study on 3600 Feedback, E-Enterprise management
Reference Books:
1. Waman S. Jawadekar, Management Information System 4/e.
2. O„Brien J. A., Management Information System 4/e.
3. Burch and Gruditski, Information system-Theory and practice 5/e.
4. Ian Sommerville, Software Engineering 6/e.
5. Turban E., Leidner P., et. al., Information Technology for Management 6/e.
6. Laudon and Laudon, Management Information System11/e
39 of 41
402050C RELIABILITY ENGINEERING
Section I
1 Fundamental concepts of Reliability 8
Reliability definitions, failure, failure density, failure Rate, hazard rate, Mean Time To Failure
(MTTF), Mean Time Between Failure (MTBF), maintainability, availability, pdf, cdf, safety
and reliability, quality, cost and system effectiveness, life characteristic phases, modes of failure,
areas of reliability, quality and reliability assurance rules, product liability, importance of
reliability.
2 Probability theory and System Reliability 10
Set theory, laws of probability, total probability theorem, probability distributions -binomial,
normal, Poisson, lognormal, Weibull, exponential, standard deviation, variance, skew-ness
coefficient, series, parallel, mixed configuration, k- out of n structure, analysis of complex
systems- enumeration method, conditional probability method, delta-star method for
conditional probability analysis, cut set and tie set method, node removal matrix method,
Redundancy, element redundancy, unit redundancy, standby redundancy- types of stand by
redundancy, parallel components single redundancy, multiple redundancy.
3 System reliability Analysis 8
Reliability allocation or apportionment, reliability apportionment techniques - equal
apportionment, AGREE, ARINC, feasibility of objectives apportionment, dynamic
programming apportionment, reliability block diagrams and models, reliability predictions from
predicted unreliability, minimum effort method.
Section II
4 Maintainability and Availability 8
Objectives of maintenance, types of maintenance, maintainability, factors affecting
maintainability, system down time, availability - inherent, achieved and operational
availability, reliability and maintainability trade-off, maintainability tools and specific
maintainability design considerations, reliability centered maintenance
5 Failure Mode, Effects and Criticality Analysis 10
Failure mode effects analysis, severity/criticality analysis, FMECA examples, RPN, Ishikawa
diagram for failure representation, fault tree construction, basic symbols development of
functional reliability block diagram, fau1t tree analysis, fault tree evaluation techniques,
minimal cut set method, minimal tie set method, Delphi methods, Monte Carlo evaluation.
6 Strength based Reliability 8
Safety factor, safety margin, stress strength interaction, design of mechanical components and
systems, material strengths and loads, reliability testing and reliability growth testing, Markov
modeling and analysis, mechanical and human reliability accelerated life testing, Highly
Accelerated Life Testing (HALT) and highly accelerated stress Screening.
40 of 41
Reference Books
1. L.S.Srinath, Reliability Engineering, EWP , 3rd Edition 1998
2. Roy Billinton and Ronald N Allan , Reliability Evaluation of Engineering Systems, Springer,
2007
3. Roger D Leitch , Reliability Analysis for Engineers, An Introduction, Oxford University
Press, 1995
4. S S. Rao, Reliability Based Design, Mc Graw Hill Inc. 1992
5. Bryan Dodson, Dennis Nolan, Reliability Engineering Handbook, Marcel Dekker Inc, 2002
6. E.E.Lewis, ” Introduction to Reliability Engineering,„ John Wiley and Sons.
7. B.S.Dhillon, Maintainability , Maintenance and Reliability for Engineers, CRC press.
8. Basu S.K, Bhaduri , Terotechnology and Reliability Engineering, Asian Books Publication
9. Alessandro Birolini, Reliability Engineering Theory and Practice, Springer
41 of 41
Course Structure for SE Computer Engineering
2012 Course (w.e.f. June 2013)
Subject Teaching Scheme

Subject Hrs/Week Examination Scheme Mark
Code
Lect. Tutorials Pract Paper Tw Pr OR Online Total
SEM – I
210241 Discrete Structures 4 — — 50 — — — 50 100

210242 Data Structures and Problem 50 — 150
4 — 4 50 — 50
Solving
210243 Digital Electronics and 50 25 125
3 — 2 — — 50
Logic Design
210244 Operating System and 50 175
3 — 2 25 50 — 50
Administration
210245 50 175
Microprocessor Architecture 3 — 2 25 — 50 50
210246 Soft Skills 1 — 2 — 25 — — — 025
Total of Semester – I 18 — 12 250 100 100 50 250 750
SEM – II

Code
Lect. Tutorials Pract Paper Tw Pr Or Online Total
207003 Engineering Maths - III 4 1 — 50 25 — — 50 125

Object Oriented and multi- 50 175
210247 4 — 4 25 50 — 50
core Programming
Microprocessors and 50 — 150
210248 3 — 4 50 — 50
Interfacing Techniques
Computer Graphics and 50 — 100
210249 3 — — — — 50
Gaming
50 100
210250 Computer Organization 3 — — — — — 50
210251 Programming Laboratory — — 4 — 50 — 50 — 100
Total of Semester – II 17 1 12 250 100 100 50 250 750

210241 DISCRETE STRUCTURES
Lectures: 4 Hrs/week Theory: 50 Marks
Online: 50 Marks
Discrete mathematics- The mathematics of integers and of collections of object underlies the operation of
digital computer, and is used widely in all fields of computer science for reasoning about data structures
algorithms and complexity. The primary objective of subject is to prepare students mathematically for the
study of computer engineering. Topics covered in the course include proof techniques, logic and sets,
functions, relations, counting techniques, probability and recurrences.
Prerequisite: Basic Mathematics
Program Educational Objectives: … the student will be able to
• Use appropriate set, function, or relation models to analyze practical examples, interpret the associated
operations and terminology in context.
• Determine number of logical possibilities and probability of events
• Learn logic and proof techniques to expand mathematical maturity
• Formulate problems precisely, solve the problems, apply formal proof techniques, and explain their
reasoning clearly.
Program Educational Outcomes:

By the end of the course, students should be able to formulate problems precisely, solve the problems, apply
formal proof techniques, and explain their reasoning clearly. Illustrate by example, basic terminology and
model problems in computer engineering using graphs and trees
Unit I Sets and Propositions (8 Hrs)

Sets, Combination of sets, Finite and Infinite sets, Un-count-ably infinite sets, Principle of
inclusion and exclusion, multi-sets. Propositions, Conditional Propositions, Logical
Connectivity, Prepositional calculus, Universal and Existential Quantifiers, Normal forms,
methods of proofs, Mathematical Induction.
Unit II Relations and Functions (8 Hrs)
Properties of Binary Relations, Closure of relations, Warshall’s algorithm, Equivalence
relations and partitions, Partial ordering relations and lattices, Chains and Anti chains.
Functions, Composition of functions, Invertible functions, Pigeonhole Principle, Discrete
numeric functions and Generating functions, Job scheduling Problem. Recurrence Relation,
Linear Recurrence Relations With constant Coefficients, Homogeneous Solutions.
Unit III Groups and Rings (8 Hrs)
Algebraic Systems, Groups, Semi Groups, Monoids, Subgroups, Permutation Groups, Codes
and Group codes, Isomorphism and Automorphisms, Homomorphism and Normal
Subgroups, Ring, Integral Domain, Field, Ring Homomorphism, Polynomial Rings and
Cyclic Codes
Unit IV Graph Theory (8 Hrs)
Basic terminology, representation of a graph in computer memory, multi-graphs and
weighted graphs, Subgraphs, Isomorphic graphs, Complete, regular and bipartite graphs,
operations on graph, paths and circuits, Hamiltonian and Euler paths and circuits, shortest
path in weighted graphs (Dijkstra’s algorithm), factors of a graph, planer graph and Traveling
salesman problem, Graph Coloring.
Unit V Trees (8 Hrs)
Basic terminology and characterization of trees, Prefix codes and optimal prefix codes,
binary search trees, Tree traversal, Spanning trees, Fundamental Trees and cut sets, Minimal
Spanning trees, Kruskal’s and Prim’s algorithms for minimal spanning trees, The Max flow-
Min Cut Theorem (Transport network).
Unit VI Permutations, Combinations and Discrete Probability (8 Hrs)
Permutations and Combinations: rule of sum and product, Permutations, Combinations,
Algorithms for generation of Permutations and Combinations. Discrete Probability,
Conditional Probability, Bayes’ Theorem, Information and Mutual Information
Text Books
1. C. L. Liu and D. P. Mohapatra, “Elements of Discrete Mathematics”, SiE Edition, TataMcGraw-Hill, 2008,
ISBN 10:0-07-066913-9
2. R. Johnsonbaugh, “Discrete Mathematics”, 5th Edition, Pearson Education, 2001
ISBN 81 – 7808 – 279 - 9 (Recommended for Unit I and Unit II)
Reference Books
1. N. Biggs, “Discrete Mathematics”, 3rd Edition, Oxford University Press, ISBN 0 –19 –850717 – 8
2. Kenneth H. Rosen, “Discrete Mathematics and its Applications”, 6th edition, McGraw-Hill, 2007.
ISBN 978-0-07-288008-3
3. E. Goodaire and M. Parmenter, “Discrete Mathematics with Graph Theory”, 2nd edition, Pearson Education,
2003 ISBN 81 – 7808 – 827 – 4
4. Semyour Lipschutz & Marc Lipson, “ Discrete Mathematics”, McGraw-Hill, 3 Special Indian Edition,
rd
ISBN-13 : 978-0-07-060174-1
5. B. Kolman, R. Busby and S. Ross, “Discrete Mathematical Structures”, 4th Edition, Pearson Education,
2002, ISBN 81-7808-556-9
6. N. Deo, “Graph Theory with application to Engineering and Computer Science”, Prentice Hall of India,
1990, 0 – 87692 – 145 – 4
210242 DATA STRUCTURES & PROBLEM SOLVING
Practical: 4 Hrs/week OnLine: 50 Marks
Practical: 50 Marks
Prerequisites: FPL –I and FPL-II
Course Objectives:
• To develop ability to understand problem and select relevant data structures
• To develop abilities to understand algorithmic requirements
• To develop ability to understand data structures using OOP concepts
• To develop ability to use data structures effectively in concurrent algorithms
• To develop ability to use different programming environments
Course Outcomes:
• Effective selection and use of data structures while problem solving and programming
• Effective use of algorithmic foundations while problem solving and programming
• Effective use of OOP in data structures and files in programming
• Effective use of multi-core programming architecture in programming
• Effective using of latest programming tools
Unit I General Problem Solving Concepts (8 Hrs)

Types of problems, problems solving with computers, difficulties with problem
solving, Problem Solving Aspects, Problem Solving Concepts for computer-
constants and variables, data types, functions, operators, expressions and equations,
Programming Concepts – communicating with computers, organizing the problem,
using the tools, testing the solution, coding the program, Top down design, Analysis
of algorithm, time & space complexity calculation, Sorting, stability in sorting,
internal & External Sorting methods(to be implemented in practical session Quick
sort, merge sort, shell sort, radix sort)
Unit II Programming using Trees and Graphs (8 Hrs)
Concept of stack & Queue data structure, Types of Queue, Programmer’s perspective of a
tree, binary tree and its properties, representation using sequential and linked organization,
Full and complete binary trees, Algorithm for converting tree to binary tree, Binary tree
traversal: BFS, DFS (non-recursive and recursive), infix, prefix, postfix, Huffman’s codes.
Binary search trees and operations: BST as ADT, Threaded Binary Tree, Insertion and
deletion of nodes in a threaded binary tree, pre-order, in-order and post-order traversal of
threaded binary tree, Algorithmic applications of binary trees: Gaming, Expression and
decision trees, Analysis of algorithms
Unit III Graphs (6 Hrs)
Programmers perspective of graphs, Graph operations, storage structure, Traversal: Breadth
first, depth first graph algorithms, Graph as an ADT, Applications of graph: GIS based,
Analysis of algorithms, spanning Trees, Connected Components.
Unit IV Tables (6 Hrs)
Symbol Tables: Static and dynamic tree tables, AVL trees, AVL Tree implementation,
Algorithms and analysis of AVL Tree
Hash Tables: Basic Concepts, Hash Function, Hashing methods, Collision resolution,
Bucket hashing, Dynamic Hashing.
Unit V Heaps and Multi-way Trees (6 Hrs)
Heaps: Basic Concepts, algorithmic implementation, Heap as ADT, Heap Sort, Heap
Applications
Muti-way Trees: B Tree Implementation, Introduction to B+, B*, External Storage
devices. Files: Definition and Concepts, Sequential files.
Unit VI Data Structures in parallel algorithms (6 Hrs)
Computational Model, Basic techniques and Algorithms: Complete Binary Tree, Pointer
doubling, Prefix Computation, Selection, Merging, Case study of ODD-Even Parallel Merge
Sorting
Text Books
1. “Problem Solving and Programming Concepts”, Maureen Spankle, ISBN: 81-317-0711-3
2. E. Horowitz S. Sahani, D. Mehata, “Fundamentals of data structures in C++”, Galgotia Book Source, New
Delhi, 1995, ISBN: 1678298
Reference Books
1. A. Tharp, “File organization and processing”, 2008, Willey India, ISBN: 9788126518685
2. E. Horowitzs S. Sahani, S. Rajashekharan, “Fundametals of Computer Algorithms”, Galgotia Book Source,
2008, ISBN: 817515-257-5
3. A Michael Berman, “Data structures via C++”, Oxford University Press, 2002, ISBN 0-19-510843-4
4. Y. Langsam, M. Augestin and A. Tannenbaum, “Data structures using C and C++”, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall of
India, 2002, ISBN 81-203-1177-9
5. R. Gilberg, B. Forouzan, “Data Structures: A pseudo code approach with C++”, Cengage Learning, ISBN:
9788131504925
6. A. Drozdek, “Data structures in C++”, 2nd Edition, Thomos Books/ COLE Books, 2002, ISBN 981-240-079-6
7. J. Tremblay, P. Sorenson, “An Introduction to data structures with applications”, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill
International Edition, 1984, ISBN 0-07-462471-7
8. M. Folk, B. Zoellick, G. Riccardi, “File Structure an Object Oriented Approach with C++”, Pearson Education,
2002, ISBN 81-7808-131-8 ”
9. M. Weiss, Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++”, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2002, ISBN 81-
7808-670-0
10 R. Gilberg, B. Forouzan, “Data Structures: a pseudo code approach with C”, Cengage Learning,
ISBN: 9788131503140
11 “How to solve it by Computer”, R.G. Domey ISBN: 978-81-317-0562-9
List of Practical Assignments:

Tools
1. Operating Systems 64-BIT Fedora 17 or latest 64-BIT Update of Equivalent Open source OS or latest 64-
(64-Bit) BIT Version and update of Microsoft Windows 7 Operating System onwards
2. Programming Latest Open source update of Eclipse Programming frame work, Microsoft Visual
Tools (64-Bit) Studio, TC++, QT/Java/Python
3. Assignment All assignments from groups A,B,C given below must be covered in a batch
Allocation of 15 students or AICTE recommended Student : Teacher ratio. Submission
journal will have assignments from group A, atleast 6 six assignments from
group B and 1 assignment from group C covering all assignments in groups
A,B,C per batch.
4. Write up Aim, Index terms, use of discrete mathematics to re-write/describe the prob-
lem definition. Use of set theory, Probability Theory or other relevant theory,
Discrete Structures to give the problem solution, Data-independence /
Dataflow Architecture for the development of Turing machine/state Diagram.
LATEX Soft Copy CD and Handwritten Hard Copy Journal to be submitted
as Term-work.
Group A (Mandatory)
1. A Vegetable and Fruit Mall wants to organize its vegetables and fruit products in a combination of purchase
pattern of customers. Solve the problem by suggesting appropriate data structures. Design necessary class.
2. A Dictionary stores keywords & its meanings. Provide facility for adding new keywords, deleting keywords,
& updating values of any entry. Also provide facility to display whole data sorted in ascending/ Descending
order, Also find how many maximum comparisons may require for finding any keyword. Make use of
appropriate data structures.
3. A news paper delivery boy every day drops news paper in a society having many lanes & each lane have
many houses. Design a program to provide different paths that he could follow & also suggest the path which
will make him to finish his task with less effort. Solve the problem by suggesting appropriate data structures.
Design necessary class.
4. Extending to problem 2. Consider dictionary data is stored in a file in random order. Thus, to search any
the word & its meanings from given data, program should create reasonably balanced tree.
Group B (Atleast Six)
1. Write a program using object oriented programming features to implement Doubly circular linked list with
different manipulation facilities in C++.
2. Write a modular program using object oriented programming features to implement different sorting
methods(quick, merge, radix, shell, heap sort) using Python
3. Write a modular program using object oriented programming features to implement primitive operations on
of Queues using Java Frame/Applet.
4. Write a program using object oriented programming using C++ to create a binary tree if inorder& preorder or
inorder & postorder any two traversals are given.
5 Write a C++ program to implement traversals on Threaded Binary Tree using object oriented programming
features. Design necessary class.
6. Write a Java program to implement topological sorting on graph using object oriented programming features
Design necessary class.
7. Write a program to find shortest path for given source & destination of a given graph using C.
8. Write a C program to generate optimal Binary Search Tree for given data.
9. Write a modular program to implement primitive operations on Min/Max Heap using object oriented
programming features Design necessary classes using Python.
10. Write a C program to perform insert node, delete node and display operations on B tree.
11 Tic-Tac- Toe gaming application using C++ Programming
12 Binary tree traversals BFS & DFS using Python classes
13 Write a Java program on Android/Win Platform that uses a hashing algorithm to create a list of
inventory parts and their qualities sold in the past month. After creating the hashed list write a
simple menu driven user interface that allows the user to select from the following options:
a) Search for an inventory item and report its quantity sold
b) Print inventory parts and their quantities sold
c) Analyze efficiency of algorithm
14 Write a program in Python – to implement following operations on text file :- create , Read,
calculate the frequency of each vowel, Count the words, characters, lines, white space & special
characters, Write all the results into another text file
15 Write a program in C++ to implement hash table and handle the collision using linear probing
and chaining. (with or without replacement) for employee information
Using the above implement direct access file mechanism.
16 Write a program to create a binary tree if preorder & post-order traversals are given in JAVA.
Group C: Advanced Data Structure Assignments (At least One)

1. Write bubble Sort program using Python programming
2. Write binary search program using multithreading in Java programming
3. Write Tree Traversal Program using Java programming
Note: Examination will be based on the assignments performed.

210243 Digital Electronics & Logic Design
Practical: 2Hrs/Week OnLine: 50 Marks
Term Work: 25 Marks
Prerequisites: Basic Electronics Engineering

Course Objectives
• To learn and understand basic digital design techniques.
• To learn and understand design and construction of combinational and sequential circuits.
• To introduce to Digital logic design Software
Course Outcomes
• Solve K-MAPs and Boolean Algebra Experiments
• Use necessary A.C, D.C. and Loading characteristics and functioning while designing with digital
gates
• Identify the Digital Circuits, Input/Outputs to replace by FPGA
Unit I Number System & Logic Design Minimization Techniques: 8 Hrs.(TB-

1: Ch- 2,
RB-1)
Introduction: Binary, Hexadecimal numbers, octal numbers and number
conversion.
Signed Binary number representation: Signed Magnitude, 1’s complement and
2’s complement representation.
Binary, Octal, Hexadecimal Arithmetic: 2’s complement arithmetic.
Algebra for logic circuits: Logic variables, Logic functions -NOT, AND, NOR,
XOR, OR, XNOR, NAND
Boolean algebra: Truth tables and Boolean algebra. Idealized logic gates and
symbols. DeMorgan's rules Axiomatic definition of Boolean algebra, Basic
theorems and properties of Boolean algebra
Logic minimization: Representation of truth-table, SOP form, POS form,
Simplification of logical functions, Minimization of SOP and POS forms, Don’t
care conditions
Reduction techniques: K-Maps up to 4 variables and Quine-McClusky technique
Unit II Logic Families: 6 Hrs. (TB-
1: Ch-3, 4,
RB- 2)
TTL: Standard TTL characteristics- Speed, power dissipation, fan-in, fan-out,
current and voltage parameters, noise margin, operating temperature etc. Operation
of TTL NAND gate. TTL Configurations- Active pull-up, Wired AND, totem
pole, open collector.
CMOS: CMOS Inverter, CMOS characteristics, CMOS configurations- Wired
Logic, Open drain outputs
Interfacing: TTL to CMOS and CMOS to TTL
Unit Combinational Logic:
III
Codes:- BCD, Excess-3, Gray code , Binary Code and their conversion 9 Hrs.( TB-
Arithmetic Operations: - Binary Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication, Division, 1: Ch-5,6,
BCD Addition RB- 1, 3)
Circuits: - Half- Adder, Full Adder, Half Subtract or, Full Sub tractor, BCD adder
using and subtract using 7483, look ahead and carry, parity generator and checker
using 74180, magnitude comparator using 7485.
Multiplexers (MUX):- Working of MUX, Implementation of expression using
MUX (IC 74153, 74151).
Demultiplexers (DEMUX):- Implementation of expression using DEMUX,
Decoder. (IC 74138).
Unit Sequential Logic:
IV
Introduction: Sequential Circuits. Difference between combinational circuits and 8 Hrs.( TB-
sequential circuits 1: Ch-12,
Flip- flop: SR, JK, D, T; Preset & Clear, Master and Slave Flip Flops their truth TB2: Ch-13,
tables and excitation tables, Conversion from one type to another type of Flip Flop. RB-1)
Application of Flip-flops: Bounce Elimination Switch, registers, counters.
Registers: Buffer register; shift register;
Counters: Asynchronous counter. Synchronous counter, ring counters, BCD
Counter, Johnson Counter, Modulus of the counter (IC 7490), Pseudo Random
Binary Sequence Generator, Sequence generator and detector
Unit V ASM & VHDL :
Algorithmic State Machines: ASM charts, notations, design of simple controller, 9 Hrs.( TB-
multiplexer controller method 2: Ch-6,7,
Examples: Sequence Generator, Types of Counter Appendix-
VHDL: Introduction to HDL, VHDL- Library, Entity, Architecture, Modeling A, RB-4)
Styles, Concurrent and Sequential Statements, Data Objects & Data Types,
Attributes.
Design Examples: VHDL for Combinational Circuits-Adder, MUX. VHDL for
Sequential Circuits-Synchronous and Asynchronous Counter
Unit PLDs :
VI
PLD: PLA- Input, Output Buffers, AND, OR, Invert/ Non-Invert Matrix. 8 Hrs.( TB-
Design Example: Any 4 Variables SOP function using PLDs, Study of basic 1: Ch-13
Architecture of FPGA. (13.1 to
13.9))
Text Books
1. R. Jain, “Modern Digital Electronics”, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2003, ISBN0 – 07 – 049492 – 4
2. Stephen Brown, Zvonko Vranesic “ Fundamentals of Digital Logic with VHDL Design” Mcgraw-Hill
Reference Books
1. John Yarbrough, “Digital Logic applications and Design” Thomson
2. Flyod “Digital Principles”, Pearson Education
3. Malvino, D.Leach “ Digital Principles and Applications”, 5th edition, Tata Mc- Graw Hill
4. J.Bhaskar “VHDL Primer” 3rd Edition, Pearson Edition
Digital Electronics Laboratory
Suggested List of Assignments:
A. Combinational Logic Design

1. T.T.L Characteristics (Study and Write up only).
2. Code converters e.g. Excess-3 to BCD and vice versa
3. Multiplexers: Application like Realization of Boolean expression using Multiplexer.
4. Demultiplexers: Applications like Realization of ROM using Demultiplexer.
5. BCD adder/Subtractor using 4 bit binary adder 7483.
6. Parity generator / detector.
B. Sequential Circuit Design

1. Flip flops, Registers and Counters (Study and Write up only).
2. 4-bit Multiplier / Divider (Study and Write up only).
3. Ripple counter using flip-flops.
4. Sequence generator using JK flip-flop.
5. Sequence detector using JK flip-flop.
6. Up-down counter using JK flip-flop.
7. Modulo N counter using 7490 & 74190 (N>10).
8. Pseudo random number generator.
9. Design of a barrel shifter.
C. Study /Implement of VHDL and examples of Combinational and sequential

circuits
1. Combinational Circuits: Adder, MUX
2. Sequential Circuits: Asynchronous or Synchronous Counter
D. ASM, PALS and FPGA

1. Simple ASM using multiplexer controller method.
2. Implementation of combinational logic using PLAs
3. Study of FPGA devices (Study and Write up only).
• Instructor will frame assignments based on the suggested assignments as given above. Students will submit
the term work in the form of journal consisting of minimum of 16 assignments of which assignment of
Group C and 2 assignments from Group D are compulsory.
• Term work assessment be done progressively and questions will be asked to judge the understanding of
assignments performed.
210244 Operating System and Administration
Practical: 2Hrs/week OnLine: 50 Marks
Practical: 50 Marks
Term Work: 25 Marks
Prerequisites: FPL-I and FPL-II
Course Objectives
• To learn and understand basics of Operating Systems including Boot process.
• To learn and understand Shells, Scripts and File System.
• To introduce to administrative features of Operating Systems
Course Outcomes
• Basic knowledge of Unix/Linux operating system
• Writing Basic shell script commands and Admin commands
• Knowledge of files and storage systems
Unit I Introduction to Operating Systems 6 Hrs

General Overview: History of Unix, System Structure, User perspective,
Operating system Services, Assumptions about Hardware
Unit II Introduction to the Kernel 6 Hrs
Architecture of Unix operating system, Introduction to the system concepts,
Kernel data structure, System Administration
Unit III Introduction to the File System 6 Hrs
Pathnames, File system Mounting and unmounting, The organization of the
File Tree, File Types, File Attributes, Access Control lists
Unit IV Booting and Shut Down, Scripting and Shell 8 Hrs
Bootstrapping, Booting PCs, GRUB, Booting with single user mode,
Rebooting and Shutting down.
Shell Basics, bash scripting, Regular Expression, Perl Programming, Python
scripting, Scripting Best Practices, Working with Startup Scripts.
Unit V Access Control, Rootly Powers and Controlling Processes 6 Hrs
Traditional UNIX access control, Modern Access Control, Real-world Access
Control, Pseudo-users other than root.
Components of a process, the lifecycle of a process, Signals, Kill, Process
states, nice and renice, ps, Dynamic monitoring with top, prstat and topas,
the /proc file system, strace, truss and tusc, runaway processes.
Unit VI Adding New Users and Storage 8 Hrs
The /etc/passwd file, The /etc/shadow and /etc/security/passwd files, /etc/group
file, Adding users, Adding users with useradd
Storage: Adding a hard Disk, Storage Hardware, Storage hardware Interfaces,
Software aspects of storage, Formatting, Disk Partitioning, RAID, LVM, Linux
File System: The ext family, file system terminology, file system polymorhism,
mkfs, fsck, file system mounting, setup for automatic mounting, USB drive
mounting, Enabling swapping.
Text Books
1 [Paperback] The Design of the Unix Operating System, Maurice J. Bach, Pearson Education,
ISBN: 81-7758-770-6
2 Evi Nemeth, Garth Snyder, Tren Hein, Ben Whaley, Unix and Linux System Administration
Handbook, Fourth Edition, ISBN: 978-81-317-6177-9, 2011
Laboratory Assignments
List of tools and methods:
Tools
1. Operating Systems 64-BIT Fedora 17 or latest 64-BIT Update of Equivalent Open source OS or latest 64-
(64-Bit) BIT Version and update of Microsoft Windows 7 Operating System onwards
2. Programming Latest Open source update of Eclipse Programming frame work, Microsoft Visual
Tools (64-Bit) Studio, TC++, QT-cmake,-mingw.
A,B,C per batch.
Dataflow Architecture for the development of turing machine/state Diagram,
multiplexer logic to identify opportunity of morphism and overloading and
data flow architecture and optimal/effective use of multicore of the CPU. LA-
TEX Soft Copy CD and Handwritten Hard Copy Journal to be submitted as
Term-work.
A Group A Assignments (Mandatory)

1. Implementation of Create/ rename/ delete a file using Unix/Linux commands
2. Write a function to display the list of devices connected to your system including the physical
names and its instance number. Write a function using mount and unmount command to
mount device and un-mount it.
3. Adding users and access rights
4. Implement the commands for creation and deletion of directory. Write a program to change
current working directory and display the node details for each file in the new directory.
5. Process related commands list the processes for the current shell, Display information about
processes, Display the global priority of a process, change the priority of a process with
default arguments.
6. Use Operating system Commands to obtain the following results
1. To print the name of operating system
2. To print the login name
3. To print the host name
B Group B Assignments (At least 6)

1 Write a C/C++ script to display all logged in users.
2 C/C++ Program to display the list of devices connected to your system including the physical
names and its instance number.
3 C/C++ Program to Parent creating the child process by use of fork.
4 C/C++ Program to assign nice values to processes and dynamically monitor them.
5 C/C++ program to identify the available memory in the system.
6 C/C++ Scripts required to start, stop and perform daily cleanup tasks.
7 Write Java script to display all logged in users. Count the number of logged-in users. Write a
program to create a foreground and background process for th selected user and display its
status.
8 Java Program to Identify the available memory in the system..
9 Java Program to display the list of devices connected to your system including the physical
names and its instance number.
10 Java Program to List the processes for the current shell, Display information about processes,
Display the global priority of a process, Change the priority of a process with default argu-
ments.
11 Java Working with startup scripts. (Init script)
12 Java Scripts required to start, stop and perform daily cleanup tasks.
13 Write python script to display all logged in users.
14 Python Program to demonstrate debugging of script.
15 Write a shell program to convert all lowercase letter in a file to uppercase
letter.
16 Python Program to assign nice values to processes and dynamically monitor them.
17. Write a Perl program that reads a file and counts the number of lines, characters, and words it
contains and also prints count of the number of times the word appeared
18. Write a daemon process that monitors a directory and reports the changes in directory
contents.(e.g. addition of new files, directory access times etc)
Group C (At least One)

1 Write program to find number of CPU cores and CPU Manufacturer
2 RAID installation and configuration in Linux derivative.
3 EXT4 file system installation and administration of Linux derivative.
Examination will be conducted on experiments performed

210245 Microprocessor Architecture
Practical: 2 Hrs/week OnLine: 50 Marks
Oral: 50 Marks
Term Work: 25 Marks
Course Objectives
• To study segmented, pipelined architecture in microprocessors
• To study memory management in microprocessors
• To study multitasking functioning
• To study microprocessor assembly language
• To take overview of multicore Architectures
Course Outcomes
• Use of segment descriptors, privileges, TSS in the programming
• Use of Memory management unit, page descriptor in the programming
• Understanding of multiprogramming and microprocessor architecture
• Write assembly language programs using 32/64 bit registers
• Knowledge of Multicore architecture
Unit I 80386DX Architecture 8 Hrs

History of 8086 microprocessor, Concept of segmentation in 8086, 8086 Register block
diagram, 80386DX functional Block Diagram, PIN Description, Register set, Flags, Physical
address space, Data types
Unit II Memory Management Unit and Segment Description and Paging 10 Hrs
80386Dx descriptor Tables GDT, LDT, IDT, descriptor cache, Code, data and stack
descriptors, system descriptors, privilege levels, Segmentation in 80386DX, comparison of
segmentation with 8086, paging, TSS, Nested Tasks, Operating in Real Mode, Protected
Mode, Virtual 86 mode, Virtual addressing
Unit III Pipelined Architecture 6 Hrs
Non-pipelined machine cycle, pipelined machine cycle.
Unit IV Assembly Language Programming 8 Hrs
80386DX instruction set, setting protected mode, setting v86 mode, Real mode programming
Unit V New Architectures 4 Hrs
What is multicore?, Multicore Architectures, The Software Developer’s Viewpoint, The Bus
Connections, Single Core to Multicore.
Unit VI Multicore Designs 12 Hrs
Intel 64bit Architecture: Block Diagram, Basic Execution Environment, Data Types, Specific
advances: Instruction set, Intel Microarchitecture code name Nehalem, SIMD Instructions,
Hyper threading Technology, Virtualization Technology (Refer TB3)
Systems Programming, Multiple Processor Management (Refer RB1)
Text Books
1. (Paperback) 80386 Microprocessor Handbook, Chris H. Pappas, William H. Murray
2. Professional Multicore Programming: Design and implementation for C++ Developers, Wiley India
Edition, ISBN: 978-81-265-1875-3.
3 Intel® 64 and 32 bit Architectures Software developer’s Manual, Volume –I, Intel, (Digital Content
PDF, 253665.pdf)
4. Introduction to 64 bit Intel Assembly Language Programming for Linux, 2nd Edition, Ray Seyfarth,
ISBN10: 1478119209, ISBN-13: 9781478119203, 2012
References
1. Intel 64 and IA-32 bit architectures Software Developer’s Manual, Volume 3A, Intel, (Digital Content
PDF: 253668.pdf)
2 Ensuring Development Success By Understanding and Analyzing Assembly Language, Intel 2009 (Digital
Content PDF: 321059.pdf)
3. Assembly Language Step-by-step: Programming with Linux, 3rd Edition, Jeff Duntemann, Wiley ISBN:-
10 0470497025, ISBN-13: 978-0470497029 , 2009
Tools
1. Operating Systems Latest 64-BIT Version and update of Microsoft Windows 7/ Windows 8 Operating
(64-Bit) System onwards or 64-bit Open source Linux or its derivative
2. Programming Preferably using Linux equivalent or MASM64x or equivalent, Microsoft Visual Studio
Tools (64-Bit) x64 Intrinsics (Refer your MSDN copy or http://msdn.Microsoft.com , C++
A,B,C per batch.
Term-work.
Group A (Mandatory)
1 Write ALP to print “Hallo World!” Program using 16, 32 and 64-bit model and segmentation.
2 Write an ALP to accept ten 32-bit and 64 bit Hexadecimal numbers from user and store then in
data segment table and display then numbers.
3 Write an ALP to accept a string and to display it’s length.
4 Write an ALP to perform arithmetic and logical operations using ‘n’, 32-bit and 64-bit numbers
stored in an array using 64 bit register operations.
5 Write an ALP to perform memory segment and register load/store operations using different addressing
modes.
6 Write an ALP to program to use GDTR, LDTR and IDTR in Real Mode.
Group B (at least 6)

1 Write an ALP to fond the largest of given byte/Word/Dword/64-bit numbers
2. Write C program using ALP instructions to convert Binary to decimal number.
3. Write ALP using to read and display the table content pointed by GDTR/LDTR and IDTR
4 Write ALP to demonstrate the use of paging tables
5. Write C program using an ALP instructions to set to use ETP (Extended page tables) with Core i3/i5/i7
Nehalem processors
6. Write a switch case driven ALP to perform 64-bit hexadecimal arithmetic operations (+,-,*, /)
using suitable macros. Define procedure for each operation.
7 Write an ALP to read command line arguments passed to a program.
8 Write an ALP to count no. of positive and negative numbers from the array.
9 Write ALP to identify CPU type and FPU type.
10 Write ALP to find average of n numbers stored in memory
11 Write program to read & display contents of file
12 Write a program to calculate area of circle using (co-processor)
13 Write a program to switch between real mode and protected mode
14 Write an ALP password program that operates as follows:
a. Do not display what is actually typed instead display asterisk (“*”).
If the password is correct display, “access is granted” else display “Access not Granted”
15 Write program to read & display ASCII contents of a file
16 Write an ALP to convert 64-Bit Big-Endian Number to Little-Endian Number
Group C (at least One)

1. Write a ALP to define two tasks and execute them on different CPU cores.
2. Write a password program that operates as follows:
b. Do not display what is actually typed instead display asterisk (“*”).
c. If the password is correct display, “access is granted” else “sound

the alarm”.
3 Write ALP to switch from real mode to protected mode and display the values of GDTR,
LDTR, IDTR, TR and MSW Registers.
4 Write a program for cache memory simulation. Consider 16kb of main
memory, 128 byte of two way set associative caches. Assume 4 byte cache
line. Find hit or miss in a cache line. If miss occurs line should be replaced in
the cache using LRU technique.
5 Write a program to implement the multitasking application

210246 SOFT SKILLS
Lectures: 1 Hrs/week Term Work: 25 Marks
Practical: 2 Hrs/week
UNIT I: (04 hours)

Self Awareness & self Development –
a) Self Assessment , Self Appraisal, SWOT, Goal setting - Personal & career - Self-Assessment,
Self-Awareness, Perceptions and Attitudes, Positive Attitude, Values and Belief Systems, Self-Esteem,
Self appraisal, Personal Goal setting,
b) Career Planning, Personal success factors, Handling failure, Depression and Habit, relating SWOT
analysis & goal setting, prioritization.
UNIT II: Communication Skill (06 hours)
a) Importance of communication, types, barriers of communication, effective communication
b) Speaking Skills – Public Speaking, Presentation skills, Group discussion- Importance of speaking
effectively, speech process, message, audience, speech style, feedback, conversation and oral skills,
fluency and self expression, body language phonetics and spoken English, speaking techniques, word
techniques.
c) Listening Skills: Law of nature- you have 2 ears and 1 tongue so listen twice and speak once is the
best policy, Empathic listening, Avoid selective listening-
d) Group Discussion - characteristics, subject knowledge, oral and leadership skills, team management,
strategies and individual contribution and consistency.
e) Presentation skills - planning, preparation, organization, delivery.
f) Written Skills – Formal & Informal letter writing, Report writing, Resume writing - Sentence
structure, sentence coherence, emphasis. Paragraph writing. letter writing skills - form and structure,
style and tone. Inquiry letters, Instruction letters, complaint letters,
Routine business letters, Sales Letters etc.
UNIT III: Corporate / Business Etiquettes (02 hours)

Corporate grooming & dressing, Email & telephone etiquettes, etiquettes in social & office setting-
Understand the importance of professional behaviour at the work place, Understand and Implement
etiquettes in workplace, presenting oneself with finesse and making others comfortable in a business
setting. Importance of first impression, Grooming, Wardrobe, Body language, Meeting etiquettes
(targeted at young professionals who are just entering business environment) , Introduction to Ethics in
engineering and ethical reasoning, rights and responsibilities,
UNIT IV: Interpersonal relationship (04 hours)

a) Team work, Team effectiveness, Group discussion, Decision making - Team Communication.
Team, Conflict Resolution, Team Goal Setting, Team Motivation Understanding Team Development,
Team Problem Solving, Building the team dynamics. Multicultural team activity
b) Group Discussion- Preparation for a GD, Introduction and definitions of a GD, Purpose
of a GD, Types of GD, Strategies in a GD , Conflict management, Do’s and Don’ts in GD
UNIT V: Leadership skills (02 hours) Leaders’
role, responsibilities and skill required - Understanding good Leadership behaviours, Learning the
difference between Leadership and Management, Gaining insight into your Patterns, Beliefs and Rules,
Defining Qualities and Strengths of leadership, Determining how well you perceive what's going on
around you, interpersonal Skills and Communication Skills, Learning about Commitment and How to
Move Things Forward, Making Key Decisions, Handling Your and Other People's Stress, Empowering,
Motivating and Inspiring Others, Leading by example, effective feedback
UNIT VI: Other skills (02 hours)

a) Time management- The Time management matrix, apply the Pareto Principle (80/20 Rule) to time
management issues, to prioritise using decision matrices, to beat the most common time wasters, how to
plan ahead, how to handle interruptions , to maximise your personal effectiveness, how to say “no” to
time wasters, develop your own individualised plan of action
b) Stress management- understanding the stress & its impact, techniques of handling stress
c) Problem solving skill, Confidence building Problem solving skill, Confidence building
1. SWOT analysis
2. Personal & Career Goal setting – Short term & Long term
3 Presentation Skill
4. Letter/Application writing
5. Report writing
6. Listening skills
7. Group discussion
8. Resume writing
9. Public Speaking
10. Stress management
11. Team Activity-- Use of Language laboratory
* Perform any 8 exercises out of above 11 with exercise no. 11 as compulsory.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Teaching Methodology
Each class should be divided into three batches of 20-25 students each. The sessions should be
activity based and should give students adequate opportunity to participate actively in each activity.
Teachers and students must communicate only in English during the session. Specific details about
the teaching methodology have been explained in every activity given below.
Practical Assignments (Term work)
Minimum 8 assignments are compulsory and teachers must complete them during the practical sessions
within the semester. The teacher should explain the topics mentioned in the syllabus during the practical
sessions followed by the actual demonstration of the exercises. . Students will submit report of their
exercise (minimum 8) assignments as their term work at the end of the semester but it should be noted
that the teacher should assess their assignment as soon as an activity is conducted. The continual
assessment process should be followed.
1. SWOT analysis
The students should be made aware of their goals, strengths and weaknesses, attitude, moral values, self
confidence, etiquettes, non-verbal skills, achievements etc. through this activity. The teacher should
explain to them on how to set goals, SWOT Analysis, Confidence improvement, values, positive
attitude, positive thinking and self esteem. The teacher should prepare a questionnaire which evaluate
students in all the above areas and make them aware about these aspects.
3 Presentation Skills
Students should make a presentation on any informative topic of their choice. The topic may be
technical or non-technical. The teacher should guide them on effective presentation skills. Each student
should make a presentation for at least 10 minutes.
Each student will write one formal letter, and one application. The teacher should teach the students how
to write the letter and application. The teacher should give proper format and layouts.
5. Report writing
The teacher should teach the students how to write report .. The teacher should give proper format and
layouts. Each student will write one report based on visit / project / business proposal etc.
6. Listening skills
The batch can be divided into pairs. Each pair will be given an article (any topic) by the teacher. Each
pair would come on the stage and read aloud the article one by one. After reading by each pair, the other
students will be asked questions on the article by the readers. Students will get marks for correct answers
and also for their reading skills. This will evaluate their reading and listening skills. The teacher should
give them guidelines on improving their reading and listening skills. The teacher should also give
passages on various topics to students for evaluating their reading comprehension.
7. Group discussion
Each batch is divided into two groups of 12 to 14 students each. Two rounds of a GD for each group
should be conducted and teacher should give them feedback.
8. Resume writing
9. Public Speaking
Any one of the following activities may be conducted :
2. Prepared speech (topics are given in advance, students get 10 minutes to prepare the speech and
5 minutes to deliver.
3. Extempore speech (students deliver speeches spontaneously for 5 minutes each on a given topic
)
4. Story telling (Each student narrates a fictional or real life story for 5 minutes each)
5. Oral review ( Each student orally presents a review on a story or a book read by them)
10.. Team Activity-- Use of Language laboratory
Text Books:
1 Communication Skills : Sanjay Kumar and Pushpa Lata , Oxford University Press
2 Developing Communication Skill : Krishna Mohan, Meera Banerji,- McMillan
India Ltd.
3 English for Business Communication : Simon Sweeney , Cambridge University Press
Books for references:
1.NASSCOM-Global Business Foudation Skills: Accenture,Convergys,Dell et.al.
Foundation Books : Cambridge University Press
2. Basic Managerial Skills for all E. H. McGrath, Eastern Economy Edition, Prentice
hall India.
3. Personality Development and Group Discussions,Barun K. Mitra, Oxford University
Press
4 Group Dissussions and Interview Skills : Priyadarshi Patnaik : Foundation Books :
Cambridge University Press
5.Thinks and Grow Rich: Napoleon Hill, Ebury Publishing, ISBN 9781407029252
6. Awaken the Giant Within: Tony Robbins HarperCollins Publishers,
ISBN-139780743409384
7. Change Your Thoughts, Change Your Life: Wayne Dyer, Hay House India,
ISBN-139788189988050
8 Habits of Highly Effective People: Stephen Covey Pocket Books, ISBN-13
9781416502494
9The Power of Your Subconscious Mind: Dr Joseph Murphy Maanu Graphics ,
ISBN-13 9789381529560
10- The new Leaders: Daniel Coleman Sphere Books Ltd , ISBN-139780751533811
11 The 80/20 Principal: by Richard Koch, Nicholas Brealey Publishings ,
ISBN-13 9781857883992
12 Time management from inside out: Julie Morgenstern, Owl Books (NY),
ISBN-13 9780805075908
13.Wonderland of Indian Manageress: Sharu Ranganekar, Vikas Publishing Houses,
ISBN-13 9788125942603
14. You can win: Shiv Khera, Macmillan, ISBN-139789350591932
15. The Ace of Soft Skills: Attitude, Communication and Etiquette for Success:
Gopalaswamy Ramesh, Mahadevan Ramesh
210247 OBJECT ORIENTED AND MULTICORE PROGRAMMING
Practical: 2Hrs/Week On-Line: 50 Marks
Practical: 50 Marks
Term Work: 25 Marks
Prerequisite: Data Structures and problem Solving (Subject Code: 210244)
Course Objectives
1. To study the representation, implementation and applications of data structures
2. To study implementation of data structures using OOP concepts
3. To compare the benefits of static and dynamic data structures
4. To choose the appropriate data structure for modeling a given problem
Course Outcomes
1. Ability to use overloading and morphism in programming
2. Ability to understand basics of multicore-programming
3. Ability to perform programming using threads
Unit I Foundations of Object Oriented Programming (9 Hrs)

Introduction to procedural, modular, object-oriented and generic programming 3 Hrs
techniques, Limitations of procedural programming, Need of object-oriented
programming, fundamentals of object-oriented programming: objects, classes, data
members, methods, messages, data encapsulation, data abstraction and information
hiding, inheritance, polymorphism,
++: Extensions to C: Variable declarations, global scope, ‘const’, reference 2 Hrs
variables, comments, default parameters, function prototypes, function overloading,
inline functions, default and constant arguments, ‘cin’, ‘cout’, formatting and I/O
manipulators, new and delete operators
Defining a class, data members and methods, public, private and protected members, 4 Hrs
inline member functions, static data members, static member functions, ‘this’ pointer,
constructors, destructors, friend function, dynamic memory allocation, array of
objects, pointers and classes, class as ADTs and code reuse
Unit II Overloading and Inheritance (7 Hrs)
Introduction, Need of operator overloading, overloading the assignment, binary and (3Hrs)
unary operators, overloading using friends, rules for operator overloading, type
conversions
Concept and need, single inheritance, base and derived classes, friend classes, types (4 Hrs)
of inheritance, hybrid inheritance, member access control, static class, multiple
inheritance, ambiguity, virtual base class, polymorphism, virtual functions, pure
virtual functions, abstract base class, virtual destructors, early and late binding,
container classes
Unit Templates and Exception Handling (7 Hrs)
III
Introduction, Templates: Function template and class template, function overloading (5 Hrs)
vs. function templates, member function templates and template arguments,
Introduction to Generic Programming: Introduction to Standard Template Library
(STL), containers, iterators and algorithms, study of container template classes for
vectors and stacks and related algorithms, Namespaces: Introduction, Rules of
namespaces
Exception Handling: Introduction, syntax for exception handling code: try-catch- (2Hrs)
throw, Multiple Exceptions, Exceptions with arguments, Introduction to RTTI
Managing Console I/O Operations: Introduction, C++ streams, stream classes,
unformatted I/O, formatted I/O and I/O manipulators
Unit IV Challenges in Multi-core Programming (4 Hrs)
Sequential Models, Concurrency, Challenges for software development, New
libraries for C++ developers, Processor Architecture Challenges, Operating systems
(OS) roll in concurrent development: Consistent interfaces, Resource Management,
OS interaction, Core OS services, Application Program Interfaces, Decomposition
and Operating systems Roll, Hiding the Operating systems Roll: Abstraction and
Encapsulation, Interface classes for POSIX API
Processes, Interface classes and predicates (8 Hrs)
Multicore and multiprocessors, Processes and threads, Parent-child relations, Process
control block, Anatomy of a process, Process States, Process Scheduling, ps utility,
process priorities, Context switch, Activities in process creation, Process
environment variables, using system() to Spawn Processes, Killing a process, Process
Resources, Asynchronous and Synchronous Processes, the wait() function call,
Predicates, Processes and Interface classes
Unit V Multithreading (7 Hrs)
Thread, User and Kernel level threads, Thread Context, Hardware Threads and
software threads, Comparing threads to processes, setting thread attributes, The
architecture of a Thread, Compiling and linking threaded programs, Creating threads,
Managing threads, Thread Interface classes
Unit VI Communication and synchronization of Concurrent tasks (6 Hrs)
Communication and synchronization, Synchronizing concurrency, Thread Strategy
approaches, Decomposition and Encapsulation of Work
Case studies of concurrency models
Text Books(TB):
1. R. Gilberg, B. Forouzan, “Data Structures: A pseudo code approach with C”, Cengage Learning, ISBN
9788131503140.
2. A. Michael Berman, “Data structures via C++”, Oxford University Press, 2002, ISBN-0-19-510843-4.
3. Professional Multicore Programming: Design and implementation for C++ Developers, Wiley India Edition, ISBN:
978-81-265-1875-3,
Reference Books(RB):
1. E. Horowitz, S. Sahni, D. Mehta “Fundamentals of Data Structures in C++”, Galgotia Book Source, New
Delhi, 1995, ISBN 16782928.
2. Y. Langsam, M. Augenstin and A. Tannenbaum, “Data Structures using C and C++”, 2nd Edition, Prentice
Hall of India, 2002, ISBN-81-203-1177-9.
3. R. Gilberg, B. Forouzan, “Data Structures: A pseudo code approach with C++”, Cengage Learning, ISBN
9788131504925.
4. A. Tharp ,”File organisation and processing”,2008 ,Willey India edition ,9788126518685
5. A. Drozdek, “Data Structures in C++”, 2nd Edition, Thomson Brookes /COLE Books, 2002, ISBN 981 –
240 – 079 – 6.
6. J. Tremblay, P. Soresan, “An introduction to data structures with Applications”, 2nd edition, Tata McGraw-
Hill International Editions, 1984, ISBN-0-07-462471-7.
7. M. Folk, B. Zoellick, G. Riccardi, “File Structure An Object oriented approach with C++”, Pearson
Education, 2002, ISBN 81 – 7808 – 131 – 8.
8. M. Weiss, “Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++”, 2nd edition, Pearson Education, 2002, ISBN-
81-7808-670-0
Tools
(64-Bit) System onwards or 64-bit Open source Linux or its derivative
2. Programming Any 64 bit C++ Programming tool like TC++/VC++/BC++/G++/GCC, JAVA, Python
Tools (64-Bit)
Allocation of 15 students or AICTE specified Student : Teacher ratio. Submission
journal will have assignments from group A, atleast 3 assignments from
group B and atleast 1 assignment from group C covering all assignments of
the groups A, B, C per batch.
Term-work.
Laboratory Experiments
Group A (Mandatory Assignments)

(Use of Constructor, destructor, Static member functions, friend class, this pointer, inline code and
dynamic memory allocation is expected)
1 1. Create a class named weather report that holds a daily weather report with data
members day_of_month,hightemp,lowtemp,amount_rain and amount_snow. The
constructor initializes the fields with default values: 99 for day_of_month, 999 for
hightemp,-999 for low emp and 0 for amount_rain and amount_snow. Include a
function that prompts the user and sets values for each field so that you can override
the default values. Write a C++/Java/Python program that creates a monthly report.
d) Menu driven program with options to Enter data and Display report
e) Report Format
Day Amt_Rain Amt_snow High_temp Low_temp
Avg
2 A book shop maintains the inventory of books that are being sold at the shop. The list
includes details such as author, title, price, publisher and stock position. Whenever a
customer wants a book, the sales person inputs the title and author and the system
searches the list and displays whether it is available or not. If it is not, an appropriate
message is displayed. If it is, then the system displays the book details and requests
for the number of copies required. If the requested copies book details and requests
for the number of copies required. If the requested copies are available, the total cost
of the requested copies is displayed; otherwise the message “Required copies not in
stock” is displayed.
Design a system using a class called books with suitable member functions and
Constructors. Use new operator in constructors to allocate memory space required.
Implement C++ program for the system.
3 Develop an object oriented program in C++ to create a database of the personnel
information system containing the following information: Name, Date of Birth, Blood
group, Height, Weight, Insurance Policy, number, Contact address, telephone number,
driving license no. etc Construct the database with suitable member functions for
initializing and destroying the data viz constructor, default constructor, copy, constructor,
destructor, static member functions, friend class, this pointer, inline code and dynamic
memory allocation operators-new and delete.
4 Design a C++ Class ‘Complex ‘ with data members for real and imaginary part. Provide
default and parameterized constructors. Write a program to perform arithmetic operations
of two complex numbers using operator overloading (using either member functions or
friend functions).
5 Write a C++ program to perform String operations

i. = Equality
ii. == String Copy
iii. + Concatenation
iv. << To display a string
v. >> To reverse a string
vi. Function to determine whether a string is a palindrome
To find occurrence of a sub-string. Use Operator Overloading
6 Develop an object oriented program in C++ to create a database of the personnel
information system containing the following information: Name, Date of Birth,
Blood group, Height, Weight, Insurance Policy number, Contact address, telephone
number, driving licence no. etc Construct the database with suitable member
functions for initializing and destroying the data viz constructor, default constructor,
copy constructor, destructor, static member functions , friend class, this pointer,
inline code and dynamic memory allocation operators-new and delete.
7 Write a program in C++ using function template to read two matrices of different data
types such as integers and floating point values and perform simple arithmetic operations
on these matrices separately and display it.
8 Design a C++ base class consisting of the data members such as name of the student, roll
number and subject. The derived class consists of the data members subject code,
internal assessment and university examination marks. Construct a virtual base class for
the item name of the student and roll number. The program should have the facilities.
i) Build a master table ii) List a table iii) Insert a new entry
iv) Delete old entry v) Edit an entry vi) Search for a record
9 Create a C++ class named Television that has data members to hold the model number
and the screen size in inches, and the price. Member functions include overloaded
insertion and extraction operators. If more than four digits are entered for the model, if
the screen size is smaller than 12 or greater than 70 inches, or if the price is negative or
over $5000 then throw an integer. Write a main() function that instantiates a television
object, allows user to enter data and displays the data members .If an exception is caught,
replace all the data member values with zero values.
Group B (any Two)
1 A ‘C’ program function having one IF-THEN-ELSE returns the truth-ness value
(TRUE/FALSE) is to be replaced by overloading while porting it to C++. Use
appropriate overloading to replace IF-THEN-ELSE. Demonstrate the functioning by
using it in a class.
2 A ‘C’ program uses a structure to implement a circular linked list for maintaining the
numbers in ascending order. New arrival of number increases the size of circular linked
list. This program is to be ported to C++ using appropriate C++ Data structures and
programming. (In C++ avoid use of structure and IF-Then-Else or while/do-while etc.)
3 Implement C++/Java/Python program to create a base class called shape. Use this
class to store two double type values that could be used to compute the area of
figures. Derive two specific classes called function get_data() to initialize base class
data members and another member function display_area() to compute and display
the area of figures. Make classes to suit their requirements.
Using these three classes, design a program that will accept dimension of a triangle or
a rectangle interactively, and display the area.
Remember the two values given as input will be treated as lengths of two sides in the
case of rectangles, and as base and height in the case of triangles, and used as
follows:
Area of rectangle= x*y
Area of triangle =1/2*x*y
4 Implement C++/Java/Python program to implement a base class consisting of the
data members such as name of the student, roll number and subject. The derived class
consists of the data members subject code ,internal assessment and university
examination marks. The program should have the facilities. i) Build a master table ii)
List a table iii) Insert a new entry iv) Delete old entry v) Edit an entry vi) Search for a
record. Use virtual functions.
5 Implement C++/Java/Python program to write a class template to represent a generic
vector. Include following member functions:
To create the vector.
To modify the value of a given element
To multiply by a scalar value
To display the vector in the form (10,20,30,…)
6 Implement C++/Java/Python program for bubble sort using function template
7 Refer the standard template library to use list container and using C++/Java
implement following member functions of list class:
empty, insert, merge, reverse, sort
8 Write a C++/Java program for the following:
1) A function to read two double type numbers from keyboard
2) A function to calculate the division of these two numbers
3) A try block to throw an exception when a wrong type of data is keyed in
4) A try block to detect and throw an exception if the condition “divide-by-zero”
occurs
5) Appropriate catch block to handle the exceptions thrown
9 Write a C++/Java program for the following:
Create a class named Television that has data members to hold the model number and
the screen size in inches, and the price. Member functions include overloaded
insertion and extraction operators. If more than four digits are entered for the model,
if the screen size is smaller than 12 or greater than 70 inches, or if the price is
negative or over $5000 then throw an exception. Write a main() function that
instantiates a television object, allows user to enter data and displays the data
members .If an exception is caught ,replace all the data member values with zero
values.
10 Create employee bio-data using following classes i) Personal record ii))Professional
record iii) Academic record Assume appropriate data members and member
function to accept required data & print bio-data. Create bio-data using multiple
inheritance using C++/Java/Python.
11 Using multi-core programming implement POSIX-spawn() function to create a
process
12 Implement a simple interface class for a POSIX Process using multi-core
programming
13 Using multi-core programming implement a predicate class
14 Implement POSIX queue class that encapsulates the basic function such as open,
send, receive, remove, close. Use multi-core programming
15 Implement POSIX semaphore using multi-core programming
16 Using multi-core programming, implement Mutex semaphore for :
Initialization
Request ownership
Release ownership
Try ownership
Destruction
17 Using multi-core programming implement a thread interface class
18 Write a Object Oriented Program using C++/Java for
6. passing command line arguments to the thread function
7. using the command line argument to determine the number of threads
Use multi-core programming
Group C (Advanced Assignments) Any One
1. Write a concurrent program to implement the Odd-Even Merge Sort. Effective use
of Multicore Architecture Core 1 and Core 2 effectively is expected.
2. Write a concurrent program to implement the Dining philosophers problem.
Effective use of Multicore Architecture is expected.
3. Write a concurrent program for Matrix Multiplication. Effective use of Multicore
Architecture is expected.
Note: Examination will be based on the assignments performed.

210248 Microprocessor and Interfacing Techniques
Term Work: 25 Marks
Prerequisites: Microprocessor Architecture

Course Objectives:
1. To learn the Peripheral architecture and programming 0f Microprocessor.
2. To learn peripherals and their interfacing with 8086 Microprocessor.
3. To study the DOS Internals.
4. To Study NDP and Design of Microprocessor based System.
Course Outcomes:
1.Ability to handle, interface and program using legacy peripherals
2.Ability to understand I/O Hub functions
Unit I Introduction to Interfacing

Introduction to 64/32 bit microprocessors, Differences in Architecture and Pin (8 Hrs)
diagram of 8086, 80386DX, i7 microprocessor, Differences in Programmers model
(Register SET) and Segmentation of 8086, 80386DX and i7 microprocessor, logical
to physical address translation, BUS Sizing, Memory Read/write (8/16/32/64-bit)
cycle timing diagrams, I/O Read /Write cycles timing diagrams, Address mapping
and decoding.
Addressing modes, Instruction set of 80386 in detail, Instruction Formats, Stacks,

Assembly Language Programming, Assembler, Linker, Debugger (Turbo debugger),
Directives, Procedures (Near & Far), Macros, Loop constructs, 80386 Programming
examples.
Unit II Legacy DOS Internals and Interrupt Controller
Interrupt Structure, Interrupt Vector Table (IVT), ISR, Hardware and software (8 Hrs)
Interrupts Internals of DOS, DOS loading, DOS memory map, Internal and external
commands of DOS, BIOS & DOS Interrupts. Concepts of PSP, .EXE & .COM files,
Concepts of TSR, 8259 (Programmable Interrupt Controller): Features, Block
Diagram, Control & status registers, Interfacing & Programming.
Computer Memory and Memory Mapping in 64-bit mode
Unit III Legacy Serial and parallel Communication
(Programmable Peripheral Interface), Serial Communication- Synchronous & (9 Hrs)
Asynchronous, 8251(USART): Features, Block Diagram, Control & status registers,
Operating modes, Interfacing & Programming (8255 and 8251) Concept of ADC
-Successive Approximation & Interfacing, Concept of DAC R-2R (ladder) &
Interfacing, Introduction to Sensors & Transducers, Keyboard Display & Centronics
Printer Parallel Interfacing, USB Printers
Unit IV Legacy Timer and DMA Controller
Keyboard and Display Controller, 8253 (Programmable Interval Timer): Features, (7 Hrs)
Block Diagram, Control & status registers, Operating modes, Interfacing &
Programming. Concept of DMA, 8237 DMA Controller: Features, Block Diagram
Unit V Legacy Math-Controller
Minimum & Maximum mode of 8086, Support chips 8282,8284,8286,8288 (8 Hrs)
8087(NDP) - Features, Block Diagram, Control & status registers, typical Instruction
Set & Programming Detail Design of 8086 based minimum system with EPROM,
SRAM & Peripherals such as 8255,8253,8251,8279 with keyboard & seven
segments Display.
Unit VI Advanced I/O Controllers

Introduction to Intel 58X chipset, Intel® 82801IJR I/O Controller Hub, Study of (8 Hrs)
Intel i5 Motherboard Block Diagram
Text Books:
1. Douglas Hall, “Microprocessors & Interfacing”, McGraw Hill, Revised 2 Edition, 2006 ISBN 0-07-
nd
100462-9
2. John Uffenbeck,” The 8086/88 Family: Design, Programming & Interfacing”, PHI,
3. A.Ray, K.Bhurchandi, ”Advanced Microprocessors and peripherals: Arch, Programming & Interfacing”,
Tata McGraw Hill,2004 ISBN 0-07-463841-6
4. Introduction to 64 bit Intel Assembly Language Programming for Linux, 2nd Edition, Ray Seyfarth, ISBN10:
1478119209, ISBN-13: 9781478119203, 2012
References Books:
1. Liu, Gibson, “Microcomputer Systems: The 8086/88 Family”, 2nd Edition, PHI,2005
2. Kenneth Ayala, “The 8086 Microprocessor: Programming & Interfacing the PC”, Cengage Learning,
Indian Edition, 2008
Ray Dunkon, “Advanced MSDOS Programming”, 2nd Edition, BPB Publication.
3. Kip Irvine, ”Assembly language for IBM PC”, PHI, 2nd Edition, 1993
4. Peter Abel, ”Assembly language programming”, Pearson Edu,5th Edition,2002
5. Intel Microprocessor and peripheral Handbook: Volume 1
6. Yashwant Kanitkar, “TSR through C”, BPB Publication, 1995, ISBN 81- 7029-520-3.
MICROPROCESSOR INTERFACING LABORATORY

Group A
1. Write X86/64 Assembly language program (ALP) to add array of N hexadecimal numbers stored in the
memory. Accept input from the user.
2. Write X86/64 ALP to perform non-overlapped and overlapped block transfer (with and without string
specific instructions). Block containing data can be defined in the data segment.
3. Write 64 bit ALP to convert 4-digit Hex number into its equivalent BCD number and 5-digit BCD number
into its equivalent HEX number. Make your program user friendly to accept the choice from user for:
(a) HEX to BCD b) BCD to HEX (c) EXIT.
Display proper strings to prompt the user while accepting the input and displaying the result. (use of 64-bit
registers is expected)
4. Write X86/64 ALP for the following operations on the string entered by the user. (use of 64-bit registers is
expected)
a) Calculate Length of the string b) Reverse the string
c) Check whether the string is palindrome
OR
Make your program user friendly by providing MENU like:
(a) Enter the string b) Calculate length of string c) Reverse string d) Check palindrome e) Exit
Display appropriate messages to prompt the user while accepting the input and displaying the result.
5. Write 8086 ALP to perform string manipulation. The strings to be accepted from the user is to be stored in
data segment of program_l and write FAR PROCEDURES in code segment program_2 for following
operations on the string:
(a) Concatenation of two strings (b) Number of occurrences of a sub-string in the given string Use PUBLIC
and EXTERN directive. Create .OBJ files of both the modules and link them to create an EXE file.
6. Write X86/64 ALP to perform multiplication of two 8-bit hexadecimal numbers. Use successive addition
and add and shift method. Accept input from the user. (use of 64-bit registers is expected)
7. Write 8087ALP to obtain:
i) Mean ii) Variance iii) Standard Deviation
For a given set of data elements defined in data segment. Also display result.
Group B
1. 8255
(a) Write 8086 ALP to convert an analog signal in the range of 0V to 5V to its corresponding digital signal
using successive approximation ADC and dual slope ADC. Find resolution used in both the ADC's and
compare the results.
(b) Write 8086 ALP to interface DAC and generate following waveforms on oscilloscope,
(i) Square wave - Variable Duty Cycle and Frequency.
(ii) Ramp wave - Variable direction, (iii) Trapezoidal wave (iv) Stair case wave
(c) Write 8086 ALP to rotate a stepper motor for given number of steps at a given angle and in the given
direction of rotation based on the user choice such as
(i) If 'C' key is pressed - clockwise rotation, (ii) If 'A' key is pressed -
anticlockwise rotation. (iii) If 'B' is pressed - 1/2 clockwise and Vz
Anti-clock wise rotation, (iv) If 'S' key is pressed - stop rotation. Also write routines to accelerate and de-
accelerate the motor.
(d)Write 8086 ALP to print a text message on printer using Centronixs parallel printer interface.
NOTE: Select any two from 8255 assignments
2. 8253
Write 8086 ALP to program 8253 in Mode 0, modify the program for hardware retriggerable Mono shot
mode. Generate a square wave with a pulse of 1 ms. Comment on the difference between Hardware
Triggered and software triggered strobe mode. Observe the waveform at GATE & out pin of 1C 8254 on
CRO
3. 8279
Write 8086 ALP to initialize 8279 and to display characters in right entry mode.
Provide also the facility to display
• Character in left entry mode.
• Rolling display.
• Flashing display
4. 8251
Perform an experiment to establish communication between two 8251 systems A and B. Program 8251
system A in asynchronous transmitter mode and 8251 system B in asynchronous receiver mode. Write an
ALP to transmit the data from system A and receive the data at system B. The requirements are as follows:
Transmission:
• message is stored as ASCII characters in the memory.
• message specifies the number of characters to be transmitted as the first byte.
Reception:
• Message is retrieved and stored in the memory.
• Successful reception should be indicated.
5. 8259
Write 8086 APL to interface 8259 in cascade mode (M/S) and demonstrate execution of ISR in following
manner:
Main program will display two digits up counter. When slave IRQ interrupt occurs, it clears the counter and
starts up counting again. When Master IR1 interrupt occurs, it resets the counter to FFH and starts down
counting.
6. TSR Program
Write a TSR program in 8086 ALP to implement Real Time Clock (RTC). Read the Real Time from CMOS
chip by suitable INT and FUNCTION and display the RTC at the bottom right corner on the screen. Access
the video RAM directly in your routine.
7. TSR Program
Write a TSR program in 8086 ALP to implement Screen Saver. Screen Saver should get activated if the
keyboard is idle for 7 seconds. Access the video RAM directly in your routine.
Group C
1. Study of Intel i5 Motherboard Block Diagram, Peripheral Connectors Pin Diagrams and functioning of I/O
Hub, DDR-3 memory BUS
Student will submit the term work in the form of Journal consisting of minimum of 13 experiments with all
seven experiments from group A and any 5 assignments from group B and group C assignments. Practical
examination will be based on the term work and questions will be asked to judge the understanding of
assignments performed at the time of examination.
210249 Computer Graphics and Gaming
Term Work: 25 Marks
Prerequisite: Knowledge of C/C++ Programming and Basic Data Structures & Mathematics
Course Objectives
1. To understand basics of computer graphics
2. To give more emphasis on implementation aspect of Computer Graphics Algorithm.
3. To prepare the student for advance courses like multimedia / Computer Vision.
Course Outcome
3.Become knowledgeable about computer graphics hardware and peripherals
4.To generate 2D line and polygonal diagram and apply transformations.
Teaching aid
Faculties should use LCD to demonstrate the concept of Graphics.
Unit I Basic Concepts and devices (6 Hrs)

Introduction to computer graphics, state of art applications of computer graphics,
pixel, frame buffer, resolution, aspect ratio. Video display devices: CRT (Raster
scan and random scan displays), flat panel displays. Interactive devices: joysticks,
touch panels, light pens. Data generating devices: scanners and digitizers. graphics
Files: TIFF. Introduction to GTK+.
Unit II Scan Conversions (6 Hrs)
Line and line segments, line and circle drawing algorithms: DDA and Bresenham ,
Line styles: thick, dotted and dashed.
Antialising and antialising techniques. Character generating methods: stroke and
bitmap method, Multiligual character standards.
Concurrent line drawing using midpoint sub-division algorithm.
Unit III Clipping and Windowing
Polygon and Clipping (6 Hrs)
Introduction to polygon, types: convex, concave and complex. Representation of
polygon, Inside test, polygon filling algorithms – seed fill, scan line fill and filling
with patterns.
Windowing and clipping: viewing transformations, 2-D clipping: Cohen –
Sutherland algorithm.
Polygon clipping: Sutherland Hodgeman algorithm, generalized clipping
Unit IV Geometric Transformations

2-D transformations: introduction, matrices, Translation, scaling, rotation, (6 Hrs)
homogeneous coordinates and matrix representation, translation, coordinate
transformation, rotation about an arbitrary point, inverse and shear transformation.
3-D transformations: introduction, 3-D geometry, primitives, 3-D transformations
and matrix representation, rotation about an arbitrary axis, concept of parallel and
perspective projections, viewing parameters, 3-D clipping, 3-D viewing
transformations.
Unit V Curves, Fractals, Hidden Surfaces, Light and Color Models
Hidden surfaces: introduction, back-face removal algorithm: Painter’s algorithm, (6 Hrs)
binary space partition, Warnock algorithm, Z –buffer.
Light and Color: Introduction, Diffused illumination, point source illumination,
Shading Algorithms, reflections, shadows, ray tracing, Transparancy, Color models
and tables: RGB, HIS,
Introduction to curve generation, interpolation, B-splines, Bezier curve, Blending
function, fractals, Fractal lines and surfaces, Irregular Curves: Joints and Knots,
Connectivity.
Unit VI Getting Started with Animation and Gaming
Segments: Introduction, segment table, segment creation, deletion, renaming. (6 Hrs)
Image transformations, raster techniques.
Animation: Conventional and computer based animation, Methods of Controlling
Animations,
Basic guidelines of animation, Gaming Technologies, animation languages:
Introduction to OpenGL ES,
Gaming platforms: NVIDIA workstation (Block Diagram only), i860(Block
Diagram only), Graphics Memory Pipeline (Block diagram only).
Introduction to Interactive Graphics & usage of at least two tools of computer
graphics (3D studio, Maya, or Similar open source tools)
Text Books:
1. S. Harrington, “Computer Graphics”, 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill Publications, 1987, ISBN 0 – 07 –
100472 – 6.
2. D. Rogers, “Procedural Elements for Computer Graphics”, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publication, 2001, ISBN 0 – 07 – 047371 – 4.
Reference Books:
1. J. Foley, V. Dam, S. Feiner, J. Hughes, “Computer Graphics Principles and Practice”, 2nd Edition,
Pearson Education, 2003, ISBN 81 – 7808 – 038 – 9.
2. D. Hearn, M. Baker, “Computer Graphics – C Version”, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2002, ISBN
81 – 7808 – 794 – 4.
3. D. Rogers, J. Adams, “Mathematical Elements for Computer Graphics”, 2 Edition, Tata McGraw-
nd
Hill Publication, 2002, ISBN 0 – 07 – 048677 – 8.

4. Beginning Android 4 Games Development, Mario Zechner, Robert Green, Apress, ISBN: 978-81-
322-0575-3
210250 COMPUTER ORGANIZATIONS
Pre requisites: Microprocessor Architecture

Course Objectives
1. To understand the structure, function and characteristics of computer systems
2. To understand the design of the various functional units of digital computers
3. To learn basics of Parallel Computer Architecture.
Course Outcome
1. Able to understand Von Neumann and dataflow Architecture block diagrams
2. Able to understand Internal block diagram and functioning of CPU, ALU and memory organization
UNIT I The evolution of computers and number operations 8 Hrs

Mechanical Era, Electronic computer, VLSI – Integrated circuits. SOC Processor
architecture performance consideration performance measure speedup techniques.
System Architectures – Microprocessor, Micro controller and parallel processing.
Designing for Performance, Von-Neumann Architecture, Data flow architecture,
Computer Components, Interconnection Structures, Bus Interconnection, Scalar Data
Types, Fixed and Floating point numbers, IEEE 488 Number representation, Signed
numbers, Integer Arithmetic, 2’s Complement method for multiplication, Booths
Algorithm,
UNIT Processor Organization 6 Hrs
II
Processor Basics: CPU organization, CPU Bus Organization: Central BUS, Buses on
periphery, Additional features: RISC & CISC types representative commercial
microprocessor of RISC & CISC types, Co-processors Data representation –Integer
and floating point representation, Instruction set –Addressing modes formats,
Machine Instruction characteristics, types of operands, types of operations, Instruction
formats, Processor organization, Register Organization in 8086/88, 80386Dx and i7
microprocessors,
UNIT Data Paths and ALU 6 Hrs
III
Data Paths: Fixed point and floating point Arithmetic, ALU, Pipeline processing
Case study of Intel Nehalem organization, pipelined and non-pipelined machine
cycles
UNIT Control Design Organization 5 Hrs
IV
Control Design: Basic concepts Hardwired and micro-programmed control, Pipeline
control, Example of ADD Instruction macro/micro design,
UNIT Memory and I/O Organization 6 Hrs
V
Memory systems, DDR3 Memory Organization, NUMA and UMA, caches memory
mapped I/O and I/O mapped I/O, DMA, buses and standard interfaces –serial parallel
buses –PCI, SCSI USB. USB bus organization to interface display and Printer, Case
Study: Intel Nehalem Memory Organization.
UNIT Advanced Computer Organizations 6 Hrs
VI
Advanced computer Organizations (Block Diagrams only) The AMD Multicore
Opteron, The Sun UltraSparc T1, The IBM Cell Broadband Engine (CBE), The Intel
IA-64,
The IA-64 model: Explicitly Parallel Instruction Computing, Prediction, Speculative
Loads. 64-bit architectures i5/ i7 Desktop version and mobile version, NVDIA GPU
architecture (Block diagram only).
Text Books:
1. Computer Architecture and Organization, Jhon P Hays, 3nd Edition, McGraw-Hill Publication, 2001,
ISBN 0071004793
2. Zaky S, Hamacher, “Computer Organization”, 5nd Edition, McGraw-Hill Publications, 2001, ISBN
0071122184.
Reference Books:
1. Intel Microprocessor Hand book (or PDF File from www.microsoft.com)
2. Computer Organization by Tanunbum
210251 PROGRAMMING LABORATORY
Lectures: ----- Term Work: 50 Marks
Practical: 2Hrs/Week Oral : 50 Marks
Pre requisites: Microprocessor Architecture
Learning Objectives
4. To understand the structure, function and characteristics of computer systems
5. To understand the design of the various functional units of digital computers
6. To learn basics of Parallel Computer Architecture.
Tools
(64-Bit) System onwards or 64-bit Open source Linux or its derivative, 32/64 bit Android 4 (for
mobile) or above.
2. Programming MASM64x or equivalent, Microsoft Visual Studio x64 Intrinsics with IDE
Tools (64-Bit) (Refer your MSDN copy or http://msdn.Microsoft.com OpenGL ES, GTK++, TC++,
Cuda C++
A> Compulsory assignments

1. Writing a C/C++ Program to emulate CPU Architecture (Central Bus) Develop register, ALU
level GUI to display results..
2. Writing a C++ class for displaying pixel or point on the screen.
3. Write a C++ class for a Line drawing method using overloading DDA and Bresenham’s
Algorithms, inheriting the pixel or point.
4 Write a C++ class for a circle drawing inheriting line class
B> At least Six (Use of Morphism, Inheritance and associated OO-programming in the
implementation is expected)
1 Write a program using python to draw a line with line styles (Thick, Thin, Dotted)
2. Write a program in C/C++ to draw a line with line style (Thick, Thin, Dotted)
3 Write a program in C/C++ to draw a circle of desired radius.
4 Write a C/C++ program to draw a convex polygons (Square, Rectangle, Triangle)
5. Write a C/C++ program to draw a Convex polygon with programmable edges.
6. Write a C/C++ program to fill polygon using scan line algorithm
7. Write a Java/ Python program to draw a line with line style (Thick, Thin, Dotted)
8 Write a program in to draw a circle of desired radius using VC++ 12 or above. Use of BITBLT
command is expected.
9 Write a Java/Python program to draw a simple polygons (Square, Rectangle, Triangle)
10 Write a Java/Python program to draw a simple polygon with programmable edges,
a. using mouse click event
b. using dialog box to accept to accept edges ordered list and its size in pixels
11 Write a Java/Python program to fill polygon using scan line algorithm
12. Write a program in C++ to test that given point is inside the polygon
13 Write a program in C++ draw a concave polygon
14 Write a program to scan fill the given concave polygon for Android Mobile Programming. Use
Android ADT for Eclipse.
15 Write a class to implement the Booths Multiplier for 8/16/32/64-bit numbers using sign extended
multiplication.
16 Write a C++ class for a Line drawing method using overloading DDA and Bresenham’s
Algorithms, inheriting the pixel or point. Use Android ADT for Eclipse.
C> At least One Advanced Technology Programming

1 Use OpenGL ES to draw a line for Android Mobile
2 Use Microsoft IDE to Draw a line Diagram
3. Use VRML to draw a line Diagram
4 Use Direct3D/Maya or open source equivalent to draw a Bouncing ball animation
5 Use Parallel programming using Cuda to draw polygoan.

SYLLABUS
THIRD YEAR (COMPUTER ENGINEERING)

COURSE 2012
(EFFECTIVE FROM JUNE 2014)
University of Pune
Course Structure for TE Computer Engineering

Code
Tut End
In-Semester Total
Lect. oria Pract Tw Pr OR Semester
Assessment
ls Exam
SEM – I
310241 Theory of Computation 4 — — 30 — — — 70 100
— 100
310242 Operating Systems Design 4 — — 30 — — 70
Data Communication and — 100

310243 4 — — 30 — — 70
Wireless Sensor Networks
Database Management 100

310244 3 — — 30 — — — 70
Systems Applications
Computer Forensic and 100

310245 3 — — 30 — — — 70
Cyber Applications
310246 Programming Lab-I — — 4 — 50 50 — 100
310247 Programming Lab-II — — 4 — 50 — 50 — 100
Employability Skills
310248 — — 2 — 50 — — — 50
Development Lab
Total of Semester – I 18 — 10 150 100 50 100 350 750

Course Structure for TE Computer Engineering
SEM – II

Code
Tut End
In-Semester Total
Lect. oria Pract Tw Pr Or Semester
Assessment
ls Assessment
Principles of Concurrent and

310249 4 — — 30 — — — 70 100
Distributed Programming
Embedded Operating 100

310250 4 — — 30 — — — 70
Systems
100
310251 Computer Networks 4 — — 30 — — — 70
100
310252 Software Engineering 3 — — 30 — — — 70
Digital Signal Processing 100

310253 3 — — 30 — — — 70
Applications
310254 Programming Laboratory-III — — 4 — — 50 50 — 100
310255 Programming Laboratory-IV — — 4 — 50 — 50 — 100
Seminar and Technical

310256 — — 2 — 50 — — — 50
Communication Laboratory
Total of Semester – II 18 — 10 150 100 50 100 350 750

310241 Theory of Computation
Teaching Scheme
Theory: 4 Hrs/ Week Examination Scheme:
In Semester Assessment: 30 Marks
End Semester Assessment: 70 Marks
Course Objectives:
• To learn formal Programming Language Theory
• To learn Grammar and Turing Machine Designing
Course Outcomes:
• Ability to subdivide problems space based on input subdivision using constraints, grammar
• Ability to design deterministic turing machine for all input all output , NP Complete
• Ability to design non deterministic turing machine for all input all output, NP Hard
Unit Basic Concepts and Formal Language theory: 8 hrs
I Languages in abstract, Defining languages, Klenne closure, Symbol/alphabets,
string/word, Formal
Introduction, mathematical foundation. Mathematical Formal Language Theory
Representation for Formal Languages: Sets, Logic, Functions, Relations,
Graphs,Proof Techniques-Formal Proofs, Inductive Proofs, Strings & Languages,
examples, Basic Machine: Functionality and Limitations.
Importance of Automata Theory. Automata, Automata- Formal Definition &
Designing Finite Automata examples, Simplified Notation, Nondeterminism-Formal
Definition & Designing Nondeterministic Finite Automata, Computability &
Complexity, Pattern Matching. Language Acceptor: Concept, Machine as a language
acceptor, example, Machine as a string processor. Finite Automata- Formal Definition
& Designing Finite Automata –basic examples, Simplified Notation.
Regular Expressions and Languages:
Recursive definition of regular expression, regular set, identities of regular
expressions, regular expressions, examples and FA. Equivalence of R.E.-examples.
Identity Rules And Algebraic laws for R.E.
Regular languages and examples. Pumping lemma for regular languages.
Limitations of R.E.
Unit Deterministic and Non deterministic Finite Automata: DFA: Definition and 8 Hrs
II description of DFA, Transition Function of a DFA, NFA: Definition and description
of DFA, Transition Function of a NFA, Є-NFA: Definition and description of NFA,
Transition Function of a NFA, Language acceptance by a FA(NFA , DFA) and string
acceptance, Conversion of NFA with Є to NFA without Є, Conversion of NFA
without Є to DFA, Conversion of NFA with Є to DFA (direct method and subset
construction method), Minimization of a DFA. Inter-conversion RE and FA:
Construction of FA equivalent to RE using state loop elimination method.
Construction of FA equivalent to RE using Andrsen’s Theorem. Construction of RE
equivalent to FA(RE to Є-NFA, Є-NFA to DFA).
FA with output: Moore and Mealy machines -Definition, models, inter-
conversion.Pumping Lemma for Regular languages, Properties of Regular Languages
and FA: Closure and Decision properties, Limitations of FA.
Unit Grammar: Grammar- Definition, representation of grammar, Chomsky hierarchy, 6 Hrs
III Context Free Grammar- Definition, Derivation, sentential form, parse tree, inference,
derivation, parse tree, ambiguity in grammar and language- ambiguous Grammar and
Push Down grammar, removing ambiguity from grammar, Normal Forms- Chomsky
normal form, Greibach normal form, Closure properties of CFL, Decision property of
CFL.
Automata Regular grammar- Definition, left linear, right linear grammar, FA to RG
and RG to FA, Application of grammar. ambiguous grammar. Recursive, Recursively
Enumerable Languages: A Language that is not recursively enumerable, An Un-
decidable Problem that is RE Recursive Languages, The Universal Language.
Introduction to concurrent grammar. Concurrent Grammar, Formal methods in
concurrency,Graph Grammar, Aspect of Concurrency in Graph Grammar, set
theoretic approaches to Graph Grammar, Graph Grammar for parallel computation
Unit Turing machines: Turing machines (TMs): TM Model and conventions, Formal 8 Hrs
IV Definition, TM Instantaneous Description (ID), Transition Function, Languages of
TM, Equivalence of final state and halting state (TM and halting), TM and
Computers: Simulating a TM by computer, Simulating a computer by TM, Types of
TM: Deterministic Turing Machines (DTM) and Non-deterministic Turing Machines
(NTM), Extension to Basic TM: TM with Multiple tracks, Multitape TMs, Universal
TM (UTM), Church-Turing hypothesis , Post Machines: Introduction to Post
Machines (PMs), Comparison between FA, PDA, PM and TM Concurrency and
parallel machines considerations while designing Turing Machine. Examples of
Concurrent Turing Machines. problem in TM: Undecidable problems about Turing
Machines, Reduction, Post Correspondence Problem(PCP, NPCP) : Definition
Modified PCP, Other Undecidable Problems, Non-deterministic Turing Machine.
Unit Push Down Automata- Definition, Notation, acceptance by final state, acceptance by 4 Hrs
V empty stack, Equivalence of PDA and CFG- Grammar to PDA, PDA to Grammar,
Deterministic PDA and Non Deterministic PDA. Parsing and PDA. Application of
PDA. Non deterministic PDA (NPDA). Introduction to Post Machines (PMs)
Unit Tractable & Intractable: The Classes P and NP : Problems Solvable in Polynomial 6 Hrs
VI Time, An Example: Kruskal's Algorithm, Nondeterministic Polynomial Time, An NP
Example: The Traveling Salesman Problem, Polynomial-Time Reductions NP-
Complete Problems, An NP-Complete Problem: The Satisfiability Problem, Tractable
and Intractable Representing SAT Instances, NP-Completeness of the SAT Problem, A
Restricted Satisfiability Problem: Normal Forms for Boolean Expressions, Converting
Expressions to CNF,.The Problem of Independent Sets, The Node-Cover Problem,
The Directed Hamilton-Circuit Problem, Undirected Hamilton Circuits.
Text Books
1."Introduction to Automata Theory Languages And Computation” By John E. Hopcoroft, Rajeev
Motwani, Jeffrey D-Ullman, LPE
2.“Theory Of Computer Science “ By K.L.P. Mishra & Chandrashekharan
3.“Introduction to The Theory of Computation” By Michael Sipser, ISE
Reference Book
1.“Introduction to Languages of The Theory Of Computation” By Martin
2. “Theory of Computation”, Vivek Kulkarni, Oxford University Press, ISBN 0-19-808458-7
3. “Introduction to Languages and Theory of Computation”, John Martin McGrawHill, 978-0-07-
066048-9
Digital Content: Content Developed by BoS
310242 Operating Systems Design
Theory: 4 Hrs/ Week Examination Scheme:
In Semester Assessment: 30 Marks
Course Objectives:
• To learn the Operating System Booting Process
• To learn advance file system and operating system management
• To learn init() process and other essential boot processes
• To learn use of GRUB2
Course Outcomes:
• Ability to use EFI based x64 Operating Systems
• Ability to use x64 based File Systems and Managers
Unit Foundation of Unix Operating Systems: 8 Hrs
I what is kernel, Types of kernel(monolithic,micro,exo),Operating system booting
process Grub-I, Grub-II, Buffer management in Unix/Linux,Buffer Cache, Internal
Representation of Files, Systems calls for the files systems,File management, File
Concept , Access methods, Free Space Management, Disk management, Swap space.
Unit Process & Threads: 10
II The Structure of Processes: Process States and Transitions, Layout of System Hrs
Memory, The context of a Process, Saving the Context of a Process, Manipulation of
the Process Address space, Sleep, Process creation,Signals,Process termination, A
waiting process termination, Invoking other programs,The user ID of a process,
Changing the size of a process, The shell, Basic Shell script Programming.
System boot and the init() process Process scheduling, System calls for time,Clock
Threads,Concept of threads, Linux processes & thread management, Introduction to
threads(advantages of threads, Implementation of threads)
Multithreading models (M to 1, 1:1:1, MM model), Threading issues(Fork() and
exec() system calls, Thread Cancellation ,thread specific data).
Deadlocks: Resources, Principles of deadlock, The ostrich algorithm, Detection and
Recovery,Prevention,Avoidance. Banker's Algorithm. Init Process in Android
Mobiles(Latest Android Version).
Unit Memory management and virtual memory: 6 Hrs
III Swapping,Demand paging, a hybrid System with swapping and demand paging,
memory management requirements,Memory partitioning, Paging, Segmentation,
Security Issues, Hardware and control structures, Operating system software, Linux
memory management,Windows8 memory management, Android Memory
Management
Unit Inter-process Communication: Process Tracing, system V IPC, Network 6 Hrs
IV communications, pipes, Sockets, Multiprocessor systems: Problem of Multiprocessor
Systems, Solution with Master and Slave Processors, Solution with Semaphores, The
Tunis System, Performance Limitations
Unit Advance Tools and Technologies: Make tool: make, nmake,cmake, AWK tools, grep 6 Hrs
V egrep, fgrep,sorting tool, UEFI Boot,UBoot, USB BOOT, Case study of Fedora-19
EFI files: gcdx64.efi, grub.cfg, grubx64.efi, MokManager.efi, shim.efi, shim-fedora.efi
310242 Operating Systems Design
Theory: 4Hrs/Week In Semester : 30 Marks
Unit Advance Tools and Technologies(and problem solving in the OS) 6 Hrs
VI Multiptocessor scheduling,Real time scheduling,Linux scheduling, UNIX free
BSD scheduling,Windows vista scheduling,Windows-8 ReFS, Embedded
System, Handheld Operating systems: Handheld systems-Requirements,
Technology Overview, PalmOS, Microsoft Windows CE, Microsoft Windows
Mobile, Google Android, Other Handheld Operating systems, Securing
Handheld systems, Frame of Reference for Handheld Systems.
Text Books
1. Pramod Chandra P. Bhatt “An Introduction to Operating Systems: Concepts and Practices”,
4th edition, PHI, ISBN 978-81-203-4836-3
2. Maurice J.Bach “The Design of The Unix Operating system”, PHI, ISBN 978-81-203-0516-
8
Reference Books:
1. Evi Nemeth, Garth Snyder, Tren Hein, Ben Whaley, Unix and Linux System Administration
Handbook, Fourth Edition, ISBN: 978-81-317-6177-9, 2011
2. Dhanajay M. Dhamdhere, “Operating Systems: A Concept Based Approach”, 3rd Edition,
McGrawHill Education, ISBN-13: 978-1-25-900558-9, ISBN-10: 1-25-900558-5
Digital Content:
1. MSDN 2013 versions
2. Fedora19 Development
3. Content Developed by the BoS
310243 Data Communication and Wireless Sensor Networks
Theory: 4 Hrs/Week In Semester Assessment: 30 Marks
Course Objectives:
• To learn Data Communication Methods and Algorithm
• To learn setup, installation,configuration of WSN
• To study different programming tools
Course Outcomes:
• Ability to program using data communication methods and algorithm
• Ability to setup, configure and program WSN
• Ability to use different programming application for WSN, BIGDATA
Unit Basics of communication: 10 Hrs
I Introduction, Mathematical Foundation, Basic Problem Solving, Communication
System, Baseband, Broadband and Carrier Communication, transmission modes,
Baud rate, bit rate, SNR, Channel Bandwidth and rate of communication.
Digital Modulation Techniques: PCM, PCM Encoder and Decoder, DPCM,
ADPCM, Delta modulation,Adaptive Delta Modulation, RS-232C,Bandwidth
requirement of digital modulation techniques, quantization noise Line Coding
techniques: Bipolar, Unipolar, RZ, NRZ, Manchester, AMI, B8ZS, Block coding
techniques.
Multiplexing techniques: TDM, FDM, WDM, and CDMA, TD-SCDMA, LTE-
TDD, LTE-FDD,. LAN standards: Ethernet, Wireless LAN, WiMax, ZigBee,
Bluetooth,Infrastructure based (satellite n/w, Cellular n/w) and Infrastructure less
(Adhoc n/w) wireless topologies. VLAN, Basics of VPN, VPN tools and
Applications.
Unit Overview of Wireless Networks: 8Hrs

II Wireless Transmission: Electromagnetic Spectrum, Radio, Micro Waves, Infrared,
Lightwave, Spread Spectrum Systems, modem Switching Techniques: Circuit
Switching, Packet Switching and Message Switching, Hardware Components:
Transceivers, Access Points and wireless routers, Data link layer design issues:
Services, Framing, Error and flow control, Stop-and-Wait protocol, Sliding
Window protocol, Medium access control sub layer, Channel allocation: Static and
Dynamic allocation, Multiple Access Protocols: ALOHA, CSMA, CSMA/CD ,
CSMA/CA
Unit Basic Concepts of WSN: Background of Sensor Network Technology, 4 Hrs
III Applications: Building Automation, Sensors and Robots, Health Care and Military
Applications. WSN Architecture: Sensor Type and Technology, Sensor Network
Organization and Tracking. RFID based data communication, Architecture,
Unit Data link layer protocols 6Hrs
IV Link Layer: Error control, Framing, Link management.
MAC Layer: Low duty cycle protocols and wakeup concepts, Contention-based
protocols, Schedule-based protocols, Networking Sensors: ZigBee, Sensor
MAC(S-MAC) protocol for WSN, Naming and Addressing: Fundamentals,
Address and name management in wireless sensor networks
Unit Routing Protocols for WSN 6 Hrs
V Data Dissemination and Gathering, Routing Challenges and Design Issues in
WSN, Routing Strategies (Proactive and Reactive) in WSN. Geographic and
Energy aware routing, Attribute based routing,Routing Techniques: Flooding,
SPIN, Infrastructure Establishment:Topology Control, Clustering, time
synchronization, localization and services, Low energy adaptive Clustering, Power
efficient gathering in sensor information system,case study of Data
Communication from HDMI Camera in host and accessory modes, PICONET,
Tunneling Protocols.
Unit Infrastructure Establishment for WSN 6 Hrs
VI Localization and Positioning, tracking: Properties of positioning, Possible
approaches, Task driven Sensing, Rolls of Sensor nodes and utilities, Information
based sensor tracking, joint routing and information aggregation, Sensor Network
Databases-BIGDATA, Sensor network platforms and tools, Single-hop
localization, Positioning in multi-hop environments,Impact of anchor placement,
Operating Systems for WSN: OS Design Issues, Examples of OS(Architecture,
Design Issues, Functions): Tiny OS, Mate, Magnet OS, MANTIS, Nano-RK OS
Architecture Block Diagram, LiteOS Architectural Block Diagram,LiteFS
Architectural Block Diagram, Content delivery networks. Introduction to Internet
of Things(IoT)
Text Books:
1. Kurose, Ross “Computer Networking a Top Down Approach Featuring the Internet”,
Pearson; 6th edition (March 5, 2012), ISBN-10: 0132856204,ISBN-13: 978-0132856201
(pdf available)
2. Fang Zhaho, Leonidas Guibas, “Wireless Sensor Networks: An information Processing
Approach”, Elsevier ISBN: 978-81-8147-642-5
Reference Books:
1. Dipankar Raychaudhari, Mario Cerla,”Emerging Wireless Technologies and the Future
Mobile Internet”, Cambridge University Press, ISBN-13: 978-1-107-67864-4(Paperback)
2. Lyla B. Das, “Embedded Systems: An Integrated Approach” Pearson, ISBN:978-81-317-
8766-3
3. Kazim Sohraby, Daniel Minoli, Taieb Znati, “Wireless Sensor Networks: Technology,
Protocols and Applications”, Wiley ISBN: 978-81-265-2730-4 (Students Edition)
4. Robert Faludi, “Wireless Sensor Networks”, O'REILLY, ISBN 13: 978-93-5023-289-7
Digital Content:
1. IoT PDF: Converging Technologies for Smart Environments and Integrated
Ecosystems IERC Book Open Access_2013
2. Content Developed by the BoS
310244 Database Management Systems Applications
Course Objectives:
• To learn Advance techniques in Database Management Systems
• To learn advanced storage technologies
• To learn Database Programming
Course Outcomes:
• Ability to handle Advance Databases
• Ability to use advanced storage technologies,BIGDATA
• Ability to program databases
Unit I Introduction to Databases: Database Concepts, Data models, legacy relational 4 Hrs
model-R-Model, Database concepts, Data Model and types, ER Modeling, Concept of
normalization. Introduction to SQL (OODB) using MYSQL: SQL, DDL, DML,
DCL, TCL, View, Index
Unit IIAdvanced Database Techniques: Structured verses unstructured data, Concept of6 Hrs
NOSQL database, Comparative study of SQL and NOSQL, Databases types, NOSQL
Data Modeling, Benefits of NOSQL, NOSQL using MongoDB- mongoDB shell, data
types, manipulation(insert, update, delete documents), querying, aggregation,
indexing, croud-sourcing.
Unit Database Transactions- Transaction Management: 6 Hrs

III
Transaction Management and Concurrency Control, Performance tuning and query
optimization of SQL and NoSQL Databases.
Unit Database Architecture: 8Hrs

IV
Client-server model: two tire, three tire, Parallel Databases, Distributed Databases,
Database connectivity and Web Technologies,Database administration and
Management, Connectivity using MongoDB, Cassandra.
Unit VBig data management and Programming 8Hrs

XML: XML-Introduction ,XML DTD's Domain specific DTD's, Querying XML
data, JSON, HADOOP-Introduction, Building blocks of hadoop, components of
hadoop (HDFS, Mapreduce) , HBASE, HIVE, SSD., Cloudera, Oracle Cloud,Oracle
BDB, MongoDB, BIGDATA, R programming
Unit Advances in Databases-Data: 8 Hrs
VI Data Warehouse:- data warehouse introduction , difference between operational
database and data warehouse, architecture of data warehouse.
Introduction to Data mining techniques: A/B Testing, classification, regression,
prediction, clustering, summarization, association rule, sequence discovery, time
series analysis
Machine learning for big data:- introduction to machine learning, type of machine
learning algorithm, supervised and unsupervised algorithm, Recommendation
algorithm.
Business Intelligence: Introduction, BIS components, Business models, Business
analysis framework from DW.
Text Books
1. Abraham Silberschatz ,Henry Korth , S.Sudarshan,"Database System concepts",5th
Edition ,McGraw Hill International Edition
2. Database Principals: Fundamentals of Design, Implementation and Management, Coronel,
Morris and Rob, 9th edition, Cengage Learning, ISBN: 978-81-315-1736-9
3. MongoDB: The Definitive Guide by Kristina Chodorow
4. Big Data Analytics with R and Hadoop by Vignesh Prajapati
5. Jiawei han, Micheline Kamber, "Data mining :Concepts and systems ",Morgan Kaufmann
publishers
6. Margaret H. Dunham, “Data mining”, Pearson publication
Reference Books
1. http://docs.mongodb.org/manual/
2. Chuck Lam, “Hadoop in action”
Digital Content
1. Big Data: The next frontier for innovation competition and productivity (pdf published
by Mckinsey)
2. Chamber J, “Software for Data Analysis: Programming with R”, Springer, 2008, ISBN :
978-0-387-75935-7 (soft copy)
3. Content Developed by BoS
310245 Forensics and Cyber Applications
Theory: 3 Hrs/Week In Semester Assessment : 30 Marks
Course Objectives:
• To learn Forensics and use of Computers
• To learn Tools used in Computer Forensics and Cyber Applications
• To learn programming for Computer Forensics
Course Outcomes:
• To develop Computer Forensics Awareness
• Ability to use Computer Forensics Tools
• Ability to use Computer Forensics Cyber Applications
Unit Basics of Computer Networks: 10

I Protocols and Standards, OSI Model, TCP/IP Model, Network topology (Physical & Hours
logical), LAN standards, Ethernet (802.3)
Transmission media: Guided transmission media - Twisted Pair, Coaxial and Fiber-optic
cables, Switching techniques: Circuit switching, Packet switching and message switching,
Network Hardware Components: Connectors, Repeaters, hubs, NICs, Bridges and
Switches
Fundamentals of Mac Protocols:
Motivation for a specialized MAC, Fundamentals of MAC protocols, Sensor MAC Case
Study (Protocol overview, Periodic listen and sleep operations, Schedule selection and co-
ordination, Adaptive listening, Message passing), IEEE 802.15.4 protocol: Physical, MAC
layer, naming and addressing, Assignment of MAC addresses, Distributed assignment of
locally unique addresses, content based and geographic addressing
Unit Foundations of digital Forensics,Language of Computer Crime Investigation, 6
II Digital Evidence of Courtroom, Hours
Cyber crime Law: United State Perspective, Indian Perspective, Indian IT Act, conductive
Digital Investigation, Handling a Digital Crime Scene: Principles, Preservation, Modus
Operandi, Motive, and Technology .
Unit Violent Crime and Digital Evidence, Digital Evidence as Alibi, Gender Offenders on the 6
III Internet,Computer Intrusions, Hours
Unit Cyber stalking, Computer Basics for Digital Investigators, Applying Forensic Science to 4
IV Computers Hours
Unit Digital Evidence on Windows Systems, Digital Evidence on UNIX Systems,Digital 6
V Evidence on Mobile Devices, Intellectual Property Rights Hours
Unit Network Basics for Digital Investigators,Applying Forensic Science to Networks, Digital 8
VI Evidence on the Internet, Digital Evidence on Physical and Data-Link Layers,Digital Hours
Evidence at the Network and Transport Layers, Security and Fraud detection in Mobile
and wireless networks.
Text Books
1 Digital Evidence& Computer Crime, Eoghan Casey Bs Ma Ac, ELSEVIER-Academic Press,Third
Edition, ISBN 13 : 978-0123742681, ISBN 10 : 0123742684
2 Unix and Linux System Administration Handbook, Evi Nemeth,Garth Snyder, et al, Person
Publication,
3 Kurose, Ross “Computer Networking a Top Down Approach Featuring the Internet”, Pearson; 6th
edition (March 5, 2012), ISBN-10: 0132856204,ISBN-13: 978-0132856201 (pdf available)
Reference Books
1. Guide to Computer Forensics & Investigation, Bill Nelson, Amelia Phillips, christopher Steuart,
Cengage Learning, Fourth Edition, ISBN 13 : 978-1435498839, ISBN 10 : 1435498836
2. Ivan Stojmenovic, Handbook of Wireless Networks and Mobile Computing, Wiley India Student
Edition, ISBN 978-81-265-0768-9
Digital Contents
1 Computer Forensics and Cyber Crime Notes Prof. Sarang Joshi
310246 Programming Laboratory I
Practical: 4 Hrs/Week Practical : 50 Marks
Oral: 50 Marks
Course Objectives:
• To develop Database programming skill with multi-core programming
• To develop Operating Systems programming and administrative skills
• To develop use data storage devices and related programming and Management skills
Course Outcomes:
• Ability to write programs at systems level operating system modules
• Ability of problem solving using multi-core, advanced databases techniques and tools
• Ability to handle and programming of storage devices
Tools: Latest version of 64 Bit Operating Systems Open Source Fedora-19 or Higher equivalent
with LAMP tools or Windows-8, with Multicore CPU equivalent to Intel i5/i7 4 th generation
onwards supporting Virtualization and Multi-Threading, 8 GB RAM, 500GB/1TB HDD, Latest
versions of 64-Bit Programming languages such as Microsoft Visual Studio(ver. 12 or Higher) or
equivalent open source, Eclipse 64-bit Platform, 64-bit Database Client-Server architecture
equivalent to IBM 3250 or higher equivalent with latest versions of 64-bit Databases Oracle
MySQL, MongoDB, CauchDB or equivalent Open Source Databases, Android 4.4, adb, Wireless
Network supporting High End data traffic Tools: 64-bit or latest operating systems like Fedora or
equivalent,64-bit Multicore Server Machine with SSD, LAMP, MongoDB, BIG DATA Tools,
Hadoop Mapreduce, Kiggle or open source equivalent, Eclipse, Python, Java, Android, OpenCL,
(Jullia: Download from Intel Science and Technology Center for BigDATA) Jullia For Open
BIGDATA Computation, R Programming, CUDA tool kit for Fedora 19 or equivalent, Tablet and
Mobile development tools and other tools published by the BoS time to time.
Documentation:
64 bit LATXT generated PDF with title colors and content beautification as per the template and
revisions published by the BoS time-to-time.
Assignments Group A (Mandatory)
1 DBMS using connections(Client-Data sever, two tier) Oracle/MySQL (ODBC/JDBC), SQL

prompt to create data base tables insert, update data values, delete table, use table, select
queries with/without where clause. ,demonstrate use of stored procedure / function (create
procedure at the data side and make use of it on the client side)
2 DBMS using connections(Client-application server-Data sever, three tier) Oracle/MySQL
(ODBC/JDBC), SQL Joints, prompt.
3 Design and Develop SQL DDL statements which demonstrate the use of SQL objects
such as Table, View , Index using Client-Data sever(two tier)
4 Write a program in Python/C++ to read display the i-node information for a given text file,
image file.
5 Write an IPC program using pipe. Process A accepts a character string and Process B
inverses the string. Pipe is used to establish communication between A and B processes
using Python or C++.
6 Use Python for Socket Programming to connect two or more PCs to share a text file.
Assignments Group B (Any Six Assignments, All assignments to be covered in a Batch)
1 Design at least 10 SQL queries for suitable database application using SQL DML statements:
Insert, Select, Update, Delete Clauses using distinct, count, aggregation on Client-Data
sever(three tier)
2 Implement database with suitable example using MongoDB and implement all basic
operations and administration commands using two tier architecture.
3 Use MongoDB to process semi structured and unstructured data collections such as Rfid,
images, blogs use python/Java MongoDB interface.
4 Write an python/Java application using MongoDB to maintain the blog for composing the
blog consists of text columns, images and videos also calculate the hit or users visited by
drawing 2D graphs.
5 Write a program in Python/C++ to test that computer is booted with Legacy Boot ROM-
BIOS or UEFI.
6 Write a program in C++ to create a RAMDRIVE and associate an acyclic directory structure
to it. Use this RAMDRIVE to store input, out files to run a calculator program.
7 Write a program in C++ to develop a tool using GRUB2 or GRUBx64.rfi select and display
a boot partition. (use appropriate overloading)
8 Write a Python/Java/C+ program to verify the operating system name and version of Mobile
devices.
9 Write a program using MongoDB to compose a web news-letter consisting of videos,
images, text use python MongoDB interface.
10 Create a iso boot image using open source tools.
11 Write a python program for creating virtual file system on Linux environment.
12 Write a program in C++ to make USB Device Bootable by installing required system files
13 Write a program in python for USB Device File Management. Check usefulness of
command e2fsck for different file systems mounted on computer.
14 Aggregation and indexing with suitable example using Cassendra and RdfID based
employees attendance system.
15 Aggregation and indexing with suitable example using MongoDB.
16 Map reduce operation with suitable example using MongoDB.
17 Indexing and querying with MongoDB using suitable example.
18 Connectivity with MongoDB using any Java application.
19 Using MongoDB create a database of employee performance, employee attendance on the

workstation. Perform statistical analysis for the results of the products produced by
employees rated as passed ok, damaged products ( 5 samples per batch size 1000) and the
portion covered in the training and absentee of the employees during training. Use
programming language R. (or R-Python/R-Java) or equivalent assignment using R
Programming Language for BiGDATA computing.
Assignment Group C: Advance Technology Assignments (Any One, all three to be

covered in a Batch)
1 BIG DATA applications using Hadoop

2 BIG DATA applications using Blogs
3 Big Data Predictive Machine Learning
4 Create and test functioning of Windows-8 ReFS (Resilient File System)
Laboratory Manual to be prepared by the college teachers and get it approved by the BoS
Applicable PR/OR/TW Examination shall be conducted by the pair of examiners as per
university rules and shall be on the experiments performed by the students. During
Examination the student must write the Mathematical modeling of the problem statement
before attempting the software solution. The software solution must be as per mathematical
modeling. The student must demonstrate the running output with and without debug mode.
The scheme of assessment shall be published by the BoS.
310247 Programming Laboratory II
Oral: 50 Marks
Course Objectives:
• To develop Programming Skills in Data Communication, Wireless Sensor Networks and
Computer Forensics and Cyber applications using multi-core freaturs.
• To develop skills use professionally special tools used for Data Communication, WSN and
Forensics
Course Outcomes:
• The Students must be able perform programming for Data communication
• The Students must be able perform programming using Wireless Sensor Networks using
multicore programming features.
• The Students must be able perform programming for Computer Forensics Cyber
Applications
with LAMP tools or Windows 8, with Multicore CPU equivalent to Intel i5/7 4 th generation on-
wards supporting Virtualization and Multi-Threading, 8 GB RAM, 500GB/1TB HDD, Latest
versions of 64-Bit Programming languages such as Microsoft Visual Studio(ver. 12 or Higher) or
equivalent open source, Eclipse/QT 64-bit Platform, Gigabit Switch and Router, ADSL routers,
Optical router, VoIP setup, SAN, IP based printer, Camera,Two server class of machines (64 bit) ,
NS3, Fire Sensors
Tools : CAINE 5.0 (Computer Aided Investigative Environment) or latest 64 bit version or
equivalent, SIFT 3.0 or open-source equivalent 64 bit, Digital Forensics Framework, Open
Computer Forensics Architecture 2.3 or open-source equivalent and other tools published by the
BoS time to time. Rubi or RailsWeb tools.
Documentation:
32/64 bit LATXT PDF with title colors and content beautification as per the template and revisions
published by the BoS time-to-time. The problem Solving description must be done with
mathematical modeling and Theory of Computing.
1 Implementation of following spoofing assignments using C++ multicore Programming

a) IP Spoofing
b) Web spoofing.
2 A fire is to be detected using relevant wireless sensor network installed in a remote location
to communicate the data to the central server for the monitoring purpose and detection of
the fire. Write a program to implement the system using WSN and Different data
communication strategies/ algorithms (at least two) to compare the reliability of the data
received and efficient timing. Use of Fort Forwarding/Tunneling Protocol is expected.
3 Write a computer forensic application program in Java/Python/C++ for Recovering Deleted
Files and Deleted Partitions
4 A person on a nearby road is trying to enter into a WiFi network by trying to crack the
Password to use the IP Printer resource; write a program in Java/Python/C++ to detect such
attempt and prohibit the access. Develop the necessary scenario by Using an IEEE 802.11,
configure a Wi-Fi adapter and Access Point.
5 Write a program to implement Pulse Code Modulation Technique to transfer the data to
other computer.
6 Write a program in C++ /Python to analyze email header.
Assignments Group B (Any Six Assignments, All assignments to be covered in the Batch)
1 Develop a GUI and write a Java/Pythn/C++ program to monitor Network Forensics,

Investigating Logs and Investigating Network Traffic.
2 Write a program in Python for Investigating Wireless Attacks using Multi-core
programming.
3 Write a program in Python for Investigating Web Attacks. Finding originator's IP, Subnet
Mask and Default gateway where a Web Server is connected using Optical Router.
4 Create a Scenario and write a program for overcoming a Website hacking problems and
identifying hacker machine using Java/Python/C++. Develop a prototype website using
Ruby on rails.
5 Write a program in C++ for Tracking Emails and Investigating Email Crimes
6 Install and use Android Mobile Forensics Open Source Tools.
7 Write a program to Implement a packet sniffing tool in C++/Java/Python.
8 Write a program in C++ to implement to identify DOS attack on a wireless cluster of
servers.
9 Install and use open source tools to Identifying various types of WiFi attacks. Write a C++/
Java/Python program to identify atleast one such attack.
10 Install and use a open source tool to Identifying MMS attacks, create necessary Scenario.
11 Design and implementation of Honeypot
12 Write a program to identifying private data acquisition of digital evidence using Java in a
WiFi system, use SAN storage(BIGDATA)
13 Write a program to Implement a packet sniffing tool in C++
14 Write a program to Implement a fingerprint recognition using Java Programming
15 Write a program for identifying the image tampering, voice data
(recorded/Blogged/twitted/Social Web Sites) tampering Python Programming. use SAN
storage(BIGDATA)
16 Write a program for identifying the voice data (recorded/ blogged Video/twitted/ Social Web
Sites ) tampering, where a Mic is attached through WSN. use SAN storage(BIGDATA)
17 Write a program for Identifying the tampering of digital signature using Python
18 Write a C++/Java program for Log Capturing and Event Correlation.
19 Write a tool to detect and prevent Capturing mobile messages in Python/Java.
Assignment Group C: Advance Technology Assignments (Any One)
1 Implementation of Steganography program.

2 Implement a program to generate and verify CAPTCHA image.
3 Intrusion detection system
4 Write a program to detect and prevent windows 8 registry Hacks and Twicks
5 Simulate the performance of DSDV, AODV and DSR routing protocols over the WSN.
Installation and configuration of WSN using ZigBee protocol
6 Set up a small wireless sensor network of few nodes and show communication between two
nodes using NS3 or equivalent
Note: While Conducting the Term work and Oral Examination Students must demonstrate
the running Program to the examiners. Laboratory Manual to be prepared by the college teachers
and get it approved by the BoS.
Applicable PR/OR/TW Examination shall be conducted by the pair of examiners as per university
rules and shall be on the experiments performed by the students. During Examination the student
must write the Mathematical modeling of the problem statement before attempting the
oral/termwork solution. The solution must be as per mathematical modeling. The student must
demonstrate the running output with and without debug mode. The scheme of assessment shall be
published by the BoS.
310248 Employability Skills Laboratory
Course Objectives:
• To learn use of advance programming, documentation, presentation and communication Tools
• To learn use to group discussions in problem solving
• To learn technology and group leadership skills
• To learn administrative skills and responsibilities in teamwork
• To learn quantitative skills
• To learn technology skills
Course Outcomes:
• Ability to understand need of technical competence required for problem solving
• Ability to understand employers requirements
• Ability to understand professional and group behavioral ethics
Tools: Latest version of 64 Bit Operating Systems Open Source Fedora-19 or Higher equivalent with
LAMP tools or Windows 8, with Multicore CPU equivalent to Intel i5/7 4 th generation onwards supporting
Virtualization and Multi-Threading, 8 GB RAM, 500GB/1TB HDD, Latest versions of 64-Bit
Programming languages such as Microsoft Visual Studio(ver. 12 or Higher) or equivalent open source,
Eclipse 64-bit Platform, 64-bit Database Client-Server architecture equivalent to IBM 3250 or higher
equivalent with latest versions of 64-bit Databases Oracle MySQL, MongoDB, CauchDB or equivalent
Open Source Databases, Wireless Network supporting High End data traffic, sensors and other tools
published by the BoS time to time.
Documentation:
32/64 bit LATEX PDF with title colors and content beautification as per the template and revisions
published by the BoS time-to-time.
Course Write-up Theory shall include:
Understanding problem solving requirements: Customer Requirements, Employer requirements and

technology requirements.
Competency assessment using:
Employer's perspective: Reliability, Integrity, Teamwork, Willingness to learn, Entrepreneurship, Self-

discipline, Communication, Self-motivation, Flexibility, Technical leadership
Students Perspective: Basic computer skills,Technical skills, Use of modern tools, Advanced computer
skills, System design, Communication and gestures, Responsibility, Verbal communication, Application of
knowledge, Creativity, Gender Co-existence, respect, social and ethical responsibilities.
Use of Supporting Technology Perspective: In addition to development tools it is very important to use
group communication and information sharing technologies. Students are expected to acquire following
skills:
Posting a question on the blog or forum, writing and maintaining a mailing list mails, Writing outputs or
logs using PostBin tools or equivalent, use of GIT(refer to github Web site) for revision control or open
source equivalent, Forwarding a resume for the Job as per the advertisement (Referring to the following
assignment)
A customer wants to run Unique-identity project for the residents bearing its nationality as
national-resident, NRI, NRE and migrated along with personal information, gender
information with family tree(Maternal and paternal), photographs, finger-prints, crime
records, earning methods, Bank Accounts, marital status, relationships,Diseases, Medical
Insurance details, Social Contributions, Driving license and RfiD tags for self owned
Vehicles.
The customer wants to find and monitor using reports the status of ethical values in the
society, growth in wealth, poverty line issues, health issues, increase/decrease in crimes and
family issues and such more issues.
Or equivalent assignment covering BIGDATA, WSN and OS.
Laboratory Teacher(i.e. a customer role and an employer role) is expected to give above
problem solving assignment to the batch of students and observe the students performance for
Employer's perspective and Students Perspectives and grade every student on the scale of
Strong, Good, Fair, Poor, Needs Improvement. Also, special efforts (create documentary
evidence of weekly progress for the same) are to be taken for students getting Poor and Needs
improvement remarks. Also a teacher shall get the GAP analysis done from the students with
respect to employers perspective and Students perspective.
Note: Any Equivalent Assignment must be approved by the Board of Studies. Laboratory
Manual to be prepared by the college teachers and get it approved by the BoS
310249 Principles of Concurrent and Distributed Programming
Course Objectives:
• To learn concurrent architecture and programming
• To learn distributed programming
• To use concurrent and parallel programming tools and applications
Course Outcomes:
• Ability to perform concurrent programming
• Ability to perform distributed programming
• Ability to use concurrent and parallel programming using GPU
Unit Concepts, Overview, Programming environments, –Computation Models, 6 Hrs
I Distributed programming languages LISP, YACC, Programming environmental tools
Open GL, MPI Java
Unit Concurrent grammar, communication and synchronization of concurrent tasks 8 Hrs
II process/Thread System process migration, shared memory, Concurrent LISP,
Concurrent YACC, Concurrent java
Unit The death of single core solution, NVIDA and CUDA, GPU hardware, alternatives to 8 Hrs
III CUDA, Understanding parallelism with GPUs, CUDA hardware overview,
Parallel architectures and Programming principles-Parallel computing, Parallel
architecture, Architectural classification scheme, Parallel programming models,
parallel algorithms, performance analysis of parallel algorithms.
Unit Distributed Computing Systems, models, Issues in designing distributed operating 6 Hrs
IV systems, DCE
Unit Virtualization and programming for Xen-Overview of virtualization, resource 6 Hrs
V vitalization, need and advantages of Virtualization, Xen-overview & X86
virtualization, Xen & virtualization resources, installation & Configuration, Virtual
Machine booting & Configuration
Unit Cloud and Mobile Computing Principles, CUDA Blocks and Treads, Memory 6 Hrs
VI handling with CUDA, Multi-CPU and Multi-GPU solution
Text Books
1. Concepts, Techniques, and Models of Computer Programming by Peter Van Roy and Seif
Haridi - MIT Press Ltd, 2004
2. Distributed Operating Systems by P.K.Sinha,PHI Publications
3. Parallel Computing by M.R.Bhujade,New Age International(p) Ltd. New Age Science, 2nd
Edition, ISBN-10: 1906574200, ISBN-13: 978-1906574208
4. Multicore Programming by Wiley publications
Reference Books
1. Peter Barry, Patric Crowley, “Modern Embedded Computing, Elsevier, ISBN: 978-93-
81269-77-0 (Chapter 15 Only, )
2. Shane Cook, “CUDA Programming”, Elsevier, ISBN: 978-0-12-415933-4
Digital Content: Content Developed by the BoS
310250 Embedded Operating Systems
Course Objectives:
• To Learn the Concepts of Embedded Systems processors and Operating System
• Develop ability to use Embedded Operating utilities in Embedded Linux
Course Outcomes:
• Ability to write technical content using Embedded Linux
• Ability to write Embedded Programming
Unit Operating Systems Concepts, Real-Time Tasks, Real-Time Systems, Types of Real- 4 Hrs
I Time Tasks, Real-Time Operating Systems,
Unit Processor Basics, Integrated Processors: Systems on Chip, ARM Processors 8 Hrs
II history, Hardware Platforms, ARM Architecture, Interrupt Vector Table, Arm
Programming, Assembly language, Instruction Set, Arithmetic, Logical and
Conditional, load-store instructions,Constants, Readonly and Read-write memory,
Multiple Register Load Store. ARM-9, ARM Cortex-M3, Case Study of Begal-
Black-Bone: Architecture, Uboot, Interfacing and Programming
Unit LSB, OSDL, OSDL Mobile Linux Initiative, Linux Background, Linux Kernel 8 Hrs
III Construction, Tool Chain, Tools Overview, Kernel Build System, Kernel
Initialization: BIOS verses Boot loader, U-Boot, Anatomy of Embedded Systems:
POST and Boot Process, Kernel Initialization, init, Storage Considerations and
memory management, BusyBox, Execution Context,Process Virtual Memory,
Cross-Development Environment, Embedded Linux Distributions, Do-It-Yourself
Linux Distributions, Initialization Flow of Control, Kernel Command Line
Processing, Subsystem Initialization, The init Thread, System Initialization,
Unit Bootloaders, Device Driver Basics: Character Device, PCI Device Drivers, File 8 Hrs
IV Systems, Device Tree, MTD Subsystem, Embedded Development Environment,
Unit Development Tools, ssh, Kernel Debugging Techniques, Debugging Embedded 6 Hrs
V Linux Applications, Stepper Motor Controller interfacing using Begal Black Bone
Embedded System, Embedded Graphics and Multimedia Tools and Applications.
Unit Porting Linux, Linux and Real Time, Embedded Android: Bootloader, Kernel, Init, 6 Hrs
VI Zygote, System Server, Activity Manager, Launcher (Home), Embedded Android
Applications: Calculator, Twitter Search App, Slide Show App
Text Books
1. Lyla B. Das, “Embedded Systems: An Integrated Approach” Pearson, ISBN:978-81-317-
8766-3 (Chapters 7,8,10,11)
2. Christopher Hallinan, “Embedded Linux Primer”,Prentice Hall, ISBN-10: 0-13-167984-8,
ISBN-13: 978-0-13-167984-9
Reference Books
1. Peter Barry, Patric Crowley, “Modern Embedded Computing, Elsevier, ISBN: 978-93-
81269-77-0 (Chapter 4,5,6,7,8,10,14 Only, )
2. Karim Yaghmour, “Embedded Android”,O'Reilly, ISBN: 978-1-449-30829-2, Pdf
Digital Content: Content Developed by the BoS
310251 Computer Networks
Course Objectives:
• To understand the Network Architecture.
• To learn and understand various Networking Protocols & Layers
• To learn and understand wireless technologies
Course Outcomes:
• Ability to setup, install and configure networks
• Ability of network programming
• Ability to use network protocols, wireless technologies
Unit Application Layer: 4 Hrs
I OSI Model Block Diagram, Application layer protocols: Functionality and header
formats, HTTP, DNS, FTP, SMTP, TELNET, DHCP
Unit Transport Layer: 8 Hrs
II TCP, UDP, Socket Programming, TCP Flow control, TCP congestion control, TCP
in wireless network, Real time transport protocol, Stream control transmission
protocol (SCTP), Quality of services (QoS), Differentiated services, Integrated
services
Unit Network Layer: 8 Hrs
III Basics of IPV4, ICMPV4, IPV6 in detail (Motivation, Features, Address
representation, Unicast and Multicast addresses, Header format), ARP, RARP,
Mobile IP, Distance vector and link state routing algorithms, Routing protocols:
RIP, OSPF, BGP
Unit Basic Concepts in Wireless LAN: 6 Hrs
IV Wireless Standards (802.11 a/b/g/n/ac/ad), Wireless LAN and Technology,
Wireless application protocols(Architecture and application)
Unit Advanced Wireless Technologies: 6 Hrs
V VoIP Architecture and Applications, Vehicular network, Delay tolerant network.
Unit Advance Network Technologies: Virtualization, Software defined network, ATM 8 Hrs
VI (Overview, Protocol Architecture, AAL), GMPLS, Introduction of optical
networks,Propagation of Signals in Optical Fiber, Client Layers of the Optical
Layer
Text Books
1. Kurose, Ross “Computer Networking a Top Down Approach Featuring the Internet”,
Pearson; 6th edition (March 5, 2012), ISBN-10: 0132856204,ISBN-13: 978-0132856201
(pdf available)
2. Andrew S. Tenenbaum, “Computer Networks”,4th Edition, PHI, ISBN 81-203-2175-8.
3. Georgios I. Papadimitriou, Andreas S. Pomportsis, P. Nicopolitidis, Mohammed S.
Obaidat,“Wireless Networks”, Wiley Student Edition ISBN: 978-0-470-84529-5
Reference Books
1. Fourauzan B., "Data Communications and Networking", 4th edition, Tata McGraw-
Hill,Publications, 2006, ISBN 0 - 07 – 0634145
2. Olifer & Olifer ,”Computer Networks-principles, technologies & protocols for network
design”, WILEY
3. Rajiv Ramaswami, Kumar Shivarajan, Glan Shasaki, “Optical Networks a Practical
Perspective”, Elsevier-Morgan Kaufmann ISBN: 978-0-12-374092-2 pdf
4. Vijay K, Garg, “Wireless Communication and Networking”, Elsevier Morgan Koffman,
ISBN: 978-81-312-1889-1
Digital Content: Developed by the Bos
310252 Software Engineering
Course Objectives:
• To learn and understand the principles of Software Engineering
• To Learn and understand Software Development Life Cycle
• To apply Project Management and Requirement analysis principles to S/W project
development.
• To apply Design and Testing principles to S/W project development.
Course Outcomes: The student will be able to

• Compare and chose a process model for a software project development
• Analyze and model software requirements of a software system
• Design and Modeling of a software system with tools
• Designing test cases of a software system
• Prepare the SRS, Design document, Project plan of a given software system
Unit Nature of Software , Software Engineering, The Software Process , Software 6 Hrs
I Myths, A Generic Process Model, Prescriptive Process Models: The Waterfall
Model, Incremental Process Models , Evolutionary Process Models ,Concurrent
Models , Specialized Process Models , The Formal Methods Model, The Unified
Process Personal, Agility Principles , Extreme Programming (XP), Scrum,
Introduction to Clean Room Software Engineering
Unit Requirements Engineering 8 Hrs

II Requirements Engineering,Eliciting Requirements, Collaborative Requirements
Gathering,Quality Function Deployment,Usage Scenarios,Elicitation Work
Products, Developing Use Cases, Building the Requirements Model, Negotiating
Requirements,Validating Requirements, Analysis: Scenario-Based
Modeling,UML Models,Developing an Activity Diagram,Swim-lane
Diagrams,Class-Based Modeling,Requirements Modeling Strategies: Flow-
Oriented Modeling, Creating a Behavioral Patterns for Requirements Modeling,
State Machine Diagram with orthogonal states, Requirements Modeling for Web
Apps, SRS
Unit Design Methods and Models 8
III The Design Process,Concepts of design, Design Quality, Design Principles, Hrs
Object-Oriented Design Concepts, Design Classes, The Design Model and
elements, Software Architecture,Importance, Architectural Styles, Architectural
Design, Assessing Alternative Architectural Designs, using Architectural Styles in
Designs, Component Design, Class-Based Components, Conducting Component-
Level Design, Component-Level Design for WebApps, User Interface Design,
The Golden Rules , User Interface Analysis and Design, Interface Analysis
Interface Design Steps, WebApp Interface Design, Design Evaluation , Design
Document, Modifiability: SAAM Method, ATAM Method, The HASARD
Method.
Unit Testing Principles 6 Hrs
IV A Strategic Approach to Software Testing,Strategic Issues,Test Strategies for
Conventional Software,Test Strategies for Object-Oriented Software,Test
Strategies for WebApps, Validation Testing, System Testing, The Art of
Debugging, Software Testing Fundamentals, White-Box Testing , Basis Path
Testing, Control Structure Testing, Black-Box Testing, Model-Based Testing,
Testing for Specialized Environments, Architectures, Object-Oriented Testing
Strategies, Object-Oriented Testing Methods, Test Cases and the Class Hierarchy,
Testing Concepts for WebApps, Testing Process—An Overview, User Interface
Testing , Test plan,Positive Testing Negative Testing.
Unit Project Planning and management 8 Hrs
V The Management Spectrum ,Software Scope,Problem Decomposition, Process
Decomposition ,Process and project metrics, Size-Oriented Metrics, Function-
Oriented Metrics, Reconciling LOC and FP Metrics, Object-Oriented Metrics ,
Integrating Metrics within the Software Process, Software Project Estimation,
Decomposition , Process-Based Estimation, Estimation with Use Cases ,
Empirical Estimation Models, The Structure of Estimation Models, The
COCOMO II Model , Project scheduling: Basic Concepts, Defining a Task Set for
the Software Project , Scheduling : Tracking the Schedule, Earned Value Analysis
Risk management: Reactive versus Proactive Risk Strategies, Risk Identification,
Assessing Overall Project Risk, Risk Projection, Developing a Risk Table,
Assessing Risk, Project Plan
Unit Advanced Software Engineering 6 Hrs
VI Software Quality, McCall’s Quality Factors, ISO 9126 Quality Factors, Software
Reliability, Measures of Reliability and Availability, Software Safety, Formal
Methods Concepts,Applying Mathematical Notation for Formal Specification,
Introduction to Formal Specification Languages : Object Constraint Language
(OCL), Z Specification Language, Software reuse, Distributed software
engineering, Service-oriented architecture, Embedded software, Aspect-oriented
software engineering
Text Books
1. Roger S Pressman “Software Engineering : A Practitioner’s Approach “ 7 th Edition
Mcgraw-Hill ISBN:0073375977
2. Ian Sommerville “ Software Engineering” 9th edition Pearson Education SBN-13: 978-0-
13-703515-1, ISBN-10: 0-13-703515-2 , pdf downloadable
3. Hong Zhu “Software Design Methodology”, Elsevier ISBN: 978-81-312-0356-9
Reference Books
1. Pankaj Jalote “ An Integrated Approach to Software Engineering” 3 rd
Edition Narosa Publication ISBN: 81-7319-702-4 pdf down loadable
2. Rajib Mall “ Fundamentals of Software Engineering” 3rd edition PHI
3. Pfleejer “ Software Engineering- Theory and Practice” 4th edition
4. Martin Fowler “Distilled UML” 3rd edition
5. Hans Van Vilet “Software Engineering Principles and Practice” 3 rd edition
Wiley
Digital Content: Developed by the BoS
310253 Digital Signal Processing Applications
Course Objectives:
• Study and understanding of representation of signals and systems.
• To learn and understand different Transforms for Digital Signal Processing
• Design and analysis of Discrete Time signals and systems
• To Generate foundation for understanding of DSP and its applications like audio,
Image, telecommunication and real world
Course Outcomes:
• Students will understand the mathematical concepts of signal representation and
transformations with their analysis.
• Development of ability for generating proper solution to signal processing problems.
• Students will be capable of understanding Digital Signal Processing Applications and
implementation of signal processing to various applications.
Unit Introduction:- The Breadth and Depth of DSP, Statistics, Probability and Noise, 8 hrs
I How digital signal is created: ADC and DAC, Signals, Linear Systems,
Classification of signals, Properties of DT systems, Mathematical models for
representation of DT system: Linear convolution, Linear constant coefficient
difference equation, Use of Transducers in Signal Processing, Analog to Digital
conversions (ADC), Sampling Process.
Unit Fourier Transform: DTFT, Properties, DFT, Circular convolution, DFT Spectral 8 hrs
II leakage, Efficient computations of DFT, Fast Fourier Transform ,Radix-2 DIT
and DIF FFT Algorithms, Application of DFT, Linear filtering.
Unit Z-Transform 6 hrs
III Definition of Z-Transform, ZT and FT, ROC, ZT properties, pole-zero plot,
Inverse Z-Transform, Methods, System function H(Z), Analysis of DT LTI
systems in Z-domain: DT system representation in time and Z domain.
Relationship of FT and ZT
Unit Introduction to Filter Structures, components of digital filters, DT Filters Block 6 hrs
IV diagram representation, equivalent structures, Basic FIR and IIR Filter structures,
DT filters as DT systems, Solution of difference equation, FIR and IIR filters
direct form structures,
Unit DSP Processors:DSP Building Blocks, Data Acquisition, Fix Point and Floating 6 hrs
V Point Implementation the SHARC floating Point processor, SIMD Micro
Architecture and Instructions, Operating systems, Micro-Architecture
consideration, Implementation Options, Intrinsic and Data type, OMAP (Open
Multimedia Application Platform),
DSP Applications: DSP and its benefits, Application areas, Key DSP operations,
DSP processors, real world, audio, telecommunication applications and
biomedical applications.
(Ref: Reference Book No 3, Chapter 1, Page Nos: 1 to 36)
Unit DSP in Speech Processing & Image Processing: 6 hrs
VI Audio Processing: Human Hearing, Timbre, Sound Quality Versus Data rate,
High Fidelity Audio, Companding, Speech Synthesis and Recognition, Non
Linear Audio Processing,
Image Foundation and Display: Digital Image Structure, Cameras and Eyes,
Television Video Signals, Other Image Acquisition and display, Brightness and
Contrast Adjustments, Gray Scale Transforms,
(Ref: Text Book No 1, Chapter 22,23, Page Nos: 351 to 386 )
Text Books
1. Steven W. Smith, “The Scientist and Engineer's Guide to Digital Signal
Processing”,California Technical Publishing, 2nd Edition, PDF ISBN 0-9660176-6-8
(Colleges are expected to purchase Paperback Edition ISBN 0-9660176-4-1.)
2. “Digital Signal Processing “ , Third Ed. Prentice Hall ISBN 81-203-0720-8
3. “Digital signal processing A practical approach” Second Ed. by Emmanuel Ifeachor ,
Barrie W Jervis ; Pearson
Reference Books
1. Lyla B. Das Embeded systems and Integrated Approach PEARSON ISBN 978-81-317-
8766-3 (Chapter number 15 only)
2. Peter Barry and Patric Crowley Modern Embedded Computing, Elsevier ISBN 978-93-
81269-77-0 (Chapter number 11 only)
3. “Digital Signal Processing - A Computer Based Approach”, Sanjit K Mitra Third Ed. TMH
4. “Electrical and Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation “ A. K. Sawhney- Dhanpat
Rai and Sons, Delhi -2002 Print
Digital Content: Developed by the BoS
310254 Programming Laboratory-III
Practical: 4 Hrs/Week Practical: 50 Marks
Oral: 50 Marks
Course Objectives:
• To learn multi-core, Concurrent and Distributed Programming
• To learn Embedded Operating Systems Programming
• To learn writing Software Engineering document
• To learn Embedded/ Concurrent and Distributed Programming
Course Outcomes:
• Ability to perform multi-core, Concurrent and Distributed Programming
• Ability to perform Embedded Operating Systems Programming
• Ability to write Software Engineering Document
• Ability to perform Concurrent and Distributed Programming
Tools: Latest version of 64 Bit Operating Systems Open Source Fedora-19 or Higher equivalent with LAMP
tools, Windows 8 with Multicore CPU equivalent to Intel i5/7 4 th generation onwards supporting
Virtualization and Multi-Threading, 8 GB RAM, 500GB/1TB HDD, CUDA/OpenCL ,GPU/Begal Bone
Black(BBB)/Atmel Cortex A5/M4 Mobile-tablet processor, WSN sensor Processor boards, Latest versions of
64-Bit Programming languages such as Microsoft Visual Studio (ver. 12 or Higher) or equivalent open
source, Eclipse 64-bit Platform, 64-bit Database Client-Server architecture equivalent to IBM 3250, MySQL,
MongoDB, OpenMP, CUDA/OpenCL or equivalent Open Source, Wireless Network supporting High End
data traffic and other tools published by the BoS time to time.
Documentation:
32/64 bit LATXT PDF as per the template and revisions published by the BoS time-to-time. It shall
Cover Aim, Objectives, Mathematical Modeling covering multi-core and distributed aspects,
Efficiency, Data Structures resulted out of Mathematical Modeling, Conclusion.
1 Develop an application using Beeglebone Black/ ARM Cortex A5 development board
to simulate the operations of LIFT.
2 Develop an application using Beeglebone Black/ ARM Cortex A5 development board
to simulate the working of signal lights.
3 Implement an calculator (64 bit Binary Multiplication) application using concurrent
lisp
4 Apply the Following Software Engineering to all assignments(No 1,2,3 of Group A and
B). Mathematical Modeling must result into UML Requirements.
Apply Assignment No 4a to 4d for all Group A and Group B assignments of Embedded
Operating system and Concurrent and Distributed Programming. Use tools Open
source tools like ArgoUML, UMLLet, StarUML or equivalent tools for UML models)
Or Use Agile or Scrum-Agile methodologies and Tools.Use of Possitive and Negative
Testing.
4a Design mathematical model of the Application/system using set theory, algebraic
system, relations and functions, Deterministic and Non-Deterministic entities..
4b Analyze requirements from the Problem statement, mathematical model, Domain
requirements and identify Functional, Non functional, Actors, Usecases for the
application/system. Create usecase diagram, activity diagram/swimlane diagram for
each usecase.
4c Design the architecture for the system/application using package diagram , deployment
diagram. Design classes using class diagram.
4d Design the behavior of the system/application using state machine diagram and
sequence diagram.
5 Create Project plan, SRS, Design document and Test Plan for one group-C assignment
from embedded operating system or Concurrent and Distributed Programming
6 Write an application to parse input text file concurrently and compare the result of
concurrent parsing with serial parsing ( Use concurrent YACC parser)
1 Write an application to and demonstrate the change in BeagleBoard/ ARM Cortex
A5 /Microprocessor /CPU frequency or square wave of programmable frequency.
2 Implement a Parallel Quick Sort algorithm using NVIDIA GPU or equivalent ARM
board.
3 Vedic Mathematics method to find square of 2-digit number is used in a distributed
programming. Use shared memory and distributed (multi-CPU) programming to
complete the task.
4 Implement a Parallel ODD-Even Sort algorithm using GPU or ARM equivalent.
5 Implement n-ary search algorithm using OPENMP
6 Implement concurrent prims algorithm using OPENMP
7 Implement nxn matrix parallel multiplication using CUDA/OpenCL GPU, use shared
memory.
8 Develop a network based application by setting IP address on BeagleBoard/ ARM
Cortex A5.
9 Implement a Multi-threading application for echo server using socket programming in
JAVA
10 Implement Reader-Writer problem using OPENMP
11 Implement a dinning philosophers problem using OpenCL wherein each philosopher is
a distributed computer memory in a cluster.
12 A text file is stored in a distributed manner on three hard disks on three machines such
that consecutive lines, one per hard disk are stored in cyclic manner. Write a program
using OpenCL to read/Write/Modify the file.
13 A file holds a data structure that is written and modified by number of users in a
distributed manner. Multiple users on multiple computers use Read-Modify-Write cycle
provided resource is available else use use modify once before exit. Write necessary
Program using OpenCL.
14 Perform Assignment No 4 of Group A for Assignment No 12 of Group-B using
UMLLet
15 Perform Assignment No 4 of Group A for Assignment No 13 of Group-B usung
concurrent UML.
1 Develop Robotics(stepper motor) Application using Beagle Board.
2 Develop bus arbitration logic using VME/PCI bus for cluster of CPU boards for high
performance computing (BIG DATA)
3 Implement a Distributed matrix multiplication using CUDA / OpenMPI
Digital Content: Laboratory Manual Developed by college Teachers and get it approved by BoS
must write the Mathematical modeling of the problem statement before attempting the solution. The
solution must be as per mathematical modeling. The student must demonstrate the running output
with and without debug mode. The scheme of assessment shall be published by the BoS.
310255 Programming Laboratory-IV
Oral: 50 Marks
Course Objectives:
• To learn network programming techniques
• To learn Digital Signal Processing programming
• To develop use of Network Programming and DSP using WSN
Course Outcomes:
• Ability to set-up, install and configure network, WSN
• Ability to perform Concurrent programming for Networking and WSN
• Ability to use different networking protocols and tools
with LAMP tools, Windows 8 with Multicore CPU equivalent to Intel i5/7 4 th generation onwards
supporting Virtualization and Multi-Threading, 8 GB RAM, 500GB/1TB HDD, Latest versions of
64-Bit Programming languages such as Microsoft Visual Studio(ver. 12 or Higher) or equivalent
open source, Eclipse 64-bit Platform, 64-bit Database Client-Server architecture equivalent to IBM
3250 or equivalent with Wireless Network supporting High End data traffic, Gigabit Switch and
Router, ADSL routers, Optical router, VoIP setup, SAN, IP based printer, Camera,Two server class
of machines (64 bit) , 64-bit NS3 or equivalent, ARM Cortex M4/A5 and other tools published by
the BoS time to time.
Documentation:
32/64 bit LATXT PDF as per the template and revisions published by the BoS time-to-time.
1 Implementation of Packet sniffer. Program should identify header of each protocol.Use
multi-core programming.
2 Consider the network id 192.168.4.0 or such relevant IP and create four subnets namely
A, B, C, D. Assign the subnet mask. Write a Python \ C++ program to Perform the
following operations (use overloading if applicable).
a) Ping the machine of same subnet.
b) Ping the machine in subnet A from machine of subnet B.
c) Analyze the output of the above sub assignments.
3 Write C++ Program with GUI to capture using remotely placed camera and read
uncompressed TIFF Image to perform following functions (Menu Driven) Use of
Overloading and Morphism is expected. Image Frame1 is used for displaying Original Image
and Image Frame 2 is used for displaying the action performed.
• Sharpen the Image • Convolution(overloading: FFT,
• Blur the Image (Programmable Other)
rectangular Seed) • Histogram
• Programmable image Contrast and • Mean and Standard Deviation of
Brightness image
• Rotate image by programmable • PDF of a Signal acquired through
angle ADC
4 Write a C++ program to read the HTTP header and analyze the parameters
5 Installing and configure DHCP server and write a program (C++\Python\Java) to install the
software on remote machine.
6 Design and Setup LAN with Star topology to access Storage Area Network (SAN). The SAN
must have DSP data, Text Data, Multimedia Data available for the access.
(within 6 assignments atleast two assignments from DSP)
1 Write a Python program to grab the image from Camera and apply the edge detection
algorithm(overloaded with Sobel variants, Others) to find the edges use BBB / ARM
Cortex A5/A9/M4 Mobile Boards. Store the Images in SAN (for BIGDATA analitics)
2 Implementation of streaming video server and displaying video at client side using Java.
Videos are stored using SAN (BIGDATA)
3 Simulation of WAN (RIP) using packet tracer/Network Simulator 3 (NS3)or higher
equivalent.
4 Study and perform Linux networking commands emulation using Python or C++.
5 Write FTP/Telnet program using socket programming for TCP using C++
6 Write TFTP program using socket programming for UDP using C++
7 Create TCP/IP packet using standard TCP/IP include files and send it to the server using
c++.
8 Implement any congestion control algorithm for TCP using Python
9 Implementation of Concurrent Text Conferencing application using Python or Java
10 Implementation of Concurrent Proxy server program using Python or Java
11 Implementation of Multithreaded web server. Check the functionality of web server in
LAN and through the ADSL router using NAT.
12 Implement a program for remote print manager to print documents on remote printer. (IP
based printer) using Python
13 Implementation of sliding window protocol using C++.
14 Implementation of distance vector routing algorithm using C++.
15 Implementing video conferencing system. Use VoIP protocol. Use Python or Java.
16 Configure and setup network with optical router.
17 (Refer Assignment 3 of Group A) Write a C++/ Python program to generate a Sign wave of
Programmable frequency and capture samples at programmable frequency (Max up as per
Nyquist Sampling Theorem) and reconstruct the Sign wave using collected Samples using
ARM Cortex A5/A9. Use oscilloscope to calculate signal frequency. Write your observations.
Store a Data file in SAN (BIGDATA)
18 (Refer Assignment 3 of Group A) Write a C++/ Python program to generate a Square wave of
programmable frequency. Write a function to generate Pole-Zero Diagram using multicore
programming.
19 (Refer Assignment 3 of Group A) Write a C++/ Python program to capture signal using ARM
Cortex A5/A9/M4 ADC and signal generator, generate/construct a Square/Sine wave of
programmable frequency and voltage Draw Voltage (y-axis) and Time (x-axis) graph. Write a
function to emulate simple RC filter with R being Trim-pot(GUI meter) of 10K and C = 0.1
microFarad. Write a program to generate a Voltage-Time response curve with reference to
change in R. Draw the resultant outcome graph. Store the data in SAN (BIGDATA)
1 To create a network with three nodes and establish a TCP connection between node 0 and
node 1 such that node 0 will send TCP packet to node 2 via node 1 using NS3 or higher
equivalent.
2 To create scenario of different network topology used in LAN using TCP/UDP and analysis
how FTP will run over it in NS3 or higher equivalent.
3 Designing IPv6 network and/or configuration of Dual stack IPv6 and IPv4 network.
4 Controlling presentation slides with hands by identifying movements through Camera.
5 Installation and setup to control the remote machine.
6 Network Boot operations through Programming
Reference Books: Lab Manual developed by the College Teachers approved by the BoS
Digital Content:(Down Loadable PDF for students only)
1. Steven W. Smith, “The Scientist and Engineer's Guide to Digital Signal
processing”,California Technical Publishing, 2nd Edition, PDF ISBN 0-9660176-6-8
(Colleges are expected to purchase Paperback Edition ISBN 0-9660176-4-1.)
2. Laboratory Manual developed by the College Teacher and get it approved by the BoS.
must write the Mathematical modeling of the problem statement before attempting the software
solution. The software solution must be as per mathematical modeling. The student must
demonstrate the running output with and without debug mode. The scheme of assessment shall be
published by the BoS.
310256 Seminar and Technical Communication Laboratory
Theory: 1 Hrs/Week Term Work: 50 Marks
Practical: 2 Hrs/Week
Course Objectives:
• To develop ability of thinking and motivation for seminar
• To develop ability to perform literature survey
• To develop ability to generate proof-of-concept
• To develop ability to prepare presentation
• To develop Seminar presentation and Technical Communication Skills
Course Outcomes:
• Motivation Statement
• Survey Documentation
• Proof-of-Concept and related data
• Presentation
Tools: Latest version of 64 Bit Operating Systems Open Source Fedora-19 or Higher equivalent with
LAMP tools or Windows 8 with Multicore CPU equivalent to Intel i5/7 4 th generation on-wards
supporting Virtualization and Multi-Threading, 8 GB RAM, 500GB/1TB HDD, Latest versions of 64-
Bit Programming Tools, Intelligent LCD Board Projector or LCD Projector, LATXT and other tools
published by the BoS time to time.
Documentation:
64 bit LATXT presentation slides and bibliography as per the template and revisions published by the
BoS time-to-time. (Softcopy Submission), GIT
Write-up Theory:
Problem solving techniques, Writing Motivation, Deciding Objectives and Outcomes, Different types of
Survey and deriving conclusions from the survey, data collection, implementation technology, deriving
Conclusions and presenting conclusions using graphs.
Using above points for technical communication and discussions.
1 Identify the Social Problem to be solved using Computing Algorithms Within 1st Week
from the Start of
Semester
2 1 Presentation to the Seminar Guide along with the Identified Problem and In the 2nd Week
st
Motivation from the Start of

Semester
3 2 Presentation to the Seminar Guide along with the Identified Problem and In the 3rd Week
nd
revised Motivation, Objectives and planned Outcomes using Video- from the Start of
conferencing or Skype like tool or open source equivalent. Semester
4 3rd Presentation to the Seminar Guide along with the Identified Problem and In the 4th Week
revised Motivation, Objectives and planned Outcomes, Algorithmic Survey from the Start of
to finalize the algorithm to be selected to solve the problem for same Semester
outcomes.
5 4th Presentation to the Seminar Guide covering above items1 to 4 along with In the 5th Week
Survey of the selected Algorithm and results obtained by the other from the Start of
researchers to solve same problem using Video-conferencing or Skype like Semester
tool or open source equivalent.
6 5th Presentation to the Seminar Guide per objective No 1 results of In the 6th Week
implementation using data tables and comparative outcome graphs with from the Start of
other researchers for same data. Semester
7 Progress 6th Presentation to the Seminar Guide per objective No 2 results of In the 7th Week
other researchers for same data. Semester
8 Progress 7th Presentation to the Seminar Guide per objective No 3 results of In the 8th Week
other researchers for same data using Video-conferencing or Skype like tool Semester
or open source equivalent.
9 Seminar Documentation including cover Title page, plagiarism assessment In the 9th Week
report Certificate from Guide, Abstract, list of Figures, List of Tables, from the Start of
Abstract, Technical write-up using Mathematical Modeling for the Problem Semester
solved, efficiency obtained, Presentation Slide using Latex including
bibliography/references.
10 Seminar Presentations and evaluation by the pair of Experts including guide In the 10thWeek
using Audio-Video Tools, Intelligent LCD Projector, laser Pointers in a from the Start of
Department seminar/Conference Hall. Semester
Marking Scheme:
Final Marks Should include A> Marks Given by Experts (out of 10), B> 10 Marks for the Questions
asked by students and quality of answers, C>10 Marks to the report, D>10 Marks to quality of Latex
Presentation Slides,E> 10 Marks to the Technical Communication skills.
Final Marks = (A+B+C+D+E) *(No. Of Students actually attended the seminar/ total Strength of the
class). No assessment shall be conducted when the students attendance is less than 75% of the total
strength of the class. All progress reports along with correction remarks by the guide and the final
report to be submitted in softcopy in CD and one copy stored in SAN (for BIG DATA analytics)
Laboratory Manual to be developed by the College Teacher and get it approved by the BoS.
Syllabus
B.E. Computer Engineering
(Course 2012)
(w.e.f June 2015)
Board of Studies Computer Engineering
June 2015
Preamble
It is my pleasure to present this B.E. Computer Engineering Syllabus. The syllabus is a blend of concepts and
advances using high end FOSS technologies. One of the objectives of the this syllabus is to cultivate students
for using FOSS and contributions in FOSS. The theory subjects are based on the pre-requisites covered in
first year to third Year computer engineering. 16 electives are divided into four groups on recent technologies
such as cloud computing, mobile computing, web applications and Business Analytic and Intelligence, Cyber
Security are provided which shall be useful for student in their professional carrier.
The laboratories for problem solving practices are based on utilization of state-of-the art FOSS software Tech-
nologies used by the Industries. The FOSS technologies are available with source code students can experiment
the performance improvement and ideation to replace the existing implementation. The Project can be done as
conventional practices or as an entrepreneur project to give thrust on generating budding talent as entrepreneur
to lead the industrial front of the nation worldwide.
For BoS Computer Engineering

Prof. Sarang Joshi
1
• To create competencies and opportunities for Higher Education;
• To create professional manpower skilled for the IT Industry;
• To write laboratory practicals with advanced FOSS Tools;
• To create inter-disciplinary opportunities;
• To create opportunities of developing technical documents and presentation skills.
• to create opportunities of industry-Institute interactions;

• To create opportunities to promote Entrepreneurship and start-ups;
• To nurture and practice professional and social ethics.
Program Objectives
• To expose students to the Systems and Applications Programming, Organizations and Architectures;
• To provide conceptual knowledge in the Computing domain;

• To provide interdisciplinary knowledge;
• To expose students with advanced tools used in industry;
• To develop written and soft-skill competencies;
• To develop team work experience of professionals skills for IT Industry.
Program Outcomes
• To write applications with concepts and skills in the domain subjects;
• To practice skills in programming techniques and open source technologies;
• To practice oral and written skills for technical presentations and documentation using FOSS tools;
• To write and practice IT project as a team-work;
• To practice social and Professional ethical practices;
2
SAVITRIBAI PHULE PUNE UNIVERSITY
BE (COMPUTER ENGINEERING)- 2012 COURSE STRUCTURE
Term-I
Subject Subject Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme Total

Code Marks
Lect Tut Pract In PR/ OR/ End
Sem TW TW Sem
Asmnt Asmnt
410441 Design & Analysis 03 — — 30 — — 70 100
of Algorithms
410442 Principles of Modern 04 — — 30 — — 70 100
Compiler Design
410443 Smart System Design 03 — — 30 — — 70 100
and Applications
410444 Elective-I 03 — — 30 — — 70 100
410445 Elective-II 03 — — 30 — — 70 100
410446 Computer — — 04 — 50 50 — 100
laboratory-I
410447 Computer — — 04 — 50 50 — 100
Laboratory-II
410448 Project — 02 — — 50 — — 50
Total 16 02 08 150 150 100 350 750
Term-II
410449 Software Design 03 — — 30 — — 70 100
Methodologies &
Testing
410450 High 03 — — 30 — — 70 100
Performance
Computing
410451 Elective-III 03 — — 30 — — 70 100
410452 Elective-IV 03 — — 30 — — 70 100
Open Elective
410453 Computer — — 04 — 50 50 — 100
laboratory-III
410454 Computer — — 04 — 50 50 — 100
Laboratory-IV
410455 Project — 06 — — 50 100 — 150
Total 12 06 08 120 150 200 280 750
3
Electives:
Semester-I Semester-II
ELECTIVE-I ELECTIVE-III
1. Image Processing 1. Mobile Computing
2. Computer Network Design 2. Web Technology
and Modeling
3. Advanced Computer Programming 3. Cloud Computing
4. Data Mining Techniques 4. Cyber Security
and Applications
ELECTIVE-II ELECTIVE-IV (Open Elective)
1. Problem Solving with Gamification 1. Business Analytic and Intelligence
2. Pervasive Computing 2. Operations Research for Algorithms
in Scientific Applications
3. Embedded Security 3. Mobile Applications
4. Multidisciplinary NLP 4. Open Elective
Open Elective: The listed open electives or any other Elective that is being taught in the current semester
(semester-II) under the faculty of engineering or individual college and Industry can define new elective with
complete (6 units) syllabus using defined framework of Elective IV and GET IT APPROVED FROM THE
BOARD OF STUDIES (COMPUTER ENGINEERING) AND OTHER NECESSARY STATUTORY SYS-
TEMS IN THE SAVITRIBAI PHULE PUNE UNIVERSITY BEFORE 30th DECEMBER.
4
410441 Design and Analysis of Algorithms
Lectures: 3 Hrs/ Week In semester Assessment: 30
End Semester Assessment : 70
Course Objectives:
• To develop problem solving abilities using mathematical theories;
• To apply algorithmic strategies while solving problems;
• To develop time and space efficient algorithms;
• To study algorithmic examples in distributed, concurrent and parallel environments.
Course Outcomes:
• To survey algorithmic strategies give presentations using open source documentation tools like Latex and
soft skill methodologies.
• To write mathematical modeling of algorithms for problem solving.
• To develop SRS in the UG projects;
• To solve problems for multi-core or distributed or concurrent/Parallel/Embedded environments;
Unit Content Hrs

I Problem solving and Algorithmic Analysis 6
Problem solving principles: Classification of problem, problem solving
strategies, classification of time complexities (linear, logarithmic etc)
problem subdivision – Divide and Conquer strategy.
Asymptotic notations, lower bound and upper bound: Best case, worst case,
average case analysis, amortized analysis. Performance analysis of basic
programming constructs. Recurrences: Formulation and solving recurrence
equations using Master Theorem.
II Greedy and Dynamic Programming Algorithmic Strategies 6
Greedy strategy: Principle, control abstraction, time analysis of control
abstraction, knapsack problem, scheduling algorithms-Job scheduling and
activity selection problem.
Dynamic Programming: Principle, control abstraction, time analysis of
control abstraction, binomial coefficients, OBST, 0/1 knapsack, Chain Matrix
multiplication.
III Backtracking and Branch-n-Bound 8
Backtracking: Principle, control abstraction, time analysis of control
abstraction, 8-queen problem, graph coloring problem, sum of subsets
problem.
Branch-n-Bound: Principle, control abstraction, time analysis of control
abstraction, strategies – FIFO, LIFO and LC approaches, TSP, knapsack
problem.
IV Complexity Theory 6
Overview: Turing machine, polynomial and non-polynomial problems,
deterministic and non-deterministic algorithms, P class, NP class &
NP complete problems- vertex cover and 3-SAT and NP–hard problem –
Hamiltonian cycle. The menagerie of complexity classes of Turing degrees.
Concept of randomized and approximation algorithms: Solving TSP by
approximation algorithm, Randomized sort algorithms and Approximating
Max Clique.
V Parallel and Concurrent Algorithms 6
Parallel Algorithms: Sequential and parallel computing, RAM &
PRAM models, Amdahl’s Law, Brent’s theorem, parallel algorithm analysis
and optimal parallel algorithms, graph problems (shortest paths and
Minimum Spanning Tree, Bipartite graphs )
Concurrent Algorithms: Dining philosophers problem
5
VI Algorithmic Case-studies 8
Distributed Algorithms: Bully algorithm – method for dynamically
selecting a coordinator, all pair shortest path (Floyed-Warshall Algorithm),
Dijkstra-Scholten algorithm – detection of process termination, Buddy
memory algorithm – method to allocate memory.
Embedded Algorithms: Embedded system scheduling (power optimized
scheduling algorithm), sorting algorithm for embedded systems.
Internet of Things and Data Science Algorithms: Algorithms in IoT:
Cryptography Algorithms, Scheduling Algorithms, Data management Algorithms
and clustering, context management. Data Science Project Life Cycle(DSPLC),
Mathematical Considerations: Mathematical modeling, Optimization Methods, Adaptive
and Dynamic Algorithms and Numerical Analysis in IoT
Algorithms in Software Engineering: String matching algorithm-
Boyer-Moore algorithm KMP algorithm.
Text Books:
Sl. Text Books
No.
1. Horowitz and Sahani, ”Fundamentals of Computer Algorithms”, 2ND Edition.
University Press, ISBN: 978 81 7371 6126, 81 7371 61262.
2. Gilles Brassard and Paul Bartley, ”Fundamental of Algorithmics”, PHI, New Delhi.
3. Algorithms, Kenneth Berman and Jerome Paul, Cenage Learning,
ISBN-13 978-81-315-0521-2
Reference Books:
Sl. Reference Books
No.
1. Algorithms and Parallel Computing, Fayez Gebali, Willy, ISBN 978-0-470-90210-3
(Indian Paperback Edition)
2. Anany Levitin, ”Introduction to the Design and Analysis of Algorithms” Pearson
Education
3. Thomas H Cormen and Charles E.L Leiserson, ”Introduction to Algorithm” PHI
4. BoS Content: Books, Course Notes, Digital contents, Blogs developed by the BoS
for bridging the gaps in the syllabus, problem solving approaches and advances in the course
6
410442 Principles of Modern Compiler Design
Lectures: 4 Hrs/Week In semester Assessment: 30
Course Prerequisite:
• Fundamentals of Data structures
• Theory of Computation
• Concepts of Operating Systems
• Study of Programming Languages
Course Objectives:
• To write programs with concepts in assembling, parsing and compiling the target code for execution.
• To survey the systems and methods of compilation.
• To practice basic FOSS tools for compiler writing and expose the latest techniques and advances in
compiler.
• To verify and use concurrent, embedded and distributed compilation tools and techniques.
Course Outcomes:
• To write symbol tables, different types of grammars to solve problem of parsing.
• To design and write simple compiler using FOSS tools.
• To practice compiler tools in basic, concurrent, distributed and embedded environments.
• To survey and use latest trends and advances in compilers
Unit Content Hrs
I Notion and Concepts 6
Introduction to compilers – Design issues, passes, phases, symbol table
Preliminaries – Memory management, Operating system support for compiler,
Compiler support for garbage collection
Lexical Analysis – Tokens, Regular Expressions, Process of Lexical analysis, Block
Schematic, Automatic construction of lexical analyzer using LEX, LEX features and
specification
II Parsing 8
Syntax Analysis – CFG, top-down and bottom-up parsers, RDP, Predictive parser, SLR,
LR(1), LALR parsers, using ambiguous grammar, Error detection and recovery,
automatic construction of parsers using YACC, Introduction to Semantic analysis –
Need of semantic analysis, type checking and type conversion
III Syntax Translation Schemes 7
Syntax Directed Translation and Intermediate Code Generation – Attribute grammar, S
and L attributed grammar, bottom up and top down evaluations of S and L attributed
grammar, Intermediate code – need, types, Syntax directed translation scheme,
Intermediate code generation for - assignment statement, declaration statement,
Boolean expression, if-else statement, do -while statement, array assignment.
IV Code Generation and Optimization 8
Code Generation and Code Optimization – Issues in code generation, basic blocks,
flow graphs, DAG representation of basic blocks, Target machine description,
Register allocation and Assignment, Simple code generator, Code generation from
labeled tree, Concept of code generator.
Need for Optimization, local, global and loop optimization, Optimizing transformations
– compile time evaluation, common sub-expression elimination, variable propagation,
code movement, strength reduction, dead code elimination, DAG based local optimization,
peephole optimization, Introduction to global data flow analysis, Data flow equations
and iterative data flow analysis (only introduction expected)
7
V Functional and Logic Programs 7
Language Specific Compilation: Object Oriented languages – source language issues,
routines and activation, code generation and control flow
Functional languages - introduction to Functional Programs, basic compilation,
polymorphic type checking, desugaring , compiling to a register-oriented architectures
JavaCC (Chapter 13 of reference book 1)
VI Parallel and Distributed Compilers 8
Parallel programming models, Processes and threads, Shared variables
Message passing, Parallel Object Oriented languages, Tuple space, Automatic
parallelization
Introduction to advanced topics – JIT, Dynamic compilation, Interpreters (JVM/Dalvik),
Cross compilation using XMLVM, Case studies(self study): GCC, g++,
nmake,cmake. NVCC (case study for parallel compilation), LLVM
Text Books:
Sl.No. Text Books
1. A V Aho, R Sethi, J D Ullman, “Compilers: Principles, Techniques, and Tools”,
Pearson Edition, ISBN 81-7758-590-8
2. Dick Grune, Bal, Jacobs, Langendoen, Modern Compiler Design, Wiley,
ISBN 81-265-0418-8
Reference Books:
Sl.No. Reference Books
1. Compiler Construction Using Java, JavaCC and Yacc, Anthony J. Dos Reis, Wiley
ISBN 978-0-470-94959-7
2. K Muneeswaran, “Compiler Design”, Oxford University press, ISBN 0-19-806664-3
3. J R Levin, T Mason, D Brown, “Lex and Yacc”, O’Reilly, 2000 ISBN 81-7366-061-X
8
410443 Smart System Design and Applications

Course Objectives:
• To study multidisciplinary requirements of problem solving;
• To study concepts of Artificial Intelligence;
• To study smart systems programming and application development;

• To study examples in distributed, concurrent and parallel environments.
Course Outcomes:
• To write and survey solution for multidisciplinary case-study using mathematical modeling give presen-
tations using soft skills methodologies;
• To write and survey embedded systems applications using machine learning;
• To solve problems for multi-core or distributed, concurrent and embedded environments;
Unit Content Hrs
I Introduction to Intelligent Systems 4
Introduction, History, Foundations and Mathematical treatments, Problem solving
with AI, AI models, Learning aspects in AI, What is an intelligent Agents,
Rational agent, Environments types, types of Agents
II Problem-solving and Building Smart Systems 6
Problem solving process, Problem analysis and representation, Problem space and search,
Toy problems, real world problems, Problem reduction methods,
General Search algorithms, Uninformed Search methods, Informed (Heuristic) Search
Best-first, Greedy, A* search methods, Heuristic Functions, AO*, Local Search
Algorithms and optimization problems, Adversarial search methods,
Important concepts of Game theory, Game theory and knowledge structure, Game as a
search problem, Alpha-Beta Pruning, Stochastic Games,
Constraint Satisfaction Problem, CSP as search problem
III Knowledge, Reasoning, and Planning 7
Knowledge based agents, The Wumpus World, Logic, propositional logic, Representation
of knowledge using rules, Predicate logic, Unification and lifting, inference in FOL,
Forward Chaining, Backward Chaining, Resolution, Logic Programming.
Planning problem, Planning, Algorithms for Planning as State-Space Search, Planning
Graphs, simple planning agent, planning languages, blocks world problem, goal stack
planning, mean end analysis, progression planners, regression planners, partial
order planning, planning graphs, hierarchical planning, job shop scheduling problem,
Planning and Acting in the Real World, Hierarchical Planning, Multi-agent Planning,
Ontological Engineering, Categories and Objects, Events, Mental Events and Mental
Objects, Reasoning Systems for Categories, Reasoning with Default Information,
The Internet Shopping World
IV Uncertain Knowledge and Decision Theory 6
Uncertainty and methods, Basic Probability Notion, Inference Using Full Joint
Distributions, Bayesian probability and belief networks, Relational and First-
Order Probability Models, Other techniques in uncertainty and reasoning, Inference
in Temporal Models, Hidden Markov Models, Kalman Filters, Dynamic Bayesian
Networks, Decision network, Semi-constraint influence diagram, Decision making and
imperfect information, Combining Beliefs and Desires under Uncertainty, The Basis of
Utility Theory, Utility Functions, Multi-attribute Utility Functions, Decision
Networks, Decision-Theoretic Expert Systems
9
V Learning Tools, Techniques and Applications 7
Machine Learning Concepts, methods and models, Supervised Learning, unsupervised
and semi-supervised, Learning Decision Trees, Evaluating and Choosing
the Best Hypothesis, Artificial Neural Networks, Non-parametric Models, Support
Vector Machines, Ensemble Learning, empirical learning tasks, Explanation-Based
Learning, Inductive Logic Programming, Reinforcement Learning, Active Learning,
Learning based on limited information.
Building Smart systems using different learning techniques, smart system applications,
agent based concurrent engineering
VI Communicating, Perceiving, and Acting 6
Language Models, Text Classification, Information Retrieval, Information Extraction,
Phrase Structure Grammars, Syntactic Analysis (Parsing), Augmented Grammars and
Semantic Interpretation, Machine Translation, Speech Recognition, Image Formation
and object recognition, Early Image-Processing Operations, Object Recognition by
Appearance, Reconstructing the 3D World, Object Recognition from Structural
Information, Using Vision, Robot Hardware, Robotic Perception, Planning to Move,
Planning Uncertain Movements, Robotic Software Architectures, Application Domains
Text Books:
Sl.No. Text Books
1. Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig (1995), Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach,”
Third edition, Pearson, 2003.
2. Shai shalev-shwartz, Shai Ben-David: Understanding Machine Learning from Theory to
algorithms, Cambridge University Press, ISBN-978-1-107-51282-5, 2014.
Reference Books:
1. Artificial Intelligence by Elaine Rich, Kevin Knight and Nair, TMH
10
410444A Elective-I: Image Processing

Course Objectives:
• To study image processing concepts;
• To study mathematics and algorithms for image processing;
• To study applications in image processing;

Course Outcomes:
• To survey image processing techniques, FOSS tools and related mathematics.
• To write image processing programs with applying concepts using open source tools;
• To solve Image Processing problems using multi-core or distributed, concurrent/Parallel environments.
Unit Content Hrs

I Introduction to Image processing 6
Introduction, Image sampling and quantization, Resolution, Human visual system,
Classification of digital images, Image types(optical and microwave), Elements of
an image processing system, Image file formats(tiff, jpeg, ico, ceos, png, raster
image format), Introduction to OpenCV tool to Open and display Images using Python or
Eclipse C/CPP.
II Image Enhancement Thresholding, Segmentation, Watershed Segmentation, Edge-based 6
Segmentation, Fuzzy Segmentation Spatial domain techniques – Image Negative,
Contrast stretching, gray level slicing, bit plane slicing, histogram and
histogram equalization, local enhancement technique, image subtraction and
image average, low–pass spatial filters, median filtering, high-pass spatial filter,
derivative filters,Frequency domain techniques- Ideal low-pass filter,
butterworth low-pass filter, High-pass filter, Homo-morphic filters.
III Image Analysis 8
Image segmentation- Classification of image segmentation techniques: Watershed
Segmentation, Edge-based Segmentation, Fuzzy Segmentation, region approach,
clustering techniques, thresholding , edge-based, classification of edges and
edge detection, watershed transformation
Feature Extraction- Boundary representation( Chain code, B-spline representation,
fourier descriptor) Region representation(Area, Euler number, Eccentricity, Shape
matrix, moment based descriptor), texture based features
IV Image Compression and Object recognition 8
Introduction to Image compression and its need, Coding redundancy, classification
of compression techniques(Lossy and lossless- JPEG, RLE, Huffman, Shannon fano),
scalar and vector quantization
Object Recognition – Need, Automated object recognition system, pattern and pattern
class, relationship between image processing and object recognition, approaches
to object recognition
V Medical Imaging 6
Medical Image obtained with ionizing radiation- medical imaging modalites, images
from X–rays,Gamma rays, Dose and Risk,
Medical Image obtained with non-ionizing radiation: Ultrasound imaging, magnetic
resonance imaging, PACS,
3D visualization: Image visualization, Surface and volume rendering, Virtual reality,
Dental & Digital X-Ray Processing, RBC Image Processing, 3-D Visualization
11
VI Remote sensing Imaging 6
Definition of Remote sensing, Remote sensing process, Photogrammetry, Electromagnetic
spectrum, Interaction with atmosphere,Recording of energy by sensor, Transmission,
Reception and Processing, Atmospheric sensors, Active remote sensors, Passive microwave
remote sensing, Satellite Images,Visual Image Interpretation: Introduction,
Remote sensing data products, Image interpretation, Elements of visual image
interpretation, Interpretation keys, Thermal and Radar image interpretation,
Pre-processing,Application of Remote Processing.
Text Books:
Sl.No. Text Books
1. Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing, Anil K. Jain, PHI,
ISBN 81-203-0929-4
2. Digital Image Processing for Medical Applications, Geoff Dougherty,
Cambridge University Press, ISBN: 978-0-521-18193-8.
3. Digital Image processing by S.Jayaraman, McGraw Hills Publication
4. Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing by S. Annadurai, Pearson publication
5. Digital Image Processing for Medical Applications by Geoff Dougherty,
Cambridge university press
6. Remote sensing and GIS by Basudeb Bhatia, 2nd edition, OXFORD University press.
Chapter [1,5,9,12]
Reference Books:
1. Handbook of Medical Imaging, Processing and Analysis, Academic Press,
ISBN 0-12-077790-8 (PDF Book)
2. Essential Image Processing and GIS for Remote Sensing, Jian Guo Liu
Phillippa Mason, ISBN 978-0-470-51032-2
12
410444B Elective-I: Computer Network Design and Modeling

Course Objectives:
• To expose students to the area of network design, modeling and analysis.
• To expose students to the complete life cycle of the network design.
• To motivate students to think performance perspective towards design & analysis of the computer net-
work.
• To expose students to the various open source network design tools.
Course Outcomes:
• To design, model and analyze computer network.
• To practice using FOSS tools for network design, modeling and analysis.
• To solve problems for multi-core or distributed, concurrent/Parallel environments.
Unit Content Hrs

I Introduction, requirement analysis: concepts 8
Overview of network analysis and design process, System description and methodology,
Service description and characteristics, performance characteristics, requirement
analysis (user, application, device, network, other) concepts, requirement
specification and map.
II Requirement Analysis: process 6
Requirement gathering and analysis (developing service metrics, characterizing behavior,
Developing RMA, delay, capacity, performance requirements, Environment-Specific
Thresholds and Limit, Requirements Mapping)
III Flow analysis and Network architecture 6
Identifying and Developing Flows, Data Sources and Sinks, Flow Models, Flow
Prioritization & specification, examples of flow analysis, Component Architectures,
Reference Architecture, Architectural Models, Systems and Network Architectures.
IV Addressing, routing and Network management architecture 8
Addressing Mechanisms, Routing Mechanisms, Addressing Strategies, Routing
Strategies,Architectural Considerations of addressing, Network Management
Mechanisms, Architectural Considerations of network management.
V Network Performance and Design 6
Developing Goals for Performance, Performance Mechanisms, Architectural
Considerations, Design Process, Vendor, Equipment, and Service-Provider
Evaluations, Network Layout, Design Traceability, Design Metrics.
VI Tools for Network Design, Modeling and Analysis 6
Discrete event simulation, modeling for computer simulation, NS-3 or latest version
or equivalent, modeling network elements, Simulating a Computer Network, Smart
Pointers, Representing Packets, Object Aggregation, Events in NS–3 or latest version
or equivalent, Compiling and Running the Simulation, Animating the Simulation,
Scalability with Distributed Simulation, Emulation Capabilities, Analyzing the Results,
Overview of OMNet.
Text Books:
Sl.No. Text Books
1. James D. McCabe, ”Network Analysis, Architecture, and Design”, Morgan Kaufmann
Publisher (ELSEVIER), 3rd edition
2. Wehrle, Klaus, Günes, Mesut, Gross, James, ”Modeling and Tools for Network Simulation”,
Springer, ISBN: 978-3-642-12330-6
13
Reference Books:
1. Priscilla Oppenheimer, ”Top Down Network Design”, 3rd Edition, Cisco Press
14
410444C Elective-I: Advanced Computer Programming

Course Objectives:
• To survey advanced computer programming technologies and give presentation using soft skill and FOSS
tools.
• To write programs using advanced programming tools, data technologies, sensors, multimedia data.
• Write applications using the concept of Object Distribution and invoking its services remotely in Dis-
tributed environment
• To study algorithmic examples in distributed, concurrent and parallel environments
Course Outcomes:
• To present a survey on building blocks of advance programming tools.

• To practice programming problems using advance open source programming tools.
Unit Content Hrs

I Distributed Programming 8
Introduction, Simple Lock, Bounded Buffer, Message-Passing Services,Distributed Lock
Service:- Distributed Lock using Timestamps,Object-Transfer Service: Object Transfer
using Path Reversal,Distributed Shared Memory Service:- A Single-Copy Distributed
Shared Memory, A Multi-Copy Distributed Shared Memory.
II Java Programming Concepts 6
Relflections, Boxing and Unboxing, Object serialization and Deserialization,
Important Java Utility classes (StringTokenizer, Observable), Java Collection
framework (LinkedList, ArrayList,Sets, Hashsets, Treeset, Hashmap,Treemap,
Vectors, Stack, Dictionary,Hashtable, Itrators)
III SOA and Programming 8
Service defined, Role/Use of service in Cloud based environment, Service
Orchestration and Distribution. Introduction to RMI (Remote Method Invocation),
SOAP, Servlet, WSDL,Developing Web services using Java. Introduction to
Enterprise Java Beans(EJBs): Concept of Entity Beans, Message Beans and Session
Beans with one example each of word count program.
IV Web Programming 6
HTML and Java Script Programming: Embedding JS in HTML, Handling Events,
Variables in JS, Creating Objects uing JS, Operators, Control flow statements,
Functions, JDBC, JSP, Web Architecture models, MVC Architecture Models,
advantages of JSP over Servlets, Tag based approach, JSP architecture, JSP
life Cycle, Creating simple JSP Page, JSTL, JDBC features, JDBC APTs,JDBC
Classes and Interfaces,Implementing
JDBC Processes with MongoDB, system.js collection for MongoDB, AJAX: Creating
sample AJAX Application, Document Object Model, JS and AJAX, Implementing AJAX
frameworks.
V Hadoop Programming 6
Data Science, in-memory analytics, in-database processing, symmetric multi-processing
systems(SMP), Massively parallel Processing, difference between parallel and
Distributed Systems,Shared memory, shared disk, Shared Nothing Architecture(SNA),
advantages of SNA, CAP Theorem, NoSQL, NewSQL,
Features and Advantages of Hadoop, Hadoop Ecosystem, RDBMS verses Hadoop,
Hadoop Distributions: Hadoop, HDFS, HDFS Daemons,File read, File write,
Hadoop YARN, Word-Count Program
15
VI Advanced Tools, Techniques and Applications 6
Processing data with Hadoop, MapReduce Daemons, Concept of Mapper, Reducer,
Combiner, Partitioner, Searching and Sorting using MapReduce, Map-Reduce
working and example: Word count MapReduce programming using Java, MongoDB
and MapReduce function, Pig: features, anatomy, Pig on Hadoop, ETL Processing,
Data types and Complex data types in Pig, Running Pig: Interaction, Batch Modes,
Execution modes of Pig: Local and MapReduce Modes, HDFS Commands, Relational
Operators, EVAL function, UDF, Parameter Substitution, Diagnostic Operators,
Word Count example using Pig.
Text Books:
Sl.No. Text Books
1. Distributed Programming, Theory and Practice by Shankar and A. Udaya
2. Seema Acharya, S. Chellapan, BIG DATA and Analytics, Wiley, 2015,
ISBN:978-81-245-5478-2
3. Web Technologies: HTML, JS, PHP, Java, JSP, ASP.NET, XML, AJAX,
Black Book, DreamTech, ISBN: 978-81-7722-997-4
Reference Books:
1. Java Complete Reference by Herbert Schidlt
2. Hadoop : The Definitive Guide.
16
410444D Elective-I: Data Mining Techniques and Applications

Requisites: TE Database Management System and Applications, Data warehouse, OLTP
Course Objectives:
• To understand Data Mining Concepts.
• To understand Data Mining needs and Application.
• To study concepts of pattern based data mining for decision making.

Course Outcomes:
• To present survey on different learning, classification and data mining foundations.
• To write programs and methods for data Mining applications.
• To solve problems for multi-core or distributed, concurrent/Parallel environments
Unit Content Hrs

I Introduction, Knowledge of Data, Data Processing 6
Data mining described, need, kinds of pattern and technologies, issues in mining,
KDD vs data mining, machine learning concepts, OLAP, knowledge representation,
data pre-processing – cleaning, integration, reduction, transformation and
discretization, application with mining aspect example like weather prediction.
II Concepts of frequent patterns, Associations and Correlation 4
Market Basket Analysis, Frequent item set, Closed item set & Association Rules,
mining multilevel association rules, constraint based association rule mining,
Apriori Algorithm, FP Growth Algorithm.
III Classification 8
Introduction, classification requirements, methods of supervised learning,
decision trees- attribute selection, tree pruning, ID3, scalable decision tree
techniques, rule extraction from decision tree, Regression, Bayes classification –
Bayes theorem, Naı̈ve Bayes classification, metrics for performance evaluation,
KNN approach with Case study.
IV Clustering 5
Cluster analysis, distance measures, partitioning methods – k-means, k-medoids,
hierarchical methods – single-link, complete-link, centroid, average link,
agglomerative method.
V Text and Web Mining 8
Text mining: Text Data Analysis and Information Retrieval, Dimensionality Reduction
for Text, Feature vector, Bag of words, Tf-idf, Text Mining Approaches,
Web mining: Introduction, web content mining, web usage mining, web structure mining,
web crawlers.
VI Reinforcement Learning and Big Data Mining 5
Reinforcement learning- Introduction to reinforcement and wholistic learning,
multi-perspective decision making for Big data and multi-perspective learning
for big data, Advanced techniques for big data mining.
Text Books:
Sl.No. Text Books
1. Jiawei Han, Micheline Kamber, “Data mining: concepts and techniques”, Morgan Kaufmann
Publisher, second edition
2. G. K. Gupta , “Introduction to Data mining with case studies”, PHI, second edition
17
Reference Books:
1. Saumen Charkrobarti, “Mining the Web Discovering Knowledge from Hypertext Data”.
2. M. Dunham, “Data mining: Introductory and Advanced topics”, Pearson Education, 2003.
18
410445A Elective-II:Problem Solving with Gamification

Course Objectives:
• To develop problem solving abilities using gamification
• To apply gamifications for Web Applications
• To apply gamifications for Mobile Applications
Course Outcomes:
• To write survey on the gamification paradigms.
• To write programs to solve problems using gamification and open source tools.
• To solve problems for multi-core or distributed, concurrent/Parallel environments
Unit Content Hrs

I Gaming Foundations 6
Introduction, Resetting Behavior, Replaying History, Gaming foundations: Fun Quotient,
Evolution by loyalty, status at the wheel, the House always wins.
II Developing Thinking 6
Re-framing Context: Communicology, Apparatus, and Post-history, Concepts Applied to
Video games and Gamification, Rethinking ’playing the game’ with Jacques Henriot,
To Play Against: Describing Competition in Gamification, Player Motivation: Powerful
Human Motivators, Why People Play, Player types, Social Games, Intrinsic verses
Extrinsic Motivation, Progression to Mastery.
Case studies for Thinking: Tower of Hanoi.
III Opponent Moves in Gamification 8
Reclaiming Opposition: Counter gamification, Gamed Agencies: Affectively Modulating
Our Screen-and App-Based Digital Futures, Remodeling design, Game Mechanics,
Designing for Engagement, Case study of Maze Problem.
IV Game Design 8
Game Mechanics and Dynamics: Feedback and Re-enforcement, Game Mechanics in
depth, Putting it together, Case study of 8 queens problem.
V Advanced tools, techniques 6
Gamification case Studies, Coding basic game Mechanics
VI Advanced tools, techniques and applications 6
Instant Gamification Platforms, Mambo.io(Ref:http://mambi.io), Installation and use of
BigDoor (Open Source http://bigdoor.com),ngageoint/gamification-server (ref:
https://github.com/ngageoint/gamification-server)
Text Books:
Sl.No. Text Books
1. http://projects.digital-cultures.net/meson-press/files/2014/06/9783957960016-rethinking
-gamification.pdf, ISBN (PDF): 978-3-95796-001-6,
Mathias Fuchs, Sonia Fizek,Paolo Ruffino, Niklas Schrape, Rethinking Gamification,
Meson Press, ISBN (Print): 978-3-95796-000-9
2. ftp://ftp.ivacuum.ru/i/WooLF/% 5B2011%5D%20Gamification%20by%20Design.pdf,
Gabe Zechermann, Christopher Cunningham, Gamification Design, Oreilly,
ISBN: 978-1-449-39767-8.
Reference Books:
1. http://press.etc.cmu.edu/files/MobileMediaLearning-DikkersMartinCoulter-web.pdf
19
410445B Elective-II: Pervasive Computing

Course Objectives:
• To introduce pervasive computing abilities.
• To introduce tools and techniques used while solving problems using pervasive computing.

Course Outcomes:
• To present a survey on pervasive computing building blocks.
• To create presentations using pervasive computing techniques and devices.
Unit Content Hrs

I Introduction to Pervasive Computing 7
Concept of Distributed Computing, Mobile Computing, Pervasive Computing,
Wearable Computing, Modeling the Key Ubiquitous/Pervasive Computing
Properties (Ref: WileyUC), Mobile Adaptive Computing (Ref: TMH),
Mobility Management and Caching (Ref:TMH)
II Pervasive Computing Devices 7
Smart Environment : CPI and CCI (Smart Devices : Application and Requirements
(Ref:Wiley UC), Device Technology and Connectivity (Ref: Pearson PC),
Human Computer Interaction (Ref: Unit III,Wiley UC)
III Human Computer Interaction 6
Explicit HCI, Implicit HCI, User Interface and Interaction for four hand-held
widely used devices, Hidden UI via basic smart devices, Hidden UI via wearable
and Implanted devices, Human centered design, user models (ref: Wiley UC)
IV Middleware for Pervasive 7
Adaptive middleware, Context aware middleware, Mobile middleware, Service
Discovery, Mobile Agents (Ref: Gupta TMH; Chapter 4, 5, 6)
V Security in Pervasive Computing 6
Security and Privacy in Pervasive Networks, Experimental Comparison of
Collaborative Defense Strategies for Network Security.
VI Challenges and Outlook 6
Overview of challenges, smart devices, Smart Interaction, Smart physical
environment device interaction, Smart human-device interaction, Human
Intelligence versus machine intelligence, social issues.
Case Study- Wearable Computing/ Cyber Physical System.
Text Books:
Sl.No. Text Books
1. Stefan Poslad, Ubiquitous Computing, Smart devices, environment and interaction, Wiley.
2. Frank Adelstein, Sandeep Gupta, Golden Richard III, Loren Schwiebert, Fundamentals
of Mobile and Pervasive Computing, Tata McGraw Hills
Reference Books:
1. Jochen Burkhardt, Horst Henn, Stefan Hepper, Klaus Rindtorff, Thomas Schaeck,
Pervasive Computing, Pearson, Eighteenth Impression, 2014.
20
410445C Elective-II: Embedded Security

Course Objectives:
• To learn Embedded Security in Portable Computing
• To Learn advances in security in Embedded Technology, IoT
• To study algorithmic examples in distributed environments

Course Outcomes:
• To write a survey on the embedded security concepts and technologies.
• To write programs using open source embedded technologies.
• To create presentation for solving Embedded Security problems
Unit Content Hrs
I Introduction 6
Cyber security in mobile edge: Three pillars of Mobile Computing, BYOD, Incident
Case Study: eBay Data Breach, Target Data Breach, OpenSSL Heartbleed; Strong
Authentication, Network Management, Boot Integrity, Hardware-Based Protection,
Open-Source Software Best Practice, Third-Party Software Best Practice, Security
Development Life cycle, CVSS and its limitations.
II Embedded Solutions: from Management to Security 8
Management Engine Overview, Platform and System Management, Intel AMT Overview,
The Engine’s Evolvement: from Management to Security, Security Applications at a
Glance: EPID, PAVP, IPT and Boot Guard; Virtual Security Core: ARM Trust zone:
secure and non-secure modes, memory isolation, bus isolation, physical verses
virtual isolation . Management Engine vs. Intel AMT,Intel AMT vs. Intel vPro
Technology. Building blocks of the security and the management engine: Random
number generation, Message Authentication, RSA, Digital Signature, Secure storage,
debugging.
III Safeguarding itself 8
Access to host memory, Security Requirements, Threat Analysis and Mitigation,
Published Attacks: Introducing Ring-3 Rootkits.
Intel’s Enhanced Privacy Identification (EPID):
Redefining Privacy for the Mobile Age, Processor Serial Number, EPID,
Sign and Message Authentication(SIGMA)), Implementation of EPID, Applications
of EPID, Next generation of EPID
IV Booting 6
Introduction, Boot attack: Evil Maid, BIOS and UEFI,BIOS alteration, Software
Replacement, rooting, Trusted Platform Module (TPM), Field Programmable Fuses
Intel Boot Guard, Measured Boot, Verified Boot. TPM Overview, Intel Platform
Trust Technology, Integrated vs. Discrete TPM.
V Hardware-Based Content Protection Technology 6
Introduction, Rights protections, Digital rights management (DRM), End-to-End
Content Protection, Intel’s Hardware-Based Content Protection, Intel Wireless
Display, HDCP, Content Protection on TrustZone;
Dynamically Loaded Applications:Closed-Door Model, Dynamic Application Loader
(DAL) Overview, DAL Architecture, DAl Security Considerations.
VI Embedded Technology: Identity Protection Technology 6
Isolated Computing Environment, Security-Hardening Measures, Basic Utilities
of embedded security, Anonymous Authentication and Secure Session Establishment,
Protected Input and Output, Dynamic Application Loader(DAL), Summary of Firmware
Ingredients, Software Guard Extensions, Intel Unifies and Simplifies Connectivity,
Security for IoT, Embedded Security for Internet of Things(Ref 2)
21
Text Books:
Sl.No. Text Books
1. Xiaoyu Ruan, Platform Embedded Security Technology Revealed, APress Open, 2014
ISBN 978-1-4302-6571-9
ebook: Platform Embedded Security Technology Revealed pdf
Reference Books:
1. Edward Lee, Sanjit Seshia, Introduction to Embedded Systems: A Cyber physical Systems
Approach, ISBN 978-0-557-70857-4
2. Digital Content: Arijit Ukil,Jaydip Sen, Sripad Koilakonda,Embedded Security for
Internet of Things, Innovation labs TCS, IEEEXplore
22
410445D Elective-II: Multidisciplinary NLP
Course Objectives:
• To develop problem solving abilities using Mathematics
• To apply algorithmic strategies while solving problems
• To develop time and space efficient algorithms
Course Outcomes:
• To present a survey on NLP and Machine learning paradigms.
• to write programs using NLP open source tools.
• To create presentation for applying NLP for multi-core or distributed, concurrent/Parallel environments.
Unit Content Hrs
I Natural Language Processing 6
Theories of Parsing, Parsing Algorithms; Robust and Scalable Parsing on Noisy Text
as in Web documents; Hybrid of Rule Based and Probabilistic Parsing; Scope Ambiguity
and Ambiguity resolution. Lexical Knowledge Networks, Metaphors
II Advanced Natural Language Processing 6
Automatic Morphology Learning , Named Entities; Maximum Entropy Models;
Random Fields, Estimation Techniques, and Language Modeling , Parsing and
Syntax, The EM Algorithm in NLP , Stochastic Tagging, and Log-Linear Models,
Probabilistic Similarity Measures and Clustering , Machine Translation,
Discourse Processing: Segmentation
III Machine Learning and NLP 8
Finite State Machine Based Morphology; Automatic Morphology Learning; Finite
State Machine Based Morphology , Unsupervised Methods in NLP, Introduction to
HMM, HMM Ergodic models, Morphology, Graphical Models for Sequence Labeling in
NLP, Probabilistic parsing; sequence labeling, Forward Backward probability;
Viterbi Algorithm
IV Introduction to Speech Communication 6
Speech Communication : Biology of Speech Processing The Acoustics and Acoustic
Analysis of Speech , Linguistic level, Physiological level, Acoustic level,
Auditory physiology, The Physiology of Speech Production ,Sentence-level Phenomena,
The Perception of Speech, Speech Disorders and Development, Speech Synthesis
V Multidisciplinary Natural Language Processing 6
Lexical Knowledge Networks, WordNet Theory; Indian Language WordNets and
Multilingual Dictionaries; Semantic Roles, Word Sense Disambiguation
Multilinguality, Metaphors
VI Advanced tools, techniques and applications of NLP 8
Sentiment Analysis; Text Entailment; Robust and Scalable Machine Translation;
Question Answering in Multilingual Setting; Cross Lingual Information Retrieval,
Some applications like machine translation, database interface, Programming
language Python Natural Language Tool Kit (NLTK), NLP applications in
web mining and text mining.
Text Books:
Sl.No. Text Books
1. Jurafsky, David, and James H. Martin. Speech and Language Processing: An Introduction
to Natural Language Processing, Computational Linguistics and Speech Recognition.
Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice-Hall, 2000. ISBN: 0130950696.
2. Manning, Christopher D., and Hinrich Schütze. Foundations of Statistical Natural Language
Processing. Cambridge, MA: 1999. ISBN: 0262133601.
3. Stevens, K. N. Acoustic Phonetics. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1999. ISBN: 9780262194044
23
Reference Books:
1. Flanagan, J. L. Speech Analysis, Synthesis and Perception. 2nd ed. New York, NY:
Springer-Verlag, 1972. ISBN: 9780387055619.
2. Kent, Raymond D., Bishnu S. Atal, and Joanne L. Miller, eds. Papers in Speech
Communication: Speech Production.New York,NY: Acoustical Society of America,1991.
ISBN: 9780883189580.
3. G. Chirchia and S. McConnell Ginet.Meaning and Grammar, MIT Press, 1990.
4. Jaes Allen.Natural Language Understanding, Benjamin-Cummins, 1987.
24
410446 Computer Laboratory-I

Practicals: 4 Hrs/Week Oral Assessment: 50
Practical Assessment : 50
Course Objectives:
• To develop problem solving abilities using Mathematical Modeling
• To apply algorithmic strategies, Software Engineering and Testing while solving problems

Course Outcomes:
• To write efficient mathematical design, analysis and testing of algorithmic assignments.
• To debug and demonstrate the Testing of functioning using Software Engineering for OO-programming.
• To write programs using advanced FOSS tools and technologies

• To write test case using multi-core or distributed, concurrent/Parallel environments.
Tools:
64-bit Fedora or equivalent OS with 64-bit Intel-i5/ i7 or latest higher processor computers,
FOSS tools, LEX, YACC, DAG, iburg, XMLVM, Intel Internet of Things (IoT) Developer Kit or
Intel Galileo board or BBB or Open Source equivalent, VxWorks , R the real-time operating
system (RTOS) for IoT, NS3,scala, Sqoop, Pig(Latin, Compiler), Hive, HDFS, HBase.
Evaluation and Term-work Assessment Method: Practical, Oral and Term work Assessment Scheme
guidelines are to be used for evaluation.
A. Each Assignment/Class Designed must have Mathematical modeling using relevant Divide-n-Conquer
strategies to be assessed for 10% of the Marks (Paper Work/Digital Write-up);
B. In A above, an ability demonstrated for eliminating the redundant Conditional statements is to be
evaluated for the 20% of the marks(Paper Work/Digital Write-up).
C. In A above, an ability demonstrated for eliminating the redundant Loops statements is to be evaluated
for the 20% of the marks(Paper Work/Digital Write-up).
D. The functioning of the programs is to be demonstrated by Black-Box Testing for 10% of the Marks;
E. White-Box Walk through Testing methods for 10% of the marks;
F. Positive-Negative testing for 10% of the marks;
G. In addition to these testing methods, student must select one of the advanced Software Testing method
currently practiced in the Industry which is suitable for the functional assignment of the Reliability for
10% of the marks.
H. 10% of the marks are to be given for the Oral Questions using above.
I. 10% of the marks are to be given for the output generated for the practical/Oral/Term work.
J. The assessment as above is to be done by a pair of examiners as per prevailing rules of SPPU examination
and items A,B,E by Examiner 1 and items C,D,F by Examiner 2 and items G,H,I to be assessed Jointly;
K. Latex or its equivalent be used to generate the document to be stored in the Read-only Digital Media
as a term-work/Digital Journal after checking, removing/ avoiding the plagiarism. Give an additional
assignment per assignment reporting plagiarism to be submitted in the journal under the heading extra-
work.
25
L. Examination to be conducted on the assignments performed (Group A and Group-B).
Laboratory Assignments:
• Group A (Mandatory Six Assignments)
1. Using Divide and Conquer Strategies design a function for Binary Search using C++/ Java/ Python/
Scala.
2. Using Divide and Conquer Strategies design a class for Concurrent Quick Sort using C++.
3. Lexical analyzer for sample language using LEX.
4. Parser for sample language using YACC.
5. Int code generation for sample language using LEX and YACC.
Elective-I A. Design a class using C++ to read a gray scale TIFF image file of a dental digital X-Ray or Medical X-Ray
or an Areal view Image, design Class to calculate histogram to return a CList, Design ImageDisplay class
to display historam of a image.
Elective-I B. A company has three offices at remote locations with requirement of interoperability with remote services.
Each office has a server, TCP/IP and different users including administrator, privileged users and common
clients. Design a network model for the same. Demonstrate the network model using NS3.
Elective-I C. Write a java program to multiply 64-bit numbers using shared memory, java collection framework and
java utilities.
Elective-I D. Implement a simple approach for k-means/ k-medoids clustering using C++.
• Group B (Any Six Assignments: atleast 3 from the selected Elective)All assignments must
be covered in a students batch of laboratory.
1. 8-Queens Matrix is Stored using JSON/XML having first Queen placed, use back-tracking to place
remaining Queens to generate final 8-queen’s Matrix using Python.
2. Concurrent Implementation of traveling salesman problem.
3. Implementation of 0-1 knapsack problem using branch and bound approach.
4. Code optimization using DAG.
5. Code generation using DAG / labeled tree.
6. Generating abstract syntax tree using LEX and YACC.
7. Implementing recursive descent parser for sample language.
8. Write a program to implement SLR Parsing algorithm using Python for the ordered input Set in XML
{ P→ E, E→E+T, E→T, T→T*F, T→F, F→(E), F→i, END. }
Elective-I A1 Implement histogram equalization without the use of FOSS Eclipse-OpenCV library functions and com-
pare its performance to OpenCV library function with Eclipse.
Elective-I A2 Implement adaptive thresholding of a gray scale image and compare its performance with ordinary thresh-
olding .
Elective-I A3 Perform a two dimensional Butterworth low-pass and high-pass filter of the given image for two different
cut-off frequencies.
Elective-I A4 Perform Image segmentation using watershed /fuzzy/clustering segmentation technique.
Elective-I A5 Perform any two boundary/region based feature extraction techniques for object recognition.
Elective-I B1 Write a program in python to calculate end-to-end packet delay for ethernet, 802.11 and 802.15.4 and
compare the results. End-to-end packet delay should include processing delay, queuing delay, transmission
delay and propagation delay.
26
Elective-I B2 Write a program in Java to analyze M/D/1 (Random Arrivals, constant service time distribution and 1
server) for data wireless networks and calculate channel utilization and throughput.
Elective-I B3 Write a program using Embedded Java to find CMST using Esau-Williams Algorithm use wireless net-
works.
Elective-I B4 For wireless routing, design and compare distributed Bellman-Ford algorithm and Dijkstra’s algorithm
use FOSS Eclipse C++/ Java/ Python/ Scala for programming.
Elective-I B5 The class rooms and laboratories are connected through a distributed network having ’n’ nodes with
security cameras (IP-based) along with the other sensors such as thumb marks of attendance. Design
a network for your college for security management and attendance management. The departments are
connected in a bipartite graph and Heads are connected to the administrative offices of the college. Design
a network and test it the efficient data handling by different entities. Develop a model to demonstrate
Dijkstra’s algorithm for sampling the data. Use Python and NS3.
Elective-I C1 For a text message of 150 words, Huffman Codes are to be produced and transmitted through a messaging
system or a blog. Use Python or Java Script/Java Beens to transfer such message from one user to another
on a web/intranet.
Elective-I C2 For a text message of 150 words, Huffman Codes are to be produced and transmitted through a messaging
system or a blog. Use Python or Java Script/Java Beens/Scala to transfer such message from one user
to another on a web/intranet, Develop a mobile APP.
Elective-I C3 Write a program using Sqoop to transfer the Digital Library Book Data and related linked to multime-
dia/PDF files stored using MySQL to HDFS and from HDFS to MySQL.
Elective-I C4 Write a program using Hive to create a summarization and data analysis queries on the Digital Library
Book Data.
Elective-I C5 Write a MapReduce program using Java/Python/Scala to arrange the data on userid, then with in the
user id sort them in increasing or decreasing order of hit count of accession number demanded by students
using digital library.
Elective-I D1 Using any similarity based techniques develop an application to classify text data. Perform pre-processing
tasks as per requirement.
Elective-I D2 Implement Apriori approach for datamining to organize the data items on a shelf using following table
of items purchased in a Mall
Transaction ID Item1 Item2 Item3 Item4 Item 5 Item6
T1 Mango Onion Jar Key-chain Eggs Chocolates
T2 Nuts Onion Jar Key-chain Eggs Chocolates
T3 Mango Apple Key-chain Eggs - -
T4 Mango Toothbrush Corn Key-chain Chocolates -
T5 Corn Onion Onion Key-chain Knife Eggs
Elective-I D3 Implement Decision trees on Digital Library Data to mirror more titles(PDF) in the library application,
compare it with Naı̈ve Bayes algorithm.
Elective-I D4 Implement Naı̈ve Bayes for Concurrent/Distributed application. Approach should handle categorical and
continuous data.
Elective-I D5 Implementation of K-NN approach take suitable example.
• Group C (Any One Assignment)
1. Code generation using “iburg” tool.
2. Cross compilation using XMLVM.

3. Generate Huffman codes for a gray scale 8 bit image.
4. Simulate JPEG like compression on a grayscale image and report the compression ratio.
27
Text Books:
Sl.No. Text Books
1. Laboratory Manual generated by the Laboratory Teachers of the respective college,
in the Term-work Format; to be assessed and approved by the BoS
2. Content in Digital Library
28
410447 Computer Laboratory-II

Practicals: 4 Hrs/Week Term Work Assessment: 50
Oral Assessment : 50
Course Objectives:
• To develop problem solving abilities for smart devices.
• To develop problem solving abilities for gamifications.
• To develop problem solving abilities of pervasiveness,embedded security and NLP.
Course Outcomes:
• To write mathematical modeling for problem solving.
• To write programs for smart devices using FOSS Tools.
• To write Programs for gamifications.
• To write test cases to solve problems for pervasiveness,embedded security and NLP applications.
• To write test cases for multi-core or distributed, concurrent/Parallel environments
Tools:
64-bit Fedora or equivalent OS with 64-bit Intel-i5/i7 or latest higher processor computers,
Intel Galileo board or BBB or Open Source equivalent, VxWorks , R the real-time operating
system (RTOS) for IoT, NS3, Scala, Python
10% of the marks.
29
K. Latex or its equivalent be used to generate the document to be stored in the Read-only Digital Media as a
term-work/Digital Journal as per BoS format of Term work Submission after checking, removing/ avoiding
the plagiarism. Give an additional assignment per assignment reporting plagiarism to be submitted in
the journal under the heading extra-work.
1. Implementation of any 2 uninformed search methods with some application.
2. Write a program to perform profile translation-based proactive adaptation using context management
in smartphones. Objective of this assignment is to automatically generates user’s profile according to
the scenarios using machine learning approaches. System should allow to keep user’s full profile in user
domain resulting into centralizing or exchanging the profile information with increase in the consistency
of profile information. .
3. Implement A* approach for any suitable application.
4. Implementation of Unification algorithm

5. Implement Naive Bayes to predict the work type for a person with following parameters: age: 30,
Qualification: MTech, Experience: 8
Following table provides the details of the available data:
Work Type Age Qualification Experience
Consultancy 30 Ph.D. 9
Service 21 MTech. 1
Research 26 MTech. 2
Service 28 BTech. 10
Consultancy 40 MTech. 14
Research 35 Ph.D. 10
Research 27 BTech. 6
Service 32 MTech. 9
Consultancy 45 Btech. 17
Research 36 Ph.D. 7
Elective-II A. Implementation of any 2 informed search methods for a Three LPG companies that wants to install a
gas pipe-line between five cities. The cost of pipeline installation is given in a table maintained using
XML/JSON use C++/ Python/ Java/ Scala with Eclipse for the application. Calculate time and space
complexities. Use concepts of gamification, define necessary rules of the gamification.
Elective-II B. A Pizza shop chain wants to automate dishes served with schemes or without scheme and delivered
by the nearest shop in a chain. Use pervasive computing paradime to develop a web-application using
Embedded Java/ Pythone/ Scala so that the order be delivered to the customer within 10 minutes. Use
XML/JSON to store the data.
Elective-II C. Using Python/Java with BBB develop a embedded security application of a door lock.
Elective-II D. Write a program using Scala/ Python/ C++ using Eclipse to correct the spelling of English paragraph.
• Group B (Any Six Assignments: atleast 1 from the selected Elective)All assignments must
1. Write a program to build smart mobile app for context management. Objective of this assignment is
to build a smart app form smart phone which can sense some parameters of the user and convert this
parameters into some contextual information in order to do the context management.
2. Write a program to build smart mobile app for user profiling. Objective of this assignment is to develop
smart mobile app which can create user profiles based on their preferences so that smart recommendations
cab be provided at run time.
30
3. Implementation of MiniMax approach for TIC-TAC-TOE using Java/ Scala/ Python-Eclipse Use GUI
Player X and Player O are using their mobiles for the play. Refresh the screen after the move for both
the players.
4. Implementation of a simple NN for any suitable application (without tool)
5. Implementation of any 2 uninformed search methods for a LPG company that wants to install a gas pipe-
line between five cities. The cost of pipeline installation is given in a table maintained using XML/JSON
use C++/ Python/ Java/ Scala with Eclipse for the application. Calculate time and space complexities.
6. Write a program to perform classification for the sample dataset based on the by using LIBSVM – A
Library for Support Vector Machines. (using LDA for dimensionality reduction).
7. Developing an book recommend-er ( a book that the reader should read and is new) Expert system or
(any other).
8. Develop a POP for scheduling your higher studies exam. Assume suitable data like college submission
schedule, college exams, Constraint that a paper publication is must to appear before the exam, a family
function at home and so on.
9. Implement k-means for clustering data of children belonging to different age groups to perform some
specific activities. Formulate the Feature vector for following parameters:
i. height
ii. weight
iii. age
iv. IQ
Formulate the data for 40 children to form 3 clusters.
Elective-II A1 Hints data, Algorithms names data and words data is stored using XML/ JSON/ MongoDB, The game
is to select appropriate algorithms of string comparison using multiple hints to display meaningful combi-
nation of words. For example, Hints: Pratapgad (Fort)h Historical Place Hinti, h HIstorical Event hinti
outcome can be Shri Shivaji Raje, Use Python/ Scala/ Java/ C++. Larger the number of hints lesser
the marks for the outcome. There should be large number of combinations in the hints database. Find
the Algorithmic Complexity/efficiency.
Elective-II A2 Hints data, Algorithms names data and words data is stored in distributed storage media/HDFS using
XML/JSON/MongoDB/HBase, The game is to select appropriate algorithms of string comparison using
multiple hints to display meaningful combination of words. For example, Hints: Pratapgad (Fort)h
Historical place hinti, h Historical event hintsi outcome can be Shri Shivaji Raje, Use Python/ Scala/
Java/ C++. Larger the number of hints lesser the marks for the outcome. There should be large number
of combinations in the hints database.
Elective-II A3 Hints data, Algorithms names data and words data is stored in distributed storage media/HDFS us-
ing XML/JSON/MongoDB/HBase, The game is to select appropriate algorithms of string compari-
son using multiple hints to display meaningful combination of words. For example, Hints: Pratapgad
(Fort)hHistorical Location hinti, hHistorical Event hinti outcome can be Shri Shivaji Raje, Use Python/
Scala/ Java/ C++. Larger the number of hints lesser the marks for the outcome. There should be large
number of combinations in the hints database. Use Concurrent searching and Merging algorithms. Find
the efficiency/Complexity.
Elective-II A4 Hints data, Algorithms names data and words data is stored in distributed storage media/HDFS using
XML/JSON/MongoDB/HBase, The game is to select appropriate algorithms of string comparison using
multiple hints to display meaningful combination of words. For example, Hints: Pratapgad (Fort) h
Historical Location hinti, hHistorical Event hinti outcome can be Shri Shivaji Raje, develop Python/
Scala/ Java Mobile App. Larger the number of hints lesser the marks for the outcome. There should be
large number of combinations in the hints database. Use Concurrent searching and Merging algorithms.
Find the efficiency/Complexity.
Elective-II A5 Elective teacher can frame suitable distributed programming application using wireless networks and
smart devices equivalent to A1/A2/A3/A4 above.
31
Elective-II B1 In a rolling display program of news display on a smart TV or Computer Display the input strings are
supplied by the mobile phone. Develop necessary app using Scala/ Python/ Java/ C++.
Elective-II B2 In a rolling display program of news display on a smart TV or Computer Display the input strings are
supplied by another computer connected through wireless networks.Develop necessary app using Scala/
Python/ Java/ C++.
Elective-II B3 The BBB (Beagale Bone Black) is used in a Samrt CAR to rotate the steeper motor of a glass window by
programmable angle, use model as a HOTSPOT device to transfer the Computer/Internet/Intranet page
data of angle of rotation. Write a distributed application using JSON/ xml and Java/ Scala/ Python/
C++.
Elective-II B4 Elective teacher can frame suitable distributed programming application using wireless networks using
Pervasive environment equivalent to B1/B2/B3 above.
Elective-II C1 Using Python/Java with BBB development board write a embedded security application of a password
based door lock(stepper motor can be used with Photo diode or use LEDs. Use Mobile/ laptop/ desktop
as a hotspot device/ Bluetooth device to lock or unlock the door.
Elective-II C2 Write a mobile app using Scala/ Python/ C++/ Android using Eclipse to beep the mobile speaker for
three incorrect attempts of the password.
Elective-II C3 Elective teacher can frame suitable distributed programming application using wireless networks and
smart devices in distributed environment equivalent to C1/C2 above.
Elective-II D: Using Programming language Python and Natural Language Tool Kit (NLTK) perform the following:
Elective-II D1 Apply Simple language processing for 10 phonetics Indian languages (Marathi or mother-tongue)
Elective-II D2 Lab on Sound Propagation.
Elective-II D3 Lab on Quantifying the Perception of Sound.
Elective-II D4 Lab on the Acoustic Analysis of Speech.

1 Study and implementation of research paper in Multidisciplinary NLP using open source tool
2 Write a program to Smart Watch App Development with Tizen. Objective of this assignment is to design
simple comic app with the Tizen SDK for Wearable and run it on the smart watch emulator that comes
bundled with the IDE.
Text Books:
Sl.No. Text Books
32
410448 Project
Tutorial: 2 Hrs/Week Term Work Assessment: 50
Course Objectives:
• To develop problem solving abilities using mathematics;
• To develop software engineering documents and testing plans;
• To use algorithmic solutions using distributed, Embedded, concurrent and parallel environments.
• To encourage and expose students for participation in National/ International paper presentation activ-
ities.
• Exposure to Learning and knowledge access techniques using Conferences, Journal papers and participa-
tion in research activities.
Course Outcomes:
• To write problem solutions in projects using mathematical modeling, using FOSS programming tools and
devices or commercial tools;
• To write SRS and other software engineering documents in the project report using mathematical models
developed and NP-Hard analysis;
• To write test cases using multi-core, distributed, embedded, concurrent/Parallel environments;
• To write a conference paper;
• To practice presentation, communication and team-work skills.
Tools:
Preferably 64-bit FOSS tools but if sponsoring company’s requirement is non-open source
platform then it must be latest and current version of non-absolute tools. 64-bit i5/i7/
Desktops/Mobiles, Latest SAN, BBB or open source equivalent
3-tier architectures along with latest version of FOSS Operating systems like Fedora 21
or equivalent, LAMP tools, WEB server, Applications servers, Database servers, MongoDB
or latest open source BigDATA tools, FOSS Programming Tools like gcc,g++,Eclipse,
Python, Java and other tools are as per the requirement of the SRS. The documentation
tools like Open office, GIT, Latex, Latex-Presentation.
Activity Planning for Tutorial Sessions:
I Selection of Project Option and Framing the Problem to solve as a Project for the group of 3 to 4
students.
Option A: Industry Sponsored Project
Option B: Project as a Entrepreneur
Option C: Internal Project
II Internal guide allocation for the BE Project: Assistant Professor/Associate Professor/Professor as per
AICTE norms in computer engineering having atleast 5 years of full time approved experience can guide
the BE Project without compromising on the quality of the work(ref. Note1). The Project laboratory
of 4 project groups (3 to 4 students in one group) constituting one laboratory tutorial batch (2 hrs
per week), be allocated to the guide. The project group will submit the synopsis including title of the
project, Technical Key Words (Ref. ACM Keywords) and relevant mathematics associated with the
Project, names of atleast two conferences, where papers can be published, Review of Conference/Journal
papers (atleast 10 papers + White papers or web references, (if any)) supporting the project idea, Plan
of project execution using planner or alike project management tool.(Recommended dates: 3 weeks after
Commencement of the Term). Preferably, the projects are Industry Sponsored or part of high level
research/ Sponsored Research Project that are not conducted for any award of the educational degree or
entrepreneurship project.
33
III The project conduct and procedures are amended as detailed below:- Problem statement feasibility as-
sessment using, satisfiability analysis and NP-Hard, NP-Complete or P type using modern algebra and
relevant mathematical models.(recommended date of submission:- 8 weeks before term end)
IV Use of above to identify objects, morphism, overloading, functions and functional relations and any other
dependencies. (recommended submission date:- 6 weeks before term end) Functional dependency graphs
and relevant UML diagrams or other necessities.(recommended submission date:- 3 weeks before term
end)
V Testing of problem statement using generated test data (using mathematical models, Function testing
principles) selection and appropriate use of testing tools, testing of UML diagram’s reliability. (recom-
mended submission date:- two weeks before term end)
VI The index of submission must cover above mentioned 5 heads in addition to the instructions by the guide.
Students must submit a Latex Report consisting of problem definition, literature survey, platform choice,
SRS (System Requirement Specification) Document in specific format and high-level design document
along with Annex A: Laboratory assignments on Project Analysis of Algorithmic Design, Annex B: Lab-
oratory assignments on Project Quality and Reliability Testing of Project Design at the end of term-I and
Annex C: Project Planner and progress report after checking, removing/ avoiding the plagiarism.
Give an additional assignment per reporting plagiarism to be submitted in the report under
the Annex heading extra-work. If the project is the replica of any other previous project or
work from other unrelated persons than the students team, such project should be rejected
for the term work.
The term work at the end of Term-I shall be assessed and evaluated for 50 marks by the panel of ex-
aminers in the subject (Internal (preferably guide) and external examiner from Computer Department
of Engineering Colleges). At-least one technical paper must be submitted on the project design in the
conferences/workshops in IITs, Central Universities or UoP Conferences or equivalent International Con-
ferences Sponsored by IEEE/ACM and review comments received as Annex D. The examiners must seek
answers regarding the suggestions given in the review comments of the paper submitted.
Term-I Project Laboratory Assignments: Tutorial Session
1. To develop the problem under consideration and justify feasibilty using concepts of knowledge canvas
and IDEAMatrix.
2. Project problem statement feasibility assessment using NP-Hard, NP-Complete or satisfiability issues
using modern algebra and/or relevant mathematical models.
3. Use of divide and conquer strategies to exploit distributed/parallel/concurrent processing of the above
to identify objects, morphisms, overloading in functions (if any), and functional relations and any other
dependencies (as per requirements).
4. Use of above to draw functional dependency graphs and relevant Software modeling methods, techniques
including UML diagrams or other necessities using appropriate tools.
5. Testing of project problem statement using generated test data (using mathematical models, GUI, Func-
tion testing principles, if any) selection and appropriate use of testing tools, testing of UML diagram’s
reliability.
For Entrepreneurship type project additional assignments: Tutorial Session

6. To sign the MoU/agreement with the Engineering College for the Industry-on-Campus. The college shall
provide the company the enclosure with lock-and-key to accommodate required table space, stabilized
electricity and the Internet access. The College may host such company for first two years and further
by renewing the MoU/Agreement. The college shall provide all such documents necessary for the estab-
lishment of the company. The College shall provide all the facilities as per agreement for Rent FREE,
without any charges or fees or returns whatsoever for the First Year or Academic Duration of the activity.
The college may prepare joint proposal with company for the AICTE/Government/University grants if
any.
34
7. To study and establish a partnership company/proprietorship and get the PAN, MVAT, Profession Tax
Number and such other necessary legal permissions.
8. Try and prepare clients list and communication with the clients or advertise the product by developing
the Company WEB Site.
9. To submit Product Proposal for raising venture capital through government schemes of micro/small
sector industries or through private venture capital entities.
10. To submit National/International patent/Copyright for first year to the Government Department of
Patents and IPR.
Note 1. The guide for an entrepreneurship project shall be a full time approved Professor or Asso-
ciate Professor possessing qualifications as per AICTE norms.
Note 2. If the students fails to complete the entrepreneurship assignments successfully then the
project shall be treated as Internal Project for the purpose of assessment.
Note 3. All projects are expected to exploit multi-core, embedded and distributed computing wher-
ever possible.
Reference Books:
1. Any recently published case studies in Knowledge Innovation Strategies
2. Any recently published case studies Electronic Health Records and related standards
3. McKinsey report: Big data: The next frontier for innovation, competition,
and productivity (PDF)
4. Web Resource: http://www.mckinsey.com/insights ... digital competition
5. Web Resource: http://msme.gov.in/mob/home.aspx
35
Semester-II
410449 Software Design Methodologies and Testing

Course Objectives:
• To understand and apply different design methods and techniques
• To understand architectural design and modeling
• To understand and apply testing techniques

• To implement design and testing using current tools and techniques in distributed, concurrent and parallel
environments
Course Outcomes:
• To present a survey on design techniques for software system

• To present a design and model using UML for a given software system
• To present a design of test cases and implement automated testing for client server, Distributed, mobile
applications
Unit Content Hrs
I Concepts 6
Introduction to software Design,Design Methods:Procedural and
Structural Design methods,Object Oriented design method,Unified modeling
Language overview, Static and Dynamic Modeling -
Advance Use case, Class,State,Sequence Diagrams
II Architectural Design 6
Architectural Design,importance and architecture views,client-server
,service oriented, component based concurrent and real time software architecture
with case studies
III Introduction to Design Patterns 8
Design Patterns;Introduction,creational,Structural and behavioral
patterns,singleton,proxy,adapter,factory,iterator,observer pattern with application
IV Principles of Software Testing 6
Testing concepts, Principles of software testing, verification and validation,
V-test model, defect management
V Testing Strategies 8
Testing strategies, unit, integration and system testing , acceptance, alpha,beta,
performance, security testing ,white box and black box testing, basis path testing,
equivalence testing, graph base testing,test metric and report
VI Advanced Techniques and Tools 4
GUI testing ,functional testing, Automated testing tools, features, selection,
mobile testing, testing tools like selenium ,Junit, monkey talk
Text Books:
Sl.No. Text Books
1. HASSAN GOMAA, Software Modeling and Design, Cambridge university Press, 2011,
ISBN-13 978-1-107-44735-6
2. Erich Gamma, Richard Helm,Ralph Johnson ,John Vlissides,
Design patterns Elements of Reusable Object-Oriented Software
3. Srinivasan Desikan, ”Software Testing Principals and practices”,
Pearson Publication ISBN-13 978-8-17-758295-6
36
Reference Books:
1. Grady Booch,James Rumbaugh,Ivar Jacobson, The UML Users Guide, Pearson Publication
2013 print ISBN-13-978817758372-4
37
410450 High Performance Computing

Course Objectives:
• To develop problem solving abilities using HPC

Course Outcomes:
• To transform algorithms in the computational area to efficient programming code for modern computer
architectures
• To write, organize and handle programs for scientific computations
• To create presentation of using tools for performance optimization and debugging
• To present analysis of code with respect to performance and suggest and implement performance im-
provements
• To present test cases to solve problems for multi-core or distributed, concurrent/Parallel environments
38
Unit Content Hrs
I Parallel Processing Concepts 8
Introduction to Parallel Computing: Motivating Parallelism, Scope
of Parallel Computing, Organization and Contents of the Text, Parallel
Programming Platforms: Implicit Parallelism: Trends in Microprocessor &
Architectures, Limitations of Memory System Performance, Dichotomy of
Parallel Computing Platforms, Physical Organization of Parallel Platforms,
Communication Costs in Parallel Machines
Levels of parallelism (instruction, transaction, task, thread, memory, function)
Models (SIMD, MIMD, SIMT, SPMD, Dataflow Models, Demand-driven Computation)
Architectures: N-wide superscalar architectures, multi-core, multi-threaded
II Parallel Programming 8
Principles of Parallel Algorithm Design: Preliminaries, Decomposition
Techniques, Characteristics of Tasks and Interactions, Mapping Techniques
for Load Balancing, Methods for Containing Interaction Overheads, Parallel
Algorithm Models, Processor Architecture, Interconnect, Communication,
Memory Organization, and Programming Models in high performance computing
architecture examples: IBM CELL BE, Nvidia Tesla GPU, Intel Larrabee Micro
architecture and Intel Nehalem micro-architecture
Memory hierarchy and transaction specific memory design, Thread Organization
III Fundamental Design Issues in HPC 6
Programming Using the Message-Passing Paradigm: Principles of Message-
Passing Programming, The Building Blocks: Send and Receive Operations,
MPI: the Message Passing Interface, Topology and Embedding, Overlapping
Communication with Computation, Collective Communication and
Computation Operations, One-Dimensional Matrix-Vector Multiplication,
Single-Source Shortest-Path, Sample Sort, Groups and Communicators,
Two-Dimensional Matrix-Vector Multiplication
IV Synchronization and related algorithms 6
Synchronization: Scheduling, Job Allocation, Job Partitioning, Dependency
Analysis Mapping Parallel Algorithms onto Parallel Architectures, Performance
Analysis of Parallel Algorithms
Programming Shared Address Space Platforms: Thread Basics, Why
Threads?, The POSIX Thread API, Thread Basics: Creation and
Termination, Synchronization Primitives in Pthreads, Controlling
Thread and Synchronization Attributes, Thread Cancellation,
Composite Synchronization Constructs, Tips for Designing Asynchronous
Programs, OpenMP: a Standard for Directive Based Parallel Programming
39
V Advanced tools, techniques and applications 6
Bandwidth Limitations, Latency Limitations, Latency Hiding/Tolerating
Techniques and their limitations, Dense Matrix Algorithms: Matrix-Vector
Multiplication, Matrix-Matrix Multiplication, Sorting: Issues, Sorting on
Parallel Computers, Sorting Networks, Bubble Sort and its Variants, Quicksort,
Bucket and Sample Sort, Shared-Address-Space Parallel Formulation, Single
-Source Shortest Paths- Distributed Memory Formulation
VI HPC enabled Advanced technologies 6
Search Algorithms for Discrete Optimization Problems: Search Overhead Factor,
Parallel Depth-First Search, Parallel Best-First Search, Introduction to
(Block Diagrams only if any) Petascale Computing, Optics in Parallel Computing
Quantum Computers, Recent developments in Nanotechnology and its impact on HPC
Power-aware Processing Techniques in HPC
Text Books:
Sl.No. Text Books
1. Kai Hwang,”Advanced Computer Architecture: Parallelism, Scalability, Programmability”,
McGraw Hill 1993
2. David Culler Jaswinder Pal Singh, ”Parallel Computer Architecture: A hardware/Software
Approach”, Morgan Kaufmann,1999.
Reference Books:
1. Kai Hwang,, ”Scalable Parallel Computing”, McGraw Hill 1998.
2. George S. Almasi and Alan Gottlieb, ”Highly Parallel Computing”, The Benjamin and
Cummings Pub. Co., Inc
3. William James Dally and Brian Towles, ”Principles and Practices on
Interconnection Networks”, Morgan Kauffman 2004.
4. Hubert Nguyen, GPU Gems 3 - by (Chapter 29 to Chapter 41)
5. Ananth Grama, Anshul Gupta, George Karypis, and Vipin Kumar, ”Introduction to
Parallel Computing”, 2nd edition, Addison-Welsey, c 2003
6. David A. Bader (Ed.), Petascale Computing: Algorithms and Applications,
Chapman & Hall/CRC Computational Science Series, c 2007.
40
410451A Elective-III: Mobile Computing

Course Objectives:
• To develop problem solving abilities using Mobile Computing
• To study foundations of Mobile Computing
Course Outcomes:
• To write a survey on Mobile Computing Building Blocks.
• To write a presentation on survey FOSS tools and Technologies.
• To write test cases to solve problems using Mobile Computing algorithms.
Unit Content Hrs
I Fundamental of Wireless and basics of wireless network 6
Digital communication, wireless communication system and limitations, wireless media,
frequency spectrum, technologies in digital wireless communication, wireless
communication channel specification, wireless network, wireless switching technology,
wireless communication
II Mobile Communications and Computing 7
An Overview Mobile Communication, Mobile Computing, Mobile Computing
Architecture, Mobile Devices, Mobile System Networks, Data Dissemination,
Mobility Management, Security, Mobile Devices and Systems, Mobile Phones,
Digital Music Players, Hand-held Pocket Computers, Hand-held Devices:
Operating Systems, Smart Systems,Limitations of Mobile Devices,
Automotive Systems.
III GSM and other architectures 6
GSM-Services & System Architectures ,Radio Interfaces, Protocols Localization,
Calling, Handover, Security, New Data Services, modulation, multiplexing,
controlling the medium access, spread spectrum, coding methods, CDMA,
IMT 2000, WCDMA and CDMA 2000, 4G Networks.
IV Mobile Network and Transport Layer 7
IP & Mobile IP Network Layers, Packet Delivery & Handover Management,
Location Management, Registration, Tunneling & Encapsulation, Route Optimization,
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol, Mobile Transport Layer, Conventional TCP/IP
Transport Layer Protocol, Indirect TCP, Snooping TCP, Mobile TCP, Mobile Ad-hoc
Networks(MANET), Routing and Routing Algorithms in MANET, security in ad-hoc
networks.
V Data Dissemination and Data Synchronization in Mobile Computing 7
Communication Asymetry, classification of data delivery mechanism, data dissemination
broadcast models, selective tuning and indexing techniques, synchronization,
synchronization software for mobile devices, synchronization protocols.
VI Mobile Devices and Mobile Operating System 6
Mobile agent, applications framework, application server, gateways, service
discovery, device management, mobile file system, Mobile Operating Systems,
Characteristics, Basic functionality of Operating Systems: Window 8, iOS,
Android OS.
Text Books:
Sl.No. Text Books
1. Raj Kamal, Mobile Computing, 2/e , Oxford University Press-New Delhi
2. Dr. Sunil kumar S. Manavi, Mahabaleshwar S. Kakkasageri, Wireless and Mobile Networks,
concepts and protocols, Wiley, India.
41
Reference Books:
1. Andrew Tanenbaum, Modern Operating System, 3rd/e, Pearson Education International,
ISBN Q-lB-filBMST-L
2. Digital Content: iOS Technology Overview: IOSTechOverview.pdf, Apple Inc. Copyright 2014
42
410451B Elective-III: Web Technology
Course Objectives:
• To Learn advanced Web Technologies
• To apply technologies while solving problems
Course Outcomes:
• To present a survey on building blocks of Web Technologies and open source tools.
• To write presentations on using Web Technologies with case studies.
• To write test cases to use technologies for solving problems using Web Technologies.
Unit Content Hrs
I IoT Web Technology 6
The Internet of Things Today, Time for Convergence, Towards the IoT Universe, Internet
of Things Vision, IoT Strategic Research and Innovation Directions, IoT Applications,
Future Internet Technologies, Infrastructure, Networks and Communication, Processes,
Data Management, Security, Privacy & Trust, Device Level Energy Issues, IoT Related
Standardization, Recommendations on Research Topics.
II IoT Applications for Value Creation 6
Introduction, IoT applications for industry: Future Factory Concepts, Brownfield IoT,
Smart Objects, Smart Applications, Four Aspects in your Business to Master IoT, Value
Creation from Big Data and Serialization, IoT for Retailing Industry, IoT For Oil and
Gas Industry, Opinions on IoT Application and Value for Industry, Home Management,
eHealth.
III Internet of Things Privacy, Security and Governance 6
Introduction, Overview of Governance, Privacy and Security Issues, Contribution
from FP7 Projects, Security, Privacy and Trust in IoT-Data-Platforms for Smart
Cities, First Steps Towards a Secure Platform, Smartie Approach. Data
Aggregation for the IoT in Smart Cities, Security
IV Architectural Approach for IoT Empowerment 8
Introduction, Defining a Common Architectural Ground, IoT Standardization,
M2M Service Layer Standardization, OGC Sensor Web for IoT, IEEE, IETF and ITU-T
standardization activities, Interoperability Challenges, Physical vs Virtual, Solve the
Basic First, Data Interoperability, Semantic Interoperability, Organizational
Interoperability, Eternal Interoperability, Importance of Standardisation, Plan for
validation and testing, Important Economic Dimension, Research Roadmap for IoT
Testing Methodologies. Semantic as an Interoperability Enabler and related work.
V Identity Management Models in IoT 8
Introduction, Vulnerabilities of IoT, Security requirements, Challenges for a secure
Internet of Things, identity management, Identity portrayal, Different identity
management model: Local identity, Network identity, Federated identity, Global web
identity, Identity management in Internet of Things, User-centric identity management,
Device-centric identity management, Hybrid identity management.
VI Trust Management in IoT 6
Introduction, Trust management life cycle, Identity and trust, Third party approach,
Public key infrastructure, Attribute certificates, Web of trust models, Web services
security, SAML approach, Fuzzy approach for Trust, Access control in IoT, Different
access control schemes, Authentication and Access control policies modeling.
Text Books:
Sl.No. Text Books
1. Dr. Ovidiu Vermesan, Dr. Peter Friess, Internet of Things: Converging Technologies for
Smart Environments and Integrated Ecosystems, River Publishers, 2013,
ISBN: 978-87-92982-96-4 (E-Book), ISBN: 978-87-92982-73-5 (Print)
2. Vijay Medishetti, Arshadeep Bahga, Internet of Things: A Hands-On Approach (Paperback)
43
Reference Books:
1. Cuno Pfister, Getting Started with the Internet of Things, O’Reilly Media, 2011,
ISBN: 978-1-4493-9357-1
2. Poonam Railkar, Identity Management for Internet of Thing,
River Publishers, 2015, ISBN: 978-87-93102-91-0 (EBook), ISBN:978-87-93102-90-3(Hard Copy)
44
410451C Elective-III: Cloud Computing

Course Objectives:
• To study cloud computing concepts;
• Enhancing cloud computing environment.
• To study various platforms

• To study the applications that uses cloud computing.
Course Outcomes:
• To install cloud computing environments.
• To present a survey on cloud building blocks and technologies.
• To perform cloud computing admin and programming using open source tools.
Unit Content Hrs
I Introduction 6
Introduction, Roots of Cloud Computing: From mainframe to Cloud, Benefits of
Cloud Computing SOA, Web services,
Web 2.0, Mashups, Grid computing, Utility computing, Hardware virtualization,
Essentials of Cloud characteristics, Challenges, Cloud economics,
Role of Networks in Cloud Computing: Cloud types and service models,
Cloud computing platforms : Openstack, Opennimbus, Eucalyptus
Primary Cloud Service models, Cloud Services brokerage, Primary cloud
deployment models, cloud computing reference model, The greenfield and
brownfield deployment options
II Virtualization 8
Introduction, Characteristics of Virutalized environments, Taxonomy of
Virtualization techniques, Pros and Cons of Virtualization, Technology examples:
Xen, KVM, Vmware, Microsoft Hyper-V
III Storage in Cloud 8
Storage system architecture, Big data, Virtualize data centre(VDC) architecture,
VDC Environment, server, storage, networking, desktop and application virtualization
techniques and benefits, Virtual Machine Components and Process of converting
physical to VMs, Block and file level storage virtualization, Virtual Provisioning,
and automated storage tiering, VLAN, VSAN and benifits, Network traffic management
techniques in VDC, Cloud file systems: GFS and HDFS, BigTable, HBase
and Dynamo. Features and comparisons among GFS,HDFS.
IV Cloud computing platforms 6
Infrastructure as Service, best-of breed cloud infrastructure components,
cloud ready converged infrastructure, Virtual machine provisioning and migration
services, Anatomy of Cloud infrastructure, Distributed management of virtual
infrastructure, scheduling techniques, SLA Commitment
V Cloud monitoring and management 8
Introduction and architecture for federated cloud computing, Performance
prediction for HPC on Cloud. SLA management: Types of SLA, Life cycle of SLA,
Traditional approaches of SLA.
service catalog, service ordering process, management and functional interfaces
of services , cloud portal and its functions, cloud interface standards along with
SOAP and REST, system integration and work-flow modeling, cloud service life-cycle
phases: service planning, service creation, service operation, and service termination
Control layer, its functions and benefits,element and unified manager, software
defined approach and techniques for managing IT resources
45
VI Security in Cloud Computing 6
Introduction, Global Risk and Compliance aspects in cloud environments and key
security terminologies, Technologies for Data security, Data security risk,
Cloud computing and identity, Digital identity and access management, Content
level security, Security-As-A-Cloud Service
Text Books:
Sl.No. Text Books
1. Rajkumar Buyya, “Cloud computing principles and paradigms”, Wiley
2. Gautam Shroff, Enterprise Cloud Computing, Cambridge
3. Handbook of Cloud Computing, Springer Publication
4. Rajkumar Buyya, “Mastering Cloud computing”, McGraw Hill
5. Tim Mather, Subra K, Shahid L.,Cloud Security and Privacy, Oreilly,
ISBN-13 978-81-8404-815-5
Reference Books:
1. Dr. Kumar Saurabh,”Cloud Computing”, Wiley Publication
2. Greg Schulr,”Cloud and virtual data storage networking”,CRC Press
3. Barrie Sosinsky,”Cloud Computing”, Wiley India
4. Kailash Jayaswal, “ Cloud computing”, Black Book, Dreamtech Press
5. Anthony T. Velte, Cloud Computing: A Practical Approach, Tata McGraw Hill, 2009,
ISBN: 0070683514
6. Richard Hill, Guide to Cloud Computing: Principals and Practices, Springer
ISBN-10: 1447146026
7. Halper Fern, Kaufman Marcia, Bloor Robin, Hurwit Judith, Cloud Computing for
Dummies, Wiley India, 2009, ISBN 8126524871
46
410451D Elective-III:Cyber Security
Course Objectives:
• To develop problem solving abilities using Cyber Security
• To apply algorithmic strategies for cyber security
Course Outcomes:
• To write a survey on cyber security concepts.
• To create a case study report on practice administrating using Cyber Security open source tools.
• To write problem solutions for multi-core or distributed, concurrent/Parallel environments.
Unit Content Hrs
I Security Basics 6
Introduction, Elements of Information security, Security Policy, Techniques, steps,
Categories, Operational Model of Network Security, Basic Terminologies in Network
Security.
II Data Encryption Techniques and Standards 8
Introduction, Encryption Methods: Symmetric, Asymmetric,Cryptography, Substitution
Ciphers. Transposition Ciphers, Stenography applications and limitations, Block
Ciphers and methods of operations, Feistal Cipher, Data Encryption Standard(DES),
Triple DES, DES Design Criteria, Weak Keys in DES Algorithms, Advance Encryption
Standard(AES).
III Public Key and Management 8
Public Key Cryptography, RSA Algorithm: Working,Key length, Security, Key
Distribution, Deffie-Hellman Key Exchange, Elliptic Curve: Arithmetic,
Cryptography, Security, Authentication methods, Message Digest, Kerberos,
X.509 Authentication service, Digital Signatures: Implementation, Algorithms,
Standards (DSS), Authentication Protocol.
IV Security requirements 8
Electronic Mail Security: Introduction, Pretty Good Privacy, MIME, S/MIME,
Comparison. IP Security: Introduction, Architecture, IPV6, IPv4, IPsec
protocols and Operations, AH Protocol, ESP Protocol, ISAKMP Protocol, Oakkey
determination Protocol,VPN. WEB Security:Introduction, Secure Socket Layer(SSL),
SSL Session and Connection, SSL Record Protocol, Change Cipher SpecProtocol,
Alert Protocol, Handshake Protocol, Secure Electronic Transaction(SET).
V Intrusion and Firewall 6
Introduction, Intrusion detection, IDS: Need, Methods, Types of IDS, Password
Management, Limitations and Challenges, Firewall Introduction, Characteristics
and types, Benefits and limitations. Firewall architecture, Trusted Systems,
Access Control.
VI Security perspective of Hacking and its counter majors 6
Remote connectivity and VoIP hacking, Wireless Hacking, Mobile Hacking, Hacking
Hardware, Application and data Hacking, Mobile Hacking, Counter majors:General
Strategies, Example Scenario’s: Desktop, Servers, Networks, Web, Database, Mobile.
Text Books:
Sl. Text Books
No.
1. Dr. V.K. Pachghare, Cryptography and Information Security, PHI,
ISBN 978-81-303-5082-3
2. Nina Godbole,Sunit Belapure, Cyber Security,Wiley India, ISBN:978-81-345-2179-1
47
Reference Books:
Sl. Reference Books
No.
1. PDF Digital Content : Stuart McCLURE, Joel Scambray, George Kurtz, Hacking
Exposed Network Security Secrets and Solutions, McGrowHill, 2012 ISBN: 978-0-07-178028-5
Digital Ref: http://84.209.254.175/linux-pdf/Hacking-Exposed-7-Network-Security-Secrets.pdf
College libraries are requested to purchase the copy
48
410452A Elective-IV (Open Elective): Business Analytic and Intelligence

Course Objectives:

Course Outcomes:
• To write case studies in Business Analytic and Intelligence using mathematical models.
• To present a survey on applications for Business Analytic and Intelligence.
• To write problem solutions for multi-core or distributed, concurrent/Parallel environments
Unit Content Hrs

I Concepts with Mathematical treatment 8
Introduction to data, Information and knowledge, Decision Support System, Theory of
Operational data and informational data, Introduction to Business Intelligence,
Defining BI Cycle, BI Environment and Architecture, Identify BI opportunities,
Benefits of BI. Role of Mathematical model in BI, Factors Responsible for successful
BI Project, Obstacle to Business Intelligence in an Organization
II Decision Making Concepts 6
Concepts of Decision Making, Techniques of Decision Support System (DSS),
Development of Decision Support System (DSS), Applications of DSS, Role of
Business Intelligence in DSS.
III Data-Warehouse 6
Introduction: Data warehouse Modeling, data warehouse design, data-ware-house
technology, Distributed data warehouse, and materialized view
IV Data Pre-processing and outliers 8
Data Analytics life cycle, Discovery, Data preparation, Preprocessing requirements,
data cleaning, data integration, data reduction, data transformation, Data discretization
and concept hierarchy generation, Model Planning, Model building, Communicating
Results & Findings, Operationalizing, Introduction to OLAP. Real-world Applications,
types of outliers, outlier challenges, Outlier detection Methods, Proximity-Based
Outlier analysis, Clustering Based Outlier analysis.
V Designing and managing BI systems 6
Determining infrastructure requirements, planning for scalability and availability,
managing and maintenance of BI systems, managing BI operations for business continuity
VI BI and Data Mining Applications 6
Data analytics, business analytics, ERP and Business Intelligence, BI Applications in
CRM, BI Applications in Marketing, BI Applications in Logistics and Production,
Role of BI in Finance, BI Applications in Banking, BI Applications in
Telecommunications, BI Applications in Fraud Detection,
BI Applications in Retail Industry.
Text Books:
Sl.No. Text Books
1. R. Sharda, D. Delen, & E. Turban, Business Intelligence and Analytics. Systems
for Decision Support,10th Edition. Pearson/Prentice Hall, 2015.
ISBN-13: 978-0-13-305090-5, ISBN-10: 0-13-305090-4;
2. Business Process Automation, Sanjay Mohapatra, PHI.
49
Reference Books:
1. Introduction to business Intelligence and data warehousing, IBM, PHI.
2. Data mining concepts and techniques, Jawai Han, Michelline Kamber, Jiran Pie,
Morgan Kaufmann Publishers 3rd edition.
3. Building the data Warehouse, William H Inmon, Wiley Publication 4th edition.
4. Data Mining for Business Intelligence, WILEY
5. Soumendra Mohanty, Analytics in Practice,Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2011,
ISBN-13 978 0 07 0707061
6. Ken W. Collier,Agile Analytics: Avalue driven Approach to Business Intelligence and Data
Warehousing, Pearson Education,2012, ISBN-13 978 8131786826
7. Donald Miner, MapReduce Design Pattern, O’Reilly, 2012, ISBN 978 9350239810
8. EMC Educational Services, Data Science and Big Data Analytics: Discovering, Analyzing,
Visualizing and Presenting Data, Wiley ISBN-13 978 1118876138
50
410452B Elective-IV (Open Elective): Operations Research for Algorithms in Scientific
Applications
Course Objectives:
Course Outcomes:
• To write a presentation on mathematical Concepts applied in Operations Research.
• To write a survey on applications of Operations Research.
• To write case studies for solving problems using multi-core or distributed, concurrent/Parallel environ-
ments
Unit Content Hrs
I Introduction to Operation Research 6
Origins of OR, Nature, Impact and phases of OR, Operation Research as tool for
Decision Support System, Productivity Improvement. Overview of OR Research
Techniques.
II Deterministic OR Models 6
Formulation of Linear Programming Problem, Linear Programming Models,
Assumptions of Linear Programming, Graphical Method of solving LP problem.
Simplex method for solving LP problem.
III Linear Programming Extensions 8
Introduction and Formulation of Transportation problem, Types of
Transpiration problems, Methods of Initial feasible solution,
Methods of optimum solution, Unbalanced Transportation problem,
Introduction to Assignment problem. Solution of an assignment problem.
IV Decision, Game & Queueing Theory 8
Formulation of two person, Zero-sum Games, Solving Simple Games, Mixed
Strategies, Non-Zero Sum Games.
Basic Structure & components of decision, decision criteria, decision trees.
Basic characteristics of queueing system, Terminologies & notation,
Poisson process of queueing, M/M/1 system queueing model.
V Hybrid OR Models, Project Management PERT & CPM 8
Assumption and comparison PERT & CPM, Algorithms of PERT CPM Techniques,
Fundamentals of Network Model, Guidelines for Network Construction,
Critical path Analysis, Methods based on Time Estimates to find
critical paths. Concept of Slack & floats in network analysis, Project
Evaluation & Review Techniques (PERT).
VI Dynamic Programming 8
Terminologies, Multi Decision Process, Bellman’s Principles of optimality,
Characteristics of Dynamic Programming problems.
Dynamic programming Algorithms,
Solving LPP using Dynamic Programming
Recent development in OR with perspective of Bio-Technology, Nano Technology:
Text Books:
Sl.No. Text Books
1. Hamidy Taha, Operations Research: An Introduction, Pearson, 8th Edition,
ISBN: 978-81-317-1104-0
2. Dr. S.D. Sharma, Operations Research, Kedar Nath Ram Nath & Co.
51
Reference Books:
1. Kishor Trivedi, Probability & Statistics with Reliability Queuing and Computer Science
Applications, PHI, ISBN: 81-203-0508-6
52
410452C Elective-IV (Open Elective): Mobile Applications

Course Objectives:
• To develop problem solving abilities using Mobile Applications
• To study mobile programming technology.
Course Outcomes:
• To write a survey on tools and architectures for Mobile Applications.
• To write using mathematical models the problem solutions using Mobile Applications.
• To write develop mobile applications using open source tools.
Unit Content Hrs
I Introduction 6
Mobile Development Importance, Survey of mobile based application development,
Mobile myths, Third party frameworks, Mobile Web Presence and Applications, Creating
consumable web services for mobile, JSON, Debugging Web Services, Mobile Web Sites,
Starting with Android mobile Applications.
II Mobile Web 6
Introduction, WAP1, WAP2, Fragmentation Display, Input Methods, Browsers and Web
Platforms, Tools for Mobile Web Development.
III Application Architectures and Designs 8
Mobile Strategy, Navigation, Design and User Experience, WML, XHTML Mobile
Profile and Basics, Mobile HTML5, CSS for Mobile, WCSS extensions, CSS3, CSS
for mobile browsers, HTML5 Compatibility levels, Basics of Mobile HTML5:
Document Head, Document Body, HTML5 Mobile Boilerplate, the Content, HTML5
Forms: Design, Elements, Attributes, Validation.
IV Devices, Images, Multi-Media 6
Device Detection, Client-side Detection, Server-side Detection, Device
Interaction, Images, Video, Audio, Debugging and Performance, Content Delivery,
Native and Installed Web Apps.
V Advanced Tools, Techniques 8
J2ME programming basics, HTML5 Script Extensions,Code Execution, Cloud based
browsers, JS Debugging and profiling, Background Execution, Supported
Technologies and API,Standard JavaScript Behavior, Java Libraries, Mobile
Libraries, UI Frameworks: Sencha Touch, JQueryMobile, Enyo, Montage, iUI,
jQTouch, JavaScript Mobile UI Patterns.
VI Advanced Applications 6
Geolocation and Maps app, Offline Apps, Storage, and Networks, Distribution
and Social Web 2.0
Text Books:
Sl.No. Text Books
1. Jeff McWherter, Scott Gowell, Professional Mobile Application Development,
John Wiley & Sons, Ref: www.it-ebooks.org
2. Maximiliano Firtman, Programming the mobile Web, Oreilly, 2nd Edition, 2013,
ISBN: 978-1-449-33497-0
Reference Books:
Sl.No. Reference Books Digital Content
1. Digital Content: http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Category: J2ME Programming
2. Android Studio Development Essentials, ref: http://www.techotopia.com/
53
Guidelines for 410452D Open Elective:
The listed open electives or any other electives that are being taught in the current semester (Term II) under
engineering faculty or an individual college and Industry can define new elective with proper syllabus using
defined framework of 410452D Elective IV as per following format and GET IT APPROVED FROM THE
BOARD OF STUDIES COMPUTER ENGINEERING AND OTHER NECESSARY STATUTORY SYSTEMS
of SAVITRIBAI PHULE PUNE UNIVERSITY BEFORE 30th DECEMBER.
410452D Elective-IV (Open Elective)

Course Objectives:

Course Outcomes:
• To write a presentation for solving problem of Inter-disciplinary challenges using mathematical modeling.
• To write case studies to apply algorithmic skills for computing Applications.
• To write a problem solutions for multi-core or distributed, concurrent/Parallel environments
Unit Content Hrs

I Concepts with Mathematical treatments
II Concepts
III Concepts and related algorithms
IV Concepts and related algorithms
V Advanced open source tools, techniques
VI Advanced Applications
Text Books:
Sl.No. Text Books
1.
2.
Reference Books:
1.
2.
Frame suitable assignments as per format of Computer Laboratory-IV, add necessary program-
ming FOSS tools.
54
410453 Computer Laboratory-III
Practicals: 4 Hrs/Week Oral Assessment: 50
Practical Assessment : 50
Course Objectives:
• To develop problem solving abilities using Mathematical Modeling
• To implement software design and testing in distributed, concurrent and parallel environments
Course Outcomes:
• To write problem solutions using mathematical modeling.
• To write reports of application of software design methods and testing.
• To write programs using FOSS tools.
• To write problem solutions using multi-core or distributed, concurrent/Parallel environments
Tools:
FOSS tools, Ruby on Rails, iburg, XMLVM, Intel Internet of Things (IoT) Developer Kit or
Intel Galileo board or BBB or Open Source equivalent, the real-time operating
system (RTOS) for IoT, NS3, Scala, Python, Modelio, StarUML2.x evaluation version, HTML-5
Camel, KADOS, NoSQLUnit
10% of the marks.
as a term-work/Digital Journal format approved by the BoS after checking, removing/ avoiding the
plagiarism. Give an additional assignment per assignment reporting plagiarism to be submitted in the
journal under the heading extra-work.
55
1. Using Divide and Conquer Strategies and object-oriented software design technique using Modelio to
design a software function for Binary Search for an un-ordered data stored in memory. Use necessary
USE-CASE diagrams and justify its use with the help of mathematical modeling and related efficiency.
Implement the design using Eclipse C++ or python.
2. Using Divide and Conquer Strategies to design an efficient class for Concurrent Quick Sort and the input
data is stored using XML. Use object oriented software design method and Modelio/ StarUML2.x Tool.
Perform the efficiency comparison with any two software design methods. Use necessary USE-CASE
diagrams and justify its use with the help of mathematical modeling. Implement the design using Scala/
Python/Java/C++.
3. A Web Tool for Booth’s multiplication algorithm is used to multiply two numbers located in distributed
environment. Use software design client-server architecture and principles for dynamic programming.
Perform Risk Analysis. Implement the design using HTML-5/Scala/ Python/Java/C++/ Rubi on Rails.
Perform Positive and Negative testing. Use latest open source software modeling, Designing and testing
tool/Scrum-it/KADOS and Camel.
4. In an embedded system application Dining Philosopher’s problem algorithm is used to design a software
that uses shared memory between neighboring processes to consume the data. The Data is generated
by different Sensors/WSN system Network and stored in MOngoDB (NoSQL). Implementation be done
using Scala/ Python/ C++/ Java. Design using Client-Server architecture. Perform Reliability Testing.
Use latest open source software modeling, Designing and testing tool/Scrum-it/KADOS, NoSQLUnit
and Camel.
5. A Mobile App for Calculator having Trigonometry functionality is to be designed and tested. The data
storage uses 1.text files, 2. XML Use latest open source software modeling, Designing and testing tool/
Scrum-it. Implement the design using HTML-5/Scala/ Python/Java/C++/Rubi on Rails. Perform
Positive and Negative testing.
Elective-III A. Write a mobile application to fetch all audio files and, play the audio file when user clicks on any audio
file from list view. Create Mobile GUI using Python/ Scala/ Java/ HTMK5/ Android.
Elective-III B. Create a web based e-Health Application for online appointments for the medical practitioner or hospital.
Elective-III C. Install following Cloud Simulators/Tools and frame suitable assignments to demonstarte its use: CloudSim,
CloudAnalyst, GreenCloud/Docker, iCanCloud/IBM Smart Cloud, GDCSim/SPECI, MDCSim/ Net-
workCloudSim.
Elective-III D. Write a program in python/ Java/ Scala/ C++/ HTML5 to implement password data encryption. Use
encryption method overloading (any to methods studied)
• Group B (Any Six Assignments: atleast 3 from the selected Elective) All assignments must
remaining Queens to generate final 8-queen’s Matrix using Python.
2. A Web application for Concurrent implementation of ODD-EVEN SORT is to be designed using Real
time Object Oriented Modeling(ROOM). Give the necessary design diagrams and write the test cases for
the white box testing. Draw Concurrent collaboration Diagrams.
3. A mobile application needs to be designed for using a Calculator (+, - ,*, /, Sin, Cos, sq-root) with Mem-
ory Save/Recall using Extended precision floating point number format. Give the Required modeling,
Design and Positive-Negative test cases.
4. Write a web application using Scala/ Python/ Java /HTML5 to check the plagiarism in the given text
paragraph written/ copied in the text box. Give software Modeling, Design, UML and Test cases for the
same using COMET(Concurrent Object Oriented Modeling and Architectural Design Method).
56
5. Write a web application using Scala/ Python/ Java /HTML5 to check the plagiarism in the given text
paragraph written/ copied in the text box. Give software Modeling, Design, UML and Test cases for the
same using Analysis Modeling (Static Modeling, Object Structuring, Dynamic Modeling).
remaining Queens to generate final 8-queen’s Matrix. Use suitable Software modeling , Design and
testing methods. Justify the selection over other methods.
Elective-III A1 Write a web application using Scala/ Python/ Java /HTML5 to check the plagiarism in the given text.
The required dataset must be available to the application to the logged-in mobile device. The database
is maintained in NoSQL.
Elective-III A2 Write a mobile application to fetch images from the sdcard. Also provide the facility of deleting, renaming
the images.
Elective-III A3 Write a mobile application for uploading and downloading the files on server. The Server can also be
from Cloud platform.
Elective-III A4 Create a Menu based application for mobile devices which can do all the activities for Human resource
management like
a. Employee attendance
b. Employee notices
c. Payroll Systems
Elective-III A5 Write a mobile application for Configuring mobile as

a. HOTSPOT Device
b. Sharing files through Bluetooth
c. Messaging to other mobile for inviting to play a game
For playing TiC-TaC-ToY Game. Use J2ME/ Python/ Scala/Android for programming
Elective-III B1 Write a web application using Scala/ Python/ Java /HTML5 to check the plagiarism in the given text.
The required data-set must be available to the application to the logged-in IoT device.
Elective-III B2 Concurrent implementation of ODD-EVEN SORT is to be implemented as a web application using
HTML5/ Scala/ Python/ Java. Write a debugger to test the performance of White-box testing.
Elective-III B3 Create a video web chat server with text messaging option. Detect the web cam attached to devices like
computer/mobile phone.
Elective-III B4 Create a simple web services for
a. Calculator (+, - ,*, /, Sin, Cos, sq-root) with Memory Save/Recall using Extended precision floating
point number format,
b. Currency Converter or Unit Converters
using object oriented programming using HTML5/ Pythom/ Java/ Scala
Elective-III B5 Create a web page for online registration of the international seminar. The participants can be students,
faculty members, professional, and company / firm representatives from different countries. The regis-
tration fees should be accepted either in rupees or dollar or Pounds or Euros. The payment can be made
by credit card, debit card or demand draft. The participants should give choice for accommodation for
provided four hotels with services (minimum five other than basic services) required.
Use object oriented programming to create the web page with required form elements and default values.
The form should provide the controls for the information to accept above mentioned details as well as for
personal and other relevant information. You can use JSP/ HTML5/ Scala/ Python along with Database
connectivity.
Elective-III C1 Lab teacher to frame suitable assignment to demonstrate the use of following PaaS tools: Cloud Foundry
(Hint: Use Spring Framework), GoogleApp Engine, OpenShift
Elective-III C2 Perform a suitable assignment using Xen Hypervisor or equivalent open source to configure it. Give
necessary GUI.
Elective-III C3 Write a program to create a bucket in an installed cloud.
57
Elective-III C4 Execute atleast three command related to the Storage organization of the cloud; Create necessary GUI
using Python.
Elective-III C5 Create a VM depending on the user requirements.

Elective-III D1 A message is to be transmitted using network resources from one machine to another calculate and
demonstrate the use of a Hash value equivalent to SHA-1. Develop peogram in C++/Python/Scala/Java
using Eclipse.
Elective-III D2 Write a program to generate a pseudorandom number generator for generating the long-term private key
and the ephemeral keys used for each signing based on SHA-1 using Python/Java/C++. Disregard the
use of existing pseudorandom number generators available.
Elective-III D3 Write a program to produce a DSA signature using parameter tuple¡p,q,g¿, long term key pair and a
message digest.
Elective-III D4 Write a Python/ Java program to validate the parameter tuple for the security of the DSA. Design
necessary classes. Use Miller-Rabin primality testing may be used.
Elective-III D5 Write a program in Python/ Java/ C++ /Scala using Eclipse to Start/Stop the IDS, View current traffic,
View blocked list (IP, Domains), view current firewall rules and unblock users. Create Necessary GUI.

1 Installation of Open source Cloud Infrastructure
2 Install and Use Latest IDS (Open Source).
Text Books:
Sl.No. Text Books
58
410454 Computer Laboratory-IV

Practicals : 4 Hrs/Week Term Work Assessment: 50
Oral Assessment : 50
Course Objectives:
• To develop problem solving abilities using HPC.
• To Develop problem solving abilities using Business Analytics, OR and Mobile Programming.

Course Outcomes:
• To write programs to develop applications using BIA Technologies using mathematical modeling.
• To write programs using OR and Mobile Programming Technologies using mathematical modeling.
• To write programs using FOSS tools and devices.

• To write problem solutions using multi-core or distributed, concurrent/Parallel environments
Tools:
Intel Galileo board or BBB or Open Source equivalent, VxWorks R or open source equivalent,
the real-time operating system (RTOS) for IoT, NS3, Scala, Python, HPC infrastructure
10% of the marks.
as a term-work/Digital Journal after checking, removing/ avoiding the plagiarism. Give an additional
assignment per assignment reporting plagiarism to be submitted in the journal under the heading extra-
work.
59
1. Using Divide and Conquer Strategies design a cluster/Grid of BBB or Rasberi pi or Computers in network
to run a function for Binary Search Tree using C /C++/ Java/Python/ Scala
2. Using Divide and Conquer Strategies design a class for Concurrent Quick Sort using C++.
3. Write a MPI program for calculating a quantity called coverage from data files.
Hint :- Program distributes computation efficiently across the cluster. The program should be able to
work with any number of nodes and should yield the same results as the serial code.
4. Write a program on an unloaded cluster for several different numbers of nodes and record the time taken
in each case. Draw a graph of execution time against the number of nodes.
5. build a small compute cluster using Raspberry Pi/BBB modules to implement Booths Multiplication
algorithm.
Elective-IV A. Use Business intelligence and analytics tools to recommend the combination of share purchases and sales
for maximizing the profit.
Elective-IV B. A paint manufacturing company produces the interior and exterior paints using two raw materials M1 and
M2. XML/JSON is used to store the following data i.e. Tons of Raw materials required to manufacture
a ton of paint;
Exterior Paints Interior Paints Maximum daily
(1 Ton) (1 Ton) availability (tons)
Raw Material, M1 6 4 24
Raw Material, M2 1 2 6
Profit per Ton 5 4
The market survey indicates that the daily demand for interior paint cannot exceed that for exterior
paints by more than 1 ton. The maximum daily demand for interior paint is 2 tons. Write a program to
recommend the optimally best products manufacturing quantity in tons of interior and exterior paints
to maximize the total daily profit. Design necessary schema/ data structure and write a program using
Scala/ python/ Java/ C++ to access the data to generate result using graphical method to Linear
Problem(LP) and Tabular method for LP.
(Hint: Refer page 9 of the elective text book 1 (410452B). )
Elective-IV C. Write a mobile application to generate a Scientific calculator using J2ME/ Python/ Scala/ C++/ An-
droid.
Elective-IV D. Design a suitable assignment in consultation with the industry expert for an open elective.
• Group B (Any Six Assignments: atleast 1 from the selected Elective) All assignments must
remaining Queens to generate final 8-queen’s Matrix using Python. Create a backtracking scenario and
use HPC architecture (Preferably BBB) for computation of next placement of a queen.
2. Concurrent implementation of Tarson’s Multiplication using BBB HPC or equivalent infrastructure. Use
Java/ Python/ Scala/ C++ as programming language.
3. Develop a stack sampling using threads using VTune Amplifier.
4. Write a program to check task distribution using Gprof.l
5. Develop porting linux application for sorting of task essentials
6. Implement OBST Tree search using HPC task sub-division. Merge the results to get final result.
60
7. Perform concurrent ODD-Even Merge sort using HPC infrastructure (preferably BBB) using Python/
Scala/ Java/ C++.
8. Perform DSP(Digital Signal Processing) convolution operation on a given signal stored using XML/JSON/
text file using HPC infrastructure.
Elective-IV A1 A Mall has number of items for sale. Build a required Database to develop BAI tool for considering one
aspect of growth to the business Such as organization of products based on demand and patterns use
R Programming or other equivalent latest tools used in Industry or Use Hadoop, HDFS, HIVE, PIG,
mongoBD Connectors for Hadoop and/OR other latest technology tools in the Hadoop Ecosystem for
unstructured data analytics to effectively use advanced SQL functions and Greenplum extensions for
in-database analytics. Use MADlib bigdata tools to solve analytics problems in-database Used for this
assignment.
Elective-IV A2 Frame the suitable assignment to perform computing using BIA tools effectively.
Elective-IV B1 For the given data table in XML/JSON/ Simple File, Construct a two person zero-sum game using
Python/Scala/C++. Design necessary data structures/schema (Hint: Refer pages 472, 473 Text Book 1
for the data).
Elective-IV B2 Design a suitable data for transportation problem or use of Poisson Distribution for Job Arrival and
efficient execution and construct the OR solution. Write a program for the same.
Elective-IV C1 Write a Mobile App program using J2ME /Python /Scala /Java /Android to check the palindrome in a
given string.
Elective-IV C2 Write a mobile smart App to call a emergency land-line number/ mobile number using gyroscope/ iris
recognition/ thumb recognition or alike features of smart phone.
Elective-IV D1 To be defined by Industry persons supporting the open elective.
Elective-IV D2 To be defined by Industry persons supporting the open elective.
1 Write HTML5 programming techniques to compile a text PDF file integrating Latex.
2 Select an Industrial sector and write a BIA tool for maximizing the profit. [Optional: Placement Com-
panies.]
3 Design suitable assignment for Mobile Programming [Optional: to take a snapshot using mobile camera.]
Text Books:
Sl.No. Text Books
61
410454 Project

Tutorials: 6 Hrs/Week Term Work Assessment: 100
Oral Assessment: 50
Course Objectives:
• To develop problem solving abilities using mathematics;

• To develop software engineering documents and testing plans;
• To use algorithmic solutions using distributed, Embedded, concurrent and parallel environments.
• To encourage and expose students for participation in National/ International paper presentation activ-
ities.
• Exposure to Learning and knowledge access techniques using Conferences, Journal papers and participa-
tion in research activities.
Course Outcomes:
• To write review SRS, reliability testing reports, and other software engineering documents in the project
report;
• To write problem solution using multi-core, distributed, embedded, concurrent/Parallel environments;
• To write the test cases to demonstrate the results of the project;
• To write conference paper;
• To write code using FOSS tools and technologies or propitiatory Tools as per requirements;
• To practice presentation, communication and team-work skills.

Tools:
Preferably 64-bit FOSS tools but if sponsoring company’s requirement is non-open source
platform then it must be latest and current version of non-absolute tools. Latest SAN,
3-tier architectures along with latest version of FOSS Operating systems like Fedora 21
or equivalent, LAMP tools, WEB server, Applications servers, Database servers, MongoDB
or latest open source BigDATA tools, FOSS Programming Tools like gcc,g++,Eclipse,
Python, Java and other tools are per requirement of the SRS. The documentation tools like
Open office, GIT, Latex, Latex-Presentation.
1. Project workstation selection, installations and setup along with report to the guide. (recommended
submission date:- 3 weeks after commencement of second term)
2. Programming of the project, GUI (if any) as per 1 st Term term- work submission.(recommended sub-
mission date:- Progress report every week during laboratory)
3. Test tool selection for various testing recommended by preferably external guide and generate various
testing result charts, graphs etc. including reliability testing. (7 weeks before Term II Conclusion)
4. Review of design and necessary corrective actions taking into consideration feedback report of Term I
assessment, and other competitions/conferences participated like IIT, Central Universities, University
Conferences or equivalent centers of excellence etc.
5. Students must submit and preferably publish atleast one technical paper in the conferences held by IITs,
Central Universities or UoP Conference or International Conferences in Europe or US.
62
6. Final term work submissions in the prescribed format given by the guides consisting of a project report
consisting of a preliminary report prepared in term-I, detailed design (all necessary UML diagrams)
document, User Interface design, Laboratory assignments on test cases and test results generated by
selected project testing tool, conclusions, appendix (if necessary), glossary, tools used and references
at the end of Term-II after checking, removing/ avoiding the plagiarism. Give an additional
assignment per reporting plagiarism to be submitted in the report under the Annex heading
extra-work. If the project is the replica of any other previous project or work from other
unrelated persons than the students team, such project should be rejected for the term
work.
7. The Term II examination is conducted by panel of examiners (preferably guide and expert from Industry
having atleast 5 years subject experience (or senior teacher in the subject in case of non- availability of
industry expert). The project assessment shall be done using Live Project Demonstration [in existing
functional condition], using necessary simulators (if required) and presentation by the students. The
remarks of Term I assessment and related corrective actions must be assessed during examining the
term-work.
Term-II Project Laboratory Assignments:
1. Review of design and necessary corrective actions taking into consideration the feedback report of Term
I assessment, and other competitions/conferences participated like IIT, Central Universities, University
Conferences or equivalent centers of excellence etc.
2. Project workstation selection, installations along with setup and installation report preparations.
3. Programming of the project functions, interfaces and GUI (if any) as per 1 st Term term-work submission
using corrective actions recommended in Term-I assessment of Term-work.
4. Test tool selection and testing of various test cases for the project performed and generate various testing
result charts, graphs etc. including reliability testing.
Additional assignments for the Entrepreneurship Project:
5. Installations and Reliability Testing Reports at the client end.

6. To study Clients Feedback reports and related fix generations.
7. To create Documents Profit and Loss accounts and balance-sheet of the company.
Note: If the students fails to complete the Entrepreneurship assignment successfully then the
project shall be treated as Internal Project for the purpose of assessment.
Reference Books:
1. Term-I Project Report with Corrections, Reliability testing reports, plagiarism reports
2. Journals references necessary for the Project
63
Revised Syllabus for

S.E (E&TC/Electronics)
(2012 Course)
(W.e.f. from June: 2013)
University of Pune
1
Course Structure for S.E. (Electronics/Electronics & Telecommunication Engineering)
2012 Course (w.e.f. June-2013)
SEMESTER-I
Marks
Subject Hrs/Week
Subject
Code Theory Theory
Lect Tut Pr Tw Pr Or Total
Online Paper
204181 Signals & Systems 4 1 - 50 25 - - 50 125
204182 Electronic Devices & 4 - 2 50 - 50 - 50 150
Circuits
204183 Network Theory 3 1 - 50 25 - - 50 125
204184 Data structures & 4 - 2 50 - - 50 50 150
Algorithms
204185 Digital Electronics 4 - 2 50 - 50 - 50 150
204186 Electronic Measuring 1 - 2 - 50 - - - 50
Instruments & Tools
Total 20 2 8 250 100 100 50 250 750
SEMESTER-II
Marks
Subject Hrs/Week
Subject
Code Theory Theory
Lect Tut Pr Tw Pr Or Total
Online Paper
207005 Engineering Maths-III 4 1 - 50 25 - - 50 125
204187 Integrated Circuits 3 - 2 50 - 50 - 50 150
204188 Control Systems 3 1 - 50 25 - - 50 125
204189 Analog Communication 4 - 2 50 - 50 - 50 150
204190 Computer Organization 3 - - 50 - - - 50 100
204191 Object Oriented 2 - 2 - 25 - 50 - 75
Programming
204192 Soft Skills 1 - 2 - 25 - - - 25
Total 20 2 8 250 100 100 50 250 750
Dr. D S Bormane
Chairman, BOS(Electronics)
2
204181 Signals and Systems
Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme:
Theory Online : 50 Marks
Lectures: 4 Hrs/ Week
Theory Paper : 50 Marks
Tutorial : 1 Hr/Week
Term work: 25
Course Objectives and Outcomes:
The concept and theory of signals and systems are needed in almost all electronics and
telecommunication engineering fields and in many other engineering and scientific disciplines as
well. The main objective of this course is to lay the foundation for further studies in areas such
as communication, signal processing, and control systems etc. This course will explore the basic
concepts of signals and systems.
Having successfully completed this course, the student will be able to:
1. Understand the basic signals and their classification, perform operations on signals.
2. Understand and identify the systems based on their properties
3. Understand, identify the system based on their properties in terms impulse response and
also solve the convolution integral and sum.
4. Understand, and resolve the signals in frequency domain using Fourier series and Fourier
transform. Find the amplitude spectrum, phase spectrum of the various signals and also
systems. Analyze the system in frequency domain.
5. Understand, and resolve the signals in complex frequency domain using Laplace
Transform. Analyze the system in s – domain. Characterize the system in s- domain.
Apply Laplace transforms to analyze electrical circuits.
6. Understand, apply and determine the correllogram, auto correlation, cross correlation,
energy spectral density, and power spectral density of discrete and continuous signals.
Carry out the system analysis and inter play between frequency and time domain.
7. Understand the basic concept of probability, random variables and random signals.
Calculate the CDF, PDF and probability of a given event. Calculate the mean, mean
square, variance and standard deviation for given random variables using pdf.
3
Unit I : Introduction to Signals and Systems 10L
Definition of signals and systems, communication and control systems as examples,
Classification of signals: Continuous time and discrete time, even, odd, periodic and non
periodic, deterministic and non deterministic, energy and power.
Operations on signals: Amplitude scaling, addition, multiplication, differentiation, integration
(Accumulator for DT), time scaling, time shifting and folding, precedence rule.
Elementary signals: exponential, sine, step, impulse and its properties, ramp, rectangular,
triangular, signum, sinc.
Systems: Definition, Classification: linear and non linear, time variant and invariant, causal and
non-causal, static and dynamic, stable and unstable, invertible.
Unit II : System Analysis 8L

System modeling: Input output relation, impulse response, block diagram, integro-differential
equation. Definition of impulse response, convolution integral, convolution sum, computation of
convolution integral using graphical method for unit step to unit step, unit step to exponential,
exponential to exponential and unit step to rectangular, rectangular to rectangular only.
Computation of convolution sum. Properties of convolution, system interconnection, system
properties in terms of impulse response, step response in terms of impulse response.
Unit III : System Analysis in Frequency Domain using Fourier Transform 6L

Definition and necessity of CT and DT Fourier series and Fourier transforms. Analogy between
CTFS, DTFS and CTFT, DTFT. CT Fourier series, CT Fourier transform and its properties,
problem solving using properties, amplitude spectrum, phase spectrum of the signal and system.
Interplay between time and frequency domain using sinc and rectangular signals. Limitations of
FT and need of LT and ZT.
Unit IV : System Analysis in Frequency Domain using Laplace Transform 6L

Definition and its properties, ROC and pole zero concept. Application of Laplace transforms to
the LTI system analysis. Inversion using duality, numerical based on properties. Signal analysis
4
using LT.
Unit V : Correlation and Spectral Density 6L

Definition of Correlation and Spectral Density, correllogram, analogy between correlation,
covariance and convolution, conceptual basis, auto-correlation, cross correlation, energy/power
spectral density, properties of correlation and spectral density, inter relation between correlation
and spectral density.
Unit VI : Probability, Random Variables and Random Signals 6L

Experiment, sample space, event, probability, conditional probability and statistical
independence. Random variables: Continuous and Discrete random variables, cumulative
distributive function, Probability density function, properties of CDF and PDF. Statistical
averages, mean, moments and expectations, standard deviation and variance. Probability models:
Uniform, Gaussian, Binomial. Evolution and definition of random signal through probability via
random variable.
Text Books :
1. Simon Haykins and Barry Van Veen, “Signals and Systems”, 2nd Edition, Wiley India.
2. Simon Haykins, “ An Introduction to Analog and Digital Communications”, Wiley India
Reference Books :
1. Mrinal Mandal and Amir Asif, Continuous and Discrete Time Signals and Systems,
Cambridge University Press, 2007
2. Charles Phillips, “Signals , Systems and Transforms” , 3rd Edition, Pearson Education.
3. Peyton Peebles, “Probability, Random Variable, Random Processes”, 4 th Edition, Tata
Mc Graw Hill.
4. Luis F. Chaparro, Signals and Systems using MATLAB, Academic Press an imprint of
Elsevier Inc, 2011
5. M.J.Roberts and Govind Sharma, “Fundamentals of Signals and Systems”,2nd edition,Mc
Graw Hill,2010
5
Signals and Systems
(Tutorial Assignments)
Tutorials must be conducted batch wise. Batch size should not be more than 20 students.
The main objective of this tutorial is to focus on the outcomes defined in the theory syllabus by
solving the following assignments based on paper work.
1 A) Sketch and write defining mathematical expression for the following signals in CT and DT
a) Unit Step.
b) Rectangular
c) Exponential
d) Signum
e) Sine
f) Sinc
g) Triangular
h) Unit Impulse.
i) Unit Ramp
B) Classify and find the respective value for the above signals
a) Periodic / Non Periodic
b) Energy / Power /Neither
2 Take any two CT and DT signals and perform the following operation Amplitude scaling,
addition, multiplication, differentiation, integration (accumulator for DT), time scaling,
time shifting and folding
3 Express any two system mathematical expressions in input output relation form and
determine whether each one of them is, Memory less, Causal, Linear, Stable, Time in
variant, Invertible
4 Express any two system mathematical expressions in impulse response form and
determine whether each one of them is, Memory less, Causal, Linear, Stable, Time in
variant, Invertible
6
5 State and prove the properties of CT Fourier Transform. Take rectangular and sinc signal
as examples and demonstrate the applications of CTFT properties. And also demonstrate
the interplay between the time and frequency domain
6 State and prove the properties of CT Laplace Transform. Take any example of a system in
time domain and demonstrate the application of LT in system analysis
7 A) Find the following for the given energy signal
a) Autocorrelation
b) Energy from Autocorrelation
c) Energy from definition
d) Energy Spectral Density directly
e) ESD from Autocorrelation
B) Find the following for the given power signal
a) Autocorrelation
b) Power from Autocorrelation
c) Power from definition
d) Power Spectral Density directly
e) PSD from Autocorrelation
8 A) List and Explain the properties of CDF & PDF, Suppose a certain random variable has the
CDF
 0 x0

FX  x    kx 2 0  x  10
 100k x  10

Evaluate k, Write the corresponding PDF and find the values of P(X  5) and P 5  X  7 
(This is only an example. Various Probability functions may be given)
B) Find mean ,mean square , standard deviation , variance of X
when f X  x  ae u x with a>0

ax
(This is only an example. Various Probability functions may be given)
7
204182 Electronic Devices And Circuits

Lectures: 4 Hrs/ Week Theory Online : 50 Marks
Practical: 2 Hrs/Week Theory Paper : 50 Marks
Practical: 50 Marks
The objective of the course is to introduce the students to semiconductor devices (such as BJT,
MOSFET) and their characteristics, analysis, operation, circuits and applications.
1. Understand and apply basic and semiconductor principles to the device to observe its
performance.
2. Comply and verify parameters after exciting devices by any stated method.
3. Simulate electronics circuits using computer simulation software to obtain desired results.
4. Understand and verify simulated circuit with hardware implementation.
5. Implement hardwired circuit to test performance and application for what it is being designed.
6. Analyze and model BJT and MOSFET for small signal.
7. Understand and apply concept of feedback to improve stability of circuits.
8. Understand behavior of transistors at low and high frequency.
Unit I : Bipolar Junction Transistors DC Circuits 6L

The Operating Point, Bias Stability, Self Bias or Emitter Bias, Stabilization against Variations
in ICO, VBE and β, General Remarks on Collector – Current Stability, Bias Compensation
Techniques, Thermal Runaway, Thermal Stability.
Unit II : BJT at Low Frequencies 8L

Two Port Devices and the Hybrid Model, Transistor Hybrid Model, Small Signal Amplifier
Performance in terms of h-parameters, exact analysis of BJT CE, Comparison of CE, CC & CB
Amplifier’s performance parameters, High Input Impedance Transistor Circuits
8
Unit-III Frequency Response of Amplifiers & BJT at High Frequency 8L
Frequency Response of an Amplifier, Step Response of an Amplifier, Bandpass of Cascaded
Stages, RC-Coupled Amplifier, Low-Frequency Response of an RC-Coupled Stage, The
Hybrid-π Common-Emitter Transistor Model, Hybrid-π Conductances, The Hybrid-π
Capacitances, The CE Short-Circuit Current Gain, Current Gain with Resistive Load
Unit IV : Feedback amplifiers and Oscillators 8L

The Feedback Concept, The Transfer gain with Feedback, General Characteristics of Negative-
Feedback Amplifiers, Topologies of Negative-Feedback, Summery of Effect of Negative-
Feedback on Gain, Input Resistance , Output Resistance & Bandwidth of Amplifier,
Sinusoidal Oscillators, The Transistor Phase-Shift Oscillator, A General form of LC Oscillator
Circuit, Transistor Hartley & Colpitts Oscillator
Unit V : Large Signal Low Frequency Amplifiers 6L

Power BJTs, Classification of Amplifies, Class A Large-Signal Amplifiers, Second –Harmonic
Distortion, The Transformer-Coupled Audio Power Amplifier & it’s Efficiency, Class B
Amplifiers, Class B Push-Pull & Complementary-Symmetry Amplifier, Class AB Operation
Unit VI : E-MOSFET’s DC & AC Circuits 8L

Non-ideal voltage current characteristics of EMOSFET. Biasing of EMOSFET Common
source circuit, Load Line & Modes of operation, DC Analysis, constant current source biasing.
Small Signal Parameters, Small Signal Equivalent Circuit, Analysis of CS amplifier.
Introduction to Bi-CMOS Technology. The E-MOSFET internal capacitances and high
frequency model.
Text Books :
1. Millman, Halkias, “Integrated Electronics- Analog and Digital Circuits and Systems”, 2nd
TMH.
2. Donald Neamaen, “Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design”, 3rd Edition, TMH.
9
Reference Books :
1. David A.Bell, “Electronic Devices and Circuits”, 5th Edition, Oxford press
2. Boylstad, Nashlesky, “Electronic Devices and Circuits Theory”, 9th Edition, PHI, 2006.
3. Sedra Smith, “Microelectronics Circuits, 5th Edition, Oxford, 1999.
List of Experiments:
Exp Practical
Name of experiment
no. Turns
1 Build and test a sensing circuit for slotted disc using photo diode/
Optocoupler [H 21 A 1] in RPM indicator.
1
 Identify the terminal of optical device.
 Relevance of slot and speed.
 Measure RPM using oscilloscope/frequency counter.
2 Transistor as a switch to drive LED, relay and single seven segment display
(common Anode) use BC547.
 Measure IC and VCEsat for each drive. 1

 To find critical input current required to operate switch (On/Off).
 Justification for why CB and CC configuration are not preferred as an
electronic switch.
3 Verify DC operating point for a single stage BJT in CE configuration.
 Calculate values biasing resistors (R1,R2,RE) to operate BJT at a

certain VCEQ & ICQ 2
 Build the circuit with these components
 Measure VCEQ, ICQ, IBQ and VBEQ
 Compare measured quantities with theoretical values
4 Build and test single stage CE amplifier.
 Use the circuit build in Experiment No. 3

 Connect coupling and emitter bypass capacitors 1
 To measure the voltage gain, input resistance (R i), output
Resistance (Ro) of the amplifier.
 Verify phase difference between input and output voltage.
 To measure the bandwidth using square wave testing.
5 Simulate a Single stage BJT amplifier (CE, CB and CC) for given 1
10
specifications.(DC & AC Analysis)
 Implement the circuit build in Experiment No. 4 in simulation

software.
 To measure the voltage gain (AV), input resistance (Ri), output
Resistance (RO) of the CE, CB and CC amplifier.
 To observe and print input and output waveforms to understand the
phase difference in each configuration.
6 Simulate frequency response of single stage CE amplifier (use same circuit)
 To study the effect of coupling capacitor and bypass capacitor on low

frequency response. 1
 To study effect of external shunting capacitor on high frequency
response (To restrict bandwidth).
 To understand dominant RC circuit for fL and fH.
7 Voltage-Series feedback amplifier
 To identify topology of feedback with proper justification.

 To measure voltage gain, input resistance, output resistance and
bandwidth (using square wave testing) for without feedback. 2
 To measure voltage gain, input resistance, output resistance and
bandwidth (using square wave testing) for with feedback.
 To verify the improvement in various parameters as per the derived
equations.
8 Simulation of current shunt feedback amplifier
 To identify topology of feedback with proper justification.

 To measure current gain, input resistance, output resistance and
bandwidth for without feedback. 1
 To measure current gain, input resistance, output resistance and
bandwidth for with feedback.
 To verify the improvement in various parameters as per the derived
equations.
9 Simulation of transistorized oscillator
 Implement the Phase shift oscillator.

 Verify Barkhausen criteria. 1
 Implement the crystal oscillator (series / parallel resonance circuit).
 To observe the output voltage waveform.
 To calculate frequency of oscillation theoretically and practically.
10 Build & Test transistorized oscillator 1
11
 Implement the LC (Colpitts / Hartley) oscillator.
 Verify Barkhausen criteria.
 To observe the output voltage waveform.
 To calculate frequency of oscillation theoretically and practically.
11 Complementary Symmetry push pull amplifier
 To verify DC condition
 To understand class of operation. 1
 To calculate the percentage conversion efficiency.
 To calculate power dissipation of both transistor.
 To observe and elimination of crossover distortion.
12 MOSFET as a switch (CD4007C)
 NMOS switch with Ohmic load.
1
 CMOS inverter.
Realization of NAND using PMOS and NMOS.
Note: Conduct Experiment 7 OR 8 and 9 OR 10.
12
204183 Network Theory
Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme:
Theory Paper : 50
Term work: 25
The objective of the course is to introduce the student to fundamentals of Network theory including its
concepts, initial and final conditions of components, transient ant steady state response, network
theorems, two-port network, network parameters, resonance and LC filters. With this the students
will have the knowledge of how to evaluate and analyze any complex network.
1. Understand, Analyze the basic AC and DC circuits using KCL,KVL and network Theorems
2. Determine the voltages, currents, power and impedances at various nodes and loops using all
the simplification techniques.
3. Understand and apply graph theory to solve network equations
4. Understand, and calculate the initial conditions of RL, RC circuits
5. Formulate, solve the differential equations for RL, RC, and RLC circuits and carry out the
transient analysis.
6. Understand, identify and analyze the series, parallel resonance circuits, calculate the
bandwidth, selectivity, Q-factor also.
7. Understand, analyze and design prototype LC filters and Resistive attenuators.
8. Characterize; model the network in terms of all network parameters and analyze.
8. Understand and formulate the network transfer function in s-domain and pole, zero concept.
Unit I : Basic Circuit Analysis and Simplification Techniques 8L
Kirchoff’s Current and Voltage Laws, Independent and dependent sources and their interconnection,
and power calculations.
Network Analysis: Mesh, Super mesh, Node and Super Node analysis. Source transformation and
source shifting.
Network Theorems: Superposition, Thevenin’s, Norton’s and Maximum Power Transfer Theorems,
13
Millers Theorem and its dual.(AC circuit analysis for all the topics of this unit)
Unit II : Graph Theory and Network Equations 5L

Network graph, tree, co-tree, and loops. Incidence matrix, tie-set, cut-set matrix. Formulation of
equilibrium equations in matrix form, solution of resistive networks and principle of duality
Unit III : Transient Analysis of Basic RC, RL and RLC Circuits 6L

Initial conditions, source free RL and RC circuits, properties of exponential response, Driven RL and
RC circuits, Natural and Forced response of RL and RC circuits. Introduction to Source free and
driven series RLC circuit. Over damped and Under damped series RLC circuit.
Unit IV : Frequency Selective Networks 6L

Significance of Quality factor.
Series Resonance: Impedance, Phase angle variations with frequency, Voltage and current variation
with frequency, Bandwidth, Selectivity. Effect of Rg on BW & Selectivity. Magnification factor.
Parallel resonance: Resonant frequency and admittance variation with frequency, Bandwidth and
selectivity. General case: Resistance present in both branches.
Comparison and applications of series and parallel resonant circuits.
Unit V : Filters and Attenuators 6L

Classifications: Symmetrical and Asymmetrical networks.
Properties of two port Network: Symmetrical Networks (T and  only). Z0 and γ in terms of circuit
components.
Asymmetrical Networks: Image Impedance and Iterative Impedance (L-Section only).
Filters: Filter fundamentals, Constant K-LPF, HPF, BPF and BSF, introduction to concept of m-
derived LPF and HPF, Terminating half sections, and composite filters. (Derivation and design of m-
derived filters is not expected).
Attenuators: Introduction to Neper and Decibel. Symmetrical T and  type attenuators.
14
Unit VI : Two Port Network Parameters and Functions 6L
Terminal characteristics of network: Z, Y, h, ABCD Parameters; Reciprocity and Symmetry
conditions, Applications of the parameters. Application of Laplace Transforms to circuit analysis.
Network functions for one port and two port networks, Pole-zeros of network functions and network
stability.
Text Books :
1. William H Hayt, Jack E Kimmerly and Steven M.Durbin, Engineering Circuit Analysis, Tata
McGraw Hill
2. D Roy Choudhury, Networks and Systems, New Age International Publishers
Reference Books :
1. John D. Ryder, Network Lines and Fields by, PHI
2. M. E. Van Valkenburg, Network Analysis, PHI / Pearson Education, 3rd Edition. Reprint 2002
3. Franklin F. Kuo, Network analysis and Synthesis, , Wiley International Edition
4. B.Somanahan Nair and S.R.Deepa, “ Network analysis and Synthesis “ Elsevier ,2012
15
Network Theory
solving the following assignment based on paper work.
1 Determine the following using KCL,KVL, node, loop analysis and circuit simplification
techniques
1. Currents through various given branches
2. Voltages across the given branches
3. Power absorbed or delivered by a given component
(Various network involving resistors, inductors, capacitors, dependent and independent
current and voltages sources may be given and students are expected to analyze the
network and determine the above. Analysis of AC, and DC both is expected)
2 Determine the following using Network Theorems. One problem statement on each
theorem.
1. Currents through various given branches
2. Voltages across the given branches
3. Power absorbed or delivered by a given component
(Various network involving resistors, inductors, capacitors, dependent and independent
current and voltages sources may be given and students are expected to analyze the
network and determine the above. Analysis of AC, and DC both is expected)
3 Carry out the following analysis of a given network.
1. Draw relevant network graph, tree, co-tree, and loops.
2. Formulate incidence matrix, tie-set, cut-set matrix whichever is applicable.
3. Formulate equilibrium equations in matrix form, and solve.
4. Find the duality.
(One problem on each technique is expected)
16
4 1. Formulate differential equation for RL and RC circuits and solve for current and
voltages by determining initial conditions for driven and source free conditions.
2. Carry out the transient analysis and determine the voltage, current expressions for
a given network involving RL, RC, RLC
(One problem statement on each combination, source free and driven RL, RC,
series RLC network)
5 A. Analyze the series and parallel resonant circuits and derive the equations of Q-
factor, resonance frequency, bandwidth, impedance, and selectivity.
B. Determine Q-factor, resonance frequency, bandwidth, impedance, and selectivity
for a given problem. (One problem on series and parallel resonant circuit each)
6 A. Analyze the LC low pass, high pass, band pass and band stop by deriving cut off
frequency, impedance, and draw the frequency response in terms of impedance
curves.
B. Design prototype constant K – Low, High, Band pass, band stop filters for given
specification. (One problem on each type of filter)
7 Formulate the z, y, h, ABCD parameters and find the conditions for Reciprocity and
Symmetry conditions.
8 Determine the z, y, h, ABCD parameters for a given network

9 Analyze the given network using Laplace Transform and find the network transfer
function
17
204184 Data Structures & Algorithms
Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme:
Practical : 2 Hrs/Week
Oral: 50 Marks
Course Objectives & Outcomes:

This course provides an introduction to the theory, practice and methods of data structures and
algorithm design. Students will learn elementary data structures such as stacks, queues, linked lists,
trees and graphs in C language, and the algorithms designed for manipulating these data structures. The
objective of this course is to introduce students to both data structures and algorithm design.
a. Choose the data structures that effectively model the information in a problem.
b. Judge efficiency trade-offs among alternative data structure implementations or combinations.
c. Apply algorithm analysis techniques to evaluate the performance of an algorithm and to
compare data structures.
d. Implement and know when to apply standard algorithms for searching and sorting.
e. Design, implement, test, and debug programs using a variety of data structures including lists,
stacks, queues, hash tables, binary tree structures, search trees, heaps, graphs.
Unit I: Introduction to Algorithm & Program Design 8L

Basic Terminology; Elementary data organization, Data Structures, Data structure operations, Abstract
Data Type.
Algorithm: Complexity, Time Space Tradeoff, Algorithmic Notations, Control Structures, Complexity
of Algorithms, Sub-algorithms, Functions in C: Passing by value, recursive functions, Local & Global
Variables, Arrays: Arrays in C and various operations. Searching Algorithms: Algorithms for
Sequential Search, Indexed Sequential Search, Binary Search.
18
Unit II: Arrays, records and Pointers 8L
Sorting Algorithms: Selection sort, Bubble sort, Insertion Sort.
Multidimensional Arrays, Representation of polynomials using arrays.
Strings: Basic Terminology, Strings as ADT, and string operations.
Pointers: Basic concepts, Pointer declaration & initialization, Pointer to a pointer, Functions &
Pointers, Array of pointers, Arrays & Pointers: Dynamic memory management.
Records: Structures in C, Comparison with arrays as a data structure. Array of structures, Pointers and
structures, Polynomial representation using array of structures, Unions, Bitwise operators.
Unit III: Linked Lists 7L
Singly Linked Lists: Concept, Linked List as ADT, Representation of Linked list in Memory,
Traversing a linked list, Searching a linked list, Memory Allocation; Garbage collection, Insertion into
Linked list, Deletion from a linked list, Header Linked List, Representation of polynomial, Circularly
Linked list, Doubly Linked List.
Unit IV: Stacks, Queues, Recursion 7L
Stacks: Concept, Array representation of stacks, Linked representation of stacks, Stack as ADT,
Arithmetic expressions; Polish notation. Application of stacks: Recursion, Implementation of
recursive procedures by stacks.
Queues: Concept, Array representation of queues, Linked representation of queues, Queue as ADT,
Circular queues, Dequeues, Priority queues. Application of queues: Categorizing data, Simulation of
queues.
Unit V: Trees 7L
Binary Trees: Concept & Terminologies, Representation of Binary Tree in memory, Traversing a
binary tree, Traversal algorithms using stacks, Header Nodes; Threads, Binary Search Trees (BST),
Searching and inserting in BST, Deleting in a BST, Balanced Binary Trees.
Application of Trees: Expression Tree, Game Trees.
Unit VI: Graphs 7L
Graphs: Graph theory terminology, Sequential representation of graphs; Adjacency matrix, Path
matrix, Linked representation of a graph, Operations on graph, Traversing a graph, Topological
sorting, Spanning trees; Minimum Spanning tree, Kruskal’s Algorithm, Prim’s Algorithm.
19
Text Books:
1. Seymour Lipschutz, Data Structure with C, Schaum’s Outlines, Tata McGrawHill
2. Yashavant Kanetkar, Data Structures Through C, BPB Publication, 2nd Edition
Reference books:
1. E Balgurusamy - Programming in ANSI C, Tata McGraw-Hill (Third Edition)
2. Yedidyah Langsam, Moshe J Augenstein, Aaron M Tenenbaum – Data structures using C and
C++ - PHI Publications ( 2nd Edition ).
3. Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni- Fundamentals of Data Structures – Galgotia Books source.
4. Data Structures using C , ISRD Group, Mc Graw Hill
List of Practical:
Write Programs in C to implement
1. Searching methods-Linear & Binary
2. Sorting Methods-Bubble, Selection & Insertion.
3. Data base Management using array of structure with operations Create, display, Modify,
Append, Search and sort.
4. Polynomial addition using array of structure.
5. Singly linked list with operations Create, Insert, Delete, Search.
6. Stack using arrays & Linked Lists.
7. Queue using array & Linked Lists.
8. Evaluation of postfix expression (input will be postfix expression)
9. Binary search tree: Create, search, recursive traversals.
10. Graph using adjacency Matrix with BFS & DFS traversals.
20
204185 Digital Electronics

Practical : 2 Hrs/week Theory Paper : 50Marks
Practical: 50 Marks
The concept and theory of digital Electronics are needed in almost all electronics and
telecommunication engineering fields and in many other engineering and scientific disciplines as well.
The main objective of this course is to lay the foundation for further studies in areas such as
communication, VLSI, computer, microprocessor etc. One of the most important reasons for the
unprecedented growth of digital electronics is the advent of integrated circuit. This course will explore
the basic concepts of digital electronics.
1. Understand the basic logic gates and various variable reduction techniques of digital logic
circuit in detail.
2. Understand, identify and design combinational and sequential circuits
3. Design and implement hardware circuit to test performance and application for what it is being
designed.
4. Simulate and verify using computer simulation software to obtain desired result.
5. Understand and verify simulated circuit model with hardware implementation.
Unit I: Digital Logic Families 8L

Classification of logic families, Characteristics of digital ICs-Speed of operation, power dissipation,
figure of merit, fan in, fan out, current and voltage parameters, noise immunity, operating temperatures
and power supply requirements.TTL logic. Operation of TTL NAND gate, active pull up, wired AND,
open collector output, unconnected inputs. Tri-State logic. CMOS logic – CMOS inverter, NAND,
NOR gates, unconnected inputs, wired logic , open drain output. Interfacing CMOS and TTL.
Comparison table of Characteristics of TTL, CMOS, ECL, RTL, I2L, DCTL.
21
Unit II : Combinational Logic Design 8L
Standard representations for logic functions, k map representation of logic functions (SOP m POS
forms), minimization of logical functions for min-terms and max-terms (upto 4 variables), don’t care
conditions, Design Examples: Arithmetic Circuits, BCD - to – 7 segment decoder, Code converters.
Adders and their use as subtractions, look ahead carry, ALU, Digital Comparator, Parity
generators/checkers, Multiplexers and their use in combinational logic designs, multiplexer trees,
Demultiplexers and their use in combinational logic designs, Decoders, demultiplexer trees.
Introduction to Quine McCluskey method.
Unit III : Sequential Logic Design 8L

1 Bit Memory Cell, Clocked SR, JK, MS J-K flip flop, D and T flip-flops. Use of preset and clear
terminals, Excitation Table for flip flops. Conversion of flip flops. Application of Flip flops: Registers,
Shift registers, Counters (ring counters, twisted ring counters), Sequence Generators, ripple counters,
up/down counters, synchronous counters, lock out, Clock Skew, Clock jitter. Effect on synchronous
designs.
Unit IV : State Machines 8L

Basic design steps- State diagram, State table, State reduction, State assignment, Mealy and Moore
machines representation, Implementation, finite state machine implementation, Sequence detector.
Unit V : Programmable Logic Devices and Semiconductor Memories- 6L

Programmable logic devices: Detail architecture, Study of PROM, PAL, PLA, Designing
combinational circuits using PLDs. General Architecture of FPGA and CPLD
Semiconductor memories: memory organization and operation, expanding memory size, Classification
and characteristics of memories, RAM, ROM, EPROM, EEPROM, NVRAM, SRAM,DRAM,
Unit VI : Introduction to HDLs 7L

Library, Entity, Architecture, Modeling styles, Data objects, Concurrent and sequential statements,
Design examples, using VHDL for basic combinational and sequential circuits, Attributes (required for
22
practical) (Test benches and FSM excluded).
Text Books :
1. R.P. Jain , “Modern digital electronics” , 3rd edition , 12threprint TMH Publication, 2007.
2. Stephen Brown, “Fundamentals of digital logic design with VHDL” 1stedition, TMH
Publication 2002
Reference Books :
1. A. Anand Kumar, “Fundamentals of digital circuits” 1stedition, PHI publication, 2001
2. Wakerly Pearon, “Digital Design: Principles and Practices”, 3rdedition, 4threprint, Pearon
Education, 2004
3. J. Bhaskar, “VHDL Primer” 3rd Edition.PHI Publication.
4. Mark Bach, “Complete Digital Design”, Tata MCGraw Hill, 2005.
5. Volnei Pedroni, “ Digital: Electronics and Design with VHDL”, Elsevier
List of Experiments
All the following Practicals are mandatory.

1 Verify four voltage and current parameters for TTL and CMOS (IC 74LSXX, 74HCXX),
(Refer Data-Sheet).
2 Study of IC-74LS153 as a Multiplexer. (Refer Data-Sheet).
 Design and Implement 8:1 MUX using IC-74LS153 & Verify its Truth Table.
 Design & Implement the given 4 variable function using IC74LS153. Verify its Truth-
Table.
3 Study of IC-74LS138 as a Demultiplexer/ Decoder (Refer Data-Sheet).
23
 Design and Implement full adder and subtractor function using IC-74LS138.
 Design & Implement 3-bit code converter using IC-74LS138.(Gray to Binary/Binary to
Gray)
4 Study of IC-74LS83 as a BCD adder,(Refer Data-Sheet).
 Design and Implement 1 digit BCD adder using IC-74LS83

 Design and Implement 4-bit Binary subtractor using IC-74LS83.
5 Study of IC-74LS85 as a magnitude comparator,(Refer Data-Sheet)
 Design and Implement 4-bit Comparator.

 Design and Implement 8-bit Comparator
6
Study of Counter ICs (74LS90/74LS93). (Refer Data-Sheet)
 Design and Implement MOD-N and MOD-NN using IC-74LS90 and draw Timing
Diagram.
 Design and Implement MOD-N and MOD-NN using IC-74LS93 and draw Timing
Diagram.
7
Study of synchronous counter
 Design & Implement 4-bit Up/down Counter and MOD-N Up/down Counter using
IC-74HC191/IC74HC193. Draw Timing Diagram
8
Study of Shift Register (74HC194/74LS95), (Refer data-Sheet)
 Design and Implement Pulse train generator using IC-74HC194/IC74LS95 (Use right
shift/left shift).
 Design and Implement 4-bit Ring Counter/ Twisted ring Counter using shift registers
IC 74HC194/IC74LS95.
24
9 Write, simulate and verify, VHDL Code for four bit logical and arithmetic operations for
ALU.
 Behavioral modeling
 Dataflow modeling
10
D FF and JK FF (With Synchronous and asynchronous reset input)
(Use Behavioral modeling)
 Write, simulate and verify, VHDL Code for D flip flop using Synchronous
/asynchronous reset input
 Write, simulate and verify, VHDL Code for JK flip flop using asynchronous set
/reset Input
11 Four bit ripple counter. (Use data flow/Structural modeling)
 Write, simulate and verify, VHDL code for four bit ripple up counter
 Write, simulate and verify VHDL code for four bit ripple up/down Counter using
mode control.
25
204186 Electronic Measuring Instruments and Tools

Lectures: 1 Hr/ Week Term work : 50 Marks
Practical: 2 Hrs/Week
Many advanced electronic measuring instruments are being innovated and introduced in the market. It
is essential for an electronics engineer to know the functions, specifications and make the
measurements on many of the instruments. The main objective of this course is to introduce and
expose the students to various measuring instrument, their block diagram, specifications and
applications.
1. Understand fundamental of measurements of various electrical parameters.
2. Aware and identify the control panels of measuring and generating instruments.
3. Understand and describe specifications, features and capabilities of electronic instruments.
4. Select appropriate instrument for the measurement of electrical parameter professionally.
5. Finalize the specifications of instrument and select an appropriate instrument for given
measurement.
6. Make the required measurement using various instruments.
Following list of experiments is broad based on block diagram, specifications, features, various
measurement capabilities and applications of various essential instruments that are being used in E &
T/C engineering professionally. It is expected that teaching faculty will explore these instruments in
detail in respective laboratory sessions. Prominent specifications of the instrument should be listed and
attached in file/journal.
List of Practicals (Any Ten)

1. Carry out Statistical Analysis of Digital Voltmeter
 Calculate mean, standard deviation, average deviation, and variance.
 Calculate probable error.
26
 Plot Gaussian curve.
2. Perform following using Multimeter

 Measurement of dc voltage, dc current, ac (rms) voltage, ac (rms) current, resistance and
capacitance. Understand the effect of decimal point on resolution. Comment on
bandwidth.
 To test continuity, PN junction and transistor.
3. Perform following using CRO
 Observe alternate, chop modes.
 Measure unknown frequency and phase using XY mode.
 Perform locking of input signal using auto, normal, external, rising and falling edge
trigger modes.
 Verify calibration, level, astigmatism, ac, dc, ground, attenuator probe operations.
4. Perform following using DSO
Perform Roll, Average, Peak detection operations on signal
 Capture transients
 Perform FFT analysis of sine and square signals
 Perform various math operations like addition, subtraction and multiplication of two
waves.
5. Study of True RMS meter
Measure RMS, peak, average voltages for half controlled rectifier or Full controlled rectifier
by varying firing angle.
6. Study of programmable LCR meter
 Measure L, C & R
 Measure Q and Dissipation factor.
7. Study of Spectrum Analyzer
 Perform harmonic analysis and Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) measurement for sine
and square waves.
 Verify frequency response of filters & high frequency (HF) amplifier.
 Analyze Spectrum of AM & FM and to measure percent modulation and bandwidth.
27
8. Study of Frequency Counter
 Carry out measurements through different modes of measurement.
 Measure frequency, time, ratio, events & pulse width.
9. Calibration of Digital Voltmeter (DVM)
Calibrate DVM for dc voltage, ac voltage and dc current.
10. Study function generator/Arbitrary waveform generator
 Generate signal of required amplitude, frequency, duty cycle, offset etc.
 Generate special signals such as noise, ECG, sweep, burst, AM, FM, PM etc.
28
204187 Integrated Circuits

Practical : 2 Hrs/Week Theory Paper : 50 Marks
Practical: 50 Marks
Operational amplifier is one of the most important building blocks of any electronic system. It has
been in use for many years, and it is used in wide range of application such as linear, non linear,
mathematical interfacing, communication and control system. The main objective of this course is to
introduce the characteristics, analysis, working principle and applications of Operational Amplifiers.
1. Understand the characteristics of IC and Op-Amp and identify the internal structure.
2. Understand and identify various manufacturing techniques.
3. Derive and determine various performances based parameters and their significance for Op-
Amp.
4. Comply and verify parameters after exciting IC by any stated method.
5. Analyze and identify the closed loop stability considerations and I/O limitations.
6. Analyze and identify linear and nonlinear applications of Op-Amp.
7. Understand and verify results (levels of V & I) with hardware implementation.
8. Implement hardwired circuit to test performance and application for what it is being designed.
9. Understand and apply the functionalities of PLL to Frequency synthesizer, multiplier, FM, and
AM demodulators
Unit I : OP-AMP Basics 6L

Block diagram of OP-AMP, Explanations of each block, Differential Amplifier configurations,
Differential amplifier analysis for dual-input balanced-output configurations using ‘r’ parameters, Need
and types of level shifter, ideal parameters and practical parameters of OP-AMP and their comparison,
current mirror circuits.
31
Unit II : OP-AMP IC Technology 6L
Different manufacturing technology, features of each technology, types, symbol and ideal equivalent
circuit of OP-AMP, frequency response, transient response, stability of OP-AMP, frequency
compensation, Effect of temperature on parameters, Noise, Noise model of OP-AMP.
Unit III : Linear Applications of OP-AMP 6L

Inverting and Non-inverting amplifier, voltage follower, voltage scaling, difference amplifier, Ideal
integrator, errors in ideal integrator, practical integrator, frequency response of practical integrator,
applications of integrator, Ideal differentiator, errors in ideal differentiator, practical differentiator,
frequency response of practical differentiator, applications of differentiator, Requirements of
Instrumentation amplifier, 3 OP-AMP Instrumentation amplifier, Instrumentation amplifier
applications.
Unit IV : Non-linear Applications of OP-AMP 6L

Comparator, characteristics of comparator, applications of comparator, Schmitt trigger
(symmetrical/asymmetrical), Square wave generator, triangular wave generator, Problems in basic
rectifier, Need of precision rectifier, Half wave , Full wave precision rectifiers, peak detectors, sample
and hold circuits.
Unit V : Converters using OP-AMP 6L

V-F and F-V converter, I-V and V-I converter, Current amplifier, DAC, types of DAC, characteristics,
specifications, advantages and disadvantages of each type of DAC, ADC, types of ADC,
characteristics, specifications, advantages and disadvantages of each type of ADC.
Unit VI : Special Purpose ICs 6L

PLL types block diagram of PLL, function and types of each block, characteristics/parameters of PLL,
and different applications of PLL.
Voltage Regulator: Block diagram of adjustable three terminal positive and negative regulators
(317,337). Typical connection diagram, current boosting. Low drop out voltage regulators.
32
Text Books :
1. Ramakant A. Gaikwad, “Op Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits”, Pearson Education
2. Salivahanan and Kanchanabhaskaran, “Linear Integrated Circuits”, TMH
Reference Books :
1. George Clayton and Steve Winder, “Operational Amplifiers”, Newnes
2. Sergio Franco, “Design with Operational Amplifiers and Analog Integrated Circuits”, TMH
3. Bali,”Linear Integrated Circuits”, Mc Graw Hill
4. Gray, Hurst, Lewise, Meyer, “Analysis & Design of Analog Integrated Circuits, Wiley
Publications.
1 Measure op-amp parameters and compare with the specifications.
 Measure input bias current, input offset current and input offset voltage.
 Measure slew rate (LM/UA741C and LF356)
 Measure CMRR
 Compare the result with datasheet of corresponding Op Amp.
2 Design, build and test integrator (LF356).
 Design Integrator for given fa.
 Verify practical and theoretical frequencies fa and fb.
 Observe output waveform at fa and fb for Sine and Square wave input.
 Plot frequency response for integrator.
3 Design, build and test differentiator (LF356).
 Design differentiator for given fa.
 Verify practical and theoretical frequencies fa and fb.
 Observe output waveform at fa and fb for Sine and Square wave input.
33
 Plot frequency response for differentiator.
4 Design, build and test three Op-amp instrumentation amplifier for typical application
(Ex: temperature measurement)
 Implement Wheatstone bridge and balance for null condition.
 Calibrate bridge for 0ºC and room temperature.
 Set gain of IA amplifier to calibrate circuit for variation in temperature.
Note: Any similar application using IA.
5 Design, build and test precision half & full wave rectifier.
 To understand the concept of super diode.
 To implement inverting and non-inverting half wave rectifier.
 To implement inverting and non-inverting full wave rectifier.
 Plot input and output waveforms.
6 Design, build and test Comparator and Schmitt trigger.
 Design of Schmitt trigger circuit for given specifications.
 Implementations of Schmitt trigger using Op-Amp (LF356).
 Without external reference voltage.
 With external reference voltage source.
 With clamped output.( using Zener diodes; without external reference voltage)
 Verification of effect of Vref on output waveforms and hysteresis.
 Observe voltage waveforms and hysteresis.
Calculate UTP, LTP and hysteresis theoretically and practically.
7 Design, build and test Sample and hold circuit

 Design sample and hold circuit for given specifications.
 Implementation S &H using Op-amp(Any one 741,356 or LF 398)
 Plot original signal, S&H signal, and Capacitor droop.
 Observe the effect of increase in input frequency on sampled output.
8 Design, build and test PLL and any one application.
 Study PLL IC 565.
34
 Find the free running frequency.
 Find lock range and capture range.
9 2 bit DAC and 2 bit ADC.
A) Design and implement 2bit R-2R ladder DAC.
 Measure and verify output voltage practically and theoretically.
 Calculate resolution, step size and few more specification.
B) Design and implement 2bit flash type ADC.
 Verify operation of comparators and priority encoder individually.
 Calculate no.of comparator, resolution, full scale voltage range etc.
10 Design, build and test square & triangular wave generator.
 Design of Square wave generator for given specifications.
 Implementation of circuit using Op-Amp for different duty cycles (LF356).
 Verification of effect of slew rate on output waveforms.
 Observe voltage waveforms of output and timing capacitor.
 Calculate frequency of output waveform theoretically and practically.
Optional Experiments
Verify and understand practically virtual ground and virtual short concept in inverting
1
and non inverting configuration.
2 Design and implement Wien bridge oscillator using Op-Amp.
3 Plot DC transfer characteristics of emitter coupled differential amplifier.
Study effect of emitter resistance and constant current source on figure of merit (CMRR)
4
of emitter coupled differential amplifier.
5 Design and implement V-I converter.
6 Any experiment based on application of Op-Amp
Note:
 First 10 experiments are compulsory.
 Any additional experiment from optional list.
35
204188 Control Systems
Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme:
Term work: 25 Marks
The concept and theory of control systems are needed in almost all electronics and telecommunication
engineering fields and in many other engineering and scientific disciplines as well. The main
objective of this course is to introduce and give an exposure to the students the fundamentals of
control systems, various components in the control system, time domain, frequency domain analysis
and also the system stability analysis. This course would also provide the basis for control system
analysis using state space analysis and finally the digital control systems and their applications.
1. Model a physical system and express its internal dynamics and input-output relationships by
means of block diagrams, mathematical model and transfer functions.
2. Understand and explain the relationships between the parameters of a control system and its
stability, accuracy, transient behavior.
3. Identify the parameters that the system is sensitive to. Determine the stability of a system and
parameter ranges for a desired degree of stability.
4. Plot the Bode, Nyquist, Root Locus diagrams for a given control system and identify the
parameters and carry out the stability analysis.
5. Determine the frequency response of a control system and use it to evaluate or adjust the
relative stability,
6. Design a P, PD, PI, or PID controller based on the transient and steady state response criteria.
7. Model and analyze the control systems using state space analysis.
36
Unit I : Basics of Control Systems 6L
Introduction , Types of Control Systems : Open loop & Closed loop , Feed back Control System,
Effect of Feed Back , Modeling of Simple Electrical & Mechanical Systems Using Differential
Equations, Concept of Transfer Function , Characteristics Equation, Poles and Zeros , Block Diagram
Algebra ,Control system Components : A.C. & D.C. Servomotors , Stepper Motor
Unit II : Time Domain Analysis 6L

Type and Order of the Control Systems , Types of Standard Inputs , Response of First Order System to
Step, Ramp and Parabolic Inputs , Response of Second Order System to Step Input ,
Time Domain Specifications of Second Order Systems, Steady State Error and Error Coefficients,
Effects of addition of Poles and Zeros
Unit III : Stability 6L

Concept of Stability , Absolute ,Relative , Marginal and Unstable Stability analysis in S Plane ,
Dominant Poles and Zeros , Routh-Hurwitz Criterion , Concept of Root Locus
Unit IV : Frequency Domain Analysis 6L

Need of Frequency Domain Analysis , Correlation between Time & Frequency Domain , Frequency
Domain Specifications , Bandwidth , Bode Plot , Construction of Bode Plot , Gain and Phase Margin ,
Determination of Relative Stability , Nyquist Stability Criterion, Relative Stability Using Nyquist
Criterion
Unit V : State Space Analysis 6L

Advantages of State Space Analysis over Classical Control , Concept of State , State Variables and
State Model , State Space Representation using State Model, State Transition Matrix and its
properties, Solution of State Equations for LTI System , Concept of Controllability and Observability
37
Unit VI : Digital Control Systems 6L
Introduction, Advantages over analog control system, Sampled Data Control System, Transfer
Function of Digital Control System, Step Response (First & Second Order Systems only), Introduction
to Digital PID Controller, Introduction to PLC: Block schematic, PLC addressing, any one application
of PLC using Ladder diagram. Concept of Offset ,P, PI , PD and PID Characteristics
Text Books :
1. Katsuhiko Ogata, Modern Control Engineering, Fifth Edition, PHI Learning Private Limited,
New Delhi, 2010
2. I.J. Nagrath , M.Gopal, Control Systems Engineering, Fifth Edition, New Age International
Publishers, New Delhi, 2007
Reference Books :
1. Curtis D Johnson, Process Control Instrumentation Technology, Eighth Edition, PHI Private
Limited, New Delhi, 2011
2. Richard C. Drof , Robert N. Bishop, Modern Control Systems, Addison Wesley Publishing
Company, 2001
3. B.C.Kuo, Digital Control Systems, Second Edition, Oxford University Press, New York, 1992
38
Control Systems
solving the following assignment based on paper work. Paper work is compulsory for all assignments;
however it is desirable, few assignments may also be implemented using appropriate software.
Assignment to be given on the following topics.
1. Find overall transfer function of the system using block diagram algebra.
2. Find determine the stability of a system using Routh Hurwitz Criterion, marginal value of K
and frequency of sustained oscillations.
3. Construct the root locus and comment on the stability.
4. Find the time domain specifications of the given system.
5. Find the steady state error and error coefficients of the type 0, 1 and 2 systems for step, ramp
and parabolic inputs.
6. Find frequency domain specifications of the system.
7. Draw Bode Plot, find PM and GM and Comment on the stability. Also, find transfer function
of the system from given Bode plot.
8. Find stability of the system using Nyquist Criteria.
9. Write State space model of the system and solution.
10. Find State Transition Matrix for given system and verify the properties of the same.
11. Find the Transfer Function of a Digital System.
12. Find the response of first and second order Digital Systems for Step Input.
13. Study the Digital PID Controller with reference to response time, steady state error and offset.
39
204189 Analog Communication

Practical: 2 Hrs/ Week Theory Paper : 50 Marks
Practical: 50 Marks
Course objectives and Outcomes:
The basic objective of this is course is to introduce the students to analog communication, AM, FM
modulation techniques, their analysis, bandwidth calculations, receivers. It also focuses on the
performance analysis of analog communications systems under the presence of noise and finally
introduces the pulse and digital modulation techniques.
3. Understand and identify the fundamental concepts and various components of analog
communication systems.
4. Understand, analyze and explain various analog modulation schemes.
5. Understand the performance of analog communications systems under the presence of noise.
6. Understand and apply concepts and techniques from Fourier analysis and circuit analysis to
communication systems.
7. Develop the ability to compare and contrast the strengths and weaknesses of various
communication systems
8. Analyze Basic communications systems and their performance under the presence of noise
9. Describe various pulse and digital modulation techniques.
Unit I : Amplitude (Linear) Modulation 8L

Base band & Carrier communication, Generation of AM (DSBFC) and its spectrum, Power relations
applied to sinusoidal signals, DSBSC – multiplier modulator, Non linear generation, switching
modulator, Ring modulator & its spectrum, Modulation Index. SSBSC, ISB & VSB, their generation
methods & Comparison, AM Broadcast technical standards (Only Analytical treatment)
40
Unit II : Angle(Exponential) Modulation 8L
Instantaneous frequency, Concept of Angle modulation, frequency spectrum, Narrow band & wide band
FM, Modulation index, Bandwidth, Phase Modulation, Bessel’s Function and its mathematical analysis,
Generation of FM (Direct & Indirect Method), Comparison of FM and PM.
Unit III : AM and FM Receivers 8L

Block diagram of AM and FM Receivers, Super heterodyne Receiver, Performance Characteristics:
Sensitivity, Selectivity, Fidelity, Image Frequency Rejection and IFRR. Tracking, Mixers. AM
Detection: Rectifier detection, Envelope detection; Demodulation of DSBSC: Synchronous detection;
Demodulation of SSBSC: Envelope detection; FM Detection using PLL.
Unit IV : Noise 6L
Sources of Noise, Types of Noise, White Noise, Thermal noise, shot noise, partition noise, Low
frequency or flicker noise, burst noise, avalanche noise, Signal to Noise Ratio, SNR of tandem
connection, Noise Figure, Noise Temperature, Friss formula for Noise Figure, Noise Bandwidth.
Unit V : Behavior of Analog Systems in Presence of Noise 6L

Base band systems, Amplitude modulated systems- DSBSC, SSBSC & AM, Angle modulated systems-
phase modulation, frequency modulation, Threshold in angle modulation, Pre emphasis & De emphasis
in FM, Comparison of performance of AM & FM systems.
Unit VI : Pulse Analog modulation 6L

Band limited & time limited signals, Narrowband signals and systems, Sampling theorem in time
domain, Nyquist criteria, Types of sampling- ideal, natural, flat top, Aliasing & Aperture effect. PAM
PWM & PPM. Pulse Code Modulation – Generation & reconstruction
Text Books :
1. B. P. Lathi , “Modern Digital and Analog. Communication Systems”, 3rd Edition, Oxford
University Press
2. Dennis Roddy & Coolen, “Electronic Communication”,4th Edition, Prentice Hall
41
Reference Books :
1. Simon Haykin, “Communication Systems”, 4th Edition, John Wiley & Sons
2. Taub & Schilling, “Principles of Communication Systems”, Tata McGraw-Hill
3. George Kennedy, “Electronic Communication Systems” 5th Edition, McGraw-Hill
4. Frenzel, “Principles of Electronic Communication Systems”3rd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill
Analog Communication (Practical)

1. Study of Class C Single Tuned amplifier to demonstrate AM Generation
2. A) AM Generation (DSB-FC): Calculation of modulation index by graphical method, Power
of AM Wave for different modulating signal.
B) Envelope Detector - Practical diode detector, Observe effect of change in RC time constant
which leads to diagonal and negative clipping
3. Generation of DSB-SC with the help of Balanced Modulator IC1496/1596 & its detection
4. SSB modulator using Filter method, phase shift method & its detection
5. AM transmitter: Measure Total power of transmitter with the help of Spectrum Analyzer or
Wattmeter, Observe variation in total power by varying modulating signal level
6. A) Frequency modulator using varactor diode and NE 566 VCO, calculation of modulation
index
B) FM demodulator using such as IC 565 ( PLL based)
7. Study of FM Transmitter; observe output waveform using Spectrum Analyzer and see the
effect of Eigen values on carrier power.
8. Measurement of Performance Characteristics of Receiver: Sensitivity, Selectivity, Fidelity.
9. Verification of Sampling Theorem, PAM Techniques, (Flat top & Natural sampling), Effect
of variable sampling rate, filter cutoff, reconstruction of original signal using Interpolation
Filter. Aliasing Effect in frequency domain.
Following assignments may be performed using suitable software (Any Two)
1. Generate AM waveform for given modulation index, signal frequency and carrier
frequency.
2. Generate FM waveform for given signal amplitude and carrier frequency.
42
3. Prove sampling Theorem. Reconstruct the analog signal from its samples. Observe aliasing
effect by varying sampling frequency.
Note: 1.Transmitter and Receiver experiments are mandatory and to be carried out at Radio
Frequency (Preferably above 500 KHz).
2. A visit to Broadcasting Station is desirable.
43
204190 Computer Organization

Computer has become an integral part across all the branches of engineering. It is essential for an
electronics and telecommunication engineering student to know the fundamental concepts of computer
organization and its architecture. In spite of the variety and pace of change in the computer field,
certain fundamental concepts apply consistently throughout. The objective of this course is to provide a
thorough discussion of the fundamentals of computer organization and architecture and to relate these
contemporary computer organization, architecture and design issues.
1. Understand and describe the basic structure of a computer, machine instruction and their
execution.
2. Understand and analyze performance issues in computer system.
3. Understand, apply and carry out binary arithmetic operations such as high speed addition,
multiplier including the algorithms
4. Understand, and explain the instruction execution, internal functions of processor and control
unit design.
5. Understand and describe the various way of communication with I/O devices and standard I/O
interfaces.
6. Understand and describe the memory organization and hierarchical memory system.
7. Understand and explain the various aspects of 8086 (16 bit microprocessor) processor as a case
study.
Unit I : Basic Structure of Computer 6L

Computer types, Functional units - input unit; output unit; ALU; control unit; memory unit, Basic
operational concepts, Bus structure, Software, Performance – processor clock; basic performance
equation; pipelining and superscalar; operation; clock rate; instruction set: CISC & RISC;
44
Multiprocessors & Multi computers, Historical perspective (generations of a computer).
Unit II : Arithmetic Unit 6L

Addition and subtraction of signed binary numbers, Design of fast adders, Multiplication of positive
numbers, Signed Operand Multiplication, Booths Algorithm, Fast multiplication, Integer Division,
Floating point Numbers and Operations, IEEE standards, Floating point arithmetic.
Unit III : Control Unit 8L

Single Bus Organization - register Transfer; performing an arithmetic or logic operation; fetching and
storing word from/to memory; execution of complete instruction; branch instruction, Multi-bus
organization, Hardwired Control- Design methods – state table and classical method, A complete
processor, Micro-programmed Control- microinstructions, micro- program sequencing, wide branch
addressing, microinstructions with next address field, perfecting microinstructions, emulation.
Unit IV : Input-Output Organization 6L

I/O Organization- accessing I/O devices, Interrupts- interrupt hardware, enabling and disabling
interrupts, handling multiple requests, controlling devices, exceptions, interface circuits, Direct memory
access – bus arbitration, Buses- Synchronous; asynchronous, Interface circuits- parallel; serial, Standard
I/O- PCI, SCSI, USB.
Unit V : Memory Organization 6L

Memory Hierarchy, Semiconductor RAM memories- internal organization of memory chips; static
memories; asynchronous and synchronous DRAM; Structure of larger memories, Cache memory,
Virtual Memories.
Unit VI : Microprocessor 8L
The 8086 microprocessor, architecture of 8086, Pin diagram, Programming model of 8086, Logical to
physical addressing, Addressing modes, Interrupt structure.
45
Text Books :
1. C. Hamacher, V. Zvonko, S. Zaky, “Computer Organization”, McGraw Hill, 2002, 5th edition.
2. Douglas Hall, “Microprocessors & Interfacing”, McGraw Hill, Revised 2nd Edition, 2006.
Reference Books :
1. J. Hays, “Computer Architecture and Organization”, 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill, 1988 ISBN 0–
07–100479–3
2. Stallings William, “Computer Organization and Architecture: Principles of structure and
function”, 2nd Ed, Maxwell Macmillan Editions, 1990 ISBN 0 – 02 –946297 – 5.
3. John Uffenbeck, “The 8086/88 Family: Design, Programming & Interfacing”, PHI.
4. Liu, Gibson, “Microcomputer Systems: The 8086/88 Family”, 2nd Edition, PHI, 2005.
46
204191 Object Oriented Programming

Lectures: 2 Hrs/ Week Oral : 50 Marks
Practical : 2 Hr/Week Term work : 25 Marks
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to learn object oriented concepts and build object oriented programming
application using C++ and Java. Its main objective is to teach the basic concepts and techniques which
form the object oriented programming paradigm
1. Justify the philosophy of object-oriented design and the concepts of encapsulation, abstraction,
inheritance, and polymorphism;
2. Design, implement, test, and debug simple programs in an object-oriented programming
language.
3. Describe how the class mechanism supports encapsulation and information hiding.
4. Design, implement, and test the implementation of “is-a” relationships among objects using a
class hierarchy and inheritance.
5. Compare and contrast the notions of overloading and overriding methods in an object-oriented
language.
Unit I: Object Oriented Programming and Basics of C++ 4L

Principles of Object-Oriented Programming, Beginning with C++, Tokens, Expressions and Control
Structures, Functions in C++.
Unit II: Classes and Objects in C++ 4L

Classes and Objects, Constructors and Destructors.
47
Unit III: Operator Overloading, Inheritance and Polymorphism in C++ 4L
Operator Overloading and Type Conversions, Inheritance: Extending Classes, Pointers, Virtual
Functions and Polymorphism.
Unit IV: Object Oriented Programming and Basics of Java 3L

Java Evolution, Overview of Java Language, Constants, Variables, and Data Types, Operators and
Expressions, Decision making.
Unit V: Classes and Objects in Java 4L

Classes, Objects and Methods, Arrays Strings and Vectors.
Unit VI: Interfaces: Multiple Inheritance in Java 3L

Defining interfaces, Extending interfaces, Implementing interfaces, Accessing interface variables.
Text Books:
1. E Balagurusamy, “Object Oriented Programming Using C++ and JAVA”, Tata McGraw-Hill
Reference books:
1. Bjarne Stroustrup, “C++ Programming Language”, Pearson Education
2. H.M.Dietel and P.J.Dietel, “Java How to Program” Pearson Education/PHI, Sixth Edition
3. Robert Lafore, “Object-Oriented Programming in C++ “,Pearson Education India , (4th
Edition)
4. Herbert Schildt , “Java : The Complete Reference” Tata McGraw-Hill (7th Edition)
5. Yeshwant Kanetkar “Let us C++”, BPB Publications
List of Practical
1. Write a program in C++ to sort the numbers in an array using separate functions for read,
display, sort and swap. The objective of this assignment is to learn the concepts of input,
output, functions, call by reference in C++.
48
Multiply, Divide, Complex conjugate. Design the class for complex number representation and
the operations to be performed. The objective of this assignment is to learn the concepts classes
and objects
3. Write a program in C++ to implement Stack. Design the class for stack and the operations to be
performed on stack. Use Constructors and destructors. The objective of this assignment is to
learn the concepts classes and objects, constructors and destructors.
Multiply, Divide. Use operator overloading for these operations. The objective of this
assignment is to learn the concepts operator overloading.
5. Write a program in C++ to implement database of persons having different profession e,g.
engineer, doctor, student, laborer etc. using the concept of multiple inheritance. The objective
of this assignment is to learn the concepts of inheritance.
6. Write a program in Java to implement a Calculator with simple arithmetic operations such as
add, subtract, multiply, divide, factorial etc. using switch case and other simple java statements.
The objective of this assignment is to learn Constants, Variables, and Data Types, Operators
and Expressions, Decision making statements in Java.
7. Write a program in Java with class Rectangle with the data fields width, length, area and
colour. The length, width and area are of double type and colour is of string type. The methods
are get_length(), get_width(), get_colour() and find_area(). Create two objects of Rectangle and
compare their area and colour. If the area and colour both are the same for the objects then
display “ Matching Rectangles”, otherwise display “ Non-matching Rectangle”.
8. Write Programs in Java to sort i) List of integers ii) List of names. The objective of this
assignment is to learn Arrays and Strings in Java
9. Write a Program in Java to add two matrices. The objective of this assignment is to learn
Arrays in Java
10. Write a program in Java to create a player class. Inherit the classes Cricket_player,
Football_player and Hockey_player from player class. The objective of this assignment is to
learn the concepts of inheritance in Java
49
204192 Soft Skills

Lectures: 1 Hrs/ Week Term work : 25 Marks
Practical : 2 Hr/Week
Course Objectives and Outcomes

The objective of this course to help the students to develop as team member, leader and all round
professional in the long run. This course would focus on over all personality development of the
student and to improve his technical writing and documentation.
1. Communicate, interact and present his ideas to the other professionals.
2. Understand and aware of importance, role and contents of soft skills through
instructions, knowledge acquisition, demonstration and practice.
3. Have right attitudinal and behavioral aspects, and build the same through activities.
4. Possess right professional and social ethical values.
UNIT I: Self Awareness and self Development 2L

Self-Assessment, Self-Awareness, Perceptions and Attitudes, Positive Attitude, Values and Belief
Systems, Self-Esteem, Self appraisal, Personal Goal setting, Career Planning, Personal success
factors, Handling failure, Emotional Intelligence, Lateral thinking, Depression and Habit, relating
SWOT analysis & goal setting, prioritization.
UNIT II: Communication Skill 2L

Importance of communication, Aspects of communication, communication through words,
communication through body language, communication through technology, Oral communication,
Listening Skills, Group Discussion and Interview Skills, Presentation skills: preparing the
presentation, performing the presentation, Written communication: Reading comprehension, précis
50
writing, Business and technical reports, Styles, Business correspondence, Memorandum writing,
Notice, Agenda and Minutes, Research papers and articles, Advertising and job Description,
Mechanics of Manuscript preparation.
UNIT III: Interpersonal relationship 3L

Team work, Team effectiveness, Group discussion, Decision making - Team Communication.
Team, Conflict Resolution, Team Goal Setting, Team Motivation Understanding Team
Development, Team Problem Solving, Building the team dynamics, Multicultural Diversity and
Socialising
UNIT IV: Leadership Skills 2L

Leaders: their skills, roles, and responsibilities. Vision, Empowering and delegation, motivating
others, organizational skills, team building, Organizing and conducting meetings, decision making,
giving support, Vision, Mission, Coaching, Mentoring and counselling, Appraisals and feedback,
conflict, Power and Politics, Public Speaking.
UNIT V: Other Skills 2L

Managing Time, Managing Stress, Meditation. Improving personal memory, Study skills that include
Rapid Reading, Notes Taking, Self learning, Complex problem solving and creativity, listening skills
and speaking skills, Corporate and Business Etiquettes.
Unit VI: Ethics in Engineering Practice and Research 3L

Introduction to ethical reasoning and engineer ethics, Right and responsibilities regarding
Intellectual property, workplace rights and responsibilities, Central Professional Responsibilities of
Engineers, Responsibility for environment.
51
1. SWOT analysis
4. Letter/Application/Notice/Agenda/Minutes writing
5. Report writing
6. Listening skills using Language laboratory
7. Group discussion
8. Resume writing
9. Team Activity
10. Public Speaking
Text Books:
1. Developing Communication Skill : Krishna Mohan, MeeraBanerji,- MacMillan India Ltd.
2. B N Ghosh, : Managing Soft Skills for Persanality Development " Mc Graw Hill
3. Ethics in Engineering Practice and Research: Caroline Whitbeck, Cambridge University press
4. A Course In Communication Skills : Kiranmai Dutt , Cambridge University press
5. English for Business Communication : Simon Sweeney , Cambridge University Press
6. Basics Of Communication In English : Francis Sounderaj, MacMillan India Ltd.
7. Group Discussions and Interview Skills : Priyadarshi Patnaik , Cambridge University Press
8. Professional Presentations : Malcolm Goodale, Cambridge University Press
9. An Introduction to Professional English And Soft Skills : Das , Cambridge University Press
10. A practical course in Effective English speaking skills , G.K.Gangal, PHI Publication
11. A practical course in Effective English writing skills , G.K.Gangal, PHI Publication
Reference Books:
1. A course in Listening and Speaking Vol I &Vol II, V.Sasikumar, P. Kiranmai, Geetha Rajeevan,
2. A Handbook For English Language Laboratories : E. Sureshkumar , Cambridge University Press.
52
3. Cambridge English For Job Hunting : ColmDownes, Cambridge University Press
4. Communication Skills : Sanjay Kumar and Pushpa Lata , Oxford University Press
5. Personality Development and Group Discussions: Barun K. Mitra, Oxford University Press
6. The Complete Letter Writter :MacMillan India Ltd.
7. Simple Ways To Manage Stress :PramodBatra, MacMillan India Ltd.
8. You Can Win ( New Edition with CD ): Shiv Khera , MacMillan India Ltd.
9. Rob Younge’s Insider Guide To Successful Interviews , MacMillan India Ltd.
10. Study Writing – A Course In Writing Skills : Hamp-Lyons &Heasley, Cambridge University Press
11. Essential Grammar in Use with Answers - With CD : Raymond Murphy, Cambridge University Press
12. E Writing – 21st Century Tools for Effective Communication :Booher , MacMillan India Ltd.
13. Creative English Communication : Krishnaswamy , MacMillan India Ltd.
14. NASSCOM-Global Business Foudation Skills: Cambridge University Press
15. Time management from inside out: Julie Morgenstern, Owl Books (NY),ISBN-139780805075908
16. The Ace of Soft Skills: Attitude, Communication and Etiquette for Success: Gopalaswamy
Ramesh, Mahadevan Ramesh , Pearson Education
53
SYLLABUS FOR THE
T. E.
(ELECTRONICS AND TELECOMMUNICATION ENGINEERING)
WITH EFFECT FROM
THE YEAR 2014-2015
UNIVERSITY OF PUNE
TE (E & TC) Structure

(2012 Course w.e.f. June 2014)
SEMESTER I
Subject Subject Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme Marks
Code Lect Tut Pr In Semester Pr Oral TW End Semester Total
Assessment Examination
Phase I Phase II
304181 Digital Communication 4 30 70 100
304182 Digital Signal Processing 4 30 70 100
304183 Micro Controller and 3 30 70 100
Applications
304184 Electromagnetics and 3 1 30 70 100
Transmission Lines
304185 System Programming and 3 30 70 100
Operating System
304186 Digital Communication and 4 50 50 100
Signal Processing Lab
304187 System Programming and 4 50 50 100
Microcontroller Applications
Lab
304188 Employability Skills in 2 2 50 50
Electronics Design
Total 19 1 10 150 100 50 100 350 750
SEMESTER II
Subject Subject Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme Marks
Code Lect Tut Pr In Semester Pr Oral TW End Semester Total
Assessment Examination
Phase I Phase II
304189 Information Theory and 4 30 70 100
Coding Techniques
304190 Antenna and Wave 4 30 70 100
Propagation
304191 Embedded Processors 4 30 70 100
304192 Industrial Management 3 30 70 100
304193 Power Electronics 3 30 70 100
304194 Communication Lab 4 50 50 100
304195 Power Electronics and 4 50 50 100
Embedded Lab
304196 Mini project and Seminar 4 50 50
Total 18 12 150 100 50 100 350 750
Digital Communication (304181)
Lectures: 4 Hrs/ Week In Semester Assessment:
Phase I : 30
End Semester Examination:
Phase II: 70
Course Objectives:
• To understand the building blocks of digital communication system.
• To prepare mathematical background for communication signal analysis.
• To understand and analyze the signal flow in a digital communication system.
• To analyze error performance of a digital communication system in presence of noise and
other interferences.
• To understand concept of spread spectrum communication system.
Course Outcomes:
After successfully completing the course students will be able to
• Analyze the performance of a baseband and pass band digital communication system in
terms of error rate and spectral efficiency.
• Perform the time and frequency domain analysis of the signals in a digital
communication system.
• Select the blocks in a design of digital communication system.
• Analyze Performance of spread spectrum communication system.
Unit I : Digital Transmission of Analog Signal 8L
Introduction to Digital Communication System: Why Digital?, Block Diagram and
transformations, Basic Digital Communication Nomenclature. Digital Versus Analog
Performance Criteria, Sampling Process, PCM Generation and Reconstruction, Quantization
Noise,Non-uniform Quantization and Companding, PCM with noise: Decoding noise, Error
threshold, Delta Modulation, Adaptive Delta Modulation, Delta Sigma Modulation, Differential
Pulse Code Modulation, LPC speech synthesis.
Unit II : Baseband Digital Transmission 7L

Digital Multiplexing: Multiplexers and hierarchies, Data Multiplexers.Data formats and their
spectra, synchronization: BitSynchronization, Scramblers, Frame Synchronization.Inter-symbol
interference, Equalization.
Unit III : Random Processes 8L

Introduction, Mathematical definition of a random process, Stationary processes, Mean,
Correlation &Covariance function, Ergodic processes, Transmission of a random process
through a LTI filter, Power spectral density, Gaussian process, noise, Narrow band noise,
Representation of narrowband noise in terms of in phase & quadrature components
Unit IV : Baseband Receivers 8L

Detection Theory: MAP, LRT, Minimum Error Test, Error Probability, Signal space
representation : Geometric representation of signal, Conversion of continuous AWGN channel to
vector channel, Likelihood functions, Coherent Detection of binary signals in presence of noise,
Optimum Filter, Matched Filter, Probability of Error of Matched Filter, Correlation receiver.
Unit V : Passband Digital Transmission 8L

Pass band transmission model, Signal space diagram, Generation and detection, Error
Probabilityderivationand Power spectra of coherent BPSK, BFSK and QPSK.Geometric
representation, Generation and detection of - M-ary PSK, M-ary QAM and their error
probability, Generation and detection of -Minimum Shift Keying, Gaussian MSK, Non-coherent
BFSK, DPSK and DEPSK, Introduction to OFDM
Unit VI : Spread Spectrum Techniques 7L
Introduction, Pseudo noise sequences, A notion of spread spectrum, Direct sequence spread
spectrum with coherent BPSK, Signal space dimensionality & processing gain, Probability of
error, Concept of jamming, Frequency hop spread spectrum, Wireless Telephone Systems,
Personal Communication System.
Text Books
1. Simon Haykin, “Digital Communication Systems”, John Wiley&Sons, Fourth Edition.

2. A.B Carlson, P B Crully, J C Rutledge, “Communication Systems”, Fourth Edition,
McGraw Hill Publication.
Reference Books
1. Ha Nguyen, Ed Shwedyk, “A First Course in Digital Communication”, Cambridge

University Press.
2. B P Lathi, Zhi Ding “Modern Analog and Digital Communication System”, Oxford
University Press, Fourth Edition.
3. Bernard Sklar,Prabitra Kumar Ray, “Digital Communications Fundamentals and
Applications” Second Edition,Pearson Education
4. Taub, Schilling, “Principles of Communication System”, Fourth Edition, McGraw Hill.
5. P Ramkrishna Rao, Digital Communication, McGrawHill Publication
Digital Signal Processing (304182)
Phase I : 30
Phase II: 70
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce students with transforms for analysis of Discrete time signals and systems.
2. To understand the digital signal processing, sampling and aliasing
3. To use and understand implementation of digital filters.
4. To understand concept of sampling rate conversion and DSP processor architecture.
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand use of different transforms and analyze the discrete time signals and systems.
2. Realize the use of LTI filters for filtering different real world signals.
3. Capable of calibrating and resolving different frequencies existing in any signal.
4. Design and implement multistage sampling rate converter.
Unit I : DSP Preliminaries 6L
Sampling, DT signals, sampling theorem in time domain, sampling of analog signals, recovery of
analog signals, and analytical treatment with examples, mapping between analog frequencies to
digital frequency, representation of signals as vectors, concept of Basis function and
orthogonality. Basic elements of DSP and its requirements, advantages of Digital over Analog
signal processing.
Unit II : Discrete Fourier Transform 8L

DTFT, Definition, Frequency domain sampling , DFT, Properties of DFT, circular convolution,
linear convolution, Computation of linear convolution using circular convolution, FFT,
decimation in time and decimation in frequency using Radix-2 FFT algorithm, Linear filtering
using overlap add and overlap save method, Introduction to Discrete Cosine Transform.
Unit III : Z transform 6L

Need for transform, relation between Laplace transform and Z transform, between Fourier
transform and Z transform, Properties of ROC and properties of Z transform, Relation between
pole locations and time domain behavior, causality and stability considerations for LTI systems,
Inverse Z transform, Power series method, partial fraction expansion method, Solution of
difference equations.
Unit IV : IIR Filter Design 8L

Concept of analog filter design (required for digital filter design), Design of IIR filters from
analog filters, IIR filter design by approximation of derivatives, , IIR filter design by impulse
invariance method, Bilinear transformation method, warping effect. Characteristics of
Butterworth filters, Chebyshev filters and elliptic filters, Butterworth filter design, IIR filter
realization using direct form, cascade form and parallel form, Finite word length effect in IIR
filter design
Unit V : FIR Filter Design 6L
Ideal filter requirements, Gibbs phenomenon, windowing techniques, characteristics and

comparison of different window functions, Design of linear phase FIR filter using windows and
frequency sampling method. FIR filters realization using direct form, cascade form and lattice
form, Finite word length effect in FIR filter design
Unit VI : Multirate DSP and Introduction to DSP Processor 6L

Concept of Multirate DSP, Sampling rate conversion by a non-integer factor, Design of two
stage sampling rate converter, General Architecture of DSP, Case Study of TMS320C67XX,
Introduction to Code composer studio. Application of DSP to Voice Processing, Music
processing, Image processing and Radar processing.
Text Books
1. John G. Proakis, Dimitris G. Manolakis, “ Digital Signal Processing: Principles,

algorithms and applications” Fourth edition, Pearson Prentice Hall.
2. S. Salivahanan, C. Gnanpriya, “ Digital Signal processing”, McGraw Hill
Reference Books
1. Ifaeachor E.C, , Jervis B. W., “ Digital Signal processing : Practical approach”, Pearson
publication
2. Dr. Shaila Apte, “Digital Signal Processing” Wiley India Publication, second edition
3. K.A. Navas, R. Jayadevan, “ Lab Primer through MATLAB”, PHI
4. Li Tan, Jean Jiang, “ Digital Signal Processing : Fundamentals and applications“
Academic press,
Microcontroller and Applications (304183)
Phase I : 30

Phase II:70
Course Objectives:
• To understand the applications of Microprocessors and Microcontrollers.
• To understand need of microcontrollers in embedded system.
• To understand architecture and features of typical Microcontroller.
• To learn interfacing of real world input and output devices
• To study various hardware and software tools for developing applications
Course Outcomes:
• Learn importance of microcontroller in designing embedded application
• Learn use of hardware and software tools
• Develop interfacing to real world devices
Unit I : Introduction to Microcontrollers

8 bit Microprocessor and Microcontroller architecture, comparison, advantages and applications
of each Harward and Von Neumann architecture, RISC and CISC comparison. Survey of 8 bit
controllers and its features Definition of embedded system and its characteristics. Role of
microcontroller in embedded System. Limitation of 8 bit microcontrollers. Study of RS232, RS
485, I2C, SPI protocols. Software and hardware tools for development of microcontroller based
system such as assembler, compiler, IDÉ, Emulators, debugger, programmer, development
board, DSO, Logic Analyzer.
Unit II : 8051 Architecture

MCS-51 architecture, family devices & its derivatives. Port architecture, memory organization,
Interrupt structure, timers and its modes & serial communication and modes. Overview of
Instruction set.
Unit III : PIC Microcontroller Architecture

PIC 10, PIC12, PIC16, PIC18 series architectures, comparison, features and selection as per
application. PIC18f architecture, registers, memory Organization and types, stack, oscillator
options, BOD, power down modes and configuration bit settings. Brief summary of Peripheral
support Overview of instruction set, MPLAB IDE & C18 Compiler
Unit IV : Real World Interfacing Part I
Port structure, interrupt structure & timers of PIC18F. Interfacing of switches. LED, LCD,
Keypad, use of timers With interrupts, PWM generation. All programs in embedded C.
Unit V : Real World Interfacing Part II
MSSP structure,UART,SPI,I2C,ADC,Comparators Interfacing serial port, ADC, RTC with I2C

and EEPROM with SPI. All programs in embedded C.
Unit VI : Case studies with PIC
Design of DAS system, Design of frequency counter with display on LCD, Design of Digital
Multimeter, Design of DC Motor control using PWM
Should cover necessary signal conditioning of input stage ,hardware interfacing with PIC
Microcontroller and algorithm or flowchart.
Text Books
1. Mazidi, 8051 microcontroller & embedded system 3rd Edition ,Pearson

2. Mazidi, PIC microcontroller & embedded system 3rd Edition ,Pearson
Reference Books
1. 18F xxx reference manual www.MICROCHIP.COM
2. I2C,EEPROM,RTC data sheets from www.ti.com
Electromagnetics and Transmission Lines (304184)
Lectures:3 Hrs/ Week In Semester Assessment:
Tutorial: 1 Hr/Week Phase I : 30
Phase II: 70
Course Objectives:
• To study Basic Electrostatic and Magneto static Laws, Theorems.
• To understand Maxwell’s Equation and apply to the basic electromagnetic problem.
• To interpret the given problem, and solve it using Maxwell’s equations.
• To analyze boundary conditions, and understand the field at the interface of two
different media.
• To analyze time varying electric and magnetic fields, wave propagation in different
types of media.
• To understand transmission line fundamentals and apply them to the basic problem.
• Tounderstand the fundamentals of electromagnetic theory and transmission lines.
Course Outcomes:
• Interpret the electromagnetic problem and solve using Maxwell’s equations.

• Apply boundary conditions to different media, and formulate uniform plane wave
equation, which is the basic of Antenna and wave propagation.
• Analyze the transmission line problem, use the Smith chart for impedance
calculations
Unit I : Fundamentals of Electrostatic Fields 6L
Coulomb’s Law & Electric Field Intensity, Electric Field due to point charge, line charge and
surface charge distributions, Electric Flux Density, Gauss’s Law and its Application to
differential volume element, divergence, divergence theorem. Electric potential, Relationship
between E & V, Potential Gradient. An electric dipole and flux lines.
Unit II: Fields in Material Space and Boundary-Value Problem. 6L

Energy density in electrostatic field, Current and current Density, continuity equation,
Polarization in dielectrics, capacitance, capacitance of parallel plate; spherical; cylindrical
capacitors with multiple di-electrics, Boundary conditions, Poisson’s and Laplace's equation,
General procedures for Solving Poisson’s and Laplace’s equations.
Unit III : Magnetostatics 6L

Biot-Savart’s Law, Ampere’s Circuital Law and its Applications, magnetic flux density,
Magnetic Scalar and vectors potentials, Derivations of Biot-savarts law and Ampere’s law based
on Magnetic Potential, Forces due to magnetic field, magnetic dipole,Classification of Magnetic
Materials, Magnetic boundary conditions.
Unit IV :Time Varying Fields and Maxwell’s equations 6L

Faraday’s law, Displacement current, Maxwell’s equations in point form and integral form,
Power and Poynting theorem, Boundary conditionsfor time varying field,Retarded magnetic
vector potential, Time harmonic field, Introduction to the concept of Uniform Plane Wave and
Helmholtz equation.
Unit V : Transmission Lines 6L

Line parameters, inductance of a line of two parallel round conductors, coaxial line, skin effect,
A line of cascaded T sections, general solution, physical significance of the equations; the
infinite line, wavelength, velocity of propagation, the distortion less line,Inductance loading of
telephone cables,Reflection on a line not terminated in Z0, reflection coefficient, open and short
circuited lines, reflection factor and reflection loss, T and π sections equivalent to lines.
Unit VI : The Line at Radio Frequency 6L
Voltages and currents on the dissipation less line, standing waves; nodes; standing wave ratio,
Input impedance of dissipation less line, Input impedance of open- and short-circuited lines,
Power and impedance measurement on lines, Reflection losses on the unmatched line, quarter-
wave line; impedance matching, Single-stub impedance matching on a line, The circle diagram
for the dissipation less line, Application of the circle diagram, The Smith circle diagram,
Application of the Smith chart for calculating impedance and admittance.
Text Books:
1. Matthew N.O. Sadiku, Principles of Electromagnetics, , 4th Edition, Oxford

University Press, 2009.
2. J. D. Ryder, Networks, Lines and Fields, 2nd Edition, PHI.
Reference Books:
1. Edminister J.A, Electromagnetics, Tata McGraw-Hill.

2. Hayt& Buck, Engineering Electromagnetics, 7th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill.
3. Kraus/Fleisch, Electromagnetics with applications, 5th Edition, McGraw Hill.
Electromagnetics
solving the following assignments/problems based on paper work. 12 assignments have to be
carried out covering entire syllabus.
• Find the Electric field intensity and electric flux density at a given point due to following
charge distributions. (In all coordinate systems)
1) Point charges
2) Line charges (finite and infinite)
3) Surface charges (finite and infinite)
4) Mixed charges ( Point charge, Line charge, Surface charge)
• Find the Electric potential due to different charge distributions (Point charge, Line charge,
Surface charge), in different coordinate systems.
• Application of Gauss’s law.
1) Given ρ v (volume charge density) in a particular region, find D (electric flux
density) using Gauss’s Law at the given location.
2) Given ρ s (surface charge density), find D (electric flux density) using Gauss’s
Law at the given location.
3) Given D ( electric flux density), find total charge enclosed by the surface(Q), ρ v
(volume charge density) using Gauss’s Law.(In all coordinate systems)
4) Given D (electric flux density), prove both sides of Divergences Theorem.
• Given ρ v (volume charge density), and the region with reference potential, find the
potential in a given region, using Poisson’s equation.
• Using Laplace’s equation, find capacitance between any two surfaces, if the boundary
conditions are given.
• Find the electrostatic fields (Tangential and Normal) at the boundary between,
1) Free space and dielectric medium
2) Free space and conductor
3) dielectric medium and conductor
4) Two dielectric media.
5) Two dielectric media when boundary is defined by a equation of plane.
• Find the capacitance of,

1) Parallel plate capacitor with multiple dielectric layers.
2) Spherical capacitor with multiple dielectric layers
3) Cylindrical capacitor with multiple dielectric layers,
Also find the total Energy stored within the region for all above mentioned capacitor.
• Find H (Magnetic field intensity) and B (Magnetic flux density) at a given point due to,
1) Infinitely long current carrying conductor
2) Finite current carrying conductor
3) Infinite conducting surface
4) Finite conducting surface
5) Different current carrying configurations (i.e. thin conductor, surface all together)
• For the following current carrying configurations, find the H (Magnetic field intensity) in
a given region (or point) using Ampere’s circuital law.
1) Infinitely long current carrying conductor
2) Infinite cylindrical surfaces of different radii all centered at the same axis.
3) Spherical surfaces of different radii all centered at a given point.
• Given the H (Magnetic field intensity) of a particular region, find current (I), current
density ( J ), enclosed by the given surface. (In all coordinate systems)
• Prove both sides of Stokes’ theorem when H (Magnetic field intensity) is given in
Cartesian, cylindrical and spherical coordinate system separately.
• Find the static magnetic fields(Tangential and Normal) at the boundary between,
1) Two different magnetic media with nonzero surface current density( K )
2) Two different magnetic media with zero surface current density( K )
3) Two different magnetic media when boundary is defined by a equation of plane.
• Given H (or E ) and the region properties(like ε ,µ , σ etc.), find B, D and E (or H )
using Maxwell’s equations. (In all coordinate systems)
• Given H (or E ) and the region properties(like ε ,µ , σ ,η ), the average power density in
W/m 2 , Total power crossing the given surface in watts using Poynting Theorem (In all
coordinate systems)
• Given the primary constants (R, L, G, C) along with the generator specifications and
termination, find secondary constants ( α ,β ,γ , Z 0 ) and other parameters like velocity,
wavelength, received voltage, received power, reflection coefficient etc.
• Given secondary constants ( γ , Z0 ), find the primary constants (R, L, G, C) at the given
frequency.
• Problems on Transmission Line Analysis.
• Problems on Impedance matching and design of stub matching using Smith Chart.
System Progr
gramming and Operating System
ems (304185)
Teaching Scheme: Examina
ination Scheme:
Lectures: 3 Hrs/ Week In Semes

ester Assessment:
Phase I : 30
End Sem
emester Examination:
Phase II: 70
Course Objectives:
• To understand fundam
amentals of system programming and operating ng systems.
• To study and understan
tand how the system programming and operatin
ating system abstractions
can be implemented.
• To develop comprehenhensive skills to design Assembler, Macro Pro
Processor, Compiler and
Interpreters.
• To understand the importance
im of application of linkers, loaders
rs and Software tools in
system programming
• To Implement System m Programming concepts and Operating system tems components
• To analyze memory allocation
all methods, input output devices and fi
file system w. r. t.
various operating syste
stem.
• To study and implemement various process scheduling techniques anand dead lock avoidance
schemes in operatingg system
s
Course Outcomes:
After successfully completing
ng the course students will be able to
• Demonstrate the knowowledge of Systems Programming and Operatin

ating Systems
• Formulate the Problem
em and develop the solution for same.
• Compare and analyzeze the
t different implementation approach of system
sys programming and
operating system abstr
stractions.
• Interpret various OS functions
fu used in Linux / Ubuntu
Unit I : Basics of System Programming 7L
Language processors: Language processing activities, Fundamentals of language processing,

Fundamentals of language specification, Language processor development tools. Data structures
for language processing: Search data structure, Allocation data structures. Scanning and parsing
Assembler: Assembly language programming, simple assembly scheme, Pass structure of
assembler, design of two pass assembler
Unit II: Macro Processor, Compilers and Interpreters 7L
Macro Processor: Macro definition and call, macro expansion, Machine Independent macro
processor features, Nested macro calls, advanced macro facilities, Design of macro pre
processor. Compilers: Basic compilers function, Phases of compilation, memory allocation,
compilation of expression, Compilation of expressions, compilation of control structures, Code
of optimization Interpreters.
Unit III: Linkers and Loaders and Software Tool 6L

Linkers and Loaders: Basic loaders functions, central loaders scheme, absolute loaders,
Subroutine linkers, relocation loader, Direct linking loader, Dynamic linking loader, Design of
absolute loaders and direct linking loader, Software tools: Software tools for program
development, editors, debug monitor, programming environment, user interfaces.
Unit IV : Introduction to OS, Process Management and Deadlocks 8L

Operating System: Evolution of OS, OS Functions, Various OS, OS structure, OS System Calls
with example. Process Management: Processes, Inter process communication, Classical IPC
problems, Threads, CPU Scheduling. Deadlocks: System Model, Deadlock Characterization,
Deadlock Prevention, Deadlock Avoidance, Deadlock detection and recovery.
Unit V : Memory Management 6L

Basics of memory management, Swapping, Memory Allocation, Paging, Segmentation Virtual
memory, Demand Paging, Page replacement, Page replacement algorithms – Optimal FIFO,
LRU, LRU approximation, Allocation of frames
Unit VI : Input and Output, File system 6L
Input and Output: Review of computer hardware, principles of I/O hardware, and principles of
I/O software, I/O software layers, disks, disk scheduling Algorithms. File System w.r.t. Linux:
Files, directories, file system and implementation, File system layout, implementing files,
implementing directories, shared files, disc space management
Text Books
1. D. M. Dhamdhare, “Systems Programming and Operating System”, TMH.

2. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, “Modern Operating Systems”, Second Edition, PHI.
Reference Books
1. J. J. Donovan, “Systems Programming”, McGraw Hill.

2. Siberschatz A; Galvin P.B; Gagne G, “Operating System Concepts”, John Wiley.
3. Leland L. Beck, “System Software,” Pearson Editions.
Digital Communication and Signal Processing Lab (304186)
Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme: PR: 50Marks
Practicals: 4 Hrs/week OR:50Marks
Digital Communication
Note :
1. Perform any 6 experiments from Group A and any 3 from Group B

2. Group A experiments are to be performed with hardware
3. Group B experiments are to performed using suitable software like Matlab, Octave,
LabVIEW, Scilab etc.
Sr. no. Name of the experiment

Group A
1 Experimental Study of PCM and Companded PCM.
2 ExperimentalStudy of DM and ADM.
3 ExperimentalStudy of Pulse shaping, ISI and eye diagram
4 ExperimentalStudy of Generation &detection of BPSK and QPSK.
5 ExperimentalStudy of Generation &detection of BFSK.
6 ExperimentalStudy of line codes (NRZ, RZ, POLAR RZ, BIPOLAR (AMI),
MANCHESTER) & their spectral analysis.
7 ExperimentalStudy of Detection of digital base band signal in presence of
noise.
8 ExperimentalStudy of Generation of PN Sequence and its spectrum.
9 ExperimentalStudy of Generation &detection of DS-SS coherent
BPSK&itsspectum.
Group B
1 Write a simulation program to implement PCM/ DM/ADM system.
2 Write a simulation program to study effect of ISI and noise in baseband
3 Write a simulation program to study Random Processes.
4 Write a simulation program for calculation and plotting the error probability
of BPSK, QPSK, QAM. Comparison of theoretical and practical BERs.
5 Write a simulation program for implementation of any digital
6 Write a simulation program for Constellation diagram of any passband
modulated signal in presence of noise.
Signal Processing
Instructions:
a) Minimum eight practical’s to be performed.
b) Practical number 12 is mandatory.
Note: Practical 1 to 11 can be performed in any appropriate software like

C/MATLAB/SCILAB etc.
1. Implement the sampling theorem and aliasing effects by sampling an analog signal with
various sampling frequencies.
2. To study the properties of DFT. Write programs to confirm all DFT properties.
3. To study the circular convolution for calculation of linear convolution and aliasing effect.
Take two sequences of length 4. Write a program to find 4 point circular convolution and
compare the result with 8 point circular convolution to study aliasing in time domain.
4. (a) To find Z and inverse Z transform and pole zero plot of Z-transfer function.
(b) To solve the difference equation and find the system response using Z transform.
5. To plot the poles and zeros of a transfer function when the coefficients of the transfer
function are given, study stability of different transfer functions.
6. To study the effect of different windows on FIR filter response. Pass the filter coefficients
designed in experiment 6 via different windows and see the effect on the filter response.
7. Design Butterworth filter using Bilnear transformation method for LPF and write a
program to draw the frequency response of the filter.
8. To plot the mapping function used in bilinear transformation method of IIR filter
design.(assignment may be given)
9. Effect of coefficient quantization on the impulse response of the filter using direct form I
and II realization and cascade realization.(theory assignment)
10. Design and implement two stage sampling rate converter.
11. Computation of DCT and IDCT of a discrete time signal and comment on energy
compaction density.
12. To implement at least one of the following operations using DSP Processor
i) Linear and Circular convolution.
ii) Low pass filter an audio signal input to DSK with FIR filter.
iii) Low pass filter an audio signal input to DSK with IIR filter.
iv) To generate sine wave using lookup table with table values generated within the
programme.
Microcontroller Applications and System Programming Lab (304187)
Practicals: 4 Hrs/week OR: 50Marks
Microcontroller Applications
List Of Practicals:
1. write a program for interfacing button, LED, relay & buzzer as follows
A. when button 1 is pressed relay and buzzer is turned ON and LED’s start chasing from
left to right
B. when button 2 is pressed relay and buzzer is turned OFF and Led start chasing from
right to left
2. To display message on LCD without using any standard library function
3. Interfacing 4X4 keypad and displaying key pressed on LCD OR on HyperTerminal.
4. Generate square wave using timer with interrupt
5. Interfacing serial port with PC both side communication.
6. Interfacing DS1307 RTC chip using I2C and display date and time on LCD
7. Interfacing EEPROM 24C128 using SPI to store and retrieve data
8. Interface analog voltage 0-5V to internal ADC and display value on LCD
9. Generation of PWM signal for DC Motor control.
10. Observing supply current of PIC18F controller in various power saving modes and by
varying clock frequency.
System Programming
List of Practicals:
1. Write C Program to implement Lexical Analyzer for simple arithmetic operation which
creates output tables (Uniform Symbol Table or a. Identifier Table b. Literal Table c.
Symbol Table)
2. Design of PASS I of two pass assembler for pseudo machine code.
3. Design of a MACRO PASS-I
4. Implement Job scheduling algorithms: FCFS, SJF
5. Implement Bankers Algorithm for deadlock detection and avoidance
6. Implementation of page replacement algorithm: FIFO / LRU
7. Write an shell scripting on UNIX / LINUX
8. Case Study
a. Android mobile operating system
b. Study of System calls to list files, directories
c. Study of System calls to handles process
d. Basic Linux Commands
Employability Skills in Electronics Design
(304188)
Lectures:2Hrs/ Week In Semester Assessment:
Practicals: 2Hrs/Week Phase I : NIL
Phase II: NIL
OR: 50
Course Objectives:
• To teach the student , the art of applying basic concepts for designing electronic systems
• To imbibe good design practices for robust design of electronic systems
• To highlight the importance and significance of customer specifications/requirements
• To teach electronic circuit function verification with an EDA tool
• To create an interest in the field of electronic design as a prospective career option
Course Outcomes:

• Shall be able to understand and interpret the specifications
• Shall be able to select optimal design topologies
• Shall be able to interpret datasheets and thus select appropriate components and devices
• Shall be able to use an EDA tool for circuit schematic and simulation
• Shall be able to design an electronic system/sub-system and validate its performance by
simulating the same
Unit I : Design of Linear Power Supply 6L
Typical specifications, Concept of ideal power supply & Voltage regulation, Rectifier and filter
design, Basic shunt regulator design, Series pass transistorized regulator, Variable output voltage
regulator, Protection circuits for critical devices in regulator circuits (Short-circuit, over-voltage
protection circuits), Heat-sink selection, Three terminal IC regulator, Design examples of IC
based power supplies.
Unit II : Design of Data Acquisition Systems 10L
Generalized control system, Concept of set point and error, Typical control mechanisms, Role of
data acquisition system, Transducers, sensor and actuator, Active and passive transducers,
Transfer characteristics and non-linearities of transducers, Resolution, accuracy and precision,
Characteristics of an ideal transducer, Instrumentation Amplifiers(IA), Characteristics of an ideal
IA, Selection criteria of IA, Tradeoffs with practical IA, Signal conditioning circuits, Need of
signal conditioners, Design of signal conditioning circuits, Span-zero circuit, Overview of
Analog to Digital Converters, Types of ADCs, Parameters of ADC devices, Selection criteria for
ADC, Overview of Microcontrollers, Types of microcontrollers, Characteristics of
microcontrollers, Examples of MCU devices, Selection criteria for MCU, Overview of Interface
devices and storage, RS-232 interface, RTC, I2C EEPROM, LCD, Keyboard interface, DC
motor driver, relay driver interface.
Unit III : Design of Switched Mode Power Supply 8L

Advantages of SMPS, Basic concept of switching regulator, Basic topologies ,Step down
converter, Step up converter, Polarity inverter, Characteristics of components, Switching
element, BJT, MOSFET, IGBT, Switching diode, Filter capacitor and inductor, PWM circuit,
General block diagram of SMPS, High frequency transformer design (steps only),Practical
topologies of SMPS, Flyback design, Pushpull Design, Start up circuit design, PWM control
circuit, Isolation circuit.
Unit IV : Design of Active Filters 4L
Design of various filter types , Low-pass filter (second order),High-pass filter (second order),
Band-pass filter , Band-reject Filter , All-pass filter, State variable filter design, Selection of
components , Sensitivity analysis.
List of Assignments:
[Note:
• Students are expected to complete FOUR assignments during the semester.

• Paper design should be functionally verified with an appropriate EDA tool (NI
Multisim/OrcadPspiceetc)
• Specifications should be different for different group of students
• Documentation shall consist of :
Problem statement
Specifications
Block Diagram
Detailed circuit diagram (separate sheet Imperial /Half Imperial size)
Calculations
Component selection
Calculations using the selected component values
Simulation results (partial simulations , in the case where models are
not available)
Component List
Conclusion
Datasheets ]
Assignment 1: Design of Linear Power Supply:
– Single Polarity (Variable/Fixed, Display)

– Dual Polarity (Variable/Fixed, Display)
– Dual Polarity (tracking, display)
Note:
• Protection circuits are also expected to be included

• Heat-sink design is mandatory wherever necessary
• Transformer design steps are expected
Assignment 2: Design of Data Acquisition System
– Multi-channel data acquisition systems

• Serial communication/ EEPROM storage/SD card storage
• RTC interface, LCD display, Push-button /Matrix Keyboard
• DC motor driver, relay driver
Note:
• Sub-circuit designs are also expected except for power supply sub-system
• Micro-controller programming is expected (cross-compiler/assembly language)
Assignment 3: Design of Switched Mode Power Supply
– Single polarity , multiple outputs (Flyback/ Push-pull)

– Dual polarity output (Flyback/ Push-pull)
Note:
• Protection and isolation circuits are also expected to be included

• Heat-sink design is mandatory wherever necessary
• High frequency transformer design steps are expected
• Sub-systems like start-up circuit are expected to be designed
Assignment 4:Design of Active Filter
– Second-order LPF/HPF/BRF/BPF
– State variable filter design/ Biquad
Note:
• Sensitivity analysis should be provided
Reference Books
1. Practical design of power supplies” , Ron Lenk, John Wiley & Sons, 2005, ISBN: 978-0-
08-097138-4
2. “Intuitive Analog Circuit Design A Problem-Solving Approach using Design Case
Studies”, Marc T. Thompson, Elsevier Inc, 2006,ISBN-10: 0-7506-7786-4
3. “Linear Circuit Design Handbook”, Hank Zumbahlen, Elsevier Inc, 2008 , ISBN 978-0-
7506-8703-4
4. “The Circuit Designer’s Companion”, Peter Wilson, Elsevier Ltd, 2012
5. “Switching Power Supply Design ,”3E, Abraham I. Pressman et. al, The McGraw-Hill
Companies, 2009
6. “Measurement, Instrumentation, and Sensors Handbook”, John G. Webster, CRC Press,
1999
7. “Electronic Filter Design Handbook”,4E, Arthur Williams, Fred Taylor, McGraw-Hill
,2006
Information Theory and Coding Techniques
(304189)
Phase I : 30
Phase II: 70
Course Objectives:
• To understand information theoretic behavior of a communication system.
• To understand various source coding techniques for data compression
• To understand various channel coding techniques and their capability.
• To analyze performance of communication system with coding and modulation.
Course Outcomes:
• Perform information theoretic analysis of communication system.

• Design a data compression scheme using suitable source coding technique.
• Design a channel coding scheme for a communication system.
• Evaluate performance of a communication system.
Unit I : Information Theory and Source Coding 7L

Introduction to information theory, Entropy and its properties, Source coding theorem, Huffman
coding, Shannon-Fano coding, The Lempel Ziv algorithm, Run Length Encoding, Discrete
memory less channel, Mutual information, Examples of Source coding-Audio and Video
Compression. Case Study: Huffmans coding in image compression/Detail overview of JPEG.
Unit II : Information Capacity and Channel Coding 8L
Channel capacity, Channel coding theorem, Differential entropy and mutual Information for
continuous ensembles, Information Capacity theorem, Linear Block Codes:Syndrome and error
detection, Error detection and correction capability, Standard array and syndrome decoding,
Encoding and decoding circuit, Single parity check codes, Repetition codes and dual codes,
Hamming code, Golay Code, Interleaved code. Case Study: Shannon’s Publications on
information theory.
Unit III : Cyclic Codes 8L

Galois field, Primitive element & Primitive polynomial, Minimal polynomial and generator
polynomial, Description of Cyclic Codes, Generator matrix for systematic cyclic code, Encoding
for cyclic code, Syndrome decoding of cyclic codes, Circuit implementation of cyclic code.
Unit IV : BCH and RS Codes 7L

Binary BCH code,Generator polynomial for BCH code, Decoding of BCH code, RS codes,
generator polynomial for RS code, Decoding of RS codes, Cyclic Hamming code and Golay
code, CRC code, FEC and ARQ systems. Case Study: RS Coding in CD recording. Case Study:
CRC used in Ethernet LAN.
Unit V : Convolutional Codes 7L

Introduction of convolution code, State diagram, Polynomial description of convolution code,
Generator matrix of convolution code, Tree diagram, Trellis diagram, Sequential decoding and
Viterbi decoding, Known good convolution code, Introduction to LDPC and Turbo codes.
Unit VI : Coding and Modulation 8L

Goals of a communication System designer, Error Probability plane, Nyquist minimum
bandwidth, Shannon Hartley theorem, Bandwidth efficiency plane, Modulation and coding
tradeoffs, Defining, designing and evaluating digital communication system.Trellis Coded
Modulation:Concept of TCM and Euclidean distance, Asymptotic coding gain, Mapping by set
partitioning, Ungerboeck’s TCM design rule. Case Study : TCM used in MODEMs
Text Books
1. Ranjan Bose, “Information Theory coding and Cryptography”, McGraw-Hill Publication,

2nd Edition
2. J C Moreira, P G Farrell, “Essentials of Error-Control Coding”, Wiley Student Edition.
Reference Books
1. BernadSklar, “Digital Communication Fundamentals & applications”, Pearson

Education. Second Edition.
2. Simon Haykin, “Communication Systems”, John Wiley & Sons, Fourth Edition.
3. Shu lin and Daniel j, Cistellojr., “Error control Coding” Pearson, 2nd Edition.
4. Todd Moon, “Error Correction Coding : Mathematical Methods and Algorithms”, Wiley
Publication
5. Khalid Sayood, “Introduction to Data compression”, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers
Antenna and Wave Propagation (304190)
Phase I : 30
Phase II: 70
Course Objectives:
• To understand the applications of electromagnetic engineering.
• To formulate and solve the Helmholtz wave equation and solve it for Uniform plane
wave
• To analyze and understand the Uniform plane wave propagation in various media
• To solve the electric field and magnetic fields for a given wire antenna.
Course Outcomes:
• Formulate the wave equation and solve it for uniform plane wave
• Analyze the given wire antenna and its radiation characteristics
• Identify the suitable antenna for a given communication system
Unit I : Uniform Plane Waves 8L

Maxwell Equations in phasor form, Wave Equation, Uniform Plane wave in Homogeneous, free
space, dielectric, conducting medium. Polarization: Linear, circular & Elliptical polarization,
unpolarized wave. Reflection of plane waves, Normal incidence, oblique incidence,
Electromagnetic Power and Poynting theorem and vector.
Unit II : Wave Propagation 8L
Fundamental equations for free space propagation, Friis Transmission equation. Attenuation over
reflecting surface, Effect of earth’s curvature. Ground, sky & space wave propagations. Structure
of atmosphere. Characteristics of ionized regions. Effects of earth’s magnetic field. Virtual
height, MUF, Skip distance. Ionospheric abnormalities. Multi-hoppropagation. Space link
geometry. Characteristics of Wireless Channel: Fading, Multipath delay spread, Coherence
Bandwidth, and Coherence Time.
Unit III : Antenna Fundamentals 6L

Introduction, Types of Antenna, Radiation Mechanism. Antenna Terminology: Radiation pattern,
radiation power density, radiation intensity, directivity, gain, antenna efficiency, half power
beam width, bandwidth, antenna polarization, input impedance, antenna radiation efficiency,
effective length, effective area, reciprocity. Radiation Integrals: Vector potentials A, J, F, M,
Electric and magnetic fields electric and magnetic current sources, solution of inhomogeneous
vector potential wave equation, far field radiation
Unit IV : Wire Antennas 6L

Analysis of Linear and Loop antennas: Infinitesimal dipole, small dipole, and finite length dipole
half wave length dipole, small circular loop antenna. Complete Analytical treatment of all these
elements.
Unit V : Antenna Arrays 6L

Antenna Arrays: Two element array, pattern multiplication N-element linear array, uniform
amplitude and spacing, broad side and end-fire array, N-element array: Uniform spacing, non
uniform amplitude, array factor, binomial and DolphTchebyshev array. Planar Array, Circular
Array, Log Periodic Antenna, YagiUda Antenna Array
Unit VI : Antennas and Applications 6L
Structural details, dimensions, radiation pattern, specifications, features and applications of
following Antennas: Hertz & Marconi antennas, V- Antenna, Rhombic antenna. TW antennas.
Loop antenna, Whip antenna, Biconical, Helical, Horn, Slot, Microstrip, Turnstile, Super
turnstile & Lens antennas. Antennas with parabolic reflectors
Text Books
1. C.A. Balanis, “Antenna Theory - Analysis and Design", John Wiley.

2. Mathew N O Sadiku, “ Elements of Electromagnetics” 3rd edition, Oxford University
Press
Reference Books
1. John D Kraus, Ronald J Marhefka, Ahmad S Khan, Antennas for All Applications, 3rd
Edition, TheMcGraw Hill Companies.
2. K. D. Prasad, “Antenna & Wave Propagation”, SatyaPrakashan, New Delhi.
3. John D Kraus, “ Antenna& Wave Propagation”, 4th Edition, McGraw Hill, 2010.
4. Vijay K Garg, Wireless Communications and Netwoking, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers,
An Imprint of Elsevier, 2008.
Embedded Processors (304191)

Phase I : 30

Phase II: 70
Course Objectives:
• To understand the applications of 32/64 bit Microprocessors in PC
• To understand need of ARM7& ARM CORTEX processors in embedded system.
• To understand architecture and features of typical ARM7& ARM CORTEX
Microcontroller.
• To learn interfacing of real world input and output devices
• To study need and advantages of soft cores in designing SOC based applications.
Course Outcomes:
• Learn use of microprocessor in designing PC applications
• Learn use of ARM Microcontrollers in designing embedded applications
• Learn use of soft core & DSP processors in industrial applications
Unit I : 32/64 Bit Processor for PC Applications 7L

Various 32 bit processor architectures X86, MIPS, 68K AND ARM. 80386 architecture, register
set, concept of descriptor, real, protected and virtual modes. Virtual memory, Memory
management, segmentation and paging Superscalar architecture of Pentium and Pentium
multicore processors
Unit II : ARM7, ARM9, ARM11 Processors 7L

ARM processors versions, ARM7, ARM9 & ARM11 features, advantages & suitability in
embedded application ARM7 data flow model, programmer’s model, modes of operations
Instruction set, programming in assembly language
Unit III : ARM CORTEX Processors 6L

ARM CORTEX series features, improvement over classical series & advantages for embedded
system design. CORTEX A, CORTEX M, CORTEX R processors series, versions, features and
applications, Need of operating system in developing complex applications in embedded system.
Desired features of operating system & hardware support from processor. Interfacing of
CORTEX based controllers using CMSIS standard. Survey of CORTEX based controllers, its
features and comparison.
Unit IV : ARM7 Microcontroller Real World Interfacing 7L

Use of ARM BASED controller interfacing with LCD, GLCD, KEYPAD, and timer, ADC,
interfacing GSM, GPS, and finger print module using embedded c program.
Unit V : ARM CORTEX Microcontroller Real World Interfacing 7L

Concept of USB & Ethernet based communication using microcontrollers. Use of M CORTEX
M3 BASED Controller with CAN, TFT, SD CARD, USB, ETHERNET applications in
embedded c
Unit VI : Introduction to DSP Controllers and Soft Cores 6L

Survey of DSP processors, typical DSP based controller’s architecture & its features Industrial
applications of DSP controllers. Concept of soft core on FPGA, advantages & application in
SOC, Study of typical FPGA processor core such as NIOS II, Micro blaze etc
Text Books:
1.
Barry Bray The Intel Microprocessors: Architecture, Programming and Interfacing 8th
Edition by Pearson Education
2. Andrew Sloss ARM System Developer’s Guide by ELSEVIER
Reference Books:
1. ARM CORTEX Reference Manual www.ARM.com
2. LPC 2148 User manual www.nxp.com
3. LPC 1768 User manual www.nxp.com
.
Industrial Management (304192)
In Semester Assessment:
Phase I : 30
Phase II: 70
Course Objectives:
• To get awareness about various domains in Industrial Management.
• To understand concept of Quality Management, Financial Management and Project
Management.
• To learn Human Resource Management as one of the major tasks in industry.
• To promote Entrepreneurship.
Course Outcomes:
• Get overview of Management Science aspects useful in Industry.

• Get motivation for Entrepreneurship
Unit I : Basics of Management 6L
Introduction, Definition of management, characteristics of management, functions of management

- Planning, Organizing, Staffing, Directing, Co-ordination, Controlling, Motivating,
Communication, Decision Making, Principles of management – F.W.Taylor, Henry Fayol, Elton
Mayo, Administration and management, Nature of management, levels of management, scientific
management, managerial roles, Forms of Organization- Line , Line –staff,committee etc,
Distinction between Traditional organization and Modern organization, concept of Globalization
Unit II : Quality Management 6L
Definition of quality, goalpost view of quality, continuous improvement definition of quality,

types of quality – quality of design, conformance and performance, phases of quality
management, Juran’s and Demings view of quality, Quality Management Assistance Tools:
Ishikawa diagram – Pareto Analysis – Pokka Yoke (Mistake Proofing).quality circles, TQM,
Kaizen, Five S (5S), Six sigma Quality Management Standards (Introductory aspects only)- The
ISO 9001:2008 Quality Management System Standard
Unit III : Financial and Project Management 6L
Capital Structure, Fixed & working capital, Role of Securities and Exchange Board of
India(SEBI), function of money market and capital Market, sources of finance. Introduction to
capital budgeting, Techniques of capital budgeting. Break even analysis - assumptions,
importance, Cost-Benefit analysis, CVP graph, Project Management, Planning and execution of
IT projects, Project network analysis, CPM, PERT and Project crashing and resource Leveling.
Unit IV : Human Resource Development 6L
Strategic importance HRM; objectives of HRM; challenges to HR professionals; role,

Responsibilities and competencies of HR professionals; HR department operations; Human
Resource Planning - objectives and process; human resource information system.. Talent
acquisition; recruitment and selection strategies, career planning and management, training and
development, investment in training programme; executive development, Case study on Recent
trends in Human Resource Development.
Unit V : Entrepreneurship Development 6L
Concept of entrepreneurship, Identification of business opportunities, Generation of business

idea, Business plan, Preparation of business proposal, Sources of finance – government and
nongovernment agencies, Types of businesses / ownerships – Partnership, Proprietorship,
Private limited company, Public limited company, Joint stock, Co-operative society, Govt.
Sector etc, Policies and incentives for small business development, Government policies and
incentives, Woman entrepreneurship, Industrial relations, Case study on Small scale industries in
India.
Unit VI : Management Information Systems 6L
Concept of data and information, characteristics of information, types of information, Definition

of MIS, Need, Purpose and Objectives, Contemporary Approaches to MIS, Components of an
information system, Need to study information systems, Information as a commodity, Types of
information systems, Functional Business systems – sales & marketing, Human resources,
accounting, manufacturing etc. Decision-making models, Types of decisions, Decision Support
Systems, Introduction to e-commerce, types – B2B, B2C, C2B, C2C etc. Overview of ERP,
Business Process Re-engineering.
Text books:
1. P. Khanna, “Industrial Engineering and Management”, Dhanpatrai publications Ltd, New

Delhi.
2. L.C.Jhamb , Savitri Jhamb , Industrial Management – I , Everest Publishing House .
Reference Books:
1. Waman S. Jawadekar, "Management Information Systems", Mc-Graw-Hill Education

( India ) Pvt. Ltd.
2. G. S. Batra , “Development of Entrepreneurship ”, Deep and Deep Publications, New
Delhi
3. Kenneth C. Laudon and Jane P. Laudon, “Management Information Systems", Eighth
4. Ashwathappa, “Human Resource Management”, Mc-Graw-Hill Education ( India ) Pvt.
Ltd.
5. M.Y. Khan and P. K. Jain, “Financial Management”, Mc-Graw-Hill Education ( India )
Pvt. Ltd.
6. Ravi M. Kishore, “Project Management”, Mc-Graw-Hill Education ( India ) Pvt. Ltd.
7.Pravin Kumar, “ Fundamentals of Engineering Economics”, Wiley India
Power Electronics (304193)
In Semester Assessment:
Phase I : 30
Phase II: 70
Course Objectives:
• To introduce students to different power devices to study their construction, characteristics

and turning on circuits.
• To give an exposure to students of working & analysis of controlled rectifiers for different
loads, inverters, DC choppers, AC voltage controllers and resonant converters.
• To study the different motor drives, various power electronics applications like UPS, SMPS,
etc. and some protection circuits.
Course Outcomes:

• Design & implement a triggering / gate drive circuit for a power device
• Understand, perform & analyze different controlled converters.
• Evaluate battery backup time & design a battery charger.
• Design & implement over voltage / over current protection circuit.
Unit I : Power Devices 6L
Construction, Steady state characteristics & Switching characteristics of SCR, Construction, Steady
state characteristics Power MOSFET & IGBT. SCR ratings: IL, IH, VBO, VBR, dv/dt, di/dt, surge
current & rated current.Gate characteristics, Gate drive requirements, Synchronized UJT triggering
for SCR, triggering of SCR using IC-785, gate drive circuits for Power MOSFET / IGBT.
Unit II : AC-DC Power Converters 6L

Concept of line & forced commutation, Single phase Semi & Full converters for R, R-L loads,
Performance parameters, Effect of freewheeling diode, Three phase Semi & Full converters for R
load.
Unit III : DC-AC Converters 6L
Single phase bridge inverter for R and R-L load using MOSFET / IGBT, performance parameters,
single phase PWM inverters. Three phase voltage source inverter for balanced star R load.
Unit IV : DC-DC converters & AC Voltage Controller 6L
Working principle of step down chopper for R-L load (highly inductive), control strategies.
Performance parameters, Step up chopper, 2-quadrant & 4-quadrant choppers, SMPS. Single-phase
full wave AC voltage controller with R load.
Unit V :Power Electronics Applications 6L
ON-line and OFF line UPS with battery AH, back up time, battery charger rating. Electronic ballast:
Characteristics of fluorescent lamps and advantages over conventional ballast. Single phase
separately excited DC motor drive, stepper motor drive, BLDC motors. Variable voltage & variable
frequency three phase induction motor drive.
Unit VI: Resonant Converters & Protection of Power Devices & Circuits 6L
Need for resonant converters, SLR half bridge DC/DC converter in low frequency, Concept of zero
current switching (ZCS) and zero voltage switching (ZVS) resonant converters. Cooling & heat
sinks, over voltage conditions, over voltage protection circuits, over current fault conditions, over
current protection. Electromagnetic interference: Sources, minimizing techniques.
Text Books:
1. M. H. Rashid, “Power Electronics circuits devices and applications”, PHI 3rd edition, 2004
edition, New Delhi.
2. M. S. Jamil Asghar, "POWER ELECTRONICS", PHI, 2004, New Delhi
Reference Books:
1. Ned Mohan, T. Undeland & W. Robbins, “Power Electronics Converters applications and
design” 2nd edition, John Willey & sons, Singapore
2. U. R. Moorthi, "POWER ELECTRONICS, DEVICES, CIRCUITS & INDUSTRIAL
APPLICATIONS" , Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2005
3. P.C. Sen, “Modern Power Electronics”, S Chand & Co New Delhi.
4. "GE SCR MANUAL" 6th edition, General Electric, New York, USA
5. Dr. P. S. Bimbhra, “Power Electronics”, Khanna Publishers, Delhi.
6. Nagrath Kothari, “Electrical Machines”, TMH.
Communications Lab (304194)
Practicals: 4 Hrs/week OR: 50Marks
Information Theory & Coding Techniques

Note :
1. Perform any 9 experiments from the given list
2. Experiments are to performed using suitable software like C/C++, Matlab, Octave,
LabVIEW, Scilab etc.
3. Minimum 2 experiments are to be implemented in C/C++.
Sr. no. Name of the experiment

1 Write a program for determination of various entropies and mutual information of a
given channel. Test various types of channel such as
a) Noise free channel.
b) Error free channel
c) Binary symmetric channel
d) Noisy channel
Compare channel capacity of above channels.
2 Write a program for generation and evaluation of variable length source coding
using C/MATLAB (Any 2)
a) Shannon – Fanocodingand decoding
b) Huffman Coding and decoding
c) Lempel Ziv Coding and decoding
3 Write a Program for coding & decoding of Linear block codes.
4 Write a Program for coding & decoding of Cyclic codes.
5 Write a program for coding and decoding of convolutional codes
6 Write a program forcoding and decoding of BCH and RS codes.
7 Write a program to study performance of a coded and uncoded communication
system
(Calculate the error probability)
8 Write a simulation program to implement source coding and channel coding for
transmitting a text file.
9 Implementation of any compression algorithm for either audio, image or video data.
10 Implement a model of communication system based on Spread Spectrum
Communication System
Antenna and Wave Propagation
Group A
To Measure Radiation pattern, Return Loss, Impedance, Gain, Beam width for the following
antennas (Any Five)
1. Dipole antenna
2. Folded Dipole
3. Yagi-Uda
4. Horn
5. Parabolic Reflector
6. Micro strip Antennas
Group B
Plot Standing Wave pattern and Measure SWR for open, short and matched termination
Group C
MATLAB/C/Scilab Simulation of following antenna arrays (Plotting radiation pattern)
1. Broad side linear array with uniform spacing and amplitude
2. End fire linear array with uniform spacing and amplitude
3. Binomial array
4. Dolph-Tchebyshev
Any three of above experiments from Group C to be carried out by using any EM simulation
software (compulsory).
Embedded and Power Lab (304195)
Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme: Pr: 50Marks
Practicals: 4 Hrs/week OR:50Marks
Embedded Processors
List of practicals:
1 Interfacing LPC2148 to LCD/GLCD

2 Interfacing LPC2148 for internal ADC on interrupt basis at regular interval generated
by
Timer
3 Interfacing SD card to LPC2148
4 Interfacing EEPROM to LPC2148 using I2C protocol
5 Generation of PWM signal for motor control using LPC1768
6 Interfacing TFT display to LPC2148
7 Implementing CAN protocol using LPC1768
8 Implementing ETHERNET protocol using LPC1768
9 High precision ADC interfacing using PSOC
10 Interfacing any controller on FPGA such as NIOS on ALTERA or MICROBLAZE on
XILINX using EDK tool
Power Electronics
List of Experiments (Any 8)
1) Characteristics of SCR
i) Plot V-I characteristics
ii) Observe the effect of gate current
ii) Measure IH & IL
2) V-I Characteristics of MOSFET / IGBT
i) Plot output characteristics
ii) Plot transfer characteristics
3) Triggering circuit for SCR (Using UJT or IC-785)
i) Verify the range of firing angle
ii) Turn on the SCR, observe waveforms across load & SCR
4) Single phase Semi / Full Converter with R & R-L load
i) Observe load voltage waveform,
ii) Measurement of firing angle, average o/p voltage across loads,
iii) verification of theoretical values with practically measured values.
5) Single-Phase PWM bridge inverter for R load
6) Step down dc chopper using power MOSFET / IGBT
i) Measure duty cycle and observer effect on average load voltage for DC chopper
7) Find load & line regulation of given SMPS
8) Single phase AC voltage controller using SCRs for R load
ii) Measurement of firing angle, o/p voltage across load,
iii) verification of theoretical values with practically measured values.
9) Speed control of DC motor / stepper motor / ac motor
i) Speed control of DC motor using armature voltage control / field control method.
Measure RPM and plot graph of speed versus armature voltage and field current
OR
ii) Study drive circuit for stepper motor- phase sequencing and microstepping
OR
iii) Plot speed-torque characteristic of three phase induction motor.
10) To study over voltage / over current protection circuit.
Mini Project and Seminar (304196)
Practical: 4 Hrs/Week Oral Examination: 50 marks
Course Objectives:
• To undertake & execute a Mini Project through a group of students.

• To understand the ‘Product Development Cycle’ through Mini Project.
• To plan for various activities of the project and distribute the work amongst team members.
• To learn budget planning for the project.
• To inculcate electronic hardware implementation skills by -
a. Learning PCB artwork design using an appropriate EDA tool.
b. Imbibing good soldering and effective trouble-shooting practices.
c. Following correct grounding and shielding practices.
d. Knowing the significance of aesthetics & ergonomics while designing electronic product.
• To develop student’s abilities to transmit technical information clearly and test the same by
delivery of Seminar based on the Mini Project.
• To understand the importance of document design by compiling Technical Report on the
Mini Project work carried out.
Course Outcomes:
After successfully completing this course, the student shall be able to:
• Understand, plan and execute a Mini Project with team.

• Implement electronic hardware by learning PCB artwork design, soldering techniques,
trouble shooting etc.
• Prepare a technical report based on the Mini project.
• Deliver technical seminar based on the Mini Project work carried out.
Guidelines:
• Project group shall consist of not more than 3 students per group.
• Suggested Plan for various activities to be monitored by the teacher.
Week 1 & 2: Formation of groups, Finalization of Mini project & Distribution of work.
Week 3 & 4: PCB artwork design using an appropriate EDA tool, Simulation.
Week 5 & 6: Hardware assembly, Testing
Week 7 & 8: Enclosure Design, Fabrication etc
Week 9 & 10: Preparation, Checking & Correcting of the Draft Copy of Report
Week 11 & 12: Demo and Group presentations
• Mini Project Work should be carried out in the Projects Laboratory.
• Project designs ideas can be necessarily adapted from recent issues of electronic design
magazines Application notes from well known component manufacturers may also be
referred.
• Hardware component is mandatory.
• Layout versus schematic verification is mandatory.
• Domains for projects may be from the following , but not limited to:
Instrumentation and Control Systems
Electronic Communication Systems
Biomedical Electronics
Power Electronics
Audio , Video Systems
Embedded Systems
Mechatronic Systems
• Microcontroller based projects should preferably use Microchip PIC controllers.
• A project report with following contents shall be prepared:
Title
Specifications
Block diagram
Circuit diagram
Selection of components
Simulation results
PCB artwork
Layout versus schematic verification report
Testing procedures
Enclosure design
Test results
Conclusion
References
For the enhancement of Technical Communication Skills, it is advised to refer to the
following or any other good book.
1. Meenakshi Raman, Sangeeta Sharma,’ Technical Communication, Principles and

Practice’, Oxford University Press
2. M Ashraf Rizvi,’ Effective Technical Communication’, Tata McGraw Hill Education
Pvt. Ltd.
3. C Muralikrishna, Sunita Mishra,’ Communication Skills for Engineers’, Pearson
BE(Electronics & Telecommunication)
(2012 course revised syllabus )
( w.e.f. June 2015)
BE (E & TC) Structure
2012 Course w.e.f. June 2015
Semester-I
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme Marks
Subject In Semester End Semester
Subject
Code LECT TUT PR Assessment PR OR TW Examination Total
Phase I Phase II
404181 VLSI Design & Technology 3 30 70 100
404182 Computer Networks 3 30 70 100
404183 Microwave Engineering 4 30 70 100
404184 Elective I 3 30 70 100
404185 Elective II 3 30 70 100
404186 Lab Practice I (CN & MWE) 4 50 50 100
Lab Practice II (VLSI

404187 4 50 50 100
&Elective I)
404188 Project Phase I 2 50 50
Total 16 2 8 150 50 100 100 350 750
1. Digital Image Processing 1. Multi rate & Adaptive Signal Processing

2. Embedded Systems & RTOS 2. Electronic Product Design
3. Software Defined Radio 3. PLCs and Automation
4. Industrial Drives and Control 4. Artificial Intelligence
Semester-II
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme Marks
Subject In Semester End Semester
Subject
Code LECT TUT PR Assessment PR OR TW Examination Total
Phase I Phase II
404189 Mobile Communication 4 30 70 100
Broadband Communication
404190 4 30 70 100
Systems
404191 Elective III 3 30 70 100
404192 Elective IV 3 30 70 100
404193 Lab Practice III(MC & BCS) 4 50 50 100
404194 Lab Practice IV(Elective III) 2 50 50 100
404195 Project Phase II 6 50 100 150
Total 14 6 6 120 100 50 200 280 750

1. Speech & Audio Signal Processing 1. Biomedical Signal Processing
2. RF Circuit Design 2. Nano Electronics & MEMS
3. Audio Video Engineering 3. Detection & Estimation Theory
4. Soft Computing 4. Wireless Networks
5. Open Elective*
*Any one subject from the list of Elective IV of computer/IT/Electrical/Instrumentation or Institute can offer elective IV based on any
industry need with prior approval from BoS(Electronics). Repetition of subjects or topics is to be avoided.
Dr. D. S. Bormane
Chairman, BOS(Electronics)
VLSI Design & Technology(404181)

Phase I : 30
Phase II: 70
Course Objectives:
 To study HDL based design approach.
 To learn digital CMOS logic design.
 To nurture students with CMOS analog circuit designs.
 To realize importance of testability in logic circuit design.
 To overview SoC issues and understand PLD architectures with advanced features.
Course Outcomes:
Aftersuccessfully completing the course, students will be able to
 Model digital circuit with HDL, simulate, synthesis and prototype in PLDs.
 Understand chip level issues and need of testability.
 Design analog & digital CMOS circuits for specified applications.
Unit I: VHDL Modeling 7L

Data objects, Data types, Entity, Architecture & types of modeling, Sequential statements,
Concurrent statements, Packages, Sub programs, Attributes, VHDL Test bench, Test benches using
text files. VHDL modeling of Combinational, Sequential logics & FSM, Meta-stability.
Unit II: PLD Architectures 7L

PROM, PLA, PAL: Architectures and applications. Software Design Flow. CPLD Architecture,
Features, Specifications, Applications. FPGA Architecture, Features, Specifications, Applications.
Unit III: SoC& Interconnect 6L

Clock skew, Clock distribution techniques, clock jitter. Supply and ground bounce, power distribution
techniques. Power optimization. Interconnect routing techniques; wire parasitic, Signal integrity issues.
I/O architecture, pad design. Architectures for low power.
Unit IV: Digital CMOS Circuits 7L

MOS Capacitor, MOS Transistor theory, C-V characteristics, Non ideal I-V effects, Technology
Scaling. CMOS inverters, DC transfer characteristics, Power components, Power delay product.
Transmission gate. CMOS combo logic design. Delays: RC delay model, Effective resistance, Gate
and diffusion capacitance, Equivalent RC circuits; Linear delay model, Logical effort, Parasitic
delay, Delay in a logic gate, Path logical efforts.
Unit V: Analog CMOS Design 7L

Current sink and source, Current mirror. Active load, Current source and Push-pull inverters.
Common source, Common drain, Common gate amplifiers. Cascode amplifier, Differential
amplifier, Operational amplifier.
Unit VI: Testability6L

Types of fault, Need of Design for Testability (DFT), Testability, Fault models, Path sensitizing,
Sequential circuit test, BIST, Test pattern generation, JTAG & Boundary scan, TAP Controller.
Text Books
1. Charles H. Roth, “Digital systems design using VHDL”, PWS.
2. Wyane Wolf, “Modern VLSI Design (System on Chip)”, PHI Publication.
Reference Books
1. Allen Holberg, “Analog CMOS Design”, Oxford University Press.
2. Neil H. E. Weste, David Money Harris, “CMOS VLSI Design: A Circuit & System
Perspective”, Pearson Publication
Computer Networks(404182)

Phase I : 30
Phase II: 70
Course Objectives:
 Understand state-of-the-art in network protocols, architectures, and applications
 To provide students with a theoretical and practical base in computer networks issues
 Define the basic terminology of computer networks
 Recognize the individual components of the big picture of computer networks
 Outline the basic network configurations
 List the layers of the TCP/IP and OSI model and describe the duties of each layer
 Understand the transmission methods underlying LAN and WAN technologies.
Course Outcomes:
 Understand fundamental underlying principles of computer networking
 Describe and analyze the hardware, software, components of a network and the
interrelations.
 Analyze the requirements for a given organizational structure and select the most appropriate
networking architecture and technologies;
 Have a basic knowledge of the use of cryptography and network security;
 Have a basic knowledge of installing and configuring networking applications.
 Specify and identify deficiencies in existing protocols, and then go onto select new and better
protocols.
Unit I: Physical Layer 6L

Data Communications, Networks, Network types, Protocol layering, OSI model, Layers in OSI
model, TCP / IP protocol suite, Addressing, Guided and Unguided Transmission media.
Switching: Circuit switched networks, Packet Switching, Structure of a switch.
Unit II: Data Link Layer 6L

Introduction to Data link Layer, DLC Services, DLL protocols, HDLC, PPP, Media Access
Control: Random Access, Controlled Access, Channelization. Wired LAN:Ethernet Protocol,
Standard Ethernet, Fast Ethernet, Giagabit Ethernet, 10 Gigabit Ethernet.
Unit III:Wireless LANS & Virtual Circuit Networks 6L

Introduction, Wireless LANS: IEEE 802.11 project, Bluetooth, Zigbee, Connecting devices and
Virtual LANS: Connecting devices, Virtual LANS.
Unit IV:Network Layer6L

Network Layer Services, Packet Switching, Network layer performance, IPv4, addresses,
Forwarding of IP packets, Network layer protocols: IP, ICMPv4, Mobile IP, Unicast Routing:
Introduction, Routing Algorithms, Unicast Routing protocols, Multicast Routing Introduction,
Next Generation IP:IPv6 Addressing, The IPv6 protocol, ICMPv6, Transition from IPv4 to IPv6.
Unit V:Transport Layer 6L

Introduction, Transport layer protocols and services, Port numbers User Datagram Protocol
(UDP), Transmission Control protocol (TCP), SCTP, Quality of services: Dataflow
characteristics, Flow Control.
Unit VI:Application Layer 6L

Introduction, World Wide Web and HTTP, FTP, Electronic mail, Telnet, Name System (DNS),
Cryptography and Network Security: Introduction, Symmetric key ciphers and Asymmetric key
Ciphers, Introduction to network security.
Text Books
1. Behrouz A. Foruzan, “Data communication and Networking”, Tata McGraw-Hill,5th
Edition
2. James F. Kurouse& W. Rouse, “Computer Networking: A Top down Approach”, 6th
Edition, Pearson Education.
Reference Books
1. Andrew S. Tannenbaum, “Computer Networks”, Pearson Education, Fourth Edition,2003
2. Wayne Tomasi, “Introduction to Data Communication and Networking”, 1/e, Pearson
Education
3. Greg Tomsho, Ed Tittel, David Johnson. “Guide to Networking Essentials”, fifth edition,
Thomson India Learning, 2007.
Microwave Engineering(404183)

Phase I : 30
Phase II: 70
Course Objectives:
 To lay the foundation for microwave engineering
 To understand the applications of microwave engineering
 Carryout the microwave network analysis.
Course Outcomes:
Aftersuccessfully completing the course students will be able to
 Formulate the wave equation in wave guide for analysis.
 Identify the use of microwave components and devices in microwave applications.
 Understand the working principles of all the microwave tubes
 Understand the working principles of all the solid state devices
 Choose a suitable microwave tube and solid state device for a particular application
 Carry out the microwave network analysis
 Choose a suitable microwave measurement instruments and carry out the required
measurements.
Unit I : Transmission Lines and Waveguides 8L

Introduction to Microwaves engineering: History of Microwaves, Microwave Frequency bands.
Applications of Microwave.
General solution for TEM, TE and TM waves,Parallel plate waveguide, and rectangular
waveguide. Wave guide parameters. Introduction tocoaxial line, Rectangular waveguide cavity
resonators, Circular waveguide cavity resonators
Unit II : Microwave Components 8L

Multi port junctions: Construction and operation of E-plane, H-plane, Magic Tee and
Directional couplers.
Ferrites components: - Ferrite Composition and characteristics, Faraday rotation, Construction

and operation of Gyrator, Isolator and Circulator.
Striplines: Structural details and applications of Striplines, Microstrip line, Parallel Strip line,
Coplanar Strip line, Shielded Strip Line.
Unit III : Microwave Network Analysis 6L
Introduction and applications of Impedance and Equivalent voltages and currents, Impedance
and Admittance matrices, The Transmission (ABCD) matrix
Scattering Matrix:-Significance, formulation and properties. S-Matrix calculations for-2 port
network junction, E plane, H-plane and E-H (Magic Tee) Tees, Directional coupler, Isolator and
Circulator. Related problems.
Unit IV : Microwave Tubes 8L

Limitations of conventional tubes, O and M type classification of microwave tubes, reentrant
cavity, velocity modulation.
O type tubes
Two cavity Klystron: Construction and principle of operation, velocity modulation and
bunching process Applegate diagram.
Reflex Klystron: Construction and principle of operation, velocity modulation and bunching
process, Applegate diagram, Oscillating modes, o/p characteristics, efficiency, electronic &
mechanical tuning.
M-type tubes
Magnetron: Construction and Principle of operation of 8 cavity cylindrical travelling wave
magnetron, hull cutoff condition, modes of resonance, PI mode operation, o/p characteristics,
Applications.
Slow wave devices
Advantages of slow wave devices, Helix TWT: Construction and principle of operation,
Applications.
Unit V :Microwave Solid State Devices8L

Microwave bipolar transistor, FET, MESFET, Varactor Diode, PIN Diode, Shottky Barrier
Diode, Tunnel Diode, TEDs, Gunn Diodes, IMPATT diode and TRAPATT diode. Structural
details, Principle of operation, various modes, specifications, and applications of all these
devices.
Unit VI : Microwave Measurements 6L

Measurement devices: Slotted line, Tunable detector, VSWR meter, Power Meter, S-parameter
measurement, frequency measurements, Power measurement, Attenuation measurement, Phase
shift measurement, VSWR measurement, Impedance measurement, Q of cavity resonator
measurement
Text Books
1. Samuel Y. Liao, “Microwave Devices and Circuits”, 3rd edition, Pearson
2. David M. Pozar, “Microwave Engineering", Fourth edition, Wiley.
Reference Books
1. M. Kulkarni, “Microwave and Radar engineering”, 3rd edition, Umesh Publications
2. ML Sisodia& GS Raghuvamshi, “Microwave Circuits and Passive Devices”Wiley, 1987
3. M L Sisodia& G S Raghuvanshi, “Basic Microwave Techniques and Laboratory
Manual”, New Age International (P) Limited, Publishers.
Digital Image Processing(404184)

Phase I : 30
Phase II: 70
Course Objectives:
 To learn the fundamental concepts of Digital Image Processing.
 To study basic image processing operations.
 To understand image analysis algorithms.
 To expose students to current applications in the field of digital image processing.
Course Outcomes:
 Develop and implement algorithms for digital image processing.
 Apply image processing algorithms for practical object recognition applications.
Unit I : Fundamentals of Image Processing 6L

Steps in image processing, Human visual system, Sampling & quantization, Representing digital
images, Spatial & gray-level resolution, Image file formats, Basic relationships between pixels,
Distance Measures. Basic operations on images-image addition, subtraction, logical operations,
scaling, translation, rotation. Image Histogram. Color fundamentals & models – RGB, HSI YIQ.
Unit II: Image Enhancement and Restoration 6L

Spatial domain enhancement: Point operations-Log transformation, Power-law transformation,
Piecewise linear transformations, Histogram equalization. Filtering operations- Image
smoothing, Image sharpening.
Frequency domain enhancement: 2D DFT, Smoothing and Sharpening in frequency
domain.Homomorphic filtering.
Restoration: Noise models, Restoration using Inverse filtering and Wiener filtering
Unit III: Image Compression 6L

Types of redundancy, Fidelity criteria, Lossless compression – Runlength coding, Huffman
coding, Bit-plane coding, Arithmetic coding. Introduction to DCT, Wavelet transform. Lossy
compression – DCT based compression, Wavelet based compression. Image and Video
Compression Standards – JPEG, MPEG.
Unit IV: Image Segmentation and Morphological Operations 6L
Image Segmentation: Point Detections, Line detection, Edge Detection-First order derivative –
Prewitt and Sobel. Second order derivative – LoG, DoG, Canny. Edge linking, Hough
Transform, Thresholding – Global, Adaptive. Otsu’s Method. Region Growing, Region Splitting
and Merging. Morphological Operations: Dilation, Erosion, Opening, Closing, Hit-or-Miss
transform, Boundary Detection, Thinning, Thickening, Skeleton.
Unit V: Representation and Description 6L

Representation – Chain codes, Polygonal approximation, Signatures. Boundary Descriptors –
Shape numbers, Fourier Descriptors, Statistical moments. Regional Descriptors – Topological,
Texture. Principal Components for Description.
Unit VI: Object Recognition and Applications 6L

Feature extraction, Patterns and Pattern Classes, Representation of Pattern classes, Types of
classification algorithms, Minimum distance classifier, Correlation based classifier, Bayes
classifier. Applications: Biometric Authentication, Character Recognition, Content based Image
Retrieval, Remote Sensing, Medical application of Image processing
Text Books
1. Rafael C. Gonzalez and Richard E. Woods, “Digital Image Processing”, Third Edition, -
Pearson Education
2. S Sridhar, “Digital Image Processing”, Oxford University Press.
Reference Books
1. Rafael C. Gonzalez, Richard E. Woods, and Steven L. Eddins, “Digital Image Processing
Using MATLAB”, Second Edition, - Tata McGraw Hill Publication
2. S Jayaraman, S Esakkirajan, T Veerakumar, “Digital Image Processing”, Tata McGraw
Hill Publication
Note: Experiments are to be performed using software preferably open source.
1. To perform basic operations on images.
2. To perform conversion between color spaces.
3. To perform histogram equalization.
4. To perform image filtering in spatial domain.
5. To perform image filtering in frequency domain.
6. To perform image restoration.
7. To perform image compression using DCT / Wavelet transform.
8. To perform edge detection using various masks.
9. To perform global and adaptive thresholding.
10. To apply morphological operators on an image.
11. To obtain boundary / regional descriptors of an image.
12. To perform image classification / recognition
Embedded Systems & RTOS(404184)

Phase I : 30
End Semester
Examination:
Phase II: 70
Course Objectives:
 To understand the Embedded system design issues.
 To learn real time operating system concepts.
 To understand the Embedded Linux environment
 To learn Embedded software development and testing process.
Course Outcomes:
 Get insight of design metrics of Embedded systems to design real time applications to
match recent trends in technology.
 Understand Real time systems concepts.
 Understand Linux operating system and device drivers.
 Get to know the hardware – software co design issues and testing methodology for
Embedded system.
Unit I:Introduction to Embedded Systems 6L

Introduction to Embedded Systems, Architecture, Classification and Characteristics of
Embedded System, Design Process, Design Metrics and optimization of various parameters of
embedded system. Embedded processor technology, IC technology, Design technology.
Software development life cycle. Various models like waterfall, spiral, V , Rapid Prototyping
models and Comparison
Unit II: Real Time Systems Concepts 6L

Foreground/ Background systems, Critical section of code, Resource, Shared resource,
multitasking, Task, Context switch, Kernel, Scheduler, Non-Preemptive Kernel , Preemptive
Kernel, Reentrancy, Round robin scheduling, Task Priorities, Static & Dynamic Priority, Priority
Inversion, Assigning task priorities, Mutual Exclusion, Deadlock, Clock Tick, Memory
requirements, Advantages & disadvantages of real time kernels.
Unit III: µCOS II 6L
Features of µCOS II. Kernel structure. µCOS II RTOS services:Task management, Time
management, Intertask Communication and Synchronization.
Unit IV: Embedded Linux Development Environment 6L

Need of Linux, Embedded Linux Today, Open Source and the GPL, BIOS Versus Boot loader,
Anatomy of an Embedded System, Storage Considerations, Embedded Linux Distributions.
Embedded Development Environment, Cross-Development Environment, Host System
Requirements, Hosting Target Boards. Development Tools, GNU Debugger, Tracing and
Profiling Tools, Binary Utilities.
Unit V: Linux Kernel Construction 6L

Linux Kernel Background, Linux Kernel Construction, Kernel Build System, Kernel
Configuration. Role of a Bootloader, Bootloader Challenges. A Universal Bootloader: Das U-
Boot. Porting U-Boot. Device Driver Concepts, Module Utilities, Driver Methods. Linux File
System & Concepts
Unit VI : Embedded Software Development, Testing Process and Tools 6L

Embedded Software development process and tools, Host and Target Machines, linking and
Locating Software, Getting Embedded Software into the Target System, Issues in Harware-
Software Design and Co-design. Testing on Host Machine, Simulators, Laboratory Tools. Case
study of Embedded system like Automatic Chocolate Vending Machine, Mobile Phone.
Text Books
1. Jean J.Labrosse, “MicroC OS II, The Real-Time Kernel”, 2nd edition, CMP Books.
2. Christopher Hallinan, “Embedded Linux Primer -A Practical, Real-World Approach ”2nd
edition, Prentice Hall.
Reference Books
1. Raj Kamal, “Embedded Systems – Architecture, Programming and Design" 2nd edition,
McGraw Hill.
2. Frank Vahid and Tony Givargis, “ Embedded System Design – A Unified hardware/
Software introduction ” 3rd edition, Wiley.
Group A: ARM7/ ARM Cortex- M3&µCOS - II Based Experiments (any four)

1. Multitasking in µCOS II RTOS using minimum 3 tasks on ARM7/ ARM Cortex- M3.
2. Semaphore as signaling & Synchronizing on ARM7/ ARM Cortex- M3.
3. Mailbox implementation for message passing on ARM7/ ARM Cortex- M3.
4. Queue implementation for message passing on ARM7/ ARM Cortex- M3.
5 Implementation of MUTEXusing minimum 3 tasks on ARM7/ ARM Cortex- M3.
Group B: ARM9 & LINUX Based Experiments (any four)

6. Download pre-configured Kernel Image, File System, bootloader to target device- ARM9.
7. Writing simple application using embedded Linux on ARM9.
8. Writing “Hello World” device Driver. Loading into & removing from Kernel on ARM9 board.
9. Write a program for I2C based RTC using embedded Linux on ARM9.
10. Using Device driver for GPIO, write a program to blink LED onARM9.
11. Write a program for External InterruptonARM9.
Software Defined Radio(404184)
Phase I : 30
Phase II: 70
Course Objectives:
 To understand “Modern Radio Communication System “ that can be reconfigured
 To understand GNU Radio
 To understand how SDR platform provides easy access to wireless network system
 To understand how unlike simulation in Communication Projects, SDR allows easy
access to both PHY and MAC layer
 To understand the concept of Cognitive Radio and Spectrum sharing
Course Outcomes:
 Compare SDR with traditional Hardware Radio HDR
 Implement modern wireless system based on OFDM, MIMO & Smart Antenna
 Build experiment with real wireless waveform and applications, accessing both PHY and
MAC, Compare SDR versus MATLAB and Hardware Radio
 Work on open projects and explore their capability to build their own communication
system.
Unit I : Software Defined Radio fundamentals 6L

Introduction to SDR, Need of SDR, Principles of SDR , Basic Principle and difference in Analog
radio and SDR , SDR characteristics, required hardware specifications, Software/Hardware
platform, GNU radio -What is GNU radio, GNU Radio Architecture, Hardware Block of GNU,
GNU software , MATLAB in SDR , Radio Frequency Implementation issues, Purpose of RF
front End, Dynamic Range ,RF receiver Front End topologies, Flexibility of RF chain with
software radio, Duplexer ,Diplexer ,RF filter ,LNA ,Image reject filters , IF filters , RF Mixers
Local Oscillator , AGC, Transmitter Architecture and their issues,Sampling theorem in ADC,
Noise and distortion in RF chain, Pre-distortion
Case study : AM/FM/BPSK/QPSK/OFDM Simulation in Matlab
Unit II : SDR Architecture 6L

Architecture of SDR-Open Architecture, Software Communication Architecture, Transmitter
Receiver Homodyne/heterodyne architecture, RF front End, ADC, DAC, DAC/ADC Noise
Budget, ADC and DAC Distortion, Role of FPGA/CPU/GPU in SDR, Applications of FPGA in
SDR, Design Principles using FPGA, Trade –offs in using DSP, FPGA and ASIC, Power
Management Issues in DSP,ASIC,FPGA
Case Study : JTRS –Goals of SCA ,Architectural details ,SDR forum Architecture
Unit III : Multi Rate Signal Processing 6L

Sample timing algorithms, Frequency offset estimation and correction, Channel Estimation,
Basics of Multi Rate, Multi Rate DSP, Multi Rate Algorithm, DSP techniques in SDR, OFDM in
SDR
Unit IV : Smart/MIMO Antennas using Software Radio 6L

Smart Antenna Architecture, Vector Channel Modeling , Benefits of Smart Antenna Phased
Antenna Array Theory, Adaptive Arrays, DOA Arrays, Applying Software Radio Principles to
Antenna Systems, Beam forming for systems-Multiple Fixed Beam Antenna Array, Fully
Adaptive Array , Relative Benefits and Trade-offs OF Switched Beam and Adaptive Array,
Smart Antenna Algorithms , Hardware Implementation of Smart Antennas, MIMO -frequency,
time, sample Synchronization, Space time block coding-Space Time Filtering, Space Time
Trellis Coding .
Case Study : Principles of MIMO-OFDM
Unit V : Cognitive Radio 6L

Cognitive Radio Architecture, Dynamic Access Spectrum, Spectrum Efficiency, Spectrum
Efficiency gain in SDR and CR ,Spectrum Usage, SDR as a platform for CR, OFDM as PHY
layer ,OFDM Modulator, OFDM Demodulator, OFDM Bandwidth, Benefits of OFDM in CR,
Spectrum Sensing in CR, CR Network
Unit VI : Applications of SDR 6L

Application of SDR in Advance Communication System-Case Study, Challenges and Issues,
Implementation, Parameter Estimation –Environment, Location, other factors, Vertical Handoff,
Network Interoperability.
Case Study : 1)CR for Public Safety –PSCR , Modes of PSCR, Architecture of PSCR
2)Beagle board based SDR 3)Embedded PCSR using GNU radio
Text Books:
1. Jeffrey.H.Reed ,Software Radio : A Modern Approach to Radio Engineering , Pearson ,
LPE
Reference Books:
1. Markus Dillinger , KambizMadani ,Nancy Alonistioti, Software Defined Radio :
Architectures , Systems and Functions ,Wiley
2. Tony .J. Rouphael , RF and DSP for SDR, Elsevier Newness Press ,2008
3. Dr.TajStruman ,Evaluation of SDR –Main Document
4. SDR –Handbook , 8th Edition , PENTEK
5. Bruce a. Fette , Cognitive Radio Technology, Newness, Elsevier
List of the Experiments(Minimum 8 experiments are to be performed):

1. Introduction to GNU Radio
2. Introduction to Software Defined Radio Systems
3. Implementation of AM using SDR
4. Implementation of FM using SDR with application such as transfer of files
5. Implementation of M-PSK transmitter using SDR
6. Implementation of M-PSK receiver using SDR
7. Implementation of M-QAM transmitter using SDR
8. Implementation of M-QAM receiver using SDR
9. Implementation of Transmission of files on Wireless media using SDR
10. Implementation of OFDM using SDR
11. Implementation of Cognitive radio using SDR
Industrial Drives and Control(404184)

Practical: 2 Hrs/ Week Phase I : 30
Phase II: 70
Course Objectives:
 Describe the structure of Electric Drive systems and their role in various applications
such as flexible production systems, energy conservation, renewable energy,
transportation etc., making Electric Drives an enabling technology.
 Study and understand the operation of electric motor drives controlled from a power
electronic converter and to introduce the design concepts of controllers for closed loop operation
 Study DC, AC, special machines like stepper motor, servo motor and brushless motor and
their control.
Course Outcomes:
 Understand the basic principles of power electronics in drives and its control, types of
drives and basic requirements placed by mechanical systems on electric drives.
 Understand the operation of 1ф & 3ф converter drives for separately excited & series DC
motors, dual converter drives, 2 quadrant and 4 quadrant DC chopper drives, Open-loop
& closed-loop control of DC drives with transfer function, Dynamic and regenerative
braking. Protection circuits for DC drives.
 Learn speed control of induction motor drives in an energy efficient manner using power
electronics. To study and understand the operation of both classical and modern induction
motor drives.
 Learn and understand working of cylindrical-rotor motor, salient-pole motor, reluctance
motor, and permanent-magnet motors.
 Learn closed loop V/f control and load-commutated inverter (LCI) control. Variable
reluctance & permanent magnet stepper motors & drives, switched reluctance motors &
drives, brushless DC and AC motors & drives.
Unit I: DC Drives 6L
Basic characteristics of DC motors, Operating modes, Motor performance parameters, 1ф & 3ф
converter drives for separately excited & series DC motors for continuous & discontinuous
operations. Chopper fed DC drives, Comparison of converter fed drive & chopper fed drive.
Open loop & closed loop control of dc drives with transfer function
PLL control, Microprocessor based control of dc drives, Dynamic and regenerative braking of
DC motors
Unit II: Induction Motor Drives & Control 6L
Induction motor characteristics, Control strategies like stator voltage control, v/f control,
rotor resistance control, Variable frequency Square wave VSI Drives, Variable frequency PWM
VSI Drives, Variable frequency CSI Drives, Closed loop control of Induction motors, v/f
control of three phase IM using PWM inverter, Vector Control (Field oriented Control): Basic
principle of vector control, Direct vector control & indirect vector control, DQ Transformation,
Braking of induction motor, soft acceleration and deceleration, various protections.
Unit III: Special Motor Drives I 6L
Cylindrical rotor motor Drive, Salient pole motor Drive, Switched reluctance motor (SRM)
drive, Synchronous Reluctance motor drive, self-controlled synchronous motor drives
Unit IV: Special Motor Drives II 6L
Permanent magnet Brushless DC motor drive, Permanent magnet AC synchronous motor drive,
Variable reluctance & permanent magnet stepper motor, Stepper motor drives, Servo motor
Drives.
Unit V: Drive Applications in Renewable Energy 6L
Power Electronics for wind power systems
Wind power system: System component, Turbine rating, Electrical load matching, fixed speed
and variable speed operation, System design features, Maximum power operations and System
control requirement
WECS: Principle of WECS, role of power electronics in WECS, Drive selection criteria for fixed
speed and variable speed WECS, Stand-alone PV systems, Grid connected PV systems.
Power Electronics for Photovoltaic Power Systems
Basics of Photovoltaic: The PV cell, Module and array, I-V and P-V curves, PV system
component, Stand-alone PV systems, Grid connected PV systems.
Unit VI: Applications of Artificial neural network and fuzzy logic in Drives 6L
Fuzzy logic Principle and applications: Introduction, Fuzzy sets, Fuzzy system, Fuzzy control,
Fuzzy logic based induction motor speed control.
Neural network principle and applications: Introduction, Neural network in identification and
control, AI Applications in electrical machines and drives, Neural network based PWM
controller
Text Books
1. Fundamental of Electrical Drives, Gopal K. Dubey, Narosa Publishing House
2. Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives, Bimal K. Bose, Pearson
Reference Books
1. Wind & Solar Power system, Mukund Patel , CRC Press
2. Thyristor DC drives, P. C Sen, John Wiley.
3. Power Electronics, Converters, Applications and Design, N. Mohan, T. M. Undeland& W. P.
Robbins, John Wiley and Sons, 3rd Edition
List of Experiments (Minimum 8 experiments are to be performed):
1. DC motor control using semi/full 1-Φ /3-Φ converter. (Open loop and closed loop)
2. 4-Quadrant chopper fed reversible DC drive
3. Dual converter fed DC Drive (Single phase/ Three phase)
4. V/f controlled AC induction motor drive
5. Speed Control of Universal Motor.
6. Stepper motor drive.
7. BLDC Motor drive.
8. Three phase brushless generator for wind energy applications.
9. Simulation of closed loop controlled DC drive using PSIM/Matlab/MathCad
10. Simulation of Closed loop controlled AC motor drive using PSIM / Matlab/MathCad/ open
source software
.
Multi-rate and Adaptive Signal Processing(404185)

Lectures: 3Hrs/ Week In Semester Assessment:
Phase I : 30
Phase II: 70
Course Objectives:
1. To extend students understanding of DSP concepts for designing filters and filter-banks
2. To understand various Multirate DSP applications
3. To extend MultirateconceptsintoMultiresolution analysis.
4. To make student learn the need of adaptive-ness in digital filters
Course Outcomes:
1. The student will use theory of multirate processing for design of basic systems.
2. The student will be able to performmultiresolutionanalysis using Haar wavelet.
3. The student will show skills for design of adaptive filter for Wiener filter.
Unit I: Basics Signal Processing 6L

Review of Fourier Transform ,Time and frequency averages, Time Bandwidth product,
Stationary and Non-stationary signals. Limitations of Fourier Transform.
Review of Correlation: Auto and Cross, Covariance: Auto and Cross, Energy and Power signals,
Spectral Density: Energy and Power, Parsevals Theorem. Concept of Function Space. Definition
of Harr scaling and wavelet function. Difference between Fourier basis and Harr basis functions.
Finding orthogonal projections of energy signals with finite support using Harr scaling and
wavelet function.
Unit II: Multi-rate DSP6L

Need for Multi-rate DSP, Decimation by factor D , Interpolation by factor I, Sampling rate
conversion by rational factor I/D, Design of practical sampling rate converters, software
implementation of sampling rate converters (Decimators and Interpolators), sample rate
conversion using poly-phase filter structures
Unit III: Time Frequency Representation of signals 6L

Time Frequency description of signals, Concept of Instantaneous frequency and Complex
signal, Uncertainty principle, need for joint time frequency representation ,tiling diagrams. Short
Time Fourier Transform, Wigner Ville distribution, Continuous Wavelet Transform,
Discretization of STFT & CWT, Spectrograms and Scalograms
Unit IV:Time-Frequency (Wavelet) Analysis of signals 6L

Discrete Wavelet Transform and its relation to multi-rate filter banks. Decomposition of signals using
Harr two band filter bank structure. Perfect reconstruction conditions.Axiomatic definition of Multi
Resolution Analysis (MRA).Wavelet Packet Analysis versus Wavelet analysis.Problems on Wavelet
analysis and Wavelet packet analysis.
Unit V: Adaptive Filters 6L

Need of adaptive filters, adaptive filters as noise cancellation, configuration of adaptive filters, main
components of adaptive filters, Basic Wiener filter theory-Wiener-Hopf Equation, Adaptive Algorithms:
LMS basic adaptive algorithm, Implementation of basic LMS algorithm. Recursive least square
algorithms (RLS).
Unit VI:Applications of Multi- rate and adaptive signal processing techniques

6L
Efficient D/A conversion in Hi-fi systems. Subband coding of speech signals. Adaptive telephone echo
cancellation. Application of wavelets in compression and de-noising. Advantages of Harr Lifting scheme
in signal filtering. Problems on Harr Lifting scheme and de-noising.
Text Books:
1. John G. Proakis, Manolakis, “Digital Signal Processing, Principles, Algorithms and
Applications”, Pearson education, Fourth Edition, 2007.
2. E. C. Ifeachor and B. W. Jervis, “Digital Signal Processing- A Practical Approach”, 2nd
Edition, Pearson education. 2007.
3. Leon Cohen, “Time-Frequency Analysis”, Prentice Hall,1995.
Reference Books:
1. S. D. Apte, “Advanced Digital Signal Processing, ” Wiley Publications, 2014.
2. K.P Soman, K.I Ramchandran, N.G.Reshmi , “Insight into Wavelets- from theory to Practice,”
PHI Learning Private Limited, Third Edition, 2010.
Electronic Product Design(404185)

Lectures: 3 Hrs./ Week In Semester Assessment:
Phase I : 30
Phase II: 70
Course Objectives:
 To understand the stages of product (hardware/ software) design and development.
 To learn the different considerations of analog, digital and mixed circuit design.
 To be acquainted with methods of PCB design and different tools used for PCB Design.
 To understand the importance of testing in product design cycle. `
 To understand the processes and importance of documentation.
Course Outcomes:
 Understand various stages of hardware, software and PCB design.
 Importance of product test & test specifications.
 Special design considerations and importance of documentation.
Unit I: Introduction to Electronic Product Design 6L

Man machine dialog and Industrial design, user-centered design, five element of successful
design, cognition, ergonomics. Packaging and factors, design for manufacture, assembly and
disassembly, wiring, temperature, vibration and shock. Safety, noise, energy coupling,
grounding, filtering and shielding.
Unit II: Hardware Design & testing methods 6L

Design process. Identifying the requirements, formulating specifications, design specifications,
Specifications verses requirements, System partitioning, Functional design, architectural design,
Functional model verses architectural model. Prototyping. Performance and Efficiency measures.
Formulating a test plan, writing specifications, Test procedure and test cases, Egoless design,
design reviews. Module debug and test: black box test, white box test, grey box test.
Unit III:Software Design and Testing methods 6L

Types of Software. Waterfall model of software development. Models, metrics and software
limitations. Risk abatement and failure preventions. Software bugs and testing. Good
programming practice. User interface .Embedded, Real time software.
Unit IV: PCB design 6L

Fundamental Definitions, Standards. Routing Topology Configurations, Layer Stack up
assignment, Grounding Methodologies, Aspect Ratio, Image Planes, Functional Partitioning,
Critical frequencies, Bypassing and decoupling. Design techniques for ESD Protection, Guard
Band implementation.
Unit V: Product Debugging and testing 6L

Steps of Debugging, Techniques for troubleshooting, characterization, Electromechanical
components, passive components, active components, active devices, operational amplifier,
Analog-Digital Conversion, Digital Components, Inspection and test of components, Simulation,
Prototyping and testing, Integration, validation and verification. EMI & EMC issues.
Unit VI : Documentation6L
Definition, need, and types of documentation. Records, Accountability, and Liability. Audience.
Preparation, Presentation, and Preservation of documents. Methods of documentation, Visual
techniques, Layout of documentation, Bill of material.
Text Books
1. Kim Fowler,” Electronic Instrument Design” Oxford university press.
2. Robert J. Herrick, “Printed Circuit board design Techniques for EMC Compliance”,
Second edition, IEEE press.
Reference Books
1. James K. Peckol, “Embedded Systems – A Contemporary Design Tool”, Wiley
publication
2. J C Whitakar,” The Electronics Handbook”, CRC press.
PLC&Automation(404185)

Phase I : 30
Phase II: 70
Course Objectives:
 Ability to recognize industrial control problems suitable for PLC control
 An over view of technology of advanced topics such as SCADA, DCS Systems, Digital
Controller, CNC Machines.
 The ability to select the essential elements and practices needed to develop and
implement the Engineering Automation using PLC approach.
Course Outcomes:
 Understand PLC architecture, PLC addressing concepts.
 Develop PLC ladder programs for simple industrial applications .
 Design Automation systems for industrial applications .
Unit I: Process Control & Automation 6L

Process control principles, Servomechanisms, Control System Evaluation, Analog control,
Digital control, Types of Automation; Architecture of Industrial Automation
Systems,Advantages and limitations of Automation, Effects of modern developments in
automation on global competitiveness.
Unit II: Transmitters and Signal Conditioning 6L

Need of transmitters, Standardization of signals, Current, Voltage and Pneumatic signal
standards, 2-Wire & 3-Wire transmitters, Analog and Digital signal conditioning for RTD,
Thermocouple, DPT etc , Smart and Intelligent transmitters
Unit III: Controllers and Actuators 6L

PID Controller, Cascade PID control, Microprocessor Based control, PAC (Programmable
automation controller), Mechanical switches, Solid state switches, Electrical actuators: Solenoids,
Relays and Contactors, AC Motor, VFD, energy conservation schemes through VFD, DC
Motor, BLDC Motor, Stepper Motor, Servo Motor, Pneumatic and hydraulic actuators.
Unit IV: PLC and Human Machine Interface (HMI) 6L

Functions of PLC, Advantages, Architecture, working of PLC, Selection of PLC, Networking of
PLCs, Ladder Programming, Interfacing Input and Output devices with PLC, PLC based
automated systems. High frequency inputs. PLC programming standard IEC61131, Soft PLC
techniques. IT Interfaces required: for ERP, MIS, MES. Supporting Applications interfaces:
RFID, Barcode, Vision Systems. HMI: Block Diagram, Types, Advantages, Applications.
Unit V: SCADA & Distributed control system 6L

Elements of SCADA, Features of SCADA, MTU- functions of MTU, RTU- Functions of RTU,
Applications of SCADA, Communications in SCADA- types & methods used, Mediums used
for communication, Introduction to DCS, Architecture of DCS, Input and output modules,
communication module, Specifications of DCS.
Unit VI: Automation and CNC (Computer Numeric Control) Machines 6L

Introduction of CNC Machines: Basics and need of CNC machines, NC, CNC and DNC (Direct
NC) systems, Structure of NC systems, Applications of CNC machines in manufacturing,
Advantages of CNC machines.
Industrial Communication:Devicenet, Interbus , Device network: Foundation Fieldbus -H 1,
HART, CAN, PROFIBUS-PA, Control network: ControlNet, FF-HSE, PROFIBUS-DP,
Ethernet, TCP/IP.Panel Engineering for Automation
Text Books
1. Curtis Johnson, “Process Control Instrumentation Technology”; 8th Edition, Pearson
Education
2. MadhuchhandaMitra, SamarjitSen Gupta, “Programmable Logic controllers and
Industrial Automation”; Penram International Publishing India Pvt. Ltd
3. Stuart A. Boyer, SCADA supervisory control and data acquisition, ISA Publication
Reference Books
1. John W. Webb, Ronold A Reis, “Programmable Logic Controllers, Principles and
Applications”; 5th Edition, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd
2. Kilian, “Modern control technology: components & systems, Delmar 2nd edition.
3. Bela G Liptak, Process software and digital networks, 3rd edition, 2002.
4. Pollack. Herman, W & Robinson., T. “Computer Numerical Control”, Prentice Hall. NJ.
5. Pabla, B.S. &Adithan, M. “CNC Machines”, New Age Publishers, New Delhi
Artificial Intelligence(404185)

Phase I : 30
Phase II: 70
Course Objectives:
 To learn various types of algorithms useful in Artificial Intelligence (AI).
 To convey the ideas in AI research and programming language related to emerging
technology.
 To understand the concepts of machine learning, probabilistic reasoning, robotics,
computer vision, and natural language processing.
 To understand the numerous applications and huge possibilities in the field of AI that go
beyond the normal human imagination.
Course Outcomes:
 Design and implement key components of intelligent agents and expert systems.
 To apply knowledge representation techniques and problem solving strategies to common
AI applications.
 Applyand integrate various artificial intelligence techniques in intelligent system
development as well as understand the importance of maintaining intelligent systems.
 Build rule-based and other knowledge-intensive problem solvers.
Unit I : Foundation 6L
Intelligent Agents, Agents and environments, Good behavior, The nature of environments,
structure of agents, Problem Solving, problem solving agents, example problems, Searching for
solutions, uniformed search strategies, avoiding repeated states, searching with partial
information.
Unit II : Searching 7L
Search and exploration, Informed search strategies, heuristic function, local search algorithms
and optimistic problems, local search in continuous spaces, online search agents and unknown
environments, Constraint satisfaction problems (CSP), Backtracking search and Local search for
CSP, Structure of problems, Games: Optimal decisions in games, Alpha- Beta Pruning, imperfect
real-time decision, games that include an element of chance.
Unit III : Knowledge Representation 6L

First order logic, representation revisited, Syntax and semantics for first order logic, Using first
order logic, Knowledge engineering in first order logic, Inference in First order logic,
prepositional versus first order logic, unification and lifting, forward chaining, backward
chaining, Resolution, Knowledge representation, Ontological Engineering, Categories and
objects, Actions - Simulation and events, Mental events and mental objects.
Unit IV : Learning 6L
Learning from observations: forms of learning, Inductive learning, Learning decision trees,
Ensemble learning, Knowledge in learning, Logical formulation of learning, Explanation based
learning, Learning using relevant information, Inductive logic programming, Statistical learning
methods, Learning with complete data, Learning with hidden variable, EM algorithm, Instance
based learning, Neural networks - Reinforcement learning, Passive reinforcement learning,
Active reinforcement learning, Generalization in reinforcement learning.
Unit V : Perception and Expert System 5L

Visual perception-Waltz’s algorithm, Introduction to Expert System, Architecture and
functionality, Example Expert system
Unit VI : Natural Language Understanding 6L

Why NL, Formal grammar for a fragment of English, Syntactic analysis, Augmented grammars,
Semantic interpretation, Ambiguity and disambiguation, Discourse understanding, Grammar
induction, Probabilistic language processing, Probabilistic language models
Text Books
1. Stuart Russell, Peter Norvig, “Artificial Intelligence”, A Modern Approach, Pearson
Education/Prentice Hall of India.
2. Elaine Rich and Kevin Knight, “Artificial Intelligence”, Tata McGraw-Hill.
Reference Books
1. Nils J. Nilsson, “Artificial Intelligence: A new Synthesis”, Harcourt Asia Pvt. Ltd.
2. George F. Luger, “Artificial Intelligence-Structures and Strategies for Complex Problem
Solving”, Pearson Education/ PHI.
Lab Practice - I (404186)
CN and MWE
Practical: 4 Hrs/week OR: 50Marks
TW:50Marks
Computer Networks
List of the Experiments(Minimum 8 experiments are to be performed).
1. Implementation of LAN using suitable multiuser Windows operating System and
demonstrating client-server and peer to peer mode of configuration.
2. Installation and configuration of Web server.
3. Installation and configuration of FTP Server.
4. Study of DNS, SMTP & POP3 Determine the local host address, Ping to a host using its
NetBIOS name Add IP addresses/host name mappings to the local host file Configure DNS
service on Windows 2000 server Use Domain Name Service to resolve hostnames into IP
addresses. Interact with an Email server using SMTP and POP3 protocols commands.
5. Socket Programming for client/Server application using Linux OS.
6. Installation and configuration of Telnet server for Telnet communication.
7. Installation and configuration of Proxy server.
8. Installation and configuration of DHCP server.
9. Study of IP Addresses subnetting and CIDR
10. Study of Network Protocol Analyzer tool/software.
11. Study of network monitoring tool/software.
12. Configuration of router & study of routing between LAN’s
13. Simulating LAN or WAN using suitable network simulator.
14. Write a program for Encryption and Decryption
15. Write a program for implementation of Shortest Path algorithm.
16. Simulating LAN or WAN using suitable network simulator.
17. Study of wireless LANs (Demonstrating Data communication with Wi-Fi, Bluetooth
networking etc).
Microwave Engineering
List of the Experiments(Minimum 8 experiments are to be performed):
1. Study of microwave components and equipments.
2. Reflex Klystron as a Microwave source in laboratory and plot its mode characteristics.
3. Measurement of the free space wavelength of the microwave (for TE 10 mode) with the
help of the X-band microwave test bench and verify with its theoretical calculation.
4. Study of Gunn Diode & PIN Modulator as a Microwave source. Plot the V-I
characteristics.
5. Verification of Port Characteristics of Microwave Tees (E, H, E-H Planes).
6. Verification of Port Characteristics of Directional Coupler. Calculation of coupling factor,
insertion loss and directivity.
7. Verification of Port Characteristics of Isolator and Circulator. Also calculation of insertion
loss and isolation in dB.
8. Study of slotted section with probe carriage. Measure the VSWR for various values of
terminating impedances (open/short/matched termination).
9. Study the Network Analyzer, Carry out the measurements of s-parameter measurement for
the various microstrip components.
10. Explain in detail the concept of RF power measurement. Carry out the RF power
measurement using microwave bench
11. To test and verify Microwave Integrated Circuits using Microstrip trainer kit and finds
parameters, and plot the frequency response.
Lab Practice - II (404187)
VLSI and Elective I
Practical: 4 Hrs/week PR: 50Marks
TW:50Marks
VLSI
A. To write VHDL code, simulate with test bench, synthesis, implement on PLD.
[Any 4].
1. 4 bit ALU for add, subtract, AND, NAND, XOR, XNOR, OR, & ALU pass.
2. Universal shift register with mode selection input for SISO, SIPO, PISO, & PIPO
modes.
3. FIFO memory.
4. LCD interface.
5. Keypad interface.
B. To prepare CMOS layout in selected technology, simulate with and without

capacitive load, comment on rise, and fall times.
1. Inverter, NAND, NOR gates, Half Adder
2. 2:1 Multiplexer using logic gates and transmission gates.
3. Single bit SRAM cell.
4. D flip-flop.
Elective I
Experiments to be chosen based on Elective I(Minimum 8 experiments are to be

performed)
Project Phase-I (404188)

Tutorial: 2Hrs/week TW:50Marks
Note:
1. Term work assessment is based on the project topic. It consists of Literature Survey and basic project
work. The abstract of the project should be submitted before Term work assessment.
2. The report consists of the Literature Survey, basic project work and the size of the report should be
maximum of 40 pages.
3. The examination is conducted by two examiners (internal and external) appointed by the university. The
examiners appointed must have minimum 5 years of experience with UG qualification or 2 years with PG
qualification.
4. The assessment is based on Innovative Idea, Depth of understanding, Applications, Individual

contributions, presentation, and the grade given by the internal guide based on the work carried out in a
semester.
5. A certified copy of report is required to be presented to external examiner at the time of final
examination.
Mobile Communication(404189)

Phase I : 30
Phase II: 70
Course Objectives:
 To learn and understand the basic principles of Telecommunication switching, traffic and
networks
 To learn and understand basic concepts of cellular system, wireless propagation and the
techniques used to maximize the capacity of cellular network.
 To learn and understand architecture of GSM and CDMA system.
 To understand mobile management, voice signal processing and coding in GSM and
CDMA system
Course Outcomes:
 Explain and apply the concepts telecommunication switching, traffic and networks
 Analyze the telecommunication traffic.
 Analyze radio channel and cellular capacity.
 Explain and apply concepts of GSM and CDMA system.
Unit I : Telecommunication Switching & Traffic 8L

Telecommunication switching: Message switching, Circuit switching, Manual System,
Electronic Switching. Digital switching: Switching functions, Telecommunication Traffic: Unit of
Traffic, Traffic measurement, A mathematical model, Lost- call systems: Theory, traffic
performance, loss systems in tandem, traffic tables. Queuing systems: Erlang Distribution,
probability of delay, Finite queue capacity, Systems with a single server, Queues in tandem,
delay tables and application of Delay formulae.
Unit II: Switching Networksand Signaling 8L

Single Stage Networks, Gradings, Link Systems, Grades of service of link systems. Time
Division Switching: Space and time switching, Time division switching networks,
Synchronization, Call processing Functions, Common Control, Reliability, Availability and
Security. Signaling: Customer line signaling. FDM carrier systems, PCM signaling, Inter-register
signaling, Common channel signaling principles, CCITT signaling No. 6, CCITT signaling No.
7, Digital customer line signaling.
Unit III: Cellular Concepts6L
Evolution of Wireless systems, Introduction to cellular telephone system, Frequency reuse,
Channel Assignment, Handoff strategies, Cell Splitting, Propagation Mechanism: Free space
loss, Reflection, Diffraction, Scattering. Fading and Multipath: Small scale multipath
propagation, Impulse response model of multipath channel. Multiple Access Techniques-TDMA,
FDMA, CDMA
Unit IV: First and Second Generation Mobile Systems6L

First Generation Cellular Systems, AMPS, GSM Cellular Telephony: Introduction, Basic GSM
Architecture, Basic radio transmission parameters in GSM system, Logical Channels, GSM time
hierarchy, GSM burst structure, Description of call setup procedure, Handover, Modifications
and derivatives of GSM.
Unit V: GSM Services 8L

GSM Physical layer: Speech Coding and decoding, GMSK modulation, Data transmission in
GSM: Data Services, SMS, HSCSD, GPRS, EDGE.
Unit VI : CDMA Based Mobile Systems 8L

Motivation for CDMA use, Spreading Sequences, Basic Transmitter and Receiver schemes,
Rake Receiver, IS-95 system: Frequency Range, Downlink transmission, Uplink transmission,
Power control, Introduction to 3G mobile systems: W-CDMA and cdma-2000.
Text Books
1. J. E. Flood , “Telecommunications Switching, Traffic and Networks”, Pearson Education
2. Krzysztof Wesolowski, “Mobile Communication Systems”, Wiley Student Edition.
Reference Books
1. Theodore S Rappaport, “Wireless Communications Principles and Practice” Second
2. John C. Bellamy, “Digital Telephony”, Third Edition; Wiley Publications
3. ThiagarajanVishwanathan, “Telecommunication Switching Systems and Networks”; PHI
Publications
4. Wayne Tomasi, “Electronic Communications Systems”; 5th Edition; Pearson Education
5. Vijay K Garg, Joseph E Wilkes, “Principles and Applications of GSM” Pearson
Education
6. Vijay K Garg, Joseph E Wilkes, “IS-95CDMA and CDMA 2000 Cellular/PCS Systems
Implementation” Pearson Education
7. Mischa Schwartz, “Mobile Wireless Communications”, Cambridge University Press
Broadband Communication Systems(404190)

Lectures 3 Hrs/ Week In Semester Assessment:
Phase I: 30
Phase II:70
Course Objectives:
 To understand the three primary components of a fiber-optic communication system.
 To understand the system design issues and the role of WDM components in advanced
light wave systems.
 To understand the basics of orbital mechanics and the look angles from ground stations to
the satellite.
 To apply their subject understanding in Link Design.
Course Outcomes:
After successfully completing the course students will be able to:
 Carry out Link power budget and Rise Time Budget by proper selection of components
and check its viability.
 Carry out Satellite Link design for Up Link and Down Link.
UNIT I: Light wave System Components 6L

Key Elements of Optical Fiber Systems, Optical Fibers as a Communication Channel: Optical
Fiber Modes and Configurations , Mode Theory for Circular Waveguides , Single-mode Fibers,
Graded-index Fiber Structure, Signal Degradation in Optical Fibers.Optical Sources: Basic
Concepts and characteristics of LEDs and LASERs. Photodetectors: Basic Concepts, Common
Photodetectors.
UNIT II: Lightwave Systems6L

System Architectures, Point-to-Point Links: System Considerations, Design Guidelines: Optical
Power Budget, Rise Time Budget, Long-Haul Systems.
UNIT III: Multichannel Systems6L

Overview of WDM, WDM Components: 2 x 2 Fiber Coupler, Optical Isolators and Circulators,
Multiplexers and De-multiplexers, Fiber Bragg Grating, FBG applications for multiplexing and
De-multiplexing function, Diffraction Gratings, Overview of Optical Amplifiers: SOA, EDFA
and RFA in brief.
UNIT IV: Orbital Mechanics and Launchers6L
History of Satellite Communication, Orbital Mechanics, Look angle determination, Orbital
perturbations, Orbital determination, Launchers and Launch Vehicles, Orbital effects in
communication system performance.
UNIT V: Satellites 6L
Satellite Subsystems, Attitude and control systems (AOCS), Telemetry, Tracking, Commandand
Monitoring, Power systems, Communication subsystems, Satellite antennas,
EquipmentReliability and space qualification.
UNIY VI: Satellite Communication Link Design6L

Introduction, Basic transmission Theory, System Noise Temperature and G/T Ratio, Designof
Downlinks, Satellite Systems using Small Earth Stations, Uplink Design, Design ofSpecified
C/N : Combining C/N and C/I values in Satellite Links, System Design Examples
Text Books
1. Gerd Keiser, “Optical fiber Communications”, Tata McGraw Hill, 4th edition.
2. Timothy Pratt, Charles Bostian, Jeremy Allnutt “Satellite Communications”, John Wiley &
Sons.
Reference Books
1.Govind P. Agrawal, Fiber-Optic Communication Systems, Wiley, 3rd edition.
2. Dennis Roody, “Satellite Communications”, McGraw Hill
Speech and Audio Signal Processing(404191)
Phase I : 30
Phase II: 70
Course Objectives:
 To understand basic concepts and methodologies for the analysis and modeling of speech
signal.
 To characterize the speech signal as generated by a speech production model
 To understand the mechanism of speech and audio perception
 To understand the motivation of short-term analysis of speech and audio
 To perform the analysis of speech signal using LPC
 To extract the information of the speech or audio signals in terms of cepstral features
 To provide a foundation for developing applications in this field.
Course Outcomes:
 Design and implement algorithms for processing speech and audio signals considering
the properties of acoustic signals and human hearing.
 Analyze speech signal to extract the characteristic of vocal tract (formants) and vocal
cords (pitch).
 Write a program for extracting LPC Parameters using Levinson Durbin algorithm
 Formulate and design a system for speech recognition and speaker recognition
Unit I: Fundamentals of speech production6L

Anatomy and physiology of speech production, Human speech production mechanism, LTI
model for speech production, Nature of speech signal, linear time varying model, articulatory
phonetics, acoustic phonetics, Voiced and Unvoiced speech.
Unit II: Human auditory system 6L

Human auditory system, simplified model of cochlea. Sound pressure level and loudness. Sound
intensity and Decibel sound levels. Concept of critical band and introduction to auditory system
as a filter bank,Uniform, non uniform filter bank, mel scale and bark scale.Speech perception:
vowel perception.
Unit III: Time and frequency domain methods for audio processing 6L
Time-dependent speech processing. Short-time energy, short time average magnitude, Short-
time average zero crossing rate. Speech Vs. silence discrimination using energy and zero
crossing rate. Short-time autocorrelation function, short-time average magnitude difference
function. Pitch period estimation using autocorrelation method. Audio feature extraction,
Spectral centroid, spectral spread, spectral entropy, spectral flux, spectral roll-off. Spectrogram:
narrow band and wide band spectrogram.
Unit IV: Linear prediction analysis 6L

Basic principles of linear predictive analysis. Autocorrelation method, covariance method.
Solution of LPC equations: Cholesky decomposition, Durbin’s recursive solution, lattice
formulations and solutions. Frequency domain interpretation of LP analysis. Applications of
LPC parameters as pitch detection and formant analysis.
Unit V: Cepstral Analysis 6L

Homomorphic speech processing, Real Cestrum: Long-term real cepstrum, short-term real
cepstrum, pitch estimation, format estimation, Mel cepstrum. Complex cepstrum: Long-term
complex cepstrum, short-term complex cepstrum.
Unit VI : Speech and Audio processing applications 6L

Speech recognition: complete system for an isolated word recognition with vector quantization
/DTW. Speaker recognition: Complete system for speaker identification, verification.
Introduction to speech enhancement, Speech enhancement using spectral subtraction method,
Introduction to Text to speech conversion, Introduction to Musical instrument classification,
Musical Information retrieval.
Text Books :
1. Deller J. R. Proakis J. G. and Hanson J. H., “Discrete Time Processing of Speech Signals”,
Wiley Interscience
2. Ben Gold and Nelson Morgan, “Speech and audio signal processing” Wiley
Reference Books :
1. L. R. Rabiner and S.W. Schafer, “Digital processing of speech signals” Pearson
Education.
2. Thomas F. Quateri , “Discrete-Time Speech Signal Processing: Principles and Practice”
Pearson
3. Dr. ShailaApte, “Speech and audio processing”, Wiley India Publication
4. L. R. Rabiner and B. H. Juang, “Fundamentals of speech recognition”
5. Theodoros Giannakopoulos and Aggelospikrakis, “ Introduction to audio analysis : A
MATLAB Approach : Eleseiver Publication.
List of Experiments(Minimum 8 experiments are to be performed):
NOTE: To perform the experiments software like MATLAB, SCILAB or any
appropriate open source software can be used. For analysis of speech signals tools
like PRAAT, Audacity can be used. Open source software is encouraged.
1. Record speech signal and find Energy and ZCR for different frame rates and
comment on the result.
2. Record different vowels as /a/, /e/, /i/, /o/ etc. and extract the pitch as well as first
three formant frequencies. Perform similar analysis for different types of
unvoiced sounds and comment on the result.
3. Write a program to identify voiced, unvoiced and silence regions of the speech
signal.
4. Record a speech signal and perform the spectrographic analysis of the signal
using wideband and narrowband spectrogram. Comment on narrowband and
wide band spectrogram.
5. Write a program for extracting pitch period for a voiced part of the speech signal
using autocorrelation .
6. Write a program to design a Mel filter bank and using this filter bank write a
program to extract MFCC features.
7. Write a program to perform the cepstral analysis of speech signal and detect the
pitch from the voiced part using cepstrum analysis.
8. Write a program to find LPC coefficients using Levinson Durbin algorithm.
9. Write a program to enhance the noisy speech signal using spectral subtraction
method.
10. Write a program to extract frequency domain audio features like SC, SF and
Spectral roll off.
RF Circuit Design(404191)

Phase I : 30
Phase II: 70
Course Objectives:
 To study RF issues related to active and passive components.
 To study circuit design aspects at RF.
 To learn design and modeling of circuits at RF.
Course Outcomes:
After successfully completion of the course students will be able to -
 Understand behavior of passive components at high frequency and modeling of HF
circuit.
 Design HF amplifiers with gain bandwidth parameters.
 Understand Mixer types and characteristics.
 Gain the knowledge about PLLs and Oscillators with respect to their circuit topologies.
Unit I : RF Behavior of Passive Components 6L

HF Resistors, HF Capacitors, HF Inductors, Chip Components. Circuit Board Considerations:
Chip Resistors, Chip Capacitors, Surface Mounted Inductors.
Unit II : Bandwidth Estimation 6L

Open Circuit Time Constant Method: Observations & Interpretations, Accuracy of OCτs,
Considerations, Design examples. Short Circuit Time Constant
Method:Background,Observations & Interpretations, Accuracy of SCτs, Considerations. Delay
of a system in cascade, Rise time of systems in cascade, Relation Between Rise Time and
Bandwidth.
Unit III : High Frequency Amplifier Design 6L

Shunt Peaked Amplifier, Shunt Series peak Amplifier, Two port bandwidth enhancement,
Design example. Bandwidth enhancement techniques. Tuned Amplifier: Common Source
Amplifier with Single Tuned Load, Analysis of Tuned Amplifier. Neutralization and
unilateralization. Characteristics of RF amplifier. Amplifier power relations. Stability
considerations. Stabilization methods.
Unit IV: Low Noise Amplifier Design 6L

MOSFET two port noise parameters, LNA topologies, Power-constrained noise optimization.
Design examples: Single ended LNA, Differential LNA. Linearity and large signal performance.
Spurious free dynamic range.
Unit V : Oscillators 6L
Problem with Purely Linear Oscillators, Describing Functions, Describing Function for MOS.
Colpitts Oscillator: Describing Function Model and Start-up Model of Colpitts Oscillator.
Resonators: Quarter-Wave Resonators, Quartz Crystals. Tuned Oscillators: Basic LC Feedback
Oscillators, Crystal Oscillator. Negative Resistance Oscillator.
Unit VI : Mixers 6L
Mixer Fundamentals. Significant Characteristics of Mixer: Conversion Gain, Noise Figure,
Linearity and Isolation, Spurs. Non Linear Systems as Linear Mixers. Multiplier Based Mixers:
Single Balanced Mixer, Linearization techniques of Mixer, Active Double Balanced Mixer.
Passive Double Balanced Mixer, Diode Ring Mixers.
Text Books
1. Reinhold Ludwig, PavelBretchko, “RF Circuit Design Theory and Applications”, Pearson
Education.
2. Thomas H. Lee, “The Design of CMOS Radio-Frequency Integrated Circuits”, Second
Edition, Cambridge Publications.
Reference Books
1. T. Yettrdal, Yunhg Cheng, “Devices modeling for analog and RF COMS circuits design”,
John Wiley publication.
2. Calvin Plett, “Radio frequency Integrated Circuits Design”, Artech house.
1. To plot frequency response of the impedance magnitude of series and parallel LC
circuits.
2. To plot the resonant frequency behavior of parallel LC circuit, as a function of resistance
R.
3. To determine stability regions of the device and sketch them in the Smith Chart. Assume
suitable parameters.
4. To design, prepare layout and simulate CMOS amplifier for given voltage gain and
bandwidth.
5. To design, prepare layout and simulate CMOS Collpitt oscillator.
6. To design, prepare layout and simulate CMOS mixer.
7. To design, prepare layout and simulate CMOS LNA.
8. To design, prepare layout and simulate double balance mixer.
9. To design, prepare layout and simulate diode Ring mixer.
10. To design, prepare layout and simulate local oscillator.
Audio Video Engineering(404191)

Phase I : 30
Phase II: 70
Course Objectives:
 After learning AVE course, students will get benefit to learn and understand the working
of real life video system and the different elements of video system plus the
encoding/decoding techniques.
 The learners will be groomed up to understand different channel allocations, difference
between various systems present in this world, their transmission and reception
techniques.
 Students will get insight on functioning of individual blocks, different standards of
compression and they will be acquainted with different types of analog, digital TV and
HDTV systems.
 The students will gate overview of fundamentals of Audio systems and basics Acoustics
Course Outcomes:
 To study the analysis and synthesis of TV Pictures, Composite Video Signal, Receiver,
Picture Tubes and Television Camera Tubes.
 To study the various Colour Television systems with a greater emphasis on television
standards.
 To study the advanced topics in Digital Television and High Definition Television.
 To study audio recording systems such CD/DVD recording, Audio Standards, and
Acoustics principles.
Unit I :Fundamentals of Colour Television 8L

Color TV systems, fundamentals, mixing of colours, colour perception, chromaticity diagram.
NTSC, PAL, SECAM systems, colour TV transmitter, (high level, low level), colour TV
receivers, remote control. Fault finding and servicing equipments like Wobbuloscope, TV Pattern
Generator, and Field Strength meter.
Unit II: Digital TV and Display Devices 6L

Introduction to Digital TV, Digital TV signals and parameters, Digital TV Transmitters, MAC
signals, advanced MAC signal transmission, Digital TV receivers, Basic principles of Digital
Video compression techniques, MPEG Standards. Digital TV recording techniques, Display
devices: LED, LCD, TFT, Plasma,
Unit III: HDTV 6L

HDTV standards and systems, HDTV transmitter and receiver/encoder, Digital TV satellite
Systems, video on demand, CCTV, CATV, direct to home TV, set top box with recording
facility, conditional access system (CAS), 3D TV systems, Digital broadcasting, case study
(Cricket match, Marathon, Football match).
Unit IV: Advanced TV Systems8L

IP Audio and Video, IPTV systems, Mobile TV, Video transmission in 3G mobile System,
IPod(MPEG4 Video player), Digital Video Recorders, Personal Video Recorders, Wi-Fi Audio /
Video Transmitter and Receivers. Video Projectors, HD Video projectors, Video Intercom
systems/ Video door phones.
Unit V : .Fundamentals of Audio-Video Recording6L

Methods of sound recording & reproduction, optical recording, CD recording, , audio standards.
Digital Sound Recording, CD/ DVD player, MP3 player, Blue Ray DVD Players, MPEG, MP3
Player.
Unit VI : Fundamentals of Acoustics 6L

Studio acoustics & reverberation, P.A. system for auditorium, , acoustic chambers ,Cordless
microphone system, special types of speakers & microphones, Digital Radio Receiver Satellite
radio reception.
Text Books
1. Television and video Engineering, A. M. Dhake, TMH Publication.
2. Video Demisified, Kelth jack, Penram International Publication.
3. Audio Video Systems, R.G. Gupta, TMH Publication
Reference Books
1. S. P. Bali, “Color TV Theory and Practice”.
2. Bernard Grobb, Charles E, “Basic TV and Video Systems”.
List of Experiments (Minimum 8 experiments are to be performed).
1. Voltage and waveform analysis for color TV.
2. Study of direct to home TV and set top box.
3. Study Wi-Fi TV / IPTV system
4. Study of Digital TV pattern generator.
5. Study of HDTV
6. Study of Digital TV.
7. Simulation of video, Audio and Image compressing techniques ( Software Assignments)
8. Study of Audio system: CD players and MP3 player.
9. Study of PA system with chord less microphone
10. Directivity pattern of Microphones / Loud speakers
11. Visit to TV transmitter/ Digital TV Studio/ All India Radio / TV Manufacturing factory
SOFT COMPUTING TECHNIQUES(404191)

Phase I : 30
Phase II: 70
Course Objectives:
 Introduce a relatively new computing paradigm for creating intelligent machines useful
for solving complex real world problems.
 Insight into the tools that make up the soft computing technique: fuzzy logic, artificial
neural networks and hybrid systemsTechniques.
 To create awareness of the application areas of soft computing technique
 Provide alternative solutions to the conventional problem solving techniques in
image/signal processing, pattern recognition/classification, control system
Course Outcomes:
Having successfully completing the course students will be able to
 use a new tool /tools to solve a wide variety of real world problems
 find an alternate solution , which may offer more adaptability, resilience and optimization
 Identify the suitable antenna for a given communication system
 Gain knowledge of soft computing domain which opens up a whole new career option
 Tackle real world research problems
Unit I : Artificial Neural Network -I 8L

Biological neuron, Artificial neuron model, concept of bias and threshold , McCulloch ‐ Pits
Neuron Model , implementation of logical AND, OR, XOR functions Soft Topologies of neural
networks, learning paradigms: supervised, unsupervised, reinforcement, Linear neuron model :
concept of error energy , gradient descent algorithm and application of linear neuron for linear
regression, Activation functions : binary , bipolar (linear, signup, log sigmoid, tan sigmoid)
Learning mechanisms: Hebbian, Delta Rule o Perceptron and its limitations Draft
Unit II : Artificial Neural Network-II 8L

Multilayer perceptron (MLP) and back propagation algorithm o Application of MLP for
classification and regression o Self‐ organizing Feature Maps, k‐ means clustering o Learning
vector quantization Radial Basis Function networks: Cover’s theorem, mapping functions
(Gaussian, Multi-quadrics, Inverse multiquadrics, Application of RBFN for classification and
regression o Hopfield network, associative memories.
Unit III : Fuzzy Logic -I 6L

Concept of Fuzzy number, fuzzy set theory(continuous, discrete) o Operations on fuzzy sets,
Fuzzy membership functions (core ,boundary ,support) , primary and composite linguistic terms ,
Concept of fuzzy relation, composition operation (T-norm,T‐conorm) o Fuzzy if‐then rules.
Unit IV : Fuzzy Logic -II 6L

Fuzzification , Membership Value Assignment techniques, De ‐fuzzification ( Maxmembership
principle, Centroid method, Weighted average method), Concept of fuzzy inference, Implication
rules- Dienes‐Rescher Implication, Mamdani Implication, Zadeh Implication, Fuzzy Inference
systems ‐Mamdani fuzzy model , Sugeno fuzzy model , Tsukamoto fuzzy model,
Implementation of a simple two‐input single output FIS employing Mamdani model Computing.
Unit V : Fuzzy Control Systems 6L

CONTROL SYSTEM DESIGN PROBLEM 1.5, Control (Decision) Surface, Assumptions in a
Fuzzy Control System Design V, Fuzzy Logic Controllers Soft o Comparison with traditional
PID control, advantages of FLC, Architecture of a FLC: Mamdani Type , Example Aircraft
landing control problem.
Unit VI : Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference Systems(ANFIS) 6L

ANFIS architecture, Hybrid Learning Algorithm, Advantages and Limitations of ANFIS
Application of ANFIS/CANFIS for regression
Text Books
1. Fundamentals of Neural Networks: Architectures, Algorithms And Applications,
LaureneFausett, Pearson Education, Inc, 2008 .
2. Fuzzy Logic With Engineering Applications, Third Edition Thomas, Timothy Ross,
John Wiley & Sons,2010
3. Neuro- Fuzzy and Soft Computing, J.S. Jang, C.T. Sun, E. Mizutani, PHI Learning
Private Limited.
4. Principles of Soft Computing , S. N. Sivanandam, S. N. Deepa, John Wiley & Sons,
2007
Reference Books
1. Introduction to the theory of neural computation, John Hertz, Anders Krogh, Richard
Palmer, Addison –Wesley Publishing Company, 1991
2. Neural NetworksA comprehensive foundation,, Simon Haykin,Prentice Hall
International Inc-1999
3. Neural and Adaptive Systems: Fundamentals through Simulations, José C. Principe
Neil R. Euliano , W. Curt Lefebvre, John-Wiley & Sons, 2000
4. Pattern Classification, Peter E. Hart, David G. Stork Richard O.Duda,Second
Edition,2000
5. Pattern Recognition, SergiosTheodoridis , KonstantinosKoutroumbas, Fourth Edition,
Academic Press, 2008
6. A First Course in Fuzzy Logic, Third Edition, Hung T. Nguyen, Elbert A. Walker,
Taylor & Francis Group, LLC, 2008
7. Introduction to Fuzzy Logic using MATLAB, S. N. Sivanandam , S.Sumathi, S. N.
Deepa, Springer Verlag, 2007
Practical Sessions: (Use MATLAB / OCTAVE/ SCILAB /any appropriate open source
software.)(any 8 experiments)
1. Implement simple logic network using MP neuron model
2. Implement a simple linear regressor with a single neuron model
3. Implement and test MLP trained with back-propagation algorithm
4. Implement and test RBF network
5. Implement SOFM for character recognition
6. Implement fuzzy membership functions (triangular, trapezoidal, gbell, PI, Gamma,
Gaussian)
7. Implement defuzzyfication (Max-membership principle, Centroid method, Weighted
average method)
8. Implement FIS with Mamdani inferencing mechanism
9. A small project: may include classification or regression problem, using any soft
computing technique studied earlier
Biomedical Signal Processing(404192)

Phase I : 30
Phase II: 70
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the basic signals in the field of biomedical.
2. To study origins and characteristics of some of the most commonly used biomedical
signals, including ECG, EEG, evoked potentials, and EMG.
3. To understand Sources and characteristics of noise and artifacts in bio signals.
4. To understand use of bio signals in diagnosis, patient monitoring and physiological
investigation
5. To explore research domain in biomedical signal processing.
6. To explore application of established engineering methods to complex biomedical signals
problems.
Course Outcomes:
Aftersuccessfully completing the course students will be able to:
 The student will be able to model a biomedical system.
 The student will be able to understand various methods of acquiring bio signals.
 The student will be able to understand various sources of bio signal distortions and its
remedial techniques.
 The students will be able to analyze ECG and EEG signal with characteristic feature
points.
 The student will have a basic understanding of diagnosing bio-signals and classifying
them.
Unit I : Biomedical Signals 6L

Bioelectric Signals and Electrodes: Bio-potentials and their origin: ECG, EEG, EMG, ENG,
ERG, EOG, MEG. Biomedical Instrumentation System, biomedical transducers, electrodes and
their characteristics. Origin of bio potentials. Sources and contamination of Noise in bio
signals.Motion artifacts and skin Impedance. Classification of biomedical signals.
Unit II: Cardio Vascular and Nervous System 6L

Cardio Vascular System: Cardiovascular system, Coronary and Peripheral Circulation, Electrical
Activity of the heart, Lead configurations , ECG data acquisition, ECG recorder, Concept of
Blood Pressure Measurement, Cardiac output, Heart Sounds.
Nervous System: Nervous System, Structure and functions of Neurons, Electrical activity of
nerve cell, Synapse, Reflex action and Receptors.
Unit III:Analysis of Electrical Activity of Heart 6L

ECG signal parameters & their estimation - Use of multiscale analysis for ECG parameters
estimation, Noise & Artifacts, ECG Signal Processing: Baseline Wandering, Power line
interference, Muscle noise filtering – QRS detection, Highlight the Feature points of ECG and its
classification for Normal and Abnormal state using Multilayer Perceptron.
Unit IV: Analysis of Electrical Activity of Brain 6L

Electroencephalogram – Structure of brain, EEG signal acquisition,10-20 electrode placement,
EEG rhythms & waveform - categorization of EEG activity - recording techniques - EEG
applications- Epilepsy, sleep disorders, brain computer interface. Use of Fourier Transform in
EEG Signal Analysis.
Unit V: Analog Signal Processing 6L

Basics of Instrumentation Amplifier, Isolation amplifier, Grounding and shielding techniques.
Integer Filters: Basic design Concept, Low Pass and High Pass Filters, Band Pass, Band Stop and
Band Reject Filters. Its application in Biomedical field.
Adaptive Filters: Basic Concept, Principle noise cancellation model, removal of periodic events
using adaptive cancellation, adaptive cancellation of maternal ECG from fetal ECG of Interest.
Unit VI: Digital signal Processing 6L

Characteristics, frequency domain representation; Stationary and non-stationary bio-signals,
waveform detection, Sampling Theory, Finite data considerations (Edge effects), Z Transform,
FIR and IIR filters specific to event detection of ECG.Computation of diagnostic signal
parameters of ECG like Heart rate and QRS detection using Multivariate analysis like PCA and
ICA.
Text Books
1. Joseph J. Carr and John M. Brown, “Introduction to Biomedical Equipment Technology”,
4th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2000.
2. R. Rangayan, “Biomedical Signal Analysis”, Wiley 2002.
3. John L Semmlow, “Bio-signal and Biomedical Image Processing”, Marcel Dekker.
References Books
1. R.S.Khandpur, “Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation”, Tata McGraw Hill, New
Delhi, 2003, Edition-II.
2. Joseph J. Carr and John M. Brown, “Introduction to Biomedical Equipment Technology”,
4th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2000.
3. Bruce, “Biomedical Signal Processing & Signal Modeling,” Wiley, 2001
4. Sörnmo, “Bioelectrical Signal Processing in Cardiac & Neurological Applications”,
Elsevier.
5. C.Reddy “Biomedical Signal Processing: Principles and techniques”, Tata McGraw Hill,
New Delhi, 2005.
6. Willis J Tompkins, “Biomedical Signal Processing”, ED, Prentice – Hall, 1993.
Nano Electronics and MEMS(404192)

Phase I : 30
Phase II: 70
Course Objectives:
 To understand the processes in Nano electronic manufacturing.
 To understand the construction, characteristics and operation of Nano electronic devices.
 To get acquaint with MEMS technology.
 To gain the concepts of MEMS sensors and measurement methods.
Course Outcomes:
After successfully completing the course students will,
 Gain knowledge of Nano electronics material, and manufacturing of Nano devices.
 Be introduced to MEMS and its sensors and actuators.
 Understand various measuring methods and tools.
Unit I: Introduction to materials in Nano Electronics 6L

Band structures in Silicon, Historical development and basic concepts of crystal structure, defects,
crystal growth and wafer fabrication, crystal planes and orientation. Modern CMOS technology,
construction of MOS Field Effect Transistor, Electrical characterization: IV/CV characterization,
temperature dependent characterization.
Unit II: Semiconductor Nano Electronic manufacturing 6L

Basic understanding of contaminations, Levels of contaminations, Wafer cleaning methods,
Lithography: basic concepts of optics, photoresists, wager exposure systems, methods and
equipment. Thermal Oxidation: formations of Si and SiO2 interface, types of thermal oxidations
and their comparisons. Dopant Diffusion and Ion implantation fundamentals, Thin film deposition,
sputtering methods and types, etching process and types.
Unit III: Nano Electronic Devices 6L

Single Electron devices and Transistors, Quantum particle, Quantum Dot, Logic circuits using
quantum dots, nanowires construction and applications, FinFETs, construction of FinFET,
properties of FinFETs.
Unit IV: Introduction to MEMS 6L

Intrinsic characteristics of MEMS, miniaturization, Sensors and actuators, sensor noise and design
complexity, packaging and integration, stress and strain, intrinsic stress, torsion deflections, types
of beams and deflection of beams.
Unit V: MEMS based sensors and actuators 6L

Electrostatic sensors and Actuators, Thermal sensing and actuation, piezoresistive sensing and
actuation, Magnetic actuation. Comparison of major sensing and actuation methods. Case studies of
selected MEMS: Acceleration sensors, gyros etc.
Unit VI: Measurements methods and tools 6L

Electrical methods: Hot probe method, Sheet resistance, Hall effect measurements. Physical
measurements: Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy, Electron microscopy, Atomic Force
Microscope, X-Ray photoelectron Spectroscopy, Profilometers, Reflectrometers.
Text Books
1. James D Plummer, Michael d Deal and Peter B Griffin, Silicon VLSI Technology,
Fundamentals, Practice and Modeling, Pearson Education.
2. George W Hanson, Fundamentals of Nanoelectronics, Pearson education
3. Chang Liu, Foundations of MEMS, Pearson Education.
Reference Books
1. MinhangBao, Analysis and Design Principles of MEMS Devices, Elsevier
2. Byung-Gook Park, Sung Woo Hwang, Young June Park, Nanoelectronic Devices, Pan
Stanford Publishing Pte. Ltd.
3. Niraj K. Jha, Deming Chen , “ Nano Circuit Design”, Springer.
Detection and Estimation Theory(404192)

Phase I : 30
Phase III: 70
Course Objectives:
 To understand concepts of statistical decision theory and parameter estimation.
 To study application of detection and estimation theory in filtering, communication and
radar.
Course Outcomes:
 Apply suitable hypothesis testing criteria for signal detection problems.
 Use parameter estimation in signal processing and communication problems.
 Design a estimator and detector.
Unit I : Statistical Decision Theory 6L

Introduction, Bayes’ Criterion-Binary Hypothesis Testing, M-ary Hypothesis Testing, Minimax
Criterion, Neyman-Pearson Criterion, Composite Hypothesis Testing, Sequential Detection.
Unit II : Parameter Estimation-I 6L

Introduction, Some Criteria for Good Estimators, Maximum Likelihood Estimation, Generalized
Likelihood Ratio Test, Bayes’ Estimation
Unit III : Parameter Estimation-II 6L

Cramer-Rao Inequality, Multiple Parameter Estimation, Best Linear Unbiased Estimator, Least-
Square Estimation, Recursive Least-Square Estimator.
Unit IV : Filtering 6L
Introduction, Linear Transformation and Orthogonality Principle, Wiener Filters, Discrete
Wiener Filters, Kalman Filter.
Unit V : Detection and Parameter Estimation 6L
Introduction, Signal Representation, Binary Detection, M-ary Detection, Linear Estimation.
Unit VI : Detection Theory in Radar 6L

Introduction, Radar Elementary concepts- Range, Range Resolution, and Unambiguous Range,
Doppler Shift, Principles of Adaptive CFAR Detection- Target Models, Review of Some CFAR
Detectors.
Text Books
3. MouradBarkat, “Signal detection and Esimation”, Artec House, second edition
4. S M Kay, “Fundamentals of ststistical Signal Processing, Estimation Theory” PHI Signal
Processing Series.
5. S M Kay, “Fundamentals of ststistical Signal Processing, Detection Theory” PHI Signal
Processing Series.
Reference Books
8. H.Vincent Poor, “An Introduction to Signal Detection and Estimation”, Springer, Second
Edition.
9. Harry L.,Van Trees, “Detection, Estimation and Modulation Theory”, John Wiley &
Sons.
Wireless Networks(404192)

Phase I : 30
Phase II: 70
Course Objectives:
 To study the evolving wireless technologies and standards
 To understand the architectures of various access technologies such as 3G, 4G, WiFi etc.
 To understand various protocols and services provided by next generation netwoks.
Course Outcomes:
After successfully completing the course student will be able to
 Keep himself updated on latest wireless technologies and trends in the communication
field
 Understand the transmission of voice and data through various networks.
Unit I : Introduction to Wireless Networks 7L

Introduction, Technology and service trends of Emerging Wireless technologies, The Amazing
Growth of Mobile Communications, A Little History, Mobile Communications Fundamentals,
Mobile Data, WiFi, Bluetooth, Cable Systems, Wireless Migration Options, Harmonization
Process.
Unit II: WiFi and Next Generation WLAN 7L

WiFi (802.11), 802.11 Standards, WiFi Protocols, Frequency Allocation, Modulation and Coding
Schemes, Network Architecture, Typical WiFi Configurations, Security, 802.11 Services, Hot
Spots, Virtual Private Networks (VPNs), Mobile VPN, VPN Types, WiFi Integration with
3G/4G, Benefits of Convergence of WiFi and Wireless Mobile.
Unit III: Third Generation Mobile Services 6L
Introduction, Universal Mobile Telecommunications Service (UMTS), UMTS Services, The
UMTS Air Interface, Overview of the 3GPP Release 1999 Network Architecture, Overview of
the 3GPP Release 4 Network Architecture, Overview of the 3GPP Release 5, All-IP Network
Architecture, Overview CDMA2000, TD-CDMA, TD-SCDMA, Commonality among WCDMA,
CDMA2000, TD-CDMA, and TD-SCDMA
Unit IV : LTE 8L
LTE Ecosystem, Standards, Radio Spectrum, LTE Architecture, User Equipment (UE),
Enhanced Node B (eNodeB), Core Network (EPC), Radio Channel Components, TD-LTE,
Multiple Input Multiple Output, LTE Scheduler, Carrier Aggregation, Cell Search, Cell
Reselection, Attach and Default Bearer Activation, Handover (X2, S1, Inter-MME), Self-
Organizing Networks (SONs), Relay Cells, Heterogeneous Network (HetNET), Remote Radio
Heads (RRH), VoLTE, LTE Advanced
Unit V : WiMAX 6L
Introduction, Standards, Generic WiMAX Architecture, Core Network, Radio Network, WiMAX
Spectrum, Modulation, Channel Structure, Mixed Mode, Interference Mitigation Techniques,
Frequency Planning, Features and Applications, Security, QoS, Profiles, Origination, Handover,
Femto and SON
Unit VI : VOIP 7L
Why VoIP?, The Basics of IP Transport, VoIP Challenges, H.323, The Session Initiation
Protocol (SIP), Distributed Architecture and Media Gateway Control, VoIP and SS7, VoIP
Quality of Service.
Text Books
1. Clint Smith, P.E., Daniel Collins, “Wireless Networks: Design and Integration for LTE,
EVDO, HSPA, and WiMAX”, McGrawHill Education, Third Edition
2. EldadPerahia, Robert Stacey, “Next Generation Wireless LANs”, Cambridge University
Press, Second Edition.
Reference Books
1. Yi-Bang Lin, ImrichChlamtac, “Wireless and Mobile Network Architecture”, Wiley
India Edition.
2. DipankarRaychaudhary, Maria Gerla, “Emerging Wireless Technologies and the Future
Mobile Internet”, Cambridge University Press..
Lab Practice - III (404193)
MC & BCS
Practical: 4 Hrs/week OR: 50Marks
TW:50Marks
Mobile Communication
1. Set up and carry out experiment on PSTN TST switch.
2. Set up and carry out experiment on analysis of telecommunication traffic.
3. Simulation of a wireless channel model.
4. Set up and carry out experiment on Mobile phone.
5. Set up and carry out experiment on GSM.
6. Set up and carry out experiment on AT commands.
7. Simulation of Speech coding and decoding.
8. Set up and carry out experiment on GMSK modulation.
9. Set up and carry out experiment on spreading Sequences.
10. Set up and carry out experiment on CDMA.
11. Set up and carry out experiment on3G Mobile.
12. Set up and carry out experiment on VOIP implementation
13. Visit to Mobile Telephone Switching Office (MTSO).
Broadband Communication Systems
1. Estimation of Numerical aperture of fiber
2. Plot the characteristics of various sources and detectors
3. Measure attenuation of MMSI and SMSI fiber and comment on the result based on
attenuation due to increase in length as well as loss due to bend
4. Set up a digital link and analyze.
5. Tutorial on Power budget and time budget analysis of optical fiber system.
6. Establishing a direct communication link between Uplink Transmitter and Downlink
Receiver using tone signal.
7. To set up an Active Satellite link and demonstrate Link Fail Operation
8. To establish an AUDIO-VIDEO satellite link between Transmitter and Receiver
9. To communicate VOICE signal through satellite link
10. To transmit and receive three separate signals (Audio, Video, Tone) simultaneously
through satellite Link
11. To transmit and receive PC data through satellite link
12. Tutorial on satellite link design
13. Students, as a part of their term work, should visit satellite earth station and submit areport
of visit.(Optional)
Lab Practice - IV (404194)

Practical: 2Hrs/week PR: 50Marks
TW:50Marks
Elective III
Experiments to be chosen based on Elective III. (Minimum 8 experiments are to be

performed).
Project Phase-II (404195)

Tutorial: 6Hrs/week TW:100 Marks
OR: 50 Marks
1. Group Size
The student will carry the project work individually or by a group of students. Optimum group
size is in 3 students. However, if project complexity demands a maximum group size of 4
students, the committee should be convinced about such complexity and scope of the work.
2. Selection and approval of topic
Topic should be related to real life application in the field of Electronics and Telecommunication
OR
Investigation of the latest development in a specific field of Electronics or Communication or
Signal Processing
OR
The investigation of practical problem in manufacture and / or testing of electronics or
communication equipment
OR
The Microprocessor / Microcontroller based applications project is preferable.
OR
Software development project related to VHDL, Communication, Instrumentation, Signal
Processing and Agriculture Engineering with the justification for techniques used / implemented is
accepted.
OR
Interdisciplinary projects should be encouraged. The examination will be conducted independently
in respective departments.
3. Note:
The group should maintain a logbook of activities. It should have entries related to the work
done,problems faced, solution evolved etc., duly signed by internal and external guides.
Project report must be submitted in the prescribed format only. No variation in the format will be
accepted. One guide will be assigned at the most 3 project groups.
University of Pune
Structure for Mechanical Engineering with effect from academic year 2013 – 14
S. E. (Mechanical) and S. E. (Automobile) Semester – I
Code Subject Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

(Weekly Load in hrs) (Marks)
Lect. Tut Practical Theory TW PR + Total
OR
Paper Online
Engineering
207002 4 1 -- 50 50 25++ -- -- 125
Mathematics – III*
Manufacturing
202041 3 -- -- 50 50 -- -- -- 100
Process-I
Computer Aided
202042 1 -- 2 -- -- -- 50 -- 50
Machine Drawing*
202043 Thermodynamics* 4 -- 2 50 50 -- -- 50 150
202044 Material Science 3 1 -- 50 50 25++ -- -- 125
202045 Fluid Mechanics 3 -- 2 50 50 -- -- 50 150
Workshop Practice
202046 -- -- 2 -- -- 25 -- -- 25
II
202047 Soft Skills 2 -- -- 25 -- -- 25
Total of Semester – I 18 2 10 250 250 100 50 100 750
+ Under Oral head, examination should be based on term work completed during practical and theory syllabus
++ Term work marks should be based on term work completed in tutorial sessions
S. E. (Mechanical) and S. E. (Automobile) Semester – II
Code Subject Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

(Weekly Load in hrs) (Marks)
Lect. Tut Practical Theory TW PR + Total
OR
Paper Online
Theory of
202048 4 -- 2 50 50 25$ -- -- 125
Machines-I*
Engineering
202049 3 -- 2 50 50 -- -- 50 150
Metallurgy
Applied
202050 4 -- 2 50 50 25 -- 50 175
Thermodynamics
Strength of
202051 3 -- 2 50 50 -- -- 50 150
Materials*
Electronics and
203152 Electrical 4 -- 2 50 50 25 -- -- 125
Engineering*
202053 Machine Shop-I -- -- 2 -- -- 25 -- -- 25
Total of Semester – II 18 -- 12 250 250 100 -- 150 750
$ Common Oral will be based on both TOM-I and TOM-II term work at end of First Semester of T.E.
* Subjects Common with Mechanical Sandwich
S.E. (Mechanical & Automobile) – I (2012 Pattern)
Manufacturing Processes-I (202041)

Lectures: 3Hrs/week Theory (Online): 50 marks
Theory (Paper): 50 marks
Learning Objectives:
1. To select appropriate manufacturing process for producing part under consideration.
2. To identify various process parameter and their effects on processes
3. To design the process and tooling.
4. To identify the defects and propose the remedies
Unit I: CASTING PROCESSES: 09 Hrs

SAND CASTING – Pattern- types, material and allowances, Molding sand- types, properties and
testing, Molding – types, equipment’s, tools and machines, Core – types and manufacturing, Gating
system and Riser – types and design (Numerical), Heating and pouring, cooling and solidification-
process and time estimation (Numerical), Cleaning and Finishing, Defects and remedies, Inspection
techniques.
Die casting, Investment casting, Centrifugal Casting, Continuous Casting- Types, equipment, process
parameters, material to cast.
Unit II: METAL FORMING PROCESSES: 08 Hrs

Hot and Cold Working – Concepts and comparative study, Material behavior in metal forming, strain
rate sensitivity, friction and lubrication in metal forming
Rolling – Types of rolling mills, flat rolling analysis, power required per roll for simple single pass
two rollers. (Simple Numerical)
Forging – Types, process parameter, Analysis of open die forging (Numerical)
Extrusion – Types, process parameter, Extrusion dies, Shape factor (Numerical),
Drawing – Wire drawing and its analysis (Numerical), tube drawing
Unit III: PLASTIC PROCESSING 06 Hrs

Molding – Compression molding, Transfer molding, Blow molding, Injection molding – Process and
equipment.
Extrusion of Plastic – Type of extruder, extrusion of film, pipe, cable and sheet
Thermoforming – Principle, pressure forming and vacuum forming.
Unit IV: JOINING PROCESSES: 06 Hrs

Surface preparation and types of joints. Welding Classification
Arc welding – Theory, SMAW, GTAW, FCAW, Submerged arc welding, Stud welding.
Resistance welding – Theory, Spot, seam and projection weld process.
Gas welding.
Soldering, brazing and braze welding.
Joint through Adhesive – classification of adhesive, types of adhesive, applications.
Weld inspection, Defects in various joints and their remedies.
Unit V: SHEET METAL WORKING 07 Hrs

Types of sheet metal operations, Types of dies and punches, material for dies and punches, Die
design for blanking, piercing, bending and drawing, clearance analysis, center of pressure, blank size
determination (Numerical), strip layout, sheet utilization ratio (Numerical), method of reducing
forces
Unit VI: Centre lathe 07 Hrs

Introduction to centre lathe, types of lathe, construction and working of lathe, attachments and
accessories, various operations on lathe, taper turning and thread cutting methods (numerical),
machining time calculation (numerical)
Text Books:
1. Hajara Choudhari, Bose S.K. – Elements of workshop Technology Vol. I &II , Asian Publishing
House
2. D. K. Singh – Fundamentals of Manufacturing Engineering – Ane’s Books. Pvt. Ltd.
Reference Books:
1. B. Ravi – Metal Casting – Computer Aided design and analysis- Prentice Hall of India
2. Reikher – Casting: An analytical approach – Springer
3. Wang – Rapid tooling guidelines for sand casting – Springer
4. J. T. Black – Degormos Materials and process in manufacturing – John Willey and sons
6. A.S Athalye – Processing of plastic – Colour Publication (Pvt.)Ltd. U.K
7. Cryil Donaldson and George H LeCain – Tool Design – Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd.
8. Dr. R. S. Parmar, Welding Processes And Technology, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi.
S.E. (Mechanical, Mechanical Sandwich & Automobile) – I (2012 Pattern)
Computer Aided Machine Drawing (202042)

Lectures: 1 Hrs/week Practical: 50 marks
Practical: 2 Hrs/week
Course Prerequisites
1. Fundamentals Engineering Drawing
2. Projection of Solids
3. Basic knowledge of 2-D drafting using graphics software
Learning objectives
 To understand
o Parametric Modeling Fundamentals
o Basic Parametric Modeling Procedure
o "Shape before Size" Approach
 To develop an ability to
o Create 2-D Sketches
o Create Solid Models of machine components
o Use the Dynamic Viewing Commands
o Create and Edit Parametric Dimensions
o Create assembly models of simple machine (minimum 5 components)
Course outcomes
 an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering
 an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data
 an ability to communicate effectively
 a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning
 a knowledge of contemporary issues, and
 an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for
engineering practice
Unit I: 1 Hr.
Introduction – solid modeling, introduction to Graphical User Interface (GUI) of any commercially used
solid modeling software
Unit II: 3 Hrs.
Parametric solid modeling – fundamentals, apply/modify constraints and dimensions, transform the
parametric 2-D sketch into a 3D solid, feature operations.
Unit III: 1 Hr.
Free form feature modeling, design by features, feature recognition
Unit IV: 3 Hrs.
Geometric dimensioning and tolerancing - Introduction to ASME Y14.5 – 2009, straightness,
perpendicularity, flatness, angularity, roundness, concentricity, cylindricity, runout, profile, true position,
parallelism, orientation.
Unit V: 2 Hrs.
Assembly modeling – defining relationship between various parts of machine, creation of constraints,
generation of exploded view
Unit VI: 2 Hrs.
Production drawing – generation of 2-D sketches from parts and assembly 3-D model, appropriate
dimensioning and tolerancing
References –
1. N. D. Bhatt and V.M. Panchal, Machine Drawing, Charoter Publications
2. ASME Y14.5 – 2009
3. Ibrahim Zeid, Mastering CADCAM, McGraw-Hill
4. Help manuals and tutorials of referred software
List of assignments
1. Assignment on 2-D sketching with geometrical and dimensional constraints using any commercially
used solid modeling software (2 hrs.)
2. Assignment on parametric solid modeling of a machine component using various commands and
features of the software. (4 hrs.)
3. Assignment on solid modeling of the parts of a machine (min. 5 components) (10 hrs.)
4. Assignment on assembly modeling of the parts modeled in assignment 3 using proper mating
conditions and generation of exploded view. (4 hrs.)
5. Generation of production drawings of the parts and assembly with appropriate tolerancing. (4 hrs.)
Important Notes:-
1. Submission of all above assignments should be in electronic format only (preferably in single
CD/DVD for all batches/students) and should be reviewed by external examiner at the time of
Practical Examination
2. Practical examination for this subject shall consist of creation of part models and assembly of
a machine with minimum Five components.
S.E. (Mechanical, Mechanical Sandwich &Automobile) – I (2012 Pattern)
Thermodynamics (202043)
Lectures: 4 Hrs/week Theory (Online): 50 marks
Practical: 2 Hrs/week Theory (Paper): 50 marks
Term work: 25 marks
Oral: 50 marks
 Identify and use units and notations in thermodynamics.

 State and illustrate the first and second laws of thermodynamics.
 Identify and explain the concepts of entropy, enthalpy, specific energy, reversibility, and
irreversibility.
 Apply the first and second laws of thermodynamics to formulate and solve engineering problems
for (i) closed systems, (ii) open systems, and (iii) power cycles.
 Use thermodynamic tables, charts, and equation of state to obtain appropriate property data to
solve thermodynamics problems.
 To get conversant with steam generator and its performance calculations
 To understand the chemistry of combustion and analysis of combustion products.
Prerequisite:
2. Engg. Physics/chemistry
Unit: I Laws of thermodynamics 10 Hrs.

Introduction of thermodynamics, Review of basic definitions, Thermodynamic properties and their units,
Zeroth law of thermodynamics, Macro and Microscopic Approach, First law of thermodynamics, Joules
experiment, Applications of first law to flow and non flow processes and cycles. Steady flow energy
equation and its application to different devices. Limitations of First law, Second Law of
thermodynamics, Equivalence of Clausius and Kelvin Plank Statement, PMM I and II, Review of Heat
engine, heat pump and refrigerator. Concept of Reversibility and Irreversibility.
Unit : II Entropy 4 Hrs.

Entropy as a property, Clausius inequality, Principle of increase of Entropy, Change of entropy for an
ideal gas and pure substance.
Ideal Gas 6 Hrs.

Ideal Gas definition Gas Laws: Boyle’s law, Charle’s law, Avagadro’s Law, Equation of State, Ideal Gas
constant and Universal Gas constant, Ideal gas processes- on P-V and T-S diagrams Constant Pressure,
Constant Volume, Isothermal, Adiabatic, Polytropic, Throttling Processes, Calculations of heat transfer,
work done, internal energy. Change in entropy, enthalpy
Unit III: Gas Power cycles 6 Hrs.

Air Standard Cycle, Efficiency and Mean Effective Pressure, Otto Cycle, Diesel cycle, Dual cycle,
Comparison of cycles, Brayton cycle, Refrigeration Cycle
Availability 4 Hrs.
Available and unavailable energy, concept of availability, availability of heat source at constant
temperature and variable temperature, Availability of non flow and steady flow systems, Helmholtz and
Gibbs function, irreversibility and second law efficiency.
Unit IV: Properties of Pure substances 5 Hrs.

Formation of steam, Phase changes, Properties of steam, Use of Steam Tables, Study of P-V, T-S and
Mollier diagram for steam, Dryness fraction and its determination, Study of steam calorimeters (Barrel,
Separating, Throttling and combined)
Non-flow and Steady flow vapour processes, Change of properties, Work and heat transfer.
Vapour Power Cycle 5 Hrs.

Carnot cycle, Rankine cycle, Comparison of Carnot cycle and Rankine cycle, Efficiency of Rankine
cycle, Relative efficiency, Effect of superheat, boiler and condenser pressure on performance of Rankine
cycle.
Unit V: Steam Generators 6 Hrs.

Classification, Constructional details of low pressure boilers,
Features of high pressure (power) boilers, Introduction to IBR Act
Boiler draught (natural and artificial draught)
Boiler performance calculations-Equivalent evaporation, Boiler efficiency Energy balance,
Unit VI Fuels and Combustion 6 Hrs.

Types of fuels, Proximate and ultimate analysis of fuel, Combustion theory, Combustion Equations,
theoretical, excess air and equivalence ratio. Analysis of products of combustion, Calorific value – HCV
& LCV, Bomb and Boy’s gas calorimeters
List of Practicals:
1. Joule’s experiment to validate first law of thermodynamics
2. Determination of calorific value using gas calorimeter.
3. Determination of calorific value using Bomb calorimeter.
4. Flue gas analysis using Orsat apparatus
5. Study of Boiler Mountings and Accessories
6. Determination of dryness fraction of steam
7. Trial on boiler to determine boiler efficiency, equivalent evaporation and Energy Balance.
8. Industrial visit to any process industry which uses boiler and submission of detailed report.
9. Measurement of fuel properties such as Flash point, Pour point, Cloud Point.
10. Assignment on Programming for Air standard cycle analysis.
Notes:
2. Practical No. 6, 7 and 8 are compulsory.
Text Books :
1. R. K. Rajput, Engineering Thermodynamics, EVSS Thermo Laxmi Publications
2. P. K. Nag, Engineering Thermodynamics, Tata McGraw Hill Publications
Reference Books:
1. Y. Cengel & Boles: Thermodynamics – An Engineering Approach, Tata McGraw Hill
Publications
2. P. L Ballany: Thermal Engineering, Khanna Publishers
3. C.P. Arora: Engineering Thermodynamics, Tata McGraw Hill Publications
University of Pune
S.E.(Mechanical & Automobile) – I (2012 Pattern)
Material Science (202044)
Lectures: 3 Hrs/week Theory (Online):-50 marks
Tutorial: 1 hr/week Theory (Paper):-50 marks
Term Work: 25 marks++
(++ Term work marks should be based on term work completed in tutorial sessions and internal oral)
 To acquaint students with the basic concepts and properties of Material Science.
 To impart a fundamental knowledge of Materials Processing .
 Selection and application of different Metals & Alloys.
 To understand the structure of Engineering Materials.
 To develop futuristic insight into Materials.
Unit I: Mechanical Behavior of Metals & Crystal Structure 6 Hrs.

Crystal structures (BCC, FCC and HCP systems), indexing of lattice planes & directions, Lattice
parameters (co ordination number, no. of atoms per unit cell, atomic packing factor, density, Crystal
imperfections; point defects, line defects- edge and screw dislocations, surface defects, volume defects,
Mechanism of Elastic & plastic deformation(slip and twinning),deformation of single crystal by slip,
plastic deformation of polycrystalline materials, work hardening theory, Changes in properties due to
cold working & hot working.
Unit II: Study of Non-Metallic Materials 6 Hrs.

Introduction & Classification of Materials, Definition, Classification & characteristics of polymers,
Types of polymerization, Polymer processing, Elastomers, properties and applications of engineering
polymers. Properties, processing and applications of ceramic materials (WC, TIC, Al2O3), Cermets.
Composite materials, Classification & Types of composite, Properties & applications, Metal matrix
composite, Ceramic matrix composite, Fiber Reinforced plastic , Numerical based on composite
(isostress & isostrain conditions).
Unit III: Mechanical Testing of Metals

Study of destructive testing, Tensile test, engineering stress-strain curve, true stress-strain curve, types of
stress-strain curves, Numerical based on Evolution of properties, compression test, bend test, torsion test,
different hardness tests-Vickers, Rockwell, Brinell, Poldi, Micro Hardness Test, Durometers, Impact test,
fatigue test, creep test, Erichsen Cupping Test.
Unit IV: Non – Destructive Testing 6 Hrs.

Non Destructive testing: Principals & procedure, advantages, disadvantages and Industrial applications of
NDT, such as Visual Inspection ,Liquid /dye penetrate test, Magnaflux test, Eddy current test, Sonic &
Ultrasonic testing and Radiography testing.
Unit V: Powder Metallurgy and Processes 6 Hrs.

Basic steps of powder metallurgy process, powder manufacturing, characteristics of metal powders,
Conditioning of metal powders (Screening, Blending & mixing, annealing), Compacting (cold
compaction, hot compaction, Isostatic compaction & powder rolling) Pre-sintering & sintering secondary
operations Advantages, limitations and applications of powder metallurgy. Production of typical P/M
components (with flow charts), self lubricated bearing, cemented carbides, cermets, refractory metals,
electrical contact materials, friction materials, and diamond impregnated tools.
Unit VI: Introduction to Advanced Materials 6 Hrs.
Classification of biomaterials - Comparison & properties of some common biomaterials, Metallic,

Ceramic and Polymeric implant materials, Introduction to bio sensors.
Basic concepts of Nano science and technology, Properties and technological advantages of Nano
materials, Carbon Nanotubes and applications.
Magnetic materials: Soft & Hard Ferrites, Dielectric materials: Piezo electric and ferro electric materials
and their applications, superconductors.
Modern Materials for high, low temperatures and Cryogenic applications Smart materials, Shape memory
alloys.
List of Tutorials
1 Numerical based on Indexing, Atomic packing factor, Density.
2 Study of recent composite Materials
3 Numerical based on composite (isostress & isostrain conditions).
4 Study of Non-Metals for Mechanical Engineering Application
5 Study and Trial of Tensile Test & numerical based on tensile test.
6 Study of Compression Test
7 Study and Trial of Rockwell Hardness Test & Hardness conversion number.
8 Study of Ultra Sonic Test.
9 Study of Eddy Current Test.
10 Study of Self lubricated Bearings / Cemented carbide tips, in Powder Metallurgy
11 Study of recent Nano materials.
12 Case study of selection of materials according to applications.
Note: Out of above Twelve Tutorials, any Eight Tutorials should be conducted.
Text Books :
1. “Material Science & Metallurgy For Engineers”, Dr. V.D. Kodgire & S. V. Kodgire,
2. “Mechanical Behavior & Testing Of Materials”, A. K. Bhargava, C.P. Sharma.
Reference Books:
1) Science of Engineering Materials, Smith, Prentice-Hall
2) Materials Science and Engineering, Callister W. D., John Wiley
3) “Engineering Metallurgy”, Higgins R. A., Viva books Pvt. Ltd., 2004.
4) “Material Science & Engg.” Raghvan V., Prentice Hall of India , New Delhi. 2003
5) Introduction to Physical Metallurgy, Avner, S.H., Tata McGraw-Hill, 1997.
6) Mechanical Metallurgy, Dieter, G.E., McGraw-Hill, 1988.
7) Material Science and Metallurgy, U. C. Jindal, Pearson Edu., 2012
FLUID MECHANICS (202045)
Oral: 50 marks
 Identify various properties of fluids and its use units.
 State and illustrate the basics Fluid Statics and Dynamics.
 Identify and explain the fluid properties and concepts of Boundary layer, Drag Lift
 Applications of Bernoulli’s Equation for various applications.
 To get conversant with Internal , External flows and it’s applications.
 To understand the physics of fluid flow and its applications.
Prerequisite:
2. Engg. Physics/chemistry
Unit I: Properties of Fluids 7 Hrs.

Characteristics of Fluids ,Density, Specific Weight, Specific Gravity, Dynamic Viscosity, Kinematics
Viscosity, Surface Tension, Capillarity, Compressibility, Vapour pressure.
Pascal’s Law, Pressure at a point, Total Pressure, Centre of pressure, Pressure on a plane inclined and
curved surfaces, Buoyancy, metacenter and floatation
(No numerical treatment for Buoyancy, metacenter and floatation)
Unit II: Kinematics of Fluid Motion 6 Hrs.

Eulerian and langragian approach of fluid flow, total or material derivative for velocity field, types of
flows (One , two, three dimensional , steady unsteady, uniform, non-uniform, laminar, turbulent,
compressible, incompressible, rotational, Irrotational) . Visualization of flow field (Stream, Path and
Streak line), vorticity in two dimensional flow, stream function and velocity potential function,
Unit III: Fluid Dynamics 8 Hrs.

Introduction to flow models- control volume and infinitesimally small element, Continuity and Linear
momentum Equation using differential Approach, Introduction to Navier – Stokes Equation,
Euler equation of motion, derivation of Bernoulli’s equation along stream line , concept of HGL and THL
or TEL, application of Bernoulli’s equation to venture meter, Pitot tube, Orifices, Orifice meter, types of
notches
(Only descriptive treatment for notches: No derivations & numerical)
Unit IV: Internal Flow 6 Hrs.

Laminar and Turbulent flow physics, entrance region and fully developed flow. Velocity and shear Stress
distribution for laminar flow in a pipe, fixed parallel plates and Couette flow, hydro dynamically smooth
and rough boundaries, Velocity profile of Turbulent flow.
Unit V: Flow Through Pipes 9 Hrs.
Energy lossesthroughpipe-Major and Minor losses, Darcy-Weisbach equation, pipes in series, pipes in
parallel and concept of equivalent pipe, Moody’s diagram,Siphons, Transmission of power, (No
derivations for minor losses)
Dimensional Analysis : Dimensions o f P h y s i c a l Q u a n t i t i e s , d i m e n s i o n a l homogeneity,
B u c k i n g h a m π Theorem, important dimensionless numbers, Model analysis (Reynolds, Froude and
Mach).
Unit VI: External flows 6 Hrs.

Boundary layer formation for flow over Flat plate, boundary layer thickness:-displacement, momentum
and energy,Separation ofBoundaryLayer andMethodsofControlling.
Forces on immersed bodies: -Lift andDrag, flow around cylinder and aerofoil (Pressure distribution and
Circulation).
(Any eight of the following)
1. Study of Pressure Measuring devices.

2. Determination of viscosity of liquids and its variation with temperature.
3. Verification of modified Bernoulli’s equation.
4. Calibration of Orifice meter/ /notch.
5. Determination of hydraulic coefficients of orifice.
6. Laminar and Turbulent flows by Reynolds’s apparatus.
7. Determination of Major losses through pipes of different Materials
8. Determination of minor losses due to pipe fittings
9. Determination of metacentric height of floating object
10. Flow around immersed bodies, point of stagnation, formation of wake etc. by Haleshaw
apparatus.
11. Pressure distribution on flow over cylinder using wind tunnel/CFD tool
Text Books
1. Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics- Munson, Young and Okiishi- Wiley India

2. Fluid Mechanics- Potter Wiggert –Cengage Learning
3. Introduction to Fluid Mechanics- Fox, Pichard , McDonald- Wiley
4. Fluid Mechanics,- Dr. R.K. Bansal- Laxmi Publication (P) Ltd. New Delhi
5. .Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics, - Modi P. N. and Seth S. M -Standard Book House.
6. Fluid Mechanics,- Cengel&Cimbla- TATA McGraw-Hill
7. Fluid Mechanics- White- TATA McGraw-Hill
Reference Books
1. Fluid Mechanics- Kundu, Cohen, Dowling- Elsevier India

2. Fluid Mechanics – Chaim Gutfinger David Pnueli-Cambridge University press.
3. Introduction to Fluid Mechanics-Edward Shaughnessy, Ira Katz James Schaffer- OXFORD
University Press.
Workshop Practice II (202046)

Practical: 2 Hrs/week Term work: 25 marks
Learning Objectives
1. To set the manufacturing set–up appropriately and study the corresponding set up parameters.
3. To understand the operational problems and suggest remedial solution for adopted
manufacturing process.
Each student must complete and submit following term work

I. Jobs[Any Two out of 1st to 4th and 5th Job is compulsory]
1. Casting of pattern components like pulley, gear, Flywheel, Flanges Etc. (Casting of at least one
same component per batch)
2. Any two plastic component like bottle, bottle caps, machine handles, etc.
3. Manufacturing any one component involving minimum four types of joint by appropriate
welding process.
4. Manufacturing any one sheet metal component involving minimum three different operation
(use dies and press).
5. Any one Composite job on centre lathe involving minimum six operations including taper turning
and threading.
II. Journal consisting of following assignments (Any three out of first five and Sixth
compulsory)
1. Study of casting process
2. Study of plastic molding process.
3. Study of welding process, its defects and remedial solutions
4. Report on sheet metal operations described in job no.4 (Analytical Treatment)
5. Report of composite job on centre lathe and single point cutting tool geometry.
6. Report on Industrial visit to sheet metal Industry / Foundry
Text Books:
1. Hajara Choudhari, Bose S.K. – Elements of workshop Technology Vol.I &II , Asian Publishing
House
2. A.S Athalye – Processing of plastic – Colour Publication (Pvt)Ltd. U.K
3. Cyril Donaldson and George H Le Cain – Tool Design – Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt.Ltd.
SOFT SKILLS (202047)
Unit I : Self Awareness & self Development: 04 Hrs.

a) Self Assessment, Self Appraisal, SWOT, Goal setting - Personal & career - Self-Assessment,
Self-Awareness, Perceptions and Attitudes, Positive Attitude, Values and Belief Systems, Self-Esteem,
Self appraisal, Personal Goal setting,
b) Career Planning, Personal success factors, Handling failure, Depression and Habit, relating SWOT
analysis & goal setting, prioritization.
Unit II: Communication Skill 06 Hrs.

a) Importance of communication, types, barriers of communication, effective communication
b) Speaking Skills – Public Speaking, Presentation skills, Group discussion- Importance of speaking
effectively, speech process, message, audience, speech style, feedback, conversation and oral skills,
fluency and self expression, body language phonetics and spoken English, speaking techniques, word
techniques.
c) Listening Skills: Law of nature- you have 2 ears and 1 tongue so listen twice and speak once is the
best policy, Empathic listening, Avoid selective listening-
d) Group Discussion - characteristics, subject knowledge, oral and leadership skills, team management,
strategies and individual contribution and consistency.
e) Presentation skills - planning, preparation, organization, delivery.
f) Written Skills – Formal & Informal letter writing, Report writing, Resume writing - Sentence
structure, sentence coherence, emphasis. Paragraph writing. letter writing skills - form and structure, style
and tone. Inquiry letters, Instruction letters, complaint letters,
Routine business letters, Sales Letters etc.
Unit III: Corporate / Business Etiquettes 02 Hrs.

Corporate grooming & dressing, Email & telephone etiquettes, etiquettes in social & office setting-
Understand the importance of professional behaviour at the work place, Understand and Implement
etiquettes in workplace, presenting oneself with finesse and making others comfortable in a business
setting. Importance of first impression, Grooming, Wardrobe, Body language, Meeting etiquettes
(targeted at young professionals who are just entering business environment) , Introduction to Ethics in
engineering and ethical reasoning, rights and responsibilities,
Unit IV: Interpersonal relationship 04 Hrs.

a) Team work, Team effectiveness, Group discussion, Decision making - Team Communication.
Team, Conflict Resolution, Team Goal Setting, Team Motivation Understanding Team Development,
Team Problem Solving, Building the team dynamics. Multicultural team activity
b) Group Discussion- Preparation for a GD, Introduction and definitions of a GD, Purpose of a GD,
Types of GD, Strategies in a GD , Conflict management, Do’s and Don’ts in GD
Unit V: Leadership skills 02 Hrs

Leaders’ role, responsibilities and skill required - Understanding good Leadership behaviours,
Learning the difference between Leadership and Management, Gaining insight into your Patterns, Beliefs
and Rules, Defining Qualities and Strengths of leadership, Determining how well you perceive what's
going on around you, interpersonal Skills and Communication Skills, Learning about Commitment and
How to Move Things Forward, Making Key Decisions, Handling Your and Other People's Stress,
Empowering, Motivating and Inspiring Others, Leading by example, effective feedback
Unit VI: Other skills 02Hrs.

a) Time management- The Time management matrix, apply the Pareto Principle (80/20 Rule) to time
management issues, to prioritise using decision matrices, to beat the most common time wasters, how to
plan ahead, how to handle interruptions , to maximise your personal effectiveness, how to say “no” to
time wasters, develop your own individualised plan of action
b) Stress management- understanding the stress & its impact, techniques of handling stress
c) Problem solving skill, Confidence building Problem solving skill, Confidence building
1. SWOT analysis
5. Report writing
6. Listening skills
7. Group discussion
8. Resume writing
9. Public Speaking
10. Stress management

Teaching Methodology
Each class should be divided into three batches of 20-25 students each. The sessions should be activity
based and should give students adequate opportunity to participate actively in each activity. Teachers
and students must communicate only in English during the session. Specific details about the teaching
methodology have been explained in every activity given below.
Practical Assignments (Term work)

Minimum 8 assignments are compulsory and teachers must complete them during the practical sessions
within the semester. The teacher should explain the topics mentioned in the syllabus during the practical
sessions followed by the actual demonstration of the exercises. . Students will submit report of their
exercise (minimum 8) assignments as their term work at the end of the semester but it should be noted
that the teacher should assess their assignment as soon as an activity is conducted. The continual
assessment process should be followed.
1. SWOT analysis
The students should be made aware of their goals, strengths and weaknesses, attitude, moral values, self
confidence, etiquettes, non-verbal skills, achievements etc. through this activity. The teacher should
explain to them on how to set goals, SWOT Analysis, Confidence improvement, values, positive attitude,
positive thinking and self esteem. The teacher should prepare a questionnaire which evaluate students in
all the above areas and make them aware about these aspects.
3 Presentation Skills
Students should make a presentation on any informative topic of their choice. The topic may be
technical or non-technical. The teacher should guide them on effective presentation skills. Each student
should make a presentation for at least 10 minutes.
5. Report writing
The teacher should teach the students how to write report .. The teacher should give proper format and
layouts. Each student will write one report based on visit / project / business proposal etc.
6. Listening skills
The batch can be divided into pairs. Each pair will be given an article (any topic) by the teacher. Each
pair would come on the stage and read aloud the article one by one. After reading by each pair, the other
students will be asked questions on the article by the readers. Students will get marks for correct answers
and also for their reading skills. This will evaluate their reading and listening skills. The teacher should
give them guidelines on improving their reading and listening skills. The teacher should also give
passages on various topics to students for evaluating their reading comprehension.
7. Group discussion
Each batch is divided into two groups of 12 to 14 students each. Two rounds of a GD for each group
should be conducted and teacher should give them feedback.
8. Resume writing
9. Public Speaking
Any one of the following activities may be conducted:
a. Prepared speech (topics are given in advance, students get 10 minutes to prepare the speech and
5 minutes to deliver.
b. Extempore speech (students deliver speeches spontaneously for 5 minutes each on a given topic
)
c. Story telling (Each student narrates a fictional or real life story for 5 minutes each)
d. Oral review ( Each student orally presents a review on a story or a book read by them)
Text Books:
1 Communication Skills : Sanjay Kumar and Pushpa Lata , Oxford University Press
2 Developing Communication Skill : Krishna Mohan, Meera Banerji,- McMillan
India Ltd.
3 English for Business Communication : Simon Sweeney , Cambridge University Press
Books for references:
1.NASSCOM-Global Business Foudation Skills: Accenture,Convergys,Dell et.al.
Foundation Books : Cambridge University Press
2. Basic Managerial Skills for all E. H. McGrath, Eastern Economy Edition, Prentice
hall India.
3. Personality Development and Group Discussions,Barun K. Mitra, Oxford University
Press
4 Group Dissussions and Interview Skills : Priyadarshi Patnaik : Foundation Books :
5.Thinks and Grow Rich: Napoleon Hill, Ebury Publishing, ISBN 9781407029252
6. Awaken the Giant Within: Tony Robbins HarperCollins Publishers,
ISBN-139780743409384
7. Change Your Thoughts, Change Your Life: Wayne Dyer, Hay House India,
ISBN-139788189988050
8 Habits of Highly Effective People: Stephen Covey Pocket Books, ISBN-13
9781416502494
9The Power of Your Subconscious Mind: Dr Joseph Murphy Maanu Graphics ,
ISBN-13 9789381529560
10- The new Leaders: Daniel Coleman Sphere Books Ltd , ISBN-139780751533811
11 The 80/20 Principal: by Richard Koch, Nicholas Brealey Publishings ,
ISBN-13 9781857883992
12 Time management from inside out: Julie Morgenstern, Owl Books (NY),
ISBN-13 9780805075908
13.Wonderland of Indian Manageress: Sharu Ranganekar, Vikas Publishing Houses,
ISBN-13 9788125942603
14. You can win: Shiv Khera, Macmillan, ISBN-139789350591932
15. The Ace of Soft Skills: Attitude, Communication and Etiquette for Success:
Gopalaswamy Ramesh, Mahadevan Ramesh
Semester – II
S.E. (Mechanical, Mechanical Sandwich &Automobile) - II (2012 Pattern)
Theory of Machines – I (202048)

Term work: 25 marks
( $ Common Oral will be based on both TOM-I and TOM-II term work at end of First
Semester of T.E.)
LEARNING OBJECTIVES:
1. To make the student conversant with commonly used mechanism for industrial application.
2. To develop competency in drawing velocity and acceleration diagram for simple and complex
mechanism.
3. To develop analytical competency in solving kinematic problems using complex algebra method.
4. To develop competency in graphical and analytical method for solving problems in static and
dynamic force analysis.
5. To develop competency in conducting laboratory experiments for finding moment of inertia of
rigid bodies, verification of displacement relation for Hooke’s joints, to measure power transmitted
and absorbed by dynamometer and brakes respectively.
Unit I: Fundamentals of Kinematics and Mechanisms 10 Hrs.

Kinematic link, Types of links, Kinematic pair, Types of constrained motions, Types of Kinematic
pairs, Kinematic chain, Types of joints, Mechanism, Machine, Degree of freedom (Mobility),
Kutzbach crieterion, Grubler’s criterion.
Four bar chain and its inversions, Grashoff’s law, Slider crank chain and its inversions, Double
slider crank chain and its inversions.
Equivalent linkage of mechanisms.
Exact and Approximate Straight line mechanism, Steering gear mechanisms: Condition for correct
steering, Davis steering gear mechanism, Ackermann steering gear mechanism.
Unit II: Static and Dynamic Force Analysis 8Hrs.

Theory and analysis of Compound Pendulum, Concept of equivalent length of simple
pendulum, Bifilar suspension, Trifilar suspension.
Dynamics of reciprocating engines: Two mass statically and dynamically equivalent system,
correction couple, static and dynamic force analysis of reciprocating engine mechanism
(analytical method only), Crank shaft torque, Introduction to T-θ diagram.
Friction: Friction and types of friction, laws of friction, Friction in turning pair, friction circle, friction
axis, friction in four bars and slider crank mechanism.
Unit III: Friction Clutches, Brakes and Dynamometer 8Hrs.

Pivot and collar friction, plate clutches, cone clutches, centrifugal clutch, torque transmitting capacity.
Different types of brakes, shoe brakes, external and internal shoe brakes, block brakes, band brakes,
and band and block brakes, Braking torques, and different types of absorption and transmission type
dynamometer.
Unit IV: Kinematic Analysis of Mechanisms: Analytical Methods 8 Hrs.

Analytical method for displacement, velocity and acceleration analysis of slider crank
Mechanism.
Position analysis of links with vector and complex algebra methods, Loop closure equation, Chase
solution, Velocity and acceleration analysis of four bar and slider crank mechanisms using vector and
complex algebra methods.
Hooke’s joint, Double Hooke’s joint.
Unit V: Velocity and Acceleration Analysis of Simple Mechanisms: Graphical Methods-I 8 Hrs.
Relative velocity method : Relative velocity of a point on a link, Angular velocity of a link, Sliding
velocity, Velocity polygons for simple mechanisms.
Relative acceleration method : Relative acceleration of a point on a link, Angular acceleration of a link,
Acceleration polygons for simple mechanisms.
Instantaneous center of rotation (ICR) method: Definition of ICR, Types of ICRs, Methods of locating
ICRs, Kennedy’s Theorem, Body and space centrode.
Unit VI: Velocity and Acceleration Analysis of Mechanisms: Graphical Methods-II 8Hrs.
Velocity and acceleration diagrams for the mechanisms involving Coriolis component of acceleration.
Klein’s construction.
Term Work
The term work shall consist of:
[A] Assignments/Tutorial:
The following two assignments shall be completed and record to be submitted in the form of
journal.
1. Minimum one problem on Static and Dynamic force balancing, Friction Clutches Brakes and
Dynamometer.
2. One problem on velocity and acceleration analysis using:
A) Vector algebra and B) Complex algebra and comparison of results.
[B] Laboratory Experiments:
Any four of the following experiments shall be performed and record to be submitted in the form
of journal.
1. Demonstration and explanation of configuration diagram of working models based on four
bar chain, single slider crank mechanism, and double slider crank mechanism for various link
positions (any two models).
2. To determine the mass moment of inertia of a connecting rod using a compound pendulum
method.
3. To determine the mass moment of inertia of a flat bar using bifilar suspension method.
4. To determine the mass moment of inertia of a flywheel/gear/circular disc using trifilar
suspension method.
5. To determine the angular displacements of input and output shafts of single Hooke’s joint for
different shaft angles and verification of the results using computer programme.
6. To measure torque transmitting capacity of friction clutch.
7. To measure the power transmitted by the dynamometer or power absorbed by the brake.
[C] Drawing Assignments (3 sheets of ½ imperial size) :
1. To study and draw (any four) mechanisms for practical applications such as: mechanical
grippers in robot, lifting platform, foot pump, toggle clamp, folding chair etc.; straight line
2. Mechanisms such as: Peaucellier Mechanism, Scott Russell Mechanism, Grasshopper
Mechanism etc., for various link positions.
3. Two problems on velocity and acceleration analysis using Graphical methods i.e.,
polygons or ICR (Based on Unit 5).
4. Two problems on velocity and acceleration analysis using Graphical methods i.e.,
polygons involving Coriolis component or Klein’s construction (Based on Unit 6).
Text Books
1. Thomas Bevan, “Theory of Machines” CBS Publisher and Distributors, Delhi.
2. S. S. Ratan, “Theory of Machines”, Tata McGraw Hill.
3. Ashok G. Ambekar, “Mechanism and Machine Theory”, Prentice Hall, India
4. Sadhu Singh, “Theory of Machines”, Pearson
Reference Books:
1. Shigley J. E., and Uicker J.J., “Theory of Machines and Mechanism”, McGraw Hill Inc.
2. Ghosh Amitabh and Mallik A. K. “Theory of Machines and Mechanism”, East- West Press.
3. Hall A. S., “Kinematics and Linkage Design”, Prentice Hall.
4. Wilson C.E., Sandler J. P. Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery”, Person Education.
5. Erdman A.G. and Sandor G.N., “Mechanism Design, Analysis and Synthesis” Volume-I,
Prentice –Hall of India.
University of Pune
S.E. (Mechanical &Automobile) – II (2012 Pattern)
Engineering Metallurgy (202049)

Oral: 50 marks+
 To acquaint students with the basic concepts of Metal Structure
 To impart a fundamental knowledge of Ferrous & Non Ferrous Metal Processing
 Selection and application of different Metals & Alloys
 To Know Fundamentals of Metallography
 To develop futuristic insight into Metals
Prerequisite:
Material Science of Semester - III.
Unit I: Type Of Equilibrium Diagrams & Metallurgical Concepts.

Related terms and their definitions : System, Phase, Variable, Component, Alloy, Solid solution, Hume
Ruther's rule of solid solubility, Allotropy and polymorphism, Concept of solidification of pure metals &
alloys, Nucleation : homogeneous and heterogeneous, Dendritic growth, supercooling , equiaxed and
columnar grains, grain & grain boundary effect.
Cooling curves, Plotting of Equilibrium diagrams, Lever rule, Coring, Eutectic system, Partial eutectic
and eutectoid system. Non Equilibrium cooling and it's effects.
Microscopy, specimen preparation, specimen mounting, electrolytic polishing, etching procedure and
reagents, electrolytic etching. Macroscopy : sulphur printing, flow line observations.
Unit II: Classification Of Steels And Alloy Steels.

Iron-iron carbide equilibrium diagram, critical temperatures, solidification and microstructure of slowly
cooled steels, non-equilibrium cooling of steels, widmanstaten structure, structure & property
relationship, classification and application of steels & alloy steels, specification of steels.
Classification & Effect of alloying elements, examples of alloy steels, stainless steels, sensitization &
weld decay of stainless steel, tool steels, heat treatment of high speed steel, special purpose steels with
applications, superalloys.
Unit III: Heat- treatment Of Steels & Non-Ferrous Metals.

Transformation products of Austenite, Time Temperature Transformation diagrams, critical cooling rate,
continuous cooling transformation diagrams. Heat treatment of steels : Annealing, Normalising,
Hardening & Tempering, quenching media, other treatments such as Martempering, Austempering,
Patenting, Ausforming. Retention of austenite, effects of retained austenite. Elimination of retained
austenite (Sub zero treatment). Secondary hardening, temper embrittlement, quench cracks, Hardenability
& hardenability testing, Defects due to heat treatment and remedial measures.
Classification of surface hardening treatments, Carburising, heat treatment after Carburizing, Nitriding,
Carbo-nitriding, Flame hardening, and Induction hardening.
Heat treatment of Non ferrous metals: Precipitation/ Age Hardening, Homogenization.
Strengthening mechanisms: Refinement of grain size, cold working/strain hardening, solid solution
strengthening, dispersion strengthening.
Unit IV: Corrosion and Its Prevention.
Mechanism of Corrosion, Classification of Corrosion: General, Pitting, Crevice, Intergranular, Stress
corrosion & cracking .Velocity related corrosion: Erosion, Impingement, and Cavitations corrosion.
Corrosion fatigue, Hydrogen Blistering. High temperature corrosion.
Corrosion prevention methods: Inhibitors, Internal & External coating, Cathodic & Anodic protection,
Use of special alloys, Control over temperature & velocity, Dehydration, Improvement in design/
changes in design to prevent or control corrosion
Unit V: Cast Irons

Classification, Manufacturing, Composition , Properties & applications of white C.I., Grey cast iron,
malleable C.I., S.G. cast iron, chilled and alloy cast iron, effect of various parameters on structure and
properties of cast irons. Specific applications such as machine tools, automobiles, pumps, valves etc.
Unit VI: Non Ferrous Metals & Alloys

Classification, Composition, Properties & applications of: Copper and Its alloys, Nickel and Its alloys,
Aluminum and Its alloys, Titanium and Its alloys. Specific alloys: soldering & brazing alloy,
Precipitation hardening alloys. Bearing materials and their applications.
List of Practicals:
1. Study & Demonstration of Specimen Preparation for microscopic examination.
2. Study of Optical Metallurgical microscope.
3. Study and Drawing of Microstructure of Steels of various compositions.
4. Study and Drawing of Microstructure of Cast Irons.
5. Study and Drawing of Microstructure of Non Ferrous Metals.
6. Heat treatment of Plain Carbon Steel and determination of relative hardness.
7. Study and Drawing of Microstructure of Heat Affected Zone in Welding.
8. Jominy End Quench Test for hardenability.
9. Impact Test.
10. Vickers Hardness Test.
11. Brinell & Poldi Hardness Test.
12. Magnetic Particle & Dye Penetrant Test.
Notes :
1) Practicals 1 & 8 are Compulsory.
2) From 2 to 7, any four should be conducted.
3) From 9 to 12 any Two should be conducted.
Text Books :
1. “Material Science & Metallurgy For Engineers”, Dr. V.D. Kodgire & S. V. Kodgire ,
2. “ Mechanical Behaviour & Testing Of Materials ”, A . K. Bhargava, C.P. Sharma.
Reference Books:
1) “Engineering Metallurgy”, Higgins R. A., Viva books Pvt. Ltd., 2004.
2) “Material Science & Engg.” Raghvan V., Prentice Hall of India , New Delhi. 2003
3) Introduction to Physical Metallurgy, Avner, S.H., Tata McGraw-Hill, 1997.
4) Engineering Metallurgy Dr. O.P. Khanna,
University of Pune
S.E. (Mechanical and Automobile) – II (2012 Course)
Applied Thermodynamics (202050)
Term work: 25 marks
Practical: 50 marks
1. To get familiar with the fundamentals of I.C engines, construction and working principle of an
engine, and testing of an engine for analyzing its performance.
2. To study the combustion and its controlling factors in order to design efficient engine
3. To study emissions from I.C. engines and its controlling methods, various emission norms.
4. To understand theory and performance calculation of positive displacement compressors.
Prerequisite:
1. Basics of Thermodynamics
Unit I: Basics of IC Engines 5 Hrs.

Heat Engine, IC and EC engines, I.C. Engine construction - components and materials, Engine
nomenclature, Valve timing diagram, Intake and exhaust system, Engine classification, Applications.
Fuel Air Cycle and Actual Cycle 5 Hrs.
Fuel air cycle, Assumptions, Comparison with air standard cycle, Effect of variables on performance,
Actual cycle and various losses.
Unit II: SI Engines 5 Hrs.

Theory of Carburetion, Types of carburetors, Electronic fuel injection system, Combustion in spark
Ignition engines, stages of combustion, flame propagation, rate of pressure rise, abnormal combustion,
Phenomenon of Detonation in SI engines, effect of engine variables on Detonation. Combustion
chambers, Rating of fuels in SI engines, Additives.
Unit III: CI Engines 5Hrs

Fuel supply system, types of fuel pump, injector and distribution system, Combustion in compression
ignition engines, stages of combustion, factors affecting combustion, Phenomenon of knocking in CI
engine. Effect of knocking, Methods of knock control, Types of combustion chambers, rating of fuels in
CI engines. Dopes & Additives, Comparison of knocking in SI & CI engines.
Unit IV: Testing of IC Engines 5 Hrs.

Objective of testing, Various performance parameters for I.C. Engine - Indicated power, brake power,
friction power, SFC, AF ratio etc. Methods to determine various performance parameters, characteristic
curves, heat balance sheet.
Supercharging 2 Hrs.
Supercharging and turbo-charging methods and their limitations
Unit V: I.C. Engine Systems 6 Hrs

Cooling System, Lubrication System, Ignition System, Governing system, Starting System
I.C. Engine Emissions and Control 4 Hrs.
Air pollution due to IC engine and its effect, Emissions from petrol/gas and diesel engines, Sources of
emissions, Euro norms, Bharat stage norms, Emission control methods for SI and CI engines
Unit VI: Positive Displacement Compressors (Reciprocating and Rotary) 10 Hrs.

Reciprocating Compressor - Single stage compressor – computation of work done, isothermal
efficiency, effect of clearance volume, volumetric efficiency, Free air delivery, Theoretical and actual
indicator diagram, Multistaging of compressor, Computation of work done, Volumetric efficiency,
Condition for maximum efficiency, Inter-cooling and after cooling, Capacity control of compressors
Rotary Compressor – Introduction, vane compressors, roots blower, screw compressor
List of Practicals
1. Study of Carburetor
2. Study of Fuel pump and injector
3. Study of Ignition System
4. Demonstration & study of commercial exhaust gas analyzers.
5. Test on Multi cylinder Petrol/ Gas engine for determination of Friction power.
6. Test on diesel engine to determine various efficiencies, SFC and Heat balance sheet.
7. Test on variable speed diesel / petrol engine.
8. Test on variable compression ratio engine.
9. Visit to Automobile service station
10. Test on Positive Displacement Air Compressor
11. Assignment on any one advanced technology related to I.C. Engine such as VVT, VGT, HCCI
12. Assignment on alternative fuels used in I.C. Engines.
Note
1. Total 8 Practicals should be performed.
2. Out of Practical No. 5,6,7,8 any three should be performed.
3. Practical No. 9, 10 are compulsory.
4. Out of Practical No. 11, 12 any one should be performed.
Text Books
1. V. Ganesan: Internal Combustion Engines, Tata McGraw-Hill
2. M.L. Mathur and R.P. Sharma: A course in Internal combustion engines, Dhanpat Rai
3. H.N. Gupta, Fundamentals of Internal Combustion Engines, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
Reference Books
1. Heywood: Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals, Tata McGraw-Hill
2. Domkundwar & Domkundwar: Internal Combustion Engine, Dhanpat Rai
3. R. Yadav: Internal Combustion Engine, Central Book Depot, Allahabad
S.E. (Mechanical, Mechanical Sandwich & Automobile) – II (2012 Pattern)
Strength of Materials (202051)
Oral: 50 marks
Prerequisites:
1. Fundamentals of engineering mechanics
2. Analysis of forces and moments
3. Laws of motion, kinetics, kinematics
4. Algebra and trigonometry
Learning objectives:
To understand
1. Mechanical behavior of the body by determining the stresses, strains and deflections produced by
the loads up to the elastic limit.
2. Fundamental concepts related to deformation, strain energy, moment of inertia, load carrying
capacity, slope an deflection of beams, shear forces, bending moments, torsional moments,
column and struts, principal stresses and strains and theories of failure
Course outcomes:
1. an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, for engineering applications
2. an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data
3. an ability to design a component to meet desired needs within realistic constraints of health and
safety
4. an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems
5. an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility
6. an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering
practice
Unit I: Simple stresses & strains

Stress, strain, Hooke’s law, Poisson’s ratio, Modulus of Elasticity, Modulus of Rigidity, Bulk Modulus.
Interrelation between elastic constants,
Stress-strain diagrams for ductile & brittle materials. Various strengths of material- Yield strength,
Ultimate tensile strength etc, Factor of Safety.
Stresses and strains in determinate & indeterminate, homogeneous & composite bars under concentrated
loads & self weight.
Temperature stresses in simple members.
Unit II: Shear Force & Bending Moment Diagrams

Shear forces & bending moment diagrams for statically determinate beams due to concentrated loads,
uniformly distributed loads, uniformly varying loads & couples, Relationship between rate of loading,
shear force and bending moment.
Maximum bending moment & positions of points of contra flexure.
Unit III: Stresses in Machine Elements

Bending stresses : Theory of simple bending, assumptions, derivation of flexural formula, second
moment of area of common cross sections( rectangular, I,T,C ) with respective centroidal & parallel axes,
bending stress distribution diagrams, moment of resistance & section modulus.
Shear stresses: Concept, derivation of shear stress distribution formula, shear stress distribution
diagrams for common symmetrical sections, maximum and average shears stresses, shear connection
between flange & web.
Unit IV:
Slope & deflection of beams: Relation between BM & slope, slope & deflection of determinate beams,
double integration method (Macaulay’s method), derivation of formula for slope & deflection for
standard cases.
Strain energy: Strain energy due to axial load (gradual, sudden and impact). Strain energy due to
bending and torsion.
Unit V:
Torsion : Stresses, strain & deformations in determinate shafts of solid & hollow, homogeneous &
composite circular cross section subjected to twisting moment, derivation of torsion equation, stresses
due to combined torsion, bending & axial force on shafts.
Buckling of columns: Concept of buckling of columns, derivation of Euler’s formula for buckling load
for column with hinged ends, concept of equivalent length for various end conditions, Limitations of
Euler’s formula, Rankine’s formula, safe load on columns
Unit VI:
Principal stresses & strains: Normal & shear stresses on any oblique plane. Concept of principal planes,
derivation of expression for principal stresses & maximum shear stress, position of principal planes &
planes of maximum shear.
Graphical solution using Mohr’s circle of stresses.
Principal stresses in shaft subjected to torsion, bending moment & axial thrust (solid as well as hollow),
Concept of equivalent torsional and bending moments.
Theories of elastic failure: Maximum principal stress theory, maximum shear stress theory, maximum
distortion energy theory, maximum strain theory – their applications & limitations.
Term Work: The term work shall consist of 5 experiments and 3 assignments listed below.
[A] List of Experiments: [Any five]

01) Tension test for ductile and brittle material using extensometer.
02) Compression test for ductile and brittle material using extensometer.
03) Shear test of ductile material on Universal Testing Machine.
04) Experimental verification of flexural formula in bending for cantilever beam.
05) Experimental verification of flexural formula in bending for simply supported beam.
06) Measurement of stresses and strains in beams for different end conditions using strain gauges.
07) Torsion Test on circular bar.
[B] Assignments: [Any three]

01) Shear force and bending moment diagrams with different end conditions.
02) Slope and deflection.
03) Principal stresses through graphical and analytical method.
04) Above problems may be solved by simulation technique.
Term work will be assessed along with oral examination at end of semester. Internal examiner or
subject teacher keeps the record of continuous assessment and help the external examiner while
conducting oral examination so that there should not be injustice to the students.
Text Books:
01) G.H.Ryder- Strength of Materials- 3rd Edition, Macmillan Pub, India
02) S.S. Rattan - Strength of Material – Tata McGraw Hill Publication Co. Ltd.
03) S. Ramamurtham - Strength of material - Dhanpat Rai Publication.
04) Timoshenko and Young - Strength of Materials - CBS Publication.
Reference Books :
01) Beer and Johnston - Strength of materials - CBS Publication.
02) E.P. Popov - Introduction to Mechanics of Solids - Prentice Hall Publication.
03) Singer and Pytel - Strength of materials - Harper and row Publication.
04) B.K. Sarkar - Strength of Material - Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi.
S.E. (Mechanical, Mechanical Sandwich & Automobile) – II (2012 Pattern)
Electronics and Electrical Engineering (203152)

Term work: 25 marks
Prerequisite:
1. Basic Electrical Engineering
2. Basic Electronics Engineering
1. Students should conversant with Electrical and Electronic controls basic
2. It will be prerequisite for Mechatronics.
3. To study Microcontrollers
4. To study Electrical drive system required to drive machines
UNIT I: 8 Hrs.
Intel 8051 microcontroller architecture, pin diagram, special function registers, operation of I/O ports,
Addressing modes, Instruction set.
UNIT II: 8 Hrs.

Counters and timers in 8051, timer modes, Parallel Data transfer scheme, Serial data input, output, Serial
data modes and serial interface with pc.
UNIT III: 8 Hrs.

Electronic voltmeters – analog and digital. Digital multimeters, Audio oscillators, signal generators and
frequency counter.
C.R.O. construction & principle measurement of voltage, current, frequency and phase by oscilloscope
UNIT IV: 8 Hrs.

Electrical Power Measurement: - Measurement of active and reactive power in three phase balanced
loads by using one wattmeter & two wattmeter, effect of power factor on wattmeter reading.
Introduction to D.C. and A.C. Potentiometers.
Measurement of high voltage: Measurement of R.M.S value of voltage using Potential Divider method,
Measurement of Peak value of voltage using Sphere Gap.
Electrostatic instruments: Quadrant type voltmeter, Attracted disc type voltmeter.
A.C. Bridges: General equation for bridge balance, Maxwell’s Inductance Bridge, Maxwell’s Inductance-
Capacitance Bridge, Schering Bridge for Capacitance measurement, Wien’s Bridge for Frequency
measurement.
UNIT V: D.C. Machines 8 Hrs.

Construction, working principle of D.C. generator, emf equation of D C generator. (Theoretical concept
only). Working principle of D.C. motor. Types of D. C. motor, back emf, torque equation for D.C.
motor, characteristics of D. C. motor (series, shunt and compound), Three point starter for D.C Shunt
motor, methods for speed control of D.C shunt and series motors, Industrial applications.
UNIT VI: Three phase Induction Motor 8 Hrs.
Constructional feature, working principle of three phase induction motors, types; torque equation, torque
slip characteristics; power stages; efficiency types of starters; methods of speed control & Industrial
applications.
Term Work:
Total eight experiments are to be performed.

Any five experiments out of these six experiments are required to be performed.
1. Study of Op-amp in inverting, non-inverting, summer and subtractor mode.

2. Study of Op-amp as Integrator, Differentiator, Comparator
3. Assembly language Programming using 8051.(8 bit addition, 16 bit addition, multiplication,
largest number, smallest number, ascending order, descending order)
4. Assembly language Programming using 8051.(8 bit addition of 10 numbers, multiplication,
largest number, smallest number, Ascending order, Descending order)
5. Interfacing of DAC 0800 with 8051 microcontroller.
6. Control of stepper motor using 8051 microcontroller.
Any three experiments out of these five experiments are required to be performed.
1. Speed control of a D. C. shunt motor by armature voltage and flux control methods.
2. Measurement of active power in a three phase balanced and unbalanced load using two wattmeter
method.
3. Measurement of reactive power in a three phase balanced load using one and two wattmeter
method.
4. Estimation of voltage regulation and efficiency of single phase transformer by open circuit and
short circuit test.
5. Load test on a three phase induction motor.
Text Books:
1. Ajay Deshmukh Microcontroller 8051 –TATA McGraw Hill
2. The 8051 Microcontroller and Embeded Systems by Muhammad Ali Mazidi, J.G. Mazidi
Pearson Education.
3. Operational Amplifier by Gaikwad R. PHI New Delhi.
4. Integrated Circuits by K. R. Botkar, Khanna Publication, New Delhi.
5. Electrical Machines-D P Kothari and I J Nagrath, Tata McGraw Hill ,Third Edition
6. Electrical Machinery-S.K. Bhattacharya, TTTI Chandigad
Reference Books:
1. The 8051 Microcontrollers - Architecture, Programming and Applications by K. J. Ayala,
Penram International Publishing(I) Pvt Ltd.
2. Operational Amplifier and Linear Integrated Circuits Theory and Application by James
M. Flore, A Jaico Books.
3. Electrical Technology- Vol I & Vol II- B. L.Theraja, S Chand Publication Co Ltd.
4. Electrical Technology-Edward Hughes, Pearson Education.
5. Electrical Machines by Ashfaq Husain, Dhanpat Rai & Sons.
S.E. (Mechanical & Automobile) - II (2012 Pattern)
Machine Shop-I (202053)

2. To Select appropriate process parameter for obtaining desired characteristic on work piece.
3. To understand the operational problems and suggest remedial solution for adopted manufacturing
process.
Each student must complete and submit following term work

I. Jobs:
1. Manufacturing any one assembly consisting of minimum two components and involving all the
lathe operations.
2. Spur gear.
3. Grinding of component using table grinding machine.
II. Journal and Demonstration:
1. Demonstration of Single point tool grinding

2. Demonstration of various milling operations
3. Report on Industrial visit with reference to various machining (metal removing) operations.
Text Books:
1. Hajara Choudhari, Bose S.K. – Elements of workshop Technology Vol.II , Asian Publishing
House
University of Pune
UNIVERSITY OF PUNE
Structure and Syllabus
FOR
T.E. Mechanical Engineering

2012 Course

University of Pune
T. E. (Mechanical) Semester – I
(w.e.f. Academic year 2014-15)
Code Subject Teaching Scheme
Examination Scheme (Marks)
(Weekly Load in hrs)
Lect. Tut Pract. Theory TW PR OR Total
In Sem. End Sem.
Design of
302041 Machine 4 -- 2 30# 70@ 25** -- -- 125
Elements – I
302042 Heat Transfer 4 -- 2 30 70 -- 50* -- 150
Theory of $
302043 4 -- 2 30 70 -- -- 50 150
Machines-II
Metrology and
302044 3 -- 2 30 70 -- -- 50 150
Quality Control
Hydraulics and
302045 3 -- 2 30 70 25 -- -- 125
Pneumatics
Skill
302046 -- -- 2 -- -- 50 -- -- 50
Development
Total of Semester – I 18 -- 12 150 350 100 50 100 750
* Evaluation should be on performance in practical examination and oral based on Term Work
$Common Oral will be based on both TOM-I and TOM-II term work at end of First Semester of T.E.
T. E. (Mechanical) Semester – II
In Sem. End Sem.
Numerical
302047 Methods and 4 -- 2 30 70 -- 50 -- 150
Optimization
Design of
302048 Machine 4 -- 2 30# 70@ 25 -- 50** 175
Elements -II
302049 Turbo Machines 4 -- 2 30 70 25 -- 125
302050 Mechatronics 3 -- 2 30 70 25 -- -- 125
Manufacturing
302051 3 -- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100
Process-II
Machine
302052 -- -- 2 -- -- 25 -- -- 25
Shop -II
302053 Seminar -- -- 2 -- -- 50 50
Total of Semester – II 18 12 150 350 100 50 100 750
Important Notes
1. In-Sem Theory examination will be conducted, approximately one and half month after the commencement of
each semester
2. In-Sem Theory examination will be based on first three units from Syllabus and will be conducted by the
University of Pune
3. Total time allotted for In-Sem Theory examination will be 1 hr
4. ( # ) Total time allotted for In-Sem Theory examination (DME-I and DME-II) will be 1 hr 30 min.
5. Total time allotted for End-Sem Theory examination will be 2 hrs 30 min
6. ( @ )Total time allotted for End-Sem Theory examination (DME-I and DME-II) will be 3 hrs
7. ** Common oral based on both DME-I and DME-II term work
University of Pune
T.E. (Mechanical) - 2012 Course
Design of Machine Elements – I [302041]

In Sem. End Sem.
Design of
30 70
302041 Machine 4 -- 2 25** -- -- 125
(90Min) (3 hrs)
Elements – I
** Common oral based on both DME-I and DME-II term work
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. Student shall gain appreciation and understanding of the design function in Mechanical
Engineering, different steps involved in designing and the relation of design activity with
manufacturing activity.
2. The student shall learn to choose proper materials for different machine elements depending on
their physical and mechanical properties. They will learn to apply the knowledge of material
science in real life situations.
3. Student shall gain a thorough understanding of the different types of failure modes and criteria.
They will be conversant with various failure theories and be able to judge which criterion is to be
applied for a particular situation.
4. Student shall gain design knowledge of the different types of elements used in the machine design
process, for e.g. fasteners, shafts, couplings etc. and will be able to design these elements for each
application.
COURSE OUTCOMES
1. Ability to analyze the stress and strain of mechanical components and understand, identify and
quantify failure modes for mechanical part.
2. Ability to decide optimum design parameters for mechanical systems.
3. Enhancement in proficiency of CAD software for designing Mechanical systems and to generate
production drawing.
4. Ability to design mechanical system for fluctuating loads.
Unit – I Design process and design of Simple Machine elements (08 hrs)
Machine Design, Design Process, Design considerations, Standards and codes, Use of preferred series,
Factor of safety, Service factor.
Design of Cotter joint, Knuckle joint, Levers - hand / foot lever, lever for safety valve, bell crank lever,
curved beams of circular cross section and components subjected to eccentric loading.
Unit – II Design of Shafts, Keys and Couplings (08 hrs)

Shaft design on the basis of strength, torsional rigidity and lateral rigidity, A.S.M.E. code for shaft design,
Design of keys and splines. Design of Flange Coupling and Flexible Bushed Pin Coupling.
Unit – III Design for Fluctuating Load (10 hrs)

Stress concentration - causes & remedies, fluctuating stresses, fatigue failures, S-N curve, endurance
limit, notch sensitivity, endurance strength modifying factors, design for finite and infinite life,
cumulative damage in fatigue failure, Soderberg, Gerber, Goodman, Modified Goodman diagrams,
Fatigue design of components under combined stresses.
University of Pune
Unit – IV Power Screws (06 hrs)
Forms of threads, multiple start screws, Torque analysis and Design of power screws with square and
trapezoidal threads, Self locking screw, Collar friction torque, Stresses in power screws, design of a C-
Clamp. Design of screw jack, Differential and Compound Screw and Re-circulating Ball Screw
(Theoretical treatment only).
Unit –V Threaded joints and Welded joints (10 hrs)
Basic types of screw fasteners, Bolts of uniform strength, I.S.O. Metric screw threads, Bolts under
tension, Eccentrically loaded bolted joint in shear, Eccentric load perpendicular and parallel to axis of
bolt, Eccentric load on circular base. Design of Turn Buckle.
Welding symbols, Stresses in butt and fillet welds, Strength of butt, parallel and transverse fillet welds,
Axially loaded unsymmetrical welded joints, Eccentric load in plane of welds, Welded joints subjected to
bending and torsional moments.
Unit –VI Mechanical Springs (06 hrs)

Types, applications and materials for springs, Stress and deflection equations for helical compression
Springs, Style of ends, Design of helical compression and tension springs, Springs in series and parallel,
Concentric helical springs. Helical torsion Spring, Surge in springs. Multi-leaf springs (Theoretical
treatment only).
Term-Work
1. Two design projects on Assemblies covering above syllabus. The design project shall consist of
two full imperial (A1) size sheet involving assembly-drawing with a part list and overall
dimensions and drawings of individual components.
Manufacturing tolerances, surface finish symbols and geometric tolerances should be specified for
important surfaces. A design report giving all necessary calculations of the design of components
and assembly should be submitted in a separate file. Design data book shall be used wherever
necessary for selection of standard components.
Drawings of design project should be done manually.
2. Assignments
The assignment shall be internally presented in the form of power point presentation, by a group of
three to five students. A report of assignment (Max 8 to 10 pages) along with print out of ppt is to
be submitted. Each student shall complete any two of the following assignments, with Assignment
(i) compulsory.
a. Selection of manufacturing methods for machine elements designed in any one of the above
design projects.
b. Selection of materials for mechanical elements.
c. Theories of failures and their applications.
d. Use of dimensional tolerances, Geometrical tolerances and surface finish symbols in machine
component drawings.
Text Books
1) Shigley J.E. and Mischke C.R., Mechanical Engineering Design, McGraw Hill Publication Co. Ltd.
3) Bhandari V.B., Design of Machine Elements, Tata McGraw Hill Publication Co. Ltd.
4) Juvinal R.C., Fundamentals of Machine Components Design, John Wiley and Sons
Reference Books
2) Willium C. Orthwein, Machine Components Design, West Publishing Co. and Jaico Publications House.
3) Hall A.S., Holowenko A.R. and Laughlin H.G, Theory and Problems of Machine Design, Schaum‟s Outline Series.
4) C.S.Sharma and Kamlesh Purohit, Design of Machine Elements, PHI Learing Pvt. Ltd.
5) D.K.Aggarwal & P.C.Sharma, Machine Design, S.K Kataria and Sons
9) K. Mahadevan, K. Balveera Reddy, Design Data Handbook for Mechanical Engineers, CBS Publishers.
University of Pune
Heat Transfer [302042]

In Sem. End Sem.
302042 Heat Transfer 4 -- 2 30 70 -- 50* -- 150
(1 hr) (2 hrs 30 min)
* Evaluation should be on performance in practical examination and oral based on Term Work and Theory
Syllabus
COURSE OBJECTIVES
Heat transfer is the thermal energy in transit due to a spatial temperature difference. The topic of heat
transfer has enormous applications in mechanical engineering, ranging from cooling of microelectronics
to design of jet engines and operations of nuclear power plants. In this course,
1. Students will learn about what is heat transfer, what governs the rate of heat transfer and
importance of heat transfer.
2. They will also learn the three major modes of heat transfer viz., conduction, convection, and
radiation. In addition to these three main modes of heat transfer, students will also learn the
phenomena of heat transfer during phase change (boiling and condensation heat transfer).
3. The course provides practical exposure to the heat transfer equipments like, heat exchangers, heat
pipes, fins, etc.
COURSE OUTCOMES
1. Formulate basic equations for heat transfer problems.
2. Apply heat transfer principles to design and evaluate performance of thermal systems.
3. Calculate the effectiveness and rating of heat exchangers.
4. Calculate heat transfer by radiation between objects with simple geometries.
5. Calculate and evaluate the impact of boundary conditions on the solutions of heat transfer
problems.
6. Evaluate the relative contributions of different modes of heat transfer.
Unit – I Conduction (08 hrs)

Introduction and Basic Concepts: Application areas of heat transfer, Modes and Laws of heat transfer,
Three dimensional heat conduction equation in Cartesian coordinates and its simplified equations, thermal
conductivity, thermal diffusivity.
One dimensional steady state heat conduction without heat generation: Heat conduction in plane
wall, composite slab, composite cylinder, composite sphere, electrical analogy, concept of thermal
resistance and conductance, three dimensional heat conduction equations in cylindrical and spherical
coordinates (no derivation) and its reduction to one dimensional form, critical radius of insulation for
cylinders and spheres, economic thickness of insulation.
Unit – II Heat Generation and Transient Conduction (08 hrs)

One dimensional steady state heat conduction with heat generation: Heat conduction with uniform
heat generation in plane wall, cylinder & sphere with different boundary conditions.
Transient heat conduction: Validity and criteria of lumped system analysis, Biot and Fourier number,
Time constant and response of thermocouple, Introduction to transient heat analysis using charts.
Unit – III Boundary Conditions and Extended Surfaces (08 hrs)

Boundary and initial conditions: Temperature boundary condition, heat flux boundary condition,
convection boundary condition, radiation boundary condition.
University of Pune
Heat transfer through extended surface: Types of fins, Governing Equation for constant cross sectional
area fins, solution (with derivation) for infinitely long & adequately long (with insulated end) fins and
short fins (without derivation), efficiency & effectiveness of fins.
Unit – IV Convection (10 hrs)

Fundamentals of convection: Mechanism of natural and forced convection, local and average heat
transfer coefficient, concept of velocity & thermal boundary layers.
Forced convection: Dimensionless numbers and their physical significance, empirical correlations for
external & internal flow for both laminar and turbulent flows.
Natural convection: Introduction, dimensionless numbers and their physical significance, empirical
correlations for natural convection.
Unit –V Radiation (08 hrs)
Thermal Radiation: Fundamental concepts of radiation, different laws of radiation, Radiation shape
factor, Heat exchange by radiation between two black and diffuse gray surfaces, Radiation shields.
Unit –VI Heat Exchangers and Phase Change Phenomenon (08 hrs)
Heat exchangers: Classification and applications, heat exchanger analysis – LMTD for parallel and
counter flow heat exchanger, effectiveness– NTU method for parallel and counter flow heat exchanger,
introduction to cross flow heat exchanger, LMTD correction factor, design criteria for heat exchanger,
introduction to heat pipe.
Condensation and Boiling: Boiling heat transfer, types of boiling, pool boiling curve and forced boiling
phenomenon, condensation heat transfer, film wise and drop wise condensation (No numerical treatment).
Term-Work
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Any eight experiments (1-11) and two assignments (12-14) from the following list
1. Determination of Thermal Conductivity of metal rod
2. Determination of Thermal Conductivity of insulating powder
3. Determination of Thermal Conductivity of Composite wall
4. Determination of heat transfer coefficient in Natural Convection
5. Determination of heat transfer coefficient in Forced Convection
6. Determination of temperature distribution, fin efficiency in Natural / Forced Convection
7. Determination of Emissivity of a Test surface
8. Determination of Stefan Boltzmann Constant
9. Determination of effectiveness of heat exchanger
10. Study of pool boiling phenomenon and determination of critical heat flux
11. Determination of equivalent thermal conductivity of heat pipe
12. Assignment on 1-D transient heat transfer program using finite difference methods.
13. Assignment to solve transient heat transfer problem using Heisler and Grober charts.
14. Assignment on multi-pass / cross-flow heat exchanger using effectiveness charts.
Text Books
1. F.P. Incropera, D.P. Dewitt, Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer, John Wiley.
2. Y.A. Cengel and A.J. Ghajar, Heat and Mass Transfer – Fundamentals and Applications, Tata
McGraw Hill Education Private Limited.
3. S.P. Sukhatme, A Textbook on Heat Transfer, Universities Press.
4. A.F. Mills, Basic Heat and Mass Transfer, Pearson.
Reference Books
1. S.P. Venkatesan, Heat Transfer, Ane Books Pvt. Ltd.
2. Holman, Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer, McGraw – Hill publication.
3. P.K. Nag, Heat & Mass Transfer, McGraw Hill Education Private Limited.
4. M. Thirumaleshwar, Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer, Pearson Education India.
5. R.C. Sachdeva, Fundamentals of Engineering Heat and Mass Transfer, New Age Science.
6. B.K. Dutta, Heat Transfer-Principles and Applictaions, PHI.
7. C.P. Kothandaraman, S.V.Subramanyam, Heat and Mass Transfer Data Book, New Academic Science.
University of Pune
Theory of Machines -II [302043]

In Sem. End Sem.
Theory of 30 70
302043 4 -- 2 -- -- 50$ 150
Machines-II (1 hr) (2 hrs 30 min)
$ Common Oral will be based on both TOM-I and TOM-II term work at the end of First Semester of T.E.
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To develop competency in understanding of theory of all types of gears.
2. To understand the analysis of gear train.
3. To understand step-less regulations and mechanisms for system control – Gyroscope.
4. To make the student conversant with synthesis of the mechanism.
5. To develop competency in drawing the cam profile and understand the follower motion.
COURSE OUTCOMES
1. The students will understand the gear theory which will be the prerequisite for gear design.
2. The student will understand torque transmitting capacity in gear trains which will be the
prerequisite for gear box design.
3. The student will conversant with working principle of control mechanism.
4. The student will understand design of mechanism and cam profile.
Unit – I Spur Gear (08 hrs)

Classification, Spur gear: definition, terminology, fundamental law of toothed gearing, involute and
cycloidal profile, path of contact, arc of contact, conjugate action, contact ratio, minimum number of
teeth, interference and under cutting, Force analysis and Friction in gears.
Unit – II Helical, Bevel, Worm and Worm Wheel (08 hrs)

Helical gears: nomenclature, center distance, virtual number of teeth. Spiral Gear terminology and
Efficiency
Bevel Gear & Worm and worm wheel: terminology, geometrical relationships, tooth forces, torque
transmitted.
Unit – III Gear Trains (08 hrs)

Types of Gear Trains, analysis of epicyclic gear trains, Holding torque – Simple, compound and epicyclic
gear trains, torque on sun and planetary gear train, compound epicyclic gear train, Bevel epicyclic Gear
train. Types of gearboxes.
Unit – IV Step–Less-Regulation (Theoretical Treatment only) & Gyroscope (10 hrs)

Continuous Variable Transmissions - Geometry, Velocity and torque analysis of Faceplate variators,
Conical variators, Spheroidal and cone variators, Variators with axially displaceable cones, PIV drives.
Gyroscopes, Gyroscopic forces and Couples, Gyroscopic stabilisation for ship and Aeroplane, Stability of
four wheel drive vehicle moving on curved path, Stability of a two wheel vehicle.
Unit –V Synthesis of Mechanism (08 hrs)

Steps in synthesis process: Type, number and dimensional synthesis. Tasks of Kinematic synthesis: Path,
function and motion generation (Body guidance). Precision Positions, Chebychev spacing, Mechanical
and structural errors. Graphical synthesis: Two and three position synthesis using relative pole method
and inversion method for single slider crank and four bar mechanism. Freudenstein‟s equation for four
bar Mechanism, Three position function generation using the equation.
University of Pune
Unit –VI Cam and Follower (08 hrs)
Types of cams and followers, analysis of standard motions to the follower, Determination of cam profiles
for different follower motions, analysis of circular arc cam with flat face follower. Methods of control:
pressure angle, radius of curvature and undercutting. Jump phenomenon of Eccentric cam, Introduction to
advanced cam curves (3-4-5 Polynomial cam only)
Term-Work
List of Experiments
Compulsory
1. To generate involute gear tooth profile and to study the effect of undercutting and rack shift using
model.
2. To study various types of gearboxes- constant mesh, sliding mesh, synchromesh gear box,
Industrial gearbox, differential gearbox.
3. To measure holding torque of the epicyclic gear train.
4. To verify the gyroscopic principles.
5. To draw the cam profiles and study the effect of
a. Different follower motions.
b. Different follower (roller) dimensions
6. To synthesize the four bar and slider crank mechanisms using relative pole and inversion methods
with three precision positions.
Any two from the following
1. To draw conjugate profile for any general type of gear tooth
2. Study of Continuous Variable Transmission and Infinite Variable Transmission.
3. To measure the range of speeds obtained using any one type of continuously variable
transmission device.
4. To verify the cam jump phenomenon for an eccentric cam
5. Kinematic analysis of transmission system of any machine such as automobile/ machine tool
Text Books
1. S.S.Ratan, Theory of Machines, Third Edition, McGraw Hill Education ( India) Pvt. Ltd. New
Delhi.
2. Beven T, Theory of Machines, Third Edition, Longman Publication.
3. A.G. Ambekar, Mechanism and Machine Theory, PHI.
4. N.K. Meheta, Machine Tool Design, Tata McGraw Hill Publication,
5. J.J.Uicker, G.R.Pennock, J.E.Shigley, Theory of Machines and Mechanisms, Third Edition,
International Student Edition, OXFORD.
Reference Books
1. Ghosh Malik, Theory of Mechanism and Machines, East-West Pvt. Ltd.
2. Hannah and Stephans, Mechanics of Machines, Edward Arnolde Publication.
3. R L Norton, Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, First Edition, McGraw Hill Education
(India) P Ltd. New Delhi
4. David H. Myszka, Machines and Mechanism, PHI.
5. Sadhu Singh, Theory of Machines, Pearson
6. D.K. Pal, S.K. Basu, Design of Machine Tools, Oxford & Ibh Publishing Co Pvt. Ltd.
7. Dr.V.P.Singh, Theory of Machine, Dhanpatrai and sons.
8. C.S.Sharma & Kamlesh Purohit, “Theory of Machine and Mechanism”, PHI.
University of Pune
Metrology and Quality Control [302044]

In Sem. End Sem.
Metrology
302044 and Quality 3 -- 2 30 70 -- -- 50 150
(1 hr) (2 hrs 30 min)
Control
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. Selection of tool and techniques for determining geometry and dimensions.
2. Design and calibration of measuring tools and equipments.
3. Application of Quality Control Techniques.
4. Application of Quality Management Concept.
COURSE OUTCOMES
1. An ability to apply knowledge of various tools and techniques used to determine geometry and
dimensions of components in engineering applications.
2. An ability to perform experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data.
3. An ability to design gauges to meet desired needs within realistic constraints.
4. An understanding of Quality Control Techniques and its applications in engineering industries.
Unit – I Measurement standards and comparators (06 hrs)

Principles of Engineering metrology, Measurement standards, Types and sources of errors, Accuracy and
Precision, introduction to uncertainty in measurement, linear and angular measuring instruments and their
applications.
Calibration: Concept and procedure, traceability, Gauge R&R
Comparators: Mechanical, Pneumatic, Optical, Electrical (LVDT).Checking all geometrical forms.
Unit – II Design of gauges, Interferometers and Surface Roughness measurements (08 hrs)
Design of Gauges: Tolerances, Limits and Fits, Taylor‟s principle, Types of gauges and gauge design
(numerical).
Interferometer: Principle, NPL Interferometer, Laser Interferometer and their applications.
Surface Roughness Measurement: Surface texture, Parameters for measuring surface roughness, Contact
& non-contact type surface roughness measuring instruments.
Unit – III Metrology of Thread, Gears and Advance Metrology (06 hrs)
Measurement of Thread form: Thread form errors, Measurement of Minor, Major and Effective
diameter (Three Wire Method), Flank angle, pitch, Floating Carriage Micrometer (Numerical).
Gear Metrology: Types of errors, Gear tooth Vernier, Constant chord, Base tangent (Numerical), Gear
Rolling Tester. Profile Projector, Tool maker‟s microscope and their applications.
Advancements in Metrology: Introduction & applications of: Co-ordinate Measuring Machine, Universal
Measuring Machine, Laser in Metrology, Automatic inspection system, Machine vision for online-offline
inspection.
Unit – IV Introduction to Quality and Quality Tools (06 hrs)

Quality: Dimensions, Statements, Cost of quality & value of quality, Deming‟s cycles & 14 Points, Juran
Trilogy approach, Seven Quality Tools, Introduction to N Seven Tools, Quality Circle, Criteria for
Quality Award (National & International).
University of Pune
Unit –V Statistical quality control (08 hrs)
Statistical quality control: Statistical concept, Frequency diagram, Concept of variance analysis, Control
Chart for Variable (X & R Chart) & Attribute (P & C Chart), Process capability(Indices: cp, cpk, ppk),
Statistical Process Control (Numerical). Production Part Approval Method (PPAP).
Acceptance Sampling: Sampling Inspection, OC Curve and its characteristics, sampling methods,
Sampling Plan: Single, Double (Numerical), Multiple, Comparison of Plan, calculation of sample size,
AOQ, Probability of Acceptance (Numerical).
Unit –VI Total Quality Management (06 hrs)

Quality Function Deployment, 5S, Kaizen, Poka yoke, Kanban, JIT, QMS (ISO 9000, TS16949,
ISO14000), Quality Audit, FMECA, Zero defect, TPM. Six Sigma: DMAIC - Concept and Applications.
Term-Work
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
A] Any Four from experiment no. 1 to 5 & Any Four from experiment no. 6 to 10
1. Determination of linear and angular dimensions of given composite part using precision/non
precision measuring instruments.
2. Error determination with linear / angular measuring instruments.
3. Calibration of measuring instrument. Example – Dial gauge, Micrometer, Vernier (any one)
(Refer ISO 17025).
4. Verification of dimensions & geometry of given components using Mechanical & Pneumatic comparator.
5. Machine tool alignment testing on any two machines.
6. Identification of surfaces using optical flat/interferometers and measure surface roughness using
surface roughness tester.
7. Determination of geometry & dimensions of given composite object using profile projector and
measurement of various angles of single point cutting tool using tool maker‟s microscope.
8. Measurement of thread parameters using floating carriage diameter measuring machine.
9. Measurement of spur gear parameters using Gear Tooth Vernier, Span, Gear Rolling Tester.
10. Determination of given geometry using coordinate measuring machine (CMM).
B] Statistical Quality Control (SQC) (Any Two)
Note - Use of computational tools are recommended
1. Analyze the fault in given batch of specimens by using Seven quality control tools for
engineering application.
2. Determination of process capability from given components and plot variable control chart/
attribute chart.
3. Case study on various tools in Total Quality Management (TQM).
C] Industrial visit to Calibration lab /Quality control lab / Gear manufacturing unit / Automotive
Industry / Engineering Industry.
Text Books
1. Hume K.J., Engineering Metrology, Macdonald Publications
2. Jain R.K., Engineering Metrology, Khanna Publication.
3. Juran J. M., Quality Handbook, McGraw Hill Publications.
4. Grant S.P., Statistical Quality Control, Tata McGraw hill Publication.
5. Kulkarni V. A. and Bewoor A. K., Quality Control, John Wiley Publication.
Reference Books
1. Narayana K.L., Engineering Metrology.
2. Galyer J.F & Shotbolt C.R., Metrology for engineers
3. Gupta I.C., Engineering Metrology, Dhanpatrai Publiartions
4. Judge A.W., Engineering Precision Measurements, Chapman and Hall
5. Francis T. Farago, Mark A. Curtis, Handbook of dimensional measurement.
6. ASTME, Handbook of Industrial Metrology, Prentice Hall of India Ltd.
7. Basterfield Quality control
8. Harrison M. Wordsworth, Stefeen Godfrey, Modern Methods for Quality control and Improvement, Willy
publication.
University of Pune
Hydraulics and Pneumatics [302045]
In Sem. End Sem.
Hydraulics and 30 70
302045 3 -- 2 25 -- -- 125
Pneumatics (1 hr) (2 hrs 30 min)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. Application of fluid mechanics and governing laws in hydraulic and pneumatic systems.
2. Study of working principle of various components used in hydraulic and pneumatic systems.
3. Selection of different components used in hydraulic and pneumatic systems.
4. Design of hydraulic and pneumatic circuits.
5. Industrial applications of hydraulic and pneumatic circuits.
COURSE OUTCOMES
1. Working principle of various components used for hydraulic & pneumatic systems.
2. Identify various components of hydraulic & pneumatic systems.
3. Ability to select appropriate components required for hydraulic and pneumatic systems.
4. Ability to design hydraulic and pneumatic system for industrial applications.
5. Ability to understand industrial applications of hydraulic and pneumatic system.
6. Troubleshooting of hydraulic & pneumatic circuits.
Unit – I Introduction to Hydraulics and Pneumatics (08 hrs)
Introduction to oil hydraulics and pneumatics, their structure, advantages and limitations. Properties of
fluids, Fluids for hydraulic systems, governing laws. Distribution of fluid power, ISO symbols, energy
losses in hydraulic systems.
Unit – II Pumps (08 hrs)
Types, classification, principle of working and constructional details of vane pumps, gear pumps, radial
and axial plunger pumps, screw pumps, power and efficiency calculations, characteristics curves,
selection of pumps for hydraulic Power transmission.
Power units and accessories: Types of power units, reservoir assembly, constructional details, pressure
switches, temperature switches.
Accumulators: Types, selection/ design procedure, applications of accumulators. Types of Intensifiers,
Pressure switches /sensors, Temperature switches/sensors, Level sensors.
Unit – III Hydraulic Actuators (08 hrs)
(i) Linear and Rotary. (ii) Hydraulic motors - Types- Vane, Gear, Piston types, radial piston. (iii)
Methods of control of acceleration, deceleration. (iv) Types of cylinders and mountings. (v) Calculation
of piston velocity, thrust under static and dynamic applications, considering friction, inertia loads. (vi)
Design considerations for cylinders. Cushioning of cylinders. (Numerical treatment).
Unit – IV Industrial Circuits (08 hrs)
Simple reciprocating, Regenerative, Speed control (Meter in, Meter out and bleed off), Sequencing,
Synchronization, transverse and feed, circuit for riveting machine, automatic reciprocating, fail safe
circuit, counter balance circuit, actuator locking, circuit for hydraulic press, unloading circuit (Numerical
treatment), motor breaking circuit.
Unit –V Pneumatics (08 hrs)

Principle of Pneumatics: (i) Laws of compression, types of compressors, selection of compressors. (ii)
Comparison of Pneumatics with Hydraulic power transmissions. (iii) Types of filters, regulators,
lubricators, mufflers, dryers. (iv) Pressure regulating valves, (v) Direction control valves, two way, three
way, four way valves. Solenoid operated valves, push button, lever control valves. (vi) Speed regulating -
University of Pune
Methods used in Pneumatics. (vii) Pneumatic actuators-rotary, reciprocating.(viii) Air motors- radial
piston, vane, axial piston (ix) Basic pneumatic circuit, selection of components, (x) Application of
pneumatics in low cost automation and in industrial automation.
Introduction to vacuum and vacuum measurement, Vacuum pumps, types, introduction to vacuum sensors
and valves. Industrial application of vacuum.
Unit –VI System Design (08 hrs)
Design of hydraulic/pneumatic circuit for practical application, Selection of different components such as
reservoir, various valves, actuators, filters, pumps based on design. (Students are advised to refer
manufacturers catalogues)
Term-Work
Minimum of 8 experiments and 2 assignments from the following; out of which serial no. 1 to 3 and 10
are compulsory, one from serial no 4 and 5 , three from serial no. 6 to 9 (For Design of system use any
software like Automation Studio) and minimum 2 assignments from serial no. 11 to 14. Record of
experiments, industrial visit and assignments shall be submitted in the form of journal.
1. Test on Gear/Vane/Piston pump and plotting of performance characteristics
2. Following experiments to be done on hydraulic trainer:
a. Regenerative circuit b. Speed control circuit
c. Sequencing circuit d. Transverse and feed circuit
3. Following experiments to be done on pneumatic trainer:
a. Automatic reciprocating circuit b. Speed control circuit
c. Pneumatic circuit involving shuttle valve/ quick exhaust valve
d. Electro pneumatic valves and circuit
4. Test on pressure relief valve
5. Test on liner/rotary actuator
6. Design of accumulators and intensifiers in hydraulic system
7. Design of air distribution in pneumatic system
8. Design of simple hydraulic systems used in practice such as copy turning attachment, hydraulic
clamps, jack, dumper, forklift etc.
9. Design of simple pneumatic systems used in practice such as braking system, vibrator, drilling, chisel etc.
10. Industrial visit to study automation by means of hydraulic and pneumatic system such as LPG
bottling plant, hydraulic press, Injection moulding machines etc.
11. Assignment on ISO symbols for different components of Hydraulic and Pneumatic system
12. Assignment on different types of actuators used in Pneumatic and Hydraulic system
13. Assignment on trouble shooting procedures of various hydraulic and pneumatic systems
14. Assignment on selection of circuit components for simple hydraulic and pneumatic systems
Text books
1. Esposito, Fluid Power with application, Prentice Hall
2. Majumdar S.R, Oil Hydraulic system- Principle and maintenance ,Tata McGraw Hill
3. Majumdar S.R ,Pneumatics Systems Principles and Maintenance ,Tata McGraw Hill
4. H.L.Stewart, Hydraulics and Pneumatics , Taraporewala Publication
Reference books
1. J. J. Pipenger, Industrial Hydraulics, McGraw Hill
2. Pinches, Industrial Fluid Power, Prentice Hall
3. D. A. Pease, Basic Fluid Power, Prentice Hall
4. B. Lall, Oil Hydraulics, International Literature Association
5. Yeaple, Fluid Power Design Handbook
6. Andrew A. Parr, Hydraulics and Pneumatics, Elsevier Science and Technology Books.
7. ISO - 1219, Fluid Systems and components, Graphic Symbols
8. Michael J, Prinches and Ashby J. G, “Power Hydraulics”, Prentice Hall.
9. Dr. R.K. Bansal, Fluid Mechanics, Laxmi Publication (P) Ltd.
10. Product Manuals and books from Vickers/ Eaton, FESTO, SMC pneumatics
University of Pune

Skill Development [302046]
In Sem. End Sem.
Skill
302046 -- -- 2 -- -- 50 -- -- 50
Development
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To develop the skill for assemble and disassemble of machines.

2. To have knowledge of the different tools and tackles used in machine assembly shop.
3. Use of theoretical knowledge in practice.
4. Practical aspect of the each component in the assembly of the machine.
Term-Work
1) Following type of set up should be made available to the students for assemble and
disassemble of the machine. (Any one for each batch)
Dismantling and assembly of mechanical system like IC engine, Machine Tool sub system,
practical mechanisms etc.
OR
Skills in various processes involved in Mechanical systems like RAC equipments, Piping
systems, Hydraulic & Pneumatic systems, Control systems, Automation systems etc.
(Any one system for each batch)
2) Participation in National Level Technical Competition ( excluding paper presentation)
OR
Any other type of skill acquired, by the students, which will be very much useful for his
employment.
A. The assessment has to be carried out based on close monitoring of involvement and intellectual
contribution of student.
B. The student should maintain the record of work in the form of diary (may be 100 page note book)
with dates (not expected as Journal or a huge write-up with figures) and has to be submitted at the
end of semester.
C. The batch teacher should make continuous assessment of the concerned students / batch.
University of Pune
Numerical Methods and Optimization [302047]
In Sem. End Sem.
Numerical
302047 Methods and 4 -- 2 30 70 -- 50 -- 150
(1 hr) (2 hrs 30 min)
Optimization
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1 Recognize the difference between analytical and Numerical Methods.
2 Effectively use Numerical Techniques for solving complex Mechanical engineering Problems.
3 Prepare base for understanding engineering analysis software.
4 Develop logical sequencing for solution procedure and skills in soft computing.
5 Optimize the solution for different real life problems with available constraints.
6 Build the foundation for engineering research.
COURSE OUTCOMES
1. Use appropriate Numerical Methods to solve complex mechanical engineering problems.
2. Formulate algorithms and programming.
3. Use Mathematical Solver.
4. Generate Solutions for real life problem using optimization techniques.
5. Analyze the research problem
Unit – I Errors and Approximations (08 hrs)
Types of Errors: Absolute, Relative, Algorithmic, Truncation, Round off Error, Error Propagation,
Concept of convergence-relevance to numerical methods.
Roots of Equation
Bisection Method, False position Method, Newton Raphson method and Successive approximation
method.
Unit – II Simultaneous Equations (08 hrs)
Gauss Elimination Method, Partial pivoting, Gauss-Seidal method and Thomas algorithm for Tridiagonal
Matrix
Unit – III Optimization (10 hrs)
Introduction to optimization, Classification, Constrained optimization: Graphical and Simplex method.
One Dimensional unconstrained optimization: Newton‟s Method. Modern Optimization Techniques:
Genetic Algorithm (GA), Simulated Annealing (SA).
Unit –IV Curve Fitting & Interpolation (06 hrs)
Curve Fitting
Least square technique- Straight line, Power equation, Exponential equation and Quadratic equation.
Interpolation
Lagrange„s Interpolation, Newton„s Forward interpolation, Hermit Interpolation, inverse interpolation.
Unit – V Numerical Integration (06 hrs)
rd th
Trapezoidal rule, Simpson‟s Rule (1/3 and 3/8 ), Gauss Quadrature 2 point and 3 point method. Double
Integration: Trapezoidal rule, Simpson‟s 1/3rdRule.
Unit –VI Numerical Solutions of Differential Equations (10 hrs)
Ordinary Differential Equations [ODE]
Taylor series method, Euler Method, Modified Euler Method(Iterative), RungeKuttafourth order
Method, Simultaneous equations using RungeKutta2nd order method.
Partial Differential Equations [PDE]: Finite Difference methods
Introduction to finite difference method, PDEs- Parabolic explicit solution, Ellipticexplicit solution.
University of Pune
Term-Work
1. Program on Roots of Equation (Validation by suitable solver, all four compulsory)
a). Bisection Method, b. False position Method,
c). Newton Raphson method d. Successive approximation method
2. Program on Simultaneous Equations (Validation by suitable solver, all three compulsory)
a) Gauss Elimination Method,
b) Thomas algorithm for tridiagonal matrix,
c) Gauss-Seidal method.
3. Program on Numerical Integration(Validation by suitable solver, all four compulsory)
a) Trapezoidal rule,
b) Simpson‟s Rules (1/3rd, 3/8th) [In one program only]
c) Gauss Quadrature Method- 2 point, 3 point. [In one program only]
d) Double integration: Trapezoidal rule, Simpson‟s 1/3rdRule.
4. Program on Curve Fitting using Least square technique (Validation by suitable solver, all four
compulsory)
a) Straight line,
b) Power equation
c) Exponential equation
d) Quadratic equation
5. Program on Interpolation(Validation by suitable solver, all three compulsory)
a) Lagrange„s Interpolation,
b) Newton„s Forward interpolation,
c) Inverse interpolation
6. Program on ODE(Validation by suitable solver, all three compulsory)
a) Euler Method(Iterative),
b) Runge-Kutta Methods- fourth order,
c) Simultaneous equations.(Runge-Kutta 2nd order: One step only).
7. Program on PDE(Validation by suitable solver)
8. Theory assignment on Modern Optimization techniques.
GUIDELINES TO CONDUCT PRACTICAL EXAMINATION
Any one program from each set A & B with flowchart and solver: Duration: 2 hrs.
Set A: (Weightage – 60 %)
a). Simultaneous Equation. b). Partial Differential Equation c). Interpolation.
Set B: (Weightage – 40 %)
a). Roots of Equations. b). Curve Fitting. c). Ordinary Differential Equations. d). Integration
Text Books
1. Steven C. Chapra, Raymond P. Canale, Numerical Methods for Engineers, 4/e, Tata McGraw Hill Editions
2. Dr. B. S. Garewal, Numerical Methods in Engineering and Science, Khanna Publishers,.
3. Steven C. Chapra, Applied Numerical Methods with MATLAB for Engineers and Scientist, Tata
Mc-GrawHill Publishing Co-Ltd
4. Rao V. Dukkipati, Applied Numerical Methods using Matlab, New Age International Publishers
Reference Books
1. Gerald and Wheatley, Applied Numerical Analysis, Pearson Education Asia
2. E. Balagurusamy, Numerical Methods, Tata McGraw Hill
3. P. Thangaraj, Computer Oriented Numerical Methods, PHI
4. S. S. Sastry, Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis, PHI.
University of Pune
Design of Machine Elements – II [302048]
In Sem. End Sem.
Design of
30 70
302048 Machine 4 -- 2 25 -- 50** 175
(90Min) (3 hrs)
Elements –II
** Common oral based on both DME-I and DME-II term work
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. Reinforce the philosophy that real engineering design problems are open-ended
2. Give practice in longer open-ended problems using design methodology
3. Enable students to apply engineering tools/techniques to product design
4. Broaden skills in team work, critical thinking, communication, planning and scheduling through
design projects
5. Enable students to consider safety, ethical, legal, and other societal constraints in execution of
their design projects
6. Enable students to attain the basic knowledge required to understand, analyze, design and select
machine elements
COURSE OUTCOMES
1. Ability to design and analyze Mechanical transmission systems
2. Ability to design and select different types of bearings from manufacturer‟s catalogue.
3. Enhancement in proficiency of CAD software for design and analysis so that students are capable
to generate production drawing.
Unit –I Spur Gears (08 hrs)
Gear Drives: Classification of gears, Selection of types of gears, Selection of materials for gears,
Standard systems of gear tooth, Basic modes of gear tooth failures, Gear Lubrication Methods.
Spur Gears: Number of teeth and face width, Types of gear tooth failure, Desirable properties and
selection of gear material, Constructional details of gear wheel, Force analysis (Theoretical Treatment
only), Beam strength (Lewis) equation, Velocity factor, Service factor, Load concentration factor,
Effective load on gear, Wear strength (Buckingham‟s) equation, Estimation of module based on beam and
wear strength, Estimation of dynamic tooth load by velocity factor and Buckingham‟s equation.
Unit – II Helical and Bevel Gears (08 hrs)

Helical Gears: Transverse and normal module, Virtual no of teeth, Force analysis (Theoretical Treatment
only), Beam and wear strengths, Effective load on gear tooth, Estimation of dynamic load by velocity
factor and Buckingham‟s equation, Design of helical gears.
Bevel Gears: Straight tooth bevel gear terminology and geometric relationship, Formative number of
teeth, Force analysis (Theoretical Treatment only), Design criteria of bevel gears, Beam and wear
strengths, Dynamic tooth load by Velocity factor and Buckingham‟s equation, Effective load, Design of
straight tooth bevel gears.
Unit – III Rolling Contact Bearings (08 hrs)

Types of rolling contact Bearings, Static and dynamic load carrying capacities, Stribeck‟sEquation,
Equivalent bearing load, Load-life relationship, Selection of bearing life Selection of rolling contact
bearings from manufacturer‟s catalogue, Design for cyclic loads and speed, bearing with probability of
survival other than 90%
University of Pune
Lubrication and mounting of bearings, Preloading of rolling contact bearings, Types of failure in rolling
contact bearings – causes and remedies.
Taper roller bearing (Theoretical Treatment only).
Unit – IV Worm Gears (08 hrs)
Worm and worm gear terminology and geometrical relationship, Types of worm and worm gears,
Standard dimensions, Force analysis of worm gear drives, Friction in Worm gears and its efficiency,
Worm and worm-wheel material, Strength and wear ratings of worm gears, Thermal consideration in
worm gear drive, Types of failures in worm gearing, Methods of lubrication.
Unit – V Belts, Rope and Chain Drives (08 hrs)
Belt drive: Materials and construction of flat and V belts, geometric relationships for length of belt,
power rating of belts, concept of slip & creep, initial tension, effect of centrifugal force, maximum power
condition, selection of flat and V belts from manufacturer‟s catalogue, belt tensioning methods, relative
advantages and limitations of flat and V belts, construction and applications of timing belts.
Wire Ropes (Theoretical Treatment Only): Construction of wire ropes, lay of wire ropes, stresses in
wire rope, selection of wire ropes, rope drum construction and design.
Chain Drives (Theoretical Treatment Only): Types of power transmission chains, Geometry of Chain,
Polygon effect of chain, Modes of failure for chain, Lubrication of chains
Unit – VI Sliding contact Bearings (08 hrs
Lubricating oils: Properties, additives, selection of lubricating oils, Properties & selection of bearing
materials.
Hydrodynamic Lubrication: Theory of Hydrodynamic Lubrication, Pressure Development in oil film, 2D
Basic Reynolds Equation, Somerfield number, Raimondi and Boyd method, Temperature Rise,
Parameters of bearing design, Length to Diameter ratio, Unit bearing Pressure, Radial Clearance,
minimum oil film thickness.
Term-Work
1. One design project based on either Design of a Two Stage Gear Box (the two stages having different types of gear
pair) or single stage worm gear box.
The design project shall consist of two full imperial (A1) size sheets involving assembly drawing with a part list and
overall dimensions and drawings of individual components.
Manufacturing tolerances, surface finish symbols and geometric tolerances should be specified for important surfaces. A
design report giving all necessary calculations of the design of components and assembly should be submitted in a
separate file. Design data book shall be used wherever necessary to achieve selection of standard components
Drawing Sheets should be plotted using any CAD software.

2. The following Two Assignments based on Design / problems on following topics,
i) Design of Sliding Contact Bearing
ii) Selection of Belt / Chain / Rope drive from manufacturer‟s catalogue.
Text Books
1) Shigley J.E. and Mischke C.R., Mechanical Engineering Design, McGraw Hill Publication Co. Ltd.
3) Bhandari V.B, Design of Machine Elements, Tata McGraw Hill Publication Co. Ltd.
4) Juvinal R.C, Fundamentals of Machine Components Design, John Wiley and Sons.
Reference Books
2) Willium C. Orthwein, Machine Components Design, West Publishing Co. and Jaico Publications House.
3) Hall A.S., Holowenko A.R. and Laughlin H.G, Theory and Problems of Machine Design, Schaum‟s Outline Series.
4) C.S.Sharma and Kamlesh Purohit, Design of Machine Elements, PHI Learing Pvt. Ltd.
5) D.K.Aggarwal & P.C.Sharma, Machine Design, S.K Kataria and Sons
9) K. Mahadevan, K. Balveera Reddy, Design Data Handbook for Mechanical Engineers, CBS Publishers.
University of Pune
Turbo Machines [302049]

In Sem. End Sem.
Turbo 30 70
302049 4 -- 2 25 -- 125
Machines (1 hr) (2 hrs 30 min)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. Provide students with opportunities to apply basic flow equations
2. Train the students to acquire the knowledge and skill of analyzing different turbo machines.
3. How to compare and chose machines for various operations
COURSE OUTCOMES
1. Ability to design and calculate different parameters for turbo machines
2. Prerequisite to CFD and Industrial fluid power courses
3. Ability to formulate design criteria
4. Ability to understand thermodynamics and kinematics behind turbo machines.
Unit I – Introduction to Turbo Machinery (08 hrs)
Impulse momentum principle and its applications, Force excreted on fixed plate, moving flat plate and
curved vanes, series of plates, velocity triangles and their analysis, work done equations , efficiency.
Impulse Water Turbines
Pelton wheel- construction, principle of working, velocity diagrams and analysis, design aspects,
governing and performance characteristics, specific speed, selection of turbines, multi-jet.
Unit – II Reaction Water Turbines (08 hrs)
Classifications, Francis, Propeller, Kaplan Turbines, construction features, velocity diagrams and
analysis, DOR, draft tubes- types and analysis, cavitations causes and remedies, specific speed,
performance characteristics and governing of reaction turbines, selection of turbines.
Unit – III Steam Turbines (08 hrs)
Steam nozzles: types and applications, Equation for velocity and mass flow rate [No numerical
treatment].
Steam Turbines: Classifications (Axial and Radial), construction details, compounding of steam turbines,
velocity diagrams and analysis of Impulse and reaction turbines (single & multi stage), governing,
performance characteristics.
Unit – IV Centrifugal Pumps (08 hrs)
Classification of rotodynamic pumps, components of centrifugal pump, types of heads, velocity triangles
and their analysis, effect of outlet blade angle, cavitation, NPSH, Thoma‟s cavitation factor, priming of
pumps, installation, specific speed, performance characteristics of centrifugal pump, series and parallel
operation of pumps, system resistance curve, selection of pumps.
Unit –V Centrifugal Compressor (08 hrs)
Classification of rotodynamic compressors, blowers, fans. Centrifugal compressor: Construction, flow
process on T-S Diagram, velocity diagram and Euler's work, slip factor and its effect on work input,
actual work input, dimension parameters, pre-whirl losses, surging, choking, stalling characteristics.
Unit –VI Axial Compressor (08 hrs)
Construction, stage velocity triangles and its analysis, enthalpy entropy diagram, dimensionless
parameters, flow through the blade rows, pressure rise across the stage, stage losses and efficiencies,
performance characteristics.
University of Pune
Term-Work
List of Experiments
1. Verification of impulse momentum principle
2. Study and trial on pelton wheel and plotting of main / operating characteristics
3. Study and trial on any one rection turbine and plotting of main/operating characteristics
4. Study and trial on centrifugal pump and plotting of operating characteristics
5. Trial on centrifugal air compressor
6. Visit to hydro/steam turbine power plant
7. Design of pumping system installation using manufacturers catalogue
8. Study of different types of nozzles
9. Study of axial flow compressors/ centrifugal air blower
10. Study of multi-staging of steam turbines
11. Visit to pumping station
Notes
1. Eight experiments from above list should be performed; out of which at least four trials should be
conducted.
2. Data from any trial performed should be analyzed by using any suitable software
Text Books
1. Turbomachines, B. U. Pai, Wiley India
2. Turbines, Compressors & Fans, S.M. Yahya, Tata-McGraw Hill
3. Thermal Turbomachines, Dr. Onkar Singh, Wiley India
4. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, Dr. R.K. Bansal
Reference Books
1. William W. Perg , Fundamentals of Turbomachinery, John Wiley & Sons.
2. V.P. Vasandani, Theory of Hydraulic Machinary, Khanna Publishers, Delhi.
3. Dr. J. Lal, Hydraulic Machines, Metropolitan Book Co. Pvt. Ltd., Delhi.
4. Modi P N & Seth S N, Hydraulics, Fluid Mechanics and Machinery, Standard Book House ,New
Delhi.
5. Karassik, Hand Book of Pumps, Tata McGraw Hills Ltd., New Delhi.
University of Pune
Mechatronics [302050]
In Sem. End Sem.
302050 Mechatronics 3 -- 2 30 70 25 -- -- 125
(1 hr) (2 hrs 30 min)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1 Understand key elements of Mechatronics system, representation into block diagram
2 Understand concept of transfer function, reduction and analysis
3 Understand principles of sensors, its characteristics, interfacing with DAQ microcontroller
4 Understand the concept of PLC system and its ladder programming, and significance of PLC systems
in industrial application
5 Understand the system modeling and analysis in time domain and frequency domain.
6 Understand control actions such as Proportional, derivative and integral and study its significance in
industrial applications.
COURSE OUTCOMES
1 Identification of key elements of mechatronics system and its representation in terms of block diagram
2 Understanding the concept of signal processing and use of interfacing systems such as ADC, DAC, digital I/O
3 Interfacing of Sensors, Actuators using appropriate DAQ micro-controller
4 Time and Frequency domain analysis of system model (for control application)
5 PID control implementation on real time systems
6. Development of PLC ladder programming and implementation of real life system
Unit – I Introduction to Sensors & Actuators (06 hrs)
Introduction to Mechatronics, Measurement characteristics: - Static and Dynamic
Sensors: Position Sensors: - Potentiometer, LVDT, Encoders; Proximity sensors:- Optical, Inductive,
Capacitive; Motion Sensors:- Variable Reluctance; Temperature Sensor: RTD, Thermocouples; Force /
Pressure Sensors:- Strain gauges; Flow sensors: - Electromagnetic
Actuators: Stepper motor, Servo motor, Solenoids
Unit – II Block Diagram Representation (06 hrs)
Open and Closed loop control system, identification of key elements of mechatronics systems and
represent into block diagram (Electro-Mechanical Systems), Concept of transfer function, Block diagram
reduction principles, Applications of mechatronics systems:- Household, Automotive, Shop floor
(industrial).
Unit – III Data Acquisition & Microcontroller System (06 hrs)
Interfacing of Sensors / Actuators to DAQ system, Bit width, Sampling theorem, Aliasing, Sample and
hold circuit, Sampling frequency, ADC (Successive Approximation), DAC (R-2R), Current and Voltage
Amplifier.
Unit – IV PLC Programming (06 hrs)
Introduction, Architecture, Ladder Logic programming for different types of logic gates, Latching,
Timers, Counter, Practical Examples of Ladder Programming, Introduction to SCADA system
Unit –V Modelling and Analysis of Mechatronics System (06 hrs)

System modeling (Mechanical, Thermal and Fluid), Stability Analysis via identification of poles and
zeros, Time Domain Analysis of System and estimation of Transient characteristics: % Overshoot,
damping factor, damping frequency, Rise time, Frequency Domain Analysis of System and Estimation of
frequency domain parameters such as Natural Frequency, Damping Frequency and Damping Factor.
University of Pune
Unit –VI Control System (06 hrs)
P, I and D control actions, P, PI, PD and PID control systems, Transient response:- Percentage
overshoot, Rise time, Delay time, Steady state error, PID tuning (manual).
Term-Work
Lab Work (Compulsory Experiments 4, 5, 9 and any 6 out of remaining)
1 Measurement of Load / Force using Load Cell*(Estimation of unknown weight using above
voltage characteristics)
2 Measurement of Temperature : Thermocouple, Thermistor & RTD and comparative analysis
(estimation of sensitivity)
3 Measurement of displacement using LVDT characteristics.
4 Interfacing of any Sensor with Data Acquisition System
5 PLC control system: - ladder logic implementation on real time system.
6 Ladder Diagram development for different types of Logic Gates using suitable Software
7 Real Time Temperature / Flow Control using PID Control system.
8 PID control Design, Tuning using suitable Simulation Software
9 PID Control Implementation on DC Motor Speed Control System
10 Demonstration of Bottle Filling System using PLC / Microcontroller / Relays System
11 Study of Modeling and Analysis of a typical Mechanical System (Estimation of poles, zeros, %
overshoot, natural frequency, damping frequency, rise time, settling time)
Text Books
1. K.P. Ramchandran, G.K. Vijyaraghavan, M.S. Balasundaram, Mechatronics: Integrated
Mechanical Electronic Systems, Willey Publication, 2008
2. Bolton, Mechatronics - A Multidisciplinary approach, 4th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2009.
Reference Books
1. Alciatore &Histand, Introduction to Mechatronics and Measurement system, 4th Edition, Mc-
Graw Hill publication, 2011.
2. Bishop (Editor), Mechatronics – An Introduction, CRC Press, 2006.
3. Mahalik, Mechatronics – Principles, concepts and applications, Tata Mc-Graw Hill publication,
New Delhi.
4. C. D. Johnson, Process Control Instrumentation Technology, Prentice Hall, New Delhi.
University of Pune
Manufacturing Process-II [302051]
In Sem. End Sem.
Manufacturing 30 70
302051 3 -- -- -- -- -- 100
Process-II (1 hr) (2 hrs 30 min)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To analyze and understand the metal cutting phenomenon
2. To select process parameter and tools for obtaining desired machining characteristic
3. To understand design of manufacturing processes.
4. To analyze the effect of process parameter with respect to defined process characteristic
COURSE OUTCOMES
1. Student should be able to apply the knowledge of various manufacturing processes.
2. Student should be able to identify various process parameters and their effect on processes.
3. Student should be able to design and analyze various manufacturing processes and tooling.
4. Student should be able to figure out application of modernization in machining.
5. Students should get the knowledge of Jigs and Fixtures so as to utilize machine capability for
variety of operations.
Unit – I Machine tools and their applications (07 hrs)
Drilling machine: Types of drills and operations. Twist drill geometry, Types of drilling machine, Tool
holder.
Milling machine: Types of milling machines, Cutter-types and geometry and their applications.
Universal dividing head, Methods of Indexing: Simple, Compound, Differential. Numericals based on
indexing.
Calculation of machining time for Drilling and Milling processes(Numericals)
Broaching: Introduction to broaching, Broach tool geometry, Types of broaching machines and
operations.
Planner and Boring Machines.(Introduction and types)
Unit – II Grinding and Finishing processes (07hrs)

Grinding machines
Introduction, Types and Operations of grinding machines, Sequencing of grinding operations
Grinding wheel – Shapes, Designation and selection, Mounting , Balancing and Dressing of grinding
wheels, Maximum chip size determination, Machining time calculation for cylindrical and plunge
grinding (Numericals).
Superfinishing processes – Introduction to Honing, Lapping, Buffing and Burnishing. (Construction,
working and controlling parameters)
Unit – III Theory of Metal cutting (07hrs)

Single point cutting tool: Tool geometry, Mechanics of shearing (orthogonal and oblique), Shear plane
angle, Shear stress, strain and Shear strain rate.
Process parameters and their effect on cutting forces.
Merchant’s circle of forces (graphical and analytical) Estimation of shear force, Normal shear force,
Friction force, Normal friction force, Material Removal Rate (MRR), Cutting power estimation,
Calculation of Total power and Specific energy. Measurement of cutting forces by tool dynamometer for
turning, drilling, milling and grinding operations.
Machinability - Factors affecting machinability, Tool life, Tool wear, Types of tool wear and remedial
actions, Cutting fluid and their types, Effect of process parameters on tool life, Taylor's tool life relation
(Derivation along with numerical).
University of Pune
Economics of machining: Optimum cutting speed for maximum production rate, Optimum cutting speed
for minimum cost (Numerical)
Unit – IV Advanced Machining Processes (07 hrs)
Introduction, classification of advanced machining processes.
Principles, Working, Process Parameters, Estimation of MRR (simple numerical), Advantages,
Limitations and Application for following processes:
Electric Discharge Machining (EDM), LASER Beam Machining (LBM), Abrasive Jet Machining (AJM),
Ultra Sonic Machining (USM) and Electro Chemical Machining (ECM)
Unit –V CNC/DNC Technology (07
hrs)
CNC Technology: Introduction, Construction and working of CNC, DNC and machining center. CNC
axes and drives. Automatic Tool Changer (ATC) and Automatic pallet changer (APC)
CNC Tooling: New trends in Tool Materials, Turning tool geometry (ISO 1832 Coding system), Tool
inserts (coated and uncoated), Modular tooling system for Turning. Milling tooling systems, Tools
presetting, Work holding.
CNC Programming: Word address format (WAF) -ISO Standard, G & M codes, Type of CNC Control
systems, Manual part programming, Subroutine, Canned cycles.
Unit –VI Jigs and fixtures (07 hrs)
Concept of degree of freedom, 3-2-1 principle of location,
General guidelines to design Jigs and fixtures, advantages of jig and fixtures
Jigs: Definition. Elements of jig with the types, Location guidelines, Principles of clamping, Principles of
guiding element, Channel jig, Template jig, Plate jig, Angle plate jig, Turn over jig, Box jig, Latch type
jig.
Fixtures: Definition. Elements of fixtures, Location guidelines, Principles of clamping, Principles of
setting element, Turning fixture, Welding fixture, Milling fixture, Assembly and Inspection fixtures.
Indexing methods, Power work holding devices with their advantages,
Concept, elements and advantages of modular fixture, Pokayoke concept in jigs and fixtures.
Text Books:
1. S. K Hajra Choudhury , Elements of workshop technology – Vol. II,, Media Promoters And
Publishers, Mumbai
2. Amitabh Ghosh and Asok kumar Mallik, Manufacturing science, Ellis Horwood Ltd
3. Mikell. P. Grover, Fundamentals of Modern Manufacturing, Pearson Publications
4. P. C. Sharma, Production Engineering, S. Chand Publication.
Reference Books:
1. Production technology –HMT, Tata McGraw Hill publication
2. Lindberg, Roy A., Processes and materials of manufacture, P H I Learning
3. Serope Kalpakjian and Steven R. Schmid, Manufacturing Processes for Engineering Materials,
Pearson
Education, Fourth Edition.
4. J. P. Kaushish, Manufacturing process, PHI Learning, Second Edition.
5. G. K Lal, Fundamentals of Design and Manufacturing, Alpha Science International Ltd(2005)
6. M.C Shaw, Metal Cutting Principles, Oxford university press
7. Yoram Koren , Numerical Control of Machine Tools Khanna Publication
8. Ibrahim Zeid, Mastering CAD-CAM , McGraw Hill
9. P. K Mishra, Non- conventional machining, Narosa Publishing House
10. V. K Jain, Advanced machining processes , Allied Publisher, New Delhi
11. Gary F. Benedict, Non – traditional manufacturing processes, Marcel Dekker Inc.
12. M. H. A Kempster, An Introduction to Jig and Tool Design, ELBS
13. P. H. Joshi, Jigs and fixtures , Tata McGraw Hill
14. P. N. Rao, CAD/CAM Principles and Applications, McGraw Hill Education, Third Edition.
University of Pune
Machine Shop-II [302052]

In Sem. End Sem.
Machine
302052 -- -- 2 -- -- 25 -- -- 25
Shop -II
COURSE OBJECTIVES
3. To understand the operational problems and suggest remedial solution for adopted
manufacturing process.
COURSE OUTCOMES
1. Ability to develop knowledge about the working and programming techniques for various
machines and tools
Term Work
Each student must complete and submit following term work:
I. Jobs (Both the following jobs should be completed individually)

a. Any one marketable assembly consisting of at least three components involving use of
lathe, drilling, milling, grinding and any additional machine tool or processes as per
requirement.
b. Development and execution of one simple turning job on CNC (Trainer) machine.
II. Journal consisting of following assignments.

a. Report based on industrial visit to gear or thread manufacturing
b. Two views of at least one jig and a fixture designed, for the simple component on a half
empirical sheet.(manual drafting)
c. Process planning sheets for job 1.a and 1.b.
Note
 Practical must be conducted by the concerned faculty member.
Job drawing essentially consisting of Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerances.
University of Pune
Seminar [302053]

In Sem. End Sem.
302053 Seminar -- -- 2 -- -- -- -- 50 50
The Seminar topic must be related to one of the following

1. Mechanical Engineering
2. Interdisciplinary subjects
3. Recent trends in Engineering
INSTRUCTIONS FOR SEMINAR REPORT WRITING

It is important that the procedures listed below be carefully followed by all the students.
Prepare 3 COPIES of your Seminar report.
1. Limit your seminar report to preferably 20 – 25 pages
2. Header
For e.g. University of Pune
3. The footer
For e.g. Mechanical Engineering
Institute Name, Mechanical Engineering Times New Roman 10 pt. and centrally aligned.
4. Page number as second line of footer, Times New Roman 10 Pt, centrally aligned
5. Print the report using
a) Letter quality computer printing.
b) The main part of report should be Times New Roman 12 pt. and justified.
c) Use 1.5 line spacing.
d) Entire report shall be one chapter. No chapters for Seminar report.
6. Use the paper size 8.5’’ × 11’’ or A4 (210 × 197 mm). Please follow the margins given below.
Margin Location Paper 8.5‟‟ × 11‟‟ Paper A4 (210 × 197 mm)
Top 1‟‟ 25.4 mm
Left 1.5‟‟ 37 mm
Bottom 1.25‟‟ 32 mm
Right 1‟‟ 25.4 mm
7. All paragraphs will be 1.5 line spaced with a one blank line between each paragraph. Each
paragraph will begin with without any indentation.
8. Section titles should be bold with 14 pt typed in all capital letters and should be left aligned.
9. Sub-Section headings should be aligning at the left with 12 pt, bold and Title Case (the first letter
of each word is to be capitalized).
10. Illustrations (charts, drawings, photographs, figures) are to be in the text. Use only illustrations
really pertinent to the text. Illustrations must be sharp, clear, black and white. Illustrations
downloaded from internet are not acceptable.
a) Illustrations should not be more than two per page. One could be ideal
b) Figure No. and Title at bottom with 12 pt
c) Legends below the title in 10 pt
d) Leave proper margin in all sides
e) Illustrations as far as possible should not be in xerox form.
University of Pune
11. Photographs if any should of glossy prints
12. Equations if any, should be typed in text (it should not be copied as image)
13. Please use SI system of units. If students would like to add the equivalent in inch-pound (British)
units, they must be stated in parenthesis after the SI units. In case the final result comes out in any
other units (say due to empirical formula etc.) covert the unit to SI unit.
14. Please number the pages on the front side, centrally below the footer
15. References should be either in order as they appear in the report or in alphabetical order by last
name of first author
17. Following will be the order of report
i) Cover page and Front page as per specimen on separate sheet
ii) Certificate from Institute as per specimen on separate sheet
iii) Acknowledgement
iv) List of Figures
v) List of Tables
vi) Nomenclature
vii) Contents
18. All section headings and subheadings should be numbered. For sections use numbers 1, 2, 3, ….
and for subheadings 1.1, 1.2, …. etc and section subheadings 2.1.1, 2.1.2, …. etc.
19. References should be given in the body of the text and well spread. No verbatim copy or
excessive text from only one or two references. If figures and tables are taken from any reference
then indicate source of it. Please follow the following procedure for references
Reference Books
Collier, G. J. and Thome, J. R., “Convective boiling and condensation”, 3rd ed., Oxford University
Press, UK, 1996, pp. 110 – 112.
Papers from Journal or Transactions

Jung, D. S. and Radermacher, R., “Transport properties and surface tension of pure and mixed
refrigerants”, ASHRAE Trans, 1991, 97 (1), pp. 90 – 98.
Bansal, P. K., Rupasinghe, A. S. and Jain, A. S., “An empirical correction for sizing capillary
tubes”, Int. Journal of Refrigeration, 1996, 19 (8), pp.497 – 505.
Papers from Conference Proceedings

Colbourne, D. and Ritter, T. J., “Quantitative assessment of flammable refrigerants in room air
conditioners”, Proc. of the Sixteenth International Compressor Engineering Conference and Ninth
International Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Conference, Purdue University, West Lafayette,
Indiana, USA, 2002, pp. 34 – 40.

United Nations Environmental Programme, Report of the Refrigeration, Air Conditioning and
Heat Pumps, Technical Option Committee, 2002, Assessment - 2002.
ASHRAE Handbook: Refrigeration, 1994 (Chapter 44)
Patent
Patent no, Country (in parenthesis), date of application, title, year.
Internet
www.(Site) [Give full length URL]
University of Pune
A Seminar on (TNR, 16pt, centrally aligned)
Title (TNR, 27pt, Bold, Centrally Aligned,

Title Case)
By (TNR, 16pt, Centrally Aligned)
Mr. Student’s Name (TNR, 16pt, Centrally Aligned)
Guided by (TNR, 16pt, Centrally Aligned)
Guide’s Name (TNR, 16pt, Centrally Aligned)
Institute
Logo
Department of Mechanical Engineering
Name of the Institute

[2011-12](TNR, 22pt, Title Case Centrally Aligned)
University of Pune
Institute
Logo
CERTIFICATE
This is to certify that Mr/Miss. ............, has successfully completed the Seminar work
entitled “Performance analysis of……..” under my supervision, in the partial fulfilment of
Bachelor of Engineering - Mechanical Engineering, by University of Pune.
Date :
Place :
__________________ __________________
Guide Head Department
Name: Name:
__________________
Principal,
Seal Name:
Savitribai Phule Pune University, Pune 2012 Course
Structure and Syllabus
FOR
B.E. Mechanical Engineering

2012 Course
BOS Mechanical Engineering SPPU Page 1

B. E. (Mechanical) Semester – I
(w. e. f. Academic year 2015 - 16)
Code Subject Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme(Marks)
Lect. Tut Practical In-Sem End-Sem TW PR+ OR+ Total
Refrigeration and
402041 3 -- 2 30 70 25 -- 50 175
Air Conditioning
CAD/ CAM
402042 3 -- 2 30 70 -- 50 -- 150
Automation
Dynamics of
402043 4 -- 2 30 70 25 -- 50 175
Machinery
402044 Elective – I 3 -- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100
402045 Elective –II 3 -- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100
402046 Project –I -- 2 -- -- -- 50* -- -- 50
Total of Semester – I 16 2 6 150 350 100 50 100 750
B. E. (Mechanical) Semester – II
Code Subject Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme(Marks)
Lect. Tut Practical In-Sem End-Sem TW PR+ OR+ Total
402047 Power Plant
4 -- 2 30 70 25 -- 50 175
Engineering
402048 Mechanical System 30 70
4 -- 2 -- -- 50 150
Design
402049 Elective-III 4 -- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100
402050 Elective- IV 4 -- 2 30 70 25 -- -- 125
402051 Project – II -- 6 -- -- -- 150 -- 50 200
Total of Semester – II 16 6 6 120 280 200 -- 150 750
+ For all Oral/Practical heads: Examination will be based on term work and Theory Subject
* Assessment should be carried out by panel of examiners from same Institute
Elective-I Elective-II
Code Subject Code Subject
402044 A Energy Audit Management 402045 A Gas Turbine Propulsion
402044 B Tribology 402045 B Product Design and Development
402044 C Reliability Engineering 402045 C Operation Research
402044 D Machine Tool Design 402045 D Advanced Manufacturing Processes
Elective-III Elective-IV
Code Subject Code Subject
402049 A Refrigeration and Air Conditioning 402050 A Computational Fluid Dynamics
Equipment Design
402049 B Robotics 402050 B Finite Element Analysis
402049 C Industrial Engineering 402050 C Design of Pumps, Blowers and
Compressors
402049 D Open Elective **
**: Open Elective – Board of studies ( BoS ) - Mechanical will declare the list of subjects which can be taken under open
electives or any other Electives that are being taught in the current semester, to the same level, as Elective – III under
engineering faculty or individual college and Industry can define new elective with proper syllabus using defined framework of
Elective III and GET IT APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES AND OTHER NECESSARY STATUTORY SYSTEMS
IN THE SAVITRIBAI PHULE PUNE UNIVERSITY, PUNE, BEFORE 30th NOVEMBER. Without approval from
University statutory system, no one can introduce the open elective in curriculum.

(402041) Refrigeration and Air Conditioning
Code Subject Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme (Marks)
Lect. Tut. Pract. Theory TW PR OR Total
In Sem. End Sem.
402041 Refrigeration 3 --- 2 30 70 25 --- 50 175
and Air (1 hr) (2 ½ hrs)
Conditioning
Prerequisite: Basic Thermodynamics- Laws of thermodynamics, Ideal gas processes, Thermodynamic

cycles, Properties of pure substance, Mollier Charts, Fluid properties, Fluid dynamics, Modes of heat
transfer, Governing Equations in Heat Transfer, Extended Surfaces, Condensation and Boiling, Heat
Exchangers.
Course Objectives
- Learning the fundamental principles and different methods of refrigeration and air conditioning.
- Study of various refrigeration cycles and evaluate performance using Mollier charts and/ or
refrigerant property tables.
- Comparative study of different refrigerants with respect to properties, applications and
- Understand the basic air conditioning processes on psychometric charts, calculate cooling load
for its applications in comfort and industrial air conditioning.
- Study of the various equipment-operating principles, operating and safety controls employed in
refrigeration air conditioning systems
Course Outcomes: At the end of this course the students should be able to
- Illustrate the fundamental principles and applications of refrigeration and air conditioning
system
- Obtain cooling capacity and coefficient of performance by conducting test on vapor compression
refrigeration systems
- Present the properties, applications and environmental issues of different refrigerants
- Calculate cooling load for air conditioning systems used for various applications
- Operate and analyze the refrigeration and air conditioning systems.
-
Unit 1: Fundamentals and Applications of Refrigeration and Air Conditioning 8 hrs

Fundamentals
Reverse Carnot cycle, block diagram of refrigerator & heat pump (numerical), modified reverse Carnot
cycle (Bell Coleman cycle)
Applications
Domestic Refrigerator, Domestic Air Conditioners, Automotive Air Conditioners, Evaporative coolers,
water coolers, Commercial Refrigeration- Dairy, Cold storage, Ice plant, Commercial Air Conditioning-
Multiplex, Hospitals.
Unit 2: Refrigerants and Vapour Compression Cycle 8 hrs

Refrigerants
Classification of refrigerants, Desirable properties of refrigerants, environmental issues, Ozone depletion
and global warming, ODP, GWP & LCCP, selection of environment friendly refrigerants, secondary
refrigerants, anti-freeze solutions, Zeotropes and Azeotropes, refrigerant: recovery reclaims, recycle and
recharge.
Vapour Compression Cycle

Working of simple vapour compression system, representation of vapour compression cycle (VCC) on
T-s and P-h diagram, COP, EER, SEER, IPLV, NPLV, effect of operating parameters on performance of
VCC, actual VCC, methods of improving COP using flash chamber, sub-cooling, liquid vapour heat
exchanger, comparison of VCC with Reverse Carnot cycle,.

Unit 3: Refrigeration Systems 8 hrs
Vapour compression systems
Single stage, two stage and cascade VCC systems using single and multi evaporators
Vapour absorption systems
Introduction, Working of simple vapour absorption system (VAS), desirable properties of binary mixture
(aqua-ammonia), performance evaluation of simple VAS (simple numerical treatment), actual VAS, Li-
Br absorption system, three fluid system (Electrolux refrigeration), applications of VAS, comparison
between VCC and VAC.
Unit 4: Psychometric and Air conditioning 8 hrs

Introduction to air conditioning, psychometric, psychometric properties and terms, psychometric
relations, Psychometric processes and its representation on psychometric chart, BPF of coil, ADP,
adiabatic mixing of two air streams, SHF, RSHF, GSHF, ESHF.
Thermodynamics of human body, comfort and comfort chart, factors affecting human comfort, concept
of infiltration and ventilation, indoor air quality requirements, factors contributing to cooling load.
Unit 5 Air Conditioning Systems 8 hrs

Working of summer, winter and all year round AC systems, all air system, all water system, air water
system, variable refrigerant flow and variable air volume systems, unitary and central air conditioning.
Components of refrigeration and air conditioning systems
Working of reciprocating, screw and scroll compressors, working of air cooled, water cooled and
evaporative condensers, Working of DX, Flooded, Forced feed evaporators, Expansion devices –
Capillary tube, TXV, EXV, operating and safety controls.
Unit 6: Air Distribution Systems 8 hrs

Air handling unit, Classification of ducts, duct material, pressure in ducts, flow through duct, pressure
losses in duct (friction losses, dynamic losses), air flow through simple duct system, equivalent diameter,
methods of duct system design: equal friction, velocity reduction, static regain method (numerical on
duct system design)
Fan coil unit, types of fans used air conditioning applications, fan laws, filters, supply and return grills,
sensors (humidity, temperature, smoke).
Term work:
The term work shall consist of minimum eight experiments out of the following:
1. Test on Domestic Refrigerator for evaluation of EER
2. Test on vapour compression test rig
3. Test on air conditioning test rig
4. Test on ice plant test rig
5. Visit to Vapour absorption refrigeration plant
6. Estimation of cooling load of simple air conditioning system (case study)
7. Case study on cold storage
8. Visit to any air conditioning plant
9. Thermal analysis of refrigeration cycle using suitable software
10. Installation and servicing of split air conditioner
Text Books:
1. Arora C. P., Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Tata McGraw-Hill
2. Manohar Prasad, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Willey Eastern Ltd, 1983
3. McQuiston, ― Heating Ventilating and air Conditioning: Analysis and Design‖ 6th Edition, Wiley
India
4. Arora and Domkundwar, Refrigeration & Air Conditioning, Dhanpatrai & Company, New
Delhi
5. Khurmi R.S. and Gupta J.K., Refrigeration and Air conditioning, Eurasia Publishing House Pvt.
Ltd, New Delhi,1994.
6. Ballaney P.L., Refrigeration and Air conditioning, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 1992

Reference books:
1. Dossat Ray J, Principles of refrigeration, S.I. version, Willey Eastern Ltd, 2000
2. Stockers W.F and Jones J.W., Refrigeration and Air conditioning, McGraw Hill International
editions 1982.
3. Threlkeld J.L, Thermal Environmental Engineering, Prentice Hall Inc., New Delhi
4. Aanatnarayan, Basics of refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Tata McGraw Hill Publications
5. Roger Legg, Air Conditioning System Design, Commissioning and Maintenance
6. ASHRAE & ISHRAE handbook

(402042) CAD/CAM and Automation

In Sem. End Sem.
402042 CAD /CAM 3 --- 2 30 70 --- 50 --- 150
and (1 hr) (2 ½ hrs)
Automation
Pre-requisite: Engineering Graphics, Machine drawing, Manufacturing processes, SOM.
Course Objectives: To teach students

- Basics of modeling.
- Discuss various geometries.
- Discretization of the solid model.
- Apply Boundary Conditions similar to real world.
- Generate solution to ensure design can sustain the applied load conditions.
- Discuss latest manufacturing methods.
Course Outcomes: After completion of the course students would be able to,
- Analyze and design real world components
- Suggest whether the given solid is safe for the load applied.
- Select suitable manufacturing method for complex components.
Unit 1: Computer Graphics 8 hrs

Computer Graphics Module, Transformations-Introduction, Formulation, Translation, Rotation, Scaling
and Reflection. Homogenous Representation, Concatenated Transformation, Mapping of Geometric
Models, Inverse Transformations. Projections: Orthographic and Isometric.
Unit 2: Modeling 8 hrs

Curves-Introduction, Analytic Curves - Line, Circle, Ellipse, Parabola, Hyperbola. Synthetic Curves -
Hermite Cubic Spline, Bezier Curve, B-Spline Curve. Numerical on Line, Circle, Ellipse and Hermite
Cubic Spline
Surfaces-Introduction, Surface Representation, Analytic Surfaces, Synthetic Surfaces, Hermite bicubic
Surface, Bezier surfaces, B-spline Surfaces, Coons Surface [No analytical treatment].
Solids: Introduction, Geometry and Topology, Solid Representation, Boundary Representation, Euler's
equation, Constructive Solid Geometry, Boolean operation for CSG, Hybrid Modeling, Feature Based
Modeling, Parametric Modeling, Constraint Based Modeling, Mass, area, volume calculation.
Unit 3: Finite Element Analysis 10 hrs

Introduction, Stress and Equilibrium, Boundary Condition, Strain – Displacement Relations, Stress-
Strain Relation, Potential Energy and Equilibrium: - Rayleigh-Ritz Method, Galerkin‘s Method.
One Dimensional Problem: Finite Element Modelling, Coordinate and Shape function, Potential Energy
Approach, Galerkin Approach, Assembly of Global Stiffness Matrix and Load Vector, Properties of
Stiffness Matrix, Finite Element Equations, Quadratic Shape Function, Temperature Effects .
Trusses: Introduction, 2D Trusses, Assembly of Global Stiffness Matrix.
Unit 4: Computer Aided Manufacturing 8 hrs

Introduction to Computer Aided Manufacturing.CNC Programming-CNC part programming adaptable
to FANUC controller. Steps in developing CNC part program.CNC part programming for Lathe
Machine – Threading & Grooving cycle(Canned cycle). CNC part programming for Milling Machine -
Linear & circular interpolation, milling cutter, tool length compensation & cutter radius compensation.
Pocketing, contouring & drilling, subroutine and Do loop using canned cycle.

Unit 5: Advanced Manufacturing Method – Rapid Prototyping 8 hrs
Introduction to Rapid Prototyping, classification of RP Processes, Working principle, models &
specification process, application, advantages & disadvantages & case study of
Stereo Lithography Apparatus (SLA)
Laminated Object Manufacturing (LOM)
Selective Laser Sintering (SLS)
3D Printing.
Fused Deposition Modeling [FDM]
Rapid Tolling and STL format.
Unit 6: Robotics & Automation 8 hrs

Structure of Robotic System - Point to point & continuous path robotic systems, Joints, End Effectors,
Grippers - Mechanical, Magnetic and Pneumatic. Drives, Controllers, Industrial Applications.
Types of Automation - Automation strategies, Group Technology & Coding Methods, Flexible
Manufacturing System – Types, Advantages, Limitations. Computer Integrated Manufacturing and
Computer Aided Process Planning.
Term Work:
The term work shall consist of record of ten assignments based on the following topics, with two on
CAD based, three on CAE based, three on CAM based and two on robot and R. P.
1. Developing CAD model of mechanical sub assembly consisting 8- 10 components.

2. Developing component/ assembly using CAD features of Hybrid Modeling, Feature Based
Modeling, Parametric Modeling and Constraint Based Modeling.
3. Program on concatenated Transformation involving Three steps.
4. Stress and Deflection Analysis of 2D truss.
5. Stress and Deflection Analysis of Beam.
6. Stress and deflection analysis of plate 2D/3D.[Mechanical Component]
7. Tool path generation for Turning – Grooving and Threading.
8. Tool path generation for Milling – Facing, Pocketing, Contouring and Drilling.
9. Tool path generation of Turn Mill.
10. Tool path generation for Multi Axis Machining.
11. Robot simulation/Robot Gripper Design.
12. Case study on R.P.
Reference Books:
1. Ibrahim Zeid and R. Sivasubramanian - CAD/CAM - Theory and Practice Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Co. 2009
2. Ibraim Zeid, ―Mastering CAD/CAM‖ – Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. 2000
3. Chandrupatla T.R. and Belegunda A.D. -Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering‖ -
4. Segerling L.J. - Applied Finite Elements Analysis‖ John Wiley and Sons.
5. Rao P.N., Introduction to CAD/CAM Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.
6. Groover M.P.-Automation, production systems and computer integrated manufacturing‘ -
Prentice Hall of India
7. YoramKoren - Robotics McGraw Hill Publishing Co.
8. James G. Keramas, Robot Technology Fundamentals, Delmar Publishers.
9. S.R.Deb, Robotics Technology and Flexible Automation, Tata McGraw Hill.
10. Lakshiminarayana H. V. Finite Element Analysis (Procedures in Engineering), University Press,
2004.
11. Chandrupatla T. R., Finite Element Analysis for Engineering and Technology, University Press,
2009.
12. Seshu P. Text book of Finite Element Analysis, PHI Learning Private Ltd. New Delhi, 2010.
13. Ian Gibson, David W. Rosen, and Brent Stucker, Additive Manufacturing Technologies: Rapid
Prototyping to Direct Digital Manufacturing, Springer.

(402043) Dynamics of Machinery

In Sem. End Sem.
402043 Dynamics 4 --- 2 30 70 25 -- 50 175
of (1 hr) (2 ½ hrs)
Machinery
Prerequisites: Engg. Mechanics, TOM- I and TOM-II
Course Objectives:
- To conversant with balancing problems of machines.
- To make the student conversant with fundamentals of vibration and noise.
- To develop competency in understanding of vibration and noise in Industry.
- To develop analytical competency in solving vibration problems.
- To make the student conversant with natural frequencies, Eigen values & Eigen vectors.
- To understand the various techniques of measurement and control of vibration and noise.
Course Outcomes:
- Solutions to balancing problems of machines.
- Ability to understand the fundamentals of vibration and Noise.
- Ability to develop analytical competency in solving vibration problems.
- Ability to understand measurement and control of vibration and noise.
- Ability to calculate natural frequencies, Eigen values & Eigen vectors.
- Ability to measure vibrations, vibration characteristics and understand various methods for
vibration control for real life problem.
Unit 1: Balancing 8 hrs

Static and dynamic balancing, balancing of rotating masses in single and several planes, primary and
secondary balancing of reciprocating masses, balancing in single cylinder engines, balancing in multi-
cylinder in-line engines, direct and reverse cranks method -radial and V engines.
Unit 2: Single Degree of Freedom Systems – Free Vibration 10 hrs

Fundamentals of Vibration: Elements of a vibratory system, vector representation of S.H.M., degrees of
freedom, types of vibration, natural frequency, equivalent springs, modeling of a system, formulation of
equation of motion by equilibrium and energy methods.
Undamped free vibrations: Natural frequency for longitudinal, transverse and torsional vibratory
systems.
Damped free vibrations: Different types of damping, free vibrations with viscous damping - over
damped, critically damped and under damped systems, initial conditions, logarithmic decrement,
introduction to equivalent viscous damping, dry friction or coulomb damping - frequency and rate of
decay of oscillations.
Unit 3: Single Degree of Freedom Systems - Forced Vibrations 8 hrs

Forced vibrations of longitudinal and torsional systems, Frequency Response to harmonic excitation,
excitation due to reciprocating and rotating unbalance, base excitation, magnification factor, resonance
phenomenon and phase difference, Quality Factor. Critical speed of shaft having single rotor of
undamped systems.
Unit 4: Two Degree of Freedom Systems - Undamped Vibrations 8 hrs

Free vibration of spring coupled systems – longitudinal and torsional, natural frequency and mode
shapes, Eigen value and Eigen vector by Matrix method, Geared systems. Introduction to Physical and
Mathematical modeling: Bicycle, Motor bike and Quarter Car.

Unit 5: Measurement and Control of Vibration 8 hrs
Force and Motion transmissibility, Vibration Measuring devices, Accelerometers, Impact hammer,
Vibration shaker-Construction, principles of operation and uses, Vibration Analyzer, Analysis of
Vibration Spectrum, Standards related to measurement of vibration and accepted levels of vibration
Introduction to control of vibration, vibration control methods, passive and active vibration control,
reduction of excitation at the source, control of natural frequency, Vibration isolators, Tunned Dynamic
Vibration Absorbers, Introduction to Torsional Damper
Unit 6: Introduction to Noise 8 hrs

Fundamentals of noise Sound concepts, Decibel Level, , white noise, weighted sound pressure level,
Logarithmic addition, subtraction and averaging, sound intensity, noise measurement, sound fields,
octave band, sound reflection, absorption and transmission, pass-by-noise, Reverberation chamber,
Anechoic Chamber, Human Exposure to Noise and Noise standards.
The Term Work shall consist of Eight Experiments and Two Assignments of following list.
A] Compulsory Experiments (Sr. No. 1 to 5)
1. Balancing of wheel / rotor on computerized balancing machine OR Demonstration of wheel
balancing during a visit to industry / workshop.
2. To determine the natural frequency of damped vibration of single degree freedom system and to find
it‘s damping coefficient.
3. To obtain frequency response curves of single degree freedom system of vibration for different
amount of damping.
4. To determine natural frequency of transverse vibration of beam using vibration analyzer.
5. Noise measurement and analysis using vibration Analyzer.
B] Any Three Experiments from the following-

1. To determine critical speed of shaft with single rotor.
2. To verify natural frequency of torsional vibration of two rotor system and position of node .
3. Experimental verification of principle of dynamic vibration absorber.
4. Experiment on shock absorbers and to plot its characteristic curve.
5. Analysis of machine vibration signature, using any analysis software package.
C] Compulsory Assignments
1. Determination of free response of SDOF damped system to demonstrate different damping
conditions using suitable software.
2. Determination of total response of SDOF damped system to harmonic excitation using suitable
software
Text Books:
1. Rao S. S. ―Mechanical Vibrations‖, Pearson Education Inc. New Delhi.
2. Grover G. K. ―Mechanical Vibrations‖, New Chand and Bros.,Roorkee
3. Wiiliam J Palm III, ―Mechanical Vibration‖ Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi
4. Uicker J.John, Jr, Pennock Gordon R, Shigley Joseph E.―Theory of Machines and Mechanisms‖
International Version, OXFORD University Press, New Delhi.
5. M L Munjal, ― Noise and Vibration Control‖ Cambridge University Press India
Reference Books:
1. Weaver, ― Vibration Problems in engineering‖ 5th Edition Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi.
2. Bell, L. H. and Bell, D. H., ―Industrial Noise Control – Fundamentals and Applications‖, Marcel
Dekker Inc.
3. Alok Sinha, ― Vibration of Mechanical System‖, Cambridge university Press , India
4. Dr Debabrata Nag, ― Mechanical Vibrations‖, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi.
5. Kelly S. G. ―Mechanical Vibrations―, Schaum‗s outlines, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., New
Delhi.
6. Meirovitch, ―Elements of Mechanical Vibrations‖, McGraw Hill

7. Ver, ― Noise and Vibration Control Engineering‖, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi.
8. Bies, D. and Hansen, C. ―Engineering Noise Control - Theory and Practice‖, Taylor and Francis
9. Shrikant Bhave, Mechanical Vibrations Theory and Practice, Pearson, NewDelhi.

(402044A) Energy Audit and Management (Elective I)

In Sem. End Sem.
402044 A Energy Audit 3 --- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100
and (1 hr) (2 ½ hrs)
Management
Pre-Requisites: Economics, Basic Thermodynamics.
Course Objectives: Following concepts to be taught to the students,

- Importance of Energy Management.
- How to carry out Energy Audit.
- Methods to reduce consumption of energy and save cost.
- How to improve energy efficiency of overall system.
- Significance of Waste heat recovery and Cogeneration.
Course Outcomes: After successful completion of the course student would be able to,
- Carry out Energy Audit of the residence / society / college where they are studying.
- Carry out electrical tariff calculation and accurately predict the electricity bill required for the
installation.
- Suggest various methods to reduce energy consumption of the equipment / office / premises.
-
Unit 1: General Aspects of Energy Management 8 hrs
Current energy scenario - India and World, Current energy consumption pattern in global and Indian
industry, Principles of Energy management, Energy policy, Energy action planning, Energy security and
reliability, Energy and environment, Need of Renewable and energy efficiency.
Unit 2: Energy Auditing 10hrs

Need of Energy Audit, Types of energy audit, Components of energy audit, Energy audit methodology,
Instruments, equipment used in energy audit, Analysis and recommendations of energy audit - examples
for different applications, Energy audit reporting, Energy audit software. Energy conservation
opportunities in Boiler and steam system, Furnace, DG sets, HVAC system, pumping system, Cooling
tower and Compressed air system.
Unit 3: Energy Economics 8 hrs

Costing of Utilities- Determination of cost of steam, natural gas, compressed air and electricity.
Financial Analysis Techniques - Simple payback, Time value of money, Net Present Value (NPV),
Return on Investment (ROI), Internal Rate of Return (IRR), Risk and Sensitivity analysis.
Unit 4: Energy Efficiency in Thermal Utilities 10 hrs

Energy performance assessment and efficiency improvement of Boilers, Furnaces, Heat exchangers,
Fans and blowers, pumps, Compressors and HVAC systems. Steam distribution, Assessment of steam
distribution losses, Steam leakages, Steam trapping, Condensate and flash steam recovery system.
Unit 5: Electrical Energy Management and Lighting 8 hrs

Electricity billing, Electrical load management and maximum demand control, Power factor
improvement and its benefit, Selection and location of capacitors, Distribution and transformer losses.
Electrical motors- types, efficiency and selection. Speed control, Energy efficient motors. Electricity Act

2003. Lighting - Lamp types and their features, recommended illumination levels, lighting system
energy efficiency.
Unit 6: Cogeneration and Waste Heat Recovery 8 hrs

Cogeneration- Need, applications, advantages, classification, the cogeneration design process. Waste
heat recovery- Classification and application, Potential for waste-heat recovery in Industry, Commercial
WHR devices, saving potential. CDM projects and carbon credit calculations.
Reference Books:
1. Handbook of Energy Audit, Albert Thumann P.E. CEM, William J. Younger CEM, The Fairmont
Press Inc., 7th Edition.
2. Energy Management Handbook, Wayne C. Turner, The Fairmont Press Inc., 5th Edition, Georgia.
3. Handbook on Energy Audit and Environment management, Abbi Y. A., Jain Shashank, TERI, Press,
New Delhi, 2006
4. Energy Performance assessment for equipment and Utility Systems.-Vol. 2,3.4 BEE Govt. of India
5. Boiler Operator‘s Guide Fourth Edition, Anthony L Kohan, McGraw Hill
6. Energy Hand book, Second edition, Von Nostrand Reinhold Company - Robert L.Loftness. 7.
www.enrgymanagertraining.com
7. http://www.bee-india.nic.in

(402044B) Tribology (Elective I)

In Sem. End Sem.
402044 B Tribology 3 --- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100
(1 hr) (2 ½ hrs)
Pre-Requisites: TOM-I, TOM-II and Machine design.
Course Objectives: After successful completion of this course, students will be able-
- To know about properties of lubricants, modes of lubrication, additives etc.
- To Select suitable/proper grade lubricant for specific application.
- To select suitable material combination for tribological contact.
- To Apply the basic theories of friction, wear and lubrications about frictional behavior
commonly encountered sliding surfaces.
- To suggest an explanation to the cause of tribological failures.
- To design bearing, friction, wear test rig for laboratory purposes.
Course Outcomes:
- For these simplified course contents, student develops confidence in him/her to fulfill course
objectives.
- Term work includes simple case study/assignment/seminar/visit and in-semester theory
examination as a part of learning process encourages students.
- He/she proves himself/herself to be excellent practical engineer in any tribological industry.
-
Unit 1: Introduction 8 hrs

1. Tribology definition.
2. Tribology in design- bearing material its properties and construction Tribological design of oil seals
and gasket.
3. Tribology in industry (Maintenance).
4. Lubrication-Definition, basic modes of lubrication, properties of lubricants, additives, EP lubricants,
Recycling of used oil, oil conservation, oil emulsion.
5. Bearing Terminology-Types of Sliding contact, rolling contact bearings.
6. Comparison between sliding and rolling contact bearing. (Theoretical treatment only)
Unit 2: Friction and wear 8 hrs

1. Friction- Introduction, laws of friction, Friction classification, causes of friction.
2. Theories of dry friction.
3. Friction measurement.
4. Stick-slip motion and friction instabilities.
5. Wear-classification, wear between solids, wear between solid and liquids, factors affecting wear.
6. Theories of wear.
7. Wear measurement.
8. Approaches to friction control and wear prevention. (Numericals)
Unit 3: Hydrodynamic lubrication 10 hrs

1. Theory of hydrodynamic lubrication, mechanism of pressure development in oil film.
2. Two dimensional Reynold‘s equation and its limitations, Petroff`s equation.
3. Infinitely long journal bearing, infinitely short journal bearing and finite bearing, Designing journal
bearing using Raimondi and Boyd approach.
4. Hydrodynamic thrust bearing-Introduction, types.
5. Flat plate thrust bearing-Pressure equation, load, centre of pressure, frictional force equation.

6. Tiltling pad thrust bearing- bearing-Pressure equation, load, centre of pressure, frictional force
equation. (Numericals on Raimondi and Boyd approach and thrust bearing only)
Unit 4: Hydrostatic lubrication 8 hrs

1. Hydrostatic lubrication-Basic concept, advantages, limitations, viscous flow through rectangular
slot, load carrying capacity, flow requirement of hydrostatic step bearing, energy losses, optimum
design of stepped bearing, compensators and their actions.
2. Squeeze film lubrication- Basic concept, circular and rectangular plate approaching a plane
(Numericals on hydrostatic bearing, Squeeze film lubrication).
Unit 5: Elasto-hydrodynamic lubrication and Gas (Air) lubrication 8 hrs

1. Elasto-hydrodynamic lubrication-Principle and applications, pressure viscosity term in Reynold‘s
equation, Hertz theory, Ertel-Grubin equation, lubrication of spheres.
2. Gas(air) lubricated bearings-Introduction, advantages, disadvantages, applications of tilting pad
bearing, hydrostatic and hydrodynamic bearing with air lubrication, Active and passive magnetic
bearings(working principle, types and advantages over conventional bearing). (Theoretical treatment
only)
Unit 6: Tribological Aspects 10 hrs

1. Lubrication in rolling, forging, drawing and extrusion.
2. Mechanics of tyre road interaction, road grip, wheel on rail road.
3. Surface engineering for wear and corrosion resistance-diffusion, plating and coating methods,
selection of coatings, properties and parameters of coatings.
4. Other bearings-porous bearing, foil bearing, Lobe, hybrid bearing. (Theoretical treatment only)
Reference Books:
1. Cameron A., ―Basic Lubrication Theory‖, Wiley Eastern Ltd.
2. Bharat Bhushan, ―Principles and Applications of Tribology‖ 2nd Edition, Wiley India
3. Mujumdar B. C., ―Introduction to Tribology and Bearings‖, S. Chand and Company Ltd. New
Delhi.
4. Fuller D. D., ―Theory and Practice of Lubrication for Engineers‖, John Wiley and Sons.
5. Halling J., ―Principles of Tribology‖, McMillan Press Ltd.
6. Bhushan B. and Gupta B. K., ― Handbook of Tribology: Material, Coatings and Surface
Treatments‖, McGraw Hill Ltd.
7. Davis J., ―Surface Engineering for Corrosion and Wear Resistance‖, Woodhead Publishing,
2001.
8. Tadausz Burakowski, ―Surface Engineering of Metals: Principles, Equipments and
Technologies‖, Taylor and Francis.

(402044C) Reliability Engineering (Elective I)

In Sem. End Sem.
402044 C Reliability 3 --- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100
Engineering (1 hr) (2 ½ hrs)
Pre-Requisites: Engineering Mathematics, Probability, Statistics.

Course Objectives: To teach students,
- Understanding of basic principles of Reliability for ensuring sustainable product design.
- Application to system requirements, design, manufacturing and testing, with real-world
examples.
- Understand in detail Asset Management, Maintenance, Quality and Productiveness,
Course Outcomes: After completion of the course students would be able to,
- Understand and analyze different methods of failure.
- Calculate MTTF, MTBF, failure rate and hazard rate.
- Different probability methods applied to Reliability.
- Optimize Cost & reliability.
- Perform FEMA, FMECA, DOE, Taguchi method.
- Different methods to test reliability.
-
Unit 1: Fundamental concepts of Reliability 8 hrs
Reliability terminologies, Role of the reliability function in the organization, Interrelationship of safety,
quality and reliability, life characteristic phases, Product liability-Significance, importance of reliability,
Introduction to maintainability, availability.
Concepts of Failure, failure density, failure Rate, hazard rate, pdf, cdf. Modes of failure, Mean Time To
Failure (MTTF), Mean Time Between Failure (MTBF), Numericals based on calculation of failure rate,
hazard rate.
Warranty Management and Life cycle cost.
Unit 2: Probability Concepts and System Reliability 10 hrs

Basic probability concepts, Laws of probability, Introduction to independence, mutually exclusive,
conditional probability, Discrete and continuous probability distributions, Comparison of probability
distributions -binomial, normal, lognormal, Poisson, Weibull, exponential,
Standard deviation, variance, mean, mode and Central Limit Theorem.
Analysis of series, parallel, mixed configurationsystems ,Concept of k- out of n structure, Conditional
probability method, delta-star method for conditional probability analysis, Tie-set and Cut Set method
(Concepts and Numericals).
Unit 3: System reliability Analysis 8 hrs

Reliability Improvement- Redundancy, element redundancy, unit redundancy, standby redundancy-
types of stand by redundancy, parallel components single redundancy, multiple redundancies
(Numericals).
Introduction to Reliability allocation or apportionment, reliability apportionment techniques - equal
apportionment, AGREE, ARINC, Minimum effort method (Numericals).
Unit 4: Reliability Management 8 hrs

Objectives of maintenance, types of maintenance, Maintainability, factors affecting maintainability,
system down time, availability - inherent, achieved and operational availability (Numerical treatment).
Introduction to Reliability Centered Maintenance.

Design for maintainability and its considerations, Reliability and costs, Costs of Unreliability, Standards
for Reliability-MIL Handbook 217F & Carderock Model. Technology aspects in Reliability
Management, BIT (Built in testing).
Unit 5: Reliability in Design & Development 8 hrs

Reliability techniques- Failure mode, effects analysis (FMEA),Failure mode, effects and criticality
analysis (FMECA)-Case Studies, Basic symbols, Fault Tree construction and analysis, Monte Carlo
Simulation.
Introduction to Design of Experiments (DOE) and Taguchi Method.
Human factors in design and design principles.
Unit 6: Reliability Testing 8 hrs

Introduction to reliability testing, Stress strength interaction, Introduction to Markov model
Testing for Reliability and Durability- Accelerated Life Testing and Highly Accelerated Life Testing
(HALT), highly accelerated stress Screening (HASS).
Reliability in manufacturing- Production FRACAS.
Reliability Data- Acquisition &graphical analysis.
Reference Books
1. Kapur, ― Reliability in engineering Design‖, Wiley india
2. Chandrupatla, ― Quality and Reliability in Engineering‖ Cambridge Uni. Press, India
3. S S. Rao, Reliability Based Design, McGraw Hill Inc. 1992
4. L.S.Srinath, Reliability Engineering, EWP , 4th Edition 2011
5. Bryan Dodson, Dennis Nolan, Reliability Engineering Handbook, Marcel Dekker Inc, 2002
6. Basu S.K, Bhaduri , Terotechnology and Reliability Engineering, Asian Books Publication
7. Alessandro Birolini, Reliability Engineering Theory and Practice, Springer
8. R.M. Parkhi, Market Leadership by Quality and Reliability, Vidyanand Publications 2012
9. V.N.A. Naikan, Reliability Engineering and Life Testing, PHI Learning 2010
10. Charles E. Ebeling, Reliability and Maintainability Engineering, TMH 2009
11. Dr. Robert B. Abernathy, The New Weibull Handbook.

(402044D) Machine Tool Design (Elective I)

In Sem. End Sem.
402044 D Machine Tool 3 --- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100
Design (1 hr) (2 ½ hrs)
Pre-requisite: Manufacturing Processes, TOM, Machine Design.
Course Objectives: It expected to teach following concepts to the students,

- Selection of suitable drive to run the system.
- Design of machine tools structures, guide-ways.
- Design of Spindle, power screws.
- Dynamics of machine tools.
- Special features of machine tool design.
Course Outcome: After completion of the course student will be able to,
- Design gear box.
- Design different machine tools considering static and dynamic loads.
- Understand effect of vibrations on life of machine tools.
- Understand design considerations for Special features in Machine tools.
-
Unit 1: Drives 10 hrs

Design considerations for drives based on continuous and intermittent requirement of power, Types and
selection of motor for the drive, Regulation and range of speed based on preferred number series,
geometric progression. Design of speed gear box for spindle drive and feed gear box.
Unit 2: Design of Machine Tool Structure 8 hrs

Analysis of forces on machine tool structure, static and dynamic stiffness. Design of beds, columns,
housings, bases and tables.
Unit 3: Design of Guide-ways 8 hrs

Functions and types of guide-ways, design criteria and calculation for slide-ways, design of
hydrodynamic, hydrostatic and aerostatic slide-ways, Stick-Slip motion in slide-ways.
Unit 4: Design of Spindles, Spindle Supports and Power Screws 10 hrs

Design of spindle and spindle support using deflection and rigidity analysis, analysis of antifriction
bearings, preloading of antifriction bearing. Design of power screws: Distribution of load and rigidity
analysis.
Unit 5: Dynamics of Machine Tools 8 hrs

Dynamic characteristic of the cutting process, Stability analysis, vibrations of machine tools. Control
Systems, Mechanical and Electrical, Adaptive Control System, relays, push button control, electrical
brakes, drum control.
Unit 6: Special features in Machine Tool Design 8 hrs

Design considerations for SPM, NC/CNC, and micro machining, Retrofitting, Recent trends in machine
tools, Design Layout of machine tool using matrices. Step-less drives Design considerations of Step-less
drives, electromechanical system of regulation, friction, and ball variators, PIV drive, Epicyclic drive,
principle of self locking,

Text Books
1. N.K. Mehta, ―Machine Tool Design―, Tata McGraw Hill, ISBN 0-07-451775-9.
2. Bhattacharya and S. G. Sen., ―Principles of Machine Tool―, New central book agency Calcutta,
ISBN 81-7381-1555.
3. D. K Pal, S. K. Basu, ―Design of Machine Tool―, 4th Edition. Oxford IBH 2005, ISBN 81- 204-0968
Reference Books
1. N. S. Acherkan, ―Machine Tool―, Vol. I, II, III and IV, MIR publications.
2. F. Koenigsberger, ―Design Principles of Metal Cutting Machine Tools―, The Macmillan Company
New York 1964

(402045A) Gas Turbine and Propulsion (Elective II)
In Sem. End Sem.
402045 A Gas Turbine 3 --- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100
and Propulsion (1 hr) (2 ½ hrs)
Pre-requisites: Basic Thermodynamics, Fluid Mechanics, Turbo Machinery
Course Objectives:
- Understand the thermodynamics of each component of a turbine engine which include inlets,
fans, compressors, burners, turbines, afterburners and nozzles
- Know what the design variables are for each component
- Understand the linked system performance of all components in the engine and performance
trends for each component
- Understand the basis for off-design performance
Course Outcome: At the end of this course the students should be able to
- Demonstrate the gas turbine power plant
- Illustrate the jet propulsion system
- Analyze the performance of gas turbine engine
- Present the technical details of compressors used in gas power systems
Unit 1: Introduction to Gas Turbine 8 hrs

Basic Mechanics, Simple Gas Turbine, Open cycle, closed cycles, single-shaft and twin-shaft
arrangements, Combined and cogeneration cycle, Introduction to Aircraft propulsion and Rocket
Propulsion(Principle, propellant and its properties), gas turbine design procedure, Environmental Issues,
Industrial applications
Unit 2: Analysis of Shaft Power Cycles 10hrs

Idea Cycle: Assumption in ideal cycle, Simple Gas Turbine Cycle (Efficiency & Specific work), Heat
Exchange Cycle, Reheat cycle, reheat Cycle with heat exchanger, intercooled compression Cycle with
heat exchanger,
Practical Cycles: Methods of accounting for component losses—Stagnation properties, Compressor and
Turbine Efficiencies, Polytrophic efficiency, Pressure Losses, Heat exchanger Effectiveness,
Combustion efficiency Mechanical Losses, Variation of Specific Heat—Numerical on ideal cycle and
considering all losses
Unit 3: Analysis of Propulsion Cycles 8hrs

Introduction to aircraft propulsion, Aircraft Intake, Nozzle and diffuser(Losses), criteria for performance,
Thermodynamic analysis of turbojet engine, Thermodynamic analysis of turbofan engine,
Thermodynamic analysis of turbo-prop engine, Parameter affecting the flight performance, thrust
augmentation.
Unit 4: Axial Flow Turbine 8hrs

Concept of turbine - Cascade of Blade – Blade material, analysis of turbine stage - velocity triangles and
characterization of blades and stages, utilization factor, Design of axial flow turbine - Performance
analysis of turbines.
Unit 5: Axial Flow Compressor 8hrs

Basic operation (diffusion process), Cascade of Blade (Blade loading, Flow coefficient, blade and stage
efficiency), compressor stage, Velocity triangle, Degree of reaction, work done factor, Factor affecting
pressure ratio (losses),

Unit 6: Combustion System and Performance of Gas Turbine Engine 8hrs
Combustion system
Types of Combustion system, requirement of Combustion chamber, Combustion process in gas turbine,
Factor effecting combustion chamber performance (pressure loss, combustion efficiency, outlet
temperature distribution, stability limits and combustion intensity), Mixing and dilution.
Performance of gas turbine engine
Component characteristics of compressor and turbine, off design characteristics, Equilibrium point and
procedure to find it, Equilibrium running of gas turbine generator, matching of gas generator with free
turbine, part load performance
Text Books:
1. H.I.H. Saravanamuttoo, G.F.C. Rogers, H. Cohen, ―Gas Turbine Theory‖, 6th ed.
2. Jack D. Mattingly, ―Elements of Gas Turbine Propulsion‖
3. V Ganesan, ―Gas Turbines‖, 3rd ed., Tata McGraw-Hill Education
4. Sutton, ― Rocket Propulsion elements‖, 7th edition Wiley, India
5. Flack R., ― Fundamentals of Jet Propulsion with Applications‖, Cambridge Uni. Press, India
6. J.D. Anderson, ―Introduction to Flight‖, 5th ed., Tata McGraw Hill

(402045B) Product Design and Development (Elective II)

In Sem. End Sem.
402045 B Product 3 --- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100
Design and (1 hr) (2 ½ hrs)
Development
Pre-Requisites: Nil
Course Objectives: To explain students significance of,

- Product design and development.
- Hurdles in commercialization of product.
- Importance of reverse engineering.
- Focus of designing a product.
- Design validation plan.
- PLM and PDM
Course Outcome: After successful completion of the course students would be able to
- Design a sustainable product.
- Develop commercial Product
- Master in new techniques PLM and PDM
Unit 1: Introduction to Product Design and development 7 hrs

Definition of product design, Essential Factors for product design, Product design phases, Modern
approaches to product design, standardization, simplification and specialization in product design
product development, product development versus product design, product development team and
product development planning, modern product development process with reference to ISO standard,
product testing, product validation, Product verification and production validation
Unit 2: Product Development –Technical and Business Concerns 8 hrs

Mission Statement and Technical Questioning, Technology Forecasting and S Curve,
Customer Needs and Satisfaction, Customer Needs - Types and Models, tools for Gathering Customer
Needs , Analysis of Gathered Information, Customer Population and Market Segmentation, Economic
Analysis of Product (Numerical).
Unit 3: Product Development from Concept to Product Function 8 hrs

Product information gathering, brainstorming and lateral thinking, morphological analysis of product,
Generating concepts, concept selection - design evaluation, estimation of technical feasibility, concept
selection process, Pugh‘s concept, selection charts, (numerical )concept scoring, process of concept
embodiment, system modeling, functional modeling and decomposition, fast method, subtract and
operate procedure
Unit 4: Reverse Engineering 8 hrs

Product Teardown Process, Tear Down Methods, Force Flow Diagrams, Measurement and
Experimentation, Applications of Product Teardown, Benchmarking Approach and Detailed Procedure,
Tools Used In Benchmarking -Indented Assembly Cost Analysis , Function -Form Diagrams, Trend
Analysis, Setting Product Specifications, Introduction to Product Portfolio and Architecture
Unit 5: Design for X 8hrs

Design for manufacture, Design for assembly, Design for robustness, Design for safety , Design for
reliability, Design for environment, Design for piece part production, manufacturing cost analysis. Local,
Regional and Global issues, basic life cycle assessment - basic method, weighed sum assessment method
(Numerical)

Unit 6: Product Life Cycle Management and Product Data Management 7 hrs
Introduction ,Concept of Product Life Cycle management, Components/Elements of PLM, Customer
Involvement, Product Data and Product Workflow, The Link Between Product Data and Product
Workflow, Different Phases of Product Life Cycle and corresponding technology.
Case study based for design and development of any mechanical product.
Reference Books:
1. A. K. Chitale; R.C. Gupta, Product Design and Manufacturing, Prentice Hall India.
2. Dieter George E., Engineering Design McGraw Hill Pub. Company, 2000.
3. Kevin Otto and Kristin Wood, Product Design : Techniques in Reverse Engineering and New
Product Development ,Pearson Education Inc.
4. Grieves, Michael, Product Lifecycle Management McGraw Hill
5. Bralla, James G., Handbook of Product Design for Manufacturing, McGraw Hill Pub.
6. Karl Ulrich, product design and development, TMH.

402045C Operation Research (ELECTIVE II)

In Sem. End Sem.
402045 C Operation 3 --- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100
Research (1 hr) (2 ½ hrs)
Pre-Requisites: Engineering Mathematics, Theory of probability, Statistics.
Course Objectives:
- To familiarize the students with the use of practice oriented mathematical applications for
optimization functions in an organization.
- To familiarize the students with various tools of optimization, probability, statistics and simulation,
as applicable in particular scenarios in industry for better management of various resources.
Course Outcomes: Learner will be able to.....

- Illustrate the need to optimally utilize the resources in various types of industries.
- Apply and analyze mathematical optimization functions to various applications.
- Demonstrate cost effective strategies in various applications in industry.
Unit 1: Introduction: Operation Research 8 hrs

Introduction: Definition, Evolution and Classification of Quantitative Methods and Operations Research
Techniques, Methodology, Advantages and Limitations.
Linear Programming: Introduction, Formulation, Simplex Method (Big – M and Two Phase Methods),
Dual Simplex Method (Conversion of primal to dual)
Introduction to Sensitivity Analysis.
Decision Theory: Meaning and Steps in Decision Making, Types of Management Decisions, Decision
under Certainty, under Risk, under Uncertainty, Decision Trees.
Unit 2: Transportation Model 8 hrs

Introduction, Formulation, Basic Method of Solving Transportation Problem, Optimization Methods like
UV and Stepping Stone Method, Concept of Trans-shipment Methods as an Extension of Transportation.
Assignment Problem- Hungarian Method to solve Assignment Problem, Travelling Salesman as an
Extension of Assignment Problem.
Unit 3: Theory of Games and Investment Analysis 8 hrs

Theory of Games : Introduction, Minimax and Maximin Principle, Solution of Game with Saddle Point,
Solution by Dominance, Solution by Graphical Method, m x n size Game Problem, Iterative method,
Introduction to formulation of games using Linear Programming.
Investment Analysis: Break-Even Analysis, Payback Period Method, A (A) R Method, DCF Method,
IRR Method, Introduction to Probabilistic Models.
Unit 4: Inventory Control and Replacement Analysis 8 hrs

Inventory Control - Deterministic Models- Shortage, without shortage; Probabilistic Inventory Models,
Introduction to Concept of Service level.
Replacement Analysis - Replacement of Items that Deteriorate, Replacement of Items that Fail
Suddenly.
Unit 5: Queuing Theory and Sequencing models 8 hrs

Queuing Theory - Introduction, Basis Structure, Terminology (Kendal‘s Notations) and Applications.
Queuing Model M/M/1: /FIFO, M/M/c.

Sequencing models: Solution of sequencing Problem - Processing of n jobs through two machines,
Processing of n jobs through three machines, Processing of two jobs through m Machines, Processing of
n jobs through m Machines
Unit 6: Network Models 8 hrs

Network Models: Fulkerson‘s rule, concept and types of floats, CPM and PERT, Introduction to
crashing.
Simulation: Introduction, Monte-Carlo Simulation method, Simulation of Inventory and Queuing
Problems.
Introduction to Multi Object Decision Making: Goal Programming Formulation.
Text Books:
1. N. D. Vora, Quantitative Techniques.
2. Prem Kumar Gupta, D. S. Hira, Problems in Operations Research: Principles and Solutions, S.
Chand, 1991
3. J. K. Sharma, Operations Research : Theory And Application, Laxmi pub. India.
4. Operations Research, S. D. Sharma, Kedar Nath Ram Nath-Meerut.
Reference Books:
1. Belegundu, ― Optimization Concepts and Applications in engineering, Cambridge Uni. Press, India
2. Hillier F.S., and Lieberman G.J., Operations Research, Eight Edition, Mc. Tata McGraw Hill, India
3. Ravindran, ―Engineering optimization Methods and Appliations‖, 2nd edition, Wiley, India
4. Ravindran, Phillips and Solberg, Operations Research Principles and Practice, Second Edition, Mc.
WSE Willey,
5. Operations Research - An introduction, Hamdy A Taha, Pearson Education.

(402045D) Advanced Manufacturing Processes (Elective II)

In Sem. End Sem.
402045 D Advanced 3 --- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100
Manufacturing (1 hr) (2 ½ hrs)
Processes
Prerequisite: Fluid Mechanics, Heat transfer
Course Objectives:
1. To Introduce the students with Advanced Manufacturing Processes
2. To Introduce the student with Measurement techniques for micro machining
3. To Introduce the student
Course Outcomes:
1. Selection of appropriate manufacturing process for advance components
2. Characterization of work pieces
Unit I: Metal Forming 8 hrs

Roll forming, High velocity hydro forming, High velocity Mechanical Forming, Electromagnetic
forming, High Energy Rate forming (HERF), Spinning, Flow forming, Shear Spinning
Unit II: Advanced Welding, casting and forging processes 8 hrs

Friction Stir Welding – Introduction, Tooling, Temperature distribution and resulting melt flow
Advanced Die Casting - Vacuum Die casting, Squeeze Casting
Unit III: Advanced techniques for Material Processing 8 hrs

STEM: Shape tube Electrolytic machining, EJT: Electro Jet Machining, ELID: Electrolytic In process
Dressing, ECG: Electrochemical Grinding, ECH: Elctro-chemical Etching
Laser based Heat Treatment
Unit IV: Micro Machining Processes 8 hrs

Diamond micro machining, ultrasonic micro machining, micro elctro discharge machining
Unit V: Additive Manufacturing Processes 8 hrs

Introduction and principles, Development of additive manufacturing Technologies, general additive
manufacturing processes, powder based fusion process, extrusion based system, sheet lamination
process, direct write technologies
Unit VI: Measurement Techniques in Micro machining 8 hrs

Introduction, Classification of measuring System, Microscopes : Optical Microscope, Electron
Microscopes, Laser based System, Interference Microscopes and comparators, Surface profiler,
Scanning Tunneling Microscope, Atomic force micro scope, Applications.
Reference Books:
1. Principles of Modern Manufacturing -- Groover, WILEY, India
2. Technology of Metal Forming processes -- Surender Kumar PHI Publication

3. Sheet metal forming: Processes and Applications -- Tayalan Atlan ASM International USA
4. Friction Stir welding and Processing -- Rajiv S.Mishra ASM International
5. High Integrity Die casting Processes -- Edward J vinarcik John Wiley and Sons
6. Advanced Methods of Machining -- J.A. Mcgeough Chapman & Hall
7. Electro Chemical Machining --A.E. De Barr and D.A Oliver Mac Donald and company
Publisher Ltd.
8. Micro machining of Engineering Materials -- Joseph Mcgeough Marcel Dekker, Inc.
9. Additive Manufacturing Techniques -- Ian Gibson Springer

(402046) PROJECT STAGE I*

In Sem. End Sem.
402046 Project Stage I -- 2 -- --- ---- 50* -- -- 50
* Assessment should be carried out by panel of examiners from same Institute
INSTRUCTIONS FOR DISSERTATION WRITING (Project Stage I)

It is important that the procedures listed below be carefully followed by all the students of B.E.
(Mechanical Engineering).
1. Prepare Three Spiral Bound Copies of your manuscript.
2. Limit your Project Stage I to 25– 30 pages (preferably)
3. The footer must include the following:
Institute Name, B.E. (Mechanical) Times New Roman 10 pt. and centrally aligned.
4. Page number as second line of footer, Times New Roman 10 Pt, centrally aligned.
5. Print the manuscript using a. Letter quality computer printing.

b. The main part of manuscript should be Times New Roman 12 pt. with alignment - justified.
c. Use 1.5 line spacing.
d. Entire report shall be of 5- 7 chapters.
6. Use the paper size 8.5‘‘ × 11‘‘ or A4 (210 × 197 mm). Please follow the margins given below.
Margin Location Paper 8.5‘‘ × 11‘‘ Paper A4 (210 × 197
mm)
Top 1‘‘ 25.4 mm
Left 1.5‘‘ 37 mm
Bottom 1.25‘‘ 32 mm
Right 1‘‘ 25.4 mm
7. All paragraphs will be 1.5 line spaced with a one blank line between each paragraph. Each paragraph
will begin with without any indentation.
9. Sub-Section headings should be aligning at the left with 12 pt, bold and Title Case (the first letter of
each word is to be capitalized).
10. Illustrations (charts, drawings, photographs, figures) are to be in the text. Use only illustrations really
pertinent to the text. Illustrations must be sharp, clear, black and white. Illustrations downloaded from
internet are not acceptable. a. Illustrations should not be more than two per page. One could be ideal
b. Figure No. and Title at bottom with 12 pt
c. Legends below the title in 10 pt
d. Leave proper margin in all sides
e. Illustrations as far as possible should not be photo copied.
11. Photographs if any should be of glossy prints

14. References should be either in order as they appear in the thesis or in alphabetical order by last name
of first author

i. Cover page and Front page as per the specimen on separate sheet
ii. Certificate from the Institute as per the specimen on separate sheet
iii. Acknowledgements
iv. List of Figures
v. List of Tables
vi. Nomenclature
vii. Contents
viii. Abstract (A brief abstract of the report not more than 150 words. The heading of abstract i.e. word
―Abstract‖ should be bold, Times New Roman, 12 pt and should be typed at the centre. The contents of
abstract should be typed on new line without space between heading and contents. Try to include one or
two sentences each on motive, method, key-results and conclusions in Abstract
1 Introduction (2-3 pages) (TNR – 14 Bold)
1.1 Problem statement (TNR – 12)
1.2 Objectives
1.3 Scope
1.4 Methodology
1.5 Organization of Dissertation
2 Literature Review (20-30 pages)
Discuss the work done so far by researchers in the domain area and their significant conclusions. No
derivations, figures, tables, graphs are expected.
3 This chapter shall be based on your own simulation work (Analytical/ Numerical/FEM/CFD) (15- 20
pages)
4 Experimental Validation - This chapter shall be based on your own experimental work (15-20 pages)
5 Concluding Remarks and Scope for the Future Work (2-3 pages)
(IF above Chapters 3,4, 5 not completed please mention the plan for the same and time period for
completion and detail activity chart).
References ANNEXURE (if any) (Put all mathematical derivations, Simulation program as Annexure)
17. All section headings and subheadings should be numbered. For sections use numbers 1, 2, 3, …. and
for subheadings 1.1, 1.2, …. etc and section subheadings 2.1.1, 2.1.2, …. etc.
18. References should be given in the body of the text and well spread. No verbatim copy or excessive
text from only one or two references. If figures and tables are taken from any reference then indicate
source of it. Please follow the following procedure for references
Reference Books
Collier, G. J. and Thome, J. R., Convective boiling and condensation, 3rd ed., Oxford University Press,
UK, 1996, pp. 110 – 112.

Papers from Journal or Transactions Jung, D. S. and Radermacher, R., Transport properties and surface
tension of pure and mixed refrigerants, ASHRAE Trans, 1991, 97 (1), pp. 90 – 98.
Bansal, P. K., Rupasinghe, A. S. and Jain, A. S., An empirical correction for sizing capillary tubes, Int.
Journal of Refrigeration, 1996, 19 (8), pp.497 – 505.

Colbourne, D. and Ritter, T. J., Quantitative assessment of flammable refrigerants in room air
conditioners, Proc. of the Sixteenth International Compressor Engineering Conference and Ninth
Indiana, USA, 2002, pp. 34 – 40.
United Nations Environmental Programme, Report of the Refrigeration, Air Conditioning and Heat
Pumps, Technical Option Committee, 2002, Assessment - 2002.
Patent
Internet

A Project Stage-I Report on

(TNR, 16pt, centrally aligned)
Title of the thesis

(TNR, 27pt, Bold, Centrally Aligned, Title
Case)
By (TNR, 16pt, Centrally Aligned)
Mr. Student’s Name

(TNR, 16pt, Centrally Aligned)
Guide: Guide’s Name

Institute Logo
Department of Mechanical Engineering

Name of the Institute [2015-16]
(TNR, 22pt, Title Case Centrally Aligned)

Institute Logo
CERTIFICATE
This is to certify that Mr. Lele M.M. , has successfully completed the Project Stage
– I entitled ―Performance analysis of……..‖ under my supervision, in the partial
fulfillment of Bachelor of Engineering - Mechanical Engineering of University of
Pune.
Date :
Place :
Guide‘s Name __________________ Internal Examiner __________________
Guide
Head Department __________________ Principal, __________________

and Institute Name Institute Name
Seal

SEMESTER II
(402047) Power Plant Engineering

In Sem. End Sem.
402047 Power Plant 4 --- 2 30 70 2 -- 50 175
Prerequisites:
Thermodynamics, Basic Mechanical Engineering, Turbo Machine, and Internal Combustion Engine
Course Objectives:
- To develop an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering.
- To develop an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs within
realistic constraints.
- To develop an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.
- To develop an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for
engineering practice.
Course Outcomes:
- Ability to have adequacy with Design, erection and development of energy conversion plants.
- Optimization of Energy Conversion plant with respect to the available resources.
- Scope of alternative erection of optimized, suitable plant at the location depending upon
geographical conditions.

A) Power Generation: Global Scenario, Present status of power generation in India, in Maharashtra, Role
of private and governmental organizations, Load shedding, Carbon credits, Pitfalls in power reforms,
concept of cascade efficiency.
B) Economics of Power Generation: Introduction, Cost of electric energy, Fixed and operating cost,
(with numerical treatment), Selection and Type of generation, Selection of generation equipment,
Performance and operation characteristics of power plants and Tariff methods.
Unit 2: Thermal Power Plant 10 hrs

A)Introduction: General layout of modern power plant with different circuits, working of thermal power
plant, coal classification, coal, ash and dust handling, selection of coal for Thermal Power Plant, FBC
boilers, high pressure boiler, Rankine cycle with reheat and regeneration, cogeneration power plant
(with numerical)
B)Steam Condenser: Necessity of steam condenser, Classification, Cooling water requirements,

Condenser efficiency, Vacuum efficiency, Cooling towers, air Leakage, Effects of Air Leakage on
condenser performance, (Numerical Treatment)
Unit 3: Hydroelectric and Nuclear power plant 8 hrs

A)Hydroelectric Power Plant: Introduction, Site Selection, Advantages and Disadvantages of HEPP,
Hydrograph , Flow duration curve ,Mass Curve, Classification of HEPP with layout.
B)Nuclear Power Plants: Elements of NPP, Nuclear reactor & its types, fuels moderators, coolants,
control rod, classification of NPP, N-waste disposal

Unit 4: Diesel & Gas Turbine Power plant 8 hrs
A) Diesel Engine Power Plants: Plant Layout, Diesel Engine Power Plant Performance Analysis,
application, selection of engine size, advantages & disadvantages of diesel power plant.
B) Gas Turbine Power Plant : Introduction, fuels, materials selection for GTPP, Brayton Cycle analysis,
Thermal Efficiency, Work ratio, maximum & optimum pressure ratio, Actual cycle effect of operating
variables on thermal efficiency, inter-cooling reheating, & regeneration cycle, Open, Closed & Semi
Closed cycles Gas Turbine Plant , combined cycle plant (Numerical Treatment).
Unit 5: Non-Conventional Power Plants 8 hrs

Wind Power plant : Introduction, wind availability measurement, types of wind machines, site selection,
and wind power generation.
Solar Power Plant : Introduction, components ,Types of Collectors & Solar Ponds, Low & High
Temperature Solar Power Plant. Photovoltaic Power System, Heliostat
Tidal, OTEC, geothermal, magneto hydrodynamics, fuel cell, hybrid power plants, Challenges in
commercialization of Non-Conventional Power Plants.
Unit 6: Instrumentation and Environmental Impact 8 hrs

A) Power Plant Instrumentation
Layout of electrical equipment, generator, exciter, short circuits & limiting methods, switch gear, circuit
breaker, power transformers, methods of earthling, protective devices & Control system used in power
plants, Control Room.
B) Environmental impact due to power plants.
Environmental aspects, introduction, constituents of atmosphere, different pollutants due to thermal
power plants and their effects of human health, Environmental control of different pollutant such as
particulate matter, Oxides of sculpture, nitrogen, global warming & green house effect, thermal pollution
of water & its control. Noise pollution by power plants.
Term Work: Any Eight experiments from No.1 to 9 of the following.

1) Visit to thermal Power plant /Co-generation Power plant.
2) Visit to HEPP/GTPP/Non-Conventional Power Plants.
3) Study of FBC system.
4) Study of High Pressure boilers.
5) Trial on steam power plant.
6) Trial on Diesel Power Plant.
7) Study of power plant instruments.
8) Study of Nuclear Power Plants.
9) Study of Environmental Impact of Power Plants.
(No. 10 & 11 are optional, to facilitate placement for students in Power Plants)
10) Assignment on simulated performance of steam power plant with suitable software.
11) Assignment on simulated performance of Diesel Power Plant with suitable software.
Reference Books:
1. E.I.Wakil, ―Power Plant Engineering‖, McGraw Hill Publications New Delhi
2. P.K.Nag, ―Power Plant Engineering‖, McGraw Hill Publications New Delhi.
3. K K Ramalingam ,‖ Power Plant Engineering, SCITECH Publications Pvt Ltd.
4. Domkundwar & Arora, ―Power Plant Engineering‖, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, New Delhi.
5. R.K.Rajput, ―Power Plant Engineering‖, Laxmi Publications New Delhi.
6. R.Yadav , ―Steam and Gas Turbines‖ ,Central Publishing House, Allahabad.
7. D.K.Chavan & G.K.Phatak, ―Power Plant Engineering‖ , Standard Book House, New Delhi.
8. G.D.Rai, ― Non-Conventional Energy Sources‖ Khanna Publishers,Delhi
9. S.P.Sukhatme, ―Solar Energy‖ Tata McGraw-Hill Publications, New Delhi

(402048) Mechanical System Design

In Sem. End Sem.
402048 Mechanical 4 --- 2 30 70 -- -- 50 150
System Design (1 hr) (2 ½ hrs)
Pre-requisite: Manufacturing Process, Machine design, Engineering Mathematics, TOM, IC Engines.
Course Objectives:
- To develop competency for system visualization and design.
- To enable student to design cylinders and pressure vessels and to use IS code.
- To enable student select materials and to design internal engine components.
- To introduce student to optimum design and use optimization methods to design mechanical
components.
- To enable student to design machine tool gearbox.
- To enable student to design material handling systems.
- Ability to apply the statistical considerations in design and analyze the defects and failure modes in
components.
Course Outcomes:
- The student will understand the difference between component level design and system level design.
- Ability to design various mechanical systems like pressure vessels, machine tool gear boxes,
material handling systems, etc. for the specifications stated/formulated.
- Ability to learn optimum design principles and apply it to mechanical components.
- Ability to to handle system level projects from concept to product.
Unit 1: Design of Machine Tool Gearbox 8 hrs

Introduction to machine tool gearboxes, design and its applications, basic considerations in design of
drives, determination of variable speed range, graphical representation of speed and structure diagram,
ray diagram, selection of optimum ray diagram, deviation diagram, difference between numbers of teeth
of successive gears in a change gear box.
Unit 2: Statistical considerations in design 6 hrs

Frequency distribution-Histogram and frequency polygon, normal distribution - units of of central
tendency and dispersion- standard deviation - population combinations - design for natural tolerances -
design for assembly - statistical analysis of tolerances, mechanical reliability and factor of safety.
Unit 3: Design of Belt conveyer system for material handling 8 hrs

System concept, basic principles, objectives of material handling system, unit load and containerization.
Belt conveyors, Flat belt and troughed belt conveyors, capacity of conveyor, rubber covered and fabric
ply belts, belt tensions, conveyor pulleys, belt idlers, tension take-up systems, power requirement of
horizontal belt conveyors for frictional resistance of idler and pulleys.
Unit 4: Design of Cylinders and Pressure vessels 10 hrs

Design of Cylinders:
Thin and thick cylinders, Lame's equation, Clavarino„s and Bernie's equations, design of hydraulic and
pneumatic cylinders, auto-frettage and compound cylinders,(No Derivation) gasketed joints in
cylindrical vessels (No derivation).
Design of Pressure vessel:

Modes of failures in pressure vessels, unfired pressure vessels, classification of pressure vessels as per I.
S. 2825 - categories and types of welded joints, weld joint efficiency, stresses induced in pressure
vessels, materials for pressure vessel, thickness of cylindrical shells and design of end closures as per

code, nozzles and openings in pressure vessels, reinforcement of openings in shell and end closures -
area compensation method, types of vessel supports (theoretical treatment only).
Unit 5: Design of I. C. Engine components 8 hrs

Introduction to selection of material for I. C. engine components, Design of cylinder and cylinder head,
construction of cylinder liners, design of piston and piston-pins, piston rings, design of connecting rod.
Design of crank-shaft and crank-pin, (Theoretical treatment only).
Unit 6: Optimum Design and DFMA 8 hrs

Optimum Design
Objectives of optimum design, adequate and optimum design, Johnson‘s Method of optimum design,
primary design equations, subsidiary design equations and limit equations, optimum design with normal
specifications of simple machine elements- tension bar, transmission shaft and helical spring, Pressure
vessel Introduction to redundant specifications ( Theoretical treatment).
Design for manufacture, assembly and safety
General principles of design for manufacture and assembly (DFM and DMFA), principles of design of
castings and forgings, design for machining, design for safety.
Term work: Term work shall consists of

1. One design project
The design project shall consist of two imperial size sheets (Preferably drawn with 3D/2D CAD
software) - one involving assembly drawing with a part list and overall dimensions and the other sheet
involving drawings of individual components, manufacturing tolerances, surface finish symbols and
geometric tolerances must be specified so as to make it working drawing. A design report giving all
necessary calculations of the design of components and assembly should be submitted. Projects shall be
in the form of design of mechanical systems including pressure vessel, conveyor system, multi speed
gear box, I.C engine, etc.
2. Assignments
The assignment shall be internally presented in the form of power point presentation by a group of two
or three students. A report of assignment (Max 8 to 10 pages) along with print out of PPT is to be
submitted.
Each student shall complete any two of the following:
1. Design review of any product/ system for strength and rigidity considerations.
2. Design review of any product/system for manufacturing, assembly and cost considerations.
3. Design review of any product/system for aesthetic and ergonomic considerations.
4. Analysis of any product/system using reverse engineering.
5. Case study of one patent from the product design point of view.
6. Failure mode and effect analysis of one product/component.
7. Design of Experiments (DOE)
8. Selection of gear box for various mechanical system like epicyclic gear trains , differential gear
boxes , speed reducer etc
9. Design of Human Powered system.
10. Application of composite material for different mechanical components.
11. Design of material handling system for specific / various applications such as chain and screw
conveyors
12. Concurrent engineering
Text Book
1. Bhandari V.B. ―Design of Machine Elements‖, Tata McGraw Hill Pub. Co. Ltd.
2. Juvinal R.C, Fundamentals of Machine Components Design, Wiley, India
Reference Books
1. Shigley J. E. and Mischke C.R., ―Mechanical Engineering Design‖, McGraw Hill Pub. Co
2. M. F. Spotts, ―Mechanical Design Analysis‖, Prentice Hall Inc.
3. Black P.H. and O. Eugene Adams, ―Machine Design‖ McGraw Hill Book Co. Inc.
4. Johnson R.C., ―Mechanical Design Synthesis with Optimization Applications‖, Von Nostrand
Reynold Pub.

5. S.K. Basu and D. K. Pal, ―Design of Machine Tools„, Oxford and IBH Pub Co.
6. Rudenko,‖Material Handling Equipment‖, M.I.R. publishers, Moscow
7. P. Kannaiah ,‖Design of Transmission systems‖, SCIETCH Publications Pvt Ltd.
8. Pandy, N. C. and Shah, C. S., ―Elements of Machine Design―, Charotar Publishing House.
9. Mulani, I. G., ―Belt Conveyors‖
10. Singiresu S. Rao, Engineering Optimization: Theory and Practice, , John Wiley & Sons.
11. M.V. Joshi, Process Equipment Design, Mc-Millan.
12. Design Data―, P.S.G. College of Technology, Coimbatore.
13. Bhandari, V. B. Machine Design data book, Tata McGraw Hill Publication Co. Ltd.
14. I.S. 2825: Code for unfired pressure vessels.

(402049A) Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Equipment Design
(Elective III)
In Sem. End Sem.
402049 A Refrigeration 4 --- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100
and Air (1 hr) (2 ½ hrs)
Conditioning
Equipment
Design
Pre-requisite:
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Engineering Thermodynamics,
Course Objectives:
- Study of refrigeration cycles i.e. trans-critical cycle, cascade cycle, etc.
- Understanding of materials and designs of refrigeration and air conditioning equipment like
controls, evaporators, condensers, cooling towers
- Learning of low temperature systems and heat pipe
Course Outcomes: At the end of this course the students should be able to
- Select the different components of refrigeration system i.e. condensers, evaporators, controls etc. for
given applications
- Demonstrate the concepts of design of evaporators and condensers for unitary systems
- Analyses the performance of cooling tower and heap pipe.
- Illustrate the methods for production of ultralow temperature
Unit 1: Advanced Vapour Compression Cycles 8 hrs

Review of vapour compression cycle, Transcritical cycle and their types, presentation of cycle on P-h
and T-s chart, Multi evaporator and multi compression systems, ammonia-CO2 cascade cycle.
Compressor: classifications, applications, Characteristic curves & capacity controls for reciprocating &
centrifugal compressors, sizing of reciprocating compressor.
Unit 2: Safety Controls 8 hrs

HP/LP and Oil pressure failure control, Thermal overload protection for hermetic motors, reduced
voltage protection, motor over current protection, adjustable speed drives, variable frequency drives,
flow failure switches, safety valves, purge valves, level controller
Operating Control - Solenoid valve, regulating valves
Defrost methods for sub-zero applications

Methods of defrosting: manual and auto, water, electric, hot gas, re-evaporator coils, defrosting: multiple
evaporator systems, reverse cycle defrosting, vapor defrosting
Unit 3: Introduction to Cryogenics 8 hrs

Introduction, Figure of Merit, Limitations of VCS for the production of low temperatures, Joule-
Thompson effect, Linde and Claude system, Liquefaction of gases such as N2 and He. Properties of
cryogenic fluid,
Insulation: Types and materials
Unit 4: Condensers and Evaporators 8 hrs

Condensers
Types, thermal design and operational considerations: Shell and tube condensers - horizontal & vertical
types,
Evaporators

Ttypes, rating & selections, and design considerations, Standards for evaporators & condensers
Unit 5: Cooling Towers 8 hrs

Types - basic relation - heat balance and heat transfer - characteristics, effects of - packing - geometry,
design of cooling towers, spray design, cooling tower thermal performance, cooling tower theory, tower
efficiency.
Unit 6: Heat Pipes 8 hrs

Structures - applications - basic relations - performance characteristics - effects of working fluid and
operating temperature, wick - selection of material - pore size (basic concepts only)
Non-Conventional Refrigeration systems: vortex tube, pulse tube, thermoelectric refrigeration, magnetic
refrigeration, steam-jet refrigeration.
Text Books:
1. Arora R.C., Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, PHI, India
2. Dossat Ray J., Principal of Refrigeration, Pearson, India
3. Arora C P, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Tata McGraw Hill
4. Manohar Prasad, Refrigeration and Air-conditioning, Wiley Eastern Limited, 1983
Reference Books:
1. Threlkeld J.L., Thermal Environmental Engineering, Prentice Hall Inc. New Delhi
2. ASHRAE Handbook ( HVAC Equipments)
3. Stocker W.F. and Jones J.W., Refrigeration and Air-conditioning, McGraw Hill International
editions 1982.
4. Roger Legg, Air conditioning systems: Design, Commissioning and maintenance
5. Shan Wang, Handbook of Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, McGrawHill Publications
6. Wilbert Stocker, Industrial Refrigeration, McGrawHill Publications
7. Keith Harold, Absorption chillers and Heat Pumps, McGrawHill publications
8. ASHRAE, Air Conditioning System Design Manual, IInd edition, ASHRAE

(402049B) Robotics (Elective III)

In Sem. End Sem.
402049 B Robotics 4 --- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100
(1 hr) (2 ½ hrs)
Pre-Requisite: Engineering Mechanics, TOM, Mechatronics, Basics of Electrical Engineering, Control

system.
Course Objective: To teach students,

1. Basics of robotics (Links, Actuators, Sensors etc).
2. Statistics & Kinematics of robots.
3. Desired motion of robot.
4. Control system necessary for accurate operation of the robot.
Course Outcomes: After completion of the course student would be able to,
1. Understand the complete design procedure of the robot.
2. Select correct mechanism for operation of the robot.
3. Select necessary actuators, sensors, control for satisfactory performance of the robot.

Robots: Introduction, Structure, Classification and Application.
Joints & Links: Position and orientation of a rigid body, Homogeneous transformations, Representation
of joints, link representation using Denavit-Hartenberg parameters.
Actuators: Brushless DC Motor (construction, working and selection)
Sensors: GPS, IMU, Vision, PVDF Tactile (construction, working and selection)
Grippers: Hydraulic and Servo (construction, working and selection)
Unit 2: Kinematics and Kinematics of Robot 10 hrs

Kinematics of serial robots: Direct and inverse kinematics problems, workspace of a serial robot, Inverse
kinematics of constrained and redundant robots, Inverse kinematics solution for the general 6R serial
manipulator.
Kinematics of parallel robots: Degrees-of-freedom of parallel mechanisms and manipulators, Active and
passive joints, Constraint and loop-closure equations, Direct kinematics problem, Mobility of parallel
manipulators, Closed-from and numerical solution, Inverse kinematics of parallel manipulators
Unit 3: Statics of Robot Manipulators 10 hrs

Statics of robot manipulators: Linear and angular velocity of links, Velocity propagation, Manipulator
Jacobians for serial and parallel manipulators, Velocity ellipse and ellipsoids, Singularity analysis for
serial and parallel manipulators, Loss and gain of degree of freedom, Statics of serial and parallel
manipulators, Singularity analysis and statics.
Unit 4: Dynamics of Robot 8 hrs

Dynamics of serial and parallel robots: Mass and inertia of links, Lagrangian formulation for equations
of motion for serial and parallel manipulators, Generation of symbolic equations of motion using a
computer, Simulation (direct and inverse) of dynamic equations of motion, Examples of a planar 2R and
four-bar mechanism, Recursive dynamics.
Unit 5: Motion Planning and Control 8 hrs

Motion planning and control: Joint and Cartesian space trajectory planning and generation, potential
field method for motion planning, independent joint PID control (parallel form) and its tuning (ZN step
response method), Control of a multi-link manipulator, Control of constrained manipulators, Force
control and hybrid position/force control

Unit 6: Artificial Intelligence and Image Processing 10 hrs

Linear Kalman Filter: Algorithm, Application
Artificial Intelligence: Introduction, Need and Application, Problem solving through forward and
backward search.
Image Processing: Introduction, Need, Image acquisition, Masking, Sampling and quantization, Image
Processing Technique-edge detection, noise reduction; Image Segmentation.
Text Books:
1. S B Niku, Introduction to Robotics, Analysis, Control, Applications, 2nd Edition, Wiley Publication,
2015.
2. John Craig, Introduction to Robotics, Mechanics and Control, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, 2009
3. Mathia, Robotics for Electronics Manufacturing, Cambridge Uni. Press, India
4. A Ghosal, Robotics: Fundamental Concepts and Analysis, Oxford University Press, 2013.
5. R K Mittal & I J Nagrath, Robotics and Control, McGraw Hill Publication, 2015.
6. K Astrom & T Hagglund, PID Controllers: Theory, Design and Tuning, 2nd Edition, The
Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society, 1995.
7. Asfahl, Robots and Manufacturing Automation, Wiley, India, 2012

(402049C) Industrial Engineering (Elective III)

In Sem. End Sem.
402049 C Industrial 4 --- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100
Pre-requisite: Manufacturing Process, Engineering Mathematics.
Course Objectives:
- To introduce the concepts, principles and framework of contents of Industrial Engineering
- To acquaint the students with various productivity enhancement techniques.
- To acquaint the students with different aspects of Production Planning and Control and Facility
Design.
- To introduce the concepts of various cost accounting and financial management practices as applied
in industries.
- To acquaint the students with different aspects of Human Resource activities and Industrial Safety
rules.
Course Outcomes: Learner will be able to.....
- Apply the Industrial Engineering concept in the industrial environment.
- Manage and implement different concepts involved in methods study and understanding of work
content in different situations.
- Undertake project work based on the course content.
- Describe different aspects of work system design and facilities design pertinent to manufacturing
industries.
- Identify various cost accounting and financial management practices widely applied in industries.
- Develop capability in integrating knowledge of design along with other aspects of value addition in
the conceptualization and manufacturing stage of various products.
Unit 1: Introduction to Industrial Engineering and Productivity 7 hrs

Introduction: Definition and Role of Industrial Engineering, Contribution of Taylor and Gilbreth,
Organisation : Concept of organisation, characteristics of organisation, elements of organisation,
organisational structure, organisation charts; Types of organisation- formal line, military organisation,
functional organization, line & staff organisation; Introduction to management principles, authority and
responsibility, span of control, delegation of authority.
Productivity : Definition of productivity, Productivity of materials, land, building, machine and power.
Measurement of productivity: factors affecting the productivity, Productivity Models and Index
(Numerical), productivity improvement programmers.
Unit 2: Method Study 7 hrs

Work Study : Definition, objective and scope of work-study. Human factors in work-study.
Method Study : Definition, objective and scope of method study, activity recording and exam aids,
Charts to record moments in shop - operation process charts, flow process charts, travel chart, two
handed chart and multiple activity charts. Charts to record movement at work place - principles of
motion economy, classification of moments, SIMO chart, and micro motion study.
Definition and installation of the improved method, brief concept about synthetic motion
studies.(Numerical); Introduction to Value Engineering and Value Analysis;
Unit 3: Work Measurements 7 hrs

Work Measurements: Definition, objectives and uses; Work measurement techniques.
Work sampling - need, confidence levels, sample size determinations, random observation, conducting
study with the simple problems.

Time study: Definition, time study equipment, selection of job, steps in time study. Breaking jobs into
elements, recording information. Rating and standard rating, standard performance, scales of rating,
factors affecting rate of working, allowances and standard time determination; Introduction to PMTS and
MTM. (Numerical), Introduction to MOST.
Unit 4: Production Planning and Control 7 hrs

Introduction: Types of production systems, Need and functions of PPC, Aggregate production planning,
Capacity Planning, ERP: Modules, Master Production Schedule; MRP and MRP-II;
Forecasting techniques: Causal and time series models, moving average, exponential smoothing, trend
and seasonality; (Numerical)
Supply Chain Management: Concept, Strategies, Supply Chain Network, Push and Pull Systems,
Logistics, Distribution; Order Control strategies: MTO, MTA, MTS.
Unit 5: Facility Design 7 hrs

Facility Location Factors and Evaluation of Alternate Locations; Types of Plant Layout; Computer
Aided Layout Design Techniques; Assembly Line Balancing (Numerical);
Material Handling: Principles, Types of Material Handling Devices; Stores Management
Inventory Control: Functions, costs, classifications- deterministic and probabilistic inventory models,
Concept of EOQ, purchase model without shortages (Numerical); ABC and VED Analysis.
Unit 6: Engineering Economy, Human Resource and Industrial Safety 7 hrs

Engineering Economy and Costing: Elementary Cost Accounting and Methods of Depreciation; Break-
Even Analysis (Numerical); Introduction to Debit and Credit Note, Financial Statements (Profit and Loss
Account and Balance Sheet), Techniques for Evaluation of Capital Investments.
Human Resource Development: Functions: Manpower Planning, Recruitment, Selection, Training;
Concept of KRA (Key Result Areas); Performance Appraisal (Self, Superior, Peer, 3600).
Industrial Safety: Safety Organisation, Safety Programme, General Safety Rules.
Text Books:
1. M Mahajan, Industrial Engineering and Production Management, Dhanpat Rai and Co.
2. O. P. Khanna, Industrial engineering and management, Dhanpat Rai publication
3. Martend Telsang, Industrial Engineering , S. Chand Publication.
4. Banga and Sharma, Industrial Organisation & Engineering Economics, Khanna publication.
Reference Books:
1. Introduction to Work Study by ILO, ISBN 978-81-204-1718-2, Oxford & IBH
Publishing Company, New Delhi, Second Indian Adaptation, 2008.
2. H.B. Maynard, K Jell, Maynard‘s Industrial Engineering Hand Book, McGraw Hill Education.
3. Askin, Design and Analysis of Lean Production System, Wiley, India
4. Zandin K.B., Most Work Measurement Systems, ISBN 0824709535, CRC Press,2002
5. Martin Murry, SAP ERP: Functionality and Technical Configuration, SAP Press; 3rd New edition
(2010).
6. Barnes, Motion and time Study design and Measurement of Work, Wiley India

(402050 A) Computational Fluid Dynamics (Elective IV)

In Sem. End Sem.
402050 A Computational 4 --- 2 30 70 25 -- -- 125
Fluid Dynamics (1 hr) (2 ½ hrs)
Pre-Requisites:
Fluid Mechanics, Heat transfer, Numerical methods, Programming Languages.
Course Objectives:
- Students should be able to model fluid / heat transfer problems and apply fundamental conservation
principles.
- Students should be able to discretize the governing differential equations and domain by Finite
Difference Method.
- Students should be able to solve basic convection and diffusion equations and understands the role in
fluid flow and heat transfer.
- To prepare the students for career in industry in CAE through use of software tools.
- To prepare the students for research leading to higher studies.
Course Outcomes:
- Ability to analyze and model fluid flow and heat transfer problems.
- Ability to generate high quality grids and interprete the correctness of numerical results with
physics.
- Ability to use a CFD tool effectively for practical problems and research.
- Ability to conceptualize the programming skills.
Unit 1: Introduction to CFD 8 hrs

CFD – a research and design tool, CFD as third dimension of engineering supplementing theory and
experiment, Steps in CFD solution procedure, strengths and weakness of CFD, Flow modelling using
control volume - finite and infinitesimal control volumes, Concept of substantial derivative, divergence
of velocity, Basic governing equations in integral and differential forms – conservation of mass,
momentum and energy (No derivations), Physical interpretation of governing equations, Navier-Stoke‘s
model and Euler‘s model of equations.
Unit 2: Basic Discretization Techniques 10 hrs

Introduction to grid generation (Types of grids such as structured, unstructured, hybrid, multiblock,
Cartesian, body fitted and polyhedral etc.), Need to discretize the domain and governing equations,
Finite difference approximation using Taylor series, for first order (Forward Difference Approximation,
Backward Difference Approximation, Central difference Approximation) and second order (based on 3
node, 4 node and 5 node points),explicit and Implicit approaches applied to 1D transient conduction
equation, Couette flow equation ( ) using FTCS and Crank Nicholson‘s Method, Stability Criteria
concept and physical interpretation, Thomas Tri-diagonal matrix solver.
Unit 3: Two Dimensional Steady and unsteady heat conduction 8 hrs

Solution of two dimensional steady and unsteady heat conduction equation with Dirichlet, Neumann,
robbins and mixed boundary condition – solution by Explicit and Alternating Direction Implicit method
(ADI Method), Approach for irregular boundary for 2D heat conduction problems.
Unit 4: Application of Numerical Methods to Convection – Diffusion System 10 hrs

Convection: first order wave equation solution with upwind, Lax–Wendroff, Mac Cormack scheme,
Stability Criteria concept and physical interpretation
Convection –Diffusion: 1D and 2D steady Convection Diffusion system – Central difference approach,
Peclet Number, stability criteria, upwind difference approach, 1 D transient convection-diffusion system

Unit 5: Incompressible Fluid Flow 8 hrs
Solution of Navier-Stoke‘s equation for incompressible flow using SIMPLE algorithms and its variation
(SIMPLER), Application to flow through pipe, Introduction to finite volume method.
Unit 6: CFD as Practical Approach 8 hrs

Introduction to any CFD tool, steps in pre-processing, geometry creation, mesh generation, selection of
physics and material properties, specifying boundary condition, Physical Boundary condition types such
as no slip, free slip, rotating wall, symmetry and periodic, wall roughness, initializing and solution
control for the solver, Residuals, analyzing the plots of various parameters (Scalar and Vector contours
such as streamlines, velocity vector plots and animation). Introduction to turbulence models. Reynolds
Averaged Navier-Stokes equations (RANS), k-ϵ , k- . Simple problems like flow inside a 2-D square lid
driven cavity flow through the nozzle.
Term Work: Practicals to be performed: Any 8 in the given list below (from 1-9) should be performed
with mini project (Sr.No.10) compulsory.
1 Generation of different meshes
a. Structured mesh
b. Unstructured mesh,
c. Multiblock, etc.
2. Program on 1D transient heat conduction by FTCS OR Crank Nicholson scheme
3. Program on 1-D ( first order )wave equation by Upwind scheme and study the impact of CFL
number on the stability and solution .
4. Program on 2D Transient Conduction equation / 2D Convection-Diffusion Equation
5. Numerical simulation and analysis of boundary layer over a flat plate (Blausius Equation) are using
any CFD software or computer programming.
6. Numerical simulation and analysis of boundary layer for a a). Developing flow through a) Pipe b)
Fully developed flow through a pipe.
7. Numerical simulation and analysis of 2D square lid driven cavity using any CFD
software. Effect of Reynolds number on the vorticity patterns.
8. CFD Analysis of external flow: Circular Cylinder or Aerofoil (NACA 0012 )
9. CFD analysis of heat transfer in pin fin.
10. Mini project on any practical application. Students should take a problem of their choice and verify
the CFD solution with experimental data / research paper.
Reference Books:
1. John D Anderson: Computational Fluid Dynamics- The Basics with Applications, McGraw-Hill
2. J. Tu, G.-H. Yeoh and C. Liu: Computational Fluid Dynamics: A practical approach, Elsevier.
3. A. W. Date: Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, India
4. P. S. Ghoshdastidar: Computer Simulation of Fluid flow and heat transfer, Tata McGraw-Hill.
5. Bates, Computational Fluid Dynamics, Wiley India
6. C. Hirsch: Numerical Simulation of internal and external flows Vol. 1, John Wiley
7. Tannehill, Anderson, and Pletcher: Computational Fluid Mechanics and Heat transfer, CRC Press.
8. J. H. Ferziger and M. Peric: Computational Methods for Fluid Dynamics, 3rd Edition, Springer
9. Zikanov, Essential Computational Fluid Dynamics, Wiley India
10. Batchelor, An Introduction to fluid Dymanics, Cambridge Uni. Press, india

(402050B) Finite Element Analysis (Elective IV)

In Sem. End Sem.
402050 B Finite Element 4 --- 2 30 70 25 -- -- 125
Analysis (1 hr) (2 ½ hrs)
Pre-Requisites:
- Mechanics of materials
- DME I and DME II (Static and dynamic failure theories )
- Engineering Graphics
- Fundamentals of Programming Language
Course Objectives:
- To familiarize students with the displacement-based finite element method for displacement and
stress analysis and to introduce related analytical and computer tools.
- It provides a bridge between hand calculations based on mechanics of materials and machine design
and numerical solutions for more complex geometries and loading states.
- To study approximate nature of the finite element method and convergence of results are examined.
- It provides some experience with a commercial FEM code and some practical modeling exercises.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to:
- Derive and use 1-D and 2-D element stiffness matrices and load vectors from various methods to
solve for displacements and stresses.
- Apply mechanics of materials and machine design topics to provide preliminary results used for
testing the reasonableness of finite element results.
- Explain the inner workings of a finite element code for linear stress, displacement, temperature and
modal analysis.
- Interpret the results of finite element analyses and make an assessment of the results in terms of
modeling (physics assumptions) errors, discretization (mesh density and refinement toward
convergence) errors, and numerical (round-off) errors.
Unit 1: Fundamentals Concepts of FEA 10hrs

Introduction– Brief History of FEM, Finite Element Terminology (nodes, elements, domain, continuum,
Degrees of freedom, loads & constraints) General FEM procedure, Applications of FEM in various
fields, P & h formulation, Advantages and disadvantages of FEM. Consistent units system.
Review of Solid Mechanics Stress equilibrium equations, Strain-Displacement equations, Stress-Strain-
Temperature Relations, Plane stress, plane strain and axi-symmetric problems, Strain energy, Total
potential energy. Essential and natural boundary conditions
Review of Matrix Algebra (Vectors, Matrices, Symmetric banded matrix, Determinants, Inverses),
banded skyline solutions. Introduction to solvers (Sparse solver, iterative solver, PCG, block Lanczos).
Introduction to different approaches used in FEA such as direct approach, Variational approach,
weighted residual, energy approach, Galerkin and Raleigh Ritz approach.
Unit 2: 1D Elements 8hrs

Types of 1D elements. Displacement function, Global and local coordinate systems, Order of element,
primary and secondary variables, shape functions and its properties.
Formulation of elemental stiffness matrix and load vector for spring, bar, beam, truss and Plane frame.
Transformation matrix for truss and plane frame, Assembly of global stiffness matrix and load vector,
Properties of stiffness matrix, half bandwidth, Boundary conditions elimination method and penalty
approach, Symmetric boundary conditions, Stress calculations.

Unit 3: 2D Elements 10 hrs
Types of 2D elements, Formulation of elemental stiffness matrix and load vector for Plane stress/strain
such as Linear Strain Rectangle (LSR), Constant Strain Triangles (CST), Pascal‘s triangle , primary and
secondary variables, properties of shape functions. Assembly of global stiffness matrix and load vector,
Boundary conditions, solving for primary variables (displacement), Overview of axi-symmetric elements
Unit 4: Isoparametric Elements 10 hrs

Concept of isoparametric elements, Terms Isoparametric, super parametric and subparametric.
Isoparmetric formulation of bar element.
Coordinate mapping - Natural coordinates, Area coordinates (for triangular elements), higher order
elements (Lagrangean and serendipity elements). Convergence requirements- patch test, Uniqueness of
mapping - Jacobian matrix. Numerical integration – 2 and 3 point Gauss Quadrature, full and reduced
integration. Sub-modeling, substructuring.
Unit 5: 1D Steady State Heat Transfer Problems 8 hrs

Introduction, Governing differential equation, steady-state heat transfer formulation of 1D element for
conduction and convection problem, boundary conditions and solving for temperature distribution.
Unit 5: Dynamic Analysis 8 hrs

Types of dynamic analysis, General dynamic equation of motion, point and distributed mass, lumped and
Consistent mass, Mass matrices formulation of bar and beam element.
Undamped-free vibration- Eigenvalue problem, Evaluation of eigenvalues and eigenvectors (natural
frequencies and mode shapes).
Term Work: The term work shall consist of record of any three from 1 to 4* and any three from 5 to
8** assignments of the problems based on following topic-
1. Computer program for stress analysis 2-D truss subjected to plane forces
2. Computer program for modal analysis 1-D beam (simply supported or cantilever beams)
3. Computer program for frames subjected to transverse forces and moments
4. Computer program for 1-D temperature analysis
5. Static stress concentration factor calculation for a plate with center hole subjected to axial loading in
tension using FEA software.
6. 2D Forced convection problem using FEA software.
7. Modal analysis of any machine component using FEA software.
8. Stress and deflection analysis of any machine component consisting of 3-D elements using FEA
software.
*1 Students can write the program in any of the programming language such as FORTRAN, C,
C++, MATLAB, Python, VB.
2. Minimum number of elements considered should be 10 or more.
3. Validate results of the program with analytical method or FEA software such as Abaqus,
ANSYS, Msc-Nastran, Optistruct/Radioss, Comsol-Multiphysics
** 1. Students should do convergence study for all assignment problems.

2. Use different element types from element library
3. If possible use submodel/symmetry option.
Text Books:
1. A First Course in the Finite Element Method, Daryl L. Logan
2. Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis, R. D. Cook, et al. Wiley, India
Reference Books:
1. Chandrupatla T. R. and Belegunda A. D., ―Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering‖, Prentice
Hall India.
2. Seshu P., ―Text book of Finite Element Analysis‖, PHI Learning Private Ltd. New Delhi, 2010.
3. Bathe K. J., ―Finite Element Procedures‖, Prentice-Hall of India (P) Ltd., New Delhi.

4. Fagan M. J., ―Finite Element Analysis, Theory and Practice‖, Pearson Education Limited
5. Kwon Y. W., Bang H., ―Finite Element Method using MATLAB‖, CRC Press, 1997
6. S. Moaveni, ―Finite element analysis, theory and application with Ansys‖,
7. Fundamental of Finite Element Analysis, David V. Hutton, Tata McGraw-Hill
8. Gokhale N. S., Deshpande S. S., Bedekar S. V. and Thite A. N., ―Practical Finite Element Analysis‖,
Finite to Infinite, Pune

(402050C) Design of Pumps, Blowers and Compressors
(Elective IV)
In Sem. End Sem.
402050C Design of 4 --- 2 30 70 25 -- -- 125
Pumps, Blowers (1 hr) (2 ½ hrs)
and
Compressors
Pre-Requisite: Turbo Machines, Engineering Thermodynamics,
Course Objectives: To teach students.

- Different applications of Pumps, Fans, blowers & Compressors.
- Different types of Pumps, Fans, blowers & Compressors.
- How to design Pumps, Pumps, Fans, blowers & Compressors..
Course Outcomes: After completion of the course students would be able to

- Select suitable Pump, Blower, fan or compressor for a given application.
- Design Pump, Blower, fan or compressor for a given application
Unit 1: Fundamentals of Fluid Machinery 8 hrs

Introduction to pumps, Introduction to blowers and compressors, Basic equations of energy transfer
between fluid and rotor, Performance characteristics, Dimensionless parameters, Specific speed, stage
velocity triangles, work and efficiency.
Unit 2: Reciprocating Pumps 8hrs

Introduction: Types, Component and Working of Reciprocating pump, Discharge, Work done and power
required to drive for single acting and double acting, Coefficient of discharge, slip, Effect of
acceleration of piston on velocity and pressure, indicator diagram, Air Vessel, Operating characteristics.
Unit 3: Design of Pumps 10 hrs

Design procedure and design optimization of Pumps, selection of pumps, Thermal design- Selection of
materials for high temperature and corrosive fluids. Hydraulic design- Selection of impeller and casing
dimension using industrial manuals.
Unit 4: Theory of Fans and Blowers 8 hrs

Classification of blowers, Basics of stationary and moving air, Eulers characteristics, velocity triangles
and operating pressure conditions, Equations for blowers, Losses and hydraulic efficiency, flow through
impeller casing, inlet nozzle, Volute, diffusers, leakage, mechanical losses, surge and stall, Applications
of blowers and fans.
Unit 5: Design of Fans and Blowers 10 hrs

Rotor design airfoil theory, vortex theory, cascade effects, degree of reaction, Design procedure for
selection and optimization of Blowers. Stage pressure rise, stage parameters and design parameters.
Design of impeller and casing dimension in aerodynamic design.
Unit 6: Design of Compressors 8 hrs

Basic theory, classification and application, Working with enthalpy-entropy diagram, construction and
approximate calculation of centrifugal compressors, impeller flow losses, slip factor, diffuser analysis,
performance curves of centrifugal compressors, Basic design features of axial flow compressors;
velocity triangles, enthalpy-entropy diagrams, stage losses and efficiency, work done factor, simple stage
of axial flow compressors.

Term Work:
Assignments:
A. Assignments using suitable software on any one of following
1. Computer programs for iterative and interactive design of pumps.
2. Computer programs for iterative and interactive design of fan / blower.
B. Any four Assignments
C. Industrial visit or case study
Textbooks:
1. Turbine, ―Compressors and Fans― S.M.Yahya, Tata Mc-Graw Hill Publishing Company, 1996R. K.
Rajput, ―Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines‖ S. Chand
2. R. K. Bansal, ―Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines‖, Laxmi Publication
3. V. Ganeshan ―Gas Turbines‖ II edition, Tata Mc-Graw Hill Publishing Company
4. R.. Yadav‖Steam and Gas Turbine‖ Central Publishing House, Allahabad
Reference Books:
1. Shepherd, D.G., ―Principles of Turbomachinery―, Macmillan, 1969.
2. John Tuzson, ―Centrifugal Pump Design,― John Wiley
3. Stepanff, A.J., "Blowers and Pumps ", John Wiley and Sons Inc., 196
4. Austin H. Chruch, ―Centrifugal pumps and blowers―, John Wiley and Sons, 1980.
5. Val S.Labanoff and Robert Ross, ―Centrifugal Pumps Design and Applications― Jaico P House.
6. Igori Karassik, ―Pump Hand Book,― McGraw-Hill International Edition.
7. G.K.Sahu ―Pumps― New age international publishers.

(402051) PROJECT STAGE II
In Sem. End Sem.
402051 Project Stage II -- 6 -- -- -- 150 -- 50 200
INSTRUCTIONS FOR DISSERTATION WRITING It is important that the procedures listed below be
carefully followed by all the students of B.E. (Mechanical Engineering).
1. Prepare Three Hard Bound Copies of your manuscript.
2. Limit your Dissertation report to 80 – 120 pages (preferably)
3. The footer must include the following:
Institute Name, B.E. (Mechanical) Times New Roman 10 pt. and centrally aligned.
4. Page number as second line of footer, Times New Roman 10 Pt, centrally aligned.
5. Print the manuscript using a. Letter quality computer printing.

b. The main part of manuscript should be Times New Roman 12 pt. with alignment - justified.
c. Use 1.5 line spacing.
d. Entire report shall be of 5- 7 chapters.
6. Use the paper size 8.5‘‘ × 11‘‘ or A4 (210 × 197 mm). Please follow the margins given below.
Margin Location Paper 8.5‘‘ × 11‘‘ Paper A4 (210 × 197
mm)
Top 1‘‘ 25.4 mm
Left 1.5‘‘ 37 mm
Bottom 1.25‘‘ 32 mm
Right 1‘‘ 25.4 mm
7. All paragraphs will be 1.5 line spaced with a one blank line between each paragraph. Each paragraph
will begin with without any indentation.
9. Sub-Section headings should be aligning at the left with 12 pt, bold and Title Case (the first letter of
each word is to be capitalized).
10. Illustrations (charts, drawings, photographs, figures) are to be in the text. Use only illustrations really
pertinent to the text. Illustrations must be sharp, clear, black and white. Illustrations downloaded from
internet are not acceptable. a. Illustrations should not be more than two per page. One could be ideal
b. Figure No. and Title at bottom with 12 pt
c. Legends below the title in 10 pt
d. Leave proper margin in all sides
e. Illustrations as far as possible should not be photo copied.
11. Photographs if any should of glossy prints

14. References should be either in order as they appear in the thesis or in alphabetical order by last name
of first author

i. Cover page and Front page as per the specimen on separate sheet
ii. Certificate from the Institute as per the specimen on separate sheet
iii. Acknowledgements
iv. List of Figures
v. List of Tables
vi. Nomenclature
vii. Contents
viii. Abstract (A brief abstract of the report not more than 150 words. The heading of abstract i.e. word
―Abstract‖ should be bold, Times New Roman, 12 pt and should be typed at the centre. The contents of
abstract should be typed on new line without space between heading and contents. Try to include one or
two sentences each on motive, method, key-results and conclusions in Abstract
1 Introduction (2-3 pages) (TNR – 14 Bold)
1.1 Problem statement (TNR – 12)
1.2 Objectives
1.3 Scope
1.4 Methodology
1.5 Organization of Dissertation
2 Literature Review (20-30 pages)
Discuss the work done so far by researchers in the domain area and their significant conclusions. No
derivations, figures, tables, graphs are expected.
3 This chapter shall be based on your own simulation work (Analytical/ Numerical/FEM/CFD) (15- 20
pages)
4 Experimental Validation - This chapter shall be based on your own experimental work (15-20 pages)
5 Concluding Remarks and Scope for the Future Work (2-3 pages)
References ANNEXURE (if any) (Put all mathematical derivations, Simulation program as Annexure)
17. All section headings and subheadings should be numbered. For sections use numbers 1, 2, 3, …. and
for subheadings 1.1, 1.2, …. etc and section subheadings 2.1.1, 2.1.2, …. etc.
18. References should be given in the body of the text and well spread. No verbatim copy or excessive
text from only one or two references. If figures and tables are taken from any reference then indicate
source of it. Please follow the following procedure for references
Reference Books
Collier, G. J. and Thome, J. R., Convective boiling and condensation, 3rd ed., Oxford University Press,
UK, 1996, pp. 110 – 112.
Papers from Journal or Transactions Jung, D. S. and Radermacher, R., Transport properties and surface
tension of pure and mixed refrigerants, ASHRAE Trans, 1991, 97 (1), pp. 90 – 98.

Bansal, P. K., Rupasinghe, A. S. and Jain, A. S., An empirical correction for sizing capillary tubes, Int.
Journal of Refrigeration, 1996, 19 (8), pp.497 – 505.

Colbourne, D. and Ritter, T. J., Quantitative assessment of flammable refrigerants in room air
conditioners, Proc. of the Sixteenth International Compressor Engineering Conference and Ninth
Indiana, USA, 2002, pp. 34 – 40.
United Nations Environmental Programme, Report of the Refrigeration, Air Conditioning and Heat
Pumps, Technical Option Committee, 2002, Assessment - 2002.
Patent
Internet

A Dissertation on
(TNR, 16pt, centrally aligned)
Title
(TNR, 27pt, Bold, Centrally Aligned, Title
Case)
By
Mr. Student‘s Name

Guide Guide‘s Name

Institute Logo
Department of Mechanical Engineering Name of the

Institute [2015-16]
(TNR, 22pt, Title Case Centrally Aligned)

Institute Logo
CERTIFICATE
This is to certify that Mr. Lele M.M. , has successfully completed the Dissertation
entitled ―Performance analysis of……..‖ under my supervision, in the partial
fulfilment of Bachelor of Engineering - Mechanical Engineering of University of
Pune.
Date :
Place :
Guide‘s Name __________________ External Examiner __________________
Guide
Head Department __________________ Principal, __________________

and Institute Name Institute Name

Savitribai Phule Pune University: S.E. Mechanical and Automobile Engineering 2015 Course

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

Savitribai Phule Pune University: S.E. Mechanical and Automobile Engineering 2015 Course

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Savitribai Phule Pune University: S.E. Mechanical and Automobile Engineering 2015 Course

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Faculty of Engineering Savitribai Phule Pune University

Savitribai Phule Pune University

S.E. Mechanical and Automobile Engineering

UNDER FACULTY OF ENGINEERING

EFFECTIVE FROM June 2016

SE(Mechanical and Automobile Engineering) 2015 Course

Structure of S.E. (Mechanical Engineering/ Automobile Engineering)

SE(Mechanical and Automobile Engineering) 2015 Course

202054 A Road Safety

202054 B Innovations in engineering field / Agriculture

202054 C Value Education

SE(Mechanical and Automobile Engineering) 2015 Course

SE(Mechanical and Automobile Engineering) 2015 Course

207002: Engineering Mathematics III (Mechanical + SW / Production + SW /

Lectures: 4 Hrs./Week Theory: 04 Ins-Sem: 50 Marks

Tutorials: 1 Hr./Week Tutorial: 01 End-Sem: 50 Marks

Term work: 25 Marks

1. Ordinary and partial differential equations applied to Mechanical engineering problems

At the end of this course, students will be able to:

3) Apply statistical methods like correlation, regression analysis in analyzing, interpreting

SE(Mechanical and Automobile Engineering) 2015 Course

Unit I: Linear Differential Equations (LDE) and Applications (09 Hours)

Unit II: Transforms (09 Hours)

Unit III: Statistics and Probability (09 Hours)

Measure of central tendency, Standard deviation, Coefficient of variation, Moments, Skewness

Unit IV: Vector Differential Calculus (09 Hours)

Physical interpretation of Vector differentiation, Vector differential operator, Gradient,

Unit V: Vector Integral Calculus and Applications (09 Hours)

Unit VI: Applications of Partial Differential Equations (PDE) (09 Hours)

1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9e, by Erwin Kreyszig (Wiley India).

SE(Mechanical and Automobile Engineering) 2015 Course

1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 2e, by M. D. Greenberg (Pearson Education).

Guidelines for Tutorial and Term Work:

SE(Mechanical and Automobile Engineering) 2015 Course

202041: Manufacturing Process- I

Teaching Scheme: Credits Examination Scheme:

TH: 03 Hrs/week Th: 03 In-Sem: 50

• To make acquaintance of foundry processes pattern making and casting

On completion of the course, learner will be able to–

SE(Mechanical and Automobile Engineering) 2015 Course

Unit II Metal Forming Processes: (8 Hrs)

Unit III Plastic Processing: (6Hrs)

Unit IV Joining Processes: (6Hrs)

Unit V Sheet Metal Working: (7Hrs)

Unit VI Centre lathe: (7Hrs)

SE(Mechanical and Automobile Engineering) 2015 Course

Guidelines for Term Work assessment

SE(Mechanical and Automobile Engineering) 2015 Course

202042: Computer Aided Machine Drawing

Teaching Scheme: Credits Examination Scheme:

TH: 01 hr/week Th:01 TH In-Sem: 50

SE(Mechanical and Automobile Engineering) 2015 Course

Unit I Introduction (2 Hrs)

Unit III Parametric Solid Modelling (2 Hrs)

Unit IV Assembly Modelling (2 Hrs)

Unit V Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing (2 Hrs)

Unit VI Production Drawing (2 Hrs)

SE(Mechanical and Automobile Engineering) 2015 Course